diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback')
13 files changed, 50560 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v1/caption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v1/caption.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5d84d0cc957 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v1/caption.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,489 @@ +% \iffalse +% caption.dtx - The caption package +% (c) 1994-95 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel@hp1.ang-physik.uni-kiel.de) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% It may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 1999/12/01 or later. +% +%<*driver> +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} +\setlength{\parskip}{\smallskipamount} +\usepackage[hang,small,bf]{caption}[1995/01/30] +\setlength{\captionmargin}{20pt} +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \providecommand{\LaTeXcomp}{The \LaTeX{} Companion} +% \newcommand{\purerm}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +% \newcommand{\puresf}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +% \newenvironment{Options}[1]% +% {\begin{list}{}{\renewcommand{\makelabel}[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}% +% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\texttt{#1\space}}% +% \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% +% \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}}}% +% {\end{list}} +% +% \def\packageversion{1.4b} +% \def\packagedate{1995/04/05} +% \changes{v1.0}{27 Oct 94}{First release} +% \changes{v1.2}{28 Nov 94}{Works now with the {\tt figure*} and {\tt table*} environments, too} +% +% \title{The \puresf{caption} package\thanks{This package has version number +% \packageversion, last revised \packagedate.}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\\texttt{axel@hp1.ang-physik.uni-kiel.de}} +% \date{1995/04/05} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% The \textsf{caption} package provides many ways to customise the captions +% in floating environments such |figure| and |table|. +% The |\rotcaption| command and the |sidewaysfigure| and |sidewaystable| +% environments provided by the \textsf{rotating} package from S.~Rahtz and +% L.~Barroca are also supported. +% The \textsf{caption} package also cooperates with the \textsf{float} +% package written by A.~Lingnau and the \textsf{subfigure} package written by +% S.D.~Cochran. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section{The user interface} +% \changes{v1.1}{3 Nov 94}{New captiontype: {\tt centerlast}} +% \changes{v1.4}{30 Jan 95}{New option: {\tt nooneline}} +% +% To use this package just type +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}| +% \end{quote} +% in the preamble of your document, +% where the following options are supported: +% \begin{quote}\begin{Options}{scriptsize\purerm{, \ldots,\ }Large} +% \item[normal] +% provides `normal' captions, this is the default +% \item[hang \purerm{or} isu] +% provides captions with hanging indention +% \item[center] +% provides captions where each line is centered +% \item[centerlast] +% provides captions where the last line of the paragraph is centered +% \item[nooneline] +% if a caption fits on \emph{one} line on the page, it will be centered. +% If you don't like this behaviour, just select this option. +% \item[scriptsize\purerm{, \ldots,\ }Large] +% sets the font size of the captions +% \item[\vbox{\hbox{up{\rm,} it{\rm,} sl{\rm,} sc{\rm,}} +% \hbox{md{\rm,} bf{\rm,} rm{\rm,} sf{\rm, or} tt}}] +% sets the font attribute of the caption labels. +% \item[ruled] supports ruled floats of the \textsf{float} package, see +% section \ref{sec:float} for details +% \end{Options}\end{quote} +% +% \changes{v1.4}{29 Jan 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash captionsize} changed to {\tt\protect\bslash captionfont}} +% \DescribeMacro{\captionfont} +% \DescribeMacro{\captionlabelfont} +% To setup the font size and attributes of the captions, this package also provides +% the commands |\captionfont| and |\captionlabelfont| to allow a more +% flexible way to customize the captions than the above options could do. +% |\captionfont| is called before each caption, |\captionlabelfont| is +% called just before the label of the caption, so the whole caption +% will be created as +% \begin{quote} +% |{\captionfont{\captionlabelfont |\meta{label}|: }|\meta{caption}|}| \quad. +% \end{quote} +% Note that these commands are used by the options, e.g.\ the options +% |small| and |sf| are identical to +% \begin{quote} |\renewcommand{\captionfont}{\small}| \quad and\\ +% |\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\sffamily}| \quad. \end{quote} +% +% \DescribeMacro{\captionmargin} +% Furthermore there is a new length |\captionmargin| to setup an extra left and +% right margin for the captions, e.g.\ the command +% \begin{quote} |\setlength{\captionmargin}{10pt}| \end{quote} +% sets this margin to 10pt. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\abovecaptionskip} +% \DescribeMacro{\belowcaptionskip} +% The lengths |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip| contain the amount of +% white space to leave above and below the caption. +% |\abovecaptionskip| is preset (in the \textsf{article}, \textsf{report} and +% \textsf{book} document class) to 10pt, |\belowcaptionskip| to 0pt. +% +% \subsection{The \puresf{rotating}, \puresf{float} and \puresf{subfigure} package} +% \changes{v1.2}{28 Nov 94}{Support of the {\sf float} package} +% \label{sec:float} +% +% If you want to use this package together with the \textsf{rotating}\cite{rotating}, +% \textsf{float}\cite{float} and/or the \textsf{subfigure} package, you have to +% input this package \emph{after} the other ones, like +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage{float,rotating,subfigure}|\\ +% |\usepackage[centerlast,small,sc]{caption}| +% \end{quote} +% The \textsf{caption} package now redefines the |sidewaysfigure| and +% |sidewaystable| environments and the |\rotcaption| command provided +% by the \textsf{rotating} package from S.~Rahtz and L.~Barroca. +% Note that the |\captionmargin| does not affect the |\rotcaption| command. +% +% It also redefines the captions of the |plain| and |boxed| styled floats +% provided by the \textsf{float} package from A.~Lingnau. +% |ruled| floats are not supported by default, but you can change this via +% setting the option |ruled|. +% Note that the |\captionmargin| is not supported in ruled floats. +% +% \changes{v1.3}{8 Jan 95}{Support of {\tt\protect\bslash captionlabelfont} in subcaptions} +% If the \textsf{subfigure} package from S.D.~Cochran is detected, the options +% |scriptsize|, \ldots, |large| will redefine |\subcapsize| in an adequate way. +% If you redefine |\captionfont| by yourself and use the \textsf{subfigure} +% package, you also have to redefine |\subcapsize| by yourself. +% Also the commands |\@thesubfigure| and |\@thesubtable| will be redefined to +% use the |\captionlabelfont| command, please take this into consideration if +% you redefine |\@thesubfigure| or |\@thesubtable| by yourself. +% E.g.\ a adequate version of the second example in |subfigure.sty| will be: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \renewcommand{\thesubfigure}{\thefigure.\arabic{subfigure}} +% \makeatletter +% \renewcommand{\@thesubfigure}{{\captionlabelfont\thesubfigure:}\space} +% \renewcommand{\p@subfigure}{} +% \makeatother +% ... +% \end{verbatim} +% +% \changes{v1.4b}{5 Apr 95}{Adapted to version 2.8 of the rotating package} +% This package cooperates with the version 2.8 (1995/04/02) of the +% \textsf{rotating} package, version 1.2c (1995/03/29) of the \textsf{float} +% package and version 1.6 (1993/05/13) of the \textsf{subfigure} package, +% but will hopefully work with future versions, too. +% +% \section{Example} +% Here's an example figure which was produced with the following code in the +% preamble of this document: +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage[hang,small,bf]{caption}|\\ +% |\setlength{\captionmargin}{20pt}| +% \end{quote} +% \begin{figure}[!ht] +% \centerline{EXAMPLE FIGURE} +% \caption[Huba]{This is an example caption with a small font and a sans serif label. +% The hang option was used. There is a left and right margin of 20pt.} +% \end{figure} +% +% \StopEventually{ +% \begin{thebibliography}{9} +% \bibitem{rotating} +% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca: +% \emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}, +% 1994/10/02 +% \bibitem{float} +% Anselm Lingnau: +% \emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}, +% 1995/03/25 +% \bibitem{A-W:GMS94} +% Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: +% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion}, +% \newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1994. +% \bibitem{Anne} +% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein: +% \emph{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung}, +% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989 +% \bibitem{Kopka-E} +% Helmut Kopka: +% \emph{\LaTeX -- Erweiterungsm\"oglichkeiten}, +% 3. \"uberarbeitete Auf\/lage, Addison-Wesley, Bonn, 1991 +% \end{thebibliography} +% } +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% +% \CheckSum{295} +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ } +% \DoNotIndex{\p@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtolength,\begin,\bfseries} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\def,\else,\empty,\end,\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hspace,\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifx,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\mdseries,\newcommand,\newlength,\newsavebox,\noindent,\normalsize} +% \DoNotIndex{\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip,\renewcommand,\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape,\small,\space} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\typeout,\ttfamily,\undefined,\upshape,\usebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\vsize,\vskip,\wd} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\DeclareOption,\ExecuteOptions,\NeedsTeXFormat} +% \DoNotIndex{\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \section{The code} +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Identification} +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/06/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption}[1995/04/05 v1.4b caption package (AS)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Initial code} +% \begin{macro}{\captionfont} +% \begin{macro}{\captionlabelfont} +% \begin{macro}{\captionmargin} +% |\captionsize| is defined for backward compatibility with v1.3 +% of this package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\captionsize}{} +\newcommand{\captionfont}{\captionsize} +\newcommand{\captionlabelfont}{} +\newlength{\captionmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% Here are the different basic types of captions implemented: +% \begin{macro}{\as@normalcaption} +% \changes{v1.4a}{12 Feb 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash par} added} +% The `normal' caption +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\as@normalcaption}[2]{% + #1 #2\par} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\as@isucaption} +% \changes{v1.4}{27 Jan 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash leavevmode} added} +% The `iso' or `hang' caption; +% this code was taken from \LaTeXcomp\cite[p155]{A-W:GMS94} and modified +% \iffalse +% \hangindent\wd\as@captionbox\noindent\usebox{\as@captionbox}#2} +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\as@isucaption}[2]{% + \sbox{\as@captionbox}{#1\space}% + \addtolength{\as@captionwidth}{-\wd\as@captionbox}% + \usebox{\as@captionbox}\parbox[t]{\as@captionwidth}{\leavevmode#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\as@centercaption} +% \changes{v1.4a}{12 Feb 95}{{\tt center} environment changed to {\tt\protect\bslash centering}} +% The `center' caption +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\as@centercaption}[2]{% + \parbox[t]{\as@captionwidth}{{\centering#1 #2\par}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\as@annecaption} +% \changes{v1.4a}{12 Feb 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash par} added} +% The `centerlast' caption; the idea how to do this was taken from Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne}, +% it is also mentioned in Kopka\cite[p227]{Kopka-E} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand{\as@annecaption}[2]{% + \addtolength{\leftskip}{0pt plus 1fil}% + \addtolength{\rightskip}{0pt plus -1fil}% + \setlength{\parfillskip}{0pt plus 2fil}% + #1 #2\par} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\as@shortcaption} +% Short captions are centered by default +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\as@shortcaption\as@centercaption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Detection of the \puresf{subfigure} package} +% \begin{macro}{\as@subcapsize} +% \begin{macro}{\@thesubfigure} +% \begin{macro}{\@thesubtable} +% If the \textsf{subfigure} package is loaded, a little message will be typeout +% and |\as@subcapsize| -- which sets the size of the subcaptions -- will be +% defined. Also |\@thesubfigure| and |\@thesubtable| will be redefined here to +% support the |\captionlabelfont| in subcaptions, too (thanks to Kevin Ruland for +% this idea!). +% If you don't like this behaviour, just load the |caption| package \emph{after} +% the |subfigure| package (and eventually redefine the |\subcapsize| by yourself) +% or redefine |\@thesubfigure| and |\@thesubtable| after loading the |caption| +% package as shown in the documentation of the \textsf{subfigure} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifx\thesubfigure\undefined + \newcommand{\as@subcapsize}[1]{} +\else% + \typeout{\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space + `subfigure' package detected} + \let\as@subcapsize\subcapsize + \renewcommand{\@thesubfigure}{{\captionlabelfont\thesubfigure}\space} + \renewcommand{\@thesubtable}{{\captionlabelfont\thesubtable}\space} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Declaration of options} +% There are four different types of captions supported: |normal|, +% |isu|, |center| and |centerlast|. |hang| is exactly the same as |isu|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{normal}{\let\as@caption\as@normalcaption} +\DeclareOption{isu}{\let\as@caption\as@isucaption} +\DeclareOption{hang}{\ExecuteOptions{isu}} +\DeclareOption{center}{\let\as@caption\as@centercaption} +\DeclareOption{anne}{\let\as@caption\as@annecaption} +\DeclareOption{centerlast}{\ExecuteOptions{anne}} +% \end{macrocode} +% If option |nooneline| is set, only-one-line captions will behave like normal +% ones. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{nooneline}{\AtBeginDocument{\let\as@shortcaption\as@caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% There are options for six different font sizes available, they also +% redefine the |\subcapsize| provided by the \textsf{subfigure} package +% (if detected). +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{scriptsize}{% + \renewcommand{\captionsize}{\scriptsize} + \as@subcapsize{\scriptsize}} +\DeclareOption{footnotesize}{% + \renewcommand{\captionsize}{\footnotesize} + \as@subcapsize{\scriptsize}} +\DeclareOption{small}{% + \renewcommand{\captionsize}{\small} + \as@subcapsize{\footnotesize}} +\DeclareOption{normalsize}{% + \renewcommand{\captionsize}{\normalsize} + \as@subcapsize{\footnotesize}} +\DeclareOption{large}{% + \renewcommand{\captionsize}{\large} + \as@subcapsize{\normalsize}} +\DeclareOption{Large}{% + \renewcommand{\captionsize}{\Large} + \as@subcapsize{\large}} +% \end{macrocode} +% There are nine options available to set the font attributes of the caption labels. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{up}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\upshape}} +\DeclareOption{it}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\itshape}} +\DeclareOption{sl}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\slshape}} +\DeclareOption{sc}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\scshape}} +\DeclareOption{md}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\mdseries}} +\DeclareOption{bf}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\bfseries}} +\DeclareOption{rm}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\rmfamily}} +\DeclareOption{sf}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\sffamily}} +\DeclareOption{tt}{\renewcommand{\captionlabelfont}{\ttfamily}} +% \end{macrocode} +% If the option |ruled| is set, the captions of ruled floats provided +% by the \textsf{float} package will also be supported. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{ruled}{\newcommand\as@ruled{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Execution of options} +% The `normal' type of caption is preselected. +% \begin{macrocode} +\ExecuteOptions{normal} +\ProcessOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Main code} +% \begin{macro}{\as@captionbox} +% \begin{macro}{\as@captionwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\as@makecaption} +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption} +% \changes{v1.4}{30 Jan 95}{{\tt center} environment changed to {\tt\protect\bslash as@shortcaption}} +% \changes{v1.4a}{12 Feb 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash par} removed} +% And now \ldots\ it's \ldots\ the new |\@makecaption| code! +% \begin{macrocode} +\newsavebox{\as@captionbox} +\newlength{\as@captionwidth} +\newcommand{\as@makecaption}[2]{% + \setlength{\leftskip}{\captionmargin}% + \setlength{\rightskip}{\captionmargin}% + \addtolength{\as@captionwidth}{-2\captionmargin}% + \captionfont% + \sbox{\as@captionbox}{{\captionlabelfont #1:} #2}% + \ifdim \wd\as@captionbox >\as@captionwidth + \as@caption{{\captionlabelfont #1:}}{#2}% + \else% + \as@shortcaption{{\captionlabelfont #1:}}{#2}% + \fi} +\renewcommand{\@makecaption}[2]{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip% + \setlength{\as@captionwidth}{\linewidth}% + \as@makecaption{#1}{#2}% + \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Support of the \puresf{rotating} package} +% \begin{macro}{\@makercaption} +% \changes{v1.4b}{5 Apr 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash @makercaption} removed} +% \begin{macro}{\@makerotcaption} +% If the \textsf{rotating} package is loaded, the command |\@makerotcaption| +% (for support of |\rotcaption|) will be +% redefined here. The code was taken from the \textsf{rotating} package +% \cite{rotating} itself and adapted. +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifx\@makerotcaption\undefined +\else + \typeout{\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space + `rotating' package detected} +% \let\@makercaption\undefined + \renewcommand{\@makerotcaption}[2]{% + \captionfont% + \sbox{\as@captionbox}{{\captionlabelfont #1:} #2}% + \ifdim \wd\as@captionbox > .8\vsize + \rotatebox{90}{% + \setlength{\as@captionwidth}{.8\textheight}% + \begin{minipage}{\as@captionwidth}% + \as@caption{{\captionlabelfont #1:}}{#2}% + \end{minipage}}\par + \else% + \rotatebox{90}{\usebox{\as@captionbox}}% + \fi + \hspace{12pt}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Support of the \puresf{float} package} +% \begin{macro}{\floatc@plain} +% \begin{macro}{\floatc@ruled} +% \changes{v1.3}{8 Jan 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash as@normalcaption} changed to {\tt\protect\bslash as@caption}} +% \changes{v1.4a}{12 Feb 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash par} removed} +% If the \textsf{float} package is loaded, the command |\floatc@plain| +% (and the command |\floatc@ruled| if the option |ruled| is given) +% will be redefined here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifx\floatc@plain\undefined +\else + \typeout{\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space + `float' package detected} + \renewcommand\floatc@plain[2]{% + \setlength{\as@captionwidth}{\linewidth}% + \as@makecaption{#1}{#2}} + \ifx\as@ruled\undefined + \else + \renewcommand\floatc@ruled[2]{% + \setlength{\as@captionwidth}{\linewidth}% + \captionfont% + \as@caption{{\captionlabelfont #1:}}{#2}} + \fi +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \Finale +% +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.0/caption2.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.0/caption2.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..339aa29a8fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.0/caption2.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,606 @@ +% \iffalse +% caption.dtx - The caption package +% (c) 1994-95 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel@hp1.ang-physik.uni-kiel.de) +% +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\newlength\artparindent +\setlength\artparindent{\parindent} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +\usepackage{caption2}[1995/10/09] +\IfFileExists{ltxdoc.cfg}{}{\OnlyDescription\RecordChanges\CodelineIndex} +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption2.dtx} + \IfFileExists{ltxdoc.cfg}{}{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \providecommand{\LaTeXcomp}{The \LaTeX{} Companion} +% \newcommand{\purerm}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +% \newcommand{\puresf}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +% \newenvironment{Options}[1]% +% {\begin{list}{}{\renewcommand{\makelabel}[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}% +% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\texttt{#1\space}}% +% \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% +% \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}}}% +% {\end{list}} +% +% \def\packageversion{2.0(BETA)} +% \def\packagedate{1995/10/09} +% \changes{v1.0}{27 Oct 94}{First release} +% \changes{v1.2}{28 Nov 94}{Works now with the {\tt figure*} and {\tt table*} +% environments, too} +% \changes{v2.0}{ 9 Oct 95}{Totally rewritten; many new commands and features} +% +% \title{The \puresf{caption} package\thanks{This package has version number +% \packageversion, last revised \packagedate.}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% {\small axel@hp1.ang-physik.uni-kiel.de}} +% \date{1995/10/09} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% The \textsf{caption} package provides many ways to customise the captions +% in floating environments such |figure|, |table|, |sidewaysfigure|, and +% |sidewaystable|. +% The following \LaTeXe\ packages are supported: +% float, longtable, and subfigure. +% But it works fine with the following packages as well: +% floatfig, rotating, supertabular, and wrapfig. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section{Documentation? What documentation?} +% I'm sorry to say this, but there is no documentation provided with the +% new version of this package, yet. And it's still beta. I hope I can +% eleminate both circumstances in the near future; at the moment my spare time +% is very very very limited, so I decided to make this beta public. +% +% This new version is nearly compatible with the lastest official release +% (version 1.4b), so you can use the old documentation so far. +% Here is what differs this version from version 1.4b: +% +% \begin{itemize} +% \item +% If the caption package will detect a loaded float package, it will +% \emph{not} redefine the boxed style of floats anymore. If you want to +% have the old behaviour, you have to specify the new option |boxed| to +% the caption2 package. +% \item +% Anything said about the subfigure package in the old doc isn't +% true anymore; the caption package is now adapted to the new version +% 2.0 of this package. Especially the caption package will \emph{not} +% redefine |\@thesubfigure| and |\@thesubtable| anymore and it will +% \emph{not} set |\subcapsize| -- you have to do this now for yourself +% if you want to, e.g.\ with the following code: +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage[normalsize]{subfigure}|\\ +% |\usepackage[large]{caption}| +% \end{quote} +% +% So you can load the caption2 package \emph{before} loading the subfigure +% package now without problems, in fact this is recommend now. Don't care +% about what the old doc or the doc of the subfigure package is telling you! +% \end{itemize} +% +% As a summary, the new caption package won't lead into different results +% of your documents just because of loading it (without options). +% +% If you are really interested in the (many!) new features of this totally +% rewritten package, take a look in the provided test document (test2.tex) +% to get a idea of the new commands and possibilities. +% And feel yourself free to write a email to me, if any questions occur. +% +% \subsection{Just a few notes\dots} +% If you use the new command |\setcaptionwidth| to set the absolut width of a +% caption, you are not allowed to change |\captionmargin| anymore! +% Instead, use the new command |\setcaptionmargin| to do this. +% +% Longtables will still take care of |\LTcapwidth|, even if you are setting +% your own width via |\setcaptionwidth| or |\setcaptionmargin|. To get rid +% of this, use the following code just after loading the caption2 package: +% \begin{quote} +% |\dummycaptionstyle{longtable}{}| +% \end{quote} +% or just specify the new package option |longtable|. +% +% This package was developed and tested with following versions of the +% other packages: +% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{lll} +% package & version & date \\\hline +% float & 1.2c & 1995/03/29 \\ +% longtable & 3.15 & 1995/06/15 \\ +% rotating & 2.9 & 1995/04/07 \\ +% subfigure & 2.0 & 1995/03/06 \\ +% \end{tabular}\end{quote} +% +% Maybe it will work with older versions, maybe not\dots +% +% BTW: +% If you are interested in rotated versions (like |sidewaysfigure| or +% |sidewaystable|) of new floats (defined with the float package), take a look +% at the rotfloat package, which comes from a very talented young man with a +% very german style of writing english docs (if he ever writes any!) and a +% very big mouth - myself |:-)| +% +% \section{Thanks} +% I would like to thank David Carlisle for his help writing the longtable +% support; without the changes in his package this wouldn't become possible. +% +% \changes{v1.1}{ 3 Nov 94}{New captiontype: {\tt centerlast}} +% \changes{v1.4}{30 Jan 95}{New option: {\tt nooneline}} +% \changes{v1.4}{29 Jan 95}{{\tt\protect\bslash captionsize} changed to +% {\tt\protect\bslash captionfont}} +% \changes{v1.2}{28 Nov 94}{Support of the {\sf float} package} +% \changes{v1.3}{ 8 Jan 95}{Support of {\tt\protect\bslash captionlabelfont} in +% subcaptions} +% \changes{v1.4b}{5 Apr 95}{Adapted to version 2.8 of the rotating package} +% \changes{v2.0}{ 9 Oct 95}{support of the longtable package} +% +% \StopEventually{ +% \begin{thebibliography}{9} +% \bibitem{float} +% Anselm Lingnau: +% \textsl{An Improved Environment for Floats}, +% 1995/03/25 +% \bibitem{rotating} +% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca: +% \textsl{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}, +% 1994/10/02 +% \bibitem{rotfloat} +% Axel Sommerfeldt: +% \textsl{The rotfloat package}, +% 1995/03/30 +% \bibitem{subfigure} +% Steven Douglas Cochran: +% \textsl{The subfigure package}, +% 1995/03/06 +% \bibitem{A-W:GMS94} +% Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: +% \newblock \textsl{The {\LaTeX} Companion}, +% \newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1994. +% \bibitem{Anne} +% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein: +% \textsl{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung}, +% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989 +% \bibitem{Kopka-E} +% Helmut Kopka: +% \textsl{\LaTeX -- Erweiterungsm\"oglichkeiten}, +% 3. \"uberarbeitete Auf\/lage, Addison-Wesley, Bonn, 1991 +% \end{thebibliography} +% } +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% +% \CheckSum{647} +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ } +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@ifundefined,\@namedef,\@nameuse,\@tempdima} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtolength,\advance,\begin,\bfseries} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\csname,\def,\divide} +% \DoNotIndex{\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifx,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newif,\newsavebox,\noindent} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalsize,\or} +% \DoNotIndex{\par,\parbox,\parfillskip,\protect} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\rightskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape,\small} +% \DoNotIndex{\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\typeout,\ttfamily,\undefined,\upshape,\usebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\vsize,\vskip,\wd} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\InputIfFileExists,\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageWarningNoLine,\ProcessOptions} +% \DoNotIndex{\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \clearpage +% \section{The (not well documented) code} +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption2}[1995/10/09 v2.0 caption package (AS)] +% +% package detection message +\let\caption@message\undefined +\newcommand*\caption@package[1]{% + \ifx\caption@message\undefined + \message{\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space\space + packages detected:} + \let\caption@message\empty + \fi + \message{#1}} +% +% `internal' stuff +\newlength\realcaptionwidth +\newsavebox\captionbox +% +% Code initialisation, `normal' stuff +\newcommand*\captionsize{} +\newcommand*\captionfont{\captionsize} +\newcommand*\captionlabelfont{} +\newcommand*\captionlabeldelim{:} +\newdimen\captionlabelsep + \sbox\captionbox{ } + \setlength\captionlabelsep{\wd\captionbox} +\newdimen\captionmargin +\newdimen\captionwidth +% only used by captionstyle `indent', but can be used in user-defines styles +\newdimen\captionindent +\newif\ifonelinecaptions +\newif\iftakecaptionwidth +% +%\newcommand*\setcaptionfont[1]{% +% \def\captionfont{#1}} +%\newcommand*\setcaptionlabelfont[1]{% +% \def\captionlabelfont{#1}} +\newcommand*\setcaptionmargin[1]{% + \setlength\captionmargin{#1}% + \takecaptionwidthfalse} +\newcommand*\setcaptionwidth[1]{% + \setlength\captionwidth{#1}% + \takecaptionwidthtrue} +% +% \newcaptionstyle, \renewcaptionstyle & \defcaptionstyle +\newcommand\newcaptionstyle[2]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax + \defcaptionstyle{#1}{#2}% + \else + \PackageError{caption}{Caption style `#1' already defined}{}% + \fi} +\newcommand\renewcaptionstyle[2]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax + \PackageError{caption}{Caption style `#1' undefined}{}% + \else + \defcaptionstyle{#1}{#2}% + \fi} +\newcommand\defcaptionstyle[2]{% + \@namedef{caption@@#1}{#2}} +\newcommand*\dummycaptionstyle[2]{% + \defcaptionstyle{#1}{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@\caption@style\expandafter\endcsname% + \csname caption@@#1\endcsname + \PackageError{caption}{You can't use the caption style `#1' directy}{% + The caption style `#1' is only a dummy and does not really exists.% + \MessageBreak You have to redefine it (with \protect\renewcaptionstyle) + before you can select\MessageBreak it with \protect\captionstyle.}% + \else + #2\usecaptionstyle{\caption@style}% + \fi}} +% +% preimplemented types of captions, all with a label and text, +% separated by \captionlabeldelim +\newcaptionstyle{normal}{\caption@make{normal}} +\newcaptionstyle{center}{\caption@make{center}} +\newcaptionstyle{flushleft}{\caption@make{flushleft}} +\newcaptionstyle{flushright}{\caption@make{flushright}} +\newcaptionstyle{centerlast}{\caption@make{centerlast}} +\newcaptionstyle{hang}{\caption@make{hang}} +\newcaptionstyle{indent}{\caption@make{indent}} +% +% \captionstyle +\newcommand*\captionstyle[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax + \PackageError{caption}{Undefined caption style `#1'}{}% + \else + \def\caption@style{#1}% + \fi} +% +% Options +\DeclareOption{normal}{\captionstyle{normal}} +\DeclareOption{center}{\captionstyle{center}} +\DeclareOption{flushleft}{\captionstyle{flushleft}} +\DeclareOption{flushright}{\captionstyle{flushright}} +\DeclareOption{centerlast}{\captionstyle{centerlast}} +\DeclareOption{anne}{\ExecuteOptions{centerlast}} +\DeclareOption{hang}{\captionstyle{hang}} +\DeclareOption{isu}{\ExecuteOptions{hang}} +\DeclareOption{indent}{\captionstyle{indent}} +% +\DeclareOption{oneline}{\onelinecaptionstrue} +\DeclareOption{nooneline}{\onelinecaptionsfalse} +% +\DeclareOption{scriptsize}{\renewcommand*\captionsize{\scriptsize}} +\DeclareOption{footnotesize}{\renewcommand*\captionsize{\footnotesize}} +\DeclareOption{small}{\renewcommand*\captionsize{\small}} +\DeclareOption{normalsize}{\renewcommand*\captionsize{\normalsize}} +\DeclareOption{large}{\renewcommand*\captionsize{\large}} +\DeclareOption{Large}{\renewcommand*\captionsize{\Large}} +% +\DeclareOption{up}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\upshape}} +\DeclareOption{it}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\itshape}} +\DeclareOption{sl}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\slshape}} +\DeclareOption{sc}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\scshape}} +\DeclareOption{md}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\mdseries}} +\DeclareOption{bf}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\bfseries}} +\DeclareOption{rm}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\rmfamily}} +\DeclareOption{sf}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\sffamily}} +\DeclareOption{tt}{\renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\ttfamily}} +% +\DeclareOption{boxed}{\AtEndOfPackage{% + \ifx\caption@@ruled\undefined + \PackageWarningNoLine{caption}{% + Option `boxed' is set but there is no `float' package\MessageBreak + around here, so this option will be totally ignored} + \else + \dummycaptionstyle{boxed}{}% + \fi}} +\DeclareOption{ruled}{\AtEndOfPackage{% + \ifx\caption@@ruled\undefined + \PackageWarningNoLine{caption}{% + Option `ruled' is set but there is no `float' package\MessageBreak + around here, so this option will be totally ignored} + \else + \dummycaptionstyle{ruled}{\onelinecaptionsfalse\setcaptionmargin{0pt}}% + \fi}} +% +\DeclareOption{longtable}{\AtEndOfPackage{% + \ifx\caption@@longtable\undefined + \PackageWarningNoLine{caption}{% + Option `longtable' is set but there is no `longtable' package\MessageBreak + around here, so this option will be totally ignored} + \else + \dummycaptionstyle{longtable}{}% + \fi}} +% +\DeclareOption*{\AtEndOfPackage{% + \InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.caption}{}{% + \PackageError{caption}{File `\CurrentOption.caption' not found}{% + You selected the unknown package option `\CurrentOption', so I + thought you want to\MessageBreak + input the definition file `\CurrentOption.caption' here + -- but there is no one!}}}} +% +\ExecuteOptions{normal,oneline} +\ProcessOptions +% +% \@makecaption +\renewcommand\@makecaption[2]{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \realcaptionwidth\linewidth + \def\captionlabel{#1}% + \def\captiontext{#2}% + \usecaptionstyle{\caption@style}% + \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +% +% Helpers for caption style authors +\newcommand*\caption@canterr[1]{% + \PackageError{caption}{You can't use \protect#1 + in normal text}{The usage of \protect#1 is only + allowed inside code declared with\MessageBreak \protect\defcaptionstyle, + \protect\newcaptionstyle \space or \protect\renewcaptionstyle.}} +\newcommand\onelinecaption[2]{% + \ifx\captiontext\undefined + \caption@canterr{\onelinecaption}% + \else + \def\caption@temp{#2}% + \ifonelinecaptions + \sbox\captionbox{#1}% + \ifdim\wd\captionbox >\realcaptionwidth + \caption@temp + \else + {\centering\usebox{\captionbox}\par}% + \fi + \else + \caption@temp + \fi + \let\caption@temp\undefined + \fi} +\newcommand*\usecaptionmargin{% + \ifx\captiontext\undefined + \caption@canterr{\usecaptionmargin}% + \else + \iftakecaptionwidth + \leftskip\realcaptionwidth + \advance\leftskip by -\captionwidth + \divide\leftskip by 2 + \rightskip\leftskip + \realcaptionwidth\captionwidth + \else + \leftskip\captionmargin + \rightskip\captionmargin + \advance\realcaptionwidth by -2\captionmargin + \fi + \fi} +\newcommand*\usecaptionstyle[1]{% + \ifx\captiontext\undefined + \caption@canterr{\usecaptionstyle}% + \else + \@ifundefined{caption@@#1}% + {\PackageError{caption}{Caption style `#1' undefined}{}}% + {\@nameuse{caption@@#1}} + \fi} +% +% equal code for normal, center, centerlast, hang, and indent +\newcommand*\caption@make[1]{% + \usecaptionmargin\captionfont + \def\caption@label{% + {\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\captionlabeldelim}% + \hskip\captionlabelsep}% + \onelinecaption{\caption@label\captiontext}% + {\@nameuse{caption@@@#1}}} +% +% the preimplemented caption styles +\newcommand*\caption@@@normal{% + \caption@label\captiontext\par} +\newcommand*\caption@@@center{% + \parbox[t]{\realcaptionwidth}{\centering + \caption@label\captiontext\par}}% +\newcommand*\caption@@@flushleft{% + \parbox[t]{\realcaptionwidth}{\raggedright + \caption@label\captiontext\par}}% +\newcommand*\caption@@@flushright{% + \parbox[t]{\realcaptionwidth}{\raggedleft + \caption@label\captiontext\par}}% +\newcommand*\caption@@@centerlast{% + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil% + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus -1fil% + \parfillskip0pt plus 2fil% + \caption@label\captiontext\par} +\newcommand*\caption@@@hang{% + \sbox\captionbox{\caption@label}% + \hangindent\wd\captionbox\noindent + \usebox\captionbox\captiontext\par} +\newcommand*\caption@@@indent{% + \hangindent\captionindent\noindent + \caption@label\captiontext\par} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Support of the float package} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifx\floatc@plain\undefined +\else + \caption@package{float} +% +% interface float package -> caption package + \newcommand\caption@floatc[3]{% + \realcaptionwidth\linewidth + \def\captionlabel{#2}% + \def\captiontext{#3}% + \usecaptionstyle{#1}} +% +% floatstyle plain verwendet jetzt den gesetzten captionstyle + \renewcommand\floatc@plain{\caption@floatc{\caption@style}} +% +% floatstyle boxed auch (kann aber mit \renewcaptionstyle geaendert werden) + \dummycaptionstyle{boxed}{\def\captionlabelfont{\bfseries}} + \newcommand\floatc@boxed{\caption@floatc{boxed}} +% jetzt muessen wir nur noch dafuer sorgen, dass es auch (statt floatc@plain) +% in \fs@boxed verwendet wird... + \let\caption@boxed\fs@boxed + \renewcommand\fs@boxed{\let\floatc@plain\floatc@boxed\caption@boxed} +% +% floatstyle ruled, dies geht zum Glueck wieder geradeaus + \newcaptionstyle{ruled}{{\bfseries\captionlabel} \captiontext\par} + \renewcommand*\floatc@ruled{\caption@floatc{ruled}} +% +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Support of the longtable package} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifx\LT@makecaption\undefined +\else + \caption@package{longtable} + \dummycaptionstyle{longtable}{\setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth} + \renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{% + \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\linewidth{% + \realcaptionwidth\linewidth + \ifx#1\@gobble + \def\captionlabel{}% + \def\captionlabeldelim{}% + \captionlabelsep\z@ + \else + \def\captionlabel{#2}% + \fi + \def\captiontext{#3}% + \usecaptionstyle{longtable}% + \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}% + \hss}}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Support of the subfigure package} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\addtosubcaption[1]{} +\@ifundefined{@makesubfigurecaption}{}{% + \caption@package{subfigure} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\subcapsize} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\subcapstyle[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax + \PackageError{caption}{Undefined caption style `#1'}{}% + \else + \def\caption@substyle{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Detection of |\caption@substyle|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \subcapstyle{normal} + \ifsubcaphang + \subcapstyle{hang} + \fi + \ifsubcapcenter + \subcapstyle{center} + \fi + \ifsubcapcenterlast + \subcapstyle{centerlast} + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% NOTE: \cs{subfigcapmargin} is \emph{not} a length, it's a command. +% So we make \cs{subfigcapwidth} also a command! +% \begin{macrocode} + \newif\iftakesubfigcapwidth + \newcommand*\subfigcapwidth{0pt} +% only used by captionstyle `indent', but can be used in user-defines styles + \newlength\subcapindent +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapmargin} +% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapwidth} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\setsubcapmargin[1]{% + \renewcommand*\subcapfigmargin{#1}% + \takesubfigcapwidthfalse} + \newcommand*\setsubcapwidth[1]{% + \renewcommand*\subcapfigwidth{#1}% + \takesubfigcapwidthtrue} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\@makesubfigurecaption[2]{% + \realcaptionwidth\@tempdima + \def\captionlabel{#1}% + \def\captiontext{#2}% + \let\captionfont\subcapsize + \let\captionlabelfont\relax + \let\captionlabeldelim\empty + \captionlabelsep0pt + \ifsubcapnooneline\onelinecaptionsfalse\else\onelinecaptionstrue\fi + \iftakesubfigcapwidth\takecaptionwidthtrue\else\takecaptionwidthfalse\fi + \setlength\captionmargin{\subfigcapmargin}% + \setlength\captionwidth{\subfigcapwidth}% + \captionindent\subcapindent + \hbox{\parbox[t]\@tempdima{\strut\usecaptionstyle{\caption@substyle}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\addtosubcaption[1]{% + \let\caption@makesubfigurecaption\@makesubfigurecaption + \renewcommand\@makesubfigurecaption[2]{% + #1\caption@makesubfigurecaption} + \let\@makesubtablecaption\@makesubfigurecaption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Cleaning up} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifx\caption@message\undefined +\else\message{^^J}\let\caption@message\undefined\fi +\let\caption@package\undefined +\let\caption@subcapsize\undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \clearpage +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \Finale +% +\endinput + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.1/caption2.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.1/caption2.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..23c1f26b862 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v2.1/caption2.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,1329 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption2.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2005 Axel Sommerfeldt (caption@sommerfee.de) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, +% caption2.dtx, caption.xml, and anleitung.tex and the derived files +% caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, and manual.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{843} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined\else + \ifcase\pdfoutput\else + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \fi +\fi +% +\usepackage{caption2}[2004/04/16] +% +%<+driver>\OnlyDescription +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption2.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*{\purerm}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +% \newcommand*{\puresf}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +% \newcommand*{\purett}[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +% \let\package\puresf\def\thispackage{\package{caption2}} +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption2.sty} +% \title{The \thispackage\ package\thanks{This package has version number +% \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\\texttt{caption@sommerfee.de}} +% \date{2005/11/02} +% \maketitle +% +% \changes{v2.0}{ 9 Oct 95}{New experimental version: Many new commands and features} +% \changes{v2.0}{ 9 Oct 95}{Support of the longtable package added} +% \changes{v2.1}{20 Feb 02}{Revised: New commands and options} +% \changes{v2.1}{26 Feb 02}{Adapted to version 2.1 of the subfigure package} +% \changes{v2.1a}{12 Nov 03}{Some minor bug fixes and improved compatibility to v2.0} +% \changes{v2.1b}{16 Apr 04}{Some minor bug fixes and improved compatibility to v2.0} +% \changes{v2.1c}{10 May 04}{Some minor bug fixes and improved compatibility to v2.0} +% \changes{v2.1d}{ 3 Oct 05}{Some superfluous brackets removed; warning added} +% +% \providecommand\LaTeXcomp{The \LaTeX{} Companion} +% +% \section*{This package is obsolete!} +% +% The \package{caption2} package used to be an experimental side-version of +% the regular \package{caption} package. It was made public as beta test version +% without documentation in 1995 because of the demand for new features and +% adaptations to other packages like the \package{longtable} and +% \package{subfigure} package. +% +% Even in the next years I found no time to reintegrate some of the +% well-tried features into the regular \package{caption} package. So I +% decided to release a version $2.1$ of the \package{caption2} package in 2002 +% instead, which included some minor bug fixes and adaptations to the new +% version $2.1$ of the \package{subfigure} package. Furthermore I started +% to write a documentation for this package, but unfortunately did not get +% very far with this\ldots +% +% In 2003 I finally found some (more) time, so a new regular release $3.0$ +% of the \package{caption} package could be build with massive help from +% Frank Mittelbach\cite{A-W:GMS94} and Steven Cochran\cite{subfigure}. +% It was released in December 2003 and superseded the neglected +% \package{caption2} package. +% +% {\small (In parallel, Steven Cochran released the \package{subfig} package which +% superseded the \package{subfigure} package.)} +% +% So please don't use this package for new documents. It's old, it's obsolete +% and it starts to begin smell bad! +% Please ignore all hints in books or other documents which try to tell you +% that the \package{caption2} package should be used instead of the +% \package{caption} package -- these hints are outdated since December 2003. +% +% \section*{How to migrate to the regular \package{caption} package?} +% +% Usually replacing \package{caption2} by \package{caption} is sufficient +% because the \package{caption} package emulates most of the options and +% commands of the \package{caption2} package. +% If you get some errors or wired results afterwards, please take a closer +% look at the \package{caption} package documentation which will hopefully +% help you clearing these problems. +% If all this should fail you can write me an e-mail asking for help. +% +% \section*{What will happen to this package?} +% +% The \package{caption2} package is still some kind of supported, that means +% it will be part of future releases and bugs will still be fixed so existing +% documents using this package will still compile. +% But it will \emph{not} be enhanced in the future or adapted to future versions +% of foreign packages. +% +% This means migrating to the actual \package{caption} package should not be +% necessary for old documents. +% +% \StopEventually{} +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@classoptionslist,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\bgroup,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\egroup,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\if,\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\providecommand} +% \DoNotIndex{\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\undefined,\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \clearpage +% +% \section{The Implementation} +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Identificaton} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption2}[2005/10/03 v2.1d Customising captions (AS)] +%\PackageWarning{caption2}{THIS PACKAGE IS OBSOLETE, PLEASE USE caption INSTEAD} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Preliminary declarations} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionfont} +% \begin{macro}{\captionlabelfont} +% \cs{captionfont} and \cs{captionlabelfont} will hold the font specifications for the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionfont{} +\newcommand*\captionlabelfont{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionlabeldelim} +% \begin{macro}{\captionlabelsep} +% \cs{captionlabeldelim} \& \cs{captionlabelsep} will hold the iterim +% space between caption label and text. +% (\cs{captionlabeldelim} will be typeset within \cs{captionlabelfont}, +% \cs{captionlabelsep} not.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionlabeldelim{} +\newcommand*\captionlabelsep{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionsize} +% The macro \cs{captionsize} is obsolete since v1.4 of the \textsf{caption} package, +% but we still support it to provide backward compatibility. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionsize{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionmargin} +% \begin{macro}{\captionwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionwidth} +% Either \cs{captionmargin} (with specifies an extra margin) or \cs{captionwidth} +% (with specifies an explicit width) can be set, therefore we need the flag \cs{ifcaptionwidth} +% to determine with parameter we should pay attention to. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\captionmargin +\newdimen\captionwidth +\newif\ifcaptionwidth +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionindent} +% \cs{captionindent} will be used in caption style \texttt{indent} and specifies the indention +% after the first line. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\captionindent +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionlabel} +% \begin{macro}{\ifonelinecaptions} +% \begin{macro}{\ifignoreLTcapwidth} +% More flags. If \cs{ifcaptionlabel} is not set the caption label should be suppressed; +% we need this flag to support the \cs{caption*} command. +% If \cs{ifonelinecaptions} is set we support the \LaTeX\ base style 'one line captions', +% that means the caption will be typeset centered if it fits to one line. +% If \cs{ifignoreLTcapwidth} is set we ignore the \cs{LTcapwidth} of \textsf{longtable}. +% \changes{v2.1}{20 Feb 02}{New ifs \cs{ifcaptionlabel} and \cs{ifignoreLTcapwidth}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaptionlabel\captionlabeltrue +\newif\ifonelinecaptions +\newif\ifignoreLTcapwidth +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionmargin} +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionwidth} +% User-friendly commands to set the caption margin resp.\ width. +% Note that they additionally set the \cs{ifcaptionwidth} flag. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptionmargin{% + \captionwidthfalse + \setlength\captionmargin} +\newcommand*\setcaptionwidth{% + \captionwidthtrue + \setlength\captionwidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\normalcaptionparams} +% \cs{normalcaptionparams} resets all caption related parameters to it's normal default values. +% \cs{captionfont} will be set to \cs{captionsize} so setting the obsolete \cs{captionsize} will still work. +% Same story with \cs{captiondelim} and the obsolete \cs{captionlabeldelim}. +% \changes{v2.1}{29 Jan 02}{New command \cs{normalcaptionparams}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\normalcaptionparams{% + \let\captionsize\@empty + \renewcommand*\captionfont{\captionsize}% + \let\captionlabelfont\@empty + \renewcommand*\captionlabeldelim{:}% + \renewcommand*\captionlabelsep{\space}% + \setcaptionmargin\z@\setlength\captionindent\z@ + \onelinecaptionstrue} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@eh} +% Some commands will produce an error message, use this as help text. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@eh{% + If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak + at the documentation of the `caption2' package.\MessageBreak + \@ehc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\defcaptionstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\newcaptionstyle} +% \begin{macro}{\renewcaptionstyle} +% These macros will define a new caption style. \cs{newcaptionstyle} and \cs{renewcaptionstyle} +% will additionally check if the caption style already exists or not. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\defcaptionstyle[1]{% + \@namedef{caption@@#1}} +% +\newcommand*\newcaptionstyle[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\defcaptionstyle + \else + \PackageError{caption2}{Caption style `#1' already defined}{\caption@eh}% + \expandafter\@gobbletwo + \fi + {#1}} +% +\newcommand*\renewcaptionstyle[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax + \PackageError{caption2}{Caption style `#1' undefined}{\caption@eh}% + \expandafter\@gobbletwo + \else + \expandafter\defcaptionstyle + \fi + {#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\dummycaptionstyle} +% This macro will also define a new caption style, but a one which is based on the +% actual set caption style. Therefore you can't set a caption style made with this +% command with \cs{captionstyle} -- we check this to avoid an endless recursion. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\dummycaptionstyle[2]{% + \defcaptionstyle{#1}{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@\caption@style\expandafter\endcsname% + \csname caption@@#1\endcsname + \PackageError{caption2}{You can't use the caption style `#1' directy}{% + The caption style `#1' is only a dummy and does not really exists.% + \MessageBreak You have to redefine it (with \protect\renewcaptionstyle) + before you can select\MessageBreak it with \protect\captionstyle. + \space\caption@eh}% + \else + #2\usecaptionstyle\caption@style + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionstyle} +% \cs{captionstyle} sets the actual caption style. It includes a check if the given caption +% style is defined or not. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionstyle[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax + \PackageError{caption2}{Undefined caption style `#1'}{\caption@eh}% + \else + \def\caption@style{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{style `normal'} +% \begin{macro}{style `center'} +% \begin{macro}{style `centerlast'} +% \begin{macro}{style `flushleft'} +% \begin{macro}{style `flushright'} +% \begin{macro}{style `hang'} +% \begin{macro}{style `indent'} +% The predefined caption styles `normal', `center', `flushleft', `flushright', `centerlast', +% `hang', `hang+X', and `indent'. Because they are quite similar they all are based on the macro +% \cs{caption@make}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcaptionstyle{normal}{\caption@make{normal}} +\newcaptionstyle{center}{\caption@make{center}} +\newcaptionstyle{centerlast}{\caption@make{centerlast}} +\newcaptionstyle{flushleft}{\caption@make{flushleft}} +\newcaptionstyle{flushright}{\caption@make{flushright}} +\newcaptionstyle{hang}{\caption@make{hang}} +\newcaptionstyle{hang+center}{\caption@make{hang@center}} +\newcaptionstyle{hang+centerlast}{\caption@make{hang@centerlast}} +\newcaptionstyle{hang+flushleft}{\caption@make{hang@flushleft}} +\newcaptionstyle{indent}{\caption@make{indent}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecaption} +% Our predefined caption styles. \cs{caption@makecaption} takes the style +% name as parameter, it does the common stuff and calls a macro +% (build out of the style name) to do the uncommon stuff if neccessary. +% \changes{v2.1}{26 Feb 02}{Renamed from \cs{caption@make} to \cs{caption@makecaption}} +% \changes{v2.1b}{16 Apr 04}{We offer and use \cs{caption@make}, again} +% \changes{v2.1c}{10 May 04}{Bugfix: Extra \cs{par} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@makecaption[1]{% + \usecaptionmargin +% + \ifcaptionlabel + \def\caption@label{% + {\captionlabelfont\captionlabel\captionlabeldelim}\captionlabelsep}% + \else + \let\caption@label\@empty + \fi +% + \captionfont + \onelinecaption + {\caption@label\captiontext}% + {\parbox[b]\captionlinewidth{\strut\@nameuse{caption@@@#1}\par}\par}} +\newcommand*\caption@make{\caption@makecaption} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v2.1}{26 Feb 02}{Removed all extra parboxes from caption styles} +% \changes{v2.1a}{12 Nov 03}{\ldots and put the parbox into \cs{caption@makecaption} instead} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@normal} +% The `normal' caption style. Just typeset caption (label \& text) as paragraph. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@normal{% + \caption@label\captiontext} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@center} +% The `center' caption style. Typeset the caption centered within a parbox. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@center{% + \centering\caption@label\captiontext}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@centerlast} +% The `centerlast' caption style. +% The idea how to do this was taken from Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne}, +% it is also mentioned in Kopka\cite[p227]{Kopka-E}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@centerlast{% + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil% + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus -1fil% + \parfillskip0pt plus 2fil\relax} +% +\newcommand*\caption@@@centerlast{% + \caption@centerlast\caption@label\captiontext} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@flushleft} +% The `flushleft' caption style. Typeset the caption raggedright within a parbox. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@flushleft{% + \raggedright\caption@label\captiontext}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@flushright} +% The `flushright' caption style. Typeset the caption raggedleft within a parbox. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@flushright{% + \raggedleft\caption@label\captiontext}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@hang} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hangplus} +% The `hang' caption style. +% This code was taken from \LaTeXcomp\cite[p155]{A-W:GMS94} and modified. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@hang{% + \sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@label}% + \hangindent\wd\@tempboxa\noindent + \usebox\@tempboxa\caption@hangplus\captiontext} +% +\newcommand*\caption@hangplus{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@hang@center} +% The `hang+flushleft' caption style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@hang@center{% + \let\caption@hangplus\centering\caption@@@hang} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@hang@centerlast} +% The `hang+flushleft' caption style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@hang@centerlast{% + \let\caption@hangplus\caption@centerlast\caption@@@hang} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@hang@flushleft} +% The `hang+flushleft' caption style. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@hang@flushleft{% + \let\caption@hangplus\raggedright\caption@@@hang} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@indent} +% The `indent' caption style. Is is quite like the `hang' style but the +% indention is given as \cs{captionindent}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@indent{% + \hangindent\captionindent\noindent + \caption@label\captiontext} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Options} +% +% \begin{macro}{normal} +% \begin{macro}{center} +% \begin{macro}{centerlast,anne} +% \begin{macro}{flushleft} +% \begin{macro}{flushright} +% \begin{macro}{hang,isu} +% \begin{macro}{indent} +% These options will set the caption style. +% (`normal' is the default one.) +% +% The options `anne' and `isu' are for +% backward compatibility only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{normal}{\captionstyle{normal}} +\DeclareOption{center}{\captionstyle{center}} +\DeclareOption{centerlast}{\captionstyle{centerlast}} +\DeclareOption{flushleft}{\captionstyle{flushleft}} +\DeclareOption{flushright}{\captionstyle{flushright}} +\DeclareOption{anne}{\ExecuteOptions{centerlast}} +\DeclareOption{hang}{\captionstyle{hang}} +\DeclareOption{hang+center}{\captionstyle{hang+center}} +\DeclareOption{hang+centerlast}{\captionstyle{hang+centerlast}} +\DeclareOption{hang+flushleft}{\captionstyle{hang+flushleft}} +\DeclareOption{isu}{\ExecuteOptions{hang}} +\DeclareOption{indent}{\captionstyle{indent}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{scriptsize} +% \begin{macro}{footnotesize} +% \begin{macro}{small} +% \begin{macro}{normalsize} +% \begin{macro}{large,Large} +% These options will set the caption size. We use \cs{g@addto@macro} so more that one +% option can be set. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{scriptsize}{\g@addto@macro\captionsize\scriptsize} +\DeclareOption{footnotesize}{\g@addto@macro\captionsize\footnotesize} +\DeclareOption{small}{\g@addto@macro\captionsize\small} +\DeclareOption{normalsize}{\g@addto@macro\captionsize\normalsize} +\DeclareOption{large}{\g@addto@macro\captionsize\large} +\DeclareOption{Large}{\g@addto@macro\captionsize\Large} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{up,it,sl,sc} +% \begin{macro}{md,bf} +% \begin{macro}{rm,sf,tt} +% These options will set the caption label. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{up}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\upshape} +\DeclareOption{it}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\itshape} +\DeclareOption{sl}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\slshape} +\DeclareOption{sc}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\scshape} +\DeclareOption{md}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\mdseries} +\DeclareOption{bf}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\bfseries} +\DeclareOption{rm}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\rmfamily} +\DeclareOption{sf}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\sffamily} +\DeclareOption{tt}{\g@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\ttfamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{oneline} +% \begin{macro}{nooneline} +% These options will set the `oneline' flag. +% (`oneline' is the default.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{oneline}{\onelinecaptionstrue} +\DeclareOption{nooneline}{\onelinecaptionsfalse} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@package} +% A helper macro, a value of 1 within parameter \#2 will activate the support +% of the package given in parameter \#1, a value of 0 will deactivate it. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@package[1]{\@namedef{caption@pkt@#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{float} +% \begin{macro}{longtable} +% \begin{macro}{subfigure} +% \changes{v2.1}{19 Feb 02}{New options for interaction with other packages} +% These options will enable or suppress the support of the packages +% \textsf{float}, \textsf{longtable}, and \textsf{subfigure}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{float}{\caption@twozerofalse\caption@package{float}{1}} +\DeclareOption{longtable}{\caption@twozerofalse\caption@package{longtable}{1}} +\DeclareOption{subfigure}{\caption@twozerofalse\caption@package{subfigure}{1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{none} +% \begin{macro}{all} +% These options will enable or suppress the support of all the above packages. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{none}{\caption@twozerofalse + \caption@package{float}{0}\caption@package{longtable}{0}% + \caption@package{subfigure}{0}} +\DeclareOption{all}{\ExecuteOptions{float,longtable,subfigure}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{ruled} +% \begin{macro}{boxed} +% The option `ruled' introduced in \textsf{caption} v1.2 is obsolete now, but +% we will still support it. The option `boxed' was introduced in version 2.0 +% and is obsolete now, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaption@ruled +\DeclareOption{ruled}{\caption@ruledtrue} +\DeclareOption{boxed}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{ignoreLTcapwidth} +% This option will make the caption code ignore the setting of \cs{LTcapwidth} +% and use the setting of \cs{setcaptionmargin} or \cs{setcaptionwidth} instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{ignoreLTcapwidth}{\ignoreLTcapwidthtrue} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{debug} +% This option will put additional debug information in the log file. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{debug}{\caption@debugtrue} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% That's it! Now set the default values and start processing the options. +% (If \cs{caption@twozero} is set to true (default) we will emulate the package +% load algorithm of \textsf{caption} v2.0: If the package is already loaded +% patch it, otherwise do nothing.) +% \changes{v2.1}{19 Feb 02}{\cs{ProcessOptions} changed to \cs{ProcessOptions*}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaption@debug +\newif\ifcaption@twozero +\normalcaptionparams +\ExecuteOptions{none,normal} +\caption@twozerotrue +\ProcessOptions* +\ifcaption@twozero + \PackageInfo{caption2}{Running in caption2 v2.0 compatibility mode} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{More declarations} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionof} +% \begin{macro}{\captionof*} +% \cs{captionof} resp.\ \cs{captionof*} will just set \cs{@captype} and do the normal +% \cs{caption} resp.\ \cs{caption*}, so we can also typeset captions outside floating +% environments. +% \changes{v2.1}{19 Feb 02}{New commands \cs{captionof} and \cs{captionof*}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\captionof{\@ifstar{\caption@of{\caption*}}{\caption@of\caption}} +\newcommand*\caption@of[2]{\def\@captype{#2}#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\abovecaptionskip} +% \begin{macro}{\belowcaptionskip} +% Not all document classes define \cs{abovecaptionskip} and \cs{belowcaptionskip} +% (like \textsf{ucthesis}), so we do it here if not already done. +% \changes{v2.1}{19 Feb 02}{\cs{abovecaptionskip} and \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be defined if neccessary} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{abovecaptionskip}{% + \newlength\abovecaptionskip\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}}{} +\@ifundefined{belowcaptionskip}{% + \newlength\belowcaptionskip\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0\p@}}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionlinewidth} +% \changes{v2.1}{26 Feb 02}{Renamed from \cs{realcaptionwidth} to \cs{captionlinewidth}} +% \changes{v2.1a}{12 Nov 03}{We offer \cs{realcaptionwidth}, again} +% \begin{macro}{\captionlabel} +% \begin{macro}{\captiontext} +% These values are only set and used within the caption code itself. +% \cs{captionlinewidth} will be set to the given vertical space for the caption, +% normally this is \cs{linewidth}. (This value was called \cs{realcaptionwidth} +% within \thispackage\ \mbox{2.0}, so we will offer this, too.) +% +% \cs{captionlabel} and \cs{captiontext} will be set to the caption label +% resp.\ the caption text. +% (Because \cs{captionlabel} and \cs{captiontext} will be locally defined with +% \cs{def} we do not need to define them here.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\captionlinewidth +\newdimen\realcaptionwidth +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\usecaptionmargin} +% A helper macro for caption style authors: +% It calculates \cs{leftskip} and \cs{rightskip} out of +% \cs{captionlinewidth} and \cs{captionmargin} resp.\ \cs{captionwidth}. +% Also \cs{captionlinewidth} will be corrected to the appropriate value. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\usecaptionmargin{% + \ifcaptionwidth + \leftskip\captionlinewidth + \advance\leftskip by -\captionwidth + \divide\leftskip by 2 + \rightskip\leftskip + \captionlinewidth\captionwidth + \else + \leftskip\captionmargin + \rightskip\captionmargin + \advance\captionlinewidth by -2\captionmargin + \fi + \realcaptionwidth\captionlinewidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaption} +% This macro definition helps setting captions the \LaTeX\ base classes way: +% If \cs{ifonelinecaptions} is set and the 1st argument fits within \cs{captionlinewidth}, +% we typeset it centered -- otherway we typeset the 2nd argument. +% (We use the savebox \cs{@tempboxa} as helper for this.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\onelinecaption[1]{% + \let\next\@firstofone + \ifonelinecaptions + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa >\captionlinewidth + \else + \def\next{{\centering\usebox\@tempboxa\par}\@gobble}% + \fi + \fi\next} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\usecaptionstyle} +% First we check if we are inside a caption -- if \cs{captiontext} is undefined we are not. +% If we are we call the appropriate caption definition. +% +% \changes{v2.1b}{16 Apr 04}{Missing percent added (and extra space removed)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\usecaptionstyle[1]{% + \@ifundefined{captiontext}{% + \PackageError{caption2}{You can't use \protect#1 + in normal text}{The usage of \protect#1 is only + allowed inside code declared with\MessageBreak \protect\defcaptionstyle, + \protect\newcaptionstyle \space or \protect\renewcaptionstyle. + \space\caption@eh} + }{% + \@ifundefined{caption@@#1}% + {\PackageError{caption2}{Caption style `#1' undefined}{\caption@eh}}% + {\@nameuse{caption@@#1}}% + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption} +% This is the heart of the \thispackage\ package -- the redefinition of the +% core caption code. It was taken from the \LaTeXe\ standard classes and modified. +% It's very easy -- apart from using \cs{abovecaptionskip} and \cs{belowcaptionskip} +% we just set \cs{captionlinewidth}, \cs{captionlabel} and \cs{captiontext} +% to its appropriate values and using the code of the actual caption style via +% \cs{usecaptionstyle}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand\@makecaption[2]{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \captionlinewidth\hsize + \realcaptionwidth\hsize + \def\captionlabel{#1}% + \def\captiontext{#2}% + \usecaptionstyle\caption@style + \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Support of other packages} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@package} +% This macro will execute the code needed to support the package +% named within argument \#1. The parameter \#2 is the command +% which shows if the package is loaded -- it is defined, it is +% already loaded, otherwise not. The parameter \#3 contains code +% which will be executed if no support is required -- this is for +% cleanup purposes. The final parameter \#4 contains the code itself. +% \changes{v2.1c}{9 May 04}{Compatibility warning removed} +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand*\caption@package[3]{% + \if1\@nameuse{caption@pkt@#1}% + \@ifundefined{#2}% + {\let\next\AtBeginDocument}% + {\let\next\@firstofone}% + \else\ifcaption@twozero + \@ifundefined{#2}% + {#3\let\next\@gobble}% + {\let\next\@firstofone}% + \else + #3\let\next\@gobble + \fi\fi + \expandafter\let\csname caption@pkt@#1\endcsname\undefined + \ifcaption@debug + \ifx\next\@gobble\PackageInfo{caption2}{#1 => gobble}% + \else\ifx\next\@firstofone\PackageInfo{caption2}{#1 => firstofone}% + \else\ifx\next\AtBeginDocument\PackageInfo{caption2}{#1 => AtBeginDocument}% + \fi\fi\fi + \fi + \next} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Support of the \puresf{float} package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@package{float}{floatc@plain}{}{% + \ifx\floatc@plain\relax + \PackageWarning{caption2}{% + Option `float' was set but there is no float package loaded} + \else + \PackageInfo{caption2}{float package v1.2 (or newer) detected} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@floatc} +% First we define a helper macro to typeset the caption via \cs{usecaptionstyle}, +% the 1st parameter is the caption style name, +% the 2nd and 3rd are the caption label and text. +% +% \textsf{caption2} has the goal not to modify the output just by +% loading it (without options), therefore we have to be tricky here to +% support \cs{@fs@cfont} which is in fact the same as our \cs{captionlabelfont}. +% So we test if a \cs{captionlabelfont} has been set by the user -- if not +% \cs{@fs@cfont} will be used, otherwise \cs{captionlabelfont}. +% +% \changes{v2.1b}{19 Mar 04}{\cs{realcaptionwidth}$=$\cs{hsize} was missing here} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@floatc[3]{% + \ifx\captionlabelfont\@empty + \let\captionlabelfont\@fs@cfont + \fi + \captionlinewidth\hsize + \realcaptionwidth\hsize + \def\captionlabel{#2}% + \def\captiontext{#3}% + \usecaptionstyle{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\floatc@plain} +% Now we can redefine the caption code of the \textsf{float} package. +% Here we redefine \cs{floatc@plain} to use our caption code, so +% \texttt{plain} and \texttt{boxed} float types will use the actual +% caption style set by the user. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\floatc@plain{\caption@floatc{\caption@style}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\floatc@ruled} +% The support of the \texttt{ruled} float type is a little +% more complex. First we define a caption style `ruled' so the end-user +% can change this caption style afterwards. If the (obsolete) option +% `ruled' is set, we define it in a \textsf{caption} v1.x compatible way, +% otherwise we define it in a \textsf{float} compatible way. +% +% Then we redefine \cs{floatc@ruled} so the caption style `ruled' will +% be used. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcaption@ruled + \dummycaptionstyle{ruled}{\onelinecaptionsfalse\setcaptionmargin{\z@}}% + \else + \newcaptionstyle{ruled}{% + \ifcaptionlabel + {\@fs@cfont\captionlabel}\space% + \fi\captiontext\par}% + \fi +% + \renewcommand*\floatc@ruled{\caption@floatc{ruled}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@of} +% Typesetting captions outside floats is not so easy with redefined floats, +% because +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The caption code of the \textsf{float} package needs not only +% \cs{@captype} defined, but \cs{@fs@capt} (the command which will typeset the +% caption itself) either. +% \item The caption is only saved within a \cs{vbox}, so the \textsf{float} +% package can typeset the caption later at it's float style specific place +% (that means at top or at the bottom of the float). +% \end{itemize} +% +% Here is the new code: First we check if it's a restyled float by checking if +% \cs{fst@<floattype>} is defined. If yes, we use this command (it will define +% \cs{@fs@capt}). +% Then we execute \cs{@float@setevery}, if it exists (that means we are +% dealing with the \textsf{float} package 1.3 or newer here). +% Now comes the basic trick: +% We redefine the caption typesetting command \cs{@fs@capt}, so it will close +% the \cs{vbox}, typeset the caption outside the vbox and finally start the +% group again so the original \cs{@fs@capt} is happy with closing the group. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@of[2]{\def\@captype{#2}% + \@ifundefined{fst@#2}{}{% + \@nameuse{fst@#2}% + \@ifundefined{@float@setevery}{}{\@float@setevery{#2}}% + \let\caption@fs@capt\@fs@capt + \let\@fs@capt\caption@of@float}% + #1} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@of@float[2]{\egroup + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \normalsize\caption@fs@capt{#1}{#2}% + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \bgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Support of the \puresf{longtable} package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@package{longtable}{LT@makecaption}{}{% + \ifx\LT@makecaption\relax + \PackageWarning{caption2}{% + Option `longtable' was set but there is no longtable package loaded} + \else + \PackageInfo{caption2}{longtable package v3.15 (or newer) detected} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption} +% David Carlisle was so kind to introduce a macro called +% \cs{LT@makecaption} in version 3.15 of the \textsf{longtable} +% package which typeset the caption and can be easily redefined. +% +% This is the original definition: +% \begin{quote} +% |\def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{%|\\ +% | \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{%|\\ +% | |$\langle$\textit{typeset} |#1{#2: }#3| \textit{as caption}$\rangle$\\ +% | \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}%|\\ +% | \hss}}}| +% \end{quote} +% +% So we do here: +% First we define a new (dummy) caption style `longtable', +% than we redefine \cs{LT@makecaption} so this style will be used. +% (Remember: |#1| is |\@gobble| in star form of |\caption|, +% and |\@firstofone| otherwise.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \dummycaptionstyle{longtable}{} +% + \renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{% + \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\hsize{% + \ifignoreLTcapwidth + \else + \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth + \fi + \captionlinewidth\hsize + \realcaptionwidth\hsize + \captionlabelfalse#1\captionlabeltrue + \def\captionlabel{#2}% + \def\captiontext{#3}% + \usecaptionstyle{longtable}% + \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}% + \hss}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Support of the \puresf{subfigure} package} +% +% Some of the following code will not work within \cs{if}, +% because of the (yet) undefined \cs{if}\textit{xxx}s. So we simply define +% the critical code within the helper commands \cs{setsubcapstyle} +% and \cs{caption@makesubcaption} already here. +% +% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapstyle} +% This sets the subcaptionstyle to a appropriate value. +% +% If \cs{ifsubcapraggedright} is undefined (it was introduced +% into v2.1 of the \textsf{subfigure} package) we define it first. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setsubcapstyle{% + \@ifundefined{subcapraggedrightfalse}{% + \newif\ifsubcapraggedright}{}% + \ifsubcaphang + \ifsubcapcenter + \subcapstyle{hang+center}% + \else\ifsubcapcenterlast + \subcapstyle{hang+centerlast}% + \else\ifsubcapraggedright + \subcapstyle{hang+flushleft}% + \else + \subcapstyle{hang}% + \fi\fi\fi + \else\ifsubcapcenter + \subcapstyle{center}% + \else\ifsubcapcenterlast + \subcapstyle{centerlast}% + \else\ifsubcapraggedright + \subcapstyle{flushleft}% + \else + \subcapstyle{normal}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makesubcaption} +% This will typeset the subcaption. +% We just set all our \cs{caption}\textit{xxx} values to +% the values of \cs{subcap}\textit{xxx} and typeset the +% caption like \textsf{subfigure} within a \cs{hbox}, +% but with the help of \cs{usecaptionstyle}. +% +% But this is not as easy as it seems. We typeset the caption like this: +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionfont|\\ +% | {\capionlabelfont\captionlabel\captionlabeldelim}%|\\ +% |\captionlabelsep\captiontext| +% \end{quote} +% Within \textsf{subfigure} 2.0 the caption will be set quite similar to: +% \begin{quote} +% |\subcapsize|\\ +% | {\subcaplabelfont\captionlabel}%|\\ +% |\space\captiontext| +% \end{quote} +% But within \textsf{subfigure} 2.1 this has changed to: +% \begin{quote} +% |\subcapsize|\\ +% | {\subcaplabelfont\captionlabel}%|\\ +% |\hskip\subfiglabelskip|\\ +% | {\subcapfont\captiontext}}| +% \end{quote} +% So we have to be tricky here: We set \cs{captionlabelfont} to \cs{normalfont} plus +% \cs{subcapsize} \& \cs{subcaplabelfont}, so the font setting in \cs{captionfont} +% will not affect the caption label in subfigure captions. +% +% Note that \cs{hfil} has changed to \cs{hss} from subfigure 2.0 to 2.1, +% so we use \cs{caption@subfig@hss} instead. (We will define this later on.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@makesubcaption[2]{% + \renewcommand*\captionfont{\subcapsize\subcapfont}% + \renewcommand*\captionlabelfont{\normalfont\subcapsize\subcaplabelfont}% + \let\captionlabeldelim\subcaplabeldelim + \let\captionlabelsep\subcaplabelsep + \ifsubfigcapwidth\captionwidthtrue\else\captionwidthfalse\fi + \setlength\captionmargin\subfigcapmargin + \setlength\captionwidth\subfigcapwidth + \captionindent\subcapindent + \ifsubcapnooneline\onelinecaptionsfalse\else\onelinecaptionstrue\fi + \hbox to\@tempdima{% + \caption@subfig@hss\parbox[t]\@tempdima{% + \captionlinewidth\@tempdima + \realcaptionwidth\@tempdima + \captionlabeltrue + \def\captionlabel{#1}% + \def\captiontext{\ignorespaces #2}% + \usecaptionstyle\caption@substyle}% + \caption@subfig@hss}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% If the subfigure support is not needed, we throw +% the helper macros in the garbage can. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@package{subfigure}{@makesubfigurecaption}{% + \let\setsubcapstyle\undefined + \let\caption@makesubcaption\undefined}{% + \ifx\@makesubfigurecaption\relax + \PackageWarning{caption2}{% + Option `subfigure' was set but there is no subfigure package loaded} + \let\setsubcapstyle\undefined + \let\caption@makesubcaption\undefined + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Some stuff has changed from version 2.0 to 2.1 of the +% \textsf{subfigure} package, so we make a branch here. +% If \cs{subcapfont} is undefined we assume v2.0, +% otherwise we assume v2.1 or newer. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\subcapfont\undefined + \PackageInfo{caption2}{subfigure package v2.0 detected} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\subcapfont} +% We define \cs{subcapfont} here so we can use it later +% in common code for \textsf{subfigure} v2.0 and v2.1 (or newer). +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\subcapfont\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\subfigcapwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapmargin} +% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapwidth} +% Analogous to \cs{captionwidth}, \cs{setcaptionmargin}, and +% \cs{setcaptionwidth} we define \cs{subfigcapwidth}, +% \cs{setsubcapmargin}, and \cs{setsubcapwidth}. +% +% Note: \cs{subfigcapmargin} is a command in v2.0 of \textsf{subfigure}. +% So we make \cs{subfigcapwidth} a command, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\subfigcapwidth{\z@} + \newcommand*\setsubcapmargin{% + \subfigcapwidthfalse + \renewcommand*\subfigcapmargin} + \newcommand*\setsubcapwidth{% + \subfigcapwidthtrue + \renewcommand*\subfigcapwidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\subcaplabelsep} +% Analogous to \cs{captionlabelsep} we define \cs{subcaplabelsep}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\subcaplabelsep{\space} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subfig@hss} +% This will be uses within the caption code itself. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@subfig@hss\hfil +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \else + \PackageInfo{caption2}{subfigure package v2.1 (or newer) detected} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\subfigcapwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapmargin} +% \begin{macro}{\setsubcapwidth} +% Analogous to \cs{captionwidth}, \cs{setcaptionmargin}, and +% \cs{setcaptionwidth} we define \cs{subfigcapwidth}, +% \cs{setsubcapmargin}, and \cs{setsubcapwidth}. +% +% Note: \cs{subfigcapmargin} is a length in v2.1 of \textsf{subfigure}. +% So we make \cs{subfigcapwidth} a length, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newdimen\subfigcapwidth + \newcommand*\setsubcapmargin{% + \subfigcapwidthfalse + \setlength\subfigcapmargin} + \newcommand*\setsubcapwidth{% + \subfigcapwidthtrue + \setlength\subfigcapwidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\subcaplabelsep} +% Analogous to \cs{captionlabelsep} we define \cs{subcaplabelsep}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\subcaplabelsep{\hskip\subfiglabelskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subfig@hss} +% This will be uses within the caption code itself. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@subfig@hss\hss +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Here starts the common code for \textsf{subfigure} v2.0 and v2.1. +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifsubfigcapwidth} +% \begin{macro}{\subcapindent} +% \begin{macro}{\subcaplabeldelim} +% Analogous to \cs{ifcaptionwidth}, \cs{captionindent} \& \cs{captionlabeldelim} +% we define \cs{ifsubfigcapwidth}, \cs{subcapindent} \& \cs{subcaplabeldelim} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newif\ifsubfigcapwidth + \newdimen\subcapindent + \newcommand*\subcaplabeldelim{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\subcapstyle} +% Analogous to \cs{captionstyle} we define \cs{subcapstyle} +% and set it (via \cs{setsubcapstyle}) to a appropriate value. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\subcapstyle[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@@#1\endcsname\relax + \PackageError{caption2}{Undefined caption style `#1'}{\caption@eh}% + \else + \def\caption@substyle{#1}% + \fi} + \setsubcapstyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@thesubfigure} +% \begin{macro}{\@thesubtable} +% The \textsf{subfigure} package makes use of \cs{subcaplabelfont} and +% \cs{subfiglabelskip} within its \cs{@thesub}\textit{xxx} macros. +% This is totally in contrast to the way the \textsf{caption2} package +% handle these settings. So we redefine the \cs{@thesub}\textit{xxx} +% to be just the plain label and nothing else. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\@thesubfigure{\thesubfigure} + \renewcommand*\@thesubtable{\thesubtable} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makesubfigurecaption} +% \begin{macro}{\@makesubtablecaption} +% Now we are ready to redefine \cs{@makesubfigurecaption}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@makesubfigurecaption\caption@makesubcaption + \let\@makesubtablecaption\caption@makesubcaption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% That's all folks! +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@package\undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \begin{thebibliography}{9} +% \bibitem{float} +% Anselm Lingnau: +% \textsl{An Improved Environment for Floats}, +% 2001/11/08 +% \bibitem{longtable} +% David Carlisle: +% \textsl{The longtable package}, +% 2000/10/22 +% \bibitem{rotating} +% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca: +% \textsl{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}, +% 1997/09/26 +% \bibitem{subfigure} +% Steven Douglas Cochran: +% \textsl{The subfigure package}, +% 2002/02/14 +% \bibitem{A-W:GMS94} +% Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: +% \newblock \textsl{The {\LaTeX} Companion}, +% \newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1994. +% \bibitem{Anne} +% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein: +% \textsl{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung}, +% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989 +% \bibitem{Kopka-E} +% Helmut Kopka: +% \textsl{\LaTeX -- Erweiterungsm\"oglichkeiten}, +% 3. \"uberarbeitete Auf\/lage, Addison-Wesley, Bonn, 1991 +% \end{thebibliography} +% +% \Finale +% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.0/caption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.0/caption.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7f7b4a49d1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.0/caption.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,5077 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2007 Axel Sommerfeldt (caption@sommerfee.de) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, +% caption2.dtx, and anleitung.tex and the derived files +% caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, and manual.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{2178} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\newcommand\NEWfeature{\NEW{New feature}} +\newcommand\NEWdescription{\NEW{New description}} +\newcommand\NEW[2]{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\footnotesize\sffamily\raggedleft#1\\#2}} +% +\font\manual=manfnt +\newcommand\DANGER{\hskip 1sp \marginpar{\raggedleft\textcolor{blue}{{\manual\char127}}}} +% +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined\else + \ifcase\pdfoutput\else + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} + \fi +\fi +% +%\usepackage[french,USenglish]{babel} +\usepackage{color,setspace} +% +%\usepackage{float} +\usepackage{longtable} +%\usepackage[raggedright]{sidecap} +% +\usepackage{caption}[2005/08/24] +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{endash}{\space\textendash\space} +\usepackage{hyperref} +% +\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}} +\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}} +\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}} +% +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period-newline}{. \\} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{period-newline}[labelsep=period]{labelsep=period-newline} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{period-newline2}[labelsep=period,justification=centering]{labelsep=period-newline} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{period-newline3}[labelsep=period]{labelsep=period-newline,justification=centering} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill} +% +\DeclareRobustCommand{\KOMAScript}{\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em% + M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}} +% +%<+driver>\OnlyDescription +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +% \let\package\puresf\def\thispackage{\package{caption}} +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{$v#2$} +% +% \newenvironment{Options}[1]% +% {\list{}{\renewcommand{\makelabel}[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}% +% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\texttt{#1\space}}% +% \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% +% \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}}}% +% {\endlist} +% +% \newenvironment{Example}% +% {\ifvmode\else\unskip\par\fi +% \minipage{\linewidth}\smallskip}% +% {\smallskip\endminipage} +% \newcommand\example[3][figure]{% +% \begingroup +% \captionsetup{#2}% +% \captionof{#1}[]{#3}% +% \endgroup} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption.sty} +% \title{Typesetting captions with the +% \thispackage\ package\thanks{This package has version number +% \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\\href{mailto:caption@sommerfee.de}{\texttt{caption@sommerfee.de}}} +% \date{2007/04/09} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% The \thispackage\ package offers customization of captions +% in floating environments such |figure| and |table| and cooperates with +% many other packages.\footnote{A complete re-work of the user interface +% done with Steven D. Cochran and Frank Mittelbach has lead to +% this new enhanced version 3.0.} +% \end{abstract} +% +% \tableofcontents +% +% \newcommand\figuretext{^^A +% White sand beaches. The pink smoothness of the conch shell. A sea abundant +% with possibilities. Duty-free shops filled with Europe's finest gifts and +% perfumes. Play your favorite game of golf amidst the tropical greens on one +% of the many championship courses.} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \section{Introduction} +% +% Within the standard \LaTeX\ classes captions haven't received the attention +% they deserve. Simply typeset as an ordinary paragraph there is no +% remarkable visual difference from the rest of the text, like here: +% +% \example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}{\figuretext} +% +% There should be possibilities to change this; for example, it would be nice +% if you could make the text of the caption a little bit smaller as the normal +% text, add an extra margin, typeset the caption label with the same font +% family and shape as your headings etc. Just like this one: +% +% \example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip,size=small,margin=10pt,labelfont=bf,labelsep=endash}{\figuretext} +% +% You can do this easily with this package as there are many ready-to-use +% caption formatting options, but you are free to define your very own stuff, too. +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \pagebreak[4] +% \section{Using the package} +% \label{usage} +% +% \DescribeMacro{\usepackage} +% Insert +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}|{caption}[|\texttt{\filedate}|]| +% \end{quote} +% into the preamble of your document, i.e.~the part of your document +% between |\documentclass| and |\begin{document}|. +% The options control how your captions will look like; e.g., +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}| +% \end{quote} +% would result in captions looking like the second one in the introduction. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} +% For a later change of options the \thispackage\ package provides the command +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options} +% \end{quote} +% So +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage[margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf]{caption}| +% \end{quote} +% and +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage{caption}|\\ +% |\captionsetup{margin=10pt,font=small,labelfont=bf}| +% \end{quote} +% are equal in their results. +% +% It's good to know that |\captionsetup| has an effect on the current +% environment only. So if you want to change some settings for the +% current |figure| or |table| only, just place the |\captionsetup| command +% inside the |figure| or |table| right before the |\caption| command. +% For example +% \begin{quote} +% |\begin{figure}|\\ +% | |\ldots\\ +% | \captionsetup{singlelinecheck=off}|\\ +% | \caption{|\ldots|}|\\ +% |\end{figure}| +% \end{quote} +% switches the single-line-check off, but only for this |figure| so all +% the other captions remain untouched. +% +% (For a description of the optional parameter \meta{float type} see +% section \ref{misc}: \textit{``Useful stuff''}.) +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \section{Options} +% +% \def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight} +% \def\UserDefined{\ldots} +% \makeatletter +% \newcommand*\Section{\@ifstar{\@Section\relax}{\@Section{section}}} +% \newcommand*\@Section[3]{#1 \ref{#2}: \textit{``#3''}} +% \makeatother +% \newcommand*\See[1]{{\small (See #1)}} +% \newcommand*\SeeUserDefined[1][]{% +% \See{\Section{declare}{Do it yourself}#1}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Formatting} +% +% \DescribeMacro{format=} +% A figure or table caption mainly consits of three parts: the caption label, +% which says if this object is a `Figure' or `Table' and what number is +% associated with it, the caption text itself, which is normally a short +% description of contents, and the caption separator which separates the text +% from the label. +% +% The \textit{caption format} determines how this information will be presented; +% it is specified with the option +% \begin{quote} +% |format=|\meta{format name}\quad , +% \end{quote} +% having the name of the caption format as its argument. +% +% There are two standard caption formats: +% \iffalse +% \footnote{You have the option to +% define your own ones, too. See section \ref{declare}: +% \textit{``Do it yourself!''} for details.} +% \fi +% +% \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} +% \item[plain]\NEWdescription{v3.0h} +% Typesets the captions as a normal paragraph. +% (This is the default behaviour, it +% is adapted from the standard \LaTeX\ document classes.) +% +% \item[hang] +% Indents the caption text, so it will `hang' under the first line of the text. +% +% \item[\UserDefined] +% Own formats can be defined using |\DeclareCaptionFormat|. +% \SeeUserDefined +% \end{Options} +% +% \begin{Example} +% An example: Specifying the option +% \begin{quote} +% |format=hang| +% \end{quote} +% yields captions like this: +% \example{format=hang}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \DescribeMacro{indention=} +% For both formats (\texttt{plain} and \texttt{hang}) you can setup an extra +% indention starting at the second line of the caption. You do this with the +% option +% \begin{quote} +% |indention=|\meta{amount}. +% \end{quote} +% +% Two examples: +% +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |format=plain,indention=.5cm| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{format=plain,indention=.5cm}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |format=hang,indention=-0.5cm| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{format=hang,indention=-0.5cm}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \DescribeMacro{labelformat=} +% With the option +% \nopagebreak[3] +% \begin{quote} +% |labelformat=|\meta{label format name} +% \end{quote} +% \NEWdescription{v3.0e} +% you specify how the caption label will be typeset. +% There are four standard caption label formats: +% +% \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} +% \item[default] +% The caption label will be typeset as specified by the document class, +% usually this means the name and the number (like \texttt{simple}). +% (This is the default behaviour.) +% +% \item[empty] +% The caption label will be empty. (This option makes sense when used +% together with other options like \texttt{labelsep=none}.) +% +% \item[simple] +% The caption label will be typeset as a name and a number. +% +% \item[parens] +% The number of the caption label will be typeset in parentheses. +% +% \item[\UserDefined] +% Own label formats can be defined using |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|. +% \SeeUserDefined +% \end{Options} +% +% \begin{Example} +% An example: Using the options +% \begin{quote} +% |labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad| +% \end{quote} +% gives captions like this one: +% \example{labelformat=parens,labelsep=quad}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \DescribeMacro{labelsep=} +% With the option +% \begin{quote} +% |labelsep=|\meta{label separator name} +% \end{quote} +% you specify what caption separator will be used. +% You can choose one of the following: +% +% \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} +% \item[none] +% There is no caption separator. (This option makes sense when used +% together with other options like \texttt{labelformat=empty}.) +% +% \item[colon] +% The caption label and text will be separated by a colon and a space. +% (This is the default one.) +% +% \item[period] +% The caption label and text will be separated by a period and a space. +% +% \item[space] +% The caption label and text will be separated by a single space. +% +% \item[quad] +% The caption label and text will be separated by a |\quad|. +% +% \item[newline] +% The caption label and text will be separated by a line break (|\\|). +% +% \item[endash]\NEWfeature{v3.0h} +% The caption label and text will be separated by an en-dash, +% surrounded by spaces (| -- |). +% +% \item[\UserDefined] +% Own separators can be defined using |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|. +% \SeeUserDefined +% \end{Options} +% +% Three examples: +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |labelsep=period| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{labelsep=period}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{labelsep=newline,singlelinecheck=false}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |labelsep=endash| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{labelsep=endash}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Justification} +% \label{justification} +% +% \DescribeMacro{justification=} +% As addition to the caption format you could also specify a +% \emph{caption justification}; it is specified with the option +% \begin{quote} +% |justification=|\meta{justification name}\quad. +% \end{quote} +% +% You can choose one of the following: +% +% \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} +% \item[justified] +% Typesets the caption as a normal paragraph. (This is the default.) +% +% \item[centering] +% Each line of the caption will be centered. +% +% \iffalse +% \item[Centering] +% Each line of the caption will be centered, too. +% But this time the command |\Centering| of the \package{ragged2e} package +% will be used to achieve this. This difference is that this time the word +% breaking algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside the caption. +% \fi +% +% \item[centerlast] +% The last line of each paragraph of the caption text will be centered. +% +% \item[centerfirst] +% Only the first line of the caption will be centered. +% +% \item[raggedright] +% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin. +% +% \iffalse +% \item[RaggedRight] +% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin using +% the command |\RaggedRight| from the \package{ragged2e} package. +% \fi +% \item[RaggedRight] +% Each line of the caption will be moved to the left margin, too. +% But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e} package +% will be used to achieve this. The main difference is that the word +% breaking algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside captions. +% +% \item[raggedleft] +% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin. +% +% \iffalse +% \item[RaggedLeft] +% Each line of the caption will be moved to the right margin using +% the command |\RaggedLeft| from the \package{ragged2e} package. +% \fi +% +% \item[\UserDefined] +% Own justifications can be defined using |\DeclareCaptionJustification|. +% \SeeUserDefined +% \end{Options} +% +% Three examples: +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |justification=centerlast| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{justification=centerlast}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |format=hang,justification=raggedright| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{format=hang,justification=raggedright}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |labelsep=newline,justification=centering| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip,labelsep=newline,justification=centering}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \DescribeMacro{singlelinecheck=} +% The standard \LaTeX\ document classes (|article|, |report|, and |book|) +% automatically center a caption if it fits in one single line: +% +% \example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip}{A short caption.} +% +% \DANGER +% The \thispackage\ package adapts this behaviour and therefore usually +% ignores the justification you have set with |justification=| in such case. +% But you can switch this special treatment of such short captions off +% with the option +% \begin{quote} +% |singlelinecheck=|\meta{bool}\quad. +% \end{quote} +% Using |false|, |no|, |off| or |0| for \meta{bool} switches the +% extra centering off: +% \begin{quote} +% |singlelinecheck=false| +% \end{quote} +% Doing so the above short caption would look like +% +% \begingroup +% \captionsetup{type=figure} +% \ContinuedFloat +% \endgroup +% \example{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip,singlelinecheck=false}{A short caption.} +% +% You switch the extra centering on again by using |true|, |yes|, |on| or |1| +% for \meta{bool}. (The default is on.) +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Fonts} +% \label{fonts} +% +% \DescribeMacro{font=} +% \DescribeMacro{labelfont=} +% \DescribeMacro{textfont=} +% There are three font options which affects different parts of the caption: +% One affecting the whole caption (|font|), one which only affects the caption +% label and separator (|labelfont|) and at least one which only affects the +% caption text (|textfont|). +% You set them up using the options +% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} +% |font=| & \marg{font options} & ,\\ +% |labelfont=| & \marg{font options} & , and\\ +% |textfont=| & \marg{font options} & .\\ +% \end{tabular}\end{quote} +% +% And these are the available font options: +% +% \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel} +% \item[scriptsize] {\scriptsize Very small size} +% \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize The size usually used for footnotes} +% \item[small] {\small Small size} +% \item[normalsize] {\normalsize Normal size} +% \item[large] {\large Large size} +% \item[Large] {\Large Even larger size} +% +% \item[up] {\upshape Upright shape} +% \item[it] {\itshape Italic shape} +% \item[sl] {\slshape Slanted shape} +% \item[sc] {\scshape Small Caps shape} +% +% \item[md] {\mdseries Medium series} +% \item[bf] {\bfseries Bold series} +% +% \item[rm] {\rmfamily Roman family} +% \item[sf] {\sffamily Sans Serif family} +% \item[tt] {\ttfamily Typewriter family} +% +% \item[\UserDefined] +% Own font options can be defined using |\DeclareCaptionFont|. +% \SeeUserDefined +% \end{Options} +% +% If you use only one of these options you can omit the braces; +% e.g., the options +% \iffalse +% \begin{quote} +% \fi +% |font={small}| +% \iffalse +% \end{quote} +% \fi +% and +% \iffalse +% \begin{quote} +% \fi +% |font=small| +% \iffalse +% \end{quote} +% \fi +% will give the same result. +% +% Two examples: +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |font={small,it},labelfont=bf| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{font={small,it},labelfont=bf}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |font=small,labelfont=bf,textfont=it| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{font=small,labelfont=bf,textfont=it}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Margins and further paragraph options} +% \label{margins} +% +% \DescribeMacro{margin=} +% \DescribeMacro{width=} +% For all captions you can specify \emph{either} an extra margin \emph{or} +% a fixed width. You do this by using the options +% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} +% |margin=| & \meta{amount} & \emph{or}\\ +% |width=| & \meta{amount} & \\ +% \end{tabular}\end{quote} +% Nevertheless what option you use, the left and right margin will be the +% same. +% +% Two examples will illustrating this: +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |margin=10pt| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{margin=10pt}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |width=.75\textwidth| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{width=.75\textwidth}{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \DescribeMacro{parskip=} +% This option is useful for captions containing more than one paragraph. +% It specifies the extra vertical space inserted between them: +% \begin{quote} +% |parskip=|\meta{amount} +% \end{quote} +% One example: +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |margin=10pt,parskip=5pt| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{margin=10pt,parskip=5pt}{ +% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to +% show how these options affect the layout of the caption. +% +% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to +% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} +% \end{Example} +% +% \DescribeMacro{hangindent=} +% The option +% \begin{quote} +% |hangindent=|\meta{amount} +% \end{quote} +% is for setting up a hanging indention starting from the second line of each +% paragraph. If the caption contains just a single paragraph, using this option +% leads to the same result as the option |indention=| you already know about. +% But if the caption contains multiple paragraphs you will notice the difference: +% +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |format=hang,indention=-.5cm| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{format=hang,indention=-.5cm}{ +% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to +% show how these options affect the layout of the caption. +% +% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to +% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} +% \end{Example} +% +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{quote} +% |format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm| +% \end{quote} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \example{format=hang,hangindent=-.5cm}{ +% First paragraph of the caption. This one contains some test, just to +% show how these options affect the layout of the caption. +% +% Second paragraph of the caption. This one contains some text, too, to +% show how these options affect the layout of the caption.} +% \end{Example} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Styles} +% \label{style} +% +% \DescribeMacro{style=} +% A suitable combination of caption options is called \emph{caption style}. +% You can compare them more or less to page styles which you set up with +% |\pagestyle|: The caption style provides all settings for a whole caption layout. +% +% You switch to an already defined caption style with the option +% \begin{quote} +% |style=|\meta{style name}\quad. +% \end{quote} +% The \thispackage\ package usually defines only the style |default| which +% puts all options you already know about to the default ones. +% This means that specifying the option +% \begin{quote} +% |style=default| +% \end{quote} +% has the same effect as specifying all these options: +% \begin{quote} +% |format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,|\\ +% |justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,|\\ +% |textfont=default,margin=0pt,indention=0pt,parindent=0pt|\\ +% |hangindent=0pt,singlelinecheck=true| +% \end{quote} +% +% Own caption styles can be defined using |\DeclareCaptionStyle|. +% \SeeUserDefined +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Skips} +% +% \DescribeMacro{aboveskip=} +% \DescribeMacro{belowskip=} +% The spaces above and below the caption are controlled by the skips +% |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip|. The standard \LaTeX\ document +% classes |article|, |report| and |book| set |\abovecaptionskip| to |10pt| +% and |\belowcaptionskip| to |0pt|. +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% Both skips can be changed with the command |\setlength|, but you can +% use these options, too: +% \nopagebreak[3] +% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{@{}r@{}ll} +% |aboveskip=| & \meta{amount} & and\\ +% |belowskip=| & \meta{amount} & .\\ +% \end{tabular}\end{quote} +% +% \DescribeMacro{position=} +% Using |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip| has a major design flaw: +% If the caption is typeset \emph{above} (and not \emph{below}) the figure +% or table they are not set up very useful at default, because there will be +% some extra space above the caption but no space between the caption and the +% figure or table itself. (Remember: |\belowcaptionskip| is usually set to |0pt|.) +% +% Please compare the spacing in these small tables: +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{minipage}[c]{.5\linewidth} +% \iffalse +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt}% +% \fi +% \captionof{table}{A table} +% \centering\begin{tabular}{ll} +% A & B \\ +% C & D \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \end{minipage} +% \begin{minipage}[c]{.5\linewidth} +% \centering\begin{tabular}{ll} +% A & B \\ +% C & D \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \captionof{table}{A table} +% \end{minipage} +% \end{Example} +% +% But you can fix this by using the option |position=|: It specifies how the +% spacing above and below the caption will be used: +% \begin{quote} +% |position=top|\quad(or |position=above|) +% \end{quote} +% tells the \thispackage\ package to use the spacing useful for caption +% \emph{above} the figure or table and +% \begin{quote} +% |position=bottom|\quad(or |position=below|) +% \end{quote} +% tells the \thispackage\ package to use the spacing useful for captions +% \emph{below} the figure or table. (The last one is the default setting +% except for |longtable|s.) +% +% So adding an extra |\captionsetup{position=top}| to the left example +% table gives you proper spacing around both captions: +% \begin{Example} +% \begin{minipage}[c]{.5\linewidth} +% \captionsetup{position=top} +% \captionof{table}{A table} +% \centering\begin{tabular}{ll} +% A & B \\ +% C & D \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \end{minipage} +% \begin{minipage}[c]{.5\linewidth} +% \centering\begin{tabular}{ll} +% A & B \\ +% C & D \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \captionof{table}{A table} +% \end{minipage} +% \end{Example} +% +% (Technically speaking |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip| will +% be swapped if you specify the option |position=top|, so in both cases +% |\abovecaptionskip| will be used between the caption and the figure or +% table itself.) +% +% This option is especially useful when used together with the optional +% argument of the |\captionsetup| command. +% \See{\Section{misc}{Useful stuff} for details}\par +% For example +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}| +% \end{quote} +% causes all captions within tables to be treated as captions \emph{above} +% the table (regarding spacing around it). +% \DescribeMacro{tableposition=} +% \NEWfeature{v3.0a} +% Because this is a very common setting the \thispackage\ package offers +% an abbreviating option for the use with |\usepackage|: +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage[|\ldots|,tableposition=top]{caption}|\footnote{Please +% note that this is \emph{not} sufficient when using a +% \KOMAScript\ document class, you need to use the \emph{global} +% option |tablecaptionabove|, too.} +% \end{quote} +% is equivalent to +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}|\\ +% |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}| +% \end{quote} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \section{Useful stuff} +% \label{misc} +% +% \DescribeMacro{\caption} +% The command +% \nopagebreak[3] +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption|\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading} +% \end{quote} +% \nopagebreak[3] +% typesets the caption inside a floating environment like |figure| or |table|. +% Well, you already know this, but the \thispackage\ package offers an extension: +% If you leave the argument \meta{lst\_entry} empty, no entry in the list of +% figures or tables will be made. For example: +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption[]{A figure without entry in the list of figures.}| +% \end{quote} +% +% \DescribeMacro{\caption*} +% The \package{longtable} package defines the command |\caption*| which +% typesets the caption without label and without entry in the list of tables. +% An example: +% \begin{quote} +% |\begin{longtable}{cc}|\\ +% | \caption*{A table}\\|\\ +% | A & B \\|\\ +% | C & D \\|\\ +% |\end{longtable}| +% \end{quote} +% looks like +% \begin{longtable}{cc} +% \caption*{A table}\\ +% A & B \\ +% C & D \\ +% \end{longtable} +% +% This package offers this feature, too, so you can use this command now within +% every floating environment like |figure| or |table|, like: +% \begin{quote} +% |\begin{table}|\\ +% | \caption*{A table}|\\ +% | \begin{tabular}{cc}|\\ +% | A & B \\|\\ +% | C & D \\|\\ +% | \end{tabular}|\\ +% |\end{table}| +% \end{quote} +% +% \DescribeMacro{\captionof} +% \DescribeMacro{\captionof*} +% Sometimes you want to typeset a caption \emph{outside} a floating environment, +% putting a figure within a |minipage| for instance. For this purpose the +% \thispackage\ package offers the command +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionof|\marg{float type}\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\quad. +% \end{quote} +% Note that the first argument, the \meta{float type}, is mandatory here, because +% the |\captionof| command needs to know which name to put into the caption label +% (e.g. ``Figure'' or ``Table'') and in which list to put the contents entry. +% An example: +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionof{figure}{A figure}|\\ +% |\captionof{table}{A table}| +% \end{quote} +% typesets captions like this: +% \begin{Example} +% \captionof{figure}{A figure} +% \captionsetup{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip} +% \captionof{table}{A table} +% \end{Example} +% +% The star variant |\captionof*| has the same behaviour as the |\caption*| command: +% it typesets the caption without label and without entry to the list of figures +% or tables. +% +% Please use both |\captionof| and |\captionof*| only \emph{inside} environments +% (like |minipage| or |\parbox|), otherwise a page break can appear between content +% and caption. Furthermore some strange effects could occur (e.g., wrong spacing +% around captions). +% +% \DescribeMacro{\ContinuedFloat} +% Sometimes you want to split figures or tables without giving them +% their own reference number. This is what the command +% \begin{quote} +% |\ContinuedFloat| +% \end{quote} +% is for; it should be used as first command inside the floating environment. +% It prevents the increment of the relevant counter (usually done by |\caption|) +% so a figure or table with a |\ContinuedFloat| in it gets the same reference +% number as the figure or table before. +% +% An example: +% \begin{quote} +% |\begin{table}|\\ +% |\caption{A table}|\\ +% \ldots\\ +% |\end{table}|\\ +% \ldots\\ +% |\begin{table}\ContinuedFloat|\\ +% |\caption{A table (cont.)}|\\ +% \ldots\\ +% |\end{table}| +% \end{quote} +% gives the following result: +% \begin{Example} +% \makeatletter\def\@captype{table}\makeatother +% \caption[]{A table} +% \centerline{\ldots} +% \ContinuedFloat +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \caption[]{A table (cont.)} +% \end{Example} +% +% \DescribeMacro{\captionsetup} +% We already know the |\captionsetup| command (see \Section{usage} +% {Using the package}), but this time we get enlighten about +% its optional argument \meta{float type}. +% +% Remember, the syntax of this command is +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad. +% \end{quote} +% +% If a \meta{float type} gets specified, all the \meta{options} don't +% change anything at this time. Instead they only get marked for a later use, +% when a caption inside of a floating environment of the particular type +% \meta{float type} gets typeset. +% For example +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionsetup[figure]|\marg{options} +% \end{quote} +% forces captions within a |figure| environment to use the given \meta{options}. +% +% Here comes an example to illustrate this: +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionsetup{font=small}|\\ +% |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf}| +% \end{quote} +% gives captions like this: +% \begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{font=small} +% \captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf} +% \captionof{figure}[]{A figure} +% \captionsetup{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip} +% \captionof{table}[]{A table} +% \end{Example} +% +% As you see the command |\captionsetup[figure]{labelfont=bf}| only changed +% the font of the figure caption labels, not touching all other ones. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\clearcaptionsetup} +% If you want to get rid of these parameters marked for an automatic use within +% a particular environment you can use the command +% \begin{quote} +% |\clearcaptionsetup|\marg{float type}\quad. +% \end{quote} +% +% For example |\clearcaptionsetup{figure}| would clear the extra handling in the +% example above: +% \begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{font=small} +% \captionof{figure}[]{A figure} +% \captionsetup{belowskip=\abovecaptionskip} +% \captionof{table}[]{A table} +% \end{Example} +% +% As \meta{float type} you can usually give one of these two only: +% |figure| or |table|. +% But as we will see later some \LaTeX\ packages (like the +% \package{float}, \package{longtable}, and \package{sidecap} package +% for example) offer additional floating environments and these two +% commands can also be used with them. +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \section{Do it yourself!} +% \label{declare} +% +% A family of commands is provided to allow users to define their own formats. +% This enables information on separators, justification, fonts, and styles to +% be associated with a name and kept in one place +% (these commands need to appear in the document preamble, +% this is the part between |\documentclass| and |\begin{document}|). +% +% \pagebreak[2] +% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionFormat} +% You can define your own caption formats using the command +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1, \#2 and \#3}\quad. +% \end{quote} +% At usage the system replaces \#1 with the caption label, \#2 with the +% separator and \#3 with the text. So the standard format |plain| is +% pre-defined by the \thispackage\ package as +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}| +% \end{quote} +% +% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat} +% Likewise you can define your own caption label formats: +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code using \#1 and \#2} +% \end{quote} +% At usage \#1 gets replaced with the name (e.g. ``figure'') and \#2 +% gets replaced with the reference number (e.g. ``12''). +% +% \DescribeMacro{\bothIfFirst} +% \DescribeMacro{\bothIfSecond} +% If you define your own caption label formats and use the \package{subfig} +% package\cite{subfig}, you should take care of empty caption label names. +% For this purpose the commands +% \begin{quote} +% |\bothIfFirst|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg}\quad and\\ +% |\bothIfSecond|\marg{first arg}\marg{second arg} +% \end{quote} +% are offered. |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument exists (means: is +% not empty), |\bothIfSecond| tests if the second argument exists. If yes, +% both arguments get typeset, otherwise none of them. +% +% For example the standard label format |simple| is \emph{not} defined as +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{#1 #2}|\quad, +% \end{quote} +% because this could cause an extra space if \#1 is empty. Instead |simple| +% is defined as +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2}|\quad, +% \end{quote} +% causing the space to appear only if the label name is present. +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator} +% You can define your own caption label separators with +% \nopagebreak[3] +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad. +% \end{quote} +% \nopagebreak[3] +% Again an easy example taken from the \thispackage\ package itself: +% \nopagebreak[3] +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }| +% \end{quote} +% \pagebreak[3] +% +% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionJustification} +% You can define your own caption justifications with +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad. +% \end{quote} +% The \meta{code} simply gets typeset just before the caption. +% E.g.~using the justification |raggedright|, which is defined as +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}|\quad, +% \end{quote} +% lets captions with all lines moved to the left margin. +% +% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionFont} +% You can define your own caption fonts with +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}\quad. +% \end{quote} +% For example this package defines the options |small| and |bf| as +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}|\quad and\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}|\quad. +% \end{quote} +% The line spacing could be customized using the \package{setspace} package, +% for example:\NEWdescription{v3.0h} +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage{setspace}|\\ +% \iffalse +% |\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{1}}|\quad\footnote{% +% \emph{Note:} Using \cs{singlespacing} does not work here since it contains +% a \cs{vskip} command.}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}|\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}|\\ +% \fi +% |\captionsetup{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf}| +% \end{quote} +% \example{font={onehalfspacing,small},labelfont=bf,singlelinecheck=off}\figuretext +% An example which brings color into life: +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage{color}|\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionFont{red}{\color{red}}|\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}|\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionFont{blue}{\color{blue}}|\\ +% |\captionsetup{labelfont=blue,textfont=green}| +% \end{quote} +% \example{labelfont=blue,textfont=green,singlelinecheck=off}\figuretext +% +% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCaptionStyle} +% You can define your own caption styles with +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{additional options}\marg{options} +% \end{quote} +% Remember, caption styles are just a collection of suitable options, saved +% under a given name. You can wake up these options at any time with the +% option |style=|\meta{style name}. +% +% All caption styles are based on the default set of options. (See \Section +% {style}{Styles} for a complete list.) So you only need +% to specify options which are different to them. +% +% If you specify \meta{additional options} they get used in addition when +% the caption fits into a single line and this check was not disabled with +% the option |singlelinecheck=off|. +% +% Again a very easy example taken from the core of this package: The +% caption style |default| is pre-defined as +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle{default}[justification=centering]{}|\quad. +% \end{quote} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Further Examples} +% +% If you would like to have a colon \emph{and} a line break as caption +% separator you could define it this way: +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period-newline}{. \\}| +% \end{quote} +% Selecting this separator with |\captionsetup{labelsep=period-newline}| you +% get captions like this: +% \begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{labelsep=period-newline,labelfont=bf,margin=10pt} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt,type=figure} +% \caption[]{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% For short captions---which fit into one single line---this separator +% may not be satisfying, even when the automatically centering process +% is switched off (with |singlelinecheck=off|): +% \begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{labelsep=period-newline,labelfont=bf,margin=10pt,singlelinecheck=0} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt,type=figure} +% \caption[]{A figure.} +% \end{Example} +% +% An own caption style which selects another caption separator automatically +% puts this right: +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle{period-newline}%|\\ +% | [labelsep=period]{labelsep=period-newline}| +% \end{quote} +% \begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{style=period-newline,labelfont=bf,margin=10pt} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt,type=figure} +% \ContinuedFloat +% \caption[]{A figure.} +% \end{Example} +% If you would like to keep the centering of these captions instead, an +% appropriate definition would be something like +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle{period-newline}%|\\ +% | [labelsep=period,justification=centering]%|\\ +% | {labelsep=period-newline}|\quad. +% \end{quote} +% Using this definition short captions look like +% \begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{style=period-newline2,labelfont=bf,margin=10pt} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt,type=figure} +% \ContinuedFloat +% \caption[]{A figure.} +% \end{Example} +% while long ones still have a line break after the caption label. +% +% Slightly changed, you also get centered captions if they are longer than +% one line: +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle{period-newline}%|\\ +% | [labelsep=period]%|\\ +% | {labelsep=period-newline,justification=centering}| +% \end{quote} +% \begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{style=period-newline3,labelfont=bf,margin=10pt} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt,type=figure} +% \caption[]{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \bigskip\pagebreak[3] +% Another example: You want captions to look like this: +% \begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \captionof{figure}[]{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% \pagebreak[2] +% You could do it this way: +% \nopagebreak[3] +% {\leftmargini=10pt +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat{reverse}{#3#2#1}|\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{fullparens}{(\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2)}|\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{fill}{\hfill}|\\ +% |\captionsetup{format=reverse,labelformat=fullparens,|\\ +% | labelsep=fill,font=small,labelfont=it}| +% \end{quote}} +% +% \bigskip\pagebreak[3] +% Another example: The caption text should go into the left margin; a possible +% solution would be: +% {\leftmargini=10pt +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat{llap}{\llap{#1#2}#3\par}|\\ +% |\captionsetup{format=llap,labelsep=quad,singlelinecheck=no}| +% \end{quote}} +% As a result you would get captions like this: +% \begin{Example} +% \captionsetup{format=llap,singlelinecheck=no,labelsep=quad} +% \captionsetup{aboveskip=0pt} +% \captionof{figure}[]{\figuretext} +% \end{Example} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \section{Using non-standard document classes} +% +% \NEWdescription{v3.0p} +% The \thispackage\ package was developed using the standard document classes +% |article|, |report| and |book|, it also works with the Dutch document classes +% |artikel|, |rapport| and |boek|. It is \emph{incompatible} with all other +% document classes, except the ones based on one of the above. +% +% If you are unsure if your document class is supported or not, it's better +% \emph{not} to use this package. You could try if your document will compile +% fine with the \thispackage\ package anyway, but you should watch carefully +% if side-effects occur, i.e. the look and feel of your captions should +% \emph{not} change if you just include the caption package without options. +% (If it does, you can carry on, but you should be warned that the output +% could change with upcoming versions of the \thispackage\ package.) +% If this is fine, you can start setting options with +% |\usepackage[|\ldots|]{caption}| or |\captionsetup| and keep your fingers +% crossed. +% +% The upcoming version \version{3.1} of the \thispackage\ package will be +% adapted to several document classes, e.g. the \package{beamer} class and +% the \KOMAScript\ ones. It's planned for release during Summer 2007. +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \section{Compatibility to other packages} +% \label{packages} +% +% The \thispackage\ package contains special adaptations to other packages, +% so the captions should always look like you have specified them to look like. +% +% These are the packages the \thispackage\ package is adapted to: +% +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% |float| & Gives you the possibility to define new floating environments\\ +% |listings| & Typesets source code listings\\ +% |longtable| & Typesets tables spanned over multiple pages\\ +% |rotating| & Supports rotated figures and tables\\ +% |sidecap| & Offers captions \emph{beside} figures or tables\\ +% |supertabular| & Typesets tables spanned over multiple pages\\ +% \end{tabular} +% +% \NEWfeature{v3.0b} +% If you use one of the above packages together with the {\thispackage} package +% you get the additional possibility to set up captions with +% \begin{quote}|\captionsetup|\oarg{environment}\marg{options}\quad,\end{quote} +% where \meta{environment} stands for any environment the above packages offer. +% (Please note that this do not work with the |sideways| environments offered by +% the \package{rotating} package.) +% For example +% \begin{quote}|\captionsetup[lstlisting]{labelfont=bf}|\end{quote} +% forces captions inside the |lstlisting| environment to have bold labels. +% +% If a certain support is not desired you can switch it off using the +% \thispackage\ package option +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage[|\ldots|,|\meta{package}|=no]{caption}|\quad. +% \end{quote} +% For example specifying the option |float=no| means you don't like the +% \thispackage\ package to support the \package{float} package. +% (Note: You can specify these options only within the |\usepackage| command, +% especially \emph{not} at a later time with |\captionsetup|.) +% +% For further information about the packages mentioned above please take a look +% at the documentation belonging to them or buy yourself +% The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{companion}. +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{The \package{float} package} +% \label{float} +% +% A very useful feature is provided by the \package{float} package\cite{float}: +% It offers the float placement specifier |H| which is much more restrictive +% than the specifier |h| offered by \LaTeX. While the latter one is only a +% recommendation to \LaTeX\ to set the float ``here'', the |H| forces the +% float to appear exactly at the spot where it occurs in your input file +% and nowhere else. +% +% Furthermore it offers different styles for floating environments, these +% styles are |plain|, |plaintop|, |ruled|, and |boxed|. +% You can link one of these styles to either new floating environments or +% to one of the existing environments |figure| and |table|. +% +% If you are using the \thispackage\ package together with the \package{float} +% package a caption style called |ruled| gets defined automatically: +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=space}| +% \end{quote} +% This style represents the caption layout in |ruled| styled floats. +% For you as an end user this means that captions within |ruled| floats will +% always look like this, nevertheless what generic caption options do you +% specify: +% +% \ifx\floatstyle\undefined +% +% \begin{Example} +% \hrule height.8pt depth0pt \kern2pt +% \vbox{\strut{\bfseries Program 7.1} +% The first program. This hasn't got anything to do with the package +% but is included as an example. Note the \texttt{ruled} float style.} +% \kern2pt\hrule\kern2pt +% \begin{verbatim} +% #include <stdio.h> +% +% int main(int argc, char **argv) +% { +% for (int i = 0; i < argc; ++i) +% printf("argv[%d] = %s\n", i, argv[i]); +% return 0; +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% \kern2pt\hrule\relax +% \end{Example} +% +% \else +% +% \floatstyle{ruled} +% \newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}[section] +% \floatname{Program}{Program} +% +% \begin{Program}[H] +% \begin{verbatim} +% #include <stdio.h> +% +% int main(int argc, char **argv) +% { +% for (int i = 0; i < argc; ++i) +% printf("argv[%d] = %s\n", i, argv[i]); +% return 0; +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% \caption{The first program. This hasn't got anything to do with the package +% but is included as an example. Note the \texttt{ruled} float style.} +% \end{Program} +% +% \fi +% +% If you want a different layout for |ruled| captions you have to define +% your own one using the command +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}|\marg{options}\quad. +% \end{quote} +% +% This mechanism also works with all other float styles. If you want a special +% caption layout---for |plain| or |boxed| floats for example---you can simply define +% a suitable caption style with the same name as the float style. +% +% \textbf{Note:} For successful cooperation you need the float package +% version 1.3 or newer. +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{The \package{listings} package} +% \label{listings} +% +% \NEWdescription{v3.0b} +% The \package{listings} package\cite{listings} is a source code printer for \LaTeX. +% You can typeset stand alone files as well as listings with an environment +% similar to \texttt{verbatim} as well as you can print code snippets using +% a command similar to |\verb|. +% Many parameters control the output and if your preferred programming +% language isn't already supported, you can make your own definition. +% +% \textbf{Note:} For successful cooperation you need the listings package +% version 1.2 or higher. You'll get an error message when using an +% older version! +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{The \package{longtable} package} +% \label{longtable} +% +% The \package{longtable} package\cite{longtable} offers the environment +% |longtable| which behaves similar to the |tabular| environment, but +% the table itself can span multiple pages. +% +% \textbf{Note:} For successful cooperation you need the longtable package +% version 3.15 or newer. +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{The \package{rotating} package} +% \label{rotating} +% +% The \package{rotating} package\cite{rotating} offers the floating +% environments \texttt{sideways\-figure} and \texttt{sideways\-table} +% which are just like normal figures and tables but rotated by 90 degree. +% Furthermore they always use a full page on their own. +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{The \package{sidecap} package} +% \label{sidecap} +% +% \NEWdescription{v3.0b} +% The \package{sidecap} package\cite{sidecap} offers the floating +% environments |SCfigure| and |SCtable| which are like normal figures +% and tables but the caption will be put \emph{beside} the contents. +% +% The \package{sidecap} package offers it's own options for justification. +% If set, they will override the one specified with the caption option +% |justification=| for captions beside their contents. +% +% \DescribeMacro{listof=} +% Using the \package{sidecap} package you will probably notice that +% suppressing the entry in the list of figures or tables with +% |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| won't work inside these environments. +% This is caused by the implementation design of the \package{sidecap} +% package, but you can use |\captionsetup{listof=false}| inside the +% figure or table as an alternative here. +% +% \ifx\SCfigure\undefined +% +% \begin{Example} +% \newsavebox\scbox +% \begin{lrbox}{\scbox} +% \setlength{\unitlength}{.75cm} +% \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt} +% \fbox{\begin{picture}(4,4) +% \put(1,3){\circle{1}} +% \put(3,3){\circle{1}} +% \put(2,2){\circle{1}} +% \put(1,1){\circle{1}} +% \put(3,1){\circle{1}} +% \end{picture}} +% \end{lrbox} +% \newlength\scboxwidth +% \setlength\scboxwidth{\wd\scbox} +% \makebox[\linewidth][c]{ +% \parbox[b]{\scboxwidth}{\unhbox\scbox} +% \hspace\marginparsep +% \parbox[b]{1.5\scboxwidth}{ +% \captionsetup{justification=raggedright,labelfont=bf} +% \captionof{figure}[]{A small example with the caption beside the figure.} +% } +% } +% \end{Example} +% +% \else +% +% \captionsetup{labelfont=bf} +% \begin{SCfigure}[1.5][!ht] +% \setlength{\unitlength}{.75cm} +% \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt} +% \fbox{\begin{picture}(4,4) +% \put(1,3){\circle{1}} +% \put(3,3){\circle{1}} +% \put(2,2){\circle{1}} +% \put(1,1){\circle{1}} +% \put(3,1){\circle{1}} +% \end{picture}} +% \iffalse +% \captionsetup{labelfont=bf} +% \fi +% \caption[]{A small example with the caption beside the figure.} +% \end{SCfigure} +% \captionsetup{labelfont=default} +% +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{The \package{supertabular} package} +% \label{supertabular} +% +% The \package{supertabular} package\cite{supertabular} offers the environment +% |supertabular| which is quite similar to the |longtable| environment provided +% by the \package{longtable} package. Both offers the typesetting of tables +% which can span multiple pages. For a detailed discussion about the +% differences between these powerful packages please take a look at +% The \LaTeX\ Companion\cite{companion}. +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Known incompatibilities} +% +% \NEWdescription{v3.0b} +% Using the \thispackage\ package together with one of the following packages +% is not recommended; usually this would cause unwanted side effects or even +% errors: +% \begin{quote} +% \package{ccaption}, \package{ftcap}, \package{hvfloat}, and +% \package{nonfloat} +% \end{quote} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \section{Compatibility to older versions} +% \label{compatibility} +% +% \subsection{The \thispackage\ package version $1.x$} +% +% This version of the \thispackage\ package still supports the old options +% and commands provided by the version $1.x$ of this package. So there +% shouldn't occur any problems compiling old documents, but please don't mix +% old options and commands with the new ones. This isn't supported and can +% cause ugly side effects. +% +% Here comes a short oversight of the obsolete options and commands and how +% they have been replaced within this version of the \thispackage\ package: +% +% {\small\begin{longtable}{ll} +% \thispackage\ \version{1.x} & \thispackage\ \version{3.x}\\ +% \hline +% \endhead +% |normal| & |format=plain|\\ +% |hang| & |format=hang|\\ +% |isu| & |format=hang|\\ +% |center| & |justification=centering|\\ +% |centerlast| & |justification=centerlast|\\ +% \iffalse +% |anne| & |justification=centerlast|\\ +% \fi +% |nooneline| & |singlelinecheck=off|\\ +% |scriptsize| & |font=scriptsize|\\ +% |footnotesize| & |font=footnotesize|\\ +% |small| & |font=small|\\ +% |normalsize| & |font=normalsize|\\ +% |large| & |font=large|\\ +% |Large| & |font=Large|\\ +% |up| & |labelfont=up|\\ +% |it| & |labelfont=it|\\ +% |sl| & |labelfont=sl|\\ +% |sc| & |labelfont=sc|\\ +% |md| & |labelfont=md|\\ +% |bf| & |labelfont=bf|\\ +% |rm| & |labelfont=rm|\\ +% |sf| & |labelfont=sf|\\ +% |tt| & |labelfont=tt|\\ +% \end{longtable}} +% +% Beside the options for setting up the desired font there were also +% the commands |\captionsize| resp.~|\captionfont| and |\captionlabelfont| +% who could be redefined with |\renewcommand| and allowed an alternate and +% more flexible way to change the font used for captions. +% This mechanism was replaced by the commands +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionFont{|\ldots|}{|\ldots|}|\qquad and\\ +% |\captionsetup{font=|\ldots|,labelfont=|\ldots|}|\qquad. +% \end{quote}\SeeUserDefined +% +% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{1.x} with +% \begin{quote} +% |\setlength{\captionmargin}{|\ldots|}|\quad. +% \end{quote} +% This was replaced by +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}|\qquad. +% \end{quote} +% \See{\Section{margins}{Margins and further paragraph options}} +% +% For example the old-style code +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage[hang,bf]{caption}|\\ +% |\renewcommand\captionfont{\small\sffamily}|\\ +% |\setlength\captionmargin{10pt}| +% \end{quote} +% will still work fine, but should be written today as +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage[format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ +% | margin=10pt]{caption}| +% \end{quote} +% or +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage{caption}|\\ +% |\captionsetup{format=hang,labelfont=bf,font={small,sf},|\\ +% | margin=10pt}|\qquad. +% \end{quote} +% +% The quite exotic option |ruled| which allowed a partial usage of +% the caption settings for |ruled| floats defined with the +% \package{float} package will be emulated by this version of the +% caption package, too. +% But using this option is not recommended anymore since this +% version of the \thispackage\ package offers a more flexible way +% for changing the captions of these floating environments: +% \begin{quote} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{|\ldots|}| +% \end{quote} +% resp. +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionsetup[ruled]{|\ldots|}|\qquad. +% \end{quote} +% \SeeUserDefined[, \Section*{misc}{Useful stuff}, and +% \Section*{float}{The \package{float} package}] +% +% \subsection{The \package{caption2} package version $2.x$} +% +% Although they do very similar stuff, the packages \package{caption} and +% its experimental and now obsolete variant \package{caption2} have a +% very different implementation design. +% Therefore a full compatibility could not be offered. +% For that reason you will still find a file called |caption2.sty| in +% this package distribution, so old documents using the \package{caption2} +% package will still compile fine. +% +% Newly created documents should use the actual version of the +% \thispackage\ package instead. In most cases it's sufficient to replace +% the command +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage[...]{caption2}| +% \end{quote} +% by +% \begin{quote} +% |\usepackage[...]{caption}|\qquad. +% \end{quote} +% But some options and commands will not be emulated, so you can get +% error messages afterwards. This section will hopefully help you removing +% these errors. If you have problems migrating from \package{caption2} +% to \package{caption} please don't hesitate to send me an e-mail asking +% for help. +% +% In addition to the obsolete options shown in the last section +% these ones will be emulated, too: +% +% {\small\begin{longtable}{ll} +% \package{caption2} \version{2.x} & \thispackage\ \version{3.x}\\ +% \hline +% \endhead +% |flushleft| & |justification=raggedright|\\ +% |flushright| & |justification=raggedleft|\\ +% |oneline| & |singlelinecheck=on|\\ +% \end{longtable}} +% +% Setting the margin for captions was done in \version{2.x} with +% \begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% +% |\setcaptionmargin{|\ldots|}| resp. +% |\setcaptionwidth{|\ldots|}|\quad. +% }\end{quote} +% This was replaced by +% \begin{quote}\leavevmode\hbox{% +% |\captionsetup{margin=|\ldots|}| resp. +% |\captionsetup{width=|\ldots|}|\quad. +% }\end{quote} +% \See{\Section{margins}{Margins and further paragraph options}} +% +% Setting an indention was done in \version{2.x} with +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionstyle{indent}|\\ +% |\setlength\captionindent{|\ldots|}|\quad. +% \end{quote} +% This is now done with +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionsetup{format=plain,indention=|\ldots|}|\quad. +% \end{quote} +% +% The so-called single-line-check was controlled by the commands +% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|false| (for switching the check off) and +% |\oneline|\-|captions|\-|true| (for switching the check on). +% This was replaced by +% |\captionsetup{|\discretionary{}{}{}|singlelinecheck=|\discretionary{}{}{}|off}| +% resp. +% |\captionsetup{|\discretionary{}{}{}|singlelinecheck=|\discretionary{}{}{}|on}|. +% \See{\Section{justification}{Justification}} +% +% The commands +% \begin{quote} +% |\captionlabeldelim|, |\captionlabelsep|, |\captionstyle|,\\ +% |\defcaptionstyle|, |\newcaptionstyle|, and |\renewcaptionstyle| +% \end{quote} +% do not have a simple replacement and therefore will not be emulated +% by this version of the \thispackage\ package. (So using them will +% cause error messages.) Rewriting such code is not always easy and +% straight-ahead, but by conscientious reading of this manual you should +% find appropriate options and commands instead. +% +% \iffalse +% ... (some examples) +% \fi +% +% The \version{2.x} option |ignoreLTcapwidth| do not have a replacement, too. +% But in most cases you can simply drop using that option because +% in this version of the \thispackage\ package the value of |\LTcapwidth| +% will be ignored anyway (unless you set it to a different value than the +% default one). +% \See{\Section{longtable}{The \package{longtable} package}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \pagebreak[4] +% \section{Further reading} +% +% I recommend the following documents for further reading: +% +% \begin{itemize} +% \item +% The \TeX\ FAQ - Frequently asked questions about \TeX\ and \LaTeX : +% \begin{quote}\url{http://faq.tug.org/}\end{quote} +% +% \item +% A French FAQ can be found at +% \begin{quote}\url{http://www.grappa.univ-lille3.fr/FAQ-LaTeX/}\end{quote} +% +% \item +% \textsf{epslatex} from Keith Reckdahl contains many tips around +% including graphics in \LaTeXe\ documents. +% You will find this document in the directory +% \begin{quote}\url{ftp://ftp.ctan.org/pub/tex/info/epslatex/}\end{quote} +% \end{itemize} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \section{Thanks} +% +% I would like to thank Katja Melzner, +% Steven D. Cochran, Frank Mittelbach, +% David Carlisle, Carsten Heinz, Olga Lapko, and Keith Reckdahl. +% Thanks a lot for all your help, ideas, patience, spirit, and support! +% +% Also I would like to thank +% Harald Harders, +% Peter L\"offler, +% Peng Yu, +% Alexander Zimmermann, +% Matthias Pospiech, +% J\"urgen Wieferink, +% Christoph Bartoschek, +% Uwe St\"ohr, +% Ralf Stubner, +% Geoff Vallis, +% Florian Keiler, +% J\"urgen G\"obel, +% Uwe Siart, +% Sang-Heon Shim, +% Henrik Lundell, +% David Byers, +% William Asquith, +% and +% Prof.~Dr.~Dirk Hoffmann, +% who all helped to make this package a better one. +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \StopEventually{\begin{thebibliography}{9} +% \bibitem{companion} +% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens: +% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)}, +% \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004. +% +% \bibitem{float} +% Anselm Lingnau: +% \emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}, +% 2001/11/08 +% +% \bibitem{floatrow} +% Olga Lapko: +% \emph{The floatrow package documentation}, +% 2005/05/22 +% +% \bibitem{hyperref} +% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek: +% \emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}, +% 2007/01/25 +% +% \bibitem{hypcap} +% Heiko Oberdiek: +% \emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions} +% 2007/02/19 +% +% \bibitem{listings} +% Carsten Heinz: +% \emph{The Listings Package}, +% 2004/02/13 +% +% \bibitem{longtable} +% David Carlisle: +% \emph{The longtable package}, +% 2000/10/22 +% +% \bibitem{rotating} +% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca: +% \emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}, +% 1997/09/26 +% +% \bibitem{sidecap} +% Rolf Niepraschk und Hubert G\"a\ss lein: +% \emph{The sidecap package}, +% 2003/06/06 +% +% \bibitem{subfig} +% Steven D. Cochran: +% \emph{The subfig package}, +% 2005/07/05 +% +% \bibitem{supertabular} +% Johannes Braams und Theo Jurriens: +% \emph{The supertabular environment}, +% 2002/07/19 +% +% \bibitem{Anne} +% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein: +% \emph{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung}, +% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989 +% \end{thebibliography}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@classoptionslist,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifnextchar,\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\providecommand} +% \DoNotIndex{\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% +% \section{The Implementation} +% +% \changes{v1.0}{1994/10/27}{First release} +% \changes{v1.1}{1994/11/03}{New captiontype \cs{centerlast}} +% \changes{v1.2}{1994/11/28}{Support of the \package{float} package} +% \changes{v1.3}{1995/01/09}{Support of \cs{captionlabelfont} in subcaptions} +% \changes{v1.4}{1995/01/30}{New option \cs{nooneline}} +% \changes{v1.4b}{1995/04/05}{Bugfix release} +% \changes{v3.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages: \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/20}{Usage of \cs{PackageError} replaced by \cs{caption@error}} +% +% The \package{caption} package consists of two parts -- the kernel +% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|). +% +% The kernel provides all the user commands and internal macros which are +% necessary for typesetting captions and setting parameters regarding these. +% While the standard \LaTeX\ document classes provides an internal command +% called |\@makecaption| and no options to control its behavior (except the +% vertical skips above and below the caption itself), we provide similar +% commands called |\caption@make| and |\caption@@make|, but with a lot of +% options which can be selected with |\captionsetup|. +% Loading the kernel part do not change the output of a \LaTeX\ document +% -- it just provides functionality which can be used by \LaTeXe\ packages +% which typesets captions, like the \package{caption} package or the +% \package{subfig} package. +% +% The \package{caption} package itself redefines the \LaTeX\ commands +% |\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@makecaption| and maps the latter one to +% |\caption@@make|, giving the user the possibility to control the captions of +% the floating environments |figure| and |table|. Furthermore it does similar +% to the caption stuff coming from other packages (like the \package{longtable} +% or \package{supertabular} package): +% Mapping the appropriate internal commands (like |\LT@makecaption| or +% |\ST@caption|) to the ones offered by the \package{caption} kernel. +% So you can think of the \package{caption} package as a layer package, it +% simply provides adaptation layers between the caption stuff coming from +% \LaTeXe\ itself or a \LaTeXe\ package and the caption stuff offered by the +% \package{caption} kernel. +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Kernel} +% \iffalse +%<*kernel> +% \fi +% +% \subsubsection*{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2007/04/11 v1.0q caption3 kernel (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Generic helpers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@nameundef} +% This is the opposite to |\@namedef| which is offered by the \LaTeX\ kernel. +% We use it to remove the definition of some commands and keyval options after +% |\begin{document}| (to save \TeX\ memory) and to remove caption options defined +% with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@nameundef[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\l@addto@macro} +% The \LaTeXe\ kernel offers the internal helper macro |\g@addto@macro| which +% globally adds commands to any existising macro, like in |\AtBeginDocument|. +% This is the same but it works local, not global +% (using \cs{edef} instead of \cs{xdef}). +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand{\l@addto@macro}[2]{% + \begingroup + \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}% + \edef\@tempa{\endgroup\def\noexpand#1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\bothIfFirst} +% \begin{macro}{\bothIfSecond} +% |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument is not empty, |\bothIfSecond| +% tests if the second argument is not empty. If yes both arguments get +% typeset, otherwise none of them. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bothIfFirst#1#2{% + \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty\else + #1#2% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bothIfSecond#1#2{% + \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty\else + #1#2% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifinlist} +% This helper macro checks if the first argument is in the comma separated +% list which is offered as second argument. So for example +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@ifinlist{frank}{axel,frank,steven}{yes}{no}| +% \end{quote} +% would expand to |yes|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@ifinlist#1#2{% + \let\next\@secondoftwo + \edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \@for\caption@tempb:={#2}\do{% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \let\next\@firstoftwo + \fi}% + \next} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setbool} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbool} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefbool} +% For setting and testing boolean options we offer these three helper macros: +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@setbool|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% | |(with |value = false/true/no/yes/off/on/0/1|)\\ +% |\caption@ifbool|\marg{name}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\\ +% |\caption@undefbool|\marg{name} +% \end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@setbool#1#2{% + \caption@ifinlist{#2}{1,true,yes,on}{% + \expandafter\let\csname caption@if#1\endcsname\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{% + \expandafter\let\csname caption@if#1\endcsname\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined boolean value `#2'}% + }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@ifbool#1{\@nameuse{caption@if#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@undefbool#1{\@nameundef{caption@if#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@newcounter} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/08}{\cs{caption@XXXcounter} added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setcounter} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtocounter} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@stepcounter} +% To save counter space we use commands instead of counters. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@newcounter#1{\gdef#1{0}} +\def\caption@setcounter#1#2{\xdef#1{#2}} +\def\caption@addtocounter#1#2{% + \begingroup + \@tempcnta#1% + \advance\@tempcnta#2% + \xdef#1{\the\@tempcnta}% + \endgroup} +\def\caption@stepcounter#1{\caption@addtocounter#1\@ne} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection*{Errors} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Error} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/20}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.0q}{2007/04/11}{Renamed from \cs{caption@error} to \cs{caption@Error}} +% This is mainly identical to |\PackageError{caption}{#1}{\caption@eh}|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@Package{caption} +\newcommand*\caption@Error[1]{% + \PackageError\caption@Package{#1}\caption@eh} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@eh} +% At the moment we only offer this simple error message as generic helper +% for the user. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@eh{% + If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak + at the documentation of the `\caption@Package' package.\MessageBreak + \@ehc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection*{Using the keyval package} +% +% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\undefine@key} +% This helper macro is the opposite of |\define@key|, it removes a keyval +% definition. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\undefine@key[2]{% + \@nameundef{KV@#1@#2}\@nameundef{KV@#1@#2@default}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOption} +% |\DeclareCaptionOption|\marg{option}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionOption*|\marg{option}\marg{code}\par +% We declare our options using these commands (instead of using +% |\DeclareOption| offered by \LaTeXe), so the keyval package is used. +% The starred form makes the option available during the lifetime of the +% current package only, so they can be used with |\usepackage|, but +% \emph{not} with |\captionsetup| later on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionOption{% + \@ifstar{\caption@declareoption\AtEndOfPackage}% + {\caption@declareoption\@gobble}} +\newcommand*\caption@declareoption[2]{% + #1{\undefine@key{caption}{#2}}\define@key{caption}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOption +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionsetup} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Bugfix: Missing \% added} +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}\marg{keyval-list of options}\par +% If the optional argument `type' is specified, we simply save or append +% the option list, otherwise we `execute' it with |\setkeys|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\captionsetup{\@ifnextchar[\caption@setuptype\caption@setup} +\newcommand\caption@typ@{caption@typ@} % This saves 74 words of TeX memory +\def\caption@setuptype[#1]#2{% + \@ifundefined{\caption@typ@#1}% + {\@namedef{\caption@typ@#1}{#2}}% + {\expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname\caption@typ@#1\endcsname{,#2}}} +\newcommand\caption@setup{\caption@setkeys{caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setkeys} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/20}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@keydepth} added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/08}{\cs{caption@keydepth} is now a command instead of a counter} +% This one simply calls |\setkeys|\marg{package}\marg{args} but lets the +% error messages refer to the \meta{package} package instead of the +% \package{keyval} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setkeys{% + \@dblarg\caption@@setkeys} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@setkeys[#1]#2#3{% + \ifnum\caption@keydepth=0\relax + \let\caption@KV@errx\KV@errx + \let\caption@KV@err\KV@err + \let\KV@errx\caption@Error + \let\KV@err\caption@Error + \fi + \caption@stepcounter\caption@keydepth +% + \def\caption@Package{#1}% + \caption@Debug{\protect\setkeys{#2}{#3}}% + \setkeys{#2}{#3}% + \def\caption@Package{caption}% +% + \caption@addtocounter\caption@keydepth\m@ne + \ifnum\caption@keydepth=0\relax + \let\KV@errx\caption@KV@errx + \let\KV@err\caption@KV@err + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@newcounter\caption@keydepth +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@settype} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/03}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/01/26}{Revised} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument removed} +% |\caption@settype|\marg{type}\par +% Caption options which have been saved with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type} can +% be executed using this command. +% (It simply executes the saved option list, if there is any.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@settype[1]{% + \@ifundefined{\caption@typ@#1}{}{% + \caption@esetup{\csname\caption@typ@#1\endcsname}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@esetup} +% |\caption@esetup|\marg{keyval-list of options}\par +% To execute a keyval-list of options saved within a macro we +% need this special version of |\caption@setup| which expands the +% argument first. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@esetup[1]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{\noexpand\caption@setup{#1}}% + \caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\clearcaptionsetup} +% |\clearcaptionsetup|\marg{type}\par +% This removes the saved option list associated with \meta{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\clearcaptionsetup[1]{\@nameundef{\caption@typ@#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\showcaptionsetup} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/03}{Optimized for memory usage} +% |\showcaptionsetup|\oarg{package}\marg{type}\par +% This comes for debugging issues: It shows the saved option list which +% is associated with \meta{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\showcaptionsetup[2][\@firstofone]{% + \GenericWarning{}{% + #1 Caption Info: KV list on `#2'\MessageBreak + #1 Caption Data: (% + \@ifundefined{\caption@typ@#2}{% + % empty -- print nothing + }{% + \@nameuse{\caption@typ@#2}% + }% + )}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ProcessOptions} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix, see \purett{news:400D360C.9678329F@gmx.net} for details} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/03}{Improvement, uses \cs{caption@setkeys} instead of \cs{setkeys}} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/02/23}{Bugfix, now processes only those global options which have a default value} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/30}{\cs{ProcessOptionsWithKV} renamed to \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} and moved from the package to the kernel} +% We process our options using the keyval package, so we use this one +% instead of |\ProcessOptions| offered by \LaTeXe. +% (This code was taken from the \package{hyperref} package and improved.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ProcessOptions[1]{% + \let\@tempc\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{% + \@ifundefined{KV@#1@\CurrentOption}{% + }{% + \@ifundefined{KV@#1@\CurrentOption @default}{% + \PackageInfo{#1}{Global option `\CurrentOption' ignored}% + }{% + \PackageInfo{#1}{Global option `\CurrentOption' processed}% + \edef\caption@tempa{\caption@tempa,\CurrentOption,}% + \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement\CurrentOption + \@unusedoptionlist\@unusedoptionlist + }% + }% + }% + \edef\caption@tempa{% + \noexpand\caption@setkeys{#1}{% + \caption@tempa\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}% + }% + }% + \caption@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\CurrentOption\@empty + \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ProcessOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection*{Margin resp. width} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/01}{\cs{captionmarginx} renamed to \cs{captionmargin@}} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{Option `twoside' added to kernel} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionmargin} +% \begin{macro}{\captionwidth} +% |\captionmargin| and |\captionwidth| contain the extra margin +% resp. the total width used for captions. Please never set these values in +% a direct way, they are just accessible in user documents to provide +% compatibility to |caption.sty| \version{1.x}.\par +% Note that we can only set one value at a time, `margin' \emph{or} `width'. +% If |\captionwidth| is not zero we will take this value afterwards, +% otherwise |\captionmargin| and |\captionmargin@|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\captionmargin +\newdimen\captionmargin@ +\newdimen\captionwidth +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{margin}{\setcaptionmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{width}{\setcaptionwidth{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{twoside}[1]{\caption@setbool{twoside}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionmargin} +% |\setcaptionmargin|\marg{amount} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setmargin} to \cs{setcaptionmargin}} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/24}{\cs{setcaptionmargin} enhanced so it can take left+right margin} +% |\setcaptionmargin|\marg{amount}\par +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to |caption2.sty| \version{2.x}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptionmargin[1]{% + \captionwidth\z@ + \caption@@setmargin#1,#1,\@nil\@@} +\def\caption@@setmargin#1,#2,#3\@@{% + \setlength\captionmargin{#1}% + \setlength\captionmargin@{#2}% + \advance\captionmargin@ by -\captionmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionwidth} +% |\setcaptionwidth|\marg{amount} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setwidth} to \cs{setcaptionwidth}} +% |\setcaptionwidth|\marg{amount}\par +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to |caption2.sty| \version{2.x}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\setcaptionwidth{% + \setlength\captionwidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@count} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{This counter added} +% This counter numbers the captions. It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@newcounter\caption@count +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@newlabel} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% This command is a modified version of |\newlabel| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be written to the \texttt{.aux} file to +% pass label information from one run to another. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\caption@ragged|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@newlabel{\@newl@bel{caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@thepage} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% This command is a modified version of |\thepage| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@thepage{\the\c@page} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifoddpage} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% \emph{Note:} This macro re-defines itself so the \texttt{.aux} file will +% only be used once per group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@ifoddpage{% + \caption@iftwoside{% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\refstepcounter{caption@count}| +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@stepcounter\caption@count +% \end{macrocode} +% |\label{\the\caption@count}| +% \begin{macrocode} + \protected@write\@auxout{\let\caption@thepage\relax}% + {\string\caption@newlabel{\caption@count}{\caption@thepage}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\edef\caption@thepage{\pageref{\the\caption@count}}| +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@\caption@count\endcsname\relax + \G@refundefinedtrue % => 'There are undefined references.' + \PackageWarning{caption3}{Reference on page \thepage \space undefined}% + \else + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@thepage + \csname caption@\caption@count\endcsname + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% |\ifodd\caption@thepage|\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifodd\caption@thepage + \let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo + \else + \let\caption@ifoddpage\@secondoftwo + \fi + }{\let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifoddpage} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection*{Indentions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionindent} +% \begin{macro}{\captionparindent} +% \begin{macro}{\captionhangindent} +% These are the indentions we support. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\captionindent +\newdimen\captionparindent +\newdimen\captionhangindent +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Defaults added for options \opt{parindent=} and \opt{hangindent=}} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{Option \opt{parskip=}: \cs{AtBeginCaption} replaced by \cs{caption@@par}} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{Undocumented defaults for \opt{parindent=}, \opt{hangindent=}, +% and \opt{parskip=} removed} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{indent}[\leftmargini]{\setlength\captionindent{#1}}% obsolete! +\DeclareCaptionOption{indention}[\leftmargini]{\setlength\captionindent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hangindent}{\setlength\captionhangindent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}{\setlength\captionparindent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}{\l@addto@macro\caption@@par{\setlength\parskip{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{Increased compatibility to KOMA-Script: A special version of options +% `parindent' and `parskip' added} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/03}{Bugfix 06-01-03: KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and `parindent' options +% revised and moved into caption kernel} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/02/23}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and `parindent' are obsolete now, removed} +% \changes{v3.0o}{2007/03/30}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and `parindent' re-added, since they +% still collide with the actual version of subfig (Sigh!)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{scr@caption}{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% There is an option clash between the \KOMAScript\ document classes +% and the \package{caption} kernel, +% both define the options |parindent| and |parskip| but with different meaning. +% Furthermore the ones defined by the \package{caption} kernel take a +% value as parameter but the \KOMAScript\ ones do not. +% So we need special versions of the options |parindent| and |parskip| here, +% ones who determine if a value is given (and therefore should be treated as +% our option) or not (and therefore should be ignored by us). +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KV@parindent\KV@caption@parindent + \DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}[]{% + \def\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty + \PackageInfo{caption3}{Option `parindent' ignored}% + \else + \caption@KV@parindent{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KV@parskip\KV@caption@parskip + \DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}[]{% + \def\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty + \PackageInfo{caption3}{Option `parskip' ignored}% + \else + \caption@KV@parskip{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Styles} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionStyle} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{single-line-list-of-KV}\marg{list-of-KV} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionStyle[1]{% + \@ifnextchar[{\caption@declarestyle{#1}}{\caption@declarestyle{#1}[]}} +\def\caption@declarestyle#1[#2]#3{% + \global\@namedef{caption@sls@#1}{#2}% + \global\@namedef{caption@sty@#1}{#3}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionStyle +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarestyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{style}{\caption@setstyle{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setstyle} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/01}{Starred variant added} +% |\caption@setstyle|\marg{name}\\ +% |\caption@setstyle*|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption style means saving the additional +% \meta{single-line-list-of-KV} (this will be done by |\caption@sls|), +% resetting the caption options to the default ones (this will be done using +% |\caption@setdefault|) and executing the \meta{list-of-KV} options +% (this will be done using |\caption@esetup|).\par +% The starred version will give no error message if the given style is not +% defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@setstyle{% + \@ifstar{\caption@@setstyle\@gobble}{\caption@@setstyle\@firstofone}} +\newcommand*\caption@@setstyle[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@sty@#2}% + {#1{\caption@Error{Undefined caption style `#2'}}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sls\csname caption@sls@#2\endcsname + \caption@setdefault\caption@esetup{\csname caption@sty@#2\endcsname}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefault} +% This resets (nearly) all caption options to the default ones. +% \emph{Note that this does not touch the skips and the positioning!} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@setdefault{\captionsetup{% + format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,textformat=default,% + justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,textfont=default,% + margin=0pt,indent=0pt,parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,% + singlelinecheck=1,strut=1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{\opt{indent=0pt} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% Currently there is only one pre-defined style, called `default'. +% It's a perfect match to the behaviour of |\@makecaption| offered by the +% standard \LaTeX\ document classes: +% If the caption fits in one single line, it is typeset centered. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{default}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFormat} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/09}{Starred variant added} +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat*|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\par +% The starred form causes the code being typeset in vertical (instead of +% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionFormat{% + \@ifstar{\caption@declareformat\@gobble}% + {\caption@declareformat\@firstofone}} +\newcommand\caption@declareformat[3]{% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@ifh@#2\endcsname#1% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@fmt@#2}##1##2##3{#3}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFormat +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareformat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{format}{\caption@setformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setformat} +% |\caption@setformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@fmt|) +% and if the code should be used in horizontal or vertical mode (|\caption@ifh|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@fmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined caption format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ifh\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fmt\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Caption format \opt{default} renamed to \opt{normal}} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/12}{Caption format \opt{normal} renamed to \opt{@normal}} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/25}{Caption format \opt{@normal} renamed to \opt{plain} and documented} +% There are two pre-defined formats, called `plain' and `hang'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{hang}{% + \@hangfrom{#1#2}% + \advance\captionparindent\hangindent + \advance\captionhangindent\hangindent + \caption@@par + #3\par} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Caption format \opt{default} linked to \opt{normal}} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/04/28}{Bugfix 05-04-28: Missing \cs{caption@ifh@default} added} +% `default' usually maps to `plain'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@fmt@default{\caption@fmt@plain} +\def\caption@ifh@default{\caption@ifh@plain} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Label formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@lfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelformat}{\caption@setlabelformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelformat} +% |\caption@setlabelformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption label format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlabelformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined caption label format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lfmt\csname caption@lfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% There are three pre-defined label formats, called `empty', `simple', and `parens'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{parens}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}(#2)} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `simple'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@lfmt@default{\caption@lfmt@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Label separators} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/25}{Starred variant added} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*|\marg{name}\marg{code}\par +% The starred form causes the label separator to be typeset \emph{without} using |\captionlabelfont|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{% + \@ifstar{\caption@declarelabelseparator\@gobble}% + {\caption@declarelabelseparator\@firstofone}} +\newcommand\caption@declarelabelseparator[3]{% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@iflf@#2\endcsname#1% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@lsep@#2}{#3}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarelabelseparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelsep}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelseparator}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelseparator} +% |\caption@setlabelseparator|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption label separator simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lsep|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlabelseparator[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lsep@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined caption label separator `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@iflf\csname caption@iflf@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lsep\csname caption@lsep@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Bugfix 05-03-23: Caption label separator \opt{newline} implementation +% changed from \cs{newline} to \cs{\textbackslash}} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/24}{Caption label separator \opt{endash} added} +% There are seven pre-defined label separators, called `none', `colon', `period', `space', +% `quad', `newline', and `endash'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{none}{} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period}{. } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{space}{ } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{quad}{\quad} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{newline}{\\} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{endash}{\space\textendash\space} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `colon'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@lsep@default{\caption@lsep@colon} +\def\caption@iflf@default{\caption@iflf@colon} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Text formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionTextFormat} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionTextFormat[2]{% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@tfmt@#1}##1{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionTextFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textformat}{\caption@settextformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@settextformat} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} +% |\caption@settextformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption text format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@tfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@settextformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@tfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined caption text format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tfmt\csname caption@tfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% There are two pre-defined text formats, called `simple' and `period'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{simple}{#1} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{period}{#1.} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `simple'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@tfmt@default{\caption@tfmt@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Justifications} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionJustification} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionJustification[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@hj@#1}{#2}} +%\newcommand\DeclareCaptionJustification{\DeclareCaptionFont} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionJustification +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{justification}{\caption@setjustification{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setjustification} +% |\caption@setjustification|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption justification simply means saving the code (in |\caption@hj|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setjustification[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@hj@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined caption justification `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@hj\csname caption@hj@#1\endcsname}} +%\newcommand\caption@setjustification{\caption@setfont{@hj}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% These are the pre-defined justification code snippets. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{justified}{} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centering}{\centering} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerfirst}{\centerfirst} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerlast}{\centerlast} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedleft}{\raggedleft} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `justified'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@hj@default{\caption@hj@justified} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\centerfirst} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerfirst} to \cs{centerfirst}} +% Please blame Frank Mittelbach for |\caption@centerfirst| |:-)| +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\centerfirst{% + \let\\\@centercr + \edef\caption@normaladjust{% + \leftskip\the\leftskip + \rightskip\the\rightskip + \parfillskip\the\parfillskip\relax}% + \leftskip\z@\@plus -1fil% + \rightskip\z@\@plus 1fil% + \parfillskip\z@skip + \noindent\hskip\z@\@plus 2fil% + \@setpar{\@@par\@restorepar\caption@normaladjust}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\centerlast} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerlast} to \cs{centerlast}} +% This is based on code from Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\centerlast{% + \let\\\@centercr + \leftskip\z@\@plus 1fil% + \rightskip\z@\@plus -1fil% + \parfillskip\z@\@plus 2fil\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Improved \package{ragged2e} package support} +% We also support the upper-case commands offered by the \package{ragged2e} +% package. +% Note that these just map to their lower-case variants if the +% \package{ragged2e} package is not available. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{Centering}{% + \caption@ragged\Centering\centering} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{RaggedLeft}{% + \caption@ragged\RaggedLeft\raggedleft} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{RaggedRight}{% + \caption@ragged\RaggedRight\raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ragged} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/07}{The `ragged2e' package will now only been loaded when needed} +% \changes{v3.0q}{2007/04/11}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@Info} replaced by \cs{caption@Debug}} +% \changes{v3.0q}{2007/04/16}{Warnung will be suppressed on first \LaTeX\ run} +% |\caption@ragged| will be basically defined as\par +% |\AtBeginDocument{\IfFileExists{ragged2e.sty}%|\\ +% | {\RequirePackage{ragged2e}\let\caption@ragged\@firstoftwo}%|\\ +% | {\let\caption@ragged\@secondoftwo}}|\par +% but with an additional warning if the ragged2e package is not loaded (yet). +% (This warning will be typeout only one time per option, that's why +% we need the |caption\string#1| stuff.) +% Furthermore we load the \package{ragged2e} package, if needed and available. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ragged{% + \caption@Debug{We need ragged2e}% + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\caption@newlabel{ragged2e}{}}% + \global\let\caption@ragged\caption@@ragged + \caption@@ragged} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@ragged[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption\string#1}{% + \PackageWarning{caption3}{% + `ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore\MessageBreak + substituting \string#2 for \string#1\MessageBreak}% + \global\@namedef{caption\string#1}}{}% + #2} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifundefined{caption@ragged2e}{% + \let\caption@@ragged\@secondoftwo % suppress warning above + }{% + \caption@Debug{We load ragged2e}% + \IfFileExists{ragged2e.sty}{% + \RequirePackage{ragged2e}\let\caption@@ragged\@firstoftwo}{}% + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection*{Fonts} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFont} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/22}{Bugfix: Multi token arguments are allowed now} +% |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionFont[2]{% + \define@key{caption@fnt}{#1}[]{\g@addto@macro\caption@tempa{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFont +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{font}{\caption@setfont{font}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont}{\caption@setfont{labelfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont}{\caption@setfont{textfont}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfont} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/30}{Usage of \cs{caption@setkeys} with optional argument} +% |\caption@setfont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par +% Selecting a caption font means saving all the code snippets +% (in |\caption#1|). +% Because we use |\setkeys| recursive here we need to do this inside an +% extra group and collect all the code snippets in |\caption@tempa| first. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfont[2]{% + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + \begingroup +% \define@key{caption@fnt}{default}[]{% +% \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tempa +% \csname caption#1@default\endcsname}% + \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}{#2}% + \endgroup + \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{default}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% These are the pre-defined font code snippets. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{scriptsize}{\scriptsize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{footnotesize}{\footnotesize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalsize}{\normalsize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{large}{\large} +\DeclareCaptionFont{Large}{\Large} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{up}{\upshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{it}{\itshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sl}{\slshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sc}{\scshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{md}{\mdseries} +\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries} +\DeclareCaptionFont{rm}{\rmfamily} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sf}{\sffamily} +\DeclareCaptionFont{tt}{\ttfamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{setspace} package support} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/02}{\package{setspace} package support added to kernel} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{\setstretch{\setspace@singlespace}}% normally 1 +\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionsize} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Implementation changed from \cs{captionfont} to \cs{@empty}} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Use \cs{providecommand} instead of \cs{newcommand} in respect of the memoir class} +% The old versions \version{1.x} of the \package{caption} package offered this +% command to setup the font size used for captions. We still do +% so old documents will work fine. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\captionsize{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Option \opt{size=} now sets \cs{captionsize} instead of \cs{captionfont}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{size}{\caption@setfont{size}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Vertical spaces before and after captions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\abovecaptionskip} +% \begin{macro}{\belowcaptionskip} +% Usually these skips are defined within the document class, but some +% document classes don't do so. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{abovecaptionskip}{% + \newlength\abovecaptionskip\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}}{} +\@ifundefined{belowcaptionskip}{% + \newlength\belowcaptionskip\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0\p@}}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{skip=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{aboveskip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{belowskip}{\setlength\belowcaptionskip{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{skip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Positioning} +% +% These macros handle the right position of the caption. +% Note that the position is actually \emph{not} controlled by the +% \package{caption} kernel options, but by the user (or a specific package +% like the \package{float} package) instead. +% The user can put the |\caption| command wherever he likes! So this stuff +% is only to give us a \emph{hint} where to put the right skips, the user +% usually has to take care for himself that this hint actually matches the +% right position. +% The user can also try out the experimental setting |position=auto| which +% means that the \package{caption} package should try to guess the actual +% position of the caption for himself. (But in many cases, for example in +% |longtable|s, this is doomed to fail, so it's not documented in the +% user part of the documentation.) +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{position}{\caption@setposition{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setposition} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/22}{Now the positions \opt{t}, \opt{above}, \opt{b}, +% \opt{below}, and \opt{a} are allowed, too} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{Usage of \cs{caption@defaultpos} added} +% |\caption@setposition|\marg{position}\par +% Selecting the caption position means that we put |\caption@position| to +% the right value. \emph{Please do \textbf{not} use the internal macro +% \cs{caption@position} in your own package or document, but use the wrapper +% macro \cs{caption@iftop} instead.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setposition[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{d,default}{% + \def\caption@position{\caption@defaultpos}% + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{t,top,above}{% + \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{b,bottom,below}{% + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{a,auto}{% + \let\caption@position\@undefined + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined caption position `#1'}% + }}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defaultpos} +% The default `position' is usually `bottom', this means that the (larger) +% skip will be typeset above the caption. +% This correspondents to the |\@makecaption| implementation in the standard +% \LaTeX\ document classes. +% \begin{macrocode} +%\caption@setdefaultpos{b}% default = bottom +\let\caption@defaultpos\@secondoftwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftop} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Split into \cs{caption@iftop} \& \cs{caption@fixposition}} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Adapted to \cs{caption@defaultpos}} +% |\caption@iftop|\marg{true-code}\marg{false-code}\par +% (If the |position=| is set to |auto| we assume a |bottom| position.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@iftop{% + \ifx\caption@position\@undefined + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\caption@position + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@fixposition} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Split into \cs{caption@fixposition} & \cs{caption@autoposition}} +% |\caption@fixposition|\par +% This macro checks if the `position' is set to `auto'. +% If yes, |\caption@autoposition| will be called to +% set |\caption@position| to a proper value we can actually use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@fixposition{% + \ifx\caption@position\@undefined + \caption@autoposition + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@autoposition} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{ifvmode} added} +% |\caption@autoposition|\par +% We guess the actual position of the caption by checking |\prevdepth|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@autoposition{% + \ifvmode + \edef\caption@tempa{\the\prevdepth}% + \caption@Debug{\protect\prevdepth=\caption@tempa}% +% \caption@setposition{\ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ b\else t\fi}% + \ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo + \else + \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo + \fi + \else + \caption@Debug{no \protect\prevdepth}% +% \caption@setposition{b}% + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection*{Hooks} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginCaption} +% \begin{macro}{\AtEndCaption} +% |\AtBeginCaption| \marg{code}\\ +% |\AtEndCaption| \marg{code}\par +% These hooks can be used analogous to |\AtBeginDocument| and |\AtEndDocument|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@beginhook{} +\newcommand\caption@endhook{} +\newcommand\AtBeginCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@beginhook} +\newcommand\AtEndCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@endhook} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection*{Miscellaneous options} +% +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Option \opt{listof=} added} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{strut=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listof}{\caption@setbool{lof}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{singlelinecheck}{\caption@setbool{slc}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{strut}{\caption@setbool{strut}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Debug option} +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Debug option added to kernel} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{debug}[1]{% + \caption@setbool{debug}{#1}% + \caption@ifdebug{% + \def\caption@Debug{\PackageInfo{caption3}}% + }{% + \let\caption@Debug\@gobble + }} +\setkeys{caption}{debug=0} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Initialization of parameters} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{style=default,position=default,listof=1,% + twoside=\if@twoside 1\else 0\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaption@star} +% If the starred form of |\caption| is used, this will be set to |true|. +% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@@make|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaption@star +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection*{Typesetting the caption} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@make} +% |\caption@make|\marg{float name}\marg{ref.\ number}\marg{text} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@make[2]{% + \caption@@make{\caption@lfmt{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@make} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-05: \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionindent=}\cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-10-26: Use \cs{@tempdima} instead of \cs{captionmargin} resp. \cs{captionwidth}; +% check for \cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{hskip}\cs{captionmargin} to the end of caption added} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{strut} moved from here to \cs{caption@@@make}} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Single-line-check moved up so it can affect margins now} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/09}{Improvement: \cs{caption@ifh} added} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/09}{Bugfix: \cs{leavevmode} added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/24}{Uses \cs{sbox} instead of \cs{setbox} in single-line-check} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/04}{Uses \cs{caption@slc}} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@calcmargin} inside single-line-check replaced by \cs{relax}} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@startbox} will always be typeset in horizontal mode} +% \changes{v3.0k}{2006/05/13}{Uses \cs{captionbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/04}{Oops, bugfix 04-05-05 got lost in v3.0j, re-added} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{Usage of \cs{caption@ifoddpage} added} +% |\caption@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@make[2]{% + \begingroup + \caption@beginhook + \caption@calcmargin +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Special single-line treatment (option |singlelinecheck=|) +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifslc{\ifx\caption@sls\@empty\else + \caption@slc{#1}{#2}\captionwidth\relax + \fi}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the left margin (option |margin=|) +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \@tempdima\captionmargin + \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@\else + \caption@ifoddpage{}{\advance\@tempdima\captionmargin@}% + \fi + \caption@ifh{\advance\@tempdima\captionindent}% + \hskip\@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We actually use a |\vbox| of width |\captionwidth - \captionindent| +% to typeset the caption +% (Note: |\captionindent| is \emph{not} supported if the caption format +% was defined with |\DeclareCaptionFormat*|.) +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \@tempdima\captionwidth + \caption@ifh{\advance\@tempdima by -\captionindent}% + \captionbox\@tempdima{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the indention (option |indention=|)\\ +% Bugfix 04-05-05: |\hskip-\captionindent| replaced by |\ifdim\captionindent=\z@|\ldots +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifh{% + \ifdim\captionindent=\z@ + \leavevmode + \else + \hskip-\captionindent + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the caption itself and close the |\captionbox| +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the right margin (option |margin=|) +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \@tempdima\captionmargin + \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@\else + \caption@ifoddpage{\advance\@tempdima\captionmargin@}{}% + \fi + \hskip\@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@endhook + \endgroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\caption@starfalse} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@calcmargin} +% Calculate |\captionmargin| \& |\captionwidth|, so both contain valid +% values. +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/24}{Internal: \cs{ifcaption@width} replaced by \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionwidth=}\cs{z@}} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/12}{Improvement: Takes care of list environment now} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@calcmargin{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \emph{Note:} Inside a |list| environment |\linewidth| do not contain +% the proper value, because |\@caption| calls |\@parboxrestore| which +% resets |\linewidth| to |\hsize|. Therefore we have to calculate the +% proper line width on our own in this case. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@tempdima\hsize + \ifnum\@listdepth>0\relax + \advance\@tempdima by -\leftmargin + \advance\@tempdima by -\rightmargin + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@ + \captionwidth\@tempdima + \advance\captionwidth by -2\captionmargin + \advance\captionwidth by -\captionmargin@ + \else + \captionmargin\@tempdima + \advance\captionmargin by -\captionwidth + \divide\captionmargin by 2 + \captionmargin@\z@ + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@Debug{% + \protect\hsize=\the\hsize, + \protect\margin=\the\captionmargin, + \protect\marginx=\the\captionmargin@, + \protect\width=\the\captionwidth}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@slc} +% This one does the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@slc[4]{% + \caption@startslc + \sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa >#3% + \caption@endslc + \else + \caption@endslc + \caption@esetup\caption@sls + #4% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@startslc} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{label} \& \cs{@footnotetext} added} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Redefine \cs{stepcounter} instead of \cs{footnote(mark)}} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/07/09}{Support of \package{endnotes} package added} +% Re-define anything which would disturb the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@startslc{% + \begingroup + \let\label\@gobble + \let\@footnotetext\@gobble\let\@endnotetext\@gobble + \def\stepcounter##1{\advance\csname c@##1\endcsname\@ne\relax}% + \let\caption@hj\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@endslc} +% This ends the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@endslc{% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionbox} +% \changes{v3.0k}{2006/05/13}{We define \cs{captionbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v3.0n}{2006/03/09}{Bugfix 07-03-09: \cs{captionbox} changed from \cs{parbox-t} to \cs{parbox-b}} +% This macro defines the box which surrounds the caption paragraph. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\captionbox{\parbox[b]} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@make} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-06: \cs{allowhyphens} added} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-12-16: Use some kind of \cs{@startstrut}\cs{strutbox} instead of \cs{strut}} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 05-01-23: \cs{@finalstrut}\cs{strutbox} added} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Use \cs{caption@ifempty}; \cs{let}\cs{caption@ifstrut}\cs{@secondoftwo} added} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: Handling of \cs{ifcaption@star} changed} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/24}{Check for empty label added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/25}{\cs{caption@iflf} added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@tfmt} added} +% |\caption@@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}\par +% This one finally typesets the caption paragraph, without margin and indention. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@@make[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the label is empty, we use no caption label separator. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ + \let\caption@lsep\relax + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the text is empty, we use no caption label separator, too. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifempty{#2}{% + \let\caption@lsep\relax +% \let\caption@ifstrut\@secondoftwo + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Take care that |\captionparindent| and |\captionhangindent| will be used +% to typeset the paragraph. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \@setpar{\@@par\caption@@par}\caption@@par +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Finally the caption will be typeset. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@hj\captionsize\captionfont\caption@fmt + {\ifcaption@star\else{\captionlabelfont#1}\fi}% + {\ifcaption@star\else{\caption@iflf\captionlabelfont\caption@lsep}\fi}% + {{\captiontextfont + \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\ht\strutbox\@width\z@}{}% + \nobreak\hskip\z@skip + \caption@tfmt{#2}% +% \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\z@\@depth\dp\strutbox\@width\z@}{}% + \caption@ifstrut{\@finalstrut\strutbox}{}% + \par}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifempty|\marg{text}\marg{if-clause}\par +% This one tests if the \meta{text} is actually empty.\par +% \emph{Note:} This will be done without expanding the text, therefore this +% is far away from being bullet-proof. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifempty[1]{% + \def\caption@tempa{#1}% + \def\caption@tempb{\ignorespaces}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + \fi + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty + \expandafter\@firstofone + \else + \expandafter\@gobble + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@par} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{Made this definition global} +% |\caption@@par|\par +% This command will be executed with every |\par| inside the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@par{% + \parindent\captionparindent\hangindent\captionhangindent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \iffalse +%</kernel> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Main package} +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \subsubsection*{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2007/04/16 v3.0q Customising captions (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Loading the kernel} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{caption3}[=2007/01/31] % needs v1.0l or newer +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection*{Check against the obsolete \package{caption2} package} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/06}{Check against obsolete \package{caption2} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{% + \caption@Error{You can't use both the caption *and* caption2 package}% + \endinput +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Option for configuration files} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{config}[caption]{% + \InputIfFileExists{#1.cfg}{\typeout{*** Local configuration file + #1.cfg used ***}}% + {\PackageWarning{caption}{Configuration + file #1.cfg not found}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Options for |figure| and |table|} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/09}{Options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{figureposition}{\captionsetup[figure]{position=#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{tableposition}{\captionsetup[table]{position=#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{figurename}{\captionsetup[figure]{name=#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{tablename}{\captionsetup[table]{name=#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{caption \version{1.x} compatibility options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{normal}[]{\caption@setformat{normal}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{isu}[]{\caption@setformat{hang}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{hang}[]{\caption@setformat{hang}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{center}[]{\caption@setjustification{centering}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{anne}[]{\caption@setjustification{centerlast}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{centerlast}[]{\caption@setjustification{centerlast}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{scriptsize}[]{\def\captionfont{\scriptsize}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{footnotesize}[]{\def\captionfont{\footnotesize}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{small}[]{\def\captionfont{\small}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{normalsize}[]{\def\captionfont{\normalsize}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{large}[]{\def\captionfont{\large}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{Large}[]{\def\captionfont{\Large}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{up}[]{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\upshape} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{it}[]{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\itshape} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{sl}[]{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\slshape} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{sc}[]{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\scshape} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{md}[]{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\mdseries} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{bf}[]{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\bfseries} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{rm}[]{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\rmfamily} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{sf}[]{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\sffamily} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{tt}[]{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\ttfamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{nooneline}[]{\caption@setbool{slc}{0}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{ruled}{0} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{ruled}[]{\caption@setbool{ruled}{1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Some caption2 \version{2.x} compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/07/08}{caption2 \version{2.x} compatibility options added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{flushleft}[]{\caption@setjustification{raggedright}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{flushright}[]{\caption@setjustification{raggedleft}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{oneline}[]{\caption@setbool{slc}{1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{ignoreLTcapwidth}[]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Some \KOMAScript\ compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{onelinecaption}[]{\caption@setbool{slc}{1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{noonelinecaption}[]{\caption@setbool{slc}{0}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{tablecaptionabove}[]{\captionsetup[table]{position=t}} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{tablecaptionbelow}[]{\captionsetup[table]{position=b}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Generic package support} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@declarepackage} +% |\caption@declarepackage|\marg{package name}\par +% Each single package support can be switched on or off by using the +% appropriate option. By default all of them are enabled. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declarepackage[1]{% + \caption@setbool{pkt@#1}{1}% + \DeclareCaptionOption*{#1}{\caption@setbool{pkt@#1}{##1}}} +\AtEndOfPackage{\let\caption@declarepackage\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifpackage} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/29}{3rd argument \meta{code} added, so no extra check is needed} +% |\caption@ifpackage|\marg{package name}\marg{package macro}\marg{code}\par +% If a certain package support is requested the appropriate code will +% be used. `Requested' means that the option belonging to it is set to +% |true| and the macro called \meta{package macro} is defined. +% (If \meta{package macro} is not yet defined we use |\AtBeginDocument| +% here, so the package could be loaded after this package, too.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifpackage[3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\caption@tempa{% + \caption@ifbool{pkt@#1}% + {\@ifundefined{#2}{AtBeginDocument}{firstofone}}% + {gobble}}% + \caption@Info{#1=\caption@ifbool{pkt@#1}{1}{0} % + (\@ifundefined{#2}{not }{}loaded->\caption@tempa)}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifbool{pkt@#1}{% + \@ifundefined{#2}% + {\let\caption@tempa\AtBeginDocument}% + {\let\caption@tempa\@firstofone}% + }{% + \let\caption@tempa\@gobble + }% + \caption@tempa{\@ifundefined{#2}{}{#3}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@undefbool{pkt@#1}} +\AtEndOfPackage{\let\caption@ifpackage\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% You can also switch the caption support off using the package option +% |caption=false|. +% This may look strange, but there are certain circumstances where this could +% be useful. +% Such a situation might be the usage of the \package{subfig} package without +% disturbing the main caption code of the document class.\par +% \emph{Note: This mechanism is obsolete now, it has been superseeded by the +% \package{subfig} package option {\rm|caption=false|} which causes that only the +% caption kernel \package{caption3} is loaded.} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@declarepackage{caption} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% These are the packages we support: +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@declarepackage{float} +\caption@declarepackage{floatrow} +\caption@declarepackage{hyperref} +\caption@declarepackage{hypcap} +\caption@declarepackage{listings} +\caption@declarepackage{longtable} +\caption@declarepackage{picins} +\caption@declarepackage{rotating} +\caption@declarepackage{sidecap} +\caption@declarepackage{supertabular} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Processing of options} +% +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Verbose option added to package} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{verbose}[1]{% + \caption@setbool{verbose}{#1}% + \caption@ifverbose{% + \def\caption@Info{\PackageInfo{caption}}% + }{% + \let\caption@Info\@gobble + }} +\setkeys{caption}{verbose=0} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ProcessOptions{caption} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the option |caption=false| was given we stop processing this file +% immediately. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{pkt@caption}{}{\endinput} +\caption@undefbool{pkt@caption} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{Useful stuff} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionof} +% |\captionof|(|*|)\marg{type}\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\captionof{\@ifstar{\caption@of{\caption*}}{\caption@of\caption}} +\newcommand*\caption@of[2]{\def\@captype{#2}#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Note: Like |\captionof| the option |type=| should only be used inside a +% group or environment and does not check if the argument is a valid +% floating environment or not. +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Option \opt{name=} added} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Option \opt{type=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{name}{\caption@setfloatname\@captype{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{type}{\def\@captype{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ContinuedFloat} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Call of \cs{caption@ContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/12}{Optional argument and call of \cs{caption@@ContinuedFloat} added} +% |\ContinuedFloat|\oarg{type}\par +% This mainly decreases the appropriate counter by $-1$. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\ContinuedFloat{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + \@ContinuedFloat + {\ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\ContinuedFloat outside float}\@ehd + \else + \@ContinuedFloat[\@captype]% + \fi}} +\def\@ContinuedFloat[#1]{% + \addtocounter{#1}\m@ne + \caption@ContinuedFloat{#1}% + \caption@@ContinuedFloat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ContinuedFloat} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetContinuedFloat} +% |\caption@ContinuedFloat|\marg{type}\par +% |\caption@resetContinuedFloat|\marg{type}\par +% The first one will be called inside |\ContinuedFloat|, the second one +% inside |\caption|. Usually they do nothing but this changes if the +% \package{hyperref} package is loaded. (See \package{hyperref} package +% support for details.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@ContinuedFloat\@gobble +\let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@ContinuedFloat} +% This hook is for foreign packages which link themself into |\ContinuedFloat|, +% for example the \package{subfig} package\cite{subfig}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@@ContinuedFloat[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection*{Internal helpers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@begin} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{caption@settype} changed by \cs{caption@setfloattype}} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/04/12}{Check for default label format added} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Call of \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} added} +% Our handling of |\caption| will always be surrounded by +% |\caption@begin| (or |\caption@beginex|) and |\caption@end|.\par +% |\caption@begin|\marg{type} performs these tasks: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Call |\caption@resetContinuedFloat| (see above) +% and start a new group +% \item Execute the options set with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type} +% \item Define |\fnum@|\meta{type} if the caption label format is set +% to non-default +% \item Override the |position=| setting, if necessary +% (for example if set to |auto| or used inside a |supertabular|) +% \end{itemize} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@begin[1]{% + \caption@resetContinuedFloat{#1}% + \begingroup +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setfloattype{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\caption@lfmt\caption@lfmt@default\else + \@namedef{fnum@#1}{% + \caption@lfmt{\caption@floatname{#1}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@fixposition + \global\let\caption@fixedposition\caption@position} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@beginex} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of \opt{listof=} added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/09/16}{Bugfix: Made this macro and \cs{addcontentsline} \cs{long}} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/04}{Takes now 3 args instead of 2, check for empty heading added} +% |\caption@beginex|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\marg{heading}\\ +% performs the same tasks as |\caption@begin| and additionally: +% Redefine |\addcontentsline| if no list-of entry is requested, that +% means either the argument \meta{list entry} is empty or |listof=| was +% set to |false|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@beginex[3]{% + \caption@begin{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@iflof% + {\def\caption@tempa{#2}}% + {\let\caption@tempa\@empty}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty + \long\def\addcontentsline##1##2##3{}% There is no \@gobblethree... + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifempty{#3}{\let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@end} +% |\caption@end| closes the group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@end{% + \endgroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@position\caption@fixedposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfloattype} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setfloattype|\marg{type}\\ +% sets up the right float type within |\@caption|, |\LT@makecaption| etc. +% Usually this is equivalent to |\caption@settype| but I made it an own macro so +% I can extend it later on, for example if the \package{float} or +% \package{sidecap} package is loaded. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@setfloattype\caption@settype +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@letfloattype} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Argument \meta{extra code} added} +% |\caption@letfloattype|\marg{type}\marg{extra code}\\ +% redefines |\caption@setfloattype| so it does not only +% |\caption@settype|\marg{type} but two additional tasks: +% Executing extra code given as second argument and +% execute options with |\caption@settype{#1}| afterwards.\par +% You can find an example of its usage in the \package{longtable} +% support, where this macro is called so +% |\captionsetup[longtable]{|\ldots|}| can be used to setup options +% for longtables which have a higher priority than the options which +% have been setup with |\captionsetup[table]{|\ldots|}| or +% |\setlength\LTcapwidth{|\ldots|}|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@letfloattype[2]{% + \def\caption@setfloattype##1{% + \caption@settype{##1}#2\caption@settype{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/06}{Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} removed} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{\cs{caption@setfloatname} added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@floatname} +% |\caption@floatname|\marg{type}\par +% Usually all float names (which partly build the caption label) +% follow the same naming convention. But some packages (for example +% the \package{float} package) do not, so we use this wrapper macro which +% can be changed later on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@floatname[1]{\@nameuse{#1name}} +\newcommand*\caption@setfloatname[1]{\@namedef{#1name}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection*{Caption support} +% +% \iffalse\begin{quote} +% \small\emph{Note:} +% Our aim is patching the existing |\caption| code so changes done by other +% packages will not get lost. We do similar in our \package{float}, +% \package{hyperref}, and \package{hypcap} support so get the disadvantage +% of having ugly code with some negative side-effects, like the non-working +% |\caption{}| feature when the \package{french(le)} or \package{hyperref} +% package is loaded. +% \end{quote}\fi +% +% Some packages (like the \package{hyperref} package for example) redefines +% |\caption| and |\@caption|, too, but without chaining to their previous +% definitions. So we have to use |\AtBeginDocument| here, so we can make sure +% our definition don't get lost. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We only patch |\caption| and |\@caption| if the \package{captcont} package +% (which brings it's own definition of |\caption*|) is not used. +% It does not make much sense using the actual version of the \package{caption} +% package with the \package{captcont} package, but this was different in the +% old (\version{1.x}) days so we take care to be backward compatible. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{cc@caption}{% + \@ifundefined{caption@old}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption} +% \iffalse\changes{v3.0}{2003/07/18}{Bugfix: \cs{global} added, so this works with sidecap}\fi +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/22}{Bugfix: \cs{ContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/13}{Support of \cs{caption*[]} removed} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/19}{Minimal support of \textsf{combine} package added} +% Here comes our definition of |\caption| and |\caption*|. +% (We set |\caption@startrue| globally so it works with the \package{sidecap} package, too.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@old\caption + \def\caption{\caption@caption\caption@old}% + \def\caption@caption#1{% + \@ifstar{\ContinuedFloat\global\caption@startrue#1[]}{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@caption} +% Our definition of |\@caption| simply calls the old definition, +% nested by |\caption@beginex| and |\caption@end|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@@old\@caption + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@@old{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% + \caption@end}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix 04-07-15: \package{captcont} support fixed} +% Minimum \package{captcont} package support:\\ +% We define |\caption@caption| here so it's there but does not make any harm. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@Info{captcont package v2.0 detected}% + \def\caption@caption#1{#1}% + }% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption} +% |\@makecaption|\marg{label}\marg{text}\par +% The original code (from |latex/base/classes.dtx|): +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% +% \vskip\abovecaptionskip +% \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}% +% \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize +% #1: #2\par +% \else +% \global \@minipagefalse +% \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +% \fi +% \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +% \end{verbatim} +% We do basically the same, but take care of the |position=| setting +% and use |\caption@@make| from the \package{caption} kernel to actually +% typeset the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand\@makecaption[2]{% + \caption@iftop{\vskip\belowcaptionskip}{\vskip\abovecaptionskip}% + \caption@@make{#1}{#2}% + \caption@iftop{\vskip\abovecaptionskip}{\vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{\KOMAScript} classes support} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/18}{Minimum adaptation to \KOMAScript\ added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{\cs{PackageInfo} added to \KOMAScript\ support} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility commands added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised} +% \changes{v3.0q}{2007/04/16}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{scr@caption}{}{% + \caption@Info{KOMA-Script class detected} + \AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionsfalse} +% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionstrue} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\onelinecaptionstrue{\caption@setbool{slc}{1}} + \def\onelinecaptionsfalse{\caption@setbool{slc}{0}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionabove} +% \begin{macro}{\captionbelow} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/03/21}{Bugfix 06-03-21: \cs{let}\cs{caption@setposition}\cs{@gobble} added} +% \changes{v3.0n}{2006/03/09}{Accidentally this got broken in \version{3.0m}, fixed} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\captionabove}{\@captionabovetrue\scr@caption} +% \newcommand{\captionbelow}{\@captionabovefalse\scr@caption} +% \end{verbatim} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\captionabove{% + \caption@setposition{t}\let\caption@setposition\@gobble + \scr@caption} + \def\captionbelow{% + \caption@setposition{b}\let\caption@setposition\@gobble + \scr@caption} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{french(le)} package support} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{Minimum adaptation to \package{french(le)} added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{\@ifundefined{f@ffrench}{}{% + \caption@Info{french(le) package detected}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If |\GOfrench| is defined as |\relax| all the re-definitions regarding +% captions have already been done, so we can do our patches immediately. +% Otherwise we must add our stuff to |\GOfrench|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{GOfrench}% + {\let\caption@tempa\@firstofone}% + {\def\caption@tempa{\g@addto@macro\GOfrench}}% + \caption@tempa{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@cnORI} +% We update the definition of |\@cnORI| so it actually reflects +% our definition of |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@cnORI\caption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@tablescaption} +% The \package{french(le)} package sets |\caption| to |\@tablescaption| at +% |\begin{table}| for special treatment of footnotes. +% Therefore we have to patch |\@tablescaption| so |\caption*| will work +% inside the |table| environment. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@tablescaption\@tablescaption + \def\@tablescaption{\caption@caption\caption@tablescaption}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\f@ffrench} +% \begin{macro}{\f@tfrench} +% |\f@ffrench| and |\f@tfrench| reflect |\fnum@figure| and |\fnum@table| +% when used in french mode. These contain additional code which typesets +% the caption separator |\captionseparator| instead of the usual colon. +% Because this breaks with our |\@makecaption| code we have to remove +% this additional code here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@eatDP\@undefined + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + \ifx\f@ffrench\fnum@figure + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@figure\f@ffrench}% + \fi + \ifx\f@tfrench\fnum@table + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@table\f@tfrench}% + \fi + \def\f@ffrench{\ifx\listoffigures\relax\else\figurename~\thefigure\fi}% + \def\f@tfrench{\ifx\listoftables\relax\else\tablename~\thetable\fi}% + \caption@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{float} package support} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/31}{\package{float} package support rewritten and improved} +% \iffalse +% (This is a more straight-ahead implementation, but it only works with v1.3 +% now, so v1.2 is no longer supported. The old code including documentation +% can be found in caption-30f-050530.zip) +% \fi +% +% The \package{float} package usually do not use the \LaTeX\ kernel command +% |\@caption| to typeset the caption but |\float@caption| instead. +% (|\@caption| will only be used if the float is re-styled with +% |\restylefloat*|.) +% +% The main two things |\float@caption| is doing different are: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The caption will be typeset inside a savebox called |\@floatcapt| so +% it can be placed above or below the float contents afterwards. +% \item |\@makecaption| will not be used to finally typeset the caption. +% Instead |\@fs@capt| will be used which definition is part of the float +% style. +% (Note that |\@fs@capt| will not typeset any vertical space above or below +% the caption; instead this space will be typeset by the float style code +% itself.) +% \end{itemize} +% +% So our main goal is to re-define |\float@caption| so our macro +% |\caption@@make| will be used instead of |\@fs@capt|. +% +% To allow different caption styles for different float styles we will also +% determine the current float style (e.g. `ruled') at run time and select +% a caption style (and additional settings) with the same name, if defined. +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfloatposition} +% First of all we provide a macro which converts |\@fs@iftopcapt| (which +% is part of a float style and controls where the caption will be typeset, +% above or below the float contents) to our |position=| setting. Since the +% spacing above and below the caption will be done by the float style and +% \emph{not} by us this sounds quite useless. But in fact it isn't, since some +% packages based on the \package{caption} package (like the \package{subfig} +% package) could have an interest for this information and therefore use the +% |\caption@iftop| macro we provide in our kernel. Furthermore we need this +% information for ourself in |\captionof| which uses |\@makecaption| to +% finally typeset the caption with skips. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@setfloatposition{% + \caption@setposition{\@fs@iftopcapt t\else b\fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifpackage{float}{@float@setevery}{% + \caption@Info{float package v1.3 (or newer) detected}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Since |\float@caption| puts the float contents into a savebox we need +% a special version of |\captionof| which `unfolds' this box afterwards, +% so the caption actually gets typeset. Furthermore we have to typeset +% the spacing above and below the caption for ourself, since this space is +% not part of the box. +% +% Please note that this version of |\captionof| only works \emph{outside} +% floating environments defined with the float package, so for example +% a |\captionof{Program}| used within a `standard' |figure| or a +% |minipage| will work fine, but not within a re-styled |figure| or +% an |Example| environment defined with |\newfloat|. +% (We don't check for this so you'll get wired errors if you try to do so!) +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@of@float} +% Usually no special action is necessary, so we define |\caption@of@float| +% to |\@gobble|. We will redefine it later on to |\@firstofone| to activate +% the code which `unfolds' the savebox. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@of@float\@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@of} +% If the float is defined by the float package (which means |\fst@|\meta{type} +% is defined) we activate the special treatment for such captions typeset +% with |\captionof|. Furthermore we `execute' this float style, so +% |\@fs@iftopcapt| is set to its proper value. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@of[2]{% + \@ifundefined{fst@#2}{}{% + \let\caption@of@float\@firstofone + \@nameuse{fst@#2}\@float@setevery{#2}}% + \def\@captype{#2}#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@caption} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/23}{Bugfix 05-08-12: \cs{captionof} sets hyperref anchor now} +% Our version of |\float@caption| nearly looks like our version of |\@caption|. +% The main differences are that |\@fs@capt| will be replaced by our |\caption@@make| +% and that the savebox called |\@floatcapt| will be unfolded if requested by +% |\captionof|. (see above) +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@@float\float@caption + \long\def\float@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \let\@fs@capt\caption@@make + \caption@@float{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@of@float{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the \package{hyperref} package is loaded, we need to set the appropriate +% anchor for ourself. To do so without adding extra vertical space we need +% to save (and restore) |\prevdepth| and switch off the interline skip. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{hyper@@anchor}{}{% + \begingroup + \@tempdima\prevdepth + \nointerlineskip + \let\leavevmode\relax + \hyper@@anchor\@currentHref\relax + \prevdepth\@tempdima + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@@make##1##2{\unvbox\@floatcapt}% + \@makecaption{}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@end}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@float@setevery} +% |\@float@setevery|\marg{float type} is provided by the \package{float} package; +% it's called every time a floating environment defined with |\newfloat| or +% |\restylefloat| begins. +% We use this hook to do some adaptations and to setup the proper caption style +% (if defined) and additional settings declared with +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{float style}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@float@setevery\@float@setevery + \def\@float@setevery#1{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \LaTeX{} and most packages use |\|\meta{type}|name| +% to provide a macro for the float name -- for example the command +% |\figurename| will usually contain the name of the floating environment +% |figure|: +% \begin{quote} +% |\newcommand\figurename{Figure}| +% \end{quote} +% +% But the \package{float} package don't follow this naming convention, +% it uses |\fname@|\meta{type} instead. So we have to adapt +% |\caption@floatname| here, so our captions will be still ok. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@floatname##1{\@nameuse{fname@#1}}% + \def\caption@setfloatname##1{\@namedef{fname@#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Both |\newfloat| and |\restylefloat| save the \emph{actual} definition of +% |\@caption| or |\float@caption| in |\@float@c@|\meta{captype} with |\let| +% (instead of using |\def|), so redefinitions of |\@caption| (and of course +% our redefinition of |\float@caption|) will never been used if the +% |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat| command takes place in front of the +% redefinitions provided by the \package{caption} or other packages like the +% \package{hyperref} package. +% +% So here we determine if the user has used |\restylefloat| or +% |\restylefloat*| and bring |\@float@c@|\meta{captype} up-to-date. +% This is quite easy: If |\@float@c@|\meta{captype} is the same as the +% original or our own definition of |\float@caption|, the user has used +% |\restylefloat| (and |\float@caption| should be used), otherwise +% we assume he has used |\restylefloat*| (and |\@caption| should be used). +% (This test will fail if some other package re-defines |\float@caption|, +% too, so we have to assume that we are the only one.) +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tempa\csname @float@c@#1\endcsname + \ifx\caption@tempa\float@caption + \else\ifx\caption@tempa\@caption + \else\ifx\caption@tempa\caption@@float + \caption@Info{\protect\@float@c@#1\space := \protect\float@caption}% + \expandafter\let\csname @float@c@#1\endcsname\float@caption + \else + \caption@Info{\protect\@float@c@#1\space := \protect\@caption}% + \expandafter\let\csname @float@c@#1\endcsname\@caption + \fi\fi\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the floating environment is defined with |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat| +% (and \emph{not} with |\restylefloat*|), |\@float@c@|\meta{type} +% will now be identical to |\float@caption|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@#1\endcsname\float@caption +% \end{macrocode} +% +% First of all we set the caption position to it's proper value. +% (See above definition of |\caption@setfloatposition|) +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setfloatposition +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Now we'll have to determine the current float style. +% This is not so easy because the only hint provided by the \package{float} +% package is the macro |\fst@|\meta{float type} which points to the macro +% which represents the float style. +% So for example after +% \begin{quote} +% |\floatstyle{ruled}|\\ +% |\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}| +% \end{quote} +% |\fst@Program| will be defined as +% \begin{quote} +% |\def\fst@Program{\fs@ruled}|\quad. +% \end{quote} +% +% So here is what we do: We copy |\fst@|\meta{float type} to |\caption@fst| and +% make it a string so we can gobble the first four tokens (= |\fs@|), so only the +% the name of the float style is left. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fst\csname fst@#1\endcsname + \edef\caption@fst{\noexpand\string\expandafter\noexpand\caption@fst}% + \edef\caption@fst{\noexpand\@gobblefour\caption@fst}% +% \edef\caption@fst{\caption@fst}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\caption@fst| now contains the float style (e.g. `ruled') +% so we can use it to set the corresponding style (if defined) and additional options. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setstyle*\caption@fst + \caption@settype\caption@fst +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@float@setevery{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/26}{Skips of \env{plaintop} and \env{boxed} floats corrected} +% +% \begin{macro}{\fs@plaintop} +% \begin{macro}{\fs@boxed} +% The float styles |plaintop| and |boxed| don't use our skip which can be set +% with |skip=| : |plaintop| uses |\belowcaptionskip| instead of +% |\abovecaptionskip|, and |boxed| uses a fixed space of |2pt|. +% So we patch the according float style macros here to change this. +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\fs@plaintop{\def\@fs@mid{\vspace\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% + \g@addto@macro\fs@boxed{\def\@fs@mid{\kern\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The skip between `boxed' floats and their caption defaults to |2pt|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/26}{\opt{strut=0} added to caption style \opt{ruled}} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/27}{Option \opt{ruled} fixed} +% To emulate the `ruled' definition of |\@fs@capt| we provide a caption style +% `ruled' with appropriate options. But if the package option |ruled| was +% specified, we setup some caption parameters to emulate the behaviour +% of the \package{caption} package \version{1.x} option |ruled| instead: +% The current caption settings will be used, but without margin and without +% `single-line-check'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{ruled}{% + \captionsetup[ruled]{margin=0pt,singlelinecheck=0}% +}{% + \DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=0}% +} +\caption@undefbool{ruled} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{floatrow} package support} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/01}{Support of the \package{floatrow} package added} +% +% The \package{floatrow} package is already adapted for usage with the +% \package{caption} package. So the main work has already been done by +% Mrs.Lapko, there are only two little things we have to take care about: +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifpackage{floatrow}{flrow@setlist}{% + \caption@Info{floatrow package v0.1f (or newer) detected}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@of} +% Captions typeset with |\captionof| should have the correct layout, +% so we have to `activate' this layout here with |\flrow@setlist|. +% \par{\small (Please note that this version of |\captionof| has the same +% restrictions than the |\captionof| offered for floating environments +% defined with the \package{float} package, see above.)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@of[2]{% + \def\@captype{#2}\flrow@setlist{{#2}}#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@floatname} +% The \package{floatrow} package follows the same naming convention +% as the \package{float} package; so we have to adapt |\caption@floatname| +% here, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@floatname[1]{% + \@nameuse{\@ifundefined{fname@#1}{#1name}{fname@#1}}}% + \renewcommand*\caption@setfloatname[1]{% + \@namedef{\@ifundefined{fname@#1}{#1name}{fname@#1}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{hyperref} package support} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Support of the \package{hyperref} package added} +% +% When the \package{hyperref} package is used we have the problem +% that the usage of |\ContinuedFloat| will create duplicate +% hyperlinks -- both |\@currentHlabel| and |\@currentHref| will be the same +% for the main float and the continued ones. So we have to make sure +% unique labels and references will be created each time. We do this +% by extending |\theHfigure| and |\theHtable|, so for continued floats +% the scheme +% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}|.|\meta{continue \#}\end{quote} +% will be used instead of +% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}\quad\quad.\end{quote} +% \par{\small(This implementation follows an idea from Steven Douglas Cochran.)} +% \par{\small Note: This does not help if |\Hy@naturalnamestrue| is set.} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifpackage{hyperref}{theHfigure}{% + \caption@Info{hyperref package v6.74m (or newer) detected}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ContinuedFloat} +% \changes{v3.0g}{2005/06/28}{Bugfix: \cs{newcounter} replaced by \cs{newcount}} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/08}{\cs{newcount} replaced by \cs{caption@newcounter}} +% If |\theH|\meta{type} is defined, we extend it with |.|\meta{continue \#}. +% Furthermore we set |\caption@resetContinuedFloat| to |\@gobble| so the +% continuation counter will not be reset to zero inside |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@ContinuedFloat#1{% + \@ifundefined{theH#1}{}{% + \@ifundefined{CF@#1}{% + \expandafter\caption@newcounter\csname CF@#1\endcsname + \caption@resetContinuedFloat{#1}}{}% + \expandafter\caption@stepcounter\csname CF@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH#1\endcsname{% + .\csname CF@#1\endcsname}% + \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetContinuedFloat} +% If a continuation counter is defined, we reset it. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@resetContinuedFloat#1{% + \@ifundefined{CF@#1}{}{% + \expandafter\caption@setcounter\csname CF@#1\endcsname0}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{hypcap} package support} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/22}{Support of the \package{hypcap} package added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{Adapted to \package{hypcap} v1.6} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/09}{Adapted to \package{hypcap} v1.7} +% +% When the \package{hypcap} package is used the following problems occur: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item The \package{hypcap} package uses |\capstart|, |\hc@caption|, and +% |\hc@@caption| instead of |\caption| and |\@caption|.\footnote{This issue +% was fixed in \package{hypcap} \version{1.7}} +% So we have to patch these macros, too. +% \item |\caption| will be saved to |\hc@org@caption| when the +% \package{hypcap} package is loaded. +% We have to change this so our definition of |\caption| will always be +% used. +% \item Both, |\capstart| and |\hc@@caption|, call |\hyper@makecurrent|. +% But since we offer |\ContinuedFloat| the float counters could have changed +% between these both calls! So we fix this by saving the \package{hyperref} +% reference (= |\@currentHref|) in |\capstart| and restoring it later on in +% |\hc@@caption|. +% \par{\small (This also fixes the problem that \package{hypcap} does not +% work if |\Hy@hypertexnamesfalse| is set.\footnote{This issue was fixed +% in \package{hypcap} \version{1.6}} This come in handy; we set +% it locally to avoid duplicated \package{hyperref} labels which could +% occur if |\ContinuedFloat| will be used.)} +% \item |\capstart| will call |\H@refstepcounter| to increase the float +% number. This collides with a following |\ContinuedFloat|, too, so we have +% to move this call from here to |\caption|. (Since we set +% |\Hy@hypertexnamesfalse| we can do this without problems.) +% \end{enumerate} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifpackage{hypcap}{hc@caption}{% + \caption@Info{hypcap package v1.0 (or newer) detected}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\capstart} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{\cs{caption@currentHref} renamed to \cs{hc@currentHref}} +% Here comes our version of |\capstart|: +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@capstart\capstart + \def\capstart{% +% \end{macrocode} +% First of all we update |\hc@org@caption| to correct the problem that the +% \package{hypcap} package has saved an older definition of |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\hc@org@caption\caption +% \end{macrocode} +% Since we don't know the float counter yet (it could be changed with +% |\ContinuedFloat| afterwards!) we make sure |\H@refstepcounter| will +% not be used and |\Hy@hypertexnamesfalse| is set, so unique +% \package{hyperref} labels will be generated by the original +% definition of |\capstart|. +% Afterwards we save the reference which was generated by +% |\hyper@makecurrent|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \begingroup + \let\H@refstepcounter\@gobble + \Hy@hypertexnamesfalse + \caption@capstart + \@ifundefined{hc@hyperref}{}{% hypcap v1.7 + \global\advance\csname c@\@captype\endcsname\@ne}% + \global\let\hc@currentHref\@currentHref + \endgroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The \package{hypcap} package restores the previous definition of |\caption| +% inside |\hc@@caption|. But since we will call this inside a group later on +% (making this restauration non-working), we have to make this for ourself +% inside |\caption|. +% (This would not be necessary if \package{hypcap} would do this inside +% |\hc@caption| instead of |\hc@@caption|.)\par +% Additionally we increase the float counter here (since we have suppressed this +% in |\capstart|) and use |\caption@caption| here, so |\caption*| will work as +% expected. +% (This is surrounded by |\hc@hyperref| so it does not make any harm when used +% with \package{hypcap} \version{1.7}.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{hc@hyperref}% + {\let\next\@firstofone}{\let\next\hc@hyperref}% hypcap v1.7 + \next{\def\caption{% + \let\caption\hc@org@caption + \H@refstepcounter\@captype + \@ifundefined{hc@hyperref}{}{% hypcap v1.7 + \global\advance\csname c@\@captype\endcsname\m@ne}% + \caption@caption\hc@caption}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\hc@@caption} +% Here comes our version of |\hc@@caption|: +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@hc@@caption\hc@@caption + \long\def\hc@@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Beside the usual |\caption@begin| and |\caption@end| stuff (to support local +% options etc.) we make sure our saved \package{hyperref} reference will be +% used. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@hyper@makecurrent\hyper@makecurrent + \def\hyper@makecurrent\@captype{% + \let\hyper@makecurrent\caption@hyper@makecurrent + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@hc@@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% + \caption@end}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{listings} package support} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of the \package{listings} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifpackage{listings}{lst@MakeCaption}{% + \caption@Info{listings package v1.2 (or newer) detected}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeCaption} +% To support the \package{listings} package we need to redefine +% |\lst@MakeCaption| so the original stuff is nested with +% |\caption@begin| and |\caption@end|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@lst@MakeCaption\lst@MakeCaption + \def\lst@MakeCaption#1{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the |position=| is set to |auto|, we take over the |captionpos=| setting +% from the \package{listings} package. +% Note that we won't do this otherwise, so \package{listings} settings like +% |abovecaptionskip=0pt,belowcaptionskip=10pt,captionpos=t| will \emph{not} +% cause different outputs with or without the \package{caption} package loaded. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@autoposition{\caption@setposition{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@begin{lstlisting}% + \caption@lst@MakeCaption{#1}% + \caption@end}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{longtable} package support} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifpackage{longtable}{LT@makecaption}{% + \caption@Info{longtable package v3.15 (or newer) detected}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{Bugfix 04-08-04: \cs{abovecaptionskip} \& \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be used now} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: \cs{captionsetup[longtable]} overrides \cs{LTcapwidth} now} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/07}{\cs{caption@LT@make} introduced} +% |\LT@makecaption|\marg{cmd}\marg{label}\marg{text}\par +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{% +% \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{% +% % Based on article class "\@makecaption", "#1" is "\@gobble" in star +% % form, and "\@firstofone" otherwise. +% \sbox\@tempboxa{#1{#2: }#3}% +% \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize +% #1{#2: }#3% +% \else +% \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +% \fi +% \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}% +% \hss}}} +% \end{verbatim} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{% + \caption@LT@make{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We set |\ifcaption@star| according the 1st argument. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@startrue#1\caption@starfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If |\LTcapwidth| is not set to its default value |4in| we assume +% that it shall overwrite our own setting. +% (But |\captionsetup[longtable]{width=|\ldots|}| will overwrite |\LTcapwidth|.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@letfloattype{longtable}{% + \ifdim\LTcapwidth=4in \else + \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The default |position=| setting for longtables is |top|. +% (This emulates the standard behaviour of the \package{longtable} package +% which has no skip above the caption but a skip below it.) +% \begin{macrocode} +% \caption@setdefaultpos{t}% + \let\caption@defaultpos\@firstoftwo +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |position=auto| is a bad idea for longtables, but we do our very best. +% This works quite well for captions inside the longtable contents, but +% not for captions inside the longtable (end)foot. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@autoposition{% + \caption@setposition{\ifcase\LT@rows t\else b\fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@begin{table}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The following skip has the purpose to correct the height of the +% |\parbox[t]|. Usually it's the height of the very first line, but +% because of our extra skips (|\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip|) +% it's always |0pt|. +% (A different idea would be typesetting the first skip outside the longtable +% column with |\noalign{\vskip|\ldots|}|, but this means we have to move +% |\caption@begin| to some other place because it does not work in tabular +% mode\ldots) +% \begin{macrocode} + \vskip-\ht\strutbox +% \end{macrocode} +% +% This should look familiar. We do our skips and use |\caption@@make| to +% typeset the caption itself. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@iftop{\vskip\belowcaptionskip}{\vskip\abovecaptionskip}% + \caption@@make{#2}{#3}\endgraf + \caption@iftop{\vskip\abovecaptionskip}{\vskip\belowcaptionskip}% + \caption@end}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@make} +% Typesets the caption as centered |\multicolumn|\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@LT@make[1]{% + \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\hsize{#1}\hss}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{picins} package support} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/01/26}{Support of the \package{picins} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifpackage{picins}{piccaption}{% + \caption@Info{picins package v3.0 (or newer) detected}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\piccaption} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\piccaption{\@ifnextchar [{\@piccaption}{\@piccaption[]}} +% \end{verbatim} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\piccaption{\@dblarg\@piccaption} +% \def\piccaption{\caption@caption{\@dblarg\@piccaption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% {\itshape TODO: Make |\piccaption[]{|\ldots|}| and |\piccaption{}| work} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{rotating} package support} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifpackage{rotating}{@rotcaption}{% + \caption@Info{rotating package v2.0 (or newer) detected}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rotcaption} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix: Check for \cs{caption@caption} removed} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{Rewritten, works with \package{hyperref} now} +% Make |\rotcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\rotcaption{\let\@makecaption\@makerotcaption\caption}% +% \let\@rotcaption\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rotcaptionof} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{New} +% Make |\rotcaptionof(*)| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\rotcaptionof{% + \@ifstar{\caption@of{\rotcaption*}}{\caption@of\rotcaption}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makerotcaption} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/06}{Rewritten, should finally work proper now} +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Uses \cs{captionbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox} now} +% Original (bugfixed) code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{% +% \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1: #2}% +% \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa > .8\vsize +% \rotatebox{90}{% +% \begin{minipage}{.8\textheight}#1: #2\end{minipage}% +% }%\par % <== \par removed (AR) +% \else% +% \rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}% +% \fi +% \nobreak\hspace{12pt}% <== \nobreak added (AR) +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% Our version emulates this behaviour, but if |width=| is set, +% the rotated caption is always typeset as |minipage|. +% (Note that |margin=| is not supported here.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@ + \setcaptionwidth{.8\textheight}% + \caption@slc{#1}{#2}{.8\vsize}{% + \let\caption@makerot\caption@@make + \setcaptionmargin\z@ +% \setlength\captionindent\z@ +% \long\def\captionbox##1##2{\hbox{\hsize=.8\textheight\relax##2}}% +% (not needed because \rotatebox uses an \hbox anyway) + \let\captionbox\@secondoftwo}% + \caption@setbool{slc}{0}% been there, done that + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \rotatebox{90}{\caption@makerot{#1}{#2}}% + \nobreak\hspace{12pt}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@makerot[2]{% + \begin{minipage}\captionwidth\caption@@make{#1}{#2}\end{minipage}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{sidecap} package support} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifpackage{sidecap}{endSC@FLOAT}{% + \caption@Info{sidecap package v1.4d (or newer) detected}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SC@caption} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/11/28}{Bugfix: Definition of \cs{@captype} added} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: Empty captions are handled correctly now} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Priority of options fixed} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{Bugfix: Always use \cs{AtBeginDocument} to set \cs{SC@caption}} +% First of all, we let sidecap use an actual definition of |\caption|.\\ +% (This is only required for version 1.5d of the sidecap package.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{caption@caption}% + {\let\caption@tempa\AtBeginDocument}% + {\let\caption@tempa\@firstofone}% + \caption@tempa{\let\SC@caption=\caption}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SC@zfloat} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Local definition of \cs{captionsetup} added} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix 04-07-15: Check for \cs{caption@caption} removed} +% This macro will be called at the start of the environment, here is a good +% opportunity to do some adaptations to |\caption| and |\captionsetup|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@SC@zfloat\SC@zfloat + \def\SC@zfloat#1#2#3[#4]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Note: |#2| is either |figure| or |table| and will be stored to |\SC@captype| +% by the original version of |\SC@zfloat|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@SC@zfloat{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Since the sidecap package uses our |\caption| code outside the +% floating environment the regular |\captionsetup| will not work. +% So we need a special version here which saves the given argument list +% which will be executed later on. +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\SC@CAPsetup\@empty + \def\captionsetup##1{\g@addto@macro\SC@CAPsetup{,##1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Make |\caption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@SC\caption +% \def\caption{\renewcommand\captionsetup[1]{}\caption@caption\caption@SC}% + \def\caption{\caption@caption\caption@SC}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\endSC@FLOAT} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/12}{\cs{@listdepth}\cs{z@} added} +% This macro will be called at the end of the environment, here we need to +% setup our stuff before the \package{sidecap} package actually typesets +% its caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@endSC@FLOAT\endSC@FLOAT + \def\endSC@FLOAT{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Note that |\@captype| isn't defined so far, this will be done inside +% the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT|. +% But we define |\@captype| already here to make |\captionsetup| work +% with |\@captype|-based options (like |type=|). +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@captype\SC@captype +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Here we execute the options set with |\captionsetup| inside this environment. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@esetup\SC@CAPsetup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Before we can typeset the caption we need to set the margin to zero +% because any extra margin would only be disturbing here.\par +% (We don't need to take care about the caption position because +% the sidecap package set both |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip| +% to a skip of zero anyway.)\par +% Furthermore |\SC@justify| will override the caption justification, if set. +% The usage of |\SC@justify| differs from version to version of the +% \package{sidecap} package:\par +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% Version 1.4: & |\SC@justify| is not defined\\ +% Version 1.5: & |\SC@justify| is |\relax| when not set\\ +% Version 1.6: & |\SC@justify| is |\@empty| when not set\\ +% \end{tabular} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@letfloattype{SC\@captype}{% + \@listdepth\z@ + \setcaptionmargin\z@ + \@ifundefined{SC@justify}{}{% + \ifx\SC@justify\@empty\else + \let\caption@hj\SC@justify + \let\SC@justify\@empty + \fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We adapt |\caption@ifempty| so |\caption{}| will work within these +% environments, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\caption@ifempty##1{% + \ifx\SC@CAPtext\@empty + \expandafter\@firstofone + \else + \expandafter\@gobble + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse % Does not work anyway... +% Furthermore we adapt |\caption@ifnocontentsline| so |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| +% will work within these environments, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +% \long\def\caption@ifnocontentsline##1{% +% \ifx\SC@OPTCAPtext\@empty +% \expandafter\@firstofone +% \else +% \expandafter\@gobble +% \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \fi +% +% Finally we call the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT| which will +% call our version of |\caption| to typeset the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@endSC@FLOAT}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection*{\package{supertabular} package support} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setSTposition} +% The |position=| setting will be overwritten by the +% \package{supertabular} package: If |\topcaption| is used, +% the position will be |top| automatically, |bottom| otherwise. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@setSTposition{% + \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifpackage{supertabular}{ST@caption}{% + \caption@Info{supertabular package detected}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Made \cs{topcaption*} and \cs{bottomcaption*} work} +% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@tablecaption\tablecaption + \def\tablecaption{\caption@caption\caption@tablecaption}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix: Missing \cs{par} added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% +% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{% +% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}} +% \begingroup +% \@parboxrestore +% \normalsize +% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi +% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par +% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi +% \endgroup} +% \end{verbatim} +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% + \caption@letfloattype{supertabular}{}% + \let\caption@fixposition\caption@setSTposition + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% + {\protect\numberline{% + \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}% + \@parboxrestore + \normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \caption@end}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.1/caption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.1/caption.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4bc736fdb9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.1/caption.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,7985 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2010 Axel Sommerfeldt (caption@sommerfee.de) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, +% ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, the derived files caption.sty, +% caption2.sty, caption3.sty, ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the +% user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{7218} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption.drv}[2010/01/14 v3.1m Implementation of the caption package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +%\let\ORIsubsection\subsection +%\def\subsection{\clearpage\ORIsubsection} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.2em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.6em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\usepackage[debug]{caption}[2009/10/09] +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring + {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% + {AMS}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring + {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + {KOMA-Script}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package} +% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package} +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% \newcommand*\x{\discretionary{-}{}{}} +% \newcommand*\xx{\discretionary{}{}{}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \GetFileInfo{caption.sty} +% +% \title{The Implementation of +% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A +% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A +% {the caption package}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \href{mailto:caption@sommerfee.de}{\texttt{caption@sommerfee.de}}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel +% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|). +% +% The kernel provides all the user commands and internal macros which are +% necessary for typesetting captions and setting parameters regarding these. +% While the standard \LaTeX\ document classes provide an internal command +% called |\@makecaption| and no options to control its behavior (except the +% vertical skips above and below the caption itself), we provide similar +% commands called |\caption@make| and |\caption@@make|, but with a lot of +% options which can be selected with |\captionsetup|. +% Loading the kernel part do not change the output of a \LaTeX\ document +% -- it just provides functionality which can be used by \LaTeXe\ packages +% which typesets captions, for example the \package{caption} and +% \package{subfig} packages. +% +% \Thispackage\ redefines the \LaTeX\ commands +% |\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@makecaption| and maps the latter one to +% |\caption@@make|, giving the user the possibility to control the look \& feel +% of the captions from floating environments like |figure| and |table|. +% Furthermore it does similar to the caption stuff coming from other packages +% (like the \package{longtable} or \package{supertabular} package): +% Mapping the appropriate internal commands (like |\LT@makecaption| or +% |\ST@caption|) to the ones offered by the \package{caption3} kernel. +% So you can think of \thispackage\ as a layer package, it +% simply provides adaptation layers between the caption stuff coming from +% \LaTeXe\ or packages, and the caption stuff offered by the +% \package{caption3} kernel. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{User manuals} +% +% This document is describing the code implementation only. The user +% documentation can be found in +% \nopagebreak\begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The English documentation \\ +% \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-rus.pdf}} & The Russian documentation\footnotemark \\ +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-deu.pdf}} & The German documentation \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \footnotetext{Thanks a lot to Olga Lapko for this translation} +% \end{quote} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% +% \changes{v1.0}{1994/10/27}{First release} +% \changes{v1.1}{1994/11/03}{New option \cs{centerlast}} +% \changes{v1.2}{1994/11/28}{Support of the \package{float} package} +% \changes{v1.3}{1995/01/09}{Support of \cs{captionlabelfont} in subcaptions} +% \changes{v1.4}{1995/01/30}{New option \cs{nooneline}} +% \changes{v1.4b}{1995/04/05}{Bugfix release} +% \changes{v3.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages: +% \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}} +% +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \section{Kernel} +% \iffalse +%<*kernel> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2010/01/14 v1.1m caption3 kernel (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Generic helpers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@nameundef} +% This is the opposite to |\@namedef| which is offered by the \LaTeX\ kernel. +% We use it to remove the definition of some commands and keyval options after +% |\begin{document}| (to save \TeX\ memory) and to remove caption options defined +% with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@nameundef[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\l@addto@macro} +% The \LaTeXe\ kernel offers the internal helper macro |\g@addto@macro| which +% globally adds tokens to existing macros, like in |\AtBeginDocument|. +% This is the same but it works local, not global +% (using \cs{edef} instead of \cs{xdef}). +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{% + \begingroup + \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}% + \edef\@tempa{\endgroup\def\noexpand#1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\bothIfFirst} +% \begin{macro}{\bothIfSecond} +% |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument is not empty, |\bothIfSecond| +% tests if the second argument is not empty. If yes both arguments get +% typeset, otherwise none of them. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bothIfFirst#1#2{% + \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else + #1#2% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bothIfSecond#1#2{% + \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else + #1#2% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifinlist} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{Rewritten} +% This helper macro checks if the first argument is in the comma separated +% list which is offered as second argument. So for example +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@ifinlist{frank}{axel,frank,olga,steven}{yes}{no}| +% \end{quote} +% would expand to |yes|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifinlist{% + \@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@ifinlist[2]{% + \begingroup + \def\@tempa##1,#1,##2\@nil{% + \endgroup + \ifx\relax##2\relax + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi}% + \@tempa,#2,#1,\@nil}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifin@list} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifin@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\marg{yes}\marg{no} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifin@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1% + {\@secondoftwo}% + {\@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist{#2}{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@addto@list} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@g@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@g@addto@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{\gdef#1{#2}}{\g@addto@macro#1{,#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@addto@list} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@l@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@addto@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{\def#1{#2}}{\l@addto@macro#1{,#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@removefrom@list} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@g@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@g@removefrom@list[2]{% + \caption@l@removefrom@list#1{#2}% + \global\let#1#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@removefrom@list} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@l@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\par +% \Note[Caveat]{\meta{cmd} will be expanded during this process since +% \cs{@removeelement} is using \cs{edef} to build the new list!} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@removefrom@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{\@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{#2}#1#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@for@list} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@for@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@for@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{% + \def\caption@tempb##1{#2}% + \@for\caption@tempa:=#1\do{% + \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty@list} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifempty@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{true}\marg{false} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifempty@list[1]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\@empty + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi\fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setbool} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@set@bool} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/05}{\cs{caption@set@bool}\marg{cmd}\marg{value} added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbool} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefbool} +% For setting and testing boolean options we offer these three helper macros: +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@setbool|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% | |(with |value = false/true/no/yes/off/on/0/1|)\\ +% |\caption@ifbool|\marg{name}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\\ +% |\caption@undefbool|\marg{name} +% \end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setbool[1]{% + \expandafter\caption@set@bool\csname caption@if#1\endcsname} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@bool[2]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#2}{1,true,yes,on}{% + \let#1\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{% + \let#1\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined boolean value `#2'}% + }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifbool[1]{\@nameuse{caption@if#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@undefbool[1]{\@nameundef{caption@if#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@teststar} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@teststar@} added} +% |\caption@teststar|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg}\\ +% |\caption@teststar@|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@teststar[3]{\@ifstar{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@teststar@[3]{% + \@ifstar{#1{#2}}{\caption@ifatletter{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}}} +\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@teststar@\caption@teststar} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifatletter{% + \ifnum\the\catcode`\@=11 + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@ifatletter\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@withoptargs} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% |\caption@withoptargs|\marg{cmd} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@withoptargs[1]{% + \@ifstar + {\def\caption@tempa{*}\caption@@withoptargs#1}% + {\def\caption@tempa{}\caption@@withoptargs#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@withoptargs#1{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\caption@@@withoptargs#1}% + {\caption@@@@withoptargs#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@withoptargs#1[#2]{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{[{#2}]}% + \caption@@withoptargs#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@@withoptargs#1{% + \expandafter#1\expandafter{\caption@tempa}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@CheckCommand} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/10}{This macro added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfCheckCommand} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{next} is no longer used} +% |\caption@CheckCommand|\marg{macro}\marg{definition of macro}\par +% checks if a command already exists, with the same definition. +% It can be used more-than-once to check if one of multiple definitions will +% finally match. +% (It redefines itself later on to |\@gobbletwo| if the two commands match +% fine, making further checks harmless.)\par +% |\caption@IfCheckCommand|\marg{true}\marg{false}\par +% will execute the \meta{true} code if one match was finally given, +% the \meta{false} code otherwise. +% (It simply checks if |\caption@CheckCommand| is |\@gobbletwo| and +% restores the starting definition of |\caption@CheckCommand|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@DoCheckCommand[2]{% + \begingroup + \let\@tempa#1% + #2% + \ifx\@tempa#1% + \endgroup + \let\caption@CheckCommand\@gobbletwo + \else + \endgroup + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DoCheckCommand +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@CheckCommand\caption@DoCheckCommand +\@onlypreamble\caption@CheckCommand +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@IfCheckCommand{% + \ifx\caption@CheckCommand\@gobbletwo + \let\caption@CheckCommand\caption@DoCheckCommand + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfCheckCommand +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@AtBeginDocument} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/13}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the combine document class} +% |\caption@AtBeginDocument*|\marg{code}\\ +% Same as |\AtBeginDocument| but the execution of code +% will be surrounded by two |\PackageInfo|s. +% The starred variant causes the code to be executed after all code +% specified using the non-starred variant. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@begindocumenthook\@empty +\let\caption@@begindocumenthook\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@teststar\g@addto@macro + \caption@@begindocumenthook\caption@begindocumenthook} +%\@onlypreamble\caption@AtBeginDocument +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% + \PackageInfo{caption}{Begin \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code\@gobble}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifstar{\g@addto@macro\caption@@begindocumenthook}\@firstofone}% + \caption@begindocumenthook + \let\caption@begindocumenthook\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifstar\@firstofone\@firstofone}% + \caption@@begindocumenthook + \let\caption@@begindocumenthook\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \PackageInfo{caption}{End \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Errors} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Warning} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@WarningNoLine} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Error} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/20}{This macro added, will now be used for errors} +% \changes{v3.0q}{2007/04/11}{Renamed from \cs{caption@error} to \cs{caption@Error}} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@KV@err} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/18}{This macro added} +% |\caption@Error|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Warning[1]{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{#1\on@line}} +\newcommand*\caption@WarningNoLine[1]{% + \PackageWarning{caption}{#1.^^J\caption@wh\@gobbletwo}} +\newcommand*\caption@Error[1]{% + \PackageError{caption}{#1}\caption@eh} +\let\caption@KV@err\caption@Error +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@wh} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@eh} +% At the moment we only offer these two simple warning resp. error helpers. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@wh{% + See the caption package documentation for explanation.} +\newcommand*\caption@eh{% + If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak + at the documentation of the `caption' package, especially the\MessageBreak + section about errors.\MessageBreak\@ehc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Using the keyval package} +% +% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\undefine@key} +% |\undefine@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par +% This helper macro is the opposite of |\define@key|, it removes a keyval +% definition. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\undefine@key[2]{% + \@nameundef{KV@#1@#2}\@nameundef{KV@#1@#2@default}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@onlypreamble@key} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/11/01}{\cs{KV@err} will be used now instead of \cs{@notprerr}} +% |\onlypreamble@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par +% Analogous to |\@onlypreamble| from \LaTeXe. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@preamble@keys{} +\providecommand*\@onlypreamble@key[2]{\@cons\@preamble@keys{{#1}{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\@onlypreamble@key +\@onlypreamble\@preamble@keys +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@notprerr@key[1]{\KV@err{Can be used only in preamble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \def\@elt#1#2{\expandafter\let\csname KV@#1@#2\endcsname\@notprerr@key}% + \@preamble@keys + \let\@elt\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOption} +% |\DeclareCaptionOption|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionOption*|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\par +% We declare our options using these commands (instead of using +% |\DeclareOption| offered by \LaTeXe), so the keyval package is used. +% The starred form makes the option available during the lifetime of the +% current package only, so they can be used with |\usepackage|, but +% \emph{not} with |\captionsetup| later on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOption{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declareoption[2]{% + #1{\undefine@key{caption}{#2}}\define@key{caption}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue|\marg{option}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*|\marg{option}\marg{code}\par +% Same as \cs{DeclareCaptionOption} but issues an error if a value is given. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption@novalue\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@declareoption@novalue[3]{% + \caption@declareoption{#1}{#2}[\KV@err]{% + \caption@option@novalue{#2}{##1}{#3}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption@novalue +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@option@novalue[2]{% + \ifx\KV@err#2% + \expandafter\@firstofone + \else + \KV@err{No value allowed for #1}% + \expandafter\@gobble + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionsetup@star} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{This macro added} +% If the starred form of |\captionsetup| is used, this will be set to |true|. +% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@setkeys|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaptionsetup@star +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionsetup} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Bugfix: Missing \% added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{Starred-variant added} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{\cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} will be set now} +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}\marg{keyval-list of options}\\ +% |\captionsetup*|\oarg{type}\marg{keyval-list of options}\par +% If the optional argument `type' is specified, we simply save or append +% the option list, otherwise we `execute' it with |\setkeys|. +% (The non-starred variant issues a warning if \meta{keyval-list of options} +% is not used later on.) +% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionsetup{% + \caption@teststar@\@captionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@captionsetup[1]{% + \captionsetup@startrue#1\captionsetup@starfalse + \@ifnextchar[\caption@setup@options\caption@setup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setup{\caption@setkeys{caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@setup@options[#1]#2{% + \@bsphack + \ifcaptionsetup@star\captionsetup@starfalse\else\caption@addtooptlist{#1}\fi + \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname{#2}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\clearcaptionsetup} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/17}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\\ +% |\clearcaptionsetup*|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\par +% This removes the saved option list associated with \meta{type}. +% If \meta{option} is given, only this option will be removed from the list. +% (The starred variant does not issue warnings.) +% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\clearcaptionsetup{% + \caption@teststar@\@clearcaptionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@clearcaptionsetup[1]{% + \let\caption@tempa#1% + \@testopt\@@clearcaptionsetup{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@@clearcaptionsetup[#1]#2{% + \@bsphack + \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + {\caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{Option list `#2' undefined}}}% + {\ifx,#1,% + \caption@clearsetup{#2}% + \else + \caption@@removefromsetup{#1}{#2}% + \fi}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearsetup[1]{% + \caption@removefromoptlist{#1}% + \@nameundef{caption@opt@#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@removefromsetup{% + \let\caption@tempa\@gobble + \caption@@removefromsetup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@removefromsetup[2]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname\@undefined + \def\@tempb##1=##2\@nil{##1}% + \edef\@tempc{#1}% + \@for\@tempa:=\@tempa\do{% + \edef\@tempd{\expandafter\@tempb\@tempa=\@nil}% + \ifx\@tempd\@tempc + \let\caption@tempa\@gobble + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@l@addto@list + \expandafter\csname caption@opt@#2\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter{\@tempa}% + \fi}% + \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + {\caption@removefromoptlist{#2}}{}% + \caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{% + Option `#1' was not in list `#2'\MessageBreak}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\showcaptionsetup} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/03}{Optimized for memory usage} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{Bugfix: Does not expand option list anymore} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% |\showcaptionsetup|\oarg{package}\marg{type}\par +% This comes for debugging issues: It shows the saved option list which +% is associated with \meta{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\showcaptionsetup[2][\@firstofone]{% + \@bsphack + \GenericWarning{}{% + #1 Caption Info: Option list on `#2'\MessageBreak + #1 Caption Data: \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#2}{% + -none-% + }{% + {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\strip@prefix + \expandafter\meaning\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname}% + }}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Option \opt{options=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{options}{\caption@setoptions{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptions} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/03}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/01/26}{Revised} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument removed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{Usage of \cs{clearcaptionsetup} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Renamed from \cs{caption@settype} to \cs{caption@setoptions}} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed} +% |\caption@setoptions|\marg{type or environment or\ldots}\par +% Caption options which have been saved with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type} can +% be executed by using this command. +% It simply executes the saved option list (and clears it afterwards), +% if there is any. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setoptions[1]{% + \caption@Debug{options=#1}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@opt\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname + \ifx\caption@opt\relax \else + \caption@xsetup\caption@opt + \caption@clearsetup{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@xsetup[1]{\expandafter\caption@setup\expandafter{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtooptlist} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@removefromoptlist} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1j}{2008/08/24}{Fatal typo corrected} +% |\caption@addtooptlist|\marg{type}\\ +% |\caption@removefromoptlist|\marg{type}\par +% Adds or removes an \meta{type} to the list of unused caption options. +% Note that the catcodes of \meta{type} are sanitized here so removing +% \meta{type} from the list do not fail when the \package{float} package +% is used (since |\float@getstyle| gives a result which tokens have catcode +% 12 $=$ ``other''). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addtooptlist[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#1@lineno}{% + \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@addto@list{#1}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname{\the\inputlineno}% + }{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@removefromoptlist[1]{% + \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@removefrom@list{#1}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@dooptlist[2]{% + \begingroup + \edef\@tempa{#2}\@onelevel@sanitize\@tempa + \expandafter#1\expandafter\caption@optlist\expandafter{\@tempa}% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtEndDocument{% + \caption@for@list\caption@optlist{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Unused \string\captionsetup[#1] + on input line \csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setkeys} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/20}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@keydepth} added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/08}{\cs{caption@keydepth} is now a command instead of a counter} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed, we use \cs{caption@KV@err} instead} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{\cs{captionsetup@starfalse} added} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/09/30}{Bugfix 09-09-29: Missing error handler will be defined automatically} +% |\caption@setkeys|\oarg{package}\marg{family}\marg{key-values}\par +% This one simply calls |\setkeys|\marg{family}\marg{key-values} +% but lets the error messages not refer to the \package{keyval} package, +% but to the \meta{package} package instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setkeys{\@dblarg\caption@@setkeys} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@setkeys[#1]#2#3{% + \@bsphack +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@err + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@errx + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname #1@KV@err\endcsname + \ifx\KV@err\relax + \def\KV@err##1{\PackageError{#1}{##1}{% + See the #1 package documentation for explanation.}}% + \fi + \let\KV@errx\KV@err + \edef\caption@keydepth{\caption@keydepth i}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@Debug{\protect\setkeys{#2}{#3}}% + \setkeys{#2}{#3}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\caption@keydepth{\expandafter\@gobble\caption@keydepth}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@errx\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\caption@keydepth\@empty \captionsetup@starfalse \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@keydepth\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ExecuteOptions} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ExecuteOptions|\marg{family}\marg{key-values}\par +% We execute our options using the keyval interface, so we use this one +% instead of |\ExecuteOptions| offered by \LaTeXe. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ExecuteOptions[2]{% + \@expandtwoargs\caption@setkeys{#1}{#2}}% +\@onlypreamble\caption@ExecuteOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ProcessOptions} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix, see +% \purett{news:400D360C.9678329F@gmx.net} for details} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/03}{Improvement, uses \cs{caption@setkeys} +% instead of \cs{setkeys}} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/02/23}{Bugfix, now processes only those global +% options which have a default value} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/30}{\cs{ProcessOptionsWithKV} renamed to +% \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} and moved from the package to the kernel} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/17}{Star variant added} +% |\caption@ProcessOptions*|\marg{family}\par +% We process our options using the keyval package, so we use this one +% instead of |\ProcessOptions| offered by \LaTeXe. +% The starred variant do not process the global options. +% (This code was taken from the \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} +% \version{6.74} and improved.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ProcessOptions{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@ProcessOptions\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ProcessOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@ProcessOptions[2]{% + \let\@tempc\relax + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + #1{% \@firstofone -or- \@gobble + \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{% + \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption}{}{% + \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption @default}{% + \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' ignored}% + }{% + \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' processed}% + \edef\caption@tempa{\caption@tempa,\CurrentOption,}% + \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement\CurrentOption + \@unusedoptionlist\@unusedoptionlist + }% + }% + }% + \let\CurrentOption\@empty + }% + \caption@ExecuteOptions{#2}{\caption@tempa\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}% + \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@ProcessOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Margin resp. width} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/01}{\cs{captionmarginx} renamed to \cs{captionmargin@}} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{Option `twoside' added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/11}{Options `margin*', `minmargin', and `maxmargin' added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/10}{Option `oneside' added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionmargin} +% \begin{macro}{\captionwidth} +% |\captionmargin| and |\captionwidth| contain the extra margin +% resp. the total width used for captions. Please never set these values in +% a direct way, they are just accessible in user documents to provide +% compatibility to \version{1.x}.\par +% Note that we can only set one value at a time, `margin' \emph{or} `width'. +% If |\captionwidth| is not zero we will take this value afterwards, +% otherwise |\captionmargin| and |\captionmargin@|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\captionmargin +\newdimen\captionmargin@ +\newdimen\captionwidth +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{margin}{\setcaptionmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{margin*}{\setcaptionmargin*{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{width}{\setcaptionwidth{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{twoside}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{oneside}{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside0} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{minmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@minmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{maxmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@maxmargin{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionmargin} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setmargin} to \cs{setcaptionmargin}} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/24}{\cs{setcaptionmargin} enhanced so it can take +% left+right margin} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/11}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/12}{\cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin} \& +% \cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin@} swapped so +% `\texttt{margin*=}\cs{captionmargin}' works in singleline options} +% |\setcaptionmargin|\marg{amount}\\ +% |\setcaptionmargin*|\marg{amount}\par +% Please never use them in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptionmargin{% + \caption@teststar\caption@setmargin\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setmargin[2]{% + #1{\captionwidth\z@}% + \caption@@setmargin#2,#2,\@nil} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@setmargin#1,#2,#3\@nil{% + \setlength\captionmargin@{#2}% + \setlength\captionmargin{#1}% + \addtolength\captionmargin@{-\captionmargin}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionwidth} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setwidth} to \cs{setcaptionwidth}} +% |\setcaptionwidth|\marg{amount}\par +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptionwidth{% + \captionmargin\z@ + \captionmargin@\z@ + \setlength\captionwidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@counter} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{This counter added} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/28}{Renamed to \cs{caption@thecounter}; \cs{caption@stepcounter} added} +% This counter numbers the captions. At the moment it will be used inside +% |\caption@ifoddpage| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@thecounter{0} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@stepcounter{% + \@tempcnta\caption@thecounter + \advance\@tempcnta\@ne + \xdef\caption@thecounter{\the\@tempcnta}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@newlabel} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% This command is a modified version of |\newlabel| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be written to the \texttt{.aux} file to +% pass label information from one run to another. +% (We use it inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\caption@ragged|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@newlabel{\@newl@bel{caption@r}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@thepage} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% This command is a modified version of |\thepage| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@thepage{\the\c@page} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@label} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@newlabel} in AUX file added} +% This command is a modified version of |\label| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@label[1]{% + \caption@@label + \protected@write\@auxout{\let\caption@thepage\relax}% + {\string\caption@newlabel{#1}{\caption@thepage}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@label{% + \global\let\caption@@label\relax + \protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@newlabel[2]{}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@pageref} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Uses \cs{@latex@warning} instead of \cs{caption@Warning} now} +% This command is a modified version of |\pageref| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@pageref[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname\relax + \G@refundefinedtrue % => 'There are undefined references.' + \@latex@warning{Reference `#1' on page \thepage \space undefined}% + \else + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@thepage\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifoddpage} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/28}{Incrementation of counter moved to \cs{caption@@make}} +% At the moment this macro uses an own label\ldots ref mechanism, +% but an alternative implementation method would be using the +% \package{refcount} package\cite{refcount} and |\ifodd\getpagerefnumber{|\ldots|}|. +% \Note{This macro re-defines itself so the \texttt{.aux} file will +% only be used once per group.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifoddpage{% + \caption@iftwoside{% + \caption@label\caption@thecounter + \caption@pageref\caption@thecounter + \ifodd\caption@thepage + \let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo + \else + \let\caption@ifoddpage\@secondoftwo + \fi + }{\let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifoddpage} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptcmd} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/11}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setoptcmd|\marg{cmd}\marg{off -or- value} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setoptcmd[2]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{\let#1\@undefined}{\def#1{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Indentions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@indent} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{Renamed from \cs{captionindent} to \cs{caption@indent}} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@parindent} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hangindent} +% These are the indentions we support. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\caption@indent +\newdimen\caption@parindent +\newdimen\caption@hangindent +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Defaults added for options \opt{parindent=} +% and \opt{hangindent=}} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{Option \opt{parskip=}: \cs{AtBeginCaption} +% replaced by \cs{caption@@par}} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{Undocumented defaults for \opt{parindent=}, +% \opt{hangindent=}, and \opt{parskip=} removed} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{indent}[\leftmargini]{% obsolete! + \setlength\caption@indent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{indention}[\leftmargini]{% + \setlength\caption@indent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}{% + \setlength\caption@parindent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hangindent}{% + \setlength\caption@hangindent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@@par{\setlength\parskip{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{Increased compatibility to KOMA-Script: +% A special version of options `parindent' and `parskip' added} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/03}{Bugfix 06-01-03: KOMA-Script variants of +% `parskip' and `parindent' options revised and moved into caption kernel} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/02/23}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and +% `parindent' are obsolete now, removed} +% \changes{v3.0o}{2007/03/30}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and +% `parindent' re-added, since they still collide with the current +% version of the subfig package (Sigh!)} +% +% There is an option clash between the \KOMAScript\ document classes +% and the \package{caption} kernel, both define the options |parindent| and +% |parskip| but with different meaning. +% Furthermore the ones defined by the \package{caption} kernel take a +% value as parameter but the \KOMAScript\ ones do not. +% So we need special versions of the options |parindent| and |parskip| here +% which determine if a value is given (and therefore should be treated as +% our option) or not (and therefore should be ignored by us).\footnote{%^^A +% This problem was completely solved due a change of \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} +% in \thispackage\ \version{3.0j}, but we still need this workaround since +% these options would otherwise still collide with the current version $1.3$ +% of the \package{subfig} package (Sigh!)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifkomaclass{% + \@ifundefined{scr@caption}\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifkomaclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifkomaclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KV@parindent\KV@caption@parindent + \DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}[]{% + \ifx,#1,% + \caption@Debug{Option `parindent' ignored}% + \else + \caption@KV@parindent{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KV@parskip\KV@caption@parskip + \DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}[]{% + \ifx,#1,% + \caption@Debug{Option `parskip' ignored}% + \else + \caption@KV@parskip{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Styles} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionStyle} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{single-line-list-of-KV}\marg{list-of-KV} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionStyle[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@declarestyle{#1}}{}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionStyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@declarestyle#1[#2]#3{% + \global\@namedef{caption@sls@#1}{#2}% + \global\@namedef{caption@sty@#1}{#3}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarestyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Option \opt{style*=} added} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{slc=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{style}{\caption@setstyle{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{style*}{\caption@setstyle*{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{singlelinecheck}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifslc{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{slc}[1]{\KV@caption@singlelinecheck{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setstyle} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/01}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{Recursive style definitions should work now} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed} +% |\caption@setstyle|\marg{name}\\ +% |\caption@setstyle*|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption style means saving the additional +% \meta{single-line-list-of-KV} (this will be done by |\caption@sls|), +% resetting the caption options to the base ones (this will be done using +% |\caption@resetstyle|) and executing the \meta{list-of-KV} options +% (this will be done using |\caption@setup|).\par +% The starred version will give no error message if the given style is not +% defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setstyle{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setstyle\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setstyle[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@sty@#2}% + {#1{\caption@Error{Undefined style `#2'}}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sty\csname caption@sty@#2\endcsname + \ifx\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined + \let\caption@setstyle@flag\relax + \caption@resetstyle + \caption@xsetup\caption@sty + \let\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined + \else + \caption@xsetup\caption@sty + \fi + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sls\csname caption@sls@#2\endcsname + \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\expandafter\caption@opt@singleline + \expandafter{\caption@sls}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetstyle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{% +% This macro renamed from \cs{caption@setdefault} to \cs{caption@resetstyle}} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{Usage of \texttt{size=} added} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \texttt{rule} added} +% This resets (nearly) all caption options to the base ones. +% \emph{Note that this does not touch the skips and the positioning!} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetstyle{% + \caption@setup{% + format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,textformat=simple,% + justification=justified,font=,size=,labelfont=,textfont=,% + margin=0pt,minmargin=0,maxmargin=0,% + indent=0pt,parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,% + slc,rule,strut}% + \caption@clearsetup{singleline}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{\opt{indent=0pt} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Caption style `default' renamed to `base', and a new `default' added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/31}{\opt{format=plain} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/14}{\opt{format=plain} removed from caption style \opt{default}} +% Currently there are two pre-defined styles, called `base' \& `default'. +% The first one is a perfect match to the behavior of |\@makecaption| offered +% by the standard \LaTeX\ document classes (and was called `default' in +% \thispackage\ \version{3.0}), the second one matches the document +% class actually used. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{default}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{% + format=default,labelsep=default,textformat=default,% + justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,textfont=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFormat} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/09}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/15}{Optional argument added} +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat*|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\par +% The starred form causes the code being typeset in vertical (instead of +% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFormat{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareformat\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declareformat[2]{% + \@dblarg{\caption@@declareformat#1{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareformat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@declareformat#1#2[#3]#4{% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@ifh@#2\endcsname#1% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@slfmt@#2}##1##2##3{#3}% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@fmt@#2}##1##2##3{#4}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declareformat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{format}{\caption@setformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setformat} +% |\caption@setformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@fmt|) +% and if the code should be used in horizontal or vertical mode (|\caption@ifh|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@fmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ifh\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@slfmt\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fmt\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/31}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat[1]{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@fmt@default\expandafter + {\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@slfmt@default\expandafter + {\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@ifh@default\expandafter + {\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{% +% Caption format \opt{default} renamed to \opt{normal}} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/12}{% +% Caption format \opt{normal} renamed to \opt{@normal}} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/25}{% +% Caption format \opt{@normal} renamed to \opt{plain} and documented} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/14}{% +% Single-line variant of caption format \opt{hang} added} +% There are two pre-defined formats, called `plain' and `hang'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{hang}[#1#2#3\par]{% + \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname + {\caption@Error{% + The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak + with `format=hang'}}% + {\@hangfrom{#1#2}% + \advance\caption@parindent\hangindent + \advance\caption@hangindent\hangindent + \caption@@par#3\par}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Caption format \opt{default} linked to \opt{plain}} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/04/28}{Bugfix 05-04-28: Missing \cs{caption@ifh@default} added} +% `default' usually maps to `plain'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{plain} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Label formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{% +% Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@lfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelformat}{\caption@setlabelformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelformat} +% |\caption@setlabelformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption label format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlabelformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined label format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lfmt\csname caption@lfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/16}{Caption label format \opt{brace} added} +% There are four pre-defined label formats, called `empty', `simple', +% `parens', and `brace'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{parens}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}(#2)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{brace}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2)} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `simple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@lfmt@default{\caption@lfmt@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Label separators} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/25}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/13}{Test for CR added} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*|\marg{name}\marg{code}\par +% The starred form causes the label separator to be typeset \emph{without} using |\captionlabelfont|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declarelabelseparator\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@declarelabelseparator[3]{% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@iflf@#2\endcsname#1% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@lsep@#2}{#3}% + \caption@@declarelabelseparator{#2}#3\\\@nil} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarelabelseparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@declarelabelseparator#1#2\\#3\@nil{% + \def\@tempa{#3}\ifx\@tempa\@empty \else + \caption@g@addto@list\caption@lsepcrlist{#1}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declarelabelseparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelsep}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelseparator}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelseparator} +% |\caption@setlabelseparator|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption label separator simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lsep|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlabelseparator[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lsep@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined label separator `#1'}}% + {\edef\caption@lsepname{#1}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@iflf\csname caption@iflf@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lsep\csname caption@lsep@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Bugfix 05-03-23: Caption label separator +% \opt{newline} implementation changed from \cs{newline} to \cs{\textbackslash}} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/24}{Caption label separator \opt{endash} added} +% There are seven pre-defined label separators, called `none', `colon', `period', `space', +% `quad', `newline', and `endash'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{none}{} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period}{. } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{space}{ } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{quad}{\quad} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{newline}{\\} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{endash}{\space\textendash\space} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlabelsep} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/29}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlabelsep[1]{% + \ifx\caption@lsep\caption@lsep@default + \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}% + \caption@setlabelseparator{default}% + \else + \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@default@labelsep[1]{% + \def\caption@lsep@default{\@nameuse{caption@lsep@#1}}% + \def\caption@iflf@default{\@nameuse{caption@iflf@#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% `default' usually maps to `colon'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@set@default@labelsep{colon} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Text formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionTextFormat} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionTextFormat[2]{% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@tfmt@#1}##1{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionTextFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{strut=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textformat}{\caption@settextformat{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{strut}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifstrut{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@settextformat} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} +% |\caption@settextformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption text format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@tfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@settextformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@tfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined text format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tfmt\csname caption@tfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% There are two pre-defined text formats, called `simple' and `period'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{simple}{#1} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{period}{#1.} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `simple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@tfmt@default{\caption@tfmt@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Fonts} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFont} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/22}{% +% Bugfix: Multi token arguments are allowed now} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{% +% Internal: Uses \cs{caption@fnt} instead of \cs{caption@temp} now} +% |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFont[2]{% + \define@key{caption@fnt}{#1}[]{\l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFont +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont} +% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultFont}} +% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption#1@default}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{font}{\caption@setfont{font}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{font+}{\caption@addtofont{font}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont}{\caption@setfont{labelfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont+}{\caption@addtofont{labelfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont}{\caption@setfont{textfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont+}{\caption@addtofont{textfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfont} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/30}{Usage of \cs{caption@setkeys} with optional argument} +% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{Support of \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} added} +% |\caption@setfont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par +% Selecting a caption font means saving all the code snippets +% in |\caption|\meta{name}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfont[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\@empty + \caption@addtofont{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtofont} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{This macro added} +% |\caption@addtofont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par +% Like |\caption@setfont|, but adds the code snippets to |\caption|\meta{name}.\par +% Because we use |\setkeys| recursive here we need to do this inside an +% extra group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addtofont[2]{% + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fnt\csname caption#1\endcsname + \define@key{caption@fnt}{default}[]{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{\csname caption#1@default\endcsname}}% + \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}{#2}% + \global\let\caption@tempa\caption@fnt + \endgroup + \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@font} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@font|\marg{keyval-list of names}\\ +% |\caption@font*|\marg{keyval-code}\par +% Sets the given font, e.g.~|\caption@font{small,it}| +% is equivalent to |\small\itshape|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@font{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@font\@firstofone + {\caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}}} +\newcommand*\caption@@font[2]{% + \begingroup + \def\caption@fnt{\endgroup}% + #1{#2}% + \caption@fnt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% These are the pre-defined font code snippets. +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{Color font support added (kernel)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalcolor}{\normalcolor} +\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalfont}{\normalfont} +\DeclareCaptionFont{up}{\upshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{it}{\itshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sl}{\slshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sc}{\scshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{md}{\mdseries} +\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries} +\DeclareCaptionFont{rm}{\rmfamily} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sf}{\sffamily} +\DeclareCaptionFont{tt}{\ttfamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{scriptsize}{\scriptsize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{footnotesize}{\footnotesize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalsize}{\normalsize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{large}{\large} +\DeclareCaptionFont{Large}{\Large} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/02}{\package{setspace} package support added (kernel)} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-05-18: \package{setspace} package support revised (kernel)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{% + \@ifundefined{setspace@singlespace}{}{% + \setstretch\setspace@singlespace}}% normally 1 +\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont{stretch}{\setstretch{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{% +% \caption@font{normalcolor,normalfont,normalsize,singlespacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{% + \caption@font*{% + \KV@caption@fnt@normalcolor\@unused + \KV@caption@fnt@normalfont\@unused + \KV@caption@fnt@normalsize\@unused + \KV@caption@fnt@singlespacing\@unused}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Option \opt{size=} now sets \cs{captionsize} instead of \cs{captionfont}} +% The old versions \version{1.x} of \thispackage\ offered this +% command to setup the font size used for captions. We still do +% so old documents will work fine. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{size}{\caption@setfont{size}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{size}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Justifications} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionJustification} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{DeclareCaptionFont}} +% |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionJustification[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@hj@#1}{#2}% for compatibility to v3.0 + \DeclareCaptionFont{#1}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionJustification +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionJustification} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification}} +% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification|\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification[1]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@hj@default}{#1}% for compatibility to v3.0 + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{@hj}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{justification}{\caption@setjustification{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setjustification} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{caption@setfont}} +% |\caption@setjustification|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption justification simply means saving the code (in |\caption@hj|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setjustification{\caption@setfont{@hj}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% These are the pre-defined justification code snippets. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{justified}{} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centering}{\centering} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerfirst}{\centerfirst} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerlast}{\centerlast} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedleft}{\raggedleft} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\centerfirst} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerfirst} to \cs{centerfirst}} +% Please blame Frank Mittelbach for the code of |\centerfirst| |:-)| +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\centerfirst{% + \let\\\@centercr + \edef\caption@normaladjust{% + \leftskip\the\leftskip + \rightskip\the\rightskip + \parfillskip\the\parfillskip\relax}% + \leftskip\z@\@plus -1fil% + \rightskip\z@\@plus 1fil% + \parfillskip\z@skip + \noindent\hskip\z@\@plus 2fil% + \@setpar{\@@par\@restorepar\caption@normaladjust}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\centerlast} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerlast} to \cs{centerlast}} +% This is based on code from Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\centerlast{% + \let\\\@centercr + \leftskip\z@\@plus 1fil% + \rightskip\z@\@plus -1fil% + \parfillskip\z@\@plus 2fil\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{The ragged2e package} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Improved \package{ragged2e} package support} +% +% We also support the upper-case commands offered by the \package{ragged2e} +% package. +% Note that these just map to their lower-case variants if the +% \package{ragged2e} package is not available. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{Centering}{% + \caption@ragged\Centering\centering} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{RaggedLeft}{% + \caption@ragged\RaggedLeft\raggedleft} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{RaggedRight}{% + \caption@ragged\RaggedRight\raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ragged} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/07}{The `ragged2e' package will now only been +% loaded when needed} +% \changes{v3.0q}{2007/04/11}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@Info} replaced +% by \cs{caption@Debug}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/16}{A different warning will be given on first \LaTeX\ run} +% |\caption@ragged| will be basically defined as +% \begin{quote} +% |\AtBeginDocument{\IfFileExists{ragged2e.sty}%|\\ +% | {\RequirePackage{ragged2e}\let\caption@ragged\@firstoftwo}%|\\ +% | {\let\caption@ragged\@secondoftwo}}| +% \end{quote} +% but with an additional warning if the ragged2e package is not loaded (yet). +% (This warning will be type out only one time per option, that's why +% we need the |caption\string#1| stuff.) +% Furthermore we load the \package{ragged2e} package, if needed and available. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ragged{% + \caption@Debug{We need ragged2e}% + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\caption@newlabel{ragged2e}{}}% + \global\let\caption@ragged\caption@@ragged + \caption@ragged} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifundefined{caption@r@ragged2e}{% + \newcommand*\caption@@ragged{% + \caption@Warning{% + `ragged2e' support has been changed.\MessageBreak + Rerun to get captions right}% + \global\let\caption@ragged\@secondoftwo % suppress further warnings + \caption@ragged}% + }{% + \caption@Debug{We load ragged2e}% + \IfFileExists{ragged2e.sty}{% + \RequirePackage{ragged2e}% + \let\caption@@ragged\@firstoftwo + }{% + \newcommand*\caption@@ragged[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption\string#1}{% + \caption@Warning{% + `ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore\MessageBreak + substituting \string#2 for \string#1\MessageBreak}% + \global\@namedef{caption\string#1}}{}% + #2}% + }% + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Vertical spaces before and after captions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\abovecaptionskip} +% \begin{macro}{\belowcaptionskip} +% Usually these skips are defined within the document class, but some +% document classes don't do so. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{abovecaptionskip}{% + \newlength\abovecaptionskip\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}}{} +\@ifundefined{belowcaptionskip}{% + \newlength\belowcaptionskip\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0\p@}}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{skip=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{aboveskip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{belowskip}{\setlength\belowcaptionskip{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{skip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@rule} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{This macro added} +% |\caption@rule|\par +% Draws an invisible rule to adjust the ``skip'' setting. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@rule{\caption@ifrule\caption@hrule\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{rule=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{rule}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifrule{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Positioning} +% +% These macros handle the right position of the caption. +% Note that the position is actually \emph{not} controlled by the +% \package{caption3} kernel options, but by the user (or a specific package +% like the \package{float} package) instead. +% The user can put the |\caption| command wherever he likes! So this stuff +% is only to give us a \emph{hint} where to put the right skips, the user +% usually has to take care for himself that this hint actually matches the +% right position. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{position}{\caption@setposition{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setposition} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/22}{Now the positions \opt{t}, \opt{above}, \opt{b}, +% \opt{below}, and \opt{a} are allowed, too} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{Usage of \cs{caption@defaultpos} added} +% |\caption@setposition|\marg{position}\par +% Selecting the caption position means that we put |\caption@position| to +% the right value. \emph{Please do \textbf{not} use the internal macro +% \cs{caption@position} in your own package or document, but use the wrapper +% macro \cs{caption@iftop} instead.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setposition[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{d,default}{% + \let\caption@position\caption@defaultpos + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{t,top,above}{% + \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{b,bottom,below}{% + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{a,auto}{% + \let\caption@position\@undefined + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined position `#1'}% + }}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defaultpos} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{Default position changed from `bottom' to `auto'} +% The default `position' is `auto', this means that \thispackage\ will try +% to guess the current position of the caption. +% (But in many cases, for example in |longtable|s, this is doomed to fail!)\par +% The setting `bottom' correspondents to the |\@makecaption| implementation +% in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes, but `auto' should give better +% results in most cases. +% \begin{macrocode} +%\caption@setdefaultpos{a}% default = auto +\let\caption@defaultpos\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftop} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Split into \cs{caption@iftop} \& \cs{caption@fixposition}} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Adapted to \cs{caption@defaultpos}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{Position will be fixed to `bottom' if `auto'} +% |\caption@iftop|\marg{true-code}\marg{false-code}\par +% (If the |position=| is set to |auto| we assume a |bottom| position here.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@iftop{% + \ifx\caption@position\@undefined + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo +% = \caption@setposition b% + \fi + \caption@position} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@fixposition} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{% +% Split into \cs{caption@fixposition} & \cs{caption@autoposition}} +% |\caption@fixposition|\par +% This macro checks if the `position' is set to `auto'. +% If yes, |\caption@autoposition| will be called to +% set |\caption@position| to a proper value we can actually use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@fixposition{% + \ifx\caption@position\@undefined + \caption@autoposition + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@autoposition} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{ifvmode} added} +% |\caption@autoposition|\par +% We guess the current position of the caption by checking |\prevdepth|.\par +% A different solution would be setting the |\spacefactor| to something +% not much less than 1000 (for example 994) in |\caption@start| and +% checking this value here by |\ifnum\spacefactor=994|. +% (It's implemented in the \package{threeparttable} +% package\cite{threeparttable} this way.)\par +% Another idea would be checking |\@ifminipage|, but since some packages +% typeset the caption within a simple |\vbox| this does not seem to be a +% good one. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@autoposition{% + \ifvmode + \edef\caption@tempa{\the\prevdepth}% + \caption@Debug{\protect\prevdepth=\caption@tempa}% + \ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo + \else + \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo + \fi +% = \caption@setposition{\ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ b\else t\fi}% + \else + \caption@Debug{no \protect\prevdepth}% + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo +% = \caption@setposition b% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setautoposition} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setautoposition|\marg{position}\par +% replaces the above algorithm by a different one (or a fixed position setting). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setautoposition[1]{% + \def\caption@autoposition{\caption@setposition{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Hooks} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginCaption} +% \begin{macro}{\AtEndCaption} +% |\AtBeginCaption| \marg{code}\\ +% |\AtEndCaption| \marg{code}\par +% These hooks can be used analogous to |\AtBeginDocument| and |\AtEndDocument|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@beginhook{} +\newcommand*\caption@endhook{} +\newcommand*\AtBeginCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@beginhook} +\newcommand*\AtEndCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@endhook} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Lists} +% +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Option \opt{listof=} added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{list=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{list}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listof}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlist} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlist|\marg{boolean} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlist{\caption@set@bool\caption@iflist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionListFormat} +% \changes{v3.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareCaptionListOfFormat} to \cs{DeclareCaptionListFormat}} +% |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionListFormat[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@lstfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionListFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{Option \opt{listofformat=} added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{listofformat=} renamed to \opt{listformat=}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listformat}{\caption@setlistformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlistformat} +% \changes{v3.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setlistofformat} to \cs{caption@setlistformat}} +% |\caption@setlistformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption list format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lstfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlistformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lstfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined list format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lstfmt + \csname caption@lstfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% There are five pre-defined list formats, taken from the \package{subfig} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{simple}{#1#2} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{parens}{#1(#2)} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subsimple}{#2} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subparens}{(#2)} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlistformat} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/29}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlistformat[1]{% + \ifx\caption@lstfmt\caption@lstfmt@default + \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}% + \caption@setlistformat{default}% + \else + \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@default@listformat[1]{% + \def\caption@lstfmt@default{\@nameuse{caption@lstfmt@#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% `default' usually maps to `subsimple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@set@default@listformat{subsimple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Debug option} +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Debug option added (kernel)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{debug}[1]{% + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifdebug{#1}% + \caption@ifdebug + {\def\caption@Debug{\PackageInfo{caption}}}% + {\let\caption@Debug\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{debug}{\setkeys{caption}{debug}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\setkeys{caption}{debug=0} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Document classes \& Babel support} +% +% \subsubsection{The standard \texorpdfstring{\LaTeX{}}{LaTeX} classes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % article|report|book [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1: #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added (kernel)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifamsclass{% + \@ifundefined{@captionheadfont}\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifamsclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifamsclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % amsart|amsproc|amsbook [2004/08/06 v2.20] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\color@setgroup + \advance\hsize-2\captionindent\noindent + \@captionfont\@captionheadfont#1\@xp\@ifnotempty\@xp + {\@cdr#2\@nil}{.\@captionfont\upshape\enspace#2}% + \unskip\kern-2\captionindent\par + \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox\color@endgroup}% + \ifhbox\@ne % the normal case + \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\unkern}% + \fi + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ % this means caption will fit on one line + \setbox\@ne\hbox to\columnwidth{\hss\kern-2\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}% + \else % tempboxa contained more than one line + \setbox\@ne\vbox{\unvbox\@tempboxa\parskip\z@skip + \noindent\unhbox\@ne\advance\hsize-2\captionindent\par}% + \fi + \ifnum\@tempcnta<64 % if the float IS a figure... + \addvspace\abovecaptionskip + \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}% + \else % if the float IS NOT a figure... + \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}% + \nobreak + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \fi + \relax + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % smfart|smfbook [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les articles publies par la SMF] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \ifdim\captionindent>.1\hsize \captionindent.1\hsize \fi + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\color@setgroup + \advance\hsize-2\captionindent\noindent + \@captionfont\@captionheadfont#1\@xp\@ifnotempty\@xp + {\@cdr#2\@nil}{\@addpunct{.}\@captionfont\upshape\enspace#2}% + \unskip\kern-2\captionindent\par + \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox\color@endgroup}% + \ifhbox\@ne % the normal case + \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\unkern}% + \fi + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ % this means caption will fit on one line + \setbox\@ne\hbox to\columnwidth{\hss\kern-2\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}% + \@tempdima\wd\@ne\advance\@tempdima-\captionindent + \wd\@ne\@tempdima + \else % tempboxa contained more than one line + \setbox\@ne\vbox{\rightskip=0pt plus\captionindent\relax + \unvbox\@tempboxa\parskip\z@skip + \noindent\unhbox\@ne\advance\hsize-2\captionindent\par}% + \fi + \ifnum\@tempcnta<64 % if the float IS a figure... + \addvspace\abovecaptionskip + \noindent\kern\captionindent\box\@ne + \else % if the float IS NOT a figure... + \noindent\kern\captionindent\box\@ne + \nobreak + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \fi + \relax + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\captionmargin\captionindent % set to 3pc by AMS class + \begingroup\edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\caption@g@addto@list\noexpand\caption@sty@default + {margin=\the\captionmargin + \@ifundefined{smf@makecaption}{}{,maxmargin=.1\linewidth}}} + \@tempa + \caption@g@addto@list\caption@sls@default{margin*=.5\captionmargin} + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{.\enspace} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\@captionfont} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\@captionheadfont} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\@captionfont\upshape} + \captionsetup[figure]{position=b} + \captionsetup[table]{position=t} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The beamer class} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{beamer class support added (kernel)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbeamerclass{% + \@ifclassloaded{beamer}\@firstofone\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifbeamerclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbeamerclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\beamer@makecaption{% + % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau + \long\def\beamer@makecaption#1#2{% + \def\insertcaptionname{\csname#1name\endcsname}% + \def\insertcaptionnumber{\csname the#1\endcsname}% + \def\insertcaption{#2}% + \nobreak\vskip\abovecaptionskip\nobreak + \sbox\@tempboxa{\usebeamertemplate**{caption}}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + \usebeamertemplate**{caption}\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \nobreak\vskip\belowcaptionskip\nobreak}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{default}{#1} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{\raggedright} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{% + \usebeamerfont*{caption}% + \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption}} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{% + \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption name}% + \usebeamerfont*{caption name}} +% \end{macrocode} +% If the \package{beamer} document class is used, we offer a beamer +% template called `caption3' which can be used with option `beamer' or +% |\setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]|.\par +% (Note that this is of no use when \thispackage\ is used, too.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \defbeamertemplate{caption}{caption3}{% + \caption@make\insertcaptionname\insertcaptionnumber\insertcaption} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareOption{beamer}{% + % \usebeamertemplate**{caption} will set font + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{}% + \setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The \KOMAScript{} classes} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/31}{\KOMAScript\ classes support added (kernel)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifkomaclass{% + \@ifundefined{scr@caption}\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifkomaclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifkomaclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % scrartcl|scrreprt|scrbook [2007/03/07 v2.97a KOMA-Script document class] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \if@captionabove + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \else + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \fi + \@@makecaption\@firstofone{#1}{#2}% + \if@captionabove + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \else + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionFormat{default}[#1#2#3\par]{% + \ifdofullc@p + \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname + {\caption@Error{% + The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak + with \noexpand\setcaphanging (which is set by default)}}% + {\caption@fmt@hang{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + \else + #1#2% + \ifdim\cap@indent<\z@ + \par + \noindent\hspace*{-\cap@indent}% + \else\if@capbreak + \par + \fi\fi + #3\par + \fi} + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionformat} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\scr@fnt@caption} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\scr@fnt@captionlabel} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The \NTG{} Dutch classes} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/06}{NTG classes support added (kernel)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifntgclass{% + \@ifundefined{CaptionFonts}\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifntgclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifntgclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % artikel|rapport|boek [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{{\CaptionLabelFont#1:} \CaptionTextFont#2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + {\CaptionLabelFont#1:} \CaptionTextFont#2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\CaptionLabelFont} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\CaptionTextFont} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The thesis class} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/31}{thesis class support added (kernel)} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2009/11/15}{Bugfix 09-11-14: thesis class support revised (kernel)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifthesisclass{% + \@ifundefined{cph@font}{\@gobble}{\@ifundefined{cpb@font}\@gobble\@firstofone}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifthesisclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % thesis.cls 1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm). + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\cph@font #1:} {\cpb@font #2}}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + \@hangfrom{\cph@font #1: }{\cpb@font #2\par}% + \else + \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{hang} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\cph@font} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\cpb@font} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The frenchb Babel option} +% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchb} package support added (kernel)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{FB@makecaption}{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % frenchb.ldf [2005/02/06 v1.6g French support from the babel system] + % frenchb.ldf [2007/10/05 v2.0e French support from the babel system] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1\CaptionSeparator #2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1\CaptionSeparator #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@makecaption\STD@makecaption + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\CaptionSeparator} + \def\caption@frenchb{% supress frenchb warning + \let\STD@makecaption\@makecaption + \let\FB@makecaption\@makecaption} + \else + \ifx\@makecaption\@undefined\else + \PackageInfo{caption}{% + The definition of \protect\@makecaption\space + has been changed,\MessageBreak + frenchb will NOT customize it}% + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The frenchle/pro package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support added (kernel)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{frenchTeXmods}{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % french(le).sty [2006/10/03 The french(le) package /V5,9991/] + % french(le).sty [2007/06/28 The french(le) package /V5,9994/] + \def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \ifFTY% + \def\@secondofmany##1##2\void{##2}% + \def\@tempa{\@secondofmany#2\void}% + \ifx\@tempa\empty% + \let\captionseparator\empty% + \fi% + \@mcORI{#1}{\relax\captionfont{#2}}% + \else + \@mcORI{#1}{#2}% + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % french(le).sty [2007/02/11 The french(le) package /V5,9993/] + \def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \ifFTY% + \def\@secondofmany##1##2\void{##2}% + \protected@edef\@tempa{\@secondofmany#2\void}% + \ifx\@tempa\empty% + \let\captionseparator\empty% + \fi% + \@mcORI{#1}{\relax\captionfont{#2}}% + \else + \@mcORI{#1}{#2}% + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\itshape}% + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionseparator\space}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +% \subsubsection{The hungarian and magyar Babel option} +% \changes{v3.2}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} package support added (kernel)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subperiod}{#2.} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% \def\caption@tempa#1{\@ifundefined{extras#1}{}{% +%%% \expandafter\addto\csname extras#1\endcsname{% +%%% % reverse changes made by magyar.ldf +%%% \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption +%%% \babel@save\@makecaption +%%% \caption@redefine +%%% \babel@save\@caption +%%% % change default labelsep and listformat +%%% \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{period}% +%%% \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subperiod}}% +%%% \expandafter\addto\csname noextras#1\endcsname{% +%%% % change default labelsep and listformat +%%% \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{colon}% +%%% \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subsimple}}% +%%% }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% \caption@tempa{hungarian} +%%% \caption@tempa{magyar} +% \end{macrocode} +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Execution of options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{style=default,position=default,% + list,listformat=default,twoside=\if@twoside 1\else 0\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProcessOptions* +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/10}{Check of document class added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfCheckCommand{% + \caption@setbool{documentclass}{1}% +}{% + \caption@setbool{documentclass}{0}% + \PackageInfo{caption}{% + Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak + standard defaults will be used}% + \caption@Debug{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption\@gobble}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Making an `List of' entry} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addcontentsline} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@addcontentsline|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\par +% Makes an entry in the list-of-whatever, if requested, +% i.e.~the argument \meta{list entry} is not empty and +% |listof=| was set to |true|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addcontentsline[2]{% + \caption@iflist + {\def\@tempa{#2}}% + {\let\@tempa\@empty}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty \else + {\let\\\space + \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% + {\protect\numberline + {\caption@lstfmt{\@nameuse{p@#1}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}% + {\ignorespaces #2}}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Typesetting the caption} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaption@star} +% If the starred form of |\caption| is used, this will be set to |true|. +% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@@make|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaption@star +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@fnum} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/21}{This macro added} +% |\caption@fnum|\marg{float type}\par +% Typesets the caption label; as replacement for |\fnum@|\meta{float type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@fnum[1]{\caption@lfmt{\@nameuse{#1name}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@make} +% |\caption@make|\marg{float name}\marg{ref.\ number}\marg{text}\par +% Typesets the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@make[2]{\caption@@make{\caption@lfmt{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@make} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-05: \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionindent=}\cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-10-26: Use \cs{@tempdima} instead of +% \cs{captionmargin} resp. \cs{captionwidth}; check for \cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{hskip}\cs{captionmargin} to the end +% of caption added} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{strut} moved from here to \cs{caption@@@make}} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Single-line-check moved up so it can affect margins now} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/09}{Improvement: \cs{caption@ifh} added} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/09}{Bugfix: \cs{leavevmode} added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/24}{Uses \cs{sbox} instead of \cs{setbox} in single-line-check} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/04}{Uses \cs{caption@slc} now} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@calcmargin} inside +% single-line-check replaced by \cs{relax}} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@startbox} will always be +% typeset in horizontal mode} +% \changes{v3.0k}{2006/05/13}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/04}{Oops, bugfix 04-05-05 got lost in v3.0j, re-added} +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{Usage of \cs{caption@ifoddpage} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} moved below single-line-check} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@stepcounter} added} +% |\caption@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@make[2]{% + \begingroup + \caption@stepcounter + \caption@beginhook +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Check margin, if |\caption@minmargin| or |\caption@maxmargin| is set +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\caption@maxmargin\@undefined \else + \ifdim\captionmargin>\caption@maxmargin\relax + \captionmargin\caption@maxmargin\relax + \fi + \fi + \ifx\caption@minmargin\@undefined \else + \ifdim\captionmargin<\caption@minmargin\relax + \captionmargin\caption@minmargin\relax + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Special single-line treatment (option |singlelinecheck=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifslc{\caption@slc{#1}{#2}\captionwidth\relax}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the left margin (option |margin=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@calcmargin + \@tempdima\captionmargin + \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else + \caption@ifoddpage{}{\advance\@tempdima\captionmargin@}% + \fi + \caption@ifh{\advance\@tempdima\caption@indent}% + \hspace\@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We actually use a |\vbox| of width |\captionwidth - \caption@indent| +% to typeset the caption. +% \Note{\cs{captionindent} is \emph{not} supported if the caption format +% was defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionFormat*}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@tempdima\captionwidth + \caption@ifh{\advance\@tempdima-\caption@indent}% + \caption@parbox\@tempdima{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the indention (option |indention=|)\\ +% {\small Bugfix 04-05-05: +% |\hskip-\caption@indent| replaced by |\ifdim\caption@indent=\z@|\ldots} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifh{% + \ifdim\caption@indent=\z@ + \leavevmode + \else + \hskip-\caption@indent + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the caption itself and close the |\caption@parbox| +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the right margin (option |margin=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \@tempdima\captionmargin + \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else + \caption@ifoddpage{\advance\@tempdima\captionmargin@}{}% + \fi + \hspace\@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@endhook + \endgroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\caption@starfalse} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@calcmargin} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/24}{Internal: \cs{ifcaption@width} replaced by +% \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionwidth=}\cs{z@}} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/12}{Improvement: Takes care of list environment now} +% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/13}{Check of \cs{@listdepth} removed (not necessary anymore), +% use \cs{linewidth} instead of \cs{hsize}} +% |\caption@calcmargin|\par +% Calculate |\captionmargin| \& |\captionwidth|, so both contain valid +% values. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@calcmargin{% + \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@ + \captionwidth\linewidth + \advance\captionwidth by -2\captionmargin + \advance\captionwidth by -\captionmargin@ + \else + \captionmargin\linewidth + \advance\captionmargin by -\captionwidth + \divide\captionmargin by 2 + \captionmargin@\z@ + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@Debug{% + \string\hsize=\the\hsize, + \string\linewidth=\the\linewidth,\MessageBreak + \string\leftmargin=\the\leftmargin, + \string\rightmargin=\the\rightmargin,\MessageBreak + \string\margin=\the\captionmargin, + \string\margin@=\the\captionmargin@, + \string\width=\the\captionwidth}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@slc} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@setup}\cs{caption@sls} added after \cs{begingroup}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} added} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/14}{Support of \cs{caption@slfmt} added} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% |\caption@slc|\marg{label}\marg{text}\marg{width}\marg{extra code}\par +% This one does the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@slc[4]{% + \caption@Debug{Begin SLC}% + \begingroup + \caption@singleline + \let\caption@hj\@empty + \caption@calcmargin % calculate #3 if necessary + \caption@prepareslc + \sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>#3% + \endgroup + \else + \endgroup + \caption@singleline + #4% + \fi + \caption@Debug{End SLC}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@singleline{% + \caption@xsetup\caption@opt@singleline + \let\caption@fmt\caption@slfmt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareslc} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{label} \& \cs{@footnotetext} added} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Redefine \cs{stepcounter} instead of \cs{footnote(mark)}} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/07/09}{Support of \package{endnotes} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} moved to \cs{caption@slc}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{Redefinition of \cs{(H@)refstepcounter} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/12}{Redefinition of \cs{label} improved} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Definition of \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} added} +% |\caption@prepareslc|\par +% Re-define anything which would disturb the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@prepareslc{% + \let\@footnotetext\@gobble\let\@endnotetext\@gobble + \def\label{\caption@withoptargs\@gobbletwo}% + \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter + \let\refstepcounter\stepcounter\let\H@refstepcounter\stepcounter} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@stepcounter[1]{\advance\csname c@#1\endcsname\@ne\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@parbox} +% \changes{v3.0k}{2006/05/13}{We define \cs{caption@parbox} instead of +% \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v3.0n}{2006/03/09}{Bugfix 07-03-09: \cs{caption@parbox} changed from +% \cs{parbox-t} to \cs{parbox-b}} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/11}{Renamed from \cs{captionbox} to \cs{caption@parbox}} +% |\caption@parbox|\marg{width}\marg{contents}\par +% This macro defines the box which surrounds the caption paragraph. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@parbox{\parbox[b]} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@make} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-06: \cs{allowhyphens} added} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-12-16: Use some kind of +% \cs{@startstrut}\cs{strutbox} instead of \cs{strut}} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 05-01-23: \cs{@finalstrut}\cs{strutbox} added} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Use \cs{caption@ifempty}; +% \cs{let}\cs{caption@ifstrut}\cs{@secondoftwo} added} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: Handling of \cs{ifcaption@star} changed} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/24}{Check for empty label added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/25}{\cs{caption@iflf} added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@tfmt} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{Bugfix: \cs{ifhmode} added to \cs{@finalstrut}} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{Made option \opt{size=} stronger than \opt{font=}} +% |\caption@@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}\par +% This one finally typesets the caption paragraph, without margin and indention. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@@make[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the label is empty, we use no caption label separator. +% \begin{macrocode} + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ + \let\caption@lsep\relax +% \@capbreakfalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the text is empty, we use no caption label separator, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifempty{#2}{% + \let\caption@lsep\relax +% \@capbreakfalse +% \let\caption@ifstrut\@secondoftwo + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Take care that |\caption@parindent| and |\caption@hangindent| will be used +% to typeset the paragraph. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@setpar{\@@par\caption@@par}\caption@@par +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Finally typeset the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@hj\captionfont\captionsize\caption@fmt + {\ifcaption@star\else{\captionlabelfont#1}\fi}% + {\ifcaption@star\else{\caption@iflf\captionlabelfont\caption@lsep}\fi}% + {{\captiontextfont + \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\ht\strutbox\@width\z@}{}% + \nobreak\hskip\z@skip % enable hyphenation + \caption@tfmt{#2}% +% \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\z@\@depth\dp\strutbox\@width\z@}{}% + \caption@ifstrut{\ifhmode\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}{}% + \par}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-defines itself now} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2007/01/22}{Revised so \cs{label} will be detected, too} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{index} and \cs{glossary} will be detected, too} +% |\caption@ifempty|\marg{text}\marg{true} (\emph{no} \meta{false})\par +% This one tests if the \meta{text} is actually empty. +% \Note{This will be done without expanding the text, +% therefore this is far away from being bullet-proof.} +% \Note{This macro is re-defining itself so only +% the first test (in a group) will actually be done.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifempty[1]{% + \caption@if@empty{#1}% + \caption@ifempty\@unused} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@if@empty[1]{% + \def\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty + \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@tempa\expandafter{% + \caption@car#1\caption@if@empty\caption@nil}% + \def\caption@tempb{\caption@if@empty}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\ignorespaces}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobble#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\label}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\index}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\glossary}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \let\caption@ifempty\@gobbletwo + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@car#1#2\caption@nil{#1}% same as \@car, but \long +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@par} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{Made this definition global} +% |\caption@@par|\par +% This command will be executed with every |\par| inside the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@par{% + \parindent\caption@parindent\hangindent\caption@hangindent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Types \& sub-types} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionType} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{Three optional arguments added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/06}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} to \cs{DeclareCaptionType}} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{Optional argument revised, uses key-value syntax now} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Uses \cs{caption@within@default} now} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Support of \cs{float@exts} and \cs{float@addtolists} added} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@DeclareWithinOption} added} +% |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionType{% + \@testopt\@DeclareCaptionType{}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionType +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@DeclareCaptionType[#1]#2{% + \def\caption@type{#2}% + \caption@Debug{New type `#2'}% + \newcounter{#2}\@namedef{theH#2}{}% + \KV@caption@DCT@within\caption@within@default + \caption@DeclareWithinOption{#2}% + \KV@caption@DCT@placement{tbp}% + \@ifundefined{c@float@type}% + {\newcounter{float@type}% + \setcounter{float@type}{\@ifundefined{c@figure}14}}% + {}% + \caption@Debug{float type `#2'=\the\value{float@type}}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\value{float@type}}% + \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}% + \KV@caption@DCT@fileext{lo#2}% + \@namedef{fnum@#2}{\@nameuse{#2name}\nobreakspace\@nameuse{the#2}}% + \newenvironment{#2}{\@float{#2}}{\end@float}% + \newenvironment{#2*}{\@dblfloat{#2}}{\end@dblfloat}% + \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2s\endcsname{\caption@listof{#2}}% + \@ifundefined{l@figure}% + {\@namedef{l@#2}{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}}% + {\expandafter\let\csname l@#2\endcsname\l@figure}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\newcommand\csname #2name\endcsname{}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}}% + \uppercase\expandafter{\@tempa}% + \edef\@tempb{\noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\@tempa{\@cdr#2\@nil}}% + \@tempb + \expandafter\let\csname #2name\endcsname\@tempa + \expandafter\newcommand\csname list#2name\endcsname{}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname list#2name\endcsname{List of \@tempa s}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@cons\caption@typelist{{#2}}% + \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@DCT}{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{float@exts}{\newtoks\float@exts}{}% + \let\float@do=\relax + \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\float@exts{\the\float@exts\float@do{\@nameuse{ext@#2}}}}% + \@tempa + \@ifundefined{float@addtolists}{% + \newcommand\float@addtolists[1]{% + \def\float@do####1{\addtocontents{####1}{##1}}\the\float@exts}% + \@ifundefined{@chapter}{}{\caption@PatchChapter}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifnextchar[\@@DeclareCaptionType\relax} +\@onlypreamble\@DeclareCaptionType +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@@DeclareCaptionType[#1]{% + \KV@caption@DCT@name{#1}% + \@ifnextchar[\@@@DeclareCaptionType\relax} +\@onlypreamble\@@DeclareCaptionType +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@@@DeclareCaptionType[#1]{% + \KV@caption@DCT@listname{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\@@@DeclareCaptionType +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\DeclareFloatingEnvironment\DeclareCaptionType % old command name +\@onlypreamble\DeclareFloatingEnvironment +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@within@default} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{This macro added} +% The default `within' value. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@within@default{\@ifundefined{c@chapter}{none}{chapter}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@within@default +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@listof} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} +% |\caption@listof|\marg{float type} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@listof[1]{% + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\expandafter\listfigurename\csname list#1name\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\ext@figure\csname ext@#1\endcsname + \let\caption@ORI@starttoc\@starttoc + \renewcommand*\@starttoc[1]{% + \expandafter\caption@ORI@starttoc\expandafter{\ext@figure}}% + \listoffigures + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@typelist} +% An \cs{@elt}-list containing the caption types defined +% with |\Declare|\x|Caption|\x|Type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@typelist{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% The available \meta{options} are: +% |fileext=|\meta{file extension}, +% |listname=|\meta{list name}, +% |name=|\meta{prosa name}, +% |placement=|\meta{htbp}, +% |within=|\meta{none,chapter,section}, and +% |without|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{caption@DCT}{fileext}{\@namedef{ext@\caption@type}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{fileext} +\define@key{caption@DCT}{listname}{\@namedef{list\caption@type name}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{listname} +\define@key{caption@DCT}{name}{\@namedef{\caption@type name}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{name} +\define@key{caption@DCT}{placement}{\@namedef{fps@\caption@type}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{placement} +\define@key{caption@DCT}{within}{% + \@ifundefined{c@chapter}{}{\@removefromreset\caption@type{chapter}}% + \@removefromreset\caption@type{section}% + \begingroup + \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@within}{#1}% + \endgroup} +%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{within} +\define@key{caption@DCT}{without}{\KV@caption@DCT@within{none}} +%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{without} +% \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/29}{Bugfix 08-09-25: \texttt{within=section} fixed} +% \begin{macrocode} +\define@key{caption@within}{none}[]{% + \caption@within{}{}} +%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{none} +\define@key{caption@within}{section}[]{% + \@addtoreset\caption@type{section}% + \caption@within{\ifnum\c@section>\z@ \thesection.\fi}{\theHsection.}} +%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{section} +\@ifundefined{c@chapter}{}{% + \define@key{caption@within}{chapter}[]{% + \@addtoreset\caption@type{chapter}% + \caption@within{\ifnum\c@chapter>\z@ \thechapter.\fi}{\theHchapter.}} +}% \@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{chapter}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@within} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} +% |\caption@within|\marg{thecode}\marg{theHcode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@within{% + \expandafter\caption@within@\expandafter{\caption@type}} +%\@onlypreamble\caption@within +\newcommand*\caption@within@[3]{% + \global\@namedef{the#1}{#2\arabic{#1}}% + \@ifundefined{theH#1}\caption@AtBeginDocument\@firstofone + {\global\@namedef{theH#1}{#3\arabic{#1}}}} +%\@onlypreamble\caption@within@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@removefromreset} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} +% This code was taken from the \package{remreset} package +% which is part of the `carlisle' package bundle. +% (Copyright 1997 David Carlisle) +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@removefromreset[2]{{% + \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\@removefromreset + \def\@elt##1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\@removefromreset + \else + \noexpand\@elt{##1}% + \fi}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{% + \csname cl@#2\endcsname}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@PatchChapter} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{This macro added} +% We try to patch \cs{@chapter} so \cs{float@addtolists} will be supported. +% (Note: The \KOMAScript\ classes already support \cs{float@addtolists}.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@PatchChapter{% + \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap{10\p@}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + % report.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] + \caption@patch@chapter{report}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{##1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{##2}% + \@afterheading + \fi + }{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{##1}% + \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \float@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \fi + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{##2}% + \@afterheading + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + % book.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] + \caption@patch@chapter{book}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{##1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{##2}% + \@afterheading + \fi + }{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{##1}% + \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \float@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \fi + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{##2}% + \@afterheading + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + % amsbook.cls [2004/08/06 v2.20] + % smfbook.cls [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les monographies editees par la SMF] + \caption@patch@chapter{ams/smfbook}{% + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty + \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi + \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}% + \def\@toclevel{0}% + \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{##2}% + \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{##2}\fi + \chaptermark{##1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \@makechapterhead{##2}\@afterheading + }{% + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty + \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi + \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}% + \def\@toclevel{0}% + \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{##2}% + \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{##2}\fi + \chaptermark{##1}% + \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \float@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \fi + \@makechapterhead{##2}\@afterheading}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + % scrreprt/scrbook.cls + \@ifundefined{KOMAClassName}{}{% + \caption@Debug{document class `\KOMAClassName' detected}% + \let\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + % rapport1/3.cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class] + \caption@patch@chapter{rapport}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{##1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{##2}% + \@afterheading + \fi + }{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{##1}% + \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \float@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \fi + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{##2}% + \@afterheading + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + % boek(3).cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class] + \caption@patch@chapter{boek}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{##1}% + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}% + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{##2}% + \@afterheading + \fi + }{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}% + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}% + {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{##1}% + \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \float@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \fi + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{##2}% + \@afterheading + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + % thesis.cls [1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm).] + \caption@patch@chapter{thesis}{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.} + \if@thema + \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}% + \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip ##1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1} + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1} + \fi + \chaptermark{##1} + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}} + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}] + \else + \@makechapterhead{##2} + \@afterheading + \fi + }{% + \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne + \if@mainmatter + \refstepcounter{chapter}% + \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}% + \if@thema + \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}% + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}% + \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip ##1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{% + \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% + \fi + \else + \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}% + \fi + \chaptermark{##1}% + \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@ + \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \float@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}% + \fi + \if@twocolumn + \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]% + \else + \@makechapterhead{##2}% + \@afterheading + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree \else + \caption@Debug{% + Unsupported document class detected,\MessageBreak + or \noexpand\@chapter was redefined by another package}% + \fi + \let\caption@PatchChapter\@undefined} +%\@onlypreamble\caption@PatchChapter +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@patch@chapter[3]{% + \begingroup +% \let\if@twocolumn\iffalse + \let\if@mainmatter\iffalse + \let\if@thema\iffalse + \def\@tempa[##1]##2{#2}% + \ifx\@tempa\@chapter + \caption@Debug{document class `#1' detected}% + \gdef\@chapter[##1]##2{#3}% + \global\let\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree + \fi + \endgroup} +%\@onlypreamble\caption@patch@chapter +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def \@gobblethree #1#2#3{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@stpelt} +% We patch \cs{@stpelt} so a list of `connected' counters will be reset, too. +% (Like \cs{stepcounter} does in |ltcounts.dtx|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@patch@stpelt{% + \let\caption@stpelt\@stpelt + \def\@stpelt##1{% + \caption@stpelt{##1}% + \begingroup + \let\@elt\caption@stpelt + \csname caption@cl@##1\endcsname + \endgroup}% + \let\caption@patch@stpelt\relax} +\@onlypreamble\caption@patch@stpelt +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtoreset} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{This macro added} +% Like \cs{@addtoreset} from |ltcounts.dtx| +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addtoreset[2]{% + \caption@patch@stpelt + \@ifundefined{caption@cl@#2}{\@namedef{caption@cl@#2}{}}{}% + \expandafter\@cons\csname caption@cl@#2\endcsname{{#1}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@addtoreset +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtoreset} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{This macro added} +% Like \cs{@removefromreset} from |remreset.sty| +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@removefromreset[2]{% + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\caption@removefromreset + \def\@elt##1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\caption@removefromreset + \else + \noexpand\@elt{##1}% + \fi}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@cl@#2\endcsname{% + \csname caption@cl@#2\endcsname}% + \endgroup} +\@onlypreamble\caption@removefromreset +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionSubType} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/11}{Bugfix: \cs{subfigurename} will be defined now} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-10-01: Usage of \cs{caption@addtoreset} added} +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\par +% The starred variant provides the numbering format +% \meta{type}|.|\meta{subtype} while the non-starred variant simply +% uses \meta{subtype}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionSubType{% + \caption@teststar\@DeclareCaptionSubType\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionSubType +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@DeclareCaptionSubType[1]{% + \@testopt{\@@DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}}{alph}} +\@onlypreamble\@DeclareCaptionSubType +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@@DeclareCaptionSubType#1[#2]#3{% + \@ifundefined{c@#3}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#3' defined}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + {\@ifundefined{c@sub#3}% + {\caption@Debug{New subtype `sub#3'}% + \newcounter{sub#3}% + \caption@addtoreset{sub#3}{#3}% + \@namedef{ext@sub#3}{\csname ext@#3\endcsname}% + \@ifundefined{l@chapter}% + {\edef\@tempa{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand + \expandafter\@car\l@subsubsection\@nil}% + \def\@tempb{\@dottedtocline}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb % \l@subsubsection starts with \@dottedtocline + \expandafter\edef\csname l@sub#3\endcsname{% + \noexpand\@dottedtocline{2}% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand + \expandafter\@gobbletwo\l@subsubsection}% + \else + \@namedef{l@sub#3}{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}% + \fi}% + {\expandafter\let\csname l@sub#3\endcsname\l@subsection}% + \@cons\caption@subtypelist{{#3}}}% + {\caption@Debug{Modify caption `sub#3'}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@namedef{sub#3name}{}% + \@namedef{sub#3autorefname}{\csname #3name\endcsname}% + #1% is \@firstoftwo in star form, and \@secondoftwo otherwise + {\@namedef{p@sub#3}{}% + \@namedef{thesub#3}{\csname the#3\endcsname.\@nameuse{#2}{sub#3}}}% + {\@namedef{p@sub#3}{\csname the#3\endcsname}% + \@namedef{thesub#3}{\@nameuse{#2}{sub#3}}}% + \@namedef{theHsub#3}{\csname theH#3\endcsname.\arabic{sub#3}}% + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\@@DeclareCaptionSubType +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypelist} +% An \cs{@elt}-list containing the subtypes defined +% with |\Declare|\x|Caption|\x|Sub|\x|Type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subtypelist{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@For} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Renamed from \cs{ForFloatingEnvironments} to \cs{caption@For}} +% |\caption@For|\marg{elt-list}\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% |\caption@For*|\marg{elt-list}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@For{\caption@withoptargs\caption@@For} +%\@onlypreamble\caption@For +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@For[3]{% + \caption@AtBeginDocument#1{% + \def\@elt##1{#3}% + \@nameuse{caption@#2}% + \let\@elt\relax}}% +%\@onlypreamble\caption@@For +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{subfig package adaptions} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/07}{Several adaptions to the \package{subfig} package added} +% +% We have to make several adaptions to \thispackage~\version{3.1} here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\@tempa{\@ifstar\sf@@subref\sf@subref}% + \ifx\subref\@tempa + \PackageInfo{caption3}{subfig package 1.2 or 1.3 is loaded\@gobble}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@setfloattype\@gobble + \let\@dottedxxxline\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline + \let\sf@subfloat\sf@NEW@subfloat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi + \let\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline\@undefined + \let\sf@NEW@subfloat\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% + \begingroup + \caption@setfloattype{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{sub#1}% + \ifnum #3>\@nameuse{c@#2depth}\else + \@dottedtocline{\z@}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}% + \fi + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sf@NEW@subfloat{% + \begingroup + \caption@setfloattype\@captype + \sf@ifpositiontop{% + \maincaptiontoptrue + }{% + \maincaptiontopfalse + }% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{sub\@captype}% + \let\sf@oldlabel=\label + \let\label=\subfloat@label + \ifmaincaptiontop\else + \advance\@nameuse{c@\@captype}\@ne + \fi + \refstepcounter{sub\@captype}% + \setcounter{sub\@captype @save}{\value{sub\@captype}}% + \@ifnextchar [% %] match left bracket + {\sf@@subfloat}% + {\sf@@subfloat[\@empty]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</kernel> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \section{Main package} +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2010/01/09 v3.1m Customizing captions (AR)] +%\@ifundefined{PackageRedefines}{}{\PackageRedefines{caption}{caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Info} +% \Note{The \cs{@gobble} at the end of the 2nd argument of +% \cs{PackageInfo} suppresses the line number info. +% See TLC2\cite{TLC2}, A.4.7, p885 for details.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Info[1]{\PackageInfo{caption}{#1\@gobble}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@Info +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Loading the kernel} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{caption3}[=2008/08/24] % needs v1.1j or newer +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Check against incompatible document classes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{documentclass}{}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Unsupported document class (or package) detected,\MessageBreak + usage of the caption package is not recommended}% + \caption@Info{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Check against incompatible packages} +% +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/06}{Check against obsolete \package{caption2} package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{% + \caption@Error{% + You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*\MessageBreak + the (current) caption package}% + \endinput +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{ftcap} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{nonfloat} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/18}{Check against incompatible \package{topcapt} package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifpackageloaded{ftcap}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{ftcap}}{}% + \@ifpackageloaded{nonfloat}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{nonfloat}}{}% + \@ifpackageloaded{topcapt}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{topcapt}}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@DisablePositionOption} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{\texttt{position=b} added} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/03/29}{% +% Name changed from \cs{caption@IncompatiblePackage} to \cs{caption@DisablePositionOption}; +% moved from package to kernel; disables the `position' option now instead of issuing a warning} +% |\caption@DisablePositionOption|\marg{package}\par +% disables the `position' option. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@DisablePositionOption[1]{% + \caption@Info{% + `#1' package detected; setting `position=b' for compatibility reasons}% + \caption@setposition b% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{position}{% + \caption@Error{Usage of the `position' option is incompatible\MessageBreak + to the `#1' package}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DisablePositionOption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Declaration of options} +% +% \subsubsection{Options for figure and table} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/09}{Options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{% + \captionsetup*[figure]{position=#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{figureposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{% + \captionsetup*[table]{position=#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{tableposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} re-written} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} are now +% available after the document preamble, too.} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{Option \opt{name} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figurename}{\caption@SetName{figure}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tablename}{\caption@SetName{table}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{name}{\caption@setname\@captype{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/02/28}{Options \opt{listfigurename} and \opt{listtablename} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listfigurename}{\caption@SetName{listfigure}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtablename}{\caption@SetName{listtable}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@SetName} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{After-preamble variant added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/02/28}{Renamed from \cs{caption@SetFloatName} to \cs{caption@SetName}} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix: Works now without \cs{addto}, too} +% |\caption@SetName|\marg{cmd}\marg{value} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@SetName[2]{% + \caption@setname{#1}{#2}% + \begingroup + \@ifundefined{languagename}{}{% + \@ifundefined{captions\languagename}{}{% + \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname captions\languagename\endcsname + {\caption@setname{#1}{#2}}}}% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setname[2]{\@namedef{#1name}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@SetName\caption@setname} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{Options \opt{figurewithin} and \opt{tablewithin} added} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Option \opt{within} added} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{The \opt{within} options are now available within the document, too} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{The global \opt{within} option will now affect user-defined floats +% declared with \cs{DeclareCaptionType}, too} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareWithinOption} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{This macro and its usage added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@DeclareWithinOption[1]{% + \DeclareCaptionOption{#1within}{\caption@Within{#1}{##1}}% + \DeclareCaptionOption{#1without}{\caption@Within{#1}{none}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@DeclareWithinOption{figure} +\caption@DeclareWithinOption{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{within}{% + \@ifundefined{c@figure}{}{\caption@Within{figure}{#1}}% + \@ifundefined{c@table}{}{\caption@Within{table}{#1}}% + \caption@For{typelist}{\caption@Within{##1}{#1}}% + \def\caption@within@default{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{without}{\KV@caption@within{none}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@within} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Within[1]{\def\caption@type{#1}\KV@caption@DCT@within} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Miscellaneous options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{config}[caption]{% + \InputIfFileExists{#1.cfg}% + {\typeout{*** Local configuration file #1.cfg used ***}}% + {\caption@Warning{Configuration file #1.cfg not found}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Option \opt{@minipage=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{@minipage}{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{auto,default}% + {\let\caption@if@minipage\@gobbletwo}% + {\caption@set@bool\caption@if@minipage{#1}}} +\captionsetup{@minipage=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{caption v1.x compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/21}{Option `compatibility' added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption v1.x compatibility options revised} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v1.x$ compatibility options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{compatibility}[1]{\caption@setbool{compatibility}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{compatibility} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normal}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{isu}{% + \caption@setformat{hang}% + \caption@setjustification{justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{hang}{% + \caption@setformat{hang}% + \caption@setjustification{justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{center}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{centering}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{anne}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{centerlast}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{centerlast}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{centerlast}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{scriptsize}{\def\captionfont{\scriptsize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{footnotesize}{\def\captionfont{\footnotesize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{small}{\def\captionfont{\small}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normalsize}{\def\captionfont{\normalsize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{large}{\def\captionfont{\large}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{Large}{\def\captionfont{\Large}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{up}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\upshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{it}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\itshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sl}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\slshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sc}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\scshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{md}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\mdseries} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{bf}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\bfseries} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{rm}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\rmfamily} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sf}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\sffamily} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{tt}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\ttfamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{nooneline}{\caption@setbool{slc}{0}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{ruled}{0} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ruled}{\caption@setbool{ruled}{1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{caption2 v2.x compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/07/08}{caption2 \version{2.x} compatibility options added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption2 v2.x compatibility options revised} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v2.x$ compatibility options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushleft}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{raggedright}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushright}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{raggedleft}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{oneline}{\caption@setbool{slc}{1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ignoreLTcapwidth}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Obsolete caption v3.0 options} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{Package option \opt{caption} marked as obsolete, +% gives error now} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{caption}{% + \caption@setbool{temp}{#1}% + \caption@ifbool{temp}{}{% + \caption@Error{% + The package option `caption=#1' is obsolete.\MessageBreak + Please pass this option to the subfig package instead\MessageBreak + and do *not* load the caption package anymore}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{fltpage package support options} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{Options `FPlist' \& `FPref' added} +% With these options is controlled where the list-of entry and |\ref| resp. +% |\pageref| or |\autoref| will link to. +% Defaults are |FPlist=caption| and |FPref=figure| which is inconsistent, +% but compatible to the usual behaviour of the \package{fltpage} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{FPlist}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{list}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{FPref}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{ref}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPlist} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPref} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setFPoption[2]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}% + \caption@setbool{FP#1cap}{\if c\caption@tempa 1\else 0\fi}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@setFPoption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{FPlist=caption,FPref=figure} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{hyperref package support options} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{Options `hypcap' \& `hypcapspace' added} +% With |hypcap=off| one can turn the \package{hypcap} support off +% (default is |on|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcap}[1]{\caption@setbool{hypcap}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcapspace}{\def\caption@hypcapspace{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{hypcap=1,hypcapspace=.5\baselineskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{\AmS{} \& \SmF{} document classes support} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ document classes support added (package)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifamsclass{% + \caption@Info{AMS or SMF document class}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \setlength\belowcaptionskip{0pt}% set to 12pt by AMS class +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{\KOMAScript{} document classes support} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/18}{Minimum adaptation to \KOMAScript\ added (package)} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options added (package)} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility commands added (package)} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised (package)} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options removed (package)} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/05}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised \& enhanced (package)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifkomaclass{% + \caption@Info{KOMA-Script document class}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Here we emulate the caption related commands and take over the caption +% related settings from the \KOMAScript\ classes. +% +% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovetrue} +% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovefalse} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[table]{position=t}} + \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[table]{position=b}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@tablecaptionabove + \@tablecaptionabovetrue + \else + \@tablecaptionabovefalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionstrue} +% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionsfalse} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionstrue{\let\caption@ifslc\@firstoftwo} + \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionsfalse{\let\caption@ifslc\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifonelinecaptions + \onelinecaptionstrue + \else + \onelinecaptionsfalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovetrue} +% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovefalse} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/03/21}{Bugfix 06-03-21: +% \cs{let}\cs{caption@setposition}\cs{@gobble} added} +% \changes{v3.0n}{2006/03/09}{Accidentally this got broken in \version{3.0m}, fixed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/31}{We redefine \cs{captionabovetrue/false} now +% instead of \cs{captionabove/below}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{\opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} will issue a warning now} +% Please note that these are stronger than the \opt{position} setting, therefore we +% override the options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} to typeout a warning. +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\@captionabovetrue{\let\caption@position\@firstoftwo} + \g@addto@macro\@captionabovefalse{\let\caption@position\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `figureposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak + when used with a KOMA script document class}} + \DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `tableposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak + when used with a KOMA script document class}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapindent} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KOMA@setcapindent\@setcapindent + \renewcommand*\@setcapindent[1]{% + \caption@KOMA@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KOMA@@setcapindent\@@setcapindent + \renewcommand*\@@setcapindent[1]{% + \caption@KOMA@@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@setcapindent{% + \captionsetup{indent=\ifdim\cap@indent<\z@\z@\else\cap@indent\fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{cap@indent}{}{\caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapwidth} +% \Note{The optional argument of \cs{setcapwidth} if not supported (yet), +% so we issue a warning if used. +% (Since this does not seem to have an negative effect when used +% by the \texttt{captionbeside} environment, we suppress the warning here.)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapwidth + \csname\string\setcapwidth\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\setcapwidth}[#1]#2{% + \caption@KOMA@setcapwidth[#1]{#2}\caption@setcapwidth{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@setcapwidth[1]{% + \ifx\\#1\\\else + \@ifundefined{cap@margin}{}{% + \def\@tempa{captionbeside}% + \ifx\@tempa\@currenvir\else\caption@Warning{% + Ignoring optional argument [#1] of \string\setcapwidth\MessageBreak}% + \fi}% + \fi + \captionsetup{width=\cap@width}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@tempa{\hsize}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\cap@width \else + \caption@setcapwidth{?} + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapmargin} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapmargin + \csname\string\@setcapmargin\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{% + \caption@KOMA@setcapmargin[#1]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin + \csname\string\@@setcapmargin\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\@@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{% + \caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin[#1]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@setcapmargin{% + \begingroup + \let\onelinecaptionsfalse\relax + \def\@twoside{0}% + \def\if@twoside{\def\@twoside{1}\iffalse}% + \cap@margin + \def\@tempa{\endgroup}% + \ifx\cap@left\hfill\else\ifx\cap@right\hfill\else + \def\hspace##1##{\@firstofone}% + \edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\captionsetup{% + twoside=\@twoside,slc=0,% + margin={\cap@left,\cap@right}}}% + \fi\fi + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\cap@margin\relax \else + \caption@setcapmargin + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Processing of options} +% +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Verbose option added (package)} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Verbose option removed from package} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{We do not process global options anymore} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ProcessOptions*{caption} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{\cs{captionof} and \cs{captionlistentry}} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Option \opt{type=} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/25}{Option \opt{type*=} added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Option \opt{subtype} \& \opt{subtype*} added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{type}{\caption@settype{#1}}% + \DeclareCaptionOption{type*}{\caption@settype*{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{subtype}[sub\@captype]{\caption@setsubtype{#1}}% + \DeclareCaptionOption{subtype*}[sub\@captype]{\caption@setsubtype*{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \emph{Important Note:} +% Like |\captionof| the option |type=| should only be used inside a +% group, box, or environment and does not check if the argument is a valid +% floating environment or not. +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@settype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Usage of \cs{caption@xlabel} added} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{Error message for \cs{caption@checkgrouplevel} revised} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{\cs{caption@setsubtype} added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Crappy \cs{caption@iftypewarning} replaced} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{Usage of \cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} added} +% |\caption@settype*|\marg{type}\par +% sets |\@captype| and executes the options associated with it +% (using |\caption@setoptions|). +% Furthermore we check |\currentgrouplevel| (if avail), +% redefine |\@currentlabel| so a |\label| before |\caption| will result +% in a hint instead of a wrong reference, and +% use the macro |\caption@|(|sub|)|typehook| (which will be used by our +% \package{float} package support).\par +% The non-starred version sets a \package{hyperref} anchor additionally +% (if |hypcap=true| and the \package{hypcap} package is not loaded). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@settype{% + \caption@@settype{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setsubtype{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@@settype{sub}}% + {\caption@Error{Option `subtype=' outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@settype[1]{% + \caption@teststar{\caption@@@settype{#1}}\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@settype[3]{% +% #1 = "" or "sub" +% #2 = \@firstoftwo in star form, \@secondoftwo otherwise +% #3 = <type>, e.g. "figure" or "table" + \@ifundefined{c@#3}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#3' defined}}% + {\caption@Debug{#1type=#3}% + \caption@checkgrouplevel{#1}{% + \captionsetup{#1type#2*\@empty=...}#2{ or + \@backslashchar#1captionof}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\caption@tempa{#3}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa \else + \ifcaptionsetup@star\else\@nameuse{caption@#1type@warning}\fi + \fi + \expandafter\let\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@nameuse{caption@#1typehook}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{#3}% + \ifx\caption@opt\relax + \@nameundef{caption@#1type@warning}% + \else + \@namedef{caption@#1type@warning}{\caption@Warning{% + The #1caption type was already set to + `\csname @#1captype\endcsname'\MessageBreak}}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ifrefstepcounter\@secondoftwo + #2{}{% + \let\@currentlabel\caption@undefinedlabel +% \let\@currentHlabel\@undefined + \ifx\caption@ORI@label\@undefined + \let\caption@ORI@label\label + \let\label\caption@xlabel + \fi + \caption@start}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@typehook} +% Hook, will be extended later on, e.g.~by our \package{float} package +% support. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@typehook{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{This macro and its usage added} +% Since we often need to check if |\@captype| is defined (means: we +% are inside a floating environment) this helper macro was introduced. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@iftype{% + \@ifundefined{@captype}{\let\@captype\@undefined\@secondoftwo}\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse +% \newcommand*\caption@iftype{% +% \begingroup +% \@ifundefined{@captype}% +% {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo}% +% {\aftergroup\@firstoftwo}% +% \endgroup} +% \fi +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checkgrouplevel} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Error changed to warning (compatibility)} +% Checks if |\captionsetup{type=|\ldots|}| or |\caption| is done +% inside a group or not -- in the latter case a warning message will +% be issued. (needs \eTeX) +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname currentgrouplevel\endcsname\relax + \caption@Debug{TeX engine: TeX} + \let\caption@checkgrouplevel\@gobbletwo +\else + \caption@Debug{TeX engine: e-TeX} + \newcommand*\caption@checkgrouplevel[2]{% + \@ifundefined{#1caption@grouplevel}{% + \@ifundefined{caption@grouplevel}{\let\caption@grouplevel\z@}{}% + \ifnum\currentgrouplevel>\caption@grouplevel\relax + \expandafter\edef\csname #1caption@grouplevel\endcsname{% + \the\currentgrouplevel}% + \else + \caption@Warning{\string#2\MessageBreak outside box or environment}% + \fi + }{}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefinedlabel} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Contents changed to \texttt{??}} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Contents changed to \cs{caption@xref}(\ldots)} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{Bugfix 08-12-08: \cs{caption@xref} is robust now} +% This label will be used for |\currentlabel| inside (floating) environments +% as default. (see above) +% \iffalse\Note{All commands used have to be robust here.}\fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@undefinedlabel{% + \protect\caption@xref{\caption@labelname}{\on@line}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@xref[2]{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{\noexpand\label before \string\caption#2}% + \@setref\relax\@undefined{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@labelname{??} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@xlabel} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/11}{Revised} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Bugfix: \cs{pageref} should always work now} +% The new code of |\label| inside floating environments. +% |\label| will be redefined using |\caption@withoptargs|, so +% |#1| are the optional arguments (if any), and +% |#2| is the mandatory argument here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@xlabel[1]{% + \caption@@xlabel + \def\caption@labelname{#1}% + \caption@ORI@label{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@xlabel{% + \global\let\caption@@xlabel\@empty + \@bsphack + \protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@xref[2]{% + \string\@setref\string\relax\string\@undefined{\string##1}}}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionof} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Uses \cs{caption@settype} instead of \cs{def}\cs{@captype}} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/22}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt} removed} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/30}{Better compatibility: Will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} now} +% |\captionof|\marg{type}\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\\ +% |\captionof*|\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\par +% \Note{This will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} so +% \cs{usepackage}\csmarg{caption,capt-of} will still work. +% (Compatibility to \version{1.x})} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\captionof{\caption@teststar\caption@of{\caption*}\caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@of[2]{\caption@settype*{#2}#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionlistentry} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\\ +% |\captionlistentry*|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionlistentry{% + \caption@teststar\@captionlistentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@captionlistentry[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@listentry{#1}}\@captype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@listentry#1[#2]#3{% + \@bsphack + #1{\caption@gettitle{#3}}% + {\caption@refstepcounter{#2}% + \caption@makecurrent{#2}{#3}}% + \caption@addcontentsline{#2}{#3}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{\cs{ContinuedFloat}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ContinuedFloat} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{% +% Call of \cs{caption@ContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/12}{% +% Optional argument and call of \cs{caption@@ContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.0g}{2005/06/28}{% +% Bugfix: \cs{newcounter} replaced by \cs{newcount}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Format of \package{hyperref} extension changed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/07}{\cs{caption@setoptions} added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variant and hook \cs{sf@ContinuedFloat} added} +% |\ContinuedFloat|\\ +% |\ContinuedFloat*|\par +% This mainly decrements the appropriate counter and increments the +% continuation counter instead. +% Furthermore we set |\caption@resetContinuedFloat| to |\@gobble| so the +% continuation counter will not be reset to zero inside |\caption@refstepcounter|. +% Please forget about the optional argument, it was never working well, is +% incompatible to the \package{subfig} package, but is still there for +% compatibility reasons. +% \Note{The definition of \cs{ContinuedFloat} itself is compatible +% to the one inside the \package{subfig} package, except for the +% starred variant and the optional argument.} +% When the \package{hyperref} package is used we have the problem +% that the usage of |\ContinuedFloat| will create duplicate +% hyper links -- |\@currentHref| will be the same for the main float and +% the continued ones. So we have to make sure unique labels and references +% will be created each time. We do this by extending |\theHfigure| and +% |\theHtable|, so for continued floats the scheme +% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}|\alph{|\meta{continued \#}|}|\end{quote} +% will be used instead of +% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}\quad\quad.\end{quote} +% \par{\small(This implementation follows an idea from Steven Douglas Cochran.)} +% \Note{This does not help if the \package{hyperref} package option +% \texttt{naturalnames=true} is set.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ContinuedFloat{% + \@ifnextchar[\@Continued@Float\@ContinuedFloat} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@Continued@Float[#1]{\addtocounter{#1}\m@ne} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@ContinuedFloat{% + \caption@iftype + {\addtocounter\@captype\m@ne + \caption@ContinuedFloat\@captype}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\ContinuedFloat outside float}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@ContinuedFloat#1{% + \@ifstar{\caption@Continued@Float@{#1}}{\caption@Continued@Float{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@Continued@Float@{% + \addtocounter\@captype\@ne + \@stpelt{ContinuedFloat}\stepcounter{ContinuedFloat}% + \def\caption@resetContinuedFloat##1{\xdef\caption@CFtype{##1}}% + \caption@@ContinuedFloat} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@Continued@Float#1{% + \edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@CFtype + \stepcounter{ContinuedFloat}% + \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble + \caption@@ContinuedFloat{#1}% + \sf@ContinuedFloat{#1}% + \else + \caption@Error{Continued `#1' after `\caption@CFtype'}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@ContinuedFloat#1{% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname the#1\endcsname\theContinuedFloat + \@ifundefined{theH#1}{}{% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH#1\endcsname{% + \@alph\c@ContinuedFloat}}% + \caption@setoptions{ContinuedFloat}% + \caption@setoptions{continued#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\sf@ContinuedFloat[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@CFtype{??} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\theContinuedFloat} +% Its preset to \cs{@empty}, so usually the continuation counter is not +% included in the caption label or references. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcounter{ContinuedFloat} +\let\theContinuedFloat\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetContinuedFloat} +% |\caption@resetContinuedFloat|\marg{type}\par +% If a continuation counter is defined, we reset it. +% (This one will be called inside |\@caption|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetContinuedFloat[1]{% + \@stpelt{ContinuedFloat}\xdef\caption@CFtype{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Internal helpers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@refstepcounter} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added} +% Resets the continuation counter, increments the float (i.e. |figure| or +% |table|) counter, and sets the |refstepcounter| flag. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@refstepcounter[1]{% + \caption@resetContinuedFloat{#1}% + \caption@@refstepcounter{#1}% + \let\caption@ifrefstepcounter\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@refstepcounter{\refstepcounter} +\let\caption@ifrefstepcounter\@secondoftwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@dblarg} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/05}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix 07-12-06: Changed so it works without \cs{kernel@ifnextchar} +% (which was introduced in \LaTeXe\ 2004/01/23), too} +% A |\relax| was added compared to |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}| will be +% expanded to |\caption[\relax]{}| (and not to |\caption[]{}|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{kernel@ifnextchar}% + {\newcommand\caption@dblarg[1]{\@ifnextchar[{#1}{\caption@xdblarg{#1}}}}% + {\newcommand\caption@dblarg[1]{\kernel@ifnextchar[{#1}{\caption@xdblarg{#1}}}}% +\newcommand\caption@xdblarg[2]{#1[{#2\relax}]{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@begin} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{caption@settype} changed to \cs{caption@setfloattype}} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/04/12}{Check for default label format added} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Usage of \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@setfloattype} \& +% \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} removed} +% Our handling of |\caption| will always be surrounded by +% |\caption@begin| (or |\caption@beginex|) and |\caption@end|.\par +% |\caption@begin|\marg{type} performs these tasks: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item[1.] Start a new group. +% \item[2.] Define |\fnum@|\meta{type} if the caption label format is set +% to non-default. +% \item[3.] Override the |position=| setting, if necessary. +% (for example if set to |auto| or used inside a |supertabular|) +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@begin[1]{% + \begingroup + \caption@setfnum{#1}% + \caption@fixposition + \global\let\caption@fixedposition\caption@position} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@beginex} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of \opt{listof=} added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/04}{Takes now 3 args instead of 2, check for empty heading added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/01}{Makes lst-entry now instead of redefining \cs{addcontentsline}} +% |\caption@beginex|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\marg{heading}\par +% performs the same tasks as |\caption@begin| and additionally: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item[4.] Make an entry in the list-of-whatever. +% \item[5.] Set |\caption@ifempty| according argument \meta{heading}. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@beginex[3]{% + \caption@begin{#1}% + \caption@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}% + \caption@ifempty{#3}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@end} +% |\caption@end| closes the group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@end{% + \endgroup + \let\caption@position\caption@fixedposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{% +% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/06}{% +% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} removed} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfnum} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setfnum|\marg{type}\\ +% redefines |\fnum@|\meta{type} according the caption label format +% set with |labelformat=|. But if |labelformat=default| is set, +% |\fnum@|\meta{type} will not be overwritten by us. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfnum[1]{% + \@ifundefined{fnum@#1}{\iftrue}{\ifx\caption@lfmt\caption@lfmt@default\else}% + \@namedef{fnum@#1}{\caption@fnum{#1}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@boxrestore} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix: Redefinition of CR added} +% The original code (from |latex/base/ltboxes.dtx|): +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\@parboxrestore{\@arrayparboxrestore\let\\\@normalcr} +% \def\@arrayparboxrestore{% +% \let\if@nobreak\iffalse +% \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse +% \let\par\@@par +% \let\-\@dischyph +% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii +% \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip +% \everypar{}% +% \linewidth\hsize +% \@totalleftmargin\z@ +% \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip +% \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip +% \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip +% \sloppy} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\@parboxrestore|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@boxrestore{% + \let\if@nobreak\iffalse + \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse + \let\par\@@par +% \let\-\@dischyph +% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii + \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip + \everypar{}% +% \linewidth\hsize +% \@totalleftmargin\z@ + \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip + \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip + \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip + \sloppy + \let\\\@normalcr +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@normalsize} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\normalsize|.\par +% Its code is equivalent to +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@font{normal}%| +% \end{quote} +% but executes faster (since the starred form of |\caption@font| +% does not use |\setkeys| internally). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@normalsize{% + \caption@font*{\KV@caption@fnt@normal\@unused}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfloatcapt} +% Needed for support of the \package{float} package, where the caption will +% not be typeset directly, but catched in a |\vbox| called |\@floatcapt| +% instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@start} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref} +% All these are needed for support of the \package{hyperref} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@makecurrent[2]{} +\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone +\let\caption@start\relax +\let\caption@@start\relax +\let\caption@freezeHref\relax +\let\caption@defrostHref\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@gettitle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This one is needed for support of the \package{nameref} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@gettitle[1]{% + \@ifundefined{NR@gettitle}% + {\def\@currentlabelname{#1}}% + {\NR@gettitle{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{\cs{caption}, \cs{@caption}, and \cs{@makecaption}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@caption} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/22}{Bugfix: \cs{ContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/13}{Support of \cs{caption*[]} removed} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/19}{Minimal support of \textsf{combine} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore} +% Here comes our definition of |\caption| and |\caption*|. +% Beside the support of the starred variant this code was adapted to the +% various packages we support. +% We are using |\caption@dblarg| instead of |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}| +% (with an empty arg.) will produce a list-of entry, but |\caption[]{}| +% won't. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@caption{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@checkgrouplevel\@empty\caption + \caption@star + {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\caption outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@star} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@caption} to \cs{caption@star}} +% A helper macro which processes the optional |*| after |\caption|. +% \Note{We set \cs{caption@startrue} globally so it works with the +% \package{sidecap} package, too.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@star[2]{% + \@ifstar{\global\caption@startrue#2[]}{#1#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@caption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Bugfix: Handling of \texttt{@minipage} flag added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Support of option \opt{@minipage} added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Internal: Uses \cs{caption@prepareanchor} now} +% As above, our version has been adapted to the packages we support. +% Additionally our code is nested by |\caption@beginex| \& +% |\caption@end| instead of |\begingroup| \& |\endgroup|. +% Furthermore we use |\caption@boxrestore| instead of |\@parboxrestore| +% so this code also works correctly inside list-based environments +% like |wide| \& |addmargin|. (This, and the fact that we use +% |\linewidth| instead of |\hsize| inside |\@makecaption|, solves +% \href{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=latex/2472}%^^A +% {\LaTeX\ PR \texttt{latex/2472}}.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@caption#1[#2]#3{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcaption@star \else + \caption@prepareanchor{#1}{#2}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \par + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@setfloatcapt{% + \caption@boxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \caption@normalsize + \ifcaption@star + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone + \fi + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}% + {\ignorespaces\caption@makeanchor{#3}}\par + \caption@if@minipage\@minipagetrue\@minipagefalse}% + \caption@end}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareanchor} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@prepareanchor[2]{% + \caption@makecurrent{#1}{#2}% + \caption@ifhypcap\caption@@start{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecaption} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \cs{caption@rule} added} +% |\@makecaption|\marg{label}\marg{text}\par +% We do basically the same as the original code (from the standard +% \LaTeX\ document classes), but take care of the |position=| setting +% and use |\caption@@make| from the \package{caption} kernel to finally +% typeset the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@makecaption#1#2{% + \caption@iftop + {\vskip\belowcaptionskip}% + {\caption@rule\vskip\abovecaptionskip}% + \caption@@make{#1}{#2}% + \caption@iftop + {\vskip\abovecaptionskip\caption@rule}% + {\vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@redefine} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{This macro added, it contains the patching code now} +% We only redefine |\caption| and |\@caption| if the current definitions +% are well known, so documents written in the old (\package{caption} +% package \version{1.x}) days (where |\caption| \& |\@caption| were not +% redefined by us) will still compile fine. +% For example the usage of the \package{captcont} package, which brings +% it's own definition of |\caption*|, was quite common these days. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@redefine{} +\g@addto@macro\caption@redefine{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setbool{incompatible}{0}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % ltfloat.dtx [2002/10/01 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)] + \def\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \refstepcounter\@captype + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau + \def\caption{ + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside figure or table}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \refstepcounter\@captype + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % float.sty [2001/11/08 v1.3d Float enhancements (AL)] + \renewcommand\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \refstepcounter\@captype + \let\@tempf\@caption + \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname\relax\else + \expandafter\expandafter\let + \expandafter\@tempf\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname + \fi + \fi + \@dblarg{\@tempf\@captype}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2007/02/27 v6.75t Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2007/04/09 v6.76a Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2007/06/12 v6.76h Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \def\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \H@refstepcounter\@captype + \@ifundefined{fst@\@captype}{% + \let\Hy@tempa\@caption + }{% + \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@float@caption + }% + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\Hy@tempa\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2007/08/05 v6.76j Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \def\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \H@refstepcounter\@captype + \let\Hy@tempa\@caption + \@ifundefined{float@caption}{% + }{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname\float@caption + \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@float@caption + \fi + }% + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\Hy@tempa\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@IfCheckCommand{}{% + \caption@Info{% + Incompatible package detected (regarding \string\caption).\MessageBreak + \string\caption\space=\space\meaning\caption}% + \caption@setbool{incompatible}{1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % ltfloat.dtx [2002/10/01 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \par + \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% + {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% second argument ignored + \par\nobreak + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \beamer@makecaption{#1}{\ignorespaces #3}\par\nobreak + \endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +% \caption@CheckCommand\float@caption{% +% % float.sty [2001/11/08 v1.3d Float enhancements (AL)] +% \long\def\float@caption#1[#2]#3{% +% \addcontentsline{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{\@nameuse{the#1}}{\ignorespaces #2}} +% \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox\bgroup\@parboxrestore +% \normalsize\@fs@capt{\@nameuse{fnum@#1}}{\ignorespaces #3}% +% \@ifnextchar[{\float@ccon}{\egroup}}% +% \long\def\float@ccon[#1]{#1\par\egroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2007/02/27 v6.75t Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}% + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{% + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}% + }% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{% + \ignorespaces + \ifHy@nesting + \hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{#3}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{\relax}}#3% + \fi + }% + \par + \endgroup + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2007/04/09 v6.76a Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2007/06/12 v6.76h Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2007/08/05 v6.76j Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref + \else + \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}% + \fi + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{% + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}% + }% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\@capstartfalse + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}% + \else + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{% + \ignorespaces + \ifHy@nesting + \hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{#3}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{\relax}}#3% + \fi + }% + \fi + \par + \endgroup + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2009/11/27 v6.79k Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref + \else + \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}% + \fi + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{% + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}% + }% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\@capstartfalse + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}% + \else + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{% + \ignorespaces + \ifHy@nesting + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#3}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{\relax}% + }% + #3% + \fi + }% + \fi + \par + \endgroup + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2009/12/09 v6.79m Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2009/12/28 v6.79z Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref + \else + \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}% + \fi + \@ifundefined{NR@gettitle}{% + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + }{% + \NR@gettitle{#2}% + }% + \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{% + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}% + }% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\@capstartfalse + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}% + \else + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{% + \ignorespaces + \ifHy@nesting + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#3}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{% + \@currentHref + }{\relax}% + }% + #3% + \fi + }% + \fi + \par + \endgroup + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % nameref.sty [2006/12/27 v2.28 Cross-referencing by name of section] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]{% + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \NR@@caption{#1}[{#2}]% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % nameref.sty [2009/11/27 v2.32 Cross-referencing by name of section] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]{% + \NR@gettitle{#2}% + \NR@@caption{#1}[{#2}]% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % subfigure.sty [2002/07/30 v2.1.4 subfigure package] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \@ifundefined{if#1topcap}% + {\subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}}% + {\@nameuse{if#1topcap}% + \@listsubcaptions{#1}% + \subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% + \else + \subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% + \@listsubcaptions{#1}% + \fi}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % subfig.sty [2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package] + \def\@caption{\caption@}% +% \long\def\caption@#1[#2]#3{% +% \@ifundefined{caption@setfloattype}% +% \caption@settype +% \caption@setfloattype +% \@captype +% \sf@ifpositiontop{% +% \@listsubcaptions{#1}% +% \sf@old@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% +% }{% +% \sf@old@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% +% \@listsubcaptions{#1}% +% }}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@IfCheckCommand{}{% + \caption@Info{% + Incompatible package detected (regarding \string\@caption).\MessageBreak + \string\@caption\space=\space\meaning\@caption}% + \caption@setbool{incompatible}{1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The option |compatibility=| will override the compatibility mode. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{caption@ifcompatibility}% + {\let\caption@ifcompatibility\caption@ifincompatible + \let\caption@tempa\caption@WarningNoLine}% + {\let\caption@tempa\@gobble}% suppress warning +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifcompatibility{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@tempa{% + \noexpand\caption will not be redefined since it's already\MessageBreak + redefined by a document class or package which is\MessageBreak + unknown to the caption package}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\ContinuedFloat| is not supported in compatibility mode. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@ContinuedFloat[1]{% + \caption@Error{Not available in compatibility mode}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\caption@start| is not supported in compatibility mode. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \let\caption@start\relax + \@ifundefined{caption@ORI@capstart}{}{% + \caption@Debug{% + Restore hypcap definition of \string\capstart\@gobble}% + \let\capstart\caption@ORI@capstart}% + \@ifundefined{caption@ORI@float@makebox}{}{% + \caption@Debug{% + Restore hyperref redefinition of \string\float@makebox\@gobble}% + \let\float@makebox\caption@ORI@float@makebox}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@star} +% We redefine |\caption@star| here so it does not make any harm. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@star[2]{#1#2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifincompatible{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Forced redefinition of \noexpand\caption since the\MessageBreak + unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'\MessageBreak + was given}% + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption} +% \begin{macro}{\@caption} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{% + \let\caption\caption@caption + \let\@caption\caption@@caption}% + \caption@redefine +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \let\caption@ORI@capstart\@undefined + \let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\@undefined}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xfloat} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This re-definition added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Will now be redefined in compatibility mode, too} +% We redefine |\@xfloat| so inside floating environments our +% type-specific options will be used, a \package{hyperref} +% anchor will be set etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xfloat\@xfloat + \def\@xfloat#1[#2]{% + \caption@ORI@xfloat{#1}[#2]% + \caption@settype{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Some packages (like the \package{hyperref} package for example) redefines +% |\caption| and |\@caption|, too. +% So we have to use |\AtBeginDocument| here, so we can make sure +% our definition is the one which will be valid at last. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@redefine} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Support for sub-captions} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Support for sub-captions added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareSubType} +% |\caption@DeclareSub| initializes the usage of \cs{caption} +% in sub-floats. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@DeclareSubType sub#1\@nil{% + \caption@Debug{Initializing subtype for `#1'\@gobble}% + \@namedef{caption@c@#1}{0}% + \@namedef{caption@beginsub#1}{\caption@beginsubfloat{#1}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareSubType +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Initialize the sub-captions defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionSubType}\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@For*{subtypelist}{\caption@DeclareSubType sub#1\@nil} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Initialize the sub-captions defined with \cs{newsubfloat}\cite{subfig}\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \@ifundefined{sf@counterlist}{}{% + \@for\sf@temp:=\sf@counterlist\do{% + \expandafter\caption@DeclareSubType\sf@temp\@nil}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypehook} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@setlist} added} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-08-12b: \cs{@makecaption} will now be restored here, too} +% Hook, will be used inside \cs{caption@setsubtype}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subtypehook{% + \ifx\caption\caption@subcaption \else +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifrefstepcounter{}{% + % no \caption or \subcaption in this (floating) environment yet + \caption@Debug{Increment \@captype\ counter =\the\value\@captype}% + \caption@l@stepcounter\@captype + \let\addcontentsline\caption@addsubcontentsline}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifnum\csname caption@c@\@captype\endcsname=\value\@captype \else + \caption@Debug{Reset sub\@captype\ counter}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@c@\@captype\endcsname{% + \the\value\@captype}% + \@stpelt\@subcaptype + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \c@ContinuedFloat=0\relax + \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble + \let\caption@addcontentsline\caption@kernel@addcontentsline + \let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@iflist{}{\let\caption@setlist\@gobble}% + \caption@setoptions{sub}% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% for subfig-package compatibility +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption\caption@subcaption + \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subcaption} +% Makes a sub-caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subcaption{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@checkgrouplevel{sub}\subcaption + \caption@star + {\caption@refstepcounter\@subcaptype}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@subcaptype}}}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\subcaption outside float}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addcontentsline} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{Argument of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} removed} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Argument of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} re-added} +% We extend |\caption@addcontentsline| so it handles sub-captions, too. +% \Note{\cs{sf@ifpositiontop} \& \cs{@listsubcaptions} are defined by the +% \package{subfigure} \& \package{subfig} packages.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@kernel@addcontentsline\caption@addcontentsline +\renewcommand*\caption@addcontentsline[2]{% + \sf@ifpositiontop{\@listsubcaptions{#1}}{}% + \caption@kernel@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}% + \sf@ifpositiontop{}{\@listsubcaptions{#1}}% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentslines[1]{% + \begingroup + \caption@subcontentslines + \endgroup + \caption@clearsubcontentslines}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \@ifundefined{sf@ifpositiontop}{\let\sf@ifpositiontop\@gobbletwo}{}% + \caption@clearsubcontentslines + \g@addto@macro\caption@typehook{\caption@checksubcontentslines}% + \AtEndDocument{\caption@checksubcontentslines}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addsubcontentsline} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix 08-07-28: +% \cs{label}, \cs{index}, and \cs{glossary} are allowed inside the list entry now} +% Add a pending sub-caption list entry. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentsline[3]{% + \begingroup + \let\label\@gobble \let\index\@gobble \let\glossary\@gobble + \protected@edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\caption@subcontentslines{% + \noexpand\@namedef{the#2}{\csname the#2\endcsname}% + \ifx\@currentHref\@undefined \else + \noexpand\def\noexpand\@currentHref{\@currentHref}% + \fi + \protect\addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checksubcontentslines} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/07}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@Error} instead of \cs{subcaption@Error} now} +% Checks if the list of pending sub-captions is empty, if not, +% a warning will be issued. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@checksubcontentslines{% + \ifx\caption@subcontentslines\@empty \else + \caption@Error{% + Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \protect\caption\MessageBreak + in the last figure or table}% + \caption@clearsubcontentslines + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clearsubcontentslines} +% Clear pending sub-caption list entries. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearsubcontentslines{% + \global\let\caption@subcontentslines\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Document class \& Babel package support} +% +% \subsubsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added (package)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{smf@makecaption}{}{\let\smf@makecaption\@makecaption} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The beamer class} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{beamer class support added (package)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifclassloaded{beamer}{% + \caption@Info{beamer document class}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Since the beamer class do not offer a `list of figures' we switch +% this support in \thispackage\ off. +% \begin{macrocode} + \captionsetup{list=false} + \DeclareCaptionOption{list}[1]{} + \DeclareCaptionOption{listof}[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\figure} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added} +% \begin{macro}{\table} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added} +% We redefine |figure| \& |table| so our type-specific options will be used, +% a \package{hyperref} anchor will be set etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ORI@figure + \csname\string\figure\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\figure}[#1]{% + \caption@ORI@figure[#1]% + \caption@settype{figure}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ORI@table + \csname\string\table\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\table}[#1]{% + \caption@ORI@table[#1]% + \caption@settype{table}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The \KOMAScript{} classes} +% +% \KOMAScript\ contains the code +% |\AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}| +% so we need to update |\scr@caption| here, too. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{scr@caption}{}{% + \caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The frenchb Babel option} +% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{Adaptation to \package{frenchb} added (package)} +% +% Suppress +% ``Package |frenchb.ldf| Warning: The definition of |\@makecaption| has been +% changed, frenchb will NOT customize it.'' +% (but only if we emulate this customization) +% \begin{macrocode} +\@nameuse{caption@frenchb}\@nameundef{caption@frenchb} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The frenchle/pro package} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{Adaptation to \package{frenchle/pro} added (package)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\@ifundefined{frenchTeXmods}{}{% + \caption@Info{frenchle/pro package is loaded}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\captionfont@ORI\captionfont + \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\captionlabelfont + \let\@makecaption@ORI\@makecaption +% \end{macrocode} + +% If |\GOfrench| is defined as |\relax| all the re-definitions regarding +% captions have already been done, so we can do our patches immediately. +% Otherwise we must add our stuff to |\GOfrench|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{GOfrench}% + {\let\caption@tempa\@firstofone}% + {\def\caption@tempa{\g@addto@macro\GOfrench}}% + \caption@tempa{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\captionfont\captionfont@ORI + \let\captionfont@ORI\@undefined + \let\captionlabelfont\captionlabelfont@ORI + \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\@undefined + \let\@makecaption\@makecaption@ORI + \let\@makecaption@ORI\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@cnORI} +% We update the definition of |\@cnORI| so it actually reflects +% our definition of |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@cnORI\caption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@tablescaption} +% The \package{frenchle/pro} package sets |\caption| to |\@tablescaption| at +% |\begin{table}| for special treatment of footnotes. +% Therefore we have to patch |\@tablescaption| so |\caption*| will work +% inside the |table| environment. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@tcORI\@tablescaption + \def\@tablescaption{\caption@star\relax\caption@tcORI}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\f@ffrench} +% \begin{macro}{\f@tfrench} +% |\f@ffrench| and |\f@tfrench| reflect |\fnum@figure| and |\fnum@table| +% when used in French mode. These contain additional code which typesets +% the caption separator |\captionseparator| instead of the usual colon. +% Because this breaks with our |\@makecaption| code we have to remove +% this additional code here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@eatDP\@undefined + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + \ifx\f@ffrench\fnum@figure + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@figure\f@ffrench}% + \fi + \ifx\f@tfrench\fnum@table + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@table\f@tfrench}% + \fi + \def\f@ffrench{\ifx\listoffigures\relax\else\figurename~\thefigure\fi}% + \def\f@tfrench{\ifx\listoftables\relax\else\tablename~\thetable\fi}% + \caption@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Package support} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{Package options `float', `longtable' etc. +% are not supported anymore, removed} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfPackageLoaded} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/29}{3rd argument \meta{code} added, +% so no extra check is needed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-written \& renamed from \cs{caption@ifpackage} +% to \cs{caption@IfPackageLoaded}} +% |\caption@IfPackageLoaded|\marg{package}\oarg{version}\marg{true}\marg{false}\par +% Some kind of combination of |\@ifpackageloaded| and |\@ifpackagelater|. +% If the \meta{package} is not loaded yet, the check will be (re-)done +% |\AtBeginDocument|, so the \meta{package} could be loaded later on, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@IfPackageLoaded[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@@IfPackageLoaded{#1}}{}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfPackageLoaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@IfPackageLoaded#1[#2]#3#4{% + \@ifpackageloaded{#1}\@firstofone{% + \caption@Debug{#1 package is not loaded (yet)\@gobble}% + \caption@AtBeginDocument}{% + \caption@@ifpackageloaded{#1}[#2]{#3}{#4}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@IfPackageLoaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifpackageloaded[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@@ifpackageloaded{#1}}{}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifpackageloaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@ifpackageloaded#1[#2]{% + \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{% + \caption@Info{#1 package is loaded}% + \@ifpackagelater{#1}{#2}\@firstoftwo{% + \caption@Error{% + For a successful cooperation we need at least version\MessageBreak + `#2' of package #1,\MessageBreak + but only version\MessageBreak + `\csname ver@#1.\@pkgextension\endcsname'\MessageBreak + is available}% + \@secondoftwo}% + }{\@secondoftwo}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@ifpackageloaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clearmargin} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This macro will be used by some package support stuff where the usual +% margin setting is not welcome, e.g. in the \package{sidecap} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearmargin{% + \setcaptionmargin\z@ + \let\caption@minmargin\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{needfreeze}{0} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \caption@ifneedfreeze{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freeze} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} \& \cs{@caption} revised for enhanced compatibility} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: Made \cs{@caption} long} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variants of \cs{ContinuedFloat} and \cs{captionsetup} added} +% |\caption@freeze*|\par +% Used by the \package{fltpage} \& \package{sidecap} package support. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@freeze{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@freeze\@gobble\@firstofone}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@@freeze[1]{% + \global\let\caption@SCcontinued\relax + \global\let\caption@SCsetup\@undefined + \global\let\caption@SClentry\@undefined + \global\let\caption@SCtext\@undefined + \global\let\caption@SClabel\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat\ContinuedFloat + \def\ContinuedFloat{% + \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@ContinuedFloat}% + \def\caption@SC@ContinuedFloat##1{% + \let\caption@ORI@setcounter\setcounter + \let\caption@ORI@addtocounter\addtocounter + \def\setcounter####1####2{\csname c@####1\endcsname####2\relax}% + \def\addtocounter####1####2{\advance\csname c@####1\endcsname ####2\relax}% + \caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat##1% + \global\let\caption@SCcontinued\caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat + \let\setcounter\caption@ORI@setcounter + \let\addtocounter\caption@ORI@addtocounter}% + \let\caption@ORI@setup\captionsetup + \def\captionsetup{% + \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@setup}% + \def\caption@SC@setup##1##2{% + \caption@g@addto@list\caption@SCsetup{##2}% + \caption@ORI@setup##1{##2}}% + \let\caption@ORI\caption + \def\caption{% + \def\caption{\caption@Error{% + Only one \noexpand\caption can be placed in this environment}}% + \let\captionsetup\caption@setup + \let\caption@@refstepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter + \caption@ORI}% + \long\def\@caption##1[##2]##3{% + \@bsphack + \gdef\caption@SClentry{##2}% + \gdef\caption@SCtext{##3}% + \@esphack}% + #1{% is \@gobble in star form, and \@firstofone otherwise + \def\label##1{\@bsphack\gdef\caption@SClabel{##1}\@esphack}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrost} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{\cs{caption@defrost@setup} added} +% |\caption@defrost| +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@defrost{% + \ifx\caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat\@undefined + \caption@defrost@setup + \ifx\caption@SCtext\@undefined \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter[% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter\caption@SClentry\expandafter}\expandafter]% + \expandafter{\caption@SCtext}% + \fi + \ifx\caption@SClabel\@undefined \else + \expandafter\label\expandafter{\caption@SClabel}% + \fi + \else + \caption@Error{Internal Error:\MessageBreak + \noexpand\caption@defrost in same group as \string\caption@freeze}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@defrost@setup{% + \caption@SCcontinued + \ifx\caption@SCsetup\@undefined \else + \expandafter\captionsetup\expandafter{\caption@SCsetup}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% + \caption@undefbool{needfreeze}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The float package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/31}{\package{float} package support rewritten and improved} +% \iffalse +% (This is a more straight-ahead implementation, but it only works with v1.3 +% now, so v1.2 is no longer supported. The old code including documentation +% can be found in caption-30f-050530.zip) +% \fi +% +% The \package{float} package usually do not use the \LaTeX\ kernel command +% |\@caption| to typeset the caption but |\float@caption| instead. +% (|\@caption| will only be used if the float is re-styled with +% |\restylefloat*|.) +% +% The main two things |\float@caption| is doing different are: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The caption will be typeset inside a |\savebox| called |\@floatcapt| +% so it can be placed above or below the float contents afterwards. +% \item |\@makecaption| will not be used to finally typeset the caption. +% Instead |\@fs@capt| will be used which definition is part of the float +% style. +% (Note that |\@fs@capt| will not typeset any vertical space above or below +% the caption; instead this space will be typeset by the float style code +% itself.) +% \end{itemize} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{float}[2001/11/08 v1.3d]{% + \@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}{% + \caption@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}[2007/08/24 v0.2a]{}{}% + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +% \begin{macro}{\caption@of} +% If the float is defined by the float package (which means |\fst@|\meta{type} +% is defined) we `execute' this float style, so |\@fs@iftopcapt| is set to its +% proper value. +% Furthermore we undo the re-definition of |\caption@setfloatcapt| which was +% done by |\float@dostyle|. +% \begin{macrocode} +% \renewcommand*\caption@of[2]{% +% \float@ifstyle{#2}{% +% \float@dostyle{#2}% +% \let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone}{}% +% \caption@settype*{#2}#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \fi +% +% \begin{macro}{\@float@setevery} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-12-05: \cs{color@begin/endgroup} added +% to redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt}} +% |\@float@setevery|\marg{float type} is provided by the \package{float} +% package; it's called every time a floating environment defined with +% |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat| begins. +% We use this hook to do some adaptations and to setup the proper caption +% style (if defined) and additional settings declared with +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{float style}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@float@setevery\@float@setevery + \def\@float@setevery#1{% + \float@ifcaption{#1}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% First of all we set the caption position to it's proper value by +% converting |\@fs@iftopcapt| (which is part of a float style and +% controls where the caption will be typeset, above or below the float +% contents) to our |position=| setting. +% Since the spacing above and below the caption will be done by the float +% style and \emph{not} by us this sounds quite useless. But in fact it isn't, +% since some packages based on \thispackage\ (like the \package{subfig} +% package) could have an interest for this information and therefore use the +% |\caption@iftop| macro we provide in our kernel. Furthermore we need this +% information for ourself in |\captionof| which uses |\@makecaption| to +% finally typeset the caption with skips. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setposition{\@fs@iftopcapt t\else b\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Afterward we redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| (which will be used inside +% |\@caption|) so the caption will be set inside the box |\@floatcapt|, +% without extra vertical space. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\caption@setfloatcapt[1]{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@@make + \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox{% + \color@begingroup ##1\color@endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% To allow different caption styles for different float styles we also +% determine the current float style (e.g. `ruled') and select +% a caption style (and additional settings) with the same name, if defined. +% \begin{macrocode} + \float@getstyle\float@style{#1}% + \caption@setstyle*\float@style + \caption@setoptions\float@style +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% + \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \float@makebox + \caption@ORI@float@setevery{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@typehook} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/08}{float package hook added} +% \LaTeX\ and almost every other packages use +% |\|\meta{type}|name| +% to provide a macro for the type resp.~environment name -- for example +% the command |\figurename| will usually contain the name of the floating +% environment |figure|: +% \begin{quote} +% |\newcommand\figurename{Figure}| +% \end{quote} +% But the \package{float} package doesn't follow this common naming +% convention: +% For floats defined with |\newfloat| it uses |\fname@|\meta{type} instead, +% which breaks with our code (and with |\autoref| and some other things as +% well). +% So we have to map the \package{float} package name to the common one here.\par +% \Note{If the float was not defined with \cs{newfloat} but with +% \cs{restylefloat} instead, \cs{fname@}\meta{type} is not defined.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\caption@typehook{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1name\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\let\csname #1name\expandafter\endcsname + \csname fname@#1\endcsname + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/26}{Skips of \env{plaintop} and \env{boxed} floats corrected} +% \begin{macro}{\fs@plaintop} +% \begin{macro}{\fs@boxed} +% Since the float styles |plaintop| and |boxed| don't use |\abovecaptionskip| +% which could be set with |skip=| (|plaintop| uses |\belowcaptionskip| instead of +% |\abovecaptionskip|, and |boxed| uses a fixed space of |2pt|) +% we patch the according float style macros here to change this. +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\fs@plaintop{\def\@fs@mid{\vspace\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% + \g@addto@macro\fs@boxed{\def\@fs@mid{\kern\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@ifstyle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% |\float@ifstyle|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par +% Checks if the given \meta{type} (e.g.~|figure|) is associated with a +% float style (e.g.~|boxed|). +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname fst@#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@getstyle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% |\float@getstyle|\marg{cmd}\marg{type}\par +% Determining the float style is not so easy because the only hint +% provided by the \package{float} package is the macro +% |\fst@|\meta{float type} which points to the macro which represents the +% float style. So for example after +% \begin{quote} +% |\floatstyle{ruled}|\\ +% |\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}| +% \end{quote} +% |\fst@Program| will be defined as +% \begin{quote} +% |\def\fst@Program{\fs@ruled}|\quad. +% \end{quote}\par +% So here is what we do: We make the first level expansion of +% |\fst@|\meta{float type} a string so we can gobble the first four tokens +% (= |\fs@|), so only the the name of the float style is left.\par +% \emph{TODO:} We need to convert the catcodes here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@getstyle[2]{% + \edef#1{% + \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gobblefour\noexpand\string + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand + \csname fst@#2\endcsname}% + \edef#1{#1}% + \caption@Debug{floatstyle{#2} = `#1'}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@setstyle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% |\float@setstyle|\marg{type}\marg{style}\par +% Sets or changes the float style associated with \meta{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@setstyle[2]{% + \expandafter\edef\csname fst@#1\endcsname{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname fs@#2\endcsname}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@dostyle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/23}{This macro added} +% |\float@dostyle|\marg{type} +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@dostyle[1]{% + \@nameuse{fst@#1}\@float@setevery{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@ifcaption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/23}{This macro added} +% |\float@ifcaption|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par +% Here we determine if the user has used |\newfloat| resp.~|\restylefloat|, +% or |\restylefloat*|. +% This is quite easy: If |\@float@c@|\meta{captype} is the same as +% |\float@caption|, the user has used |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat|, +% otherwise we assume he has used |\restylefloat*|. +% (This test will fail if some package re-defines |\float@caption|, +% so we have to assume that there is no one.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@#1\endcsname\float@caption + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}}{% + \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{\@secondoftwo}% + \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{\@secondoftwo}% +% \clearcaptionsetup{boxed}% used by the floatrow package? +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The skip between `boxed' floats and their caption defaults to |2pt|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt} % do not issue a warning when not used +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/26}{\opt{strut=0} added to caption style \opt{ruled}} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/27}{Option \opt{ruled} fixed} +% To emulate the `ruled' definition of |\@fs@capt| we provide a caption style +% `ruled' with appropriate options. But if the package option |ruled| was +% specified, we setup some caption parameters to emulate the behavior +% of \thispackage\ \version{1.x} option |ruled| instead, i.e., +% the current caption settings will be used, but without margin and without +% `single-line-check'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{ruled}{% + \captionsetup[ruled]{margin=0pt,minmargin=0,slc=0}% +}{% + \DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=0}% +} +\caption@undefbool{ruled} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The floatflt package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{Support of the \package{floatflt} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{floatflt}[1996/02/27 v1.3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\floatingfigure} +% We patch |\floatingfigure| so |\caption@floatflt| will be used. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@floatingfigure\floatingfigure + \def\floatingfigure{% + \caption@floatflt{figure}% + \caption@ORI@floatingfigure}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\floatingtable} +% Same with |\floatingtable|\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@floatingtable\floatingtable + \def\floatingtable{% + \caption@floatflt{table}% +% \caption@setautoposition b% + \caption@ORI@floatingtable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@floatflt} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added} +% Here we do two things: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item We use |\caption@setoptions{floating|\meta{type}|}| so +% |\captionsetup[floating|\meta{type}|]{|\ldots|}| is supported. +% \item |\linewidth| must be set correctly. +% Usually this is done by |\@parboxrestore| inside |\@caption|, +% but since we use |\@caption@boxrestore| we have to map this to +% |\@parboxrestore| instead. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@floatflt[1]{% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setoptions{floating#1}% + \let\caption@boxrestore\@parboxrestore}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +% \subsubsection{The floatrow package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/01}{Support of the \package{floatrow} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%\caption@IfPackageLoaded{floatrow}[2007/07/01 v0.1p]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The \package{floatrow} package is already adapted for usage with +% \thispackage. So the main work has already been done by +% Mrs.~Lapko, there is only one little thing we have to take care about: +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@of} +% Captions typeset with |\captionof| should have the correct layout, +% therefore we have to `activate' this layout here with |\flrow@setlist|. +% \begin{macrocode} +% \renewcommand*\caption@of[2]{% +% \flrow@setlist{{#2}}% TODO: always do this? +% \caption@settype*{#2}#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \fi +% +% \subsubsection{The fltpage package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{Support of the \package{fltpage} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{fltpage}[1998/10/29 v.0.3]{% + \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@helpNote} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@helpNote}[2]{% +% \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \pageref{#2}!}}% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\FP@helpNote[2]{% + \begingroup % save \caption@thepage + \caption@pageref{#2}% + \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \caption@thepage!}% + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatBegin} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-09-11: Missing \cs{ignorespaces} added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@floatBegin}[1]{% +% \gdef\@captype{#1}% +% \global\let\FP@savedCaptionCommand\caption% +% \global\let\FP@savedLabelCommand\label% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}} +% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@figure}% +% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@table}% +% \let\FP@LabelText\@empty% +% \let\FP@CaptionText\@empty% +% \let\FP@optionalCaptionText\@empty% +% \renewcommand\label[1]{\gdef\FP@LabelText{##1}}% +% \renewcommand\caption[2][]{% +% \gdef\FP@optionalCaptionText{##1}\gdef\FP@CaptionText{##2}}% +% \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% +% }% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\FP@floatBegin[1]{% + \def\@captype{#1}% + \let\FP@LabelText\@empty + \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% + \caption@ifFPrefcap + {\caption@freeze\relax}% + {\def\label##1{\@bsphack\gdef\FP@LabelText{##1}\@esphack}% + \caption@freeze*}% + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatEnd} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{Some minor bugfixes} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@floatEnd}{% +% \end{lrbox}% +% \global\setbox\FP@floatCorpusBOX=\box\FP@floatCorpusBOX +% \stepcounter{FP@\@captype C}% +% \FP@savedLabelCommand{\FP@positionLabel}% +% \FP@helpNote{\@captype}{\FP@positionLabel}% +% \FP@float +% {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test +% {\begin{\@captype}[p!] +% \usebox{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% +% \refstepcounter{\@captype}% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@LabelText}{\@empty}} +% {}{\FP@savedLabelCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@LabelText}}% +% \end{\@captype}} +% {\addtocounter{\@captype}{-1}} +% {\begin{\@captype}[b!]% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@guide}{\@empty}}% +% {}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}}% +% {\renewcommand{\fnum@figure}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}% +% {\renewcommand{\fnum@table}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}}% +% \setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption +% \setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption +% \FP@separatorCaption% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@optionalCaptionText}{\@empty}}% +% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}% +% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand[\expandafter\protect\FP@optionalCaptionText]% +% {\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}% +% \end{\@captype}}% +% }% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\FP@floatEnd{% + \end{lrbox}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \stepcounter{FP@\@captype C}% + \caption@label\FP@positionLabel + \FP@helpNote\@captype\FP@positionLabel +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\FP@RestoreCounter{% + \noexpand\setcounter{\@captype}{\the\value\@captype}% + \noexpand\setcounter{ContinuedFloat}{\the\value{ContinuedFloat}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \FP@float + {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test + {\begin\@captype[p!]% + \usebox\FP@floatCorpusBOX + \caption@defrost@setup + \caption@ifFPlistcap + {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype + \expandafter\caption@makecurrent\expandafter\@captype + \expandafter{\caption@SClentry}}% + {\expandafter\captionlistentry\expandafter{\caption@SClentry}}% + \caption@makeanchor\relax + \ifx\FP@LabelText\@empty \else + \expandafter\label\expandafter{\FP@LabelText}% + \fi + \end\@captype}% + {\FP@RestoreCounter + \@ifundefined{theH\@captype}{}{% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH\@captype\endcsname{.FP}}}% + {\begin\@captype[b!]% + \let\FP@savedSetfnumCommand\caption@setfnum + \def\caption@setfnum##1{% + \FP@savedSetfnumCommand{##1}% + \ifx\FP@guide\@empty \else + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname fnum@##1\endcsname{\ {\FP@guide}}% + \fi}% + \setlength\abovecaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length above caption + \setlength\belowcaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length below caption + \caption@setoptions{FP\@captype}% + \FP@separatorCaption + \caption@ifFPlistcap{}{\let\caption@addcontentsline\@gobbletwo}% + \caption@defrost + \end\@captype}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines FP-variant, too} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/09/28}{Bugfix regarding newly defined \package{fltpage} environments} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@For{typelist}{% + \newcounter{FP@#1C}% + \newenvironment{FP#1}{\FP@floatBegin{#1}}{\FP@floatEnd}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\caption@ifFPlistcap\@undefined + \let\caption@ifFPrefcap\@undefined +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The hyperref package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Support of the \package{hyperref} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/09}{Usage of \cs{hyper@makecurrent} instead of +% \cs{theHfigure} as indicator for \package{hyperref} package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hyperref}[2003/11/30 v6.74m]{% + \@ifundefined{hyper@makecurrent}{% hyperref has stopped early + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Hyperref support is turned off\MessageBreak + because hyperref has stopped early}% + }{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\measuring@true}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@refstepcounter} +% We redefine |\caption@@refstepcounter| so |\H@refstepcounter| will be used +% instead of |\refstepcounter| inside |\caption| \& |\captionlistentry|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@@refstepcounter{\H@refstepcounter}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% We redefine |\caption@makecurrent| so a \package{hyperref} label +% will be defined inside |\@caption|. +% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@makecurrent[2]{% + \caption@makecurrentHref{#1}% + \caption@Debug{hyperref current=\@currentHref}% + \caption@gettitle{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@makecurrentHref{\hyper@makecurrent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the current hyperref package} +% We redefine |\caption@makeanchor| so a \package{hyperref} anchor +% will be set inside |\@caption|. +% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\caption@makeanchor[1]{% + \caption@Debug{hyperref anchor: \@currentHref}% + % If we cannot have nesting, the anchor is empty. + \ifHy@nesting + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#1}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{\relax}% + }#1% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \paragraph{The hypcap option} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@capstart} +% Like the \package{hypcap} package we define the switch |\if@capstart|, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newif\if@capstart +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@start} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{% +% \cs{caption@currentHref} renamed to \cs{hc@currentHref}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{% +% This macro renamed from \cs{capstart} to \cs{caption@start} and revised} +% While the \package{hypcap} package defines a macro called |\capstart| +% our variant is called |\caption@start| and is controlled by the option +% |hypcap=||false|/|true|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@start{\caption@ifhypcap\caption@start@\relax}% + \def\caption@start@{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Generate the \package{hyperref} label and set the \package{hyperref} anchor, +% usually (if |hypcap=false|) both is done inside |\@caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@makestart\@captype + \caption@startanchor\@currentHref +% \end{macrocode} +% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a new \package{hyperref} label, +% use the label we save in |\hc@currentHref| instead. +% (We also support the |@capstart| flag from the \package{hypcap} package.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\@capstarttrue + \let\hc@currentHref\@currentHref + \def\caption@makecurrentHref##1{% + \global\@capstartfalse + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a \package{hyperref} anchor since this +% has already been done. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makestart} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/30}{\cs{@currentHref} will be extended by \texttt{caption} +% instead of \texttt{xxx} now} +% |\caption@makestart|\marg{type} +% defines a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par +% Since we offer |\ContinuedFloat| the float counter can change between +% `now' and |\caption|, i.e., we simply don't know the figure or table counter +% yet and therefore we are not able to generate the `right' \package{hyperref} +% label. +% Two different solutions of this problem came into my mind: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item I could use the aux file for this purpose.\par +% -or- +% \item I set |hypertexnames=false| locally. +% Furthermore I use |#1.caption.|\meta{counter} (instead of |#1.|\meta{counter}) +% as naming scheme for |\@currentHref| to avoid conflicts with other hyper +% links which are generated with |hypertexnames=true|. +% \end{enumerate} +% The first idea has the advantage that the `right' anchor name will be +% generated, but one needs an additional \LaTeX\ run if figures or tables +% will be inserted or removed.\par +% The second idea has the advantage that it's very easy to implement, but +% has some side-effects, e.g. the anchor names don't follow the figure or +% table label names anymore.\par +% Since I'm lazy I implemented the second idea, maybe I will revise this +% later on. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@makestart[1]{% + \begingroup + \Hy@hypertexnamesfalse +% \gdef\@currentHlabel{}% + \hyper@makecurrent{#1.caption}% + \endgroup + \caption@Debug{hypcap start=\@currentHref}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@startanchor} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix 06-09-17: We use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Warning about TeX mode replaced with debug info} +% |\caption@startanchor|\marg{Href} +% sets a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par +% This code was taken from the \package{hypcap} package\cite{hypcap} and adapted. +% \Note{Since \cs{hyper@@anchor}\marg{Href}\csmarg{\string\relax} can cause +% a change from vertical mode to horizontal mode (design flaw in +% \package{hyperref} package!?), and since the workaround +% \cs{let}\cs{leavevmode}\cs{relax} which can be found in the +% \package{hypcap} package is not always sufficient +% (for example with ``Direct pdfmark support'' and \texttt{breaklinks=true}), +% we use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor} here.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@startanchor[1]{% + \ifvmode\begingroup + \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (vertical mode)}% + \@tempdima\prevdepth + \nointerlineskip + \vspace*{-\caption@hypcapspace}% + \caption@anchor{#1}% + \vspace*{\caption@hypcapspace}% + \prevdepth\@tempdima + \endgroup\else + \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (horizontal mode)}% + \caption@anchor{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@anchor} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/17}{Workaround 07-10-17: We use \cs{caption@raisedlink} instead of \cs{Hy@raisedlink} now} +% |\caption@anchor|\marg{Href} sets a \package{hyperref} anchor. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@anchor[1]{% + \ifmeasuring@ \else + \caption@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{#1}\hyper@anchorend}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \Note{Since \cs{Hy@raisedlink} change \cs{@tempdima} we surrounded it by \cs{ifvmode}, +% suppressing ``\texttt{LaTeX Warning: Float too large for page by 1.0pt}'' in \texttt{sideways} floats. +% (This is not necessary since \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}.)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\HyperRaiseLinkLength\@tempdima + \def\caption@raisedlink#1{\ifvmode#1\else\Hy@raisedlink{#1}\fi}% + \else + \let\caption@raisedlink\Hy@raisedlink + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start} +% Will be used by |\caption@freezeHref|. Apart from that we issue a warning +% if we expect a saved \package{hyperref} label coming from |\caption@start|, +% but there isn't any. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@@start{% + \@ifundefined{hc@currentHref}{% + \caption@Warning{% + The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this\MessageBreak + particular \string\caption}}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref} +% Suppress |\caption@start| from generating a \package{hyperref} label and +% setting a \package{hyperref} anchor. Instead if |\@caption| generates a +% \package{hyperref} label, it will be stored in |\caption@currentHref|. +% Furthermore we need to redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| so no +% \package{hyperref} anchor will be placed in |\@caption|. +% \iffalse +% (Since |\caption@setfloatcapt| will be set to |\@firstofone| inside +% |\subcaption| there is no need to add its restauration to +% |\caption@subtypehook|.) +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@freezeHref{% + \let\caption@ORI@start\caption@start + \def\caption@start{\let\caption@start\caption@ORI@start}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% \let\caption@ORI@@start\caption@@start +% \l@addto@macro\caption@subtypehook{% +% \let\caption@@start\caption@ORI@@start}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined + \def\caption@@start{\global\let\caption@currentHref\@currentHref}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@setfloatcapt\caption@setfloatcapt + \renewcommand*\caption@setfloatcapt{% + \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone + \fi + \caption@ORI@setfloatcapt}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref} +% If there is a freezed |\@currentHref|, we set the \package{hyperref} +% anchor here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@defrostHref{% + \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else + \caption@startanchor\caption@currentHref + \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@makebox} +% Do our own redefinition of |\float@makebox|, if it was redefined by +% the \package{hyperref} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{HyOrg@float@makebox}{}{% + \caption@Debug{% + Redefining \noexpand\float@makebox (again)\@gobble}% + \let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\float@makebox % save for compatibility mode + \renewcommand\float@makebox[1]{% + \HyOrg@float@makebox{#1\relax \caption@defrostHref}}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The hypcap package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/22}{Support of the \package{hypcap} package added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{Adapted to \package{hypcap} \version{1.6}} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/11/04}{\package{hypcap} support adapted to \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hypcap}{% v1.0 + \ifx\caption@start\relax \else % hyperref hasn't stopped early +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the \package{hypcap} package was loaded, we give up our own +% hyperlink placement algorithm and give the control over the placement +% to the \package{hypcap} package instead. +% +% \begin{macro}{\capstart} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Support of \cs{ifcapstart} (\package{hypcap} package \version{1.10}) added} +% We do this simply by mapping |\capstart| to |\caption@start@|, +% although our code does not behave exactly like the original one: +% The original |\capstart| has an effect on the next |\caption| +% only but our version affects \emph{all} |\caption|s in the same +% environment, at least unless a new |\capstart| will be placed. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@capstart\capstart % save for compatibility mode + \@ifundefined{capstarttrue}% check for v1.10 of hypcap package + {\def\capstart{\caption@start@}}% + {\def\capstart{\ifcapstart\caption@start@\fi}}% + \let\caption@start\relax + \let\caption@@start\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hypcapspace} +% Furthermore we map our |\caption@hypcapspace| to |\hypcapspace| +% offered by the \package{hypcap} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifhypcap 1% + \renewcommand*\caption@hypcapspace{\hypcapspace}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The listings package} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of the \package{listings} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{listings}[2004/02/13 v1.2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeCaption} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix: Skips are handled correctly now} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2008/03/29}{Bugfix 08-10-16-dctt: \texttt{rule=0} added} +% To support the \package{listings} package we need to redefine +% |\lst@MakeCaption| so the original stuff is nested with +% |\caption@begin| and |\caption@end| etc. +% \Note{This macro is always called twice (with `t' resp. `b' as +% parameter), therefore we need an extra group here.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption\lst@MakeCaption + \def\lst@MakeCaption#1{% #1 is `t' or `b' + \begingroup +% \end{macrocode} +% First of all, we set |position=#1| and if it was set to `top', +% we swap the skips so the default behavior of the \package{listings} package +% will not be changed. (Note that the \package{listings} package has set its +% own |\abovecaptionskip| \& |\belowcaptionskip| values prior to calling +% \cs{lst@MakeCaption}.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setposition{#1}% + \caption@iftop{% + \@tempdima\belowcaptionskip + \belowcaptionskip\abovecaptionskip + \abovecaptionskip\@tempdima}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Workaround for issue with wrong skips (should be examined further) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setup{rule=0}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Afterwards we set the local `lstlisting' options. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{lstlisting}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the |position=| is now set to |auto|, we take over the |captionpos=| +% setting from the \package{listings} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setautoposition{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% At the end we do similar stuff as in our \cs{@caption} code. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@begin{lstlisting}% + \caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption{#1}% + \caption@end +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lst@makecaption} +% \begin{macro}{\lst@maketitle} +% Wrapper macros for typesetting the |caption=| resp. |title=| value. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\lst@makecaption{\caption@starfalse\@makecaption}% + \def\lst@maketitle{\caption@startrue\@makecaption\@empty}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro added} +% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lstlisting|, +% but we needed it when |\captionof{lstlisting}| will be done by the end user, +% we define it here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\ext@lstlisting{lol}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/07/13}{Bugfix 07-09-13: \cs{lst@@caption} will not be re-defined anymore} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The longtable package} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LTcaptype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/06}{This macro and its support added} +% |\LTcaptype| is preset to |table|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\LTcaptype{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{longtable}[1995/05/24 v3.14]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \RequirePackage{ltcaption}[=2007/09/01]% + \let\LT@@makecaption\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@array} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This redefinition added} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/14}{Bugfix 07-09-14: Redefinition of \cs{@captionabovetrue} \& \cs{@captionabovefalse} added} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/16}{Bugfix: This redefinition will always be done \cs{AtBeginDocument}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix in \cs{captionlistentry}: Table counter will not be incremented anymore, \cs{nameref} works} +% We redefine |\LT@array| here to get |\captionsetup|\marg{options} +% working inside |longtable|s. +% \Note{Since the \package{hyperref} package patches \cs{LT@array} as well +% and since this only works with the original definition of \cs{LT@array}, +% we have to do this after the \package{hyperref} package, +% i.e.~\cs{AtBeginDocument}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\caption@ORI@LT@array\LT@array + \renewcommand*\LT@array{% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionsetup| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\@undefined + \def\captionsetup{% + \noalign\bgroup + \@ifstar\@captionsetup\@captionsetup}% gobble * + \def\@captionsetup##1{\LT@captionsetup{##1}\egroup}% + \def\LT@captionsetup##1{% + \captionsetup@startrue\caption@setup@options[@longtable]{##1}% + \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\caption@opt@@longtable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionabove| \& |\captionbelow| for longtable: (\KOMAScript\ document class) +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\@captionabovetrue{\LT@captionsetup{position=t}}% + \def\@captionabovefalse{\LT@captionsetup{position=b}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionlistentry| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\captionlistentry{% + \noalign\bgroup + \@ifstar{\egroup\LT@captionlistentry}% gobble * + {\egroup\LT@captionlistentry}}% + \def\LT@captionlistentry##1{% + \caption@listentry\@firstoftwo[\LTcaptype]{##1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\ContinuedFloat| for longtable:\\ +% {\small(Commented out, since it's not deeply tested and quite useless anyway)} +% \Note{\package{hyperref} versions $<$ v6.76j uses $2\times$ \cs{hyper@makecurrent}} +% \begin{macrocode} +% \caption@ifhypcap{% +% \let\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent\hyper@makecurrent +% \def\hyper@makecurrent##1{% +% \let\hyper@makecurrent\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent +% \caption@makestart{##1}% +%% \let\Hy@LT@currentHlabel\@currentHlabel +% \let\Hy@LT@currentHref\@currentHref +% \def\hyper@makecurrent####1{% +%% \let\@currentHlabel\Hy@LT@currentHlabel +% \let\@currentHref\Hy@LT@currentHref}}% +% \let\caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat\ContinuedFloat +% \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{% +% \gdef\caption@setContinuedFloat{% +% \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble}% +% \def\caption@setoptions####1{% +% \g@addto@macro\caption@setContinuedFloat{% +% \caption@setoptions{####1}}}% +% \let\@captype\LTcaptype +% \caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat}}% +% }{% +% \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{% +% \caption@Error{% +% \noexpand\ContinuedFloat inside longtables\MessageBreak +% is only available with `hypcap=true'}}}% +% }% +% \global\let\caption@setContinuedFloat\@empty + \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{% + \caption@Error{\noexpand\ContinuedFloat outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@LT@array}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@c@ption} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/22}{Made it \cs{long}} +% The original implementation: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\LT@c@ption#1[#2]#3{% +% \LT@makecaption#1\fnum@table{#3}% +% \def\@tempa{#2}% +% \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else +% {\let\\\space +% \addcontentsline{lot}{table}{\protect\numberline{\thetable}{#2}}}% +% \fi} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our implementation uses |\LTcaptype| instead of |{table}|: +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\LT@c@ption#1[#2]#3{% + \LT@makecaption#1{\csname fnum@\LTcaptype\endcsname}{#3}% + \LT@captionlistentry{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{% +% Bugfix 04-08-04: \cs{abovecaptionskip} \& \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be used now} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{% +% Bugfix: \cs{captionsetup[longtable]} overrides \cs{LTcapwidth} now} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/07}{\cs{caption@LT@make} introduced} +% |\LT@makecaption|\marg{cmd}\marg{label}\marg{text}\par +% \smallskip +% The original definition: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{% +% \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{% +% % Based on article class "\@makecaption", "#1" is "\@gobble" in star +% % form, and "\@firstofone" otherwise. +% \sbox\@tempboxa{#1{#2: }#3}% +% \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize +% #1{#2: }#3% +% \else +% \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +% \fi +% \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}% +% \hss}}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our definition: +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{% + \caption@LT@make{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If |\LTcapwidth| is not set to its default value |4in| we assume +% that it shall overwrite our own setting. +% (But |\captionsetup[longtable]{width=|\ldots|}| will overwrite |\LTcapwidth|.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@settype*\LTcaptype + \ifdim\LTcapwidth=4in \else + \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth + \fi + \caption@setoptions{longtable}% +% \caption@setContinuedFloat + \caption@setoptions{@longtable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +% The default |position=| setting for longtables is |top|. +% (This emulates the standard behavior of the \package{longtable} package +% which has no skip above the caption but a skip below it.) +% \fi +% +% |position=auto| is a bad idea for longtables, but we do our very best. +% This works quite well for captions inside the longtable contents, but +% not for captions inside the longtable (end)foot. +% \Note{This should be `top' if unclear!} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setautoposition{\ifcase\LT@rows t\else b\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We set |\ifcaption@star| according the 1st argument. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@startrue#1\caption@starfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{\cs{caption@normalsize} added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@resetContinuedFloat\LTcaptype + \caption@begin\LTcaptype + \caption@normalsize +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The following skip has the purpose to correct the height of the +% |\parbox[t]|. Usually it's the height of the very first line, but +% because of our extra skips (|\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip|) +% it's always |0pt|.\par +% (A different idea would be typesetting the first skip outside the longtable +% column with |\noalign{\vskip|\ldots|}|, but this means we have to move +% |\caption@begin| to some other place because it does not work in tabular +% mode. And at the moment I have no idea on how to do this in an elegant +% way\ldots) +% \begin{macrocode} + \vskip-\ht\strutbox +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The following code should look familiar. We do our skips and use +% |\caption@@make| to typeset the caption itself. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@iftop{\vskip\belowcaptionskip}{\vskip\abovecaptionskip}% + \caption@@make{#2}{#3}\endgraf + \caption@iftop{\vskip\abovecaptionskip}{\vskip\belowcaptionskip}% + \caption@end}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The picinpar package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{Support of the \package{picinpar} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picinpar}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\figwindow} +% \begin{macro}{\tabwindow} +% The \package{picinpar} package comes with its own caption code +% (|\wincaption|, |\@wincaption|, |\@makewincaption|, \ldots) +% so we redefine |\figwindow| \& |\tabwindow| to use |\caption| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\figwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {% + \caption@window{figure}% + \caption@setoptions{figwindow}% + \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\tabwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {% + \caption@window{table}% + \caption@setoptions{tabwindow}% + \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@window} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added} +% Beside calling |\caption@settype| we redefine |\caption@boxrestore| +% (as in \package{floatflt} \& \package{picins} package support) +% and |\@makecaption| (as in \package{float} package support) here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@window[1]{% + \let\caption@boxrestore\@parboxrestore + \let\@makecaption\caption@@make + \caption@setautoposition b% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@wincaption} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/25}{Missing \% added} +% This one finally typesets the caption using |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@wincaption[1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% This will be done twice for every |figwindow| \& |tabwindow| caption -- +% on the first run |\picwd| is |0pt|, on the second run |\picwd| is |\hsize|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\picwd=\z@ + \let\caption@makecurrent\@gobbletwo + \let\caption@@start\relax + \caption@prepareslc + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% The argument |#1| could contain simply the caption text +% (e.g.~|A figure caption|), but it could also contain an optional argument, +% the \meta{lst\_entry} +% (e.g.~|[An| |entry| |to| |the| |LOF]||{A| |figure| |caption}|). +% Therefore we have to test if |#1| begins with~|[| or not; furthermore we +% support a starred variant -- as in |\caption*| -- so we test for~|*|, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\@car#1\@nil}% + \if\@tempa*% + \let\@tempa\@firstofone + \else\if\@tempa[%] + \let\@tempa\@firstofone + \else + \let\@tempa\@empty + \fi\fi + \expandafter\caption\@tempa{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The picins package} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/01/26}{Support of the \package{picins} package added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\piccaptiontype} +% |\piccaptiontype|\marg{type}\par +% We offer this macro for changing the \meta{type} of the caption, so the user +% doesn't have to redefine |\@captype|, as proposed in the \package{picins} +% documentation. +% \Note{We define this macro here so it can be used in the +% preamble of the document, even when \thispackage\ was loaded prior to the +% \package{picins} package.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\piccaptiontype[1]{\def\@piccaptype{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picins}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Initial set |\@piccaptype| and undefine |\@captype| which was set to +% |figure| by the \package{picins} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{@piccaptype}{% + \caption@iftype{% + \let\@piccaptype\@captype + }{% + \def\@piccaptype{figure}% + }% + }{}% + \let\@captype\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\piccaption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\piccaption{\@ifnextchar [{\@piccaption}{\@piccaption[]}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our code uses |\caption@star| so |\piccaption*| works, +% and |\caption@dblarg| so |\piccaption{}| works correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\piccaption{\caption@star\relax{\caption@dblarg\@piccaption}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\make@piccaption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} will always be used now} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\make@piccaption{% +% [...] +% \setbox\@TEXT=\vbox{\hsize\hsiz@\caption[\sh@rtf@rm]{\capti@nt@xt}}% +% } +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% In our code we have to correct several things: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item |\@captype| must be defined, since we have removed the global +% definition. +% \item We use |\caption@setoptions{parpic}| so +% |\captionsetup[parpic]{|\ldots|}| is supported. +% \item |\linewidth| must be set correctly. +% Usually this is done by |\@parboxrestore| inside |\@caption|, +% but since we use |\@caption@boxrestore| we have to map this to +% |\@parboxrestore| instead. +% \item The two arguments of |\caption| (|\sh@rtf@rm| \& |\capti@nt@xt|) +% should be expanded on first level so |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| and +% |\caption[|\ldots|]{}| work correctly. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@make@piccaption\make@piccaption + \def\make@piccaption{% + \let\caption@ORI\caption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\caption[##1]##2{% + \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \ivparpic + \caption@settype\@piccaptype +% \ifnum\c@piccaptionpos>2\relax + \caption@clearmargin +% \else +% \captionwidth\z@ % do not use "width=" setting +% \fi + \caption@setoptions{parpic}% + \let\caption@boxrestore\@parboxrestore + \caption@setautoposition b% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@ORI + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter[% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter##1\expandafter}\expandafter]\expandafter{##2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% {\footnotesize\begin{quote} +% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A +% |\begingroup|\\ +% | \toks0\expandafter{##1}| |\toks2\expandafter{##2}|\\ +% | \edef\x{\endgroup|\\ +% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\the\toks0}]{\the\toks2}}|\\ +% | \x| +% \end{quote} +% \begin{quote} +% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A +% |\edef\x{%|\\ +% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\unexpanded\expandafter{##1}}]%|\\ +% | {\unexpanded\expandafter{##2}}}|\\ +% |\x| +% \end{quote}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@make@piccaption + \let\caption\caption@ORI}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% + +% \begin{macro}{\ivparpic} +% We need to set our \package{hyperref} anchor here. +% Not bullet-proof since we have to redefine |\noindent| here! +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@ivparpic\ivparpic + \def\ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[#5][#6]#7{% + \let\caption@ORI@noindent\noindent + \def\noindent{% + \caption@defrostHref + \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent + \noindent}% + \caption@ORI@ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[#5][#6]{#7}% + \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\piccaptiontype\@undefined +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The rotating package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{rotating}[1995/08/22 v2.10]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rotcaption} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{Rewritten, works with \package{hyperref} now} +% Make |\rotcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\rotcaption{\let\@makecaption\@makerotcaption\caption}% +% \let\@rotcaption\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rotcaptionof} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{New} +% Make |\rotcaptionof(*)| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\rotcaptionof{% + \caption@teststar\caption@of{\rotcaption*}\rotcaption}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makerotcaption} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/06}{Rewritten, should finally work proper now} +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox} now} +% Original (bugfixed) code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{% +% \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1: #2}% +% \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa > .8\vsize +% \rotatebox{90}{% +% \begin{minipage}{.8\textheight}#1: #2\end{minipage}% +% }%\par % <== \par removed (AR) +% \else% +% \rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}% +% \fi +% \nobreak\hspace{12pt}% <== \nobreak added (AR) +% } +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our version emulates this behavior, but if |width=| is set, +% the rotated caption is always typeset as |minipage|. +% (Note that |margin=| is not supported here.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@ + \setcaptionwidth{.8\textheight}% + \caption@slc{#1}{#2}{.8\vsize}{% + \let\caption@makerot\caption@@make + \caption@clearmargin +% \long\def\caption@parbox##1##2{\hbox{\hsize=.8\textheight\relax##2}}% +% (not needed because \rotatebox uses an \hbox anyway) + \let\caption@parbox\@secondoftwo}% + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifslc0% been there, done that + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \rotatebox{90}{\caption@makerot{#1}{#2}}% + \nobreak\hspace{12pt}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@makerot[2]{% + \begin{minipage}\captionwidth\caption@@make{#1}{#2}\end{minipage}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines sideways-variant, too} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@For{typelist}{% + \newenvironment{sideways#1}{\@rotfloat{#1}}{\end@rotfloat}% + \newenvironment{sideways#1*}{\@rotdblfloat{#1}}{\end@rotdblfloat}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The sidecap package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{sidecap}[1999/05/11 v1.4d]{% + \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SC@caption} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/11/28}{Bugfix: Definition of \cs{@captype} added} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: Empty captions are handled correctly now} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Priority of options fixed} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{Bugfix: Always use \cs{AtBeginDocument} to set \cs{SC@caption}} +% First of all, we let \package{sidecap} use a current definition of |\caption|.\\ +% (This is only required for version 1.5d of the \package{sidecap} package.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\SC@caption=\caption}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SC@zfloat} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Local definition of \cs{captionsetup} added} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix 04-07-15: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} will be saved \& restored now} +% This macro will be called at the start of the environment, here is a good +% opportunity to do some adaptations to |\caption| and |\captionsetup|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@SC@zfloat\SC@zfloat + \def\SC@zfloat#1#2#3[#4]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% First we use the original definition, but save \& restore \cs{caption} +% so \cs{caption@freeze} will work correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI\caption + \caption@ORI@SC@zfloat{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]% + \let\caption\caption@ORI +% \end{macrocode} +% Since the sidecap package uses our |\caption| code outside the +% environment the regular |\captionsetup| will not work. +% So we need a special version here which saves the given argument list +% which will be executed later on. +% Furthermore we need to make |\caption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@settype*{#2}% + \caption@freeze*}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\endSC@FLOAT} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/12}{\cs{@listdepth}\cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Call of \cs{caption@setoptions}\arg{SCfloat} added} +% This macro will be called at the end of the environment, here we need to +% setup our stuff before the \package{sidecap} package actually typesets +% its caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT\endSC@FLOAT + \def\endSC@FLOAT{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \Note{\cs{@captype} isn't defined here, this will be done inside +% the original definition of \cs{endSC@FLOAT}. But \cs{SC@captype} is +% defined and can be used here, if needed.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@settype\caption@settype + \def\caption@settype##1{% will be done in \@xfloat + \caption@ORI@settype*{##1}% do not change \@currentlabel + \caption@setSC@justify +%%% \caption@setoptions{SCfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{SC\@captype}% + \caption@start}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Before we can typeset the caption we need to set the margin to zero +% because any extra margin would only be disturbing here.\par +% (We don't need to take care about the caption position because +% the sidecap package set both |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip| +% to a skip of zero anyway.)\par +% Furthermore |\SC@justify| will override the caption justification, if set. +% The usage of |\SC@justify| differs from version to version of the +% \package{sidecap} package:\par +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% Version 1.4: & |\SC@justify| is not defined\\ +% Version 1.5: & |\SC@justify| is |\relax| when not set\\ +% Version 1.6: & |\SC@justify| is |\@empty| when not set\\ +% \end{tabular} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@setSC@justify{% + \caption@clearmargin + \@ifundefined{SC@justify}{}{% + \ifx\SC@justify\@empty \else + \let\caption@hj\SC@justify + \let\SC@justify\@empty + \fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Make the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT| to use our caption +% stuff instead of its own. +% \Note{At this point the \package{sidecap} definition of \cs{caption} is valid, +% not the regular one!} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption\SC@orig@caption + \def\SC@orig@caption[##1]##2{\caption@defrost}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Finally we call the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setSC@justify % for compatibility mode + \caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines SC-variant, too} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/23}{Bugfix in definition of SC-variant} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@For@SC[2]{% + \def#1{b}% = \sidecaptionvpos{#2}{b} (v1.6) + \newenvironment{SC#2}% + {\SC@float[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@float}% + \newenvironment{SC#2*}% + {\SC@dblfloat[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@dblfloat}}% + \@onlypreamble\caption@For@SC + \caption@For{typelist}{% + \expandafter\caption@For@SC\csname SC@#1@vpos\endcsname{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The subfigure package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/06}{subfigure package support added (package)} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{subfigure}[2002/01/23 v2.1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\sf@ifpositiontop} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/15}{Bugfix 07-09-15: Check for \cs{@captype} added} +% If the \package{subfigure} package is loaded, we map |\sf@ifpositiontop| +% to |\iffiguretopcap| resp. |\iftabletopcap|, so the \package{subfigure} +% \version{2.1} options \opt{figbotcap} etc. will still work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\sf@ifpositiontop{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \expandafter\@gobbletwo + \else\ifx\@captype\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobbletwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\sf@if@position@top + \fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\sf@if@position@top{% + \@ifundefined{if\@captype topcap}% + {\@gobbletwo}% + {\@nameuse{if\@captype topcap}% + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The supertabular and xtab packages} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{supertabular}[2002/07/19 v4.1e]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Made \cs{topcaption*} and \cs{bottomcaption*} work} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: Star variant does not increment table counter anymore} +% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\tablecaption{% + \caption@star + {\refstepcounter{table}}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Made \cs{nameref} \& \cs{autoref} work} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption + \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{% + \caption@gettitle{#2}% + \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[#1]{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix: Missing \cs{par} added} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: \cs{@currentlabelname} will be set now} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% +% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{% +% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}} +% \begingroup +% \@parboxrestore +% \normalsize +% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi +% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par +% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi +% \endgroup} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{supertabular}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The |position=| setting will be overwritten by the +% \package{supertabular} package: If |\topcaption| was used, +% the position will be |top| automatically, |bottom| otherwise. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@fixposition{% + \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@boxrestore + \caption@normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \caption@end}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Support of the xtab package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{xtab}[2000/04/09 v2.3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption} +% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\tablecaption{% + \caption@star + {\refstepcounter{table}}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption + \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{% + \caption@gettitle{#2}% + \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[#1]{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% +% \@initisotab +% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{% +% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}% +% \begingroup +% \@parboxrestore +% \normalsize +% %% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi +% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par +% %% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi +% \endgroup +% \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht +% \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{xtabular}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@fixposition{% + \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@initisotab + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@boxrestore + \caption@normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \caption@end + \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht + \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The threeparttable package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{Support of the \package{threeparttable} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{threeparttable}[2003/06/13 v3.0]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\threeparttable} +% Unfortunately |\@captype| is not set when |\TPT@common| will be used, +% so we have to redefine |\threeparttable| and |\measuredfigure| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@threeparttable\threeparttable + \renewcommand*\threeparttable{% + \caption@settype{table}% + \caption@setposition a% ? + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setoptions{threeparttable}% + \caption@ORI@threeparttable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\measuredfigure} +% Same here\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@measuredfigure\measuredfigure + \renewcommand*\measuredfigure{% + \caption@settype{figure}% + \caption@setposition a% ? + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setoptions{measuredfigure}% + \caption@ORI@measuredfigure}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\TPT@caption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{\gdef\TPT@docapt +% {\par\global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]% +% {\strut\ignorespaces#3\ifhmode\unskip\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}}% +% \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel \abovecaptionskip\z@skip +% \else \TPT@docapt \fi \ignorespaces} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \gdef\TPT@docapt{% + \global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined + \caption@setautoposition\caption@TPT@position + \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}}% + \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty + \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel % Bug: does not work for measuredfigures + \gdef\caption@TPT@position{t}% + \g@addto@macro\TPT@docapt\caption@TPT@eatvskip + \else + \def\caption@TPT@position{b}% + \TPT@docapt + \fi + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + %\newcommand*\caption@TPT@eatvskip{\vskip-.2\baselineskip}% + \def\caption@TPT@eatvskip#1\vskip{#1\@tempdima=}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The wrapfig package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}{% ver 3.3 (Oct 12, 1999) +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@ifstyle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% |\float@ifstyle|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par +% (see \package{float} package support for details) +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname fst@#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@restylewrapfloat} +% This one redefines the |wrap#1| environment, e.g.~|wrapfigure|. +% Our code uses |\caption@setoptions{wrapfigure}| so +% |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{|\ldots|}| will work.\par +% But first we check if our redefinition was already done, this could +% happen inside |\float@restyle| when the \package{wrapfig} support of +% the \package{float} package was not installed successfully, so it has +% not redefined |\wrap#1| there. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@restylewrapfloat[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@OUR@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname + \csname wrap#1\endcsname + \caption@Error{% + For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak + with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'\MessageBreak + package *after* the `float' package}% + \else + \expandafter\let\csname caption@ORI@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname + \csname wrap#1\endcsname + \@namedef{wrap#1}{\caption@wrapfloat{#1}}% + \expandafter\let\csname caption@OUR@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname + \csname wrap#1\endcsname + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@wrapfloat} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@wrapfloat[1]{% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \float@ifstyle{#1}{% + \ifx\WF@floatstyhook\@undefined + \caption@Error{% + For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak + with the `float' package you should use at least\MessageBreak + `wrapfig' version 3.6}% + \else + \float@dostyle{#1}% + \fi}{}% + \caption@clearmargin +%%% \caption@setoptions{wrapfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}% + \@nameuse{caption@ORI@wrap#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Now we redefine the \package{wrapfig} environments we know about.\par +% If someone has placed a |\newfloat| right between |\usepackage{wrapfig}| +% and |\usepackage{caption}| (or loads \thispackage\ first, so all these +% patches will be done with |\AtBeginDocument|) we have bad luck since the +% \package{float} package do not offer a list of (re)styled floats. +% (This would finally lead to an error in |\caption@setfloatcapt|.) +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@restylewrapfloat{figure}% + \caption@restylewrapfloat{table}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines wrap-variant, too} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@For{typelist}{% + \newenvironment{wrap#1}{\wrapfloat{#1}}{\endwrapfloat}% + \caption@restylewrapfloat{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\WF@floatstyhook\@undefined \else % wrapfig v3.6 +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@restyle} +% If the \package{wrapfig} package \version{3.6} is used, we patch +% |\float@restyle| (if defined), too, so new or restyled floats will be +% handled correctly, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifundefined{float@restyle}{}{% + \toks@=\expandafter{\float@restyle{#1}% (env may or may not be defined) + \caption@restylewrapfloat{#1}}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\float@restyle##1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa}% perform redefinitions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\wrapfloat} +% An additional check of the package load order: +% If both, neither the \package{wrapfig} package nor \thispackage\ haven't +% catch |\float@restyle|, we finally splash down at |\wrapfloat|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@wrapfloat\wrapfloat + \def\wrapfloat#1{% + \float@ifstyle{#1}{% + \caption@Error{% + For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak + with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'\MessageBreak + package *right after* the `float' package}}{}% + \caption@ORI@wrapfloat{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi % wrapfig v3.6 +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\WF@rapt} +% We place our \package{hyperref} anchor here.\par +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, +% \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known +% \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}% +% \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else +% \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption +% \ignorespaces \fi} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our code: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, + \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known + \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}% + \caption@start + \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else + \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption + \ignorespaces \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \begin{thebibliography}{99} +% \bibitem{TLC2} +% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\ +% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\ +% \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004. +% +% \bibitem{beamer} +% Till Tantau:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/}% +% {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\ +% March 11, 2007 +% +% \bibitem{KOMAScript} +% Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/}% +% {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\ +% 2007-01-09 +% +% \bibitem{NTG} +% Victor Eijkhout:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/}% +% {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\ +% 3 September 1989 +% +% \bibitem{float} +% Anselm Lingnau:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/}% +% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\ +% 2001/11/08 +% +% \bibitem{floatflt} +% Mats Dahlgren:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/}% +% {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\ +% 1998/06/05 +% +% \bibitem{floatrow} +% Olga Lapko:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/}% +% {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\ +% 2007/08/24 +% +% \bibitem{fltpage} +% Sebastian Gross:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/}% +% {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\ +% 1998/11/13 +% +% \bibitem{hyperref} +% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}% +% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\ +% November 12, 2007 +% +% \bibitem{hypcap} +% Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/}% +% {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\ +% 2007/04/09 +% +% \bibitem{listings} +% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/}% +% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\ +% 2007/02/22 +% +% \bibitem{longtable} +% David Carlisle:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/}% +% {\emph{The longtable package}},\\ +% 2004/02/01 +% +% \bibitem{picinpar} +% Friedhelm Sowa:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% +% {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\ +% July 13, 1993 +% +% \bibitem{picins} +% Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/}% +% {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\ +% September~1992 +% +% \bibitem{rotating} +% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% +% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\ +% 1997/09/26 +% +% \bibitem{sidecap} +% Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/}% +% {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\ +% 2003/06/06 +% +% \bibitem{subfigure} +% Steven D. Cochran:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/}% +% {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\ +% 2002/07/02 +% +% \bibitem{subfig} +% Steven D. Cochran:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/}% +% {\emph{The subfig package}},\\ +% 2005/07/05 +% +% \bibitem{supertabular} +% Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/}% +% {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\ +% 2002/07/19 +% +% \bibitem{threeparttable} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}% +% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ +% 2003/06/13 +% +% \bibitem{wrapfig} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/}% +% {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\ +% 2003/01/31 +% +% \bibitem{xtab} +% Peter Wilson:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/}% +% {\emph{The xtab package}},\\ +% 2004/05/24 +% +% \bibitem{Anne} +% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein:\\ +% \emph{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung},\\ +% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989 +% +% \bibitem{refcount} +% Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/refcount.pdf}% +% {\emph{The refcount package}},\\ +% 2006/02/20 +% \end{thebibliography} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.2/caption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.2/caption.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7f31da44f24 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.2/caption.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,4521 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2011 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{3534} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption.drv}[2011/08/06 v3.2 Implementation of the caption package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\usepackage[debug]{caption}[2010/09/01] +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring + {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% + {AMS}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring + {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + {KOMA-Script}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package} +% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package} +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% \newcommand*\x{\discretionary{-}{}{}} +% \newcommand*\xx{\discretionary{}{}{}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \GetFileInfo{caption.sty} +% +% \title{The Implementation of +% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A +% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A +% {the caption package}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \href{mailto:axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}{\texttt{axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel +% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|). +% +% \Thispackage\ redefines the \LaTeX\ commands +% |\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@makecaption| and maps the latter one to +% |\caption@@make|, giving the user the possibility to control the look \& feel +% of the captions from floating environments like |figure| and |table|. +% Furthermore it does similar to the caption stuff coming from other packages +% (like the \package{longtable} or \package{supertabular} package): +% Mapping the appropriate internal commands (like |\LT@makecaption| or +% |\ST@caption|) to the ones offered by the \package{caption3} kernel. +% So you can think of \thispackage\ as a layer package, it +% simply provides adaptation layers between the caption stuff coming from +% \LaTeXe\ or packages, and the caption stuff offered by the +% \package{caption3} kernel. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{User manuals} +% +% This document is describing the code implementation only. The user +% documentation can be found in +% \nopagebreak\begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The English documentation \\ +% \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-rus.pdf}} & The Russian documentation\footnotemark \\ +% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-deu.pdf}} & The German documentation \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \footnotetext{Thanks a lot to Olga Lapko for this translation} +% \end{quote} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.0}{1994/10/27}{First release} +% \changes{v1.1}{1994/11/03}{New option \texttt{centerlast}} +% \changes{v1.2}{1994/11/28}{Support of the \package{float} package} +% \changes{v1.3}{1995/01/09}{Support of \cs{captionlabelfont} in subcaptions} +% \changes{v1.4}{1995/01/30}{New option \texttt{nooneline}} +% \changes{v1.4b}{1995/04/05}{Bugfix release} +% \changes{v3.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages: +% \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \let\subsubsection\subsection +% \let\subsection\section +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2011/11/10 v3.2e Customizing captions (AR)] +%\@ifundefined{PackageRedefines}{}{\PackageRedefines{caption}{caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Loading the kernel} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{caption3}[=2011/08/30] % needs v1.4 or newer +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Check against incompatible document classes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{documentclass}{}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Unsupported document class (or package) detected,\MessageBreak + usage of the caption package is not recommended}% + \caption@InfoNoLine{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Check against incompatible packages} +% +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/06}{Check against obsolete \package{caption2} package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{% + \caption@Error{% + You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*\MessageBreak + the (current) caption package}% + \endinput +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{ftcap} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{nonfloat} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/18}{Check against incompatible \package{topcapt} package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifpackageloaded{ftcap}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{ftcap}}{}% + \@ifpackageloaded{nonfloat}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{nonfloat}}{}% + \@ifpackageloaded{topcapt}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{topcapt}}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@DisablePositionOption} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{\texttt{position=b} added} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/03/29}{% +% Name changed from \cs{caption@IncompatiblePackage} to \cs{caption@DisablePositionOption}; +% moved from package to kernel; disables the `position' option now instead of issuing a warning} +% |\caption@DisablePositionOption|\marg{package}\par +% disables the `position' option. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@DisablePositionOption[1]{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + `#1' package detected; setting `position=b' for compatibility reasons}% + \caption@setposition b% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{position}{% + \caption@Error{Usage of the `position' option is incompatible\MessageBreak + to the `#1' package}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DisablePositionOption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Declaration of options} +% +% \subsubsection{Options for figure and table} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/09}{Options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{% + \captionsetup*[figure]{position=#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{figureposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{% + \captionsetup*[table]{position=#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{tableposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} re-written} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} are now +% available after the document preamble, too.} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{Option \opt{name} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figurename}{\caption@SetName{figure}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tablename}{\caption@SetName{table}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{name}{\caption@setname\@captype{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/02/28}{Options \opt{listfigurename} and \opt{listtablename} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listfigurename}{\caption@SetName{listfigure}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtablename}{\caption@SetName{listtable}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@SetName} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{After-preamble variant added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/02/28}{Renamed from \cs{caption@SetFloatName} to \cs{caption@SetName}} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix: Works now without \cs{addto}, too} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} +% |\caption@SetName|\marg{cmd}\marg{value} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@SetName{% + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \newfloat@setname} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setname[2]{\@namedef{#1name}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@SetName\caption@setname} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{Options \opt{figurewithin} and \opt{tablewithin} added} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Option \opt{within} added} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{The \opt{within} options are now available within the document, too} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{The global \opt{within} option will now affect user-defined +% floats declared with \cs{DeclareCaptionType}, too} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareWithinOption} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{This macro and its usage added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@DeclareWithinOption[1]{% + \DeclareCaptionOption{#1within}{\caption@Within{#1}{##1}}% + \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{#1without}{\caption@Within{#1}{none}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareWithinOption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@DeclareWithinOption{figure} +\caption@DeclareWithinOption{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{within}{% + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \newfloatsetup{within=#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{without}{% + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \newfloatsetup{without}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Within} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Within{% + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \newfloat@setwithin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Miscellaneous options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{config}[caption]{% + \InputIfFileExists{#1.cfg}% + {\typeout{*** Local configuration file #1.cfg used ***}}% + {\caption@Warning{Configuration file #1.cfg not found}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setparboxrestore} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setparboxrestore|\marg{\purett{partial} or \purett{full}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setparboxrestore[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{full}{% + \caption@setfullparboxrestore + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{default,light,partial}{% + \let\caption@parboxrestore\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined parboxrestore `#1'}% + }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfullparboxrestore} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setfullparboxrestore|\par +% This is an abbreviation for |\caption@setparboxrestore{full}|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfullparboxrestore{% + \let\caption@parboxrestore\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Option \opt{parboxrestore} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parboxrestore}{\caption@setparboxrestore{#1}} +\captionsetup{parboxrestore=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Option \opt{@minipage=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{@minipage}{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{auto,default}% + {\let\caption@if@minipage\@gobbletwo}% + {\caption@set@bool\caption@if@minipage{#1}}} +\captionsetup{@minipage=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{caption v1.x compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/21}{Option `compatibility' added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption v1.x compatibility options revised} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v1.x$ compatibility options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{compatibility}[1]{\caption@setbool{compatibility}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{compatibility} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normal}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{isu}{% + \caption@setformat{hang}% + \caption@setjustification{justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{hang}{% + \caption@setformat{hang}% + \caption@setjustification{justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{center}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{centering}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{anne}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{centerlast}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{centerlast}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{centerlast}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{scriptsize}{\def\captionfont{\scriptsize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{footnotesize}{\def\captionfont{\footnotesize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{small}{\def\captionfont{\small}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normalsize}{\def\captionfont{\normalsize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{large}{\def\captionfont{\large}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{Large}{\def\captionfont{\Large}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{up}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\upshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{it}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\itshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sl}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\slshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sc}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\scshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{md}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\mdseries} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{bf}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\bfseries} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{rm}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\rmfamily} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sf}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\sffamily} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{tt}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\ttfamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{nooneline}{\caption@setbool{slc}{0}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{ruled}{0} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ruled}{\caption@setbool{ruled}{1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{caption2 v2.x compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/07/08}{caption2 \version{2.x} compatibility options added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption2 v2.x compatibility options revised} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v2.x$ compatibility options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushleft}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{raggedright}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushright}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{raggedleft}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{oneline}{\caption@setbool{slc}{1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ignoreLTcapwidth}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Obsolete caption v3.0 options} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{Package option \opt{caption} marked as obsolete, +% gives error now} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{caption}{% + \caption@setbool{temp}{#1}% + \caption@ifbool{temp}{}{% + \caption@Error{% + The package option `caption=#1' is obsolete.\MessageBreak + Please pass this option to the subfig package instead\MessageBreak + and do *not* load the caption package anymore}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{fltpage package support options} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{Options `FPlist' \& `FPref' added} +% With these options is controlled where the list-of entry and |\ref| resp. +% |\pageref| or |\autoref| will link to. +% Defaults are |FPlist=caption| and |FPref=figure| which is inconsistent, +% but compatible to the usual behaviour of the \package{fltpage} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{FPlist}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{list}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{FPref}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{ref}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPlist} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPref} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setFPoption[2]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}% + \caption@setbool{FP#1cap}{\if c\caption@tempa 1\else 0\fi}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@setFPoption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{FPlist=caption,FPref=figure} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{hyperref package support options} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{Options `hypcap' \& `hypcapspace' added} +% With |hypcap=off| one can turn the \package{hypcap} support off +% (default is |on|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcap}[1]{\caption@setbool{hypcap}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcapspace}{\def\caption@hypcapspace{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{hypcap=1,hypcapspace=.5\baselineskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{\AmS{} \& \SmF{} document classes support} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ document classes support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifamsclass{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{AMS or SMF document class}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \setlength\belowcaptionskip{0pt}% set to 12pt by AMS class +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{\KOMAScript{} document classes support} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/18}{Minimum adaptation to \KOMAScript\ added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options added} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility commands added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options removed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/05}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised \& enhanced} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifkomaclass{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{KOMA-Script document class}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Here we emulate the caption related commands and take over the caption +% related settings from the \KOMAScript\ classes. +% +% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovetrue} +% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovefalse} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[table]{position=t}} + \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[table]{position=b}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@tablecaptionabove + \@tablecaptionabovetrue + \else + \@tablecaptionabovefalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionstrue} +% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionsfalse} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionstrue{\let\caption@ifslc\@firstoftwo} + \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionsfalse{\let\caption@ifslc\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifonelinecaptions + \onelinecaptionstrue + \else + \onelinecaptionsfalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovetrue} +% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovefalse} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/03/21}{Bugfix 06-03-21: +% \cs{let}\cs{caption@setposition}\cs{@gobble} added} +% \changes{v3.0n}{2006/03/09}{Accidentally this got broken in \version{3.0m}, fixed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/31}{We redefine \cs{captionabovetrue/false} now +% instead of \cs{captionabove/below}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{\opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} will issue a warning now} +% Please note that these are stronger than the \opt{position} setting, therefore we +% override the options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} to typeout a warning. +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\@captionabovetrue{\let\caption@position\@firstoftwo} + \g@addto@macro\@captionabovefalse{\let\caption@position\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `figureposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak + when used with a KOMA script document class}} + \DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `tableposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak + when used with a KOMA script document class}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapindent} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KOMA@setcapindent\@setcapindent + \renewcommand*\@setcapindent[1]{% + \caption@KOMA@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KOMA@@setcapindent\@@setcapindent + \renewcommand*\@@setcapindent[1]{% + \caption@KOMA@@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@setcapindent{% + \captionsetup{indent=\ifdim\cap@indent<\z@\z@\else\cap@indent\fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\cap@indent{}{\caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapwidth} +% \Note{The optional argument of \cs{setcapwidth} if not supported (yet), +% so we issue a warning if used. +% (Since this does not seem to have an negative effect when used +% by the \texttt{captionbeside} environment, we suppress the warning here.)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapwidth + \csname\string\setcapwidth\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\setcapwidth}[#1]#2{% + \caption@KOMA@setcapwidth[#1]{#2}\caption@setcapwidth{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@setcapwidth[1]{% + \ifx\\#1\\\else + \caption@ifundefined\cap@margin{}{% + \def\@tempa{captionbeside}% + \ifx\@tempa\@currenvir\else\caption@Warning{% + Ignoring optional argument [#1] of \string\setcapwidth\MessageBreak}% + \fi}% + \fi + \captionsetup{width=\cap@width}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@tempa{\hsize}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\cap@width \else + \caption@setcapwidth{?} + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapmargin} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapmargin + \csname\string\@setcapmargin\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{% + \caption@KOMA@setcapmargin[#1]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin + \csname\string\@@setcapmargin\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\@@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{% + \caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin[#1]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@setcapmargin{% + \begingroup + \let\onelinecaptionsfalse\relax + \def\@twoside{0}% + \def\if@twoside{\def\@twoside{1}\iffalse}% + \cap@margin + \def\@tempa{\endgroup}% + \ifx\cap@left\hfill\else\ifx\cap@right\hfill\else + \def\hspace##1##{\@firstofone}% + \edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\captionsetup{% + twoside=\@twoside,slc=0,% + margin={\cap@left,\cap@right}}}% + \fi\fi + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\cap@margin\relax \else + \caption@setcapmargin + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Processing of options} +% +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Verbose option added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Verbose option removed from package} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{We do not process global options anymore} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@SetupOptions{caption}{\caption@setkeys{#1}{#2}} +\caption@ProcessOptions*{caption} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{\cs{caption}, \cs{@caption}, and \cs{@makecaption}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@caption} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/22}{Bugfix: \cs{ContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/13}{Support of \cs{caption*[]} removed} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/19}{Minimal support of \textsf{combine} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/04}{Support of \cs{donemaincaptiontrue} from \textsf{memoir} document class added} +% Here comes our definition of |\caption| and |\caption*|. +% Beside the support of the starred variant this code was adapted to the +% various packages we support. +% We are using |\caption@dblarg| instead of |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}| +% (with an empty arg.) will produce a list-of entry, but |\caption[]{}| +% won't. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@caption{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@checkgrouplevel\@empty\caption + \caption@star + {\@nameuse{donemaincaptiontrue}% + \caption@refstepcounter\@captype}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\caption outside float}% + \caption@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@star} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@caption} to \cs{caption@star}} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{\cs{global} removed} +% A helper macro which processes the optional |*| after |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@star[2]{% + \@ifstar{\caption@startrue#2[]}{#1#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@caption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Bugfix: Handling of \texttt{@minipage} flag added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Support of option \opt{@minipage} added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Internal: Uses \cs{caption@prepareanchor} now} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/21}{Adapted to the \textsf{memoir} document class} +% As above, our version has been adapted to the packages we support. +% Additionally our code is nested by |\caption@beginex| \& +% |\caption@end| instead of |\begingroup| \& |\endgroup|. +% Furthermore we use |\caption@boxrestore| instead of |\@parboxrestore| +% so this code also works correctly inside list-based environments +% like |wide| \& |addmargin|. (This, and the fact that we use +% |\linewidth| instead of |\hsize| inside |\@makecaption|, solves +% \href{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=latex/2472}%^^A +% {\LaTeX\ PR \texttt{latex/2472}}.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@caption#1[#2]#3{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcaption@star \else + \caption@prepareanchor{#1}{#2}% + \M@gettitle{#2}% + \memcaptioninfo{#1}{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#2}{#3}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \par + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@setfloatcapt{% + \caption@boxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \caption@normalsize + \ifcaption@star + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone + \fi + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}% + {\ignorespaces\caption@makeanchor{#3}}\par + \caption@if@minipage\@minipagetrue\@minipagefalse}% + \caption@end} +% \end{macrocode} +% \textsf{memoir} document class stuff: +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\M@gettitle[1]{} +\providecommand\memcaptioninfo[4]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareanchor} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@prepareanchor[2]{% + \caption@makecurrent{#1}{#2}% + \caption@ifhypcap\caption@@start{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecaption} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \cs{caption@rule} added} +% |\@makecaption|\marg{label}\marg{text}\par +% We do basically the same as the original code (from the standard +% \LaTeX\ document classes), but take care of the |position=| setting +% and use |\caption@@make| from the \package{caption} kernel to finally +% typeset the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@makecaption#1#2{% + \caption@iftop + {\vskip\belowcaptionskip}% + {\caption@rule\vskip\abovecaptionskip}% + \caption@@make{#1}{#2}% + \caption@iftop + {\vskip\abovecaptionskip\caption@rule}% + {\vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@redefine} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{This macro added, it contains the patching code now} +% We only redefine |\caption| and |\@caption| if the current definitions +% are well known, so documents written in the old (\package{caption} +% package \version{1.x}) days (where |\caption| \& |\@caption| were not +% redefined by us) will still compile fine. +% For example the usage of the \package{captcont} package, which brings +% it's own definition of |\caption*|, was quite common these days. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@redefine{} +\g@addto@macro\caption@redefine{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setbool{incompatible}{0}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % ltfloat.dtx [2002/10/01 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)] + \def\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \refstepcounter\@captype + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau + \def\caption{ + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside figure or table}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \refstepcounter\@captype + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % float.sty [2001/11/08 v1.3d Float enhancements (AL)] + \renewcommand\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \refstepcounter\@captype + \let\@tempf\@caption + \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname\relax\else + \expandafter\expandafter\let + \expandafter\@tempf\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname + \fi + \fi + \@dblarg{\@tempf\@captype}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2007/02/27 v6.75t Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2007/04/09 v6.76a Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2007/06/12 v6.76h Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \def\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \H@refstepcounter\@captype + \@ifundefined{fst@\@captype}{% + \let\Hy@tempa\@caption + }{% + \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@float@caption + }% + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\Hy@tempa\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2007/08/05 v6.76j Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \def\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \H@refstepcounter\@captype + \let\Hy@tempa\@caption + \@ifundefined{float@caption}{% + }{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname\float@caption + \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@float@caption + \fi + }% + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\Hy@tempa\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % memhfixc.sty [2010/08/17 v1.15 nameref/hyperref package fixes for memoir class] + % \let\m@moldhypcaption\caption + \renewcommand{\caption}{\donemaincaptiontrue\m@moldhypcaption}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@IfCheckCommand{}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Incompatible package detected (regarding \string\caption).\MessageBreak + \string\caption\space=\space\meaning\caption}% + \caption@setbool{incompatible}{1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % ltfloat.dtx [2002/10/01 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \par + \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% + {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% second argument ignored + \par\nobreak + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \beamer@makecaption{#1}{\ignorespaces #3}\par\nobreak + \endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % magyar.ldf [2005/03/30 v1.4j Magyar support from the babel system] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \csname par\endcsname + \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% + {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname.}{\ignorespaces #2}}% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}% + {\ignorespaces #3}\csname par\endcsname + \endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +% \caption@CheckCommand\float@caption{% +% % float.sty [2001/11/08 v1.3d Float enhancements (AL)] +% \long\def\float@caption#1[#2]#3{% +% \addcontentsline{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{\@nameuse{the#1}}{\ignorespaces #2}} +% \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox\bgroup\@parboxrestore +% \normalsize\@fs@capt{\@nameuse{fnum@#1}}{\ignorespaces #3}% +% \@ifnextchar[{\float@ccon}{\egroup}}% +% \long\def\float@ccon[#1]{#1\par\egroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2007/02/27 v6.75t Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}% + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{% + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}% + }% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{% + \ignorespaces + \ifHy@nesting + \hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{#3}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{\relax}}#3% + \fi + }% + \par + \endgroup + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2007/04/09 v6.76a Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2007/06/12 v6.76h Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2007/08/05 v6.76j Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref + \else + \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}% + \fi + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{% + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}% + }% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\@capstartfalse + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}% + \else + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{% + \ignorespaces + \ifHy@nesting + \hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{#3}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{\relax}}#3% + \fi + }% + \fi + \par + \endgroup + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2009/11/27 v6.79k Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref + \else + \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}% + \fi + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{% + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}% + }% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\@capstartfalse + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}% + \else + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{% + \ignorespaces + \ifHy@nesting + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#3}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{\relax}% + }% + #3% + \fi + }% + \fi + \par + \endgroup + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2009/12/09 v6.79m Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2009/12/28 v6.79z Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref + \else + \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}% + \fi + \@ifundefined{NR@gettitle}{% + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + }{% + \NR@gettitle{#2}% + }% + \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{% + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}% + }% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\@capstartfalse + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}% + \else + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{% + \ignorespaces + \ifHy@nesting + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#3}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{% + \@currentHref + }{\relax}% + }% + #3% + \fi + }% + \fi + \par + \endgroup + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % nameref.sty [2006/12/27 v2.28 Cross-referencing by name of section] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]{% + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \NR@@caption{#1}[{#2}]% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % nameref.sty [2009/11/27 v2.32 Cross-referencing by name of section] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]{% + \NR@gettitle{#2}% + \NR@@caption{#1}[{#2}]% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % subfigure.sty [2002/07/30 v2.1.4 subfigure package] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \@ifundefined{if#1topcap}% + {\subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}}% + {\@nameuse{if#1topcap}% + \@listsubcaptions{#1}% + \subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% + \else + \subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% + \@listsubcaptions{#1}% + \fi}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % subfig.sty [2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package] + \def\@caption{\caption@}% +% \long\def\caption@#1[#2]#3{% +% \@ifundefined{caption@setfloattype}% +% \caption@settype +% \caption@setfloattype +% \@captype +% \sf@ifpositiontop{% +% \@listsubcaptions{#1}% +% \sf@old@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% +% }{% +% \sf@old@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% +% \@listsubcaptions{#1}% +% }}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@IfCheckCommand{}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Incompatible package detected (regarding \string\@caption).\MessageBreak + \string\@caption\space=\space\meaning\@caption}% + \caption@setbool{incompatible}{1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The option |compatibility=| will override the compatibility mode. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\caption@ifcompatibility + {\let\caption@ifcompatibility\caption@ifincompatible + \let\caption@tempa\caption@WarningNoLine}% + {\let\caption@tempa\@gobble}% suppress warning +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifcompatibility{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@tempa{% + \noexpand\caption will not be redefined since it's already\MessageBreak + redefined by a document class or package which is\MessageBreak + unknown to the caption package}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\ContinuedFloat| is not supported in compatibility mode. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@ContinuedFloat[1]{% + \caption@Error{Not available in compatibility mode}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\caption@start| is not supported in compatibility mode. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \let\caption@start\relax + \caption@ifundefined\caption@ORI@capstart{}{% + \caption@Debug{% + Restore hypcap definition of \string\capstart\@gobble}% + \let\capstart\caption@ORI@capstart}% + \caption@ifundefined\caption@ORI@float@makebox{}{% + \caption@Debug{% + Restore hyperref redefinition of \string\float@makebox\@gobble}% + \let\float@makebox\caption@ORI@float@makebox}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@star} +% We redefine |\caption@star| here so it does not make any harm. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@star[2]{#1#2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifincompatible{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Forced redefinition of \noexpand\caption since the\MessageBreak + unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'\MessageBreak + was given}% + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption} +% \begin{macro}{\@caption} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{% + \let\caption\caption@caption + \let\@caption\caption@@caption}% + \caption@redefine +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \let\caption@ORI@capstart\@undefined + \let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\@undefined}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xfloat} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This re-definition added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Will now be redefined in compatibility mode, too} +% We redefine |\@xfloat| so inside floating environments our +% type-specific options will be used, a \package{hyperref} +% anchor will be set etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xfloat\@xfloat + \def\@xfloat#1[#2]{% + \caption@ORI@xfloat{#1}[#2]% + \caption@settype{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Some packages (like the \package{hyperref} package for example) redefines +% |\caption| and |\@caption|, too. +% So we have to use |\AtBeginDocument| here, so we can make sure +% our definition is the one which will be valid at last. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@redefine} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{\cs{captionof} and \cs{captionlistentry}} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Option \opt{type=} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/25}{Option \opt{type*=} added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Option \opt{subtype} \& \opt{subtype*} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{Bugfix 10-10-17: Option \opt{type=} uses \cs{setcaptiontype} instead of \cs{caption@settype} now} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{type}{\setcaptiontype{#1}}% + \DeclareCaptionOption{type*}{\setcaptiontype*{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{subtype}{\setcaptionsubtype\relax}% + \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{subtype*}{\setcaptionsubtype*}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \emph{Important Note:} +% Like |\captionof| the option |type=| should only be used inside a +% group, box, or environment and does not check if the argument is a valid +% floating environment or not. +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptiontype} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added} +% Like |\captionsetup{type=xxx}|, but also works if \cs{captionsetup} was redefined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\setcaptiontype{% + \caption@boxrestore@mini + \caption@settype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionsubtype} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/15}{This macro added} +% Same, but sets the sub-type. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\setcaptionsubtype{% + \caption@iftype + \caption@setsubtype + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\setcaptionsubtype outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@setsubtype{% + \@ifstar + {\caption@@settype{sub}*{sub\@captype}}% + {\caption@@settype{sub}{sub\@captype}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@settype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Usage of \cs{caption@xlabel} added} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{Error message for \cs{caption@checkgrouplevel} revised} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{\cs{caption@setsubtype} added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Crappy \cs{caption@iftypewarning} replaced} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{Usage of \cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Error message moved from here to \cs{caption@refstepcounter}} +% |\caption@settype*|\marg{type}\par +% sets |\@captype| and executes the options associated with it +% (using |\caption@setoptions|). +% Furthermore we check |\currentgrouplevel| (if avail), +% redefine |\@currentlabel| so a |\label| before |\caption| will result +% in a hint instead of a wrong reference, and +% use the macro |\caption@|(|sub|)|typehook| (which will be used by our +% \package{float} package support).\par +% The non-starred version sets a \package{hyperref} anchor additionally +% (if |hypcap=true| and the \package{hypcap} package is not loaded). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@settype{% + \caption@@settype{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@settype[1]{% + \caption@teststar{\caption@@@settype{#1}}\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@settype[3]{% +% #1 = "" or "sub" +% #2 = \@firstoftwo in star form, \@secondoftwo otherwise +% #3 = <type>, e.g. "figure" or "table" + \caption@Debug{#1type=#3}% + \caption@checkgrouplevel{#1}{% + \captionsetup{#1type#2*\@empty=...}#2{ or + \@backslashchar#1captionof}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\caption@tempa{#3}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa \else + \ifcaptionsetup@star\else\@nameuse{caption@#1type@warning}\fi + \fi + \expandafter\let\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@nameuse{caption@#1typehook}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{#3}% + \ifx\caption@opt\relax + \@nameundef{caption@#1type@warning}% + \else + \@namedef{caption@#1type@warning}{\caption@Warning{% + The #1caption type was already set to + `\csname @#1captype\endcsname'\MessageBreak}}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ifrefstepcounter\@secondoftwo + #2{}{% + \let\@currentlabel\caption@undefinedlabel +% \let\@currentHlabel\@undefined + \ifx\caption@x@label\@undefined + \let\caption@x@label\label + \let\label\caption@xlabel + \fi + \caption@start}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@typehook} +% Hook, will be extended later on, e.g.~by our \package{float} package +% support. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@typehook{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{This macro and its usage added} +% Since we often need to check if |\@captype| is defined (means: we +% are inside a floating environment) this helper macro was introduced. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@iftype{% + \caption@ifundefined\@captype\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checkgrouplevel} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Error changed to warning (compatibility)} +% Checks if |\captionsetup{type=|\ldots|}| or |\caption| is done +% inside a group or not -- in the latter case a warning message will +% be issued. (needs \eTeX) +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname currentgrouplevel\endcsname\relax + \caption@Debug{TeX engine: TeX} + \let\caption@checkgrouplevel\@gobbletwo +\else + \caption@Debug{TeX engine: e-TeX} + \newcommand*\caption@checkgrouplevel[2]{% + \@ifundefined{#1caption@grouplevel}{% + \caption@ifundefined\caption@grouplevel{\let\caption@grouplevel\z@}{}% + \ifnum\currentgrouplevel>\caption@grouplevel\relax + \expandafter\edef\csname #1caption@grouplevel\endcsname{% + \the\currentgrouplevel}% + \else + \caption@Warning{\string#2\MessageBreak outside box or environment}% + \fi + }{}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefinedlabel} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Contents changed to \texttt{??}} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Contents changed to \cs{caption@xref}(\ldots)} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{Bugfix 08-12-08: \cs{caption@xref} is robust now} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/13}{Text changed from `before' to `without proper'} +% This label will be used for |\currentlabel| inside (floating) environments +% as default. (see above) +% \iffalse\Note{All commands used have to be robust here.}\fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@undefinedlabel{% + \protect\caption@xref{\caption@labelname}{\on@line}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@xref[2]{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{\noexpand\label without proper \string\caption#2}% + \@setref\relax\@undefined{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@labelname{??} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@xlabel} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/11}{Revised} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Bugfix: \cs{pageref} should always work now} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/19}{Works with optional arguments now, too} +% The new code of |\label| inside floating environments. +% |\label| will be redefined using |\caption@withoptargs|, so +% |#1| are the optional arguments (if any), and +% |#2| is the mandatory argument here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@xlabel{% + \caption@withoptargs\caption@@xlabel} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@xlabel[2]{% + \caption@@@xlabel + \def\caption@labelname{#2}% + \caption@x@label#1{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@xlabel{% + \global\let\caption@@@xlabel\@empty + \@bsphack + \protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@xref[2]{% + \string\@setref\string\relax\string\@undefined{\string##1}}}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionof} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Uses \cs{caption@settype} instead of \cs{def}\cs{@captype}} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/22}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt} removed} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/30}{Better compatibility: Will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} now} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{Bugfix 10-10-17: Uses \cs{setcaptiontype} instead of \cs{caption@settype} now} +% |\captionof|\marg{type}\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\\ +% |\captionof*|\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\par +% \Note{This will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} so +% \cs{usepackage}\csmarg{caption,capt-of} will still work. +% (Compatibility to \version{1.x})} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\captionof{\caption@teststar\caption@of{\caption*}\caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@of[2]{\setcaptiontype*{#2}#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionlistentry} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\\ +% |\captionlistentry*|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionlistentry{% + \caption@teststar\@captionlistentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@captionlistentry[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@listentry{#1}}\@captype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@listentry#1[#2]#3{% + \@bsphack + #1{\caption@gettitle{#3}}% + {\caption@refstepcounter{#2}% + \caption@makecurrent{#2}{#3}}% + \caption@addcontentsline{#2}{#3}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{\cs{captionbox}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionbox} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/12/17}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/16}{\cs{captionsetup} replaces with \cs{captionbox@settype} and \cs{caption@setposition}} +% A |\parbox| with contents and caption, separated by an invisible |\hrule|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionbox{% + \let\captionbox@settype\@gobble + \caption@withoptargs\caption@box} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@box[2]{% + \@testopt{\caption@ibox{#1}{#2}}{\wd\@tempboxa}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@ibox#1#2[#3]{% + \@testopt{\caption@iibox{#1}{#2}{#3}}\captionbox@hj@default} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iibox#1#2#3[#4]#5{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#5}% + \begingroup + \captionbox@settype*% set \caption@position + \caption@iftop{% + \endgroup + \parbox[t]{#3}{% + \captionbox@settype\relax + \caption@setposition t% + \vbox{\caption#1{#2}}% + \captionbox@hrule + \csname caption@hj@#4\endcsname + \unhbox\@tempboxa}% + }{% + \endgroup + \parbox[b]{#3}{% + \captionbox@settype\relax + \caption@setposition b% + \csname caption@hj@#4\endcsname + \unhbox\@tempboxa + \captionbox@hrule + \vtop{\caption#1{#2}}}% + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionbox@hj@default{c} +\newcommand*\captionbox@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@hj@c{\centering} +\providecommand*\caption@hj@l{\raggedright} +\providecommand*\caption@hj@r{\raggedleft} +\providecommand*\caption@hj@s{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{\cs{ContinuedFloat}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ContinuedFloat} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{% +% Call of \cs{caption@ContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/12}{% +% Optional argument and call of \cs{caption@@ContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.0g}{2005/06/28}{% +% Bugfix: \cs{newcounter} replaced by \cs{newcount}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Format of \package{hyperref} extension changed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/07}{\cs{caption@setoptions} added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variant and hook \cs{sf@ContinuedFloat} added} +% |\ContinuedFloat|\\ +% |\ContinuedFloat*|\par +% This mainly decrements the appropriate counter and increments the +% continuation counter instead. +% Furthermore we set |\caption@resetContinuedFloat| to |\@gobble| so the +% continuation counter will not be reset to zero inside |\caption@refstepcounter|. +% Please forget about the optional argument, it was never working well, is +% incompatible to the \package{subfig} package, but is still there for +% compatibility reasons. +% \Note{The definition of \cs{ContinuedFloat} itself is compatible +% to the one inside the \package{subfig} package, except for the +% starred variant and the optional argument.} +% When the \package{hyperref} package is used we have the problem +% that the usage of |\ContinuedFloat| will create duplicate +% hyper links -- |\@currentHref| will be the same for the main float and +% the continued ones. So we have to make sure unique labels and references +% will be created each time. We do this by extending |\theHfigure| and +% |\theHtable|, so for continued floats the scheme +% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}|\alph{|\meta{continued \#}|}|\end{quote} +% will be used instead of +% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}\quad\quad.\end{quote} +% \par{\small(This implementation follows an idea from Steven Douglas Cochran.)} +% \Note{This does not help if the \package{hyperref} package option +% \texttt{naturalnames=true} is set.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ContinuedFloat{% + \@ifnextchar[\@Continued@Float\@ContinuedFloat} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@Continued@Float[#1]{\addtocounter{#1}\m@ne} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@ContinuedFloat{% + \caption@iftype + {\addtocounter\@captype\m@ne + \caption@ContinuedFloat\@captype}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\ContinuedFloat outside float}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@ContinuedFloat#1{% + \@ifstar{\caption@Continued@Float@{#1}}{\caption@Continued@Float{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@Continued@Float@{% + \addtocounter\@captype\@ne + \@stpelt{ContinuedFloat}\stepcounter{ContinuedFloat}% + \def\caption@resetContinuedFloat##1{\xdef\caption@CFtype{##1}}% + \caption@@ContinuedFloat} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@Continued@Float#1{% + \edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@CFtype + \stepcounter{ContinuedFloat}% + \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble + \caption@@ContinuedFloat{#1}% + \sf@ContinuedFloat{#1}% + \else + \caption@Error{Continued `#1' after `\caption@CFtype'}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@ContinuedFloat#1{% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname the#1\endcsname\theContinuedFloat + \@ifundefined{theH#1}{}{% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH#1\endcsname{% + \@alph\c@ContinuedFloat}}% + \caption@setoptions{ContinuedFloat}% + \caption@setoptions{continued#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\sf@ContinuedFloat[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@CFtype{??} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\theContinuedFloat} +% Its preset to \cs{@empty}, so usually the continuation counter is not +% included in the caption label or references. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcounter{ContinuedFloat} +\let\theContinuedFloat\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetContinuedFloat} +% |\caption@resetContinuedFloat|\marg{type}\par +% If a continuation counter is defined, we reset it. +% (This one will be called inside |\@caption|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetContinuedFloat[1]{% + \@stpelt{ContinuedFloat}\xdef\caption@CFtype{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\phantomcaption} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/31}{Bugfix 10-09-01b: This macro added} +% |\phantomcaption|\par +% Use this one for figures with subcaptions but without main caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\phantomcaption{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\phantomcaption outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Internal helpers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@refstepcounter} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Error message moved from \cs{caption@@@settype} to here} +% Resets the continuation counter, increments the float (i.e. |figure| or +% |table|) counter, and sets the |refstepcounter| flag. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@refstepcounter[1]{% + \@ifundefined{c@#1}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#1' defined}}% + {\caption@resetContinuedFloat{#1}% + \caption@@refstepcounter{#1}% + \let\caption@ifrefstepcounter\@firstoftwo}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@refstepcounter{\refstepcounter} +\let\caption@ifrefstepcounter\@secondoftwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@dblarg} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/05}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix 07-12-06: Changed so it works without \cs{kernel@ifnextchar} +% (which was introduced in \LaTeXe\ 2004/01/23), too} +% A |\relax| was added compared to |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}| will be +% expanded to |\caption[\relax]{}| (and not to |\caption[]{}|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\kernel@ifnextchar + {\newcommand\caption@dblarg[1]{\@ifnextchar[{#1}{\caption@xdblarg{#1}}}}% + {\newcommand\caption@dblarg[1]{\kernel@ifnextchar[{#1}{\caption@xdblarg{#1}}}}% +\newcommand\caption@xdblarg[2]{#1[{#2\relax}]{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@begin} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{caption@settype} changed to \cs{caption@setfloattype}} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/04/12}{Check for default label format added} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Usage of \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@setfloattype} \& +% \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} removed} +% Our handling of |\caption| will always be surrounded by +% |\caption@begin| (or |\caption@beginex|) and |\caption@end|.\par +% |\caption@begin|\marg{type} performs these tasks: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item[1.] Start a new group. +% \item[2.] Define |\fnum@|\meta{type} if the caption label format is set +% to non-default. +% \item[3.] Override the |position=| setting, if necessary. +% (for example if set to |auto| or used inside a |supertabular|) +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@begin[1]{% + \begingroup + \caption@setfnum{#1}% + \caption@fixposition + \global\let\caption@fixedposition\caption@position} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@beginex} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of \opt{listof=} added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/04}{Takes now 3 args instead of 2, check for empty heading added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/01}{Makes lst-entry now instead of redefining \cs{addcontentsline}} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 09-05-15: Setting of \cs{lst@@caption} added} +% |\caption@beginex|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\marg{heading}\par +% performs the same tasks as |\caption@begin| and additionally: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item[4.] Set |\lst@@caption|, so |\fnum@lstlisting| will include a numbering. +% \item[5.] Make an entry in the list-of-whatever. +% \item[6.] Set |\caption@ifempty| according argument \meta{heading}. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@beginex[3]{% + \caption@begin{#1}% + \let\lst@@caption\relax + \caption@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}% + \caption@ifempty{#3}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@end} +% |\caption@end| closes the group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@end{% + \endgroup + \let\caption@position\caption@fixedposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{% +% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/06}{% +% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} removed} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfnum} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setfnum|\marg{type}\\ +% redefines |\fnum@|\meta{type} according the caption label format +% set with |labelformat=|. But if |labelformat=default| is set, +% |\fnum@|\meta{type} will not be overwritten by us. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfnum[1]{% + \@ifundefined{fnum@#1}{\iftrue}{\ifx\caption@lfmt\caption@lfmt@default\else}% + \@namedef{fnum@#1}{\caption@fnum{#1}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@boxrestore} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix: Redefinition of CR added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Support of option \opt{parboxrestore} added} +% The original code (from |latex/base/ltboxes.dtx|): +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\@parboxrestore{\@arrayparboxrestore\let\\\@normalcr} +% \def\@arrayparboxrestore{% +% \let\if@nobreak\iffalse +% \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse +% \let\par\@@par +% \let\-\@dischyph +% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii +% \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip +% \everypar{}% +% \linewidth\hsize +% \@totalleftmargin\z@ +% \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip +% \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip +% \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip +% \sloppy} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\@parboxrestore|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@boxrestore{% + \caption@parboxrestore{\@parboxrestore}{% + \let\if@nobreak\iffalse + \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse + \let\par\@@par +% \let\-\@dischyph +% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii + \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip + \everypar{}% +% \linewidth\hsize +% \@totalleftmargin\z@ + \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip + \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip + \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip + \sloppy + \let\\\@normalcr + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@boxrestore@mini} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added} +% Resets \cs{par} so the very first \cs{par} in \cs{@caption} behaves quite the same as in floating environments. +% Will be used by \cs{setcaptiontype}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@boxrestore@mini{% + \let\par\@@par + \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip + \sloppy} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@normalsize} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\normalsize|.\par +% Its code is equivalent to +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@font{normal}%| +% \end{quote} +% but executes faster (since the starred form of |\caption@font| +% does not use |\setkeys| internally). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@normalsize{% + \caption@font*{\KV@caption@fnt@normal\@unused}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfloatcapt} +% Needed for support of the \package{float} package, where the caption will +% not be typeset directly, but catched in a |\vbox| called |\@floatcapt| +% instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@start} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref} +% All these are needed for support of the \package{hyperref} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@makecurrent[2]{} +\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone +\let\caption@start\relax +\let\caption@@start\relax +\let\caption@freezeHref\relax +\let\caption@defrostHref\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@gettitle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This one is needed for support of the \package{nameref} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@gettitle[1]{% + \caption@ifundefined\NR@gettitle + {\def\@currentlabelname{#1}}% + {\NR@gettitle{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Support for sub-captions} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Support for sub-captions added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareSubType} +% |\caption@DeclareSub| initializes the usage of \cs{caption} +% in sub-floats. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@DeclareSubType sub#1\@nil{% + \caption@Debug{Initializing subtype for `#1'\@gobble}% + \@namedef{caption@c@#1}{0}% + \@namedef{caption@beginsub#1}{\caption@beginsubfloat{#1}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareSubType +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Initialize the sub-captions defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionSubType}\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@For*{subtypelist}{\caption@DeclareSubType sub#1\@nil} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Initialize the sub-captions defined with \cs{newsubfloat}\cite{subfig}\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \caption@ifundefined\sf@counterlist{}{% + \@for\sf@temp:=\sf@counterlist\do{% + \expandafter\caption@DeclareSubType\sf@temp\@nil}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypehook} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@setlist} added} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-08-12b: \cs{@makecaption} will now be restored here, too} +% \changes{v3.2}{2011/06/26}{Uses \cs{caption@@addcontentsline} instead of \cs{addcontentsline} now} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Redefinition of \cs{phantomcaption} added} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Usage of \cs{caption@warmup} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/30}{Bugfix 11-09-26: Usage of \cs{if@subfloatrow} added} +% Hook, will be used inside \cs{caption@setsubtype}.\par +% (Note: If we are inside an |sub|\-|float|\-|row| environment we have to keep +% the |\@make|\-|caption| code of the \package{floatrow} package intact.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subtypehook{% + \ifx\caption\caption@subcaption \else + \caption@warmup +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifrefstepcounter{}{% + % no \caption or \subcaption in this (floating) environment yet + \caption@Debug{Increment \@captype\ counter =\the\value\@captype}% + \caption@l@stepcounter\@captype + \let\caption@@@addcontentsline\caption@addsubcontentsline}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifnum\csname caption@c@\@captype\endcsname=\value\@captype \else + \caption@Debug{Reset sub\@captype\ counter}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@c@\@captype\endcsname{% + \the\value\@captype}% + \@stpelt\@subcaptype + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \c@ContinuedFloat=0\relax + \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble + \let\caption@addcontentsline\caption@kernel@addcontentsline + \let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@iflist{}{\let\caption@setlist\@gobble}% + \caption@setoptions{sub}% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% for subfig-package compatibility +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption\caption@subcaption + \let\phantomcaption\caption@subphantom + \if@subfloatrow + \caption@Debug{Keeping \string\@makecaption}% + \else + \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption + \fi + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@subfloatrow} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/30}{This macro added} +% This macro tests if we are inside an |sub|\-|float|\-|row| or |sub|\-|float|\-|row*| environment. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@ifundefined\@subfloatrowtrue + {\newif\if@subfloatrow + \caption@ifundefined\subfloatrow{}% + {\caption@Debug{Patching subfloatrow environment}% + \g@addto@macro\capsubrowsettings{\@subfloatrowtrue}% + \g@addto@macro\killfloatstyle{% + \ifx\c@FRobj\c@FRsobj\@subfloatrowtrue\fi}}}% + {\caption@Debug{\string\if@subfloatrow is already defined}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subcaption} +% Makes a sub-caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subcaption{% + \caption@checkgrouplevel{sub}\subcaption + \caption@star + {\caption@refstepcounter\@subcaptype}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@subcaptype}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subphantom} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{This macro added} +% Same as |\phantomcaption|, but for sub-captions. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subphantom{% + \caption@checkgrouplevel{sub}\phantomsubcaption + \caption@refstepcounter\@subcaptype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addcontentsline} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{Argument of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} removed} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Argument of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} re-added} +% We extend |\caption@addcontentsline| so it handles sub-captions, too. +% \Note{\cs{sf@ifpositiontop} \& \cs{@listsubcaptions} are defined by the +% \package{subfigure} \& \package{subfig} packages.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@kernel@addcontentsline\caption@addcontentsline +\renewcommand\caption@addcontentsline[2]{% + \sf@ifpositiontop{\@listsubcaptions{#1}}{}% + \caption@kernel@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}% + \sf@ifpositiontop{}{\@listsubcaptions{#1}}% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentslines[1]{% + \begingroup + \caption@subcontentslines + \endgroup + \caption@clearsubcontentslines}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addsubcontentsline} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix 08-07-28: +% \cs{label}, \cs{index}, and \cs{glossary} are allowed inside the list entry now} +% \changes{v3.2}{2011/06/26}{Uses \cs{caption@@addcontentsline} instead of \cs{addcontentsline} now} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/19}{Uses \cs{caption@gobble} instead of \cs{@gobble} now} +% Add a pending sub-caption list entry. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentsline[4]{% + \begingroup + \let\label\caption@gobble \let\index\caption@gobble \let\glossary\caption@gobble + \protected@edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\caption@subcontentslines{% + \noexpand\@namedef{the#2}{\csname the#2\endcsname}% + \ifx\@currentHref\@undefined \else + \noexpand\def\noexpand\@currentHref{\@currentHref}% + \fi + \protect\caption@@@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checksubcontentslines} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/07}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@Error} instead of \cs{subcaption@Error} now} +% Checks if the list of pending sub-captions is empty, if not, +% a warning will be issued. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@checksubcontentslines{% + \ifx\caption@subcontentslines\@empty \else + \caption@Error{% + Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \protect\caption\MessageBreak + in the last figure or table}% + \caption@clearsubcontentslines + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clearsubcontentslines} +% Clear pending sub-caption list entries. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearsubcontentslines{% + \global\let\caption@subcontentslines\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \caption@ifundefined\sf@ifpositiontop{\let\sf@ifpositiontop\@gobbletwo}{}% + \caption@clearsubcontentslines + \g@addto@macro\caption@typehook{\caption@checksubcontentslines}% + \AtEndDocument{\caption@checksubcontentslines}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Document class \& Babel package support} +% +% \subsubsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\smf@makecaption{}{\let\smf@makecaption\@makecaption} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The beamer class} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{beamer class support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifclassloaded{beamer}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{beamer document class}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\figure} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added} +% \begin{macro}{\table} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added} +% We redefine |figure| \& |table| so our type-specific options will be used etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ORI@figure + \csname\string\figure\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\figure}[#1]{% + \caption@ORI@figure[#1]% + \caption@settype{figure}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ORI@table + \csname\string\table\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\table}[#1]{% + \caption@ORI@table[#1]% + \caption@settype{table}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The \KOMAScript{} classes} +% +% \KOMAScript\ contains the code +% |\AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}| +% so we need to update |\scr@caption| here, too. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\scr@caption{}{% + \caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The frenchb Babel option} +% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{Adaptation to \package{frenchb} added} +% +% Suppress +% ``Package |frenchb.ldf| Warning: The definition of |\@makecaption| has been +% changed, frenchb will NOT customize it.'' +% (but only if we emulate this customization) +% \begin{macrocode} +\@nameuse{caption@frenchb}\@nameundef{caption@frenchb} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The frenchle/pro package} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{Adaptation to \package{frenchle/pro} added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifundefined\frenchTeXmods{}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{frenchle/pro package is loaded}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\captionfont@ORI\captionfont + \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\captionlabelfont + \let\@makecaption@ORI\@makecaption +% \end{macrocode} + +% If |\GOfrench| is defined as |\relax| all the re-definitions regarding +% captions have already been done, so we can do our patches immediately. +% Otherwise we must add our stuff to |\GOfrench|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\GOfrench + {\let\caption@tempa\@firstofone}% + {\def\caption@tempa{\g@addto@macro\GOfrench}}% + \caption@tempa{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\captionfont\captionfont@ORI + \let\captionfont@ORI\@undefined + \let\captionlabelfont\captionlabelfont@ORI + \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\@undefined + \let\@makecaption\@makecaption@ORI + \let\@makecaption@ORI\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@cnORI} +% We update the definition of |\@cnORI| so it actually reflects +% our definition of |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@cnORI\caption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@tablescaption} +% The \package{frenchle/pro} package sets |\caption| to |\@tablescaption| at +% |\begin{table}| for special treatment of footnotes. +% Therefore we have to patch |\@tablescaption| so |\caption*| will work +% inside the |table| environment. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@tcORI\@tablescaption + \def\@tablescaption{\caption@star\relax\caption@tcORI}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\f@ffrench} +% \begin{macro}{\f@tfrench} +% |\f@ffrench| and |\f@tfrench| reflect |\fnum@figure| and |\fnum@table| +% when used in French mode. These contain additional code which typesets +% the caption separator |\captionseparator| instead of the usual colon. +% Because this breaks with our |\@makecaption| code we have to remove +% this additional code here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@eatDP\@undefined + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + \ifx\f@ffrench\fnum@figure + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@figure\f@ffrench}% + \fi + \ifx\f@tfrench\fnum@table + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@table\f@tfrench}% + \fi + \def\f@ffrench{\ifx\listoffigures\relax\else\figurename~\thefigure\fi}% + \def\f@tfrench{\ifx\listoftables\relax\else\tablename~\thetable\fi}% + \caption@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The hungarian and magyar Babel option} +% \changes{v3.2}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@tempa#1{% + \@ifundefined{extras#1}\caption@AtBeginDocument\@firstofone{% + \@ifundefined{extras#1}{}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 babel option is loaded}% + \expandafter\addto\csname extras#1\endcsname{% + % reverse changes made by magyar.ldf + \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption + \babel@save\@makecaption + \caption@redefine + \babel@save\@caption}% + }}} +\caption@tempa{hungarian}% +\caption@tempa{magyar}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Package support} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{Package options `float', `longtable' etc. +% are not supported anymore, removed} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfPackageLoaded} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/29}{3rd argument \meta{code} added, +% so no extra check is needed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-written \& renamed from \cs{caption@ifpackage} +% to \cs{caption@IfPackageLoaded}} +% |\caption@IfPackageLoaded|\marg{package}\oarg{version}\marg{true}\marg{false}\par +% Some kind of combination of |\@ifpackageloaded| and |\@ifpackagelater|. +% If the \meta{package} is not loaded yet, the check will be (re-)done +% |\AtBeginDocument|, so the \meta{package} could be loaded later on, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@IfPackageLoaded[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@@IfPackageLoaded{#1}}{}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfPackageLoaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@IfPackageLoaded#1[#2]#3#4{% + \@ifpackageloaded{#1}\@firstofone{% + \caption@Debug{#1 package is not loaded (yet)\@gobble}% + \caption@AtBeginDocument}{% + \caption@@ifpackageloaded{#1}[#2]{#3}{#4}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@IfPackageLoaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifpackageloaded[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@@ifpackageloaded{#1}}{}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifpackageloaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@ifpackageloaded#1[#2]{% + \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 package is loaded}% + \@ifpackagelater{#1}{#2}\@firstoftwo{% + \caption@Error{% + For a successful cooperation we need at least version\MessageBreak + `#2' of package #1,\MessageBreak + but only version\MessageBreak + `\csname ver@#1.\@pkgextension\endcsname'\MessageBreak + is available}% + \@secondoftwo}% + }{\@secondoftwo}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@ifpackageloaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clearmargin} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This macro will be used by some package support stuff where the usual +% margin setting is not welcome, e.g. in the \package{sidecap} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearmargin{% + \setcaptionmargin\z@ + \let\caption@minmargin\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{needfreeze}{0} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \caption@ifneedfreeze{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freeze} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} \& \cs{@caption} revised for enhanced compatibility} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: Made \cs{@caption} long} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variants of \cs{ContinuedFloat} and \cs{captionsetup} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 10-09-01a: Uses \cs{ignorespaces} instead of `space hack' again} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Starred variant of \cs{caption@freeze} removed} +% \changes{v3.2b}{2011/08/18}{Redefines \cs{caption@setup} instead of \cs{captionsetup} now} +% \changes{v3.2b}{2011/08/18}{Redefinition of \cs{label} revised} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{Revised} +% |\caption@freeze|\par +% Used by the \package{fltpage} \& \package{sidecap} package support. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@freeze{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@ContinuedFloat\ContinuedFloat + \def\ContinuedFloat{% + \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@ContinuedFloat}% + \def\caption@SC@ContinuedFloat##1{% + \caption@@freeze{\ContinuedFloat##1}% + \let\caption@frozen@setcounter\setcounter + \let\caption@frozen@addtocounter\addtocounter + \def\setcounter####1####2{\csname c@####1\endcsname####2\relax}% + \def\addtocounter####1####2{\advance\csname c@####1\endcsname ####2\relax}% + \caption@frozen@ContinuedFloat##1% + \let\setcounter\caption@frozen@setcounter + \let\addtocounter\caption@frozen@addtocounter}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@setup\caption@setup + \def\caption@setup##1{% + \caption@@freeze{\caption@setup{##1}}% + \caption@frozen@setup{##1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@caption\caption + \def\caption{% + \def\caption{% + \caption@Error{% + Only one \noexpand\caption can be placed in this environment}% + \caption@gobble}% + \@ifstar + {\caption@SC@caption*}% + {\let\caption@frozen@refstepcounter\caption@@refstepcounter + \let\caption@@refstepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter + \caption@refstepcounter\@captype + \let\caption@@refstepcounter\caption@frozen@refstepcounter + \let\@currentlabel\caption@SClabel + \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@caption}}% + \long\def\caption@SC@caption##1##2{% + \caption@@freeze{\caption##1{##2}}% + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@label\label + \def\label{% + \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@label}% + \def\caption@SC@label##1##2{% + \ifx\@currentlabel\caption@SClabel + \@bsphack + \caption@freeze@label{##1}{##2}% + \@esphack + \else + \caption@frozen@label##1{##2}% + \fi}% + \def\caption@SClabel{\caption@undefinedlabel}% + \def\caption@freeze@label##1##2{% + \caption@@freeze{\label##1{##2}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@frozen@content\@empty + \long\def\caption@@freeze{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@frozen@content}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@warmup{% + \let\ContinuedFloat\caption@frozen@ContinuedFloat + \let\caption@setup\caption@frozen@setup + \let\caption\caption@frozen@caption + \let\label\caption@frozen@label}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrost} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{\cs{caption@defrost@setup} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{Adapted to changes of \cs{caption@freeze}} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{\cs{caption@defrost@setup} removed} +% |\caption@defrost| +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@defrost{% + \ifx\caption@frozen@caption\@undefined + \caption@frozen@content + \else + \caption@Error{Internal Error:\MessageBreak + \noexpand\caption@defrost in same group as \string\caption@freeze}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% + \caption@undefbool{needfreeze}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@warmup} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{This macro added} +% |\caption@warmup| +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@warmup\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{The float package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/31}{\package{float} package support rewritten and improved} +% \iffalse +% (This is a more straight-ahead implementation, but it only works with v1.3 +% now, so v1.2 is no longer supported. The old code including documentation +% can be found in caption-30f-050530.zip) +% \fi +% +% The \package{float} package usually do not use the \LaTeX\ kernel command +% |\@caption| to typeset the caption but |\float@caption| instead. +% (|\@caption| will only be used if the float is re-styled with +% |\restylefloat*|.) +% +% The main two things |\float@caption| is doing different are: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The caption will be typeset inside a |\savebox| called |\@floatcapt| +% so it can be placed above or below the float contents afterwards. +% \item |\@makecaption| will not be used to finally typeset the caption. +% Instead |\@fs@capt| will be used which definition is part of the float +% style. +% (Note that |\@fs@capt| will not typeset any vertical space above or below +% the caption; instead this space will be typeset by the float style code +% itself.) +% \end{itemize} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{float}[2001/11/08 v1.3d]{% + \@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}{% + \caption@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}[2007/08/24 v0.2a]{}{}% + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@float@setevery} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-12-05: \cs{color@begin/endgroup} added +% to redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt}} +% |\@float@setevery|\marg{float type} is provided by the \package{float} +% package; it's called every time a floating environment defined with +% |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat| begins. +% We use this hook to do some adaptations and to setup the proper caption +% style (if defined) and additional settings declared with +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{float style}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@float@setevery\@float@setevery + \def\@float@setevery#1{% + \float@ifcaption{#1}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% First of all we set the caption position to it's proper value by +% converting |\@fs@iftopcapt| (which is part of a float style and +% controls where the caption will be typeset, above or below the float +% contents) to our |position=| setting. +% Since the spacing above and below the caption will be done by the float +% style and \emph{not} by us this sounds quite useless. But in fact it isn't, +% since some packages based on \thispackage\ (like the \package{subfig} +% package) could have an interest for this information and therefore use the +% |\caption@iftop| macro we provide in our kernel. Furthermore we need this +% information for ourself in |\captionof| which uses |\@makecaption| to +% finally typeset the caption with skips. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setposition{\@fs@iftopcapt t\else b\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Afterward we redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| (which will be used inside +% |\@caption|) so the caption will be set inside the box |\@floatcapt|, +% without extra vertical space. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\caption@setfloatcapt[1]{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@@make + \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox{% + \color@begingroup ##1\color@endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% To allow different caption styles for different float styles we also +% determine the current float style (e.g. `ruled') and select +% a caption style (and additional settings) with the same name, if defined. +% \begin{macrocode} + \float@getstyle\float@style{#1}% + \caption@setstyle*\float@style + \caption@setoptions\float@style +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% + \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \float@makebox + \caption@ORI@float@setevery{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@typehook} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/08}{float package hook added} +% \LaTeX\ and almost every other packages use +% |\|\meta{type}|name| +% to provide a macro for the type resp.~environment name -- for example +% the command |\figurename| will usually contain the name of the floating +% environment |figure|: +% \begin{quote} +% |\newcommand\figurename{Figure}| +% \end{quote} +% But the \package{float} package doesn't follow this common naming +% convention: +% For floats defined with |\newfloat| it uses |\fname@|\meta{type} instead, +% which breaks with our code (and with |\autoref| and some other things as +% well). +% So we have to map the \package{float} package name to the common one here.\par +% \Note{If the float was not defined with \cs{newfloat} but with +% \cs{restylefloat} instead, \cs{fname@}\meta{type} is not defined.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\caption@typehook{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1name\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\let\csname #1name\expandafter\endcsname + \csname fname@#1\endcsname + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/26}{Skips of \env{plaintop} and \env{boxed} floats corrected} +% \begin{macro}{\fs@plaintop} +% \begin{macro}{\fs@boxed} +% Since the float styles |plaintop| and |boxed| don't use |\abovecaptionskip| +% which could be set with |skip=| (|plaintop| uses |\belowcaptionskip| instead of +% |\abovecaptionskip|, and |boxed| uses a fixed space of |2pt|) +% we patch the according float style macros here to change this. +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\fs@plaintop{\def\@fs@mid{\vspace\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% + \g@addto@macro\fs@boxed{\def\@fs@mid{\kern\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@getstyle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% |\float@getstyle|\marg{cmd}\marg{type}\par +% Determining the float style is not so easy because the only hint +% provided by the \package{float} package is the macro +% |\fst@|\meta{float type} which points to the macro which represents the +% float style. So for example after +% \begin{quote} +% |\floatstyle{ruled}|\\ +% |\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}| +% \end{quote} +% |\fst@Program| will be defined as +% \begin{quote} +% |\def\fst@Program{\fs@ruled}|\quad. +% \end{quote}\par +% So here is what we do: We make the first level expansion of +% |\fst@|\meta{float type} a string so we can gobble the first four tokens +% (= |\fs@|), so only the the name of the float style is left.\par +% \emph{TODO:} We need to convert the catcodes here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@getstyle[2]{% + \edef#1{% + \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gobblefour\noexpand\string + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand + \csname fst@#2\endcsname}% + \edef#1{#1}% + \caption@Debug{floatstyle{#2} = `#1'}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@ifcaption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/23}{This macro added} +% |\float@ifcaption|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par +% Here we determine if the user has used |\newfloat| resp.~|\restylefloat|, +% or |\restylefloat*|. +% This is quite easy: If |\@float@c@|\meta{captype} is the same as +% |\float@caption|, the user has used |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat|, +% otherwise we assume he has used |\restylefloat*|. +% (This test will fail if some package re-defines |\float@caption|, +% so we have to assume that there is no one.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@#1\endcsname\float@caption + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}}{% + \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{\@secondoftwo}% +% \clearcaptionsetup{boxed}% used by the floatrow package? +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The skip between `boxed' floats and their caption defaults to |2pt|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt} % do not issue a warning when not used +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/26}{\opt{strut=0} added to caption style \opt{ruled}} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/27}{Option \opt{ruled} fixed} +% To emulate the `ruled' definition of |\@fs@capt| we provide a caption style +% `ruled' with appropriate options. But if the package option |ruled| was +% specified, we setup some caption parameters to emulate the behavior +% of \thispackage\ \version{1.x} option |ruled| instead, i.e., +% the current caption settings will be used, but without margin and without +% `single-line-check'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{ruled}{% + \captionsetup[ruled]{margin=0pt,minmargin=0,slc=0}% +}{% + \DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=0}% +} +\caption@undefbool{ruled} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The floatflt package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{Support of the \package{floatflt} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{floatflt}[1996/02/27 v1.3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\floatingfigure} +% We patch |\floatingfigure| so |\caption@floatflt| will be used. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@floatingfigure\floatingfigure + \def\floatingfigure{% + \caption@floatflt{figure}% + \caption@ORI@floatingfigure}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\floatingtable} +% Same with |\floatingtable|\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@floatingtable\floatingtable + \def\floatingtable{% + \caption@floatflt{table}% +% \caption@setautoposition b% + \caption@ORI@floatingtable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@floatflt} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added} +% Here we do two things: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item We use |\caption@set|\-|options{|\-|floating|\meta{type}|}| so +% |\caption|\-|setup[|\-|floating|\meta{type}|]{|\ldots|}| is supported. +% \item |\line|\-|width| must be set correctly. +% Usually this is done by |\@par|\-|box|\-|restore| inside |\@caption|, +% but since we use |\@caption@box|\-|restore| we have to map this to +% |\@par|\-|box|\-|restore| instead. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@floatflt[1]{% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setfullparboxrestore + \caption@setoptions{floating#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The fltpage package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{Support of the \package{fltpage} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{fltpage}[1998/10/29 v.0.3]{% + \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@positionLabel} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{This redefinition added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@positionLabel}{% +% FP\@captype-\number\value{FP@\@captype C}-pos} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\FP@positionLabel{% + FP\FP@captype-\number\value{FP@\FP@captype C}-pos}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@helpNote} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@helpNote}[2]{% +% \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \pageref{#2}!}}% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\FP@helpNote[2]{% + \begingroup % save \caption@thepage + \caption@pageref{#2}% + \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \caption@thepage!}% + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatBegin} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-09-11: Missing \cs{ignorespaces} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{Adapted to current version of \cs{caption@freeze}} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@floatBegin}[1]{% +% \gdef\@captype{#1}% +% \global\let\FP@savedCaptionCommand\caption% +% \global\let\FP@savedLabelCommand\label% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}} +% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@figure}% +% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@table}% +% \let\FP@LabelText\@empty% +% \let\FP@CaptionText\@empty% +% \let\FP@optionalCaptionText\@empty% +% \renewcommand\label[1]{\gdef\FP@LabelText{##1}}% +% \renewcommand\caption[2][]{% +% \gdef\FP@optionalCaptionText{##1}\gdef\FP@CaptionText{##2}}% +% \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% +% }% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\FP@floatBegin[1]{% + \def\FP@captype{#1}% + \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \caption@freeze + \global\let\FP@Label\@empty + \caption@ifFPrefcap + {}% + {\def\caption@freeze@label##1##2{% + \g@addto@macro\FP@Label{\FP@label##1{##2}}}}% + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatEnd} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{Some minor bugfixes} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{Adapted to current version of \cs{caption@freeze}} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@floatEnd}{% +% \end{lrbox}% +% \global\setbox\FP@floatCorpusBOX=\box\FP@floatCorpusBOX +% \stepcounter{FP@\@captype C}% +% \FP@savedLabelCommand{\FP@positionLabel}% +% \FP@helpNote{\@captype}{\FP@positionLabel}% +% \FP@float +% {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test +% {\begin{\@captype}[p!] +% \usebox{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% +% \refstepcounter{\@captype}% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@LabelText}{\@empty}} +% {}{\FP@savedLabelCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@LabelText}}% +% \end{\@captype}} +% {\addtocounter{\@captype}{-1}} +% {\begin{\@captype}[b!]% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@guide}{\@empty}}% +% {}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}}% +% {\renewcommand{\fnum@figure}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}% +% {\renewcommand{\fnum@table}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}}% +% \setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption +% \setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption +% \FP@separatorCaption% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@optionalCaptionText}{\@empty}}% +% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}% +% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand[\expandafter\protect\FP@optionalCaptionText]% +% {\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}% +% \end{\@captype}}% +% }% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\FP@floatEnd{% + \end{lrbox}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \stepcounter{FP@\FP@captype C}% + \caption@label\FP@positionLabel + \FP@helpNote\FP@captype\FP@positionLabel +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\FP@RestoreCounter{% + \noexpand\setcounter{\FP@captype}{\the\value\FP@captype}% + \noexpand\setcounter{ContinuedFloat}{\the\value{ContinuedFloat}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \FP@float + {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test + {\begin\FP@captype[p!]% + \usebox\FP@floatCorpusBOX + \let\caption@SClentry\@empty + \def\caption{\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}% + \long\def\@caption##1[##2]##3{\def\caption@SClentry{##2}}% + \let\FP@label\label + \let\label\caption@gobble + \caption@defrost + \caption@ifFPlistcap + {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype + \expandafter\caption@makecurrent\expandafter\@captype + \expandafter{\caption@SClentry}}% + {\ifx\caption@SClentry\@empty \else + \expandafter\captionlistentry\expandafter{\caption@SClentry}% + \fi}% + \caption@makeanchor\relax + \FP@Label + \end\FP@captype}% + {\FP@RestoreCounter + \@ifundefined{theH\FP@captype}{}{% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH\FP@captype\endcsname{.FP}}}% + {\begin\FP@captype[b!]% + \let\FP@savedSetfnumCommand\caption@setfnum + \def\caption@setfnum##1{% + \FP@savedSetfnumCommand{##1}% + \ifx\FP@guide\@empty \else + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname fnum@##1\endcsname{\ {\FP@guide}}% + \fi}% + \setlength\abovecaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length above caption + \setlength\belowcaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length below caption + \caption@setoptions{FP\@captype}% + \FP@separatorCaption + \caption@ifFPlistcap{}{\let\caption@addcontentsline\@gobbletwo}% + \caption@defrost + \end\FP@captype}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\caption@ifFPlistcap\@undefined + \let\caption@ifFPrefcap\@undefined +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The hyperref package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Support of the \package{hyperref} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/09}{Usage of \cs{hyper@makecurrent} instead of +% \cs{theHfigure} as indicator for \package{hyperref} package} +% \changes{v3.2}{2011/07/30}{Test if \package{hyperref} has stopped early revised} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/24}{Test if \package{hyperref} has stopped early adapted to current version of \package{hyperref} package: Usage of \cs{IfHyperBoolean} added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hyperref}[2003/11/30 v6.74m]{% + % Test if hyperref has stopped early + \caption@ifundefined\IfHyperBoolean{% + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly0% + \caption@ifundefined\H@refstepcounter + {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{% + \caption@ifundefined\hyper@makecurrent + {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{% + \caption@ifundefined\measuring@true + {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{}}}% + }{% + \def\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly{\IfHyperBoolean{stoppedearly}}% + }% + \caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly{% hyperref has stopped early + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Hyperref support is turned off\MessageBreak + because hyperref has stopped early}% + }{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\measuring@true}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@refstepcounter} +% We redefine |\caption@@refstepcounter| so |\H@refstepcounter| will be used +% instead of |\refstepcounter| inside |\caption| \& |\captionlistentry|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@@refstepcounter{\H@refstepcounter}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% We redefine |\caption@makecurrent| so a \package{hyperref} label +% will be defined inside |\@caption|. +% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@makecurrent[2]{% + \caption@makecurrentHref{#1}% + \caption@Debug{hyperref current=\@currentHref}% + \caption@gettitle{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@makecurrentHref{\hyper@makecurrent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the current hyperref package} +% We redefine |\caption@makeanchor| so a \package{hyperref} anchor +% will be set inside |\@caption|. +% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\caption@makeanchor[1]{% + \caption@Debug{hyperref anchor: \@currentHref}% + % If we cannot have nesting, the anchor is empty. + \ifHy@nesting + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#1}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{\relax}% + }#1% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \paragraph{The hypcap option} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@capstart} +% Like the \package{hypcap} package we define the switch |\if@capstart|, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newif\if@capstart +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@start} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{% +% \cs{caption@currentHref} renamed to \cs{hc@currentHref}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{% +% This macro renamed from \cs{capstart} to \cs{caption@start} and revised} +% While the \package{hypcap} package defines a macro called |\capstart| +% our variant is called |\caption@start| and is controlled by the option +% |hypcap=||false|/|true|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@start{\caption@ifhypcap\caption@start@\relax}% + \def\caption@start@{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Generate the \package{hyperref} label and set the \package{hyperref} anchor, +% usually (if |hypcap=false|) both is done inside |\@caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@makestart\@captype + \caption@startanchor\@currentHref +% \end{macrocode} +% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a new \package{hyperref} label, +% use the label we save in |\hc@currentHref| instead. +% (We also support the |@capstart| flag from the \package{hypcap} package.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\@capstarttrue + \let\hc@currentHref\@currentHref + \def\caption@makecurrentHref##1{% + \global\@capstartfalse + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a \package{hyperref} anchor since this +% has already been done. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makestart} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/30}{\cs{@currentHref} will be extended by \texttt{caption} +% instead of \texttt{xxx} now} +% |\caption@makestart|\marg{type} +% defines a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par +% Since we offer |\ContinuedFloat| the float counter can change between +% `now' and |\caption|, i.e., we simply don't know the figure or table counter +% yet and therefore we are not able to generate the `right' \package{hyperref} +% label. +% Two different solutions of this problem came into my mind: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item I could use the aux file for this purpose.\par +% -or- +% \item I set |hypertexnames=false| locally. +% Furthermore I use |#1.caption.|\meta{counter} (instead of |#1.|\meta{counter}) +% as naming scheme for |\@currentHref| to avoid conflicts with other hyper +% links which are generated with |hypertexnames=true|. +% \end{enumerate} +% The first idea has the advantage that the `right' anchor name will be +% generated, but one needs an additional \LaTeX\ run if figures or tables +% will be inserted or removed.\par +% The second idea has the advantage that it's very easy to implement, but +% has some side-effects, e.g. the anchor names don't follow the figure or +% table label names anymore.\par +% Since I'm lazy I implemented the second idea, maybe I will revise this +% later on. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@makestart[1]{% + \begingroup + \Hy@hypertexnamesfalse +% \gdef\@currentHlabel{}% + \hyper@makecurrent{#1.caption}% + \endgroup + \caption@Debug{hypcap start=\@currentHref}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@startanchor} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix 06-09-17: We use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Warning about TeX mode replaced with debug info} +% |\caption@startanchor|\marg{Href} +% sets a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par +% This code was taken from the \package{hypcap} package\cite{hypcap} and adapted. +% \Note{Since \cs{hyper@@anchor}\marg{Href}\csmarg{\string\relax} can cause +% a change from vertical mode to horizontal mode (design flaw in +% \package{hyperref} package!?), and since the workaround +% \cs{let}\cs{leavevmode}\cs{relax} which can be found in the +% \package{hypcap} package is not always sufficient +% (for example with ``Direct pdfmark support'' and \texttt{breaklinks=true}), +% we use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor} here.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@startanchor[1]{% + \ifvmode\begingroup + \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (vertical mode)}% + \@tempdima\prevdepth + \nointerlineskip + \vspace*{-\caption@hypcapspace}% + \caption@anchor{#1}% + \vspace*{\caption@hypcapspace}% + \prevdepth\@tempdima + \endgroup\else + \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (horizontal mode)}% + \caption@anchor{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@anchor} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/17}{Workaround 07-10-17: We use \cs{caption@raisedlink} instead of \cs{Hy@raisedlink} now} +% |\caption@anchor|\marg{Href} sets a \package{hyperref} anchor. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@anchor[1]{% + \ifmeasuring@ \else + \caption@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{#1}\hyper@anchorend}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \Note{Since \cs{Hy@raisedlink} change \cs{@tempdima} we surrounded it by \cs{ifvmode}, +% suppressing ``\texttt{LaTeX Warning: Float too large for page by 1.0pt}'' in \texttt{sideways} floats. +% (This is not necessary since \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}.)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\HyperRaiseLinkLength\@tempdima + \def\caption@raisedlink#1{\ifvmode#1\else\Hy@raisedlink{#1}\fi}% + \else + \let\caption@raisedlink\Hy@raisedlink + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start} +% Will be used by |\caption@freezeHref|. Apart from that we issue a warning +% if we expect a saved \package{hyperref} label coming from |\caption@start|, +% but there isn't any. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@@start{% + \caption@ifundefined\hc@currentHref{% + \caption@Warning{% + The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this\MessageBreak + particular \string\caption}}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref} +% Suppress |\caption@start| from generating a \package{hyperref} label and +% setting a \package{hyperref} anchor. Instead if |\@caption| generates a +% \package{hyperref} label, it will be stored in |\caption@currentHref|. +% Furthermore we need to redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| so no +% \package{hyperref} anchor will be placed in |\@caption|. +% \iffalse +% (Since |\caption@setfloatcapt| will be set to |\@firstofone| inside +% |\subcaption| there is no need to add its restauration to +% |\caption@subtypehook|.) +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@freezeHref{% + \let\caption@ORI@start\caption@start + \def\caption@start{\let\caption@start\caption@ORI@start}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% \let\caption@ORI@@start\caption@@start +% \l@addto@macro\caption@subtypehook{% +% \let\caption@@start\caption@ORI@@start}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined + \def\caption@@start{\global\let\caption@currentHref\@currentHref}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@setfloatcapt\caption@setfloatcapt + \renewcommand*\caption@setfloatcapt{% + \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone + \fi + \caption@ORI@setfloatcapt}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref} +% If there is a freezed |\@currentHref|, we set the \package{hyperref} +% anchor here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@defrostHref{% + \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else + \caption@startanchor\caption@currentHref + \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@makebox} +% Do our own redefinition of |\float@makebox|, if it was redefined by +% the \package{hyperref} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\HyOrg@float@makebox{}{% + \caption@Debug{% + Redefining \noexpand\float@makebox (again)\@gobble}% + \let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\float@makebox % save for compatibility mode + \renewcommand\float@makebox[1]{% + \HyOrg@float@makebox{#1\relax \caption@defrostHref}}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The hypcap package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/22}{Support of the \package{hypcap} package added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{Adapted to \package{hypcap} \version{1.6}} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/11/04}{\package{hypcap} support adapted to \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hypcap}{% v1.0 + \ifx\caption@start\relax \else % hyperref hasn't stopped early +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the \package{hypcap} package was loaded, we give up our own +% hyperlink placement algorithm and give the control over the placement +% to the \package{hypcap} package instead. +% +% \begin{macro}{\capstart} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Support of \cs{ifcapstart} (\package{hypcap} package \version{1.10}) added} +% We do this simply by mapping |\capstart| to |\caption@start@|, +% although our code does not behave exactly like the original one: +% The original |\capstart| has an effect on the next |\caption| +% only but our version affects \emph{all} |\caption|s in the same +% environment, at least unless a new |\capstart| will be placed. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@capstart\capstart % save for compatibility mode + \caption@ifundefined\capstarttrue % check for v1.10 of hypcap package + {\def\capstart{\caption@start@}}% + {\def\capstart{\ifcapstart\caption@start@\fi}}% + \let\caption@start\relax + \let\caption@@start\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hypcapspace} +% Furthermore we map our |\caption@hypcapspace| to |\hypcapspace| +% offered by the \package{hypcap} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifhypcap 1% + \renewcommand*\caption@hypcapspace{\hypcapspace}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The listings package} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of the \package{listings} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{listings}[2004/02/13 v1.2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeCaption} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix: Skips are handled correctly now} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2008/03/29}{Bugfix 08-10-16-dctt: \texttt{rule=0} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 10-07-20a: Set \cs{hsize} to \cs{linewidth}, if necessary} +% To support the \package{listings} package we need to redefine +% |\lst@MakeCaption| so the original stuff is nested with +% |\caption@begin| and |\caption@end| etc. +% \Note{This macro is always called twice (with `t' resp. `b' as +% parameter), therefore we need an extra group here.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption\lst@MakeCaption + \def\lst@MakeCaption#1{% #1 is `t' or `b' + \begingroup +% \end{macrocode} +% Workaround for bug in \package{listings} package: +% If |\hsize| seems not to be set correctly, we set it to |\linewidth|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\hsize>\linewidth + \hsize\linewidth + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% First of all, we set |position=#1| and if it was set to `top', +% we swap the skips so the default behavior of the \package{listings} package +% will not be changed. (Note that the \package{listings} package has set its +% own |\abovecaptionskip| \& |\belowcaptionskip| values prior to calling +% \cs{lst@MakeCaption}.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setposition{#1}% + \caption@iftop{% + \@tempdima\belowcaptionskip + \belowcaptionskip\abovecaptionskip + \abovecaptionskip\@tempdima}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Workaround for issue with wrong skips (should be examined further) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setup{rule=0}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Afterwards we set the local `lstlisting' options. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{lstlisting}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the |position=| is now set to |auto|, we take over the |captionpos=| +% setting from the \package{listings} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setautoposition{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% At the end we do similar stuff as in our \cs{@caption} code. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@begin{lstlisting}% + \caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption{#1}% + \caption@end +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lst@makecaption} +% \begin{macro}{\lst@maketitle} +% Wrapper macros for typesetting the |caption=| resp. |title=| value. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\lst@makecaption{\caption@starfalse\@makecaption}% + \def\lst@maketitle{\caption@startrue\@makecaption\@empty}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro added} +% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lstlisting| +% but we needed it when |\captionof{lstlisting}| will be done by the end user, +% we define it here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\ext@lstlisting{lol}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/07/13}{Bugfix 07-09-13: \cs{lst@@caption} will not be re-defined anymore} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The longtable package} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LTcaptype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/06}{This macro and its support added} +% |\LTcaptype| is preset to |table|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\LTcaptype{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{longtable}[1995/05/24 v3.14]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \RequirePackage{ltcaption}[=2007/09/01]% + \let\LT@@makecaption\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@array} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This redefinition added} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/14}{Bugfix 07-09-14: Redefinition of \cs{@captionabovetrue} \& \cs{@captionabovefalse} added} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/16}{Bugfix: This redefinition will always be done \cs{AtBeginDocument}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix in \cs{captionlistentry}: Table counter will not be incremented anymore, \cs{nameref} works} +% We redefine |\LT@array| here to get |\captionsetup|\marg{options} +% working inside |longtable|s. +% \Note{Since the \package{hyperref} package patches \cs{LT@array} as well +% and since this only works with the original definition of \cs{LT@array}, +% we have to do this after the \package{hyperref} package, +% i.e.~\cs{AtBeginDocument}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\caption@ORI@LT@array\LT@array + \renewcommand*\LT@array{% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionsetup| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\@undefined + \def\captionsetup{% + \noalign\bgroup + \@ifstar\@captionsetup\@captionsetup}% gobble * + \def\@captionsetup##1{\LT@captionsetup{##1}\egroup}% + \def\LT@captionsetup##1{% + \captionsetup@startrue\caption@setup@options[@longtable]{##1}% + \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\caption@opt@@longtable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionabove| \& |\captionbelow| for longtable: (\KOMAScript\ document class) +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\@captionabovetrue{\LT@captionsetup{position=t}}% + \def\@captionabovefalse{\LT@captionsetup{position=b}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionlistentry| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\captionlistentry{% + \noalign\bgroup + \@ifstar{\egroup\LT@captionlistentry}% gobble * + {\egroup\LT@captionlistentry}}% + \def\LT@captionlistentry##1{% + \caption@listentry\@firstoftwo[\LTcaptype]{##1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\ContinuedFloat| for longtable:\\ +% {\small(Commented out, since it's not deeply tested and quite useless anyway)} +% \Note{\package{hyperref} versions $<$ v6.76j uses $2\times$ \cs{hyper@makecurrent}} +% \begin{macrocode} +% \caption@ifhypcap{% +% \let\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent\hyper@makecurrent +% \def\hyper@makecurrent##1{% +% \let\hyper@makecurrent\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent +% \caption@makestart{##1}% +%% \let\Hy@LT@currentHlabel\@currentHlabel +% \let\Hy@LT@currentHref\@currentHref +% \def\hyper@makecurrent####1{% +%% \let\@currentHlabel\Hy@LT@currentHlabel +% \let\@currentHref\Hy@LT@currentHref}}% +% \let\caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat\ContinuedFloat +% \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{% +% \gdef\caption@setContinuedFloat{% +% \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble}% +% \def\caption@setoptions####1{% +% \g@addto@macro\caption@setContinuedFloat{% +% \caption@setoptions{####1}}}% +% \let\@captype\LTcaptype +% \caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat}}% +% }{% +% \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{% +% \caption@Error{% +% \noexpand\ContinuedFloat inside longtables\MessageBreak +% is only available with `hypcap=true'}}}% +% }% +% \global\let\caption@setContinuedFloat\@empty + \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{% + \caption@Error{\noexpand\ContinuedFloat outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@LT@array}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@c@ption} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/22}{Made it \cs{long}} +% The original implementation: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\LT@c@ption#1[#2]#3{% +% \LT@makecaption#1\fnum@table{#3}% +% \def\@tempa{#2}% +% \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else +% {\let\\\space +% \addcontentsline{lot}{table}{\protect\numberline{\thetable}{#2}}}% +% \fi} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our implementation uses |\LTcaptype| instead of |{table}|: +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\LT@c@ption#1[#2]#3{% + \LT@makecaption#1{\csname fnum@\LTcaptype\endcsname}{#3}% + \LT@captionlistentry{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{% +% Bugfix 04-08-04: \cs{abovecaptionskip} \& \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be used now} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{% +% Bugfix: \cs{captionsetup[longtable]} overrides \cs{LTcapwidth} now} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/07}{\cs{caption@LT@make} introduced} +% |\LT@makecaption|\marg{cmd}\marg{label}\marg{text}\par +% \smallskip +% The original definition: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{% +% \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{% +% % Based on article class "\@makecaption", "#1" is "\@gobble" in star +% % form, and "\@firstofone" otherwise. +% \sbox\@tempboxa{#1{#2: }#3}% +% \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize +% #1{#2: }#3% +% \else +% \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +% \fi +% \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}% +% \hss}}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our definition: +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{% + \caption@LT@make{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If |\LTcapwidth| is not set to its default value |4in| we assume +% that it shall overwrite our own setting. +% (But |\captionsetup[longtable]{width=|\ldots|}| will overwrite |\LTcapwidth|.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@settype*\LTcaptype + \ifdim\LTcapwidth=4in \else + \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth + \fi + \caption@setoptions{longtable}% +% \caption@setContinuedFloat + \caption@setoptions{@longtable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +% The default |position=| setting for longtables is |top|. +% (This emulates the standard behavior of the \package{longtable} package +% which has no skip above the caption but a skip below it.) +% \fi +% +% |position=auto| is a bad idea for longtables, but we do our very best. +% This works quite well for captions inside the longtable contents, but +% not for captions inside the longtable (end)foot. +% \Note{This should be `top' if unclear!} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setautoposition{\ifcase\LT@rows t\else b\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We set |\ifcaption@star| according the 1st argument. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@startrue#1\caption@starfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{\cs{caption@normalsize} added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@resetContinuedFloat\LTcaptype + \caption@begin\LTcaptype + \caption@normalsize +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The following skip has the purpose to correct the height of the +% |\parbox[t]|. Usually it's the height of the very first line, but +% because of our extra skips (|\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip|) +% it's always |0pt|.\par +% (A different idea would be typesetting the first skip outside the longtable +% column with |\noalign{\vskip|\ldots|}|, but this means we have to move +% |\caption@begin| to some other place because it does not work in tabular +% mode. And at the moment I have no idea on how to do this in an elegant +% way\ldots) +% \begin{macrocode} + \vskip-\ht\strutbox +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The following code should look familiar. We do our skips and use +% |\caption@@make| to typeset the caption itself. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@iftop{\vskip\belowcaptionskip}{\vskip\abovecaptionskip}% + \caption@@make{#2}{#3}\endgraf + \caption@iftop{\vskip\abovecaptionskip}{\vskip\belowcaptionskip}% + \caption@end}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The picinpar package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{Support of the \package{picinpar} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picinpar}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\figwindow} +% \begin{macro}{\tabwindow} +% The \package{picinpar} package comes with its own caption code +% (|\wincaption|, |\@wincaption|, |\@makewincaption|, \ldots) +% so we redefine |\figwindow| \& |\tabwindow| to use |\caption| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\figwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {% + \caption@window{figure}% + \caption@setoptions{figwindow}% + \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\tabwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {% + \caption@window{table}% + \caption@setoptions{tabwindow}% + \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@window} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added} +% Beside calling |\caption@settype| we redefine |\caption@boxrestore| +% (as in \package{floatflt} \& \package{picins} package support) +% and |\@makecaption| (as in \package{float} package support) here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@window[1]{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@@make + \caption@setautoposition b% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setfullparboxrestore}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@wincaption} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/25}{Missing \% added} +% This one finally typesets the caption using |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@wincaption[1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% This will be done twice for every |figwindow| \& |tabwindow| caption -- +% on the first run |\picwd| is |0pt|, on the second run |\picwd| is |\hsize|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\picwd=\z@ + \let\caption@makecurrent\@gobbletwo + \let\caption@@start\relax + \caption@prepareslc + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% The argument |#1| could contain simply the caption text +% (e.g.~|A figure caption|), but it could also contain an optional argument, +% the \meta{lst\_entry} +% (e.g.~|[An| |entry| |to| |the| |LOF]||{A| |figure| |caption}|). +% Therefore we have to test if |#1| begins with~|[| or not; furthermore we +% support a starred variant -- as in |\caption*| -- so we test for~|*|, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\@car#1\@nil}% + \if\@tempa*% + \let\@tempa\@firstofone + \else\if\@tempa[%] + \let\@tempa\@firstofone + \else + \let\@tempa\@empty + \fi\fi + \expandafter\caption\@tempa{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The picins package} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/01/26}{Support of the \package{picins} package added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\piccaptiontype} +% |\piccaptiontype|\marg{type}\par +% We offer this macro for changing the \meta{type} of the caption, so the user +% doesn't have to redefine |\@captype|, as proposed in the \package{picins} +% documentation. +% \Note{We define this macro here so it can be used in the +% preamble of the document, even when \thispackage\ was loaded prior to the +% \package{picins} package.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\piccaptiontype[1]{\def\@piccaptype{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picins}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Initial set |\@piccaptype| and undefine |\@captype| which was set to +% |figure| by the \package{picins} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\@piccaptype{% + \caption@iftype{% + \let\@piccaptype\@captype + }{% + \def\@piccaptype{figure}% + }% + }{}% + \let\@captype\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\piccaption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\piccaption{\@ifnextchar [{\@piccaption}{\@piccaption[]}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our code uses |\caption@star| so |\piccaption*| works, +% and |\caption@dblarg| so |\piccaption{}| works correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\piccaption{\caption@star\relax{\caption@dblarg\@piccaption}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\make@piccaption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} will always be used now} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\make@piccaption{% +% [...] +% \setbox\@TEXT=\vbox{\hsize\hsiz@\caption[\sh@rtf@rm]{\capti@nt@xt}}% +% } +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% In our code we have to correct several things: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item |\@captype| must be defined, since we have removed the global +% definition. +% \item We use |\caption@setoptions{parpic}| so +% |\captionsetup[parpic]{|\ldots|}| is supported. +% \item |\linewidth| must be set correctly. +% Usually this is done by |\@parboxrestore| inside |\@caption|, +% but since we use |\@caption@boxrestore| we have to map this to +% |\@parboxrestore| instead. +% \item The two arguments of |\caption| (|\sh@rtf@rm| \& |\capti@nt@xt|) +% should be expanded on first level so |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| and +% |\caption[|\ldots|]{}| work correctly. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@make@piccaption\make@piccaption + \def\make@piccaption{% + \let\caption@ORI\caption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\caption[##1]##2{% + \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \ivparpic + \caption@settype\@piccaptype +% \ifnum\c@piccaptionpos>2\relax + \caption@clearmargin +% \else +% \captionwidth\z@ % do not use "width=" setting +% \fi + \caption@setfullparboxrestore + \caption@setoptions{parpic}% + \caption@setautoposition b% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@ORI + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter[% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter##1\expandafter}\expandafter]\expandafter{##2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% {\footnotesize\begin{quote} +% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A +% |\begingroup|\\ +% | \toks0\expandafter{##1}| |\toks2\expandafter{##2}|\\ +% | \edef\x{\endgroup|\\ +% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\the\toks0}]{\the\toks2}}|\\ +% | \x| +% \end{quote} +% \begin{quote} +% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A +% |\edef\x{%|\\ +% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\unexpanded\expandafter{##1}}]%|\\ +% | {\unexpanded\expandafter{##2}}}|\\ +% |\x| +% \end{quote}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@make@piccaption + \let\caption\caption@ORI}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% + +% \begin{macro}{\ivparpic} +% We need to set our \package{hyperref} anchor here. +% Not bullet-proof since we have to redefine |\noindent| here! +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@ivparpic\ivparpic + \def\ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[#5][#6]#7{% + \let\caption@ORI@noindent\noindent + \def\noindent{% + \caption@defrostHref + \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent + \noindent}% + \caption@ORI@ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[#5][#6]{#7}% + \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\piccaptiontype\@undefined +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The rotating package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{rotating}[1995/08/22 v2.10]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rotcaption} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{Rewritten, works with \package{hyperref} now} +% Make |\rotcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\rotcaption{\let\@makecaption\@makerotcaption\caption}% +% \let\@rotcaption\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rotcaptionof} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{New} +% Make |\rotcaptionof(*)| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\rotcaptionof{% + \caption@teststar\caption@of{\rotcaption*}\rotcaption}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makerotcaption} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/06}{Rewritten, should finally work proper now} +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox} now} +% Original (bugfixed) code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{% +% \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1: #2}% +% \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa > .8\vsize +% \rotatebox{90}{% +% \begin{minipage}{.8\textheight}#1: #2\end{minipage}% +% }%\par % <== \par removed (AR) +% \else% +% \rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}% +% \fi +% \nobreak\hspace{12pt}% <== \nobreak added (AR) +% } +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our version emulates this behavior, but if |width=| is set, +% the rotated caption is always typeset as |minipage|. +% (Note that |margin=| is not supported here.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@ + \setcaptionwidth{.8\textheight}% + \caption@slc{#1}{#2}{.8\vsize}{% + \let\caption@makerot\caption@@make + \caption@clearmargin +% \long\def\caption@parbox##1##2{\hbox{\hsize=.8\textheight\relax##2}}% +% (not needed because \rotatebox uses an \hbox anyway) + \let\caption@parbox\@secondoftwo}% + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifslc0% been there, done that + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \rotatebox{90}{\caption@makerot{#1}{#2}}% + \nobreak\hspace{12pt}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@makerot[2]{% + \begin{minipage}\captionwidth\caption@@make{#1}{#2}\end{minipage}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The sidecap package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{sidecap}[2003/06/06 v1.6f]{% + \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SC@zfloat} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Local definition of \cs{captionsetup} added} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix 04-07-15: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} will be saved \& restored now} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@freeze} instead of \cs{caption@freeze*} now} +% This macro will be called at the start of the environment, here is a good +% opportunity to do some adaptations to |\caption| and |\captionsetup|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@SC@zfloat\SC@zfloat + \def\SC@zfloat#1#2#3[#4]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% First we use the original definition, but restore \cs{caption} and \cs{label} +% so \cs{caption@freeze} and \cs{caption@warmup} will work correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@SC@zfloat{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]% + \SC@RestoreCommands +% \end{macrocode} +% Since the sidecap package uses our |\caption| code outside the +% environment the regular |\captionsetup| will not work. +% So we need a special version here which saves the given argument list +% which will be executed later on. +% Furthermore we need to make |\caption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@settype*{#2}% + \caption@freeze +% \end{macrocode} +% The sidecap package uses |\ifx\label\SC@label| to test if it is just inside a +% |SC|\-|figure| or not. So we redefine |\SC@label| here so this test will still work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\SC@label\label}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\SC@RestoreCommands{% + \let\caption=\SC@orig@caption \let\label=\SC@orig@label}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\endSC@FLOAT} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/12}{\cs{@listdepth}\cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Call of \cs{caption@setoptions}\arg{SCfloat} added} +% This macro will be called at the end of the environment, here we need to +% setup our stuff before the \package{sidecap} package actually typesets +% its caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT\endSC@FLOAT + \def\endSC@FLOAT{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \Note{\cs{@captype} isn't defined here, this will be done inside +% the original definition of \cs{endSC@FLOAT}. But \cs{SC@captype} is +% defined and can be used here, if needed.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@settype\caption@settype + \def\caption@settype##1{% will be done in \@xfloat + \caption@ORI@settype*{##1}% do not change \@currentlabel + \caption@setSC@justify +%%% \caption@setoptions{SCfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{SC\@captype}% + \caption@start}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Before we can typeset the caption we need to set the margin to zero +% because any extra margin would only be disturbing here.\par +% (We don't need to take care about the caption position because +% the sidecap package set both |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip| +% to a skip of zero anyway.)\par +% Furthermore |\SC@justify| will override the caption justification, if set. +% The usage of |\SC@justify| differs from version to version of the +% \package{sidecap} package:\par +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% Version 1.4: & |\SC@justify| is not defined\\ +% Version 1.5: & |\SC@justify| is |\relax| when not set\\ +% Version 1.6: & |\SC@justify| is |\@empty| when not set\\ +% \end{tabular} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@setSC@justify{% + \caption@clearmargin + \ifx\SC@justify\@empty \else + \let\caption@hj\SC@justify + \let\SC@justify\@empty + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Make the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT| to use our caption +% stuff instead of its own. +% \Note{At this point the \package{sidecap} definition of \cs{caption} is valid, +% not the regular one!} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption\SC@orig@caption + \def\SC@orig@caption[##1]##2{\caption@defrost}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Finally we call the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setSC@justify % for compatibility mode + \caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The subfigure package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/06}{subfigure package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{subfigure}[2002/01/23 v2.1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\sf@ifpositiontop} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/15}{Bugfix 07-09-15: Check for \cs{@captype} added} +% If the \package{subfigure} package is loaded, we map |\sf@ifpositiontop| +% to |\iffiguretopcap| resp. |\iftabletopcap|, so the \package{subfigure} +% \version{2.1} options \opt{figbotcap} etc. will still work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\sf@ifpositiontop{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \expandafter\@gobbletwo + \else\ifx\@captype\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobbletwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\sf@if@position@top + \fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\sf@if@position@top{% + \@ifundefined{if\@captype topcap}% + {\@gobbletwo}% + {\@nameuse{if\@captype topcap}% + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The supertabular and xtab packages} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{supertabular}[2002/07/19 v4.1e]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Made \cs{topcaption*} and \cs{bottomcaption*} work} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: Star variant does not increment table counter anymore} +% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\tablecaption{% + \caption@star + {\refstepcounter{table}}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Made \cs{nameref} \& \cs{autoref} work} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption + \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{% + \caption@gettitle{#2}% + \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[#1]{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix: Missing \cs{par} added} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: \cs{@currentlabelname} will be set now} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% +% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{% +% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}} +% \begingroup +% \@parboxrestore +% \normalsize +% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi +% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par +% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi +% \endgroup} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{supertabular}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The |position=| setting will be overwritten by the +% \package{supertabular} package: If |\topcaption| was used, +% the position will be |top| automatically, |bottom| otherwise. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@fixposition{% + \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@boxrestore + \caption@normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \caption@end}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Support of the xtab package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{xtab}[2000/04/09 v2.3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption} +% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\tablecaption{% + \caption@star + {\refstepcounter{table}}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption + \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{% + \caption@gettitle{#2}% + \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[#1]{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% +% \@initisotab +% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{% +% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}% +% \begingroup +% \@parboxrestore +% \normalsize +% %% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi +% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par +% %% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi +% \endgroup +% \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht +% \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{xtabular}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@fixposition{% + \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@initisotab + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@boxrestore + \caption@normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \caption@end + \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht + \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The threeparttable package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{Support of the \package{threeparttable} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{threeparttable}[2003/06/13 v3.0]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\threeparttable} +% Unfortunately |\@captype| is not set when |\TPT@common| will be used, +% so we have to redefine |\threeparttable| and |\measuredfigure| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@threeparttable\threeparttable + \renewcommand*\threeparttable{% + \caption@settype{table}% + \caption@setposition a% ? + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setoptions{threeparttable}% + \caption@ORI@threeparttable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\measuredfigure} +% Same here\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@measuredfigure\measuredfigure + \renewcommand*\measuredfigure{% + \caption@settype{figure}% + \caption@setposition a% ? + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setoptions{measuredfigure}% + \caption@ORI@measuredfigure}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\TPT@caption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{\gdef\TPT@docapt +% {\par\global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]% +% {\strut\ignorespaces#3\ifhmode\unskip\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}}% +% \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel \abovecaptionskip\z@skip +% \else \TPT@docapt \fi \ignorespaces} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \gdef\TPT@docapt{% + \global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined + \caption@setautoposition\caption@TPT@position + \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}}% + \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty + \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel % Bug: does not work for measuredfigures + \gdef\caption@TPT@position{t}% + \g@addto@macro\TPT@docapt\caption@TPT@eatvskip + \else + \def\caption@TPT@position{b}% + \TPT@docapt + \fi + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + %\newcommand*\caption@TPT@eatvskip{\vskip-.2\baselineskip}% + \def\caption@TPT@eatvskip#1\vskip{#1\@tempdima=}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The wrapfig package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package added} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package rewritten} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}[2003/01/31 v3.6]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\wrapfloat} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Redefinition of this macro added} +% First of all we make the \package{wrapfig} package independent from the package +% load order regarding the \package{float} package. +% Since the usage of |\@float@set|\x|every| is missing in the code of the \package{wrapfig} +% package (it should be in the redefinition of |\float@re|\x|style|, right after +% |\@nameuse{fst@#1}|), we don't use it here, too, +% especially since |\wrap|\x|float| will usually not be used when used with re-styled floats. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\wrapfloat[1]{% + \def\@captype{#1}% + \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{% + \@nameuse{fst@#1}% +% \@float@setevery{#1}% + \def\WF@floatstyhook{\let\@currbox\WF@box + \global\setbox\WF@box\float@makebox{\wd\WF@box}}}% + \@ifnextchar[\WF@wr{\WF@wr[]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\WF@rapt} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Usage of \cs{WF@captionstyhook} added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, +% \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known +% \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}% +% \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else +% \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption +% \ignorespaces \fi} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our code has |\WF@captionstyhook| in addition: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, + \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known + \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}% + \expandafter\WF@captionstyhook\expandafter{\@captype}% <= new + \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else + \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption + \ignorespaces \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\WF@captionstyhook} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2e}{2011/11/10}{Bugfix 11-11-09: float package support fixed} +% We place our \package{hyperref} anchor here, apply the `wrap' options etc. +% Since the usage of |\@float@set|\x|every| is missing in the \package{wrapfig} +% package we will catch it up here for making the necessary adaptions to the +% \package{float} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\WF@captionstyhook#1{% + \let\@captype\@undefined + \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{\@float@setevery{#1}}% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin +%%% \caption@setoptions{wrapfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \begin{thebibliography}{99} +% \bibitem{TLC2} +% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\ +% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\ +% \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004. +% +% \bibitem{beamer} +% Till Tantau:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/}% +% {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\ +% March 11, 2007 +% +% \bibitem{KOMAScript} +% Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/}% +% {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\ +% 2007-01-09 +% +% \bibitem{NTG} +% Victor Eijkhout:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/}% +% {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\ +% 3 September 1989 +% +% \bibitem{float} +% Anselm Lingnau:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/}% +% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\ +% 2001/11/08 +% +% \bibitem{floatflt} +% Mats Dahlgren:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/}% +% {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\ +% 1998/06/05 +% +% \bibitem{floatrow} +% Olga Lapko:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/}% +% {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\ +% 2007/08/24 +% +% \bibitem{fltpage} +% Sebastian Gross:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/}% +% {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\ +% 1998/11/13 +% +% \bibitem{hyperref} +% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}% +% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\ +% November 12, 2007 +% +% \bibitem{hypcap} +% Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/}% +% {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\ +% 2007/04/09 +% +% \bibitem{listings} +% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/}% +% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\ +% 2007/02/22 +% +% \bibitem{longtable} +% David Carlisle:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/}% +% {\emph{The longtable package}},\\ +% 2004/02/01 +% +% \bibitem{picinpar} +% Friedhelm Sowa:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}% +% {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\ +% July 13, 1993 +% +% \bibitem{picins} +% Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/}% +% {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\ +% September~1992 +% +% \bibitem{rotating} +% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}% +% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\ +% 1997/09/26 +% +% \bibitem{sidecap} +% Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/}% +% {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\ +% 2003/06/06 +% +% \bibitem{subfigure} +% Steven D. Cochran:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/}% +% {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\ +% 2002/07/02 +% +% \bibitem{subfig} +% Steven D. Cochran:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/}% +% {\emph{The subfig package}},\\ +% 2005/07/05 +% +% \bibitem{supertabular} +% Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/}% +% {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\ +% 2002/07/19 +% +% \bibitem{threeparttable} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}% +% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ +% 2003/06/13 +% +% \bibitem{wrapfig} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/}% +% {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\ +% 2003/01/31 +% +% \bibitem{xtab} +% Peter Wilson:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/}% +% {\emph{The xtab package}},\\ +% 2004/05/24 +% \end{thebibliography} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.2/caption3.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.2/caption3.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f61d0be0047 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.2/caption3.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,3668 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption3.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2011 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{3390} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption3.drv}[2011/10/09 v1.4 Implementation of the caption kernel] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +%\let\ORIsubsection\subsection +%\def\subsection{\clearpage\ORIsubsection} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\usepackage[debug]{caption3}[2011/07/01] +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring + {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% + {AMS}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring + {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + {KOMA-Script}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption3.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} kernel} +% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} kernel} +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% \newcommand*\x{\discretionary{-}{}{}} +% \newcommand*\xx{\discretionary{}{}{}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption3.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \GetFileInfo{caption3.sty} +% +% \title{The Implementation of +% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A +% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A +% {the caption kernel}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \href{mailto:axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}{\texttt{axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm}}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel +% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|). +% +% The kernel provides all the user commands and internal macros which are +% necessary for typesetting captions and setting parameters regarding these. +% While the standard \LaTeX\ document classes provide an internal command +% called |\@makecaption| and no options to control its behavior (except the +% vertical skips above and below the caption itself), we provide similar +% commands called |\caption@make| and |\caption@@make|, but with a lot of +% options which can be selected with |\captionsetup|. +% Loading the kernel part do not change the output of a \LaTeX\ document +% -- it just provides functionality which can be used by \LaTeXe\ packages +% which typesets captions, for example the \package{caption} and +% \package{subfig} packages. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages: +% \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \let\subsubsection\subsection +% \let\subsection\section +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2011/11/01 v1.4a caption3 kernel (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Generic helpers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@nameundef} +% This is the opposite to |\@namedef| which is offered by the \LaTeX\ kernel. +% We use it to remove the definition of some commands and keyval options after +% |\begin{document}| (to save \TeX\ memory) and to remove caption options defined +% with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@nameundef[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\l@addto@macro} +% The \LaTeXe\ kernel offers the internal helper macro |\g@addto@macro| which +% globally adds tokens to existing macros, like in |\AtBeginDocument|. +% This is the same but it works local, not global +% (using \cs{edef} instead of \cs{xdef}). +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{% + \begingroup + \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}% + \edef\@tempa{\endgroup\def\noexpand#1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\bothIfFirst} +% \begin{macro}{\bothIfSecond} +% |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument is not empty, |\bothIfSecond| +% tests if the second argument is not empty. If yes both arguments get +% typeset, otherwise none of them. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bothIfFirst#1#2{% + \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else + #1#2% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bothIfSecond#1#2{% + \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else + #1#2% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifundefined} +% \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.3b}{2011/08/18}{Made expandable} +% Similar to \cs{@ifundefined} offered by the \LaTeX kernel, but does +% not define the undefined macro as \cs{relax}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifundefined[1]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifinlist} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Rewritten} +% This helper macro checks if the first argument is in the comma separated +% list which is offered as second argument. So for example +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@ifinlist{frank}{axel,frank,olga,steven}{yes}{no}| +% \end{quote} +% would expand to |yes|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifinlist{% + \@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@ifinlist[2]{% + \begingroup + \def\@tempa##1,#1,##2\@nil{% + \endgroup + \ifx\relax##2\relax + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi}% + \@tempa,#2,#1,\@nil}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifin@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifin@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\marg{yes}\marg{no} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifin@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1% + {\@secondoftwo}% + {\@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist{#2}{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@addto@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@g@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@g@addto@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{\gdef#1{#2}}{\g@addto@macro#1{,#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@addto@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@l@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@addto@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{\def#1{#2}}{\l@addto@macro#1{,#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@removefrom@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@g@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@g@removefrom@list[2]{% + \caption@l@removefrom@list#1{#2}% + \global\let#1#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@removefrom@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@l@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\par +% \Note[Caveat]{\meta{cmd} will be expanded during this process since +% \cs{@removeelement} is using \cs{edef} to build the new list!} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@removefrom@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{\@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{#2}#1#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@for@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@for@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@for@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{% + \def\caption@tempb##1{#2}% + \@for\caption@tempa:=#1\do{% + \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifempty@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{true}\marg{false} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifempty@list[1]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\@empty + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi\fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setbool} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@set@bool} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/05}{\cs{caption@set@bool}\marg{cmd}\marg{value} added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbool} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefbool} +% For setting and testing boolean options we offer these three helper macros: +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@setbool|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% | |(with |value = false/true/no/yes/off/on/0/1|)\\ +% |\caption@ifbool|\marg{name}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\\ +% |\caption@undefbool|\marg{name} +% \end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setbool[1]{% + \expandafter\caption@set@bool\csname caption@if#1\endcsname} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@bool[2]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#2}{1,true,yes,on}{% + \let#1\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{% + \let#1\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined boolean value `#2'}% + }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifbool[1]{\@nameuse{caption@if#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@undefbool[1]{\@nameundef{caption@if#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@teststar} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@teststar@} added} +% |\caption@teststar|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg}\\ +% |\caption@teststar@|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@teststar[3]{\@ifstar{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@teststar@[3]{% + \@ifstar{#1{#2}}{\caption@ifatletter{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}}} +\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@teststar@\caption@teststar} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifatletter{% + \ifnum\the\catcode`\@=11 + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@ifatletter\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@withoptargs} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% |\caption@withoptargs|\marg{cmd} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@withoptargs[1]{% + \@ifstar + {\def\caption@tempa{*}\caption@@withoptargs#1}% + {\def\caption@tempa{}\caption@@withoptargs#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@withoptargs#1{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\caption@@@withoptargs#1}% + {\caption@@@@withoptargs#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@withoptargs#1[#2]{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{[{#2}]}% + \caption@@withoptargs#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@@withoptargs#1{% + \expandafter#1\expandafter{\caption@tempa}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@gobble} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/19}{This macro added} +% |\caption@gobble*|\oarg{arg}\oarg{\ldots}\marg{arg}\par +% Same as |\@gobble|, but gobbles optional arguments as well. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@gobble{% + \caption@withoptargs\@gobbletwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@CheckCommand} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/10}{This macro added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfCheckCommand} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{next} is no longer used} +% |\caption@CheckCommand|\marg{macro}\marg{definition of macro}\par +% checks if a command already exists, with the same definition. +% It can be used more-than-once to check if one of multiple definitions will +% finally match. +% (It redefines itself later on to |\@gobbletwo| if the two commands match +% fine, making further checks harmless.)\par +% |\caption@IfCheckCommand|\marg{true}\marg{false}\par +% will execute the \meta{true} code if one match was finally given, +% the \meta{false} code otherwise. +% (It simply checks if |\caption@CheckCommand| is |\@gobbletwo| and +% restores the starting definition of |\caption@CheckCommand|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@DoCheckCommand[2]{% + \begingroup + \let\@tempa#1% + #2% + \ifx\@tempa#1% + \endgroup + \let\caption@CheckCommand\@gobbletwo + \else + \endgroup + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DoCheckCommand +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@CheckCommand\caption@DoCheckCommand +\@onlypreamble\caption@CheckCommand +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@IfCheckCommand{% + \ifx\caption@CheckCommand\@gobbletwo + \let\caption@CheckCommand\caption@DoCheckCommand + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfCheckCommand +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@AtBeginDocument} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/13}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the combine document class} +% |\caption@AtBeginDocument*|\marg{code}\\ +% Same as |\AtBeginDocument| but the execution of code +% will be surrounded by two |\PackageInfo|s. +% The starred variant causes the code to be executed after all code +% specified using the non-starred variant. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@begindocumenthook\@empty +\let\caption@@begindocumenthook\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@teststar\g@addto@macro + \caption@@begindocumenthook\caption@begindocumenthook} +%\@onlypreamble\caption@AtBeginDocument +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{Begin \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifstar{\g@addto@macro\caption@@begindocumenthook}\@firstofone}% + \caption@begindocumenthook + \let\caption@begindocumenthook\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifstar\@firstofone\@firstofone}% + \caption@@begindocumenthook + \let\caption@@begindocumenthook\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@InfoNoLine{End \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Information, Warnings, and Errors} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Info} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/25}{Moved from package to kernel} +% |\caption@Info|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Info[1]{% + \PackageInfo{caption}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@InfoNoLine} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/25}{Moved from package to kernel} +% |\caption@InfoNoLine|\marg{message}\\ +% \Note{The \cs{@gobble} at the end of the 2nd argument of +% \cs{PackageInfo} suppresses the line number info. +% See TLC2\cite{TLC2}, A.4.7, p885 for details.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@InfoNoLine[1]{% + \PackageInfo{caption}{#1\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Warning} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings} +% |\caption@Warning|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Warning[1]{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{#1\on@line}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@WarningNoLine} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings} +% |\caption@WarningNoLine|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@WarningNoLine[1]{% + \PackageWarning{caption}{#1.^^J\caption@wh\@gobbletwo}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@wh{% + See the caption package documentation for explanation.} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Error} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/20}{This macro added, will now be used for errors} +% \changes{v1.0o}{2007/04/11}{Renamed from \cs{caption@error} to \cs{caption@Error}} +% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed} +% |\caption@Error|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Error[1]{% + \PackageError{caption}{#1}\caption@eh} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@eh{% + If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak + at the documentation of the `caption' package, especially the\MessageBreak + section about errors.\MessageBreak\@ehc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@KV@err} +% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@KV@err\caption@Error +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Using the keyval package} +% +% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\undefine@key} +% |\undefine@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par +% This helper macro is the opposite of |\define@key|, it removes a keyval +% definition. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\undefine@key[2]{% + \@nameundef{KV@#1@#2}\@nameundef{KV@#1@#2@default}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@onlypreamble@key} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/11/01}{\cs{KV@err} will be used now instead of \cs{@notprerr}} +% |\onlypreamble@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par +% Analogous to |\@onlypreamble| from \LaTeXe. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@preamble@keys{} +\providecommand*\@onlypreamble@key[2]{\@cons\@preamble@keys{{#1}{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\@onlypreamble@key +\@onlypreamble\@preamble@keys +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@notprerr@key[1]{\KV@err{Can be used only in preamble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \def\@elt#1#2{\expandafter\let\csname KV@#1@#2\endcsname\@notprerr@key}% + \@preamble@keys + \let\@elt\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOption} +% |\DeclareCaptionOption|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionOption*|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\par +% We declare our options using these commands (instead of using +% |\DeclareOption| offered by \LaTeXe), so the keyval package is used. +% The starred form makes the option available during the lifetime of the +% current package only, so they can be used with |\usepackage|, but +% \emph{not} with |\captionsetup| later on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOption{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declareoption[2]{% + #1{\undefine@key{caption}{#2}}\define@key{caption}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue|\marg{option}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*|\marg{option}\marg{code}\par +% Same as \cs{DeclareCaptionOption} but issues an error if a value is given. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption@novalue\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@declareoption@novalue[3]{% + \caption@declareoption{#1}{#2}[\KV@err]{% + \caption@option@novalue{#2}{##1}{#3}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption@novalue +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@option@novalue[2]{% + \ifx\KV@err#2% + \expandafter\@firstofone + \else + \KV@err{No value allowed for #1}% + \expandafter\@gobble + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionsetup@star} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{This macro added} +% If the starred form of |\captionsetup| is used, this will be set to |true|. +% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@setkeys|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaptionsetup@star +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionsetup} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Bugfix: Missing \% added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{Starred-variant added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{\cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} will be set now} +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}\marg{keyval-list of options}\\ +% |\captionsetup*|\oarg{type}\marg{keyval-list of options}\par +% If the optional argument `type' is specified, we simply save or append +% the option list, otherwise we `execute' it with |\setkeys|. +% (The non-starred variant issues a warning if \meta{keyval-list of options} +% is not used later on.) +% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionsetup{% + \caption@teststar@\@captionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@captionsetup[1]{% + \captionsetup@startrue#1\captionsetup@starfalse + \@ifnextchar[\caption@setup@options\caption@setup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setup{\caption@setkeys{caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@setup@options[#1]#2{% + \@bsphack + \ifcaptionsetup@star\captionsetup@starfalse\else\caption@addtooptlist{#1}\fi + \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname{#2}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\clearcaptionsetup} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/17}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\\ +% |\clearcaptionsetup*|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\par +% This removes the saved option list associated with \meta{type}. +% If \meta{option} is given, only this option will be removed from the list. +% (The starred variant does not issue warnings.) +% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\clearcaptionsetup{% + \caption@teststar@\@clearcaptionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@clearcaptionsetup[1]{% + \let\caption@tempa#1% + \@testopt\@@clearcaptionsetup{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@@clearcaptionsetup[#1]#2{% + \@bsphack + \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + {\caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{Option list `#2' undefined}}}% + {\ifx,#1,% + \caption@clearsetup{#2}% + \else + \caption@@removefromsetup{#1}{#2}% + \fi}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearsetup[1]{% + \caption@removefromoptlist{#1}% + \@nameundef{caption@opt@#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@removefromsetup{% + \let\caption@tempa\@gobble + \caption@@removefromsetup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@removefromsetup[2]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname\@undefined + \def\@tempb##1=##2\@nil{##1}% + \edef\@tempc{#1}% + \@for\@tempa:=\@tempa\do{% + \edef\@tempd{\expandafter\@tempb\@tempa=\@nil}% + \ifx\@tempd\@tempc + \let\caption@tempa\@gobble + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@l@addto@list + \expandafter\csname caption@opt@#2\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter{\@tempa}% + \fi}% + \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + {\caption@removefromoptlist{#2}}{}% + \caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{% + Option `#1' was not in list `#2'\MessageBreak}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\showcaptionsetup} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/03}{Optimized for memory usage} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Bugfix: Does not expand option list anymore} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% |\showcaptionsetup|\oarg{package}\marg{type}\par +% This comes for debugging issues: It shows the saved option list which +% is associated with \meta{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\showcaptionsetup[2][\@firstofone]{% + \@bsphack + \GenericWarning{}{% + #1 Caption Info: Option list on `#2'\MessageBreak + #1 Caption Data: \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#2}{% + -none-% + }{% + {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\strip@prefix + \expandafter\meaning\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname}% + }}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/02}{Option \opt{options=} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/05}{Option \opt{options*=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{options}{\caption@setoptions{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{options*}{\caption@setoptions*{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptions} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/01/26}{Revised} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument removed} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/11}{Usage of \cs{clearcaptionsetup} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/09}{Renamed from \cs{caption@settype} to \cs{caption@setoptions}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/05}{Starred variant added} +% |\caption@setoptions*|\marg{type or environment or\ldots}\par +% Caption options which have been saved with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type} can +% be executed by using this command. +% It simply executes the saved option list (and clears it afterwards), +% if there is any. (The starred variant do not clear the option list.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setoptions{% + \caption@teststar\caption@set@options\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@options[2]{% + \caption@Debug{options=#2}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@opt\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + \ifx\caption@opt\relax \else + \caption@xsetup\caption@opt + #1{\caption@clearsetup{#2}}% #1 = \@firstofone -or- \@gobble + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@xsetup[1]{\expandafter\caption@setup\expandafter{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtooptlist} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@removefromoptlist} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2c}{2008/08/24}{Fatal typo corrected} +% |\caption@addtooptlist|\marg{type}\\ +% |\caption@removefromoptlist|\marg{type}\par +% Adds or removes an \meta{type} to the list of unused caption options. +% Note that the catcodes of \meta{type} are sanitized here so removing +% \meta{type} from the list do not fail when the \package{float} package +% is used (since |\float@getstyle| gives a result which tokens have catcode +% 12 $=$ ``other''). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addtooptlist[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#1@lineno}{% + \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@addto@list{#1}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname{\the\inputlineno}% + }{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@removefromoptlist[1]{% + \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@removefrom@list{#1}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@dooptlist[2]{% + \begingroup + \edef\@tempa{#2}\@onelevel@sanitize\@tempa + \expandafter#1\expandafter\caption@optlist\expandafter{\@tempa}% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtEndDocument{% + \caption@for@list\caption@optlist{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Unused \string\captionsetup[#1] + on input line \csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setkeys} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/20}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@keydepth} added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/08}{\cs{caption@keydepth} is now a command instead of a counter} +% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed, we use \cs{caption@KV@err} instead} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{\cs{captionsetup@starfalse} added} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/09/30}{Bugfix 09-09-29: Missing error handler will be defined automatically} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/24}{Redefinition of \cs{XKV@err} added} +% |\caption@setkeys|\oarg{package}\marg{family}\marg{key-values}\par +% This one simply calls |\setkeys|\marg{family}\marg{key-values} +% but lets the error messages not refer to the \package{keyval} package, +% but to the \meta{package} package instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setkeys{\@dblarg\caption@@setkeys} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@setkeys[#1]#2#3{% + \@bsphack +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@err + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@errx + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@XKV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname\XKV@err + \edef\caption@keydepth{\caption@keydepth i}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname #1@KV@err\endcsname + \ifx\KV@err\relax + \def\KV@err##1{\PackageError{#1}{##1}{% + See the #1 package documentation for explanation.}}% + \fi + \def\KV@errx{\KV@err}% + \def\XKV@err{\let\@tempa\XKV@tkey\KV@err}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@Debug{\protect\setkeys{#2}{#3}}% + \setkeys{#2}{#3}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\caption@keydepth{\expandafter\@gobble\caption@keydepth}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@errx\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\XKV@err\csname ORI@XKV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\caption@keydepth\@empty \captionsetup@starfalse \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@keydepth\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ExecuteOptions} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Depends on package now} +% |\caption@ExecuteOptions|\marg{package}\marg{key-values}\par +% We execute our options using the keyval interface, so we use this one +% instead of |\ExecuteOptions| offered by \LaTeXe. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ExecuteOptions[2]{% + \expandafter\@expandtwoargs\csname caption@setkeys@#1\endcsname{#1}{#2}}% +\@onlypreamble\caption@ExecuteOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ProcessOptions} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix, see +% \purett{news:400D360C.9678329F@gmx.net} for details} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Improvement, uses \cs{caption@setkeys} +% instead of \cs{setkeys}} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{Bugfix, now processes only those global +% options which have a default value} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{\cs{ProcessOptionsWithKV} renamed to +% \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} and moved from the package to the kernel} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/17}{Star variant added} +% |\caption@ProcessOptions*|\marg{package}\par +% We process our options using the keyval package, so we use this one +% instead of |\ProcessOptions| offered by \LaTeXe. +% The starred variant do not process the global options. +% (This code was taken from the \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} +% \version{6.74} and improved.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ProcessOptions{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@ProcessOptions\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ProcessOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@ProcessOptions[2]{% + \let\@tempc\relax + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + #1{% \@firstofone -or- \@gobble + \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{% + \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption}{}{% + \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption @default}{% + \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' ignored}% + }{% + \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' processed}% + \edef\caption@tempa{\caption@tempa\CurrentOption,}% + \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement\CurrentOption + \@unusedoptionlist\@unusedoptionlist + }% + }% + }% + \let\CurrentOption\@empty + }% + \caption@ExecuteOptions{#2}{\caption@tempa\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}% + \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@ProcessOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@SetupOptions} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{This macro added} +% |\caption@SetupOptions|\marg{package}\marg{code}\par +% After calling this macro |\caption@ExecuteOptions| and +% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}\marg{package} +% will both be mapped to \meta{code} with \meta{package} and \meta{options} +% as arguments |#1| and |#2|. (This helps avoiding ``Option clash'' errors.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@packagelist{} +\@onlypreamble\caption@packagelist +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@SetupOptions[2]{% + \@namedef{caption@setkeys@#1}##1##2{#2}% + \expandafter\@onlypreamble\csname caption@setkeys@#1\endcsname + \@cons\caption@packagelist{{#1}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@SetupOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@onefilewithoptions\@onefilewithoptions +\def\@onefilewithoptions#1[#2]{% + \begingroup + \def\@tempa{% + \endgroup + \caption@onefilewithoptions{#1}[{#2}]}% + \def\@tempb{#1}% + \def\@elt##1{% + \def\@tempc{##1}% + \ifx\@tempb\@tempc + \def\@tempa{% + \endgroup + \caption@ExecuteOptions{#1}{#2}% + \caption@onefilewithoptions{#1}[]}% + \fi} + \caption@packagelist + \@tempa} +\@onlypreamble\caption@onefilewithoptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Margin resp. width} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/01}{\cs{captionmarginx} renamed to \cs{captionmargin@}} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Option `twoside' added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Options `margin*', `minmargin', and `maxmargin' added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/10}{Option `oneside' added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionmargin} +% \begin{macro}{\captionwidth} +% |\captionmargin| and |\captionwidth| contain the extra margin +% resp. the total width used for captions. Please never set these values in +% a direct way, they are just accessible in user documents to provide +% compatibility to \version{1.x}.\par +% Note that we can only set one value at a time, `margin' \emph{or} `width'. +% If |\captionwidth| is not zero we will take this value afterwards, +% otherwise |\captionmargin| and |\captionmargin@|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\captionmargin +\newdimen\captionmargin@ +\newdimen\captionwidth +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{margin}{\setcaptionmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{margin*}{\setcaptionmargin*{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{width}{\setcaptionwidth{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{width*}{\setcaptionwidth*{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcmargin}{\caption@setcalcmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcmargin*}{\caption@setcalcmargin*{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcwidth}{\caption@setcalcwidth{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcwidth*}{\caption@setcalcwidth*{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{twoside}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{oneside}{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside0} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{minmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@minmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{maxmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@maxmargin{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionmargin} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setmargin} to \cs{setcaptionmargin}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{\cs{setcaptionmargin} enhanced so it can take +% left+right margin} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{\cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin} \& +% \cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin@} swapped so +% `\texttt{margin*=}\cs{captionmargin}' works in singleline options} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcmargin} added} +% |\setcaptionmargin|\marg{amount}\\ +% |\setcaptionmargin*|\marg{amount}\par +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptionmargin{% + \caption@resetcalcmargin + \caption@setmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setmargin{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setmargin\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setmargin[2]{% + #1{\captionwidth\z@}% + \caption@@@setmargin#2,#2,\@nil} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@setmargin#1,#2,#3\@nil{% + \setlength\captionmargin@{#2}% + \setlength\captionmargin{#1}% + \addtolength\captionmargin@{-\captionmargin}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionwidth} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setwidth} to \cs{setcaptionwidth}} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcwidth} added} +% |\setcaptionwidth|\marg{amount}\\ +% |\setcaptionwidth*|\marg{amount}\par +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptionwidth{% + \caption@resetcalcmargin + \caption@setwidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setwidth{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setwidth\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setwidth[2]{% + #1{\captionmargin\z@\captionmargin@\z@}% + \setlength\captionwidth{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetcalcmargin} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetcalcmargin{% + \let\caption@calcmargin@hook\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setcalcmargin} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setcalcmargin{% + \caption@teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@setmargin}% + \@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setcalcmargin[3]{% + #2{\caption@resetcalcmargin + \l@addto@macro\caption@calcmargin@hook{#1{#3}}}% + {\l@addto@macro\caption@calcmargin@hook{#1*{#3}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setcalcwidth} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setcalcwidth{% + \caption@teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@setwidth}% + \@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@counter} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This counter added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{Renamed to \cs{caption@thecounter}; \cs{caption@stepcounter} added} +% This counter numbers the captions. At the moment it will be used inside +% |\caption@ifoddpage| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@thecounter{0} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@stepcounter{% + \@tempcnta\caption@thecounter + \advance\@tempcnta\@ne + \xdef\caption@thecounter{\the\@tempcnta}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@newlabel} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% This command is a modified version of |\newlabel| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be written to the \texttt{.aux} file to +% pass label information from one run to another. +% (We use it inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\caption@ragged|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@newlabel{\@newl@bel{caption@r}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@thepage} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% This command is a modified version of |\thepage| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@thepage{\the\c@page} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@label} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@newlabel} in AUX file added} +% This command is a modified version of |\label| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@label[1]{% + \caption@@label + \protected@write\@auxout{\let\caption@thepage\relax}% + {\string\caption@newlabel{#1}{\caption@thepage}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@label{% + \global\let\caption@@label\relax + \protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@newlabel[2]{}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@pageref} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Uses \cs{@latex@warning} instead of \cs{caption@Warning} now} +% This command is a modified version of |\pageref| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@pageref[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname\relax + \G@refundefinedtrue % => 'There are undefined references.' + \@latex@warning{Reference `#1' on page \thepage \space undefined}% + \else + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@thepage\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifoddpage} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{Incrementation of counter moved to \cs{caption@@make}} +% At the moment this macro uses an own label\ldots ref mechanism, +% but an alternative implementation method would be using the +% \package{refcount} package\cite{refcount} and |\ifodd\getpagerefnumber{|\ldots|}|. +% \Note{This macro re-defines itself so the \texttt{.aux} file will +% only be used once per group.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifoddpage{% + \caption@iftwoside{% + \caption@label\caption@thecounter + \caption@pageref\caption@thecounter + \ifodd\caption@thepage + \let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo + \else + \let\caption@ifoddpage\@secondoftwo + \fi + }{\let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifoddpage} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptcmd} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setoptcmd|\marg{cmd}\marg{off -or- value} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setoptcmd[2]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{\let#1\@undefined}{\def#1{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Indentions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@indent} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Renamed from \cs{captionindent} to \cs{caption@indent}} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@parindent} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hangindent} +% These are the indentions we support. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\caption@indent +\newdimen\caption@parindent +\newdimen\caption@hangindent +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Defaults added for options \opt{parindent=} +% and \opt{hangindent=}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Option \opt{parskip=}: \cs{AtBeginCaption} +% replaced by \cs{caption@@par}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Undocumented defaults for \opt{parindent=}, +% \opt{hangindent=}, and \opt{parskip=} removed} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{indent}[\leftmargini]{% obsolete! + \setlength\caption@indent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{indention}[\leftmargini]{% + \setlength\caption@indent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}{% + \setlength\caption@parindent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hangindent}{% + \setlength\caption@hangindent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@@par{\setlength\parskip{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Increased compatibility to KOMA-Script: +% A special version of options `parindent' and `parskip' added} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Bugfix 06-01-03: KOMA-Script variants of +% `parskip' and `parindent' options revised and moved into caption kernel} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and +% `parindent' are obsolete now, removed} +% \changes{v1.0m}{2007/03/30}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and +% `parindent' re-added, since they still collide with the current +% version of the subfig package (Sigh!)} +% +% There is an option clash between the \KOMAScript\ document classes +% and the \package{caption} kernel, both define the options |parindent| and +% |parskip| but with different meaning. +% Furthermore the ones defined by the \package{caption} kernel take a +% value as parameter but the \KOMAScript\ ones do not. +% So we need special versions of the options |parindent| and |parskip| here +% which determine if a value is given (and therefore should be treated as +% our option) or not (and therefore should be ignored by us).\footnote{%^^A +% This problem was completely solved due a change of \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} +% in \thispackage\ \version{1.0h}, but we still need this workaround since +% these options would otherwise still collide with the current version $1.3$ +% of the \package{subfig} package (Sigh!)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifkomaclass{% + \caption@ifundefined\scr@caption\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifkomaclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifkomaclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KV@parindent\KV@caption@parindent + \DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}[]{% + \ifx,#1,% + \caption@Debug{Option `parindent' ignored}% + \else + \caption@KV@parindent{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KV@parskip\KV@caption@parskip + \DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}[]{% + \ifx,#1,% + \caption@Debug{Option `parskip' ignored}% + \else + \caption@KV@parskip{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Styles} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionStyle} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{single-line-list-of-KV}\marg{list-of-KV} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionStyle[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@declarestyle{#1}}{}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionStyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@declarestyle#1[#2]#3{% + \global\@namedef{caption@sls@#1}{#2}% + \global\@namedef{caption@sty@#1}{#3}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarestyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/20}{Option \opt{style*=} added} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{slc=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{style}{\caption@setstyle{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{style*}{\caption@setstyle*{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{singlelinecheck}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifslc{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{slc}[1]{\KV@caption@singlelinecheck{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setstyle} +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/06/01}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Recursive style definitions should work now} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed} +% |\caption@setstyle|\marg{name}\\ +% |\caption@setstyle*|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption style means saving the additional +% \meta{single-line-list-of-KV} (this will be done by |\caption@sls|), +% resetting the caption options to the base ones (this will be done using +% |\caption@resetstyle|) and executing the \meta{list-of-KV} options +% (this will be done using |\caption@setup|).\par +% The starred version will give no error message if the given style is not +% defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setstyle{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setstyle\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setstyle[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@sty@#2}% + {#1{\caption@Error{Undefined style `#2'}}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sty\csname caption@sty@#2\endcsname + \ifx\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined + \let\caption@setstyle@flag\relax + \caption@resetstyle + \caption@xsetup\caption@sty + \let\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined + \else + \caption@xsetup\caption@sty + \fi + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sls\csname caption@sls@#2\endcsname + \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\expandafter\caption@opt@singleline + \expandafter{\caption@sls}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetstyle} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/02/04}{% +% This macro renamed from \cs{caption@setdefault} to \cs{caption@resetstyle}} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Usage of \texttt{size=} added} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \texttt{rule} added} +% This resets (nearly) all caption options to the base ones. +% \emph{Note that this does not touch the skips and the positioning!} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetstyle{% + \caption@setup{% + format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,textformat=simple,% + justification=justified,font=,size=,labelfont=,textfont=,% + margin=0pt,minmargin=0,maxmargin=0,% + indent=0pt,parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,% + slc,rule,strut}% + \caption@clearsetup{singleline}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\opt{indent=0pt} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/02/04}{Caption style `default' renamed to `base', and a new `default' added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/31}{\opt{format=plain} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{\opt{format=plain} removed from caption style \opt{default}} +% Currently there are two pre-defined styles, called `base' \& `default'. +% The first one is a perfect match to the behavior of |\@makecaption| offered +% by the standard \LaTeX\ document classes (and was called `default' in +% \thispackage\ \version{1.0}), the second one matches the document +% class actually used. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{default}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{% + format=default,labelsep=default,textformat=default,% + justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,textfont=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFormat} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/15}{Optional argument added} +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat*|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\par +% The starred form causes the code being typeset in vertical (instead of +% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFormat{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareformat\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declareformat[2]{% + \@dblarg{\caption@@declareformat#1{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareformat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@declareformat#1#2[#3]#4{% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@ifh@#2\endcsname#1% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@slfmt@#2}##1##2##3{#3}% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@fmt@#2}##1##2##3{#4}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declareformat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{format}{\caption@setformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setformat} +% |\caption@setformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@fmt|) +% and if the code should be used in horizontal or vertical mode (|\caption@ifh|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@fmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ifh\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@slfmt\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fmt\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat[1]{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@fmt@default\expandafter + {\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@slfmt@default\expandafter + {\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@ifh@default\expandafter + {\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{% +% Caption format \opt{default} renamed to \opt{normal}} +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/05/12}{% +% Caption format \opt{normal} renamed to \opt{@normal}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{% +% Caption format \opt{@normal} renamed to \opt{plain} and documented} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{% +% Single-line variant of caption format \opt{hang} added} +% There are two pre-defined formats, called `plain' and `hang'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{hang}[#1#2#3\par]{% + \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname + {\caption@Error{% + The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak + with `format=hang'}}% + {\@hangfrom{#1#2}% + \advance\caption@parindent\hangindent + \advance\caption@hangindent\hangindent + \caption@@par#3\par}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Caption format \opt{default} linked to \opt{plain}} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/04/28}{Bugfix 05-04-28: Missing \cs{caption@ifh@default} added} +% `default' usually maps to `plain'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{plain} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Label formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{% +% Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@lfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelformat}{\caption@setlabelformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelformat} +% |\caption@setlabelformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption label format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlabelformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined label format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lfmt\csname caption@lfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/16}{Caption label format \opt{brace} added} +% There are four pre-defined label formats, called `empty', `simple', +% `parens', and `brace'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{parens}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}(#2)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{brace}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2)} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `simple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@lfmt@default{\caption@lfmt@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Label separators} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/13}{Test for CR added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Test for CR revised} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*|\marg{name}\marg{code}\par +% The starred form causes the label separator to be typeset \emph{without} using |\captionlabelfont|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declarelabelseparator\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@declarelabelseparator[3]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@iflf@#2}{#1}% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@lsep@#2}{#3}% + \caption@@declarelabelseparator{#2}#3\\\@nil} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarelabelseparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@declarelabelseparator#1#2\\#3\@nil{% + \def\@tempa{#3}\ifx\@tempa\@empty \else + \caption@g@addto@list\caption@lsepcrlist{#1}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declarelabelseparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelsep}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelseparator}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelseparator} +% |\caption@setlabelseparator|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption label separator simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lsep|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlabelseparator[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lsep@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined label separator `#1'}}% + {\edef\caption@lsepname{#1}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@iflf\csname caption@iflf@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lsep\csname caption@lsep@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/06/11}{Bugfix 05-03-23: Caption label separator +% \opt{newline} implementation changed from \cs{newline} to \cs{\textbackslash}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Caption label separator \opt{endash} added} +% There are seven pre-defined label separators, called `none', `colon', `period', `space', +% `quad', `newline', and `endash'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{none}{} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period}{. } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{space}{ } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{quad}{\quad} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{newline}{\\} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{endash}{\space\textendash\space} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlabelsep} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/03/29}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlabelsep[1]{% + \ifx\caption@lsep\caption@lsep@default + \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}% + \caption@setlabelseparator{default}% + \else + \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@default@labelsep[1]{% + \def\caption@lsep@default{\@nameuse{caption@lsep@#1}}% + \def\caption@iflf@default{\@nameuse{caption@iflf@#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% `default' usually maps to `colon'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@set@default@labelsep{colon} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Text formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionTextFormat} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionTextFormat[2]{% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@tfmt@#1}##1{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionTextFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{strut=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textformat}{\caption@settextformat{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{strut}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifstrut{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@settextformat} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} +% |\caption@settextformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption text format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@tfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@settextformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@tfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined text format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tfmt\csname caption@tfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% There are three pre-defined text formats, called `empty', `simple' and `period'. +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/05}{Pre-defined text format `empty' added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{simple}{#1} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{period}{#1.} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `simple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@tfmt@default{\caption@tfmt@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Fonts} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFont} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{% +% Bugfix: Multi token arguments are allowed now} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{% +% Internal: Uses \cs{caption@fnt} instead of \cs{caption@temp} now} +% |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFont[2]{% + \define@key{caption@fnt}{#1}[]{\l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFont +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultFont}} +% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption#1@default}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{font}{\caption@setfont{font}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{font+}{\caption@addtofont{font}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont}{\caption@setfont{labelfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont+}{\caption@addtofont{labelfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont}{\caption@setfont{textfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont+}{\caption@addtofont{textfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfont} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Usage of \cs{caption@setkeys} with optional argument} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{Support of \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} added} +% |\caption@setfont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par +% Selecting a caption font means saving all the code snippets +% in |\caption|\meta{name}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfont[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\@empty + \caption@addtofont{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtofont} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{This macro added} +% |\caption@addtofont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par +% Like |\caption@setfont|, but adds the code snippets to |\caption|\meta{name}.\par +% Because we use |\setkeys| recursive here we need to do this inside an +% extra group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addtofont[2]{% + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fnt\csname caption#1\endcsname + \define@key{caption@fnt}{default}[]{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{\csname caption#1@default\endcsname}}% + \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}{#2}% + \global\let\caption@tempa\caption@fnt + \endgroup + \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@font} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@font|\marg{keyval-list of names}\\ +% |\caption@font*|\marg{keyval-code}\par +% Sets the given font, e.g.~|\caption@font{small,it}| +% is equivalent to |\small\itshape|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@font{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@font\@firstofone + {\caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}}} +\newcommand*\caption@@font[2]{% + \begingroup + \def\caption@fnt{\endgroup}% + #1{#2}% + \caption@fnt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% These are the pre-defined font code snippets. +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Color font support added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalcolor}{\normalcolor} +\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalfont}{\normalfont} +\DeclareCaptionFont{up}{\upshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{it}{\itshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sl}{\slshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sc}{\scshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{md}{\mdseries} +\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries} +\DeclareCaptionFont{rm}{\rmfamily} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sf}{\sffamily} +\DeclareCaptionFont{tt}{\ttfamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{scriptsize}{\scriptsize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{footnotesize}{\footnotesize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalsize}{\normalsize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{large}{\large} +\DeclareCaptionFont{Large}{\Large} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/01/01}{\package{sansmath} package support added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sansmath}{\sansmath} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/02}{\package{setspace} package support added} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-05-18: \package{setspace} package support revised} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{% + \caption@ifundefined\setspace@singlespace{}{% + \setstretch\setspace@singlespace}}% normally 1 +\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont{stretch}{\setstretch{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{% +% \caption@font{normalcolor,normalfont,normalsize,singlespacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{% + \caption@font*{% + \KV@caption@fnt@normalcolor\@unused + \KV@caption@fnt@normalfont\@unused + \KV@caption@fnt@normalsize\@unused + \KV@caption@fnt@singlespacing\@unused}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Option \opt{size=} now sets \cs{captionsize} instead of \cs{captionfont}} +% The old versions \version{1.x} of \thispackage\ offered this +% command to setup the font size used for captions. We still do +% so old documents will work fine. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{size}{\caption@setfont{size}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{size}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Justifications} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionJustification} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{DeclareCaptionFont}} +% |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionJustification[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@hj@#1}{#2}% for compatibility to v1.0 + \DeclareCaptionFont{#1}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionJustification +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionJustification} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification}} +% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification|\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification[1]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@hj@default}{#1}% for compatibility to v1.0 + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{@hj}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{justification}{\caption@setjustification{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setjustification} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{caption@setfont}} +% |\caption@setjustification|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption justification simply means saving the code (in |\caption@hj|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setjustification{\caption@setfont{@hj}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% These are the pre-defined justification code snippets. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{justified}{} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centering}{\centering} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerfirst}{\centerfirst} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerlast}{\centerlast} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedleft}{\raggedleft} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\centerfirst} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerfirst} to \cs{centerfirst}} +% Please blame Frank Mittelbach for the code of |\centerfirst| |:-)| +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\centerfirst{% + \let\\\@centercr + \edef\caption@normaladjust{% + \leftskip\the\leftskip + \rightskip\the\rightskip + \parfillskip\the\parfillskip\relax}% + \leftskip\z@\@plus -1fil% + \rightskip\z@\@plus 1fil% + \parfillskip\z@skip + \noindent\hskip\z@\@plus 2fil% + \@setpar{\@@par\@restorepar\caption@normaladjust}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\centerlast} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerlast} to \cs{centerlast}} +% This is based on code from Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\centerlast{% + \let\\\@centercr + \leftskip\z@\@plus 1fil% + \rightskip\z@\@plus -1fil% + \parfillskip\z@\@plus 2fil\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{The ragged2e package} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Improved \package{ragged2e} package support} +% +% We also support the upper-case commands offered by the \package{ragged2e} +% package. +% Note that these just map to their lower-case variants if the +% \package{ragged2e} package is not available. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{Centering}{% + \caption@ragged\Centering\centering} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{RaggedLeft}{% + \caption@ragged\RaggedLeft\raggedleft} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{RaggedRight}{% + \caption@ragged\RaggedRight\raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ragged} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/07}{The `ragged2e' package will now only been +% loaded when needed} +% \changes{v1.0o}{2007/04/11}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@Info} replaced +% by \cs{caption@Debug}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/16}{A different warning will be given on first \LaTeX\ run} +% |\caption@ragged| will be basically defined as +% \begin{quote} +% |\AtBeginDocument{\IfFileExists{ragged2e.sty}%|\\ +% | {\RequirePackage{ragged2e}\let\caption@ragged\@firstoftwo}%|\\ +% | {\let\caption@ragged\@secondoftwo}}| +% \end{quote} +% but with an additional warning if the ragged2e package is not loaded (yet). +% (This warning will be type out only one time per option, that's why +% we need the |caption\string#1| stuff.) +% Furthermore we load the \package{ragged2e} package, if needed and available. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ragged{% + \caption@Debug{We need ragged2e}% + \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\caption@newlabel{ragged2e}{}}% + \global\let\caption@ragged\caption@@ragged + \caption@ragged} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifundefined{caption@r@ragged2e}{% + \newcommand*\caption@@ragged{% + \caption@Warning{% + `ragged2e' support has been changed.\MessageBreak + Rerun to get captions right}% + \global\let\caption@ragged\@secondoftwo % suppress further warnings + \caption@ragged}% + }{% + \caption@Debug{We load ragged2e}% + \IfFileExists{ragged2e.sty}{% + \RequirePackage{ragged2e}% + \let\caption@@ragged\@firstoftwo + }{% + \newcommand*\caption@@ragged[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption\string#1}{% + \caption@Warning{% + `ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore\MessageBreak + substituting \string#2 for \string#1\MessageBreak}% + \global\@namedef{caption\string#1}}{}% + #2}% + }% + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Vertical spaces before and after captions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\abovecaptionskip} +% \begin{macro}{\belowcaptionskip} +% Usually these skips are defined within the document class, but some +% document classes don't do so. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\abovecaptionskip{% + \newlength\abovecaptionskip\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}}{} +\caption@ifundefined\belowcaptionskip{% + \newlength\belowcaptionskip\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0\p@}}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{skip=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{aboveskip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{belowskip}{\setlength\belowcaptionskip{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{skip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@rule} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{This macro added} +% |\caption@rule|\par +% Draws an invisible rule to adjust the ``skip'' setting. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@rule{\caption@ifrule\caption@hrule\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{rule=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{rule}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifrule{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Positioning} +% +% These macros handle the right position of the caption. +% Note that the position is actually \emph{not} controlled by the +% \package{caption3} kernel options, but by the user (or a specific package +% like the \package{float} package) instead. +% The user can put the |\caption| command wherever he likes! So this stuff +% is only to give us a \emph{hint} where to put the right skips, the user +% usually has to take care for himself that this hint actually matches the +% right position. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{position}{\caption@setposition{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setposition} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{Now the positions \opt{t}, \opt{above}, \opt{b}, +% \opt{below}, and \opt{a} are allowed, too} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/08/10}{Usage of \cs{caption@defaultpos} added} +% |\caption@setposition|\marg{position}\par +% Selecting the caption position means that we put |\caption@position| to +% the right value. \emph{Please do \textbf{not} use the internal macro +% \cs{caption@position} in your own package or document, but use the wrapper +% macro \cs{caption@iftop} instead.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setposition[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{d,default}{% + \let\caption@position\caption@defaultpos + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{t,top,above}{% + \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{b,bottom,below}{% + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{a,auto}{% + \let\caption@position\@undefined + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined position `#1'}% + }}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defaultpos} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Default position changed from `bottom' to `auto'} +% The default `position' is `auto', this means that \thispackage\ will try +% to guess the current position of the caption. +% (But in many cases, for example in |longtable|s, this is doomed to fail!)\par +% The setting `bottom' correspondents to the |\@makecaption| implementation +% in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes, but `auto' should give better +% results in most cases. +% \begin{macrocode} +%\caption@setdefaultpos{a}% default = auto +\let\caption@defaultpos\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftop} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Split into \cs{caption@iftop} \& \cs{caption@fixposition}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Adapted to \cs{caption@defaultpos}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Position will be fixed to `bottom' if `auto'} +% |\caption@iftop|\marg{true-code}\marg{false-code}\par +% (If the |position=| is set to |auto| we assume a |bottom| position here.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@iftop{% + \ifx\caption@position\@undefined + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo +% = \caption@setposition b% + \fi + \caption@position} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@fixposition} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{% +% Split into \cs{caption@fixposition} & \cs{caption@autoposition}} +% |\caption@fixposition|\par +% This macro checks if the `position' is set to `auto'. +% If yes, |\caption@autoposition| will be called to +% set |\caption@position| to a proper value we can actually use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@fixposition{% + \ifx\caption@position\@undefined + \caption@autoposition + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@autoposition} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{ifvmode} added} +% |\caption@autoposition|\par +% We guess the current position of the caption by checking |\prevdepth|.\par +% A different solution would be setting the |\spacefactor| to something +% not much less than 1000 (for example 994) in |\caption@start| and +% checking this value here by |\ifnum\spacefactor=994|. +% (It's implemented in the \package{threeparttable} +% package\cite{threeparttable} this way.)\par +% Another idea would be checking |\@ifminipage|, but since some packages +% typeset the caption within a simple |\vbox| this does not seem to be a +% good one. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@autoposition{% + \ifvmode + \edef\caption@tempa{\the\prevdepth}% + \caption@Debug{\protect\prevdepth=\caption@tempa}% + \ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo + \else + \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo + \fi +% = \caption@setposition{\ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ b\else t\fi}% + \else + \caption@Debug{no \protect\prevdepth}% + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo +% = \caption@setposition b% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setautoposition} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setautoposition|\marg{position}\par +% replaces the above algorithm by a different one (or a fixed position setting). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setautoposition[1]{% + \def\caption@autoposition{\caption@setposition{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Hooks} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginCaption} +% \begin{macro}{\AtEndCaption} +% |\AtBeginCaption| \marg{code}\\ +% |\AtEndCaption| \marg{code}\par +% These hooks can be used analogous to |\AtBeginDocument| and |\AtEndDocument|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@beginhook{} +\newcommand*\caption@endhook{} +\newcommand*\AtBeginCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@beginhook} +\newcommand*\AtEndCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@endhook} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Lists} +% +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Option \opt{listof=} added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{list=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{list}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listof}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlist} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/03/20}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlist|\marg{boolean} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlist{\caption@set@bool\caption@iflist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Option \opt{listtype=} added} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Option \opt{listtype+=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtype}{\caption@setlisttype{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtype+}{\caption@setlisttype@ext{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlisttype} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlisttype|\marg{type} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlisttype{% + \caption@setlisttype@ext{}% + \caption@@setlisttype\caption@listtype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setlisttype[2]{% + \edef#1{#2}% + \ifx#1\@empty \let#1\@undefined \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlisttype@ext} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlisttype@ext|\marg{type extension} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlisttype@ext{% + \caption@@setlisttype\caption@listtype@ext} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionListFormat} +% \changes{v1.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareCaptionListOfFormat} to \cs{DeclareCaptionListFormat}} +% |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionListFormat[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@lstfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionListFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/15}{Option \opt{listofformat=} added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{listofformat=} renamed to \opt{listformat=}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listformat}{\caption@setlistformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlistformat} +% \changes{v1.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setlistofformat} to \cs{caption@setlistformat}} +% |\caption@setlistformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption list format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lstfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlistformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lstfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined list format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lstfmt + \csname caption@lstfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% There are five pre-defined list formats, taken from the \package{subfig} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{simple}{#1#2} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{parens}{#1(#2)} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subsimple}{#2} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subparens}{(#2)} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlistformat} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/03/29}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlistformat[1]{% + \ifx\caption@lstfmt\caption@lstfmt@default + \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}% + \caption@setlistformat{default}% + \else + \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@default@listformat[1]{% + \def\caption@lstfmt@default{\@nameuse{caption@lstfmt@#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% `default' usually maps to `subsimple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@set@default@listformat{subsimple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Debug option} +% \changes{v1.0k}{2007/03/04}{Debug option added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{debug}[1]{% + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifdebug{#1}% + \caption@ifdebug + {\let\caption@Debug\caption@Info}% + {\let\caption@Debug\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{debug}{\setkeys{caption}{debug}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\setkeys{caption}{debug=0} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Document classes \& Babel support} +% +% \subsubsection{The standard \texorpdfstring{\LaTeX{}}{LaTeX} classes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % article|report|book [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1: #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifamsclass} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifamsclass{% + \caption@ifundefined\@captionheadfont\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifamsclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifamsclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % amsart|amsproc|amsbook [2004/08/06 v2.20] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\color@setgroup + \advance\hsize-2\captionindent\noindent + \@captionfont\@captionheadfont#1\@xp\@ifnotempty\@xp + {\@cdr#2\@nil}{.\@captionfont\upshape\enspace#2}% + \unskip\kern-2\captionindent\par + \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox\color@endgroup}% + \ifhbox\@ne % the normal case + \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\unkern}% + \fi + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ % this means caption will fit on one line + \setbox\@ne\hbox to\columnwidth{\hss\kern-2\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}% + \else % tempboxa contained more than one line + \setbox\@ne\vbox{\unvbox\@tempboxa\parskip\z@skip + \noindent\unhbox\@ne\advance\hsize-2\captionindent\par}% + \fi + \ifnum\@tempcnta<64 % if the float IS a figure... + \addvspace\abovecaptionskip + \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}% + \else % if the float IS NOT a figure... + \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}% + \nobreak + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \fi + \relax + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % smfart|smfbook [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les articles publies par la SMF] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \ifdim\captionindent>.1\hsize \captionindent.1\hsize \fi + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\color@setgroup + \advance\hsize-2\captionindent\noindent + \@captionfont\@captionheadfont#1\@xp\@ifnotempty\@xp + {\@cdr#2\@nil}{\@addpunct{.}\@captionfont\upshape\enspace#2}% + \unskip\kern-2\captionindent\par + \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox\color@endgroup}% + \ifhbox\@ne % the normal case + \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\unkern}% + \fi + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ % this means caption will fit on one line + \setbox\@ne\hbox to\columnwidth{\hss\kern-2\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}% + \@tempdima\wd\@ne\advance\@tempdima-\captionindent + \wd\@ne\@tempdima + \else % tempboxa contained more than one line + \setbox\@ne\vbox{\rightskip=0pt plus\captionindent\relax + \unvbox\@tempboxa\parskip\z@skip + \noindent\unhbox\@ne\advance\hsize-2\captionindent\par}% + \fi + \ifnum\@tempcnta<64 % if the float IS a figure... + \addvspace\abovecaptionskip + \noindent\kern\captionindent\box\@ne + \else % if the float IS NOT a figure... + \noindent\kern\captionindent\box\@ne + \nobreak + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \fi + \relax + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\captionmargin\captionindent % set to 3pc by AMS class + \begingroup\edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\caption@g@addto@list\noexpand\caption@sty@default + {margin=\the\captionmargin + \caption@ifundefined\smf@makecaption{}{,maxmargin=.1\linewidth}}} + \@tempa + \caption@g@addto@list\caption@sls@default{margin*=.5\captionmargin} + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{.\enspace} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\@captionfont} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\@captionheadfont} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\@captionfont\upshape} + \captionsetup[figure]{position=b} + \captionsetup[table]{position=t} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The beamer class (Part one)} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/10}{beamer class support added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{beamer class support revised} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbeamerclass} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbeamerclass{% + \@ifclassloaded{beamer}\@firstofone\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifbeamerclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbeamerclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\beamer@makecaption{% + % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau + \long\def\beamer@makecaption#1#2{% + \def\insertcaptionname{\csname#1name\endcsname}% + \def\insertcaptionnumber{\csname the#1\endcsname}% + \def\insertcaption{#2}% + \nobreak\vskip\abovecaptionskip\nobreak + \sbox\@tempboxa{\usebeamertemplate**{caption}}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + \usebeamertemplate**{caption}\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \nobreak\vskip\belowcaptionskip\nobreak}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbeamertemplate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifbeamertemplate[1]{% + \begingroup + \let\beamer@@tmpl@caption@ORI\beamer@@tmpl@caption + \@nameuse{beamer@@tmpop@caption@#1}% + \ifx\beamer@@tmpl@caption@ORI\beamer@@tmpl@caption + \endgroup\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \endgroup\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{default}{% + #1\caption@ifbeamertemplate{numbered}{~#2}{}} + \caption@declarelabelseparator + {\caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}\@gobble\@firstofone} + {default} + {\caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}{\\}{: }} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{% + \usebeamerfont*{caption}% + \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption}} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{% + \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption name}% + \usebeamerfont*{caption name}} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{\raggedright} + \DeclareOption{beamerclass}{% + \renewcommand\caption@ifslc{% + \caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} + % Since the beamer class do not offer a `list of figures' we switch this support off. + \captionsetup{list=0}} + \PassOptionsToPackage{beamerclass}{caption3} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the \package{beamer} document class is used, we offer a beamer +% template called `caption3' which can be used with option `beamer' or +% |\setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]|.\par +% (Note that this is of no use when the \package{caption} package is used, too.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \defbeamertemplate{caption}{caption3}{% + \caption@make\insertcaptionname\insertcaptionnumber\insertcaption} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareOption{beamer}{% + % \usebeamertemplate**{caption} will set font + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{}% + \setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode] +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The KOMA-Script classes} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/31}{\KOMAScript\ classes support added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifkomaclass} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifkomaclass{% + \caption@ifundefined\scr@caption\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifkomaclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifkomaclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % scrartcl|scrreprt|scrbook [2007/03/07 v2.97a KOMA-Script document class] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \if@captionabove + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \else + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \fi + \@@makecaption\@firstofone{#1}{#2}% + \if@captionabove + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \else + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionFormat{default}[#1#2#3\par]{% + \ifdofullc@p + \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname + {\caption@Error{% + The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak + with \noexpand\setcaphanging (which is set by default)}}% + {\caption@fmt@hang{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + \else + #1#2% + \ifdim\cap@indent<\z@ + \par + \noindent\hspace*{-\cap@indent}% + \else\if@capbreak + \par + \fi\fi + #3\par + \fi} + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionformat} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\scr@fnt@caption} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\scr@fnt@captionlabel} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The \NTG{} Dutch classes} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/06}{NTG classes support added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifntgclass} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifntgclass{% + \caption@ifundefined\CaptionFonts\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifntgclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifntgclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % artikel|rapport|boek [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{{\CaptionLabelFont#1:} \CaptionTextFont#2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + {\CaptionLabelFont#1:} \CaptionTextFont#2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\CaptionLabelFont} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\CaptionTextFont} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The thesis class} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{thesis class support added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2009/11/15}{Bugfix 09-11-14: thesis class support revised} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifthesisclass} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifthesisclass{% + \caption@ifundefined\cph@font + {\@gobble}% + {\caption@ifundefined\cpb@font\@gobble\@firstofone}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifthesisclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % thesis.cls 1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm). + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\cph@font #1:} {\cpb@font #2}}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + \@hangfrom{\cph@font #1: }{\cpb@font #2\par}% + \else + \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{hang} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\cph@font} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\cpb@font} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The frenchb Babel option} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchb} package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\FB@makecaption{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % frenchb.ldf [2005/02/06 v1.6g French support from the babel system] + % frenchb.ldf [2007/10/05 v2.0e French support from the babel system] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1\CaptionSeparator #2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1\CaptionSeparator #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@makecaption\STD@makecaption + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\CaptionSeparator} + \def\caption@frenchb{% supress frenchb warning + \let\STD@makecaption\@makecaption + \let\FB@makecaption\@makecaption} + \else + \ifx\@makecaption\@undefined\else + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + The definition of \protect\@makecaption\space + has been changed,\MessageBreak + frenchb will NOT customize it}% + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The frenchle/pro package} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\frenchTeXmods{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % french(le).sty [2006/10/03 The french(le) package /V5,9991/] + % french(le).sty [2007/06/28 The french(le) package /V5,9994/] + \def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \ifFTY% + \def\@secondofmany##1##2\void{##2}% + \def\@tempa{\@secondofmany#2\void}% + \ifx\@tempa\empty% + \let\captionseparator\empty% + \fi% + \@mcORI{#1}{\relax\captionfont{#2}}% + \else + \@mcORI{#1}{#2}% + \fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % french(le).sty [2007/02/11 The french(le) package /V5,9993/] + \def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \ifFTY% + \def\@secondofmany##1##2\void{##2}% + \protected@edef\@tempa{\@secondofmany#2\void}% + \ifx\@tempa\empty% + \let\captionseparator\empty% + \fi% + \@mcORI{#1}{\relax\captionfont{#2}}% + \else + \@mcORI{#1}{#2}% + \fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\itshape}% + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionseparator\space}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The hungarian and magyar Babel option} +% \changes{v1.3}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} package support added} +% \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{\package{magyar} package support revised} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subperiod}{#2.} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\hunnewlabel{}{% + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % magyar.ldf [2005/03/30 v1.4j Magyar support from the babel system] + \def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1. #2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + {#1. #2\csname par\endcsname} + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@tempa#1{\@ifundefined{extras#1}{}{% + \expandafter\addto\csname extras#1\endcsname{% + % change default labelsep and listformat + \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{period}% + \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subperiod}}% + \expandafter\addto\csname noextras#1\endcsname{% + % change default labelsep and listformat + \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{colon}% + \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subsimple}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@tempa{hungarian} +\caption@tempa{magyar} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Unknown document class (or package)} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/10}{Check of document class added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfCheckCommand{% + \caption@setbool{documentclass}{1}% +}{% + \caption@setbool{documentclass}{0}% + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak + standard defaults will be used}% + \caption@Debug{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption\@gobble}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Execution of options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{style=default,position=default,% + list,listformat=default,twoside=\if@twoside 1\else 0\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProcessOptions* +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Making an `List of' entry} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addcontentsline} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/26}{Error check added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/06/24}{Split into two macros} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/19}{Split into three macros} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Support for option \opt{listtype=} added} +% |\caption@addcontentsline|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\par +% Makes an entry in the list-of-whatever, if requested, +% i.e.~the argument \meta{list entry} is not empty and +% |listof=| was set to |true|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@addcontentsline[2]{% + \caption@ifcontentsline{#2}{% + \begingroup + \let\@tempa\@gobble + \caption@ifundefined\caption@listtype + {\edef\caption@listtype{#1}}% + {\let\@tempa\@firstofone}% + \caption@ifundefined\caption@listtype@ext + {}% + {\edef\caption@listtype{\caption@listtype\caption@listtype@ext}% + \let\@tempa\@firstofone}% + \@tempa + {\caption@Debug{addcontentsline: #1 => \caption@listtype}% +% \caption@setoptions*\caption@listtype + \@namedef{the\caption@listtype}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}% + \expandafter\caption@@addcontentsline\expandafter{\caption@listtype}{#2}% + \endgroup}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@addcontentsline[2]{% + {\let\\\space + \@ifundefined{ext@#1}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#1' defined}}% + {\caption@@@addcontentsline + {\csname ext@#1\endcsname}% + {#1}% + {\caption@lstfmt{\@nameuse{p@#1}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}% + {\ignorespaces #2}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@addcontentsline[4]{% + \addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{\protect\numberline{#3}{#4}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifcontentsline[1]{% + \caption@iflist + {\def\@tempa{#1}}% + {\let\@tempa\@empty}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Typesetting the caption} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaption@star} +% If the starred form of |\caption| is used, this will be set to |true|. +% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@@make|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaption@star +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@fnum} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/21}{This macro added} +% |\caption@fnum|\marg{float type}\par +% Typesets the caption label; as replacement for |\fnum@|\meta{float type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@fnum[1]{\caption@lfmt{\@nameuse{#1name}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@make} +% |\caption@make|\marg{float name}\marg{ref.\ number}\marg{text}\par +% Typesets the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@make[2]{\caption@@make{\caption@lfmt{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@make} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-05: \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionindent=}\cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-10-26: Use \cs{@tempdima} instead of +% \cs{captionmargin} resp. \cs{captionwidth}; check for \cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{hskip}\cs{captionmargin} to the end +% of caption added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{strut} moved from here to \cs{caption@@@make}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Single-line-check moved up so it can affect margins now} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Improvement: \cs{caption@ifh} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Bugfix: \cs{leavevmode} added} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Uses \cs{sbox} instead of \cs{setbox} in single-line-check} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2005/12/04}{Uses \cs{caption@slc} now} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@calcmargin} inside +% single-line-check replaced by \cs{relax}} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@startbox} will always be +% typeset in horizontal mode} +% \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/04}{Oops, bugfix 04-05-05 got lost in v1.0h, re-added} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Usage of \cs{caption@ifoddpage} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} moved below single-line-check} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@stepcounter} added} +% |\caption@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@make[2]{% + \begingroup + \caption@stepcounter + \caption@beginhook +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Check margin, if |\caption@minmargin| or |\caption@maxmargin| is set +% \begin{macrocode} +% TODO: Move this to \caption@calcmargin!? + \ifx\caption@maxmargin\@undefined \else + \ifdim\captionmargin>\caption@maxmargin\relax + \captionmargin\caption@maxmargin\relax + \fi + \fi + \ifx\caption@minmargin\@undefined \else + \ifdim\captionmargin<\caption@minmargin\relax + \captionmargin\caption@minmargin\relax + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Special single-line treatment (option |singlelinecheck=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifslc{\caption@slc{#1}{#2}\captionwidth\relax}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the left margin (option |margin=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@calcmargin + \@tempdima\captionmargin + \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else + \caption@ifoddpage{}{\advance\@tempdima\captionmargin@}% + \fi + \caption@ifh{\advance\@tempdima\caption@indent}% + \hspace\@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We actually use a |\vbox| of width |\captionwidth - \caption@indent| +% to typeset the caption. +% \Note{\cs{captionindent} is \emph{not} supported if the caption format +% was defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionFormat*}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@tempdima\captionwidth + \caption@ifh{\advance\@tempdima-\caption@indent}% + \caption@parbox\@tempdima{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the indention (option |indention=|)\\ +% {\small Bugfix 04-05-05: +% |\hskip-\caption@indent| replaced by |\ifdim\caption@indent=\z@|\ldots} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifh{% + \ifdim\caption@indent=\z@ + \leavevmode + \else + \hskip-\caption@indent + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the caption itself and close the |\caption@parbox| +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the right margin (option |margin=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \@tempdima\captionmargin + \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else + \caption@ifoddpage{\advance\@tempdima\captionmargin@}{}% + \fi + \hspace\@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@endhook + \endgroup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\caption@starfalse} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@calcmargin} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Internal: \cs{ifcaption@width} replaced by +% \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionwidth=}\cs{z@}} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/12}{Improvement: Takes care of list environment now} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/13}{Check of \cs{@listdepth} removed (not necessary anymore), +% use \cs{linewidth} instead of \cs{hsize}} +% |\caption@calcmargin|\par +% Calculate |\captionmargin| \& |\captionwidth|, so both contain valid +% values. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@calcmargin{% + \caption@calcmargin@hook + \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@ + \captionwidth\linewidth + \advance\captionwidth by -2\captionmargin + \advance\captionwidth by -\captionmargin@ + \else + \captionmargin\linewidth + \advance\captionmargin by -\captionwidth + \divide\captionmargin by 2 + \captionmargin@\z@ + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@Debug{% + \string\hsize=\the\hsize, + \string\linewidth=\the\linewidth,\MessageBreak + \string\leftmargin=\the\leftmargin, + \string\rightmargin=\the\rightmargin,\MessageBreak + \string\margin=\the\captionmargin, + \string\margin@=\the\captionmargin@, + \string\width=\the\captionwidth}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@slc} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@setup}\cs{caption@sls} added after \cs{begingroup}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} added} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{Support of \cs{caption@slfmt} added} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Split into \cs{caption@slc} and \cs{caption@@slc}} +% |\caption@slc|\marg{label}\marg{text}\marg{width}\marg{extra code}\par +% This one does the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@slc[4]{% + \caption@@slc{#1}{#2}{#3}{\caption@singleline#4}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@slc[5]{% + \caption@Debug{Begin SLC}% + \begingroup + \caption@singleline + \let\caption@hj\@empty + \caption@calcmargin % calculate #3 if necessary + \caption@prepareslc + \sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>#3% + \endgroup + #5% + \else + \endgroup + #4% + \fi + \caption@Debug{End SLC}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@singleline{% + \caption@xsetup\caption@opt@singleline + \let\caption@fmt\caption@slfmt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareslc} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{label} \& \cs{@footnotetext} added} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Redefine \cs{stepcounter} instead of \cs{footnote(mark)}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/07/09}{Support of \package{endnotes} package added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} moved to \cs{caption@slc}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{Redefinition of \cs{(H@)refstepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{Redefinition of \cs{label} improved} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{Definition of \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} added} +% |\caption@prepareslc|\par +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{Bugfix 11-07-06: Redefinition of \cs{footnote} and \cs{footnotemark} added, redefinition of \cs{stepcounter} and \cs{refstepcounter} dropped} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/21}{Redefinition of \cs{pagenote} from \textsf{memoir} document class added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/22}{Redefinition of \cs{footnote} revised} +% Re-define anything which would disturb the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@prepareslc{% + \let\label\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@footnotemark@ORI\footnotemark + \def\footnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnote}% + \def\footnotemark{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnotemark}% + \let\@footnotetext\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@endnotetext\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\pagenote\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@footnote[2]{% + \caption@footnotemark{#1}} +\newcommand\caption@footnotemark[1]{% + \begingroup + \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter + \caption@footnotemark@ORI#1% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@stepcounter[1]{% + \advance\csname c@#1\endcsname\@ne\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@parbox} +% \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{We define \cs{caption@parbox} instead of +% \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v1.0l}{2006/03/09}{Bugfix 07-03-09: \cs{caption@parbox} changed from +% \cs{parbox-t} to \cs{parbox-b}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/11}{Renamed from \cs{captionbox} to \cs{caption@parbox}} +% |\caption@parbox|\marg{width}\marg{contents}\par +% This macro defines the box which surrounds the caption paragraph. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@parbox{\parbox[b]} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@applyfont} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{This macro added} +% |\caption@applyfont|\par +% This macro executes the font relevant macros, i.e. by default +% the options set by |justification=|, |font=|, and |size=|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@applyfont{% + \caption@hj\captionfont\captionsize} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@make} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-06: \cs{allowhyphens} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-12-16: Use some kind of +% \cs{@startstrut}\cs{strutbox} instead of \cs{strut}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 05-01-23: \cs{@finalstrut}\cs{strutbox} added} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Use \cs{caption@ifempty}; +% \cs{let}\cs{caption@ifstrut}\cs{@secondoftwo} added} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: Handling of \cs{ifcaption@star} changed} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Check for empty label added} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{\cs{caption@iflf} added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@tfmt} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Bugfix: \cs{ifhmode} added to \cs{@finalstrut}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Made option \opt{size=} stronger than \opt{font=}} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Uses \cs{caption@applyfont} now} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/01}{Bugfix: If the caption text is empty, the text format will be set to \opt{simple} now} +% |\caption@@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}\par +% This one finally typesets the caption paragraph, without margin and indention. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@@make[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the label is empty, we use no caption label separator. +% \begin{macrocode} + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ + \let\caption@lsep\relax +% \@capbreakfalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the text is empty, we use no caption label separator, too. +% (And no text format either.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifempty{#2}{% + \let\caption@lsep\@empty + \let\caption@tfmt\@firstofone +% \@capbreakfalse +% \let\caption@ifstrut\@secondoftwo + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Take care that |\caption@parindent| and |\caption@hangindent| will be used +% to typeset the paragraph. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@setpar{\@@par\caption@@par}\caption@@par +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Finally typeset the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@applyfont + \caption@fmt + {\ifcaption@star\else{\captionlabelfont#1}\fi}% + {\ifcaption@star\else{\caption@iflf\captionlabelfont\caption@lsep}\fi}% + {{\captiontextfont + \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\ht\strutbox\@width\z@}{}% + \nobreak\hskip\z@skip % enable hyphenation + \caption@tfmt{#2}% +% \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\z@\@depth\dp\strutbox\@width\z@}{}% + \caption@ifstrut{\ifhmode\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}{}% + \par}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-defines itself now} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2007/01/22}{Revised so \cs{label} will be detected, too} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{index} and \cs{glossary} will be detected, too} +% |\caption@ifempty|\marg{text}\marg{true} (\emph{no} \meta{false})\par +% This one tests if the \meta{text} is actually empty. +% \Note{This will be done without expanding the text, +% therefore this is far away from being bullet-proof.} +% \Note{This macro is re-defining itself so only +% the first test (in a group) will actually be done.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifempty[1]{% + \caption@if@empty{#1}% + \caption@ifempty\@unused} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@if@empty[1]{% + \def\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty + \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@tempa\expandafter{% + \caption@car#1\caption@if@empty\caption@nil}% + \def\caption@tempb{\caption@if@empty}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\ignorespaces}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobble#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\label}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\index}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\glossary}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \let\caption@ifempty\@gobbletwo + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@car#1#2\caption@nil{#1}% same as \@car, but \long +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@par} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Made this definition global} +% |\caption@@par|\par +% This command will be executed with every |\par| inside the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@par{% + \parindent\caption@parindent\hangindent\caption@hangindent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Types \& sub-types} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionType} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1a}{2007/09/07}{Three optional arguments added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/06}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} to \cs{DeclareCaptionType}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{Optional argument revised, uses key-value syntax now} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/04/13}{Uses \cs{caption@within@default} now} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Support of \cs{float@exts} and \cs{float@addtolists} added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@DeclareWithinOption} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Definition of \cs{listofXXXes} added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced as \package{newfloat} package} +% |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionType{% + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \DeclareFloatingEnvironment} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionType +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ForEachType} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ForEachType|\marg{code} +% will execute the given code for all (known) floating environments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ForEachType[1]{% + \caption@ifundefined\ForEachFloatingEnvironment + {\def\@elt##1{#1}% + \caption@ifundefined\c@figure\@gobble\@elt{figure}% + \caption@ifundefined\c@table\@gobble\@elt{table}% + \let\@elt\relax + \newfloat@addtohook{#1}}% + {\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{% + \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@stpelt} +% We patch \cs{@stpelt} so a list of `connected' counters will be reset, too. +% (Like \cs{stepcounter} does in |ltcounts.dtx|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@patch@stpelt{% + \let\caption@stpelt\@stpelt + \def\@stpelt##1{% + \caption@stpelt{##1}% + \begingroup + \let\@elt\caption@stpelt + \csname caption@cl@##1\endcsname + \endgroup}% + \let\caption@patch@stpelt\relax} +\@onlypreamble\caption@patch@stpelt +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtoreset} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{This macro added} +% Like \cs{@addtoreset} from |ltcounts.dtx| +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addtoreset[2]{% + \caption@patch@stpelt + \@ifundefined{caption@cl@#2}{\@namedef{caption@cl@#2}{}}{}% + \expandafter\@cons\csname caption@cl@#2\endcsname{{#1}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@addtoreset +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@removefromreset} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{This macro added} +% Like \cs{@removefromreset} from |remreset.sty| +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@removefromreset[2]{% + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\caption@removefromreset + \def\@elt##1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\caption@removefromreset + \else + \noexpand\@elt{##1}% + \fi}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@cl@#2\endcsname{% + \csname caption@cl@#2\endcsname}% + \endgroup} +\@onlypreamble\caption@removefromreset +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionSubType} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/03/11}{Bugfix: \cs{subfigurename} will be defined now} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-10-01: Usage of \cs{caption@addtoreset} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/01/01}{\cs{@dottedlofline} will be defined \& used now} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/09}{Support of the titletoc package added} +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\par +% The starred variant provides the numbering format +% \meta{type}|.|\meta{subtype} while the non-starred variant simply +% uses \meta{subtype}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionSubType{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declaresubtype\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionSubType +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declaresubtype[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@@declaresubtype{#1}}{alph}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declaresubtype +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@declaresubtype#1[#2]#3{% + \@ifundefined{c@#3}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#3' defined}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + {\@ifundefined{c@sub#3}% + {\caption@Debug{New subtype `sub#3'}% + \newcounter{sub#3}% + \caption@addtoreset{sub#3}{#3}% + \@namedef{ext@sub#3}{\csname ext@#3\endcsname}% + \caption@declaresublistentry{#3}% + \@cons\caption@subtypelist{{#3}}}% + {\caption@Debug{Modify caption `sub#3'}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Support of \package{titletoc} package +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\contentsuse{}{% + \contentsuse{sub#3}{\csname ext@sub#3\endcsname}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@namedef{sub#3name}{}% + \@namedef{sub#3autorefname}{\csname #3name\endcsname}% + #1% is \@firstoftwo in star form, and \@secondoftwo otherwise + {\@namedef{p@sub#3}{}% + \@namedef{thesub#3}{\csname the#3\endcsname.\@nameuse{#2}{sub#3}}}% + {\@namedef{p@sub#3}{\csname the#3\endcsname}% + \@namedef{thesub#3}{\@nameuse{#2}{sub#3}}}% + \@namedef{theHsub#3}{\csname theH#3\endcsname.\arabic{sub#3}}% + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declaresubtype +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declaresublistentry{% + \caption@ifundefined\l@chapter + {\caption@@declaresublistentry\l@subsubsection}% + {\caption@@declaresublistentry\l@subsection}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@declaresublistentry[2]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \caption@@@declaresublistentry\relax\@dottedtocline\caption@nil{#2}% + \else + \expandafter\caption@@@declaresublistentry#1{}{}\@dottedtocline\caption@nil{#2}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@@declaresublistentry#1\@dottedtocline#2\caption@nil#3{% + \def\@tempa{#1}% +% Does \l@(sub)subsection start with \@dottedtocline? + \ifx\@tempa\@empty +% Yes + \caption@@@@declaresublistentry{#3}#2\caption@nil + \else +% No + \caption@@@@declaresublistentry{#3}@{3.8em}{3.2em}\caption@nil + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@@declaresublistentry#1#2#3#4#5\caption@nil{% + \expandafter\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry\expandafter + {\csname @dotted\csname ext@#1\endcsname line\endcsname}{#1}{#3}{#4}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry[4]{% + \@namedef{l@sub#2}{#1{2}{#3}{#4}}% + \caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry#1{c@\csname ext@#2\endcsname depth}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry[2]{ + \ifx#1\relax + \def#1##1{% + \def\next{\@dottedtocline{##1}}% + \@ifundefined{#2}{}{% + \ifnum ##1>\@nameuse{#2}\relax + \let\next\@gobblefour + \fi}% + \next}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypelist} +% An \cs{@elt}-list containing the subtypes defined +% with |\Declare|\x|Caption|\x|Sub|\x|Type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subtypelist{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@For} +% \changes{v1.1a}{2007/09/07}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Renamed from \cs{ForFloatingEnvironments} to \cs{caption@For}} +% |\caption@For|\marg{elt-list}\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% |\caption@For*|\marg{elt-list}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@For{\caption@withoptargs\caption@@For} +%\@onlypreamble\caption@For +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@For[3]{% + \caption@AtBeginDocument#1{% + \def\@elt##1{#3}% + \@nameuse{caption@#2}% + \let\@elt\relax}}% +%\@onlypreamble\caption@@For +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{subfig package adaptions} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/07}{Several adaptions to the \package{subfig} package added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/11/01}{Bugfix 11-11-01: Test for the subfig package revised} +% +% Since the \package{subfig} package is not maintained anymore, +% we have to make several adaptions to \thispackage~\version{1.1} here. +% Please note that we only support the version $1.3$ of the \package{subfig} package here. +% So older versions do not work with this version of \thispackage, and newer +% versions are expected to be adapted. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\@tempa{2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@subfig.sty\endcsname\@tempa + \caption@InfoNoLine{subfig package v1.3 is loaded}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@setfloattype\@gobble + \let\@dottedxxxline\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline + \let\sf@subfloat\sf@NEW@subfloat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi + \let\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline\@undefined + \let\sf@NEW@subfloat\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% + \begingroup + \caption@setfloattype{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{sub#1}% + \ifnum #3>\@nameuse{c@#2depth}\else + \@dottedtocline{\z@}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}% + \fi + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sf@NEW@subfloat{% + \begingroup + \caption@setfloattype\@captype + \sf@ifpositiontop{% + \maincaptiontoptrue + }{% + \maincaptiontopfalse + }% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{sub\@captype}% + \let\sf@oldlabel=\label + \let\label=\subfloat@label + \ifmaincaptiontop\else + \advance\@nameuse{c@\@captype}\@ne + \fi + \refstepcounter{sub\@captype}% + \setcounter{sub\@captype @save}{\value{sub\@captype}}% + \@ifnextchar [% %] match left bracket + {\sf@@subfloat}% + {\sf@@subfloat[\@empty]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \begin{thebibliography}{99} +% \bibitem{Anne} +% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein:\\ +% \emph{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung},\\ +% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989 +% +% \bibitem{hyperref} +% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}% +% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\ +% November 12, 2007 +% +% \bibitem{refcount} +% Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/refcount.pdf}% +% {\emph{The refcount package}},\\ +% 2006/02/20 +% +% \bibitem{threeparttable} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}% +% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ +% 2003/06/13 +% \end{thebibliography} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.3/caption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.3/caption.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..721ca9c3719 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.3/caption.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,4968 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{3694} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption.drv}[2011/08/06 v3.3 Implementation of the caption package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\usepackage[debug]{caption}[2013/01/01] +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring + {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% + {AMS}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring + {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + {KOMA-Script}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package} +% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package} +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% +% \newcommand*\issue[1]{GitLab~\##1} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \GetFileInfo{caption.sty} +% +% \title{The Implementation of +% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A +% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A +% {the caption package}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel +% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|). +% +% \Thispackage\ redefines the \LaTeX\ commands +% |\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@makecaption| and maps the latter one to +% |\caption@@make|, giving the user the possibility to control the look \& feel +% of the captions from floating environments like |figure| and |table|. +% Furthermore it does similar to the caption stuff coming from other packages +% (like the \package{longtable} or \package{supertabular} package): +% Mapping the appropriate internal commands (like |\LT@makecaption| or +% |\ST@caption|) to the ones offered by the \package{caption3} kernel. +% So you can think of \thispackage\ as a layer package, it +% simply provides adaptation layers between the caption stuff coming from +% \LaTeXe\ or packages, and the caption stuff offered by the +% \package{caption3} kernel. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{User manuals} +% +% This document is describing the code implementation only. The user +% documentation can be found in +% \nopagebreak\begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The English documentation \\ +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-rus.pdf}} & The Russian documentation\footnotemark \\ +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-deu.pdf}} & The German documentation \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \footnotetext{Thanks a lot to Olga Lapko for this translation} +% \end{quote} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.0}{1994/10/27}{First release} +% \changes{v1.1}{1994/11/03}{New option \texttt{centerlast}} +% \changes{v1.2}{1994/11/28}{Support of the \package{float} package} +% \changes{v1.3}{1995/01/09}{Support of \cs{captionlabelfont} in subcaptions} +% \changes{v1.4}{1995/01/30}{New option \texttt{nooneline}} +% \changes{v1.4b}{1995/04/05}{Bugfix release} +% \changes{v3.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages: +% \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \let\subsubsection\subsection +% \let\subsection\section +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2019/09/01 v3.3d Customizing captions (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Loading the kernel} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{caption3}[=2019/09/01] % needs v1.8d or newer +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Check against incompatible document classes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{documentclass}{}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Unsupported document class (or package) detected,\MessageBreak + usage of the caption package is not recommended}% + \caption@InfoNoLine{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Check against incompatible packages} +% +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/06}{Check against obsolete \package{caption2} package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{% + \caption@Error{% + You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*\MessageBreak + the (current) caption package}% + \endinput +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{ftcap} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{nonfloat} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/18}{Check against incompatible \package{topcapt} package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifpackageloaded{ftcap}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{ftcap}}{}% + \@ifpackageloaded{nonfloat}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{nonfloat}}{}% + \@ifpackageloaded{topcapt}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{topcapt}}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@DisablePositionOption} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{\texttt{position=b} added} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/03/29}{% +% Name changed from \cs{caption@IncompatiblePackage} to \cs{caption@DisablePositionOption}; +% moved from package to kernel; disables the `position' option now instead of issuing a warning} +% |\caption@DisablePositionOption|\marg{package}\par +% disables the `position' option. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@DisablePositionOption[1]{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + `#1' package detected; setting `position=b' for compatibility reasons}% + \caption@setposition b% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{position}{% + \caption@Error{Usage of the `position' option is incompatible\MessageBreak + to the `#1' package}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DisablePositionOption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Declaration of options} +% +% \subsubsection{Options for figure and table} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/09}{Options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{% + \captionsetup*[figure]{position=#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{figureposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{% + \captionsetup*[table]{position=#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{tableposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} re-written} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{Option \opt{name} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figurename}{\caption@SetName{figure}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{figurename} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tablename}{\caption@SetName{table}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{tablename} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/02/28}{Options \opt{listfigurename} and \opt{listtablename} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listfigurename}{\caption@SetName{listfigure}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{listfigurename} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtablename}{\caption@SetName{listtable}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{listtablename} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@SetName} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{After-preamble variant added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/02/28}{Renamed from \cs{caption@SetFloatName} to \cs{caption@SetName}} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix: Works now without \cs{addto}, too} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/12}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@NewFloat} now} +% |\caption@SetName|\marg{float}\marg{name} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@SetName[2]{% + \caption@NewFloat{\newfloat@setname{#1}{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@SetName +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{name}{\caption@setname\@captype{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setname} +% |\caption@setname|\marg{float}\marg{name} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setname[2]{% + \@namedef{#1name}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{Options \opt{figurewithin} and \opt{tablewithin} added} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Option \opt{within} added} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{The \opt{within} options are now available within the document, too} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{The global \opt{within} option will now affect user-defined +% floats declared with \cs{DeclareCaptionType}, too} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareWithinOption} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{This macro and its usage added} +% |\caption@DeclareWithinOption|\marg{float} +% declares the options \meta{float}\texttt{within} and \meta{float}\texttt{without}, +% e.g. \texttt{figurewithin} and \texttt{figurewithout}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@DeclareWithinOption[1]{% + \DeclareCaptionOption{#1within}{\caption@Within{#1}{##1}}% + \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{#1without}{\caption@Within{#1}{none}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareWithinOption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@DeclareWithinOption{figure} +\caption@DeclareWithinOption{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{within}{% + \caption@NewFloat{\newfloatsetup{within=#1}}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{without}{% + \caption@NewFloat{\newfloatsetup{without}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Within} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/12}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@NewFloat} now} +% |\caption@Within|\marg{float}\marg{value} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Within[2]{% + \caption@NewFloat{\newfloat@setwithin{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@NewFloat} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/12}{This macro added} +% |\caption@NewFloat|\marg{code} +% loads the \package{newfloat} package and executes the given code afterwards. +% Note: Since the \package{newfloat} package uses the crappy \package{keyval} +% package, too, we need to save \& restore some macros here, otherwise this +% recursion won't work properly. +% {\itshape (TODO: Re-write \package{newfloat} so it uses \package{kvoptions} instead.)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@NewFloat[1]{% + \let\KV@prefix@ORI\KV@prefix + \let\@tempc@ORI\@tempc + \caption@ifpackageloaded{newfloat}{#1}{}% + \let\@tempc\@tempc@ORI + \let\KV@prefix\KV@prefix@ORI} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Miscellaneous options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{config}[caption]{% + \InputIfFileExists{#1.cfg}% + {\typeout{*** Local configuration file #1.cfg used ***}}% + {\caption@Warning{Configuration file #1.cfg not found}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@selectlistentry} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@selectlistentry|\marg{\purett{heading} or \purett{entry}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@selectlistentry[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{heading}{% + \let\caption@iflistheading\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{default,list-entry,entry}{% + \let\caption@iflistheading\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined list-entry selection `#1'}% + }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.3}{2012-03-25}{Option \opt{list-entry} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{list-entry}{\caption@selectlistentry{#1}} +\captionsetup{list-entry=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setparboxrestore} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setparboxrestore|\marg{\purett{partial} or \purett{full}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setparboxrestore[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{full}{% + \caption@setfullparboxrestore + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{default,light,partial}{% + \let\caption@parboxrestore\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined parboxrestore `#1'}% + }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfullparboxrestore} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setfullparboxrestore|\par +% This is an abbreviation for |\caption@setparboxrestore{full}|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfullparboxrestore{% + \let\caption@parboxrestore\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Option \opt{parboxrestore} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parboxrestore}{\caption@setparboxrestore{#1}} +\captionsetup{parboxrestore=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Option \opt{@minipage=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{@minipage}{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{auto,default}% + {\let\caption@if@minipage\@gobbletwo}% + {\caption@set@bool\caption@if@minipage{#1}}} +\captionsetup{@minipage=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{caption v1.x compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/21}{Option `compatibility' added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption v1.x compatibility options revised} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v1.x$ compatibility options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{compatibility}[1]{\caption@setbool{compatibility}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{compatibility} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normal}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{isu}{% + \caption@setformat{hang}% + \caption@setjustification{justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{hang}{% + \caption@setformat{hang}% + \caption@setjustification{justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{center}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{centering}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{centerlast}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{centerlast}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{scriptsize}{\def\captionfont{\scriptsize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{footnotesize}{\def\captionfont{\footnotesize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{small}{\def\captionfont{\small}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normalsize}{\def\captionfont{\normalsize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{large}{\def\captionfont{\large}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{Large}{\def\captionfont{\Large}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{up}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\upshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{it}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\itshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sl}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\slshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sc}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\scshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{md}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\mdseries} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{bf}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\bfseries} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{rm}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\rmfamily} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sf}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\sffamily} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{tt}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\ttfamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{nooneline}{\caption@setbool{slc}{0}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{ruled}{0} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ruled}{\caption@setbool{ruled}{1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{caption2 v2.x compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/07/08}{caption2 \version{2.x} compatibility options added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption2 v2.x compatibility options revised} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v2.x$ compatibility options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushleft}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{raggedright}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushright}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{raggedleft}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{oneline}{\caption@setbool{slc}{1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ignoreLTcapwidth}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Obsolete caption v3.0 options} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{Package option \opt{caption} marked as obsolete, +% gives error now} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{caption}{% + \caption@setbool{temp}{#1}% + \caption@ifbool{temp}{}{% + \caption@Error{% + The package option `caption=#1' is obsolete.\MessageBreak + Please pass this option to the subfig package instead\MessageBreak + and do *not* load the caption package anymore}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{fltpage package support options} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{Options `FPlist' \& `FPref' added} +% With these options is controlled where the list-of entry and |\ref| resp. +% |\pageref| or |\autoref| will link to. +% Defaults are |FPlist=caption| and |FPref=figure| which is inconsistent, +% but compatible to the usual behaviour of the \package{fltpage} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{FPlist}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{list}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{FPref}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{ref}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPlist} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPref} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setFPoption[2]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}% + \caption@setbool{FP#1cap}{\if c\caption@tempa 1\else 0\fi}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@setFPoption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{FPlist=caption,FPref=figure} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{hyperref package support options} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{Options `hypcap' \& `hypcapspace' added} +% With |hypcap=off| one can turn the \package{hypcap} support off +% (default is |on|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcap}[1]{\caption@setbool{hypcap}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcapspace}{\def\caption@hypcapspace{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{hypcap=1,hypcapspace=.5\baselineskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{\AmS{} \& \SmF{} document classes support} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ document classes support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifamsclass{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{AMS or SMF document class}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \setlength\belowcaptionskip{0pt}% set to 12pt by AMS class +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{\KOMAScript{} document classes support} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/18}{Minimum adaptation to \KOMAScript\ added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options added} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility commands added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options removed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/05}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised \& enhanced} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifkomaclass{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{KOMA-Script document class}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Here we emulate the caption related commands and take over the caption +% related settings from the \KOMAScript\ classes. +% +% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovetrue} +% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovefalse} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[table]{position=t}} + \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[table]{position=b}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@tablecaptionabove + \@tablecaptionabovetrue + \else + \@tablecaptionabovefalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@figurecaptionabovetrue} +% \begin{macro}{\@figurecaptionabovefalse} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/02/15}{Support of \cs{@figurecaptionabovetrue} added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\@figurecaptionabovetrue{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\@figurecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[figure]{position=t}} + \g@addto@macro\@figurecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[figure]{position=b}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@figurecaptionabove + \@figurecaptionabovetrue + \else + \@figurecaptionabovefalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionstrue} +% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionsfalse} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionstrue{\let\caption@ifslc\@firstoftwo} + \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionsfalse{\let\caption@ifslc\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifonelinecaptions + \onelinecaptionstrue + \else + \onelinecaptionsfalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovetrue} +% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovefalse} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/03/21}{Bugfix 06-03-21: +% \cs{let}\cs{caption@setposition}\cs{@gobble} added} +% \changes{v3.0n}{2006/03/09}{Accidentally this got broken in \version{3.0m}, fixed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/31}{We redefine \cs{captionabovetrue/false} now +% instead of \cs{captionabove/below}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{\opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} will issue a warning now} +% Please note that these are stronger than the \opt{position} setting, therefore we +% override the options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} to typeout a warning. +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\@captionabovetrue{\let\caption@position\@firstoftwo} + \g@addto@macro\@captionabovefalse{\let\caption@position\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `figureposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak + when used with a KOMA script document class}} + \DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `tableposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak + when used with a KOMA script document class}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapindent} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KOMA@setcapindent\@setcapindent + \renewcommand*\@setcapindent[1]{% + \caption@KOMA@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KOMA@@setcapindent\@@setcapindent + \renewcommand*\@@setcapindent[1]{% + \caption@KOMA@@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@setcapindent{% + \captionsetup{indent=\ifdim\cap@indent<\z@\z@\else\cap@indent\fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\cap@indent{}{\caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapwidth} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% \Note{The optional argument of \cs{setcapwidth} if not supported (yet), +% so we issue a warning if used. +% (Since this does not seem to have an negative effect when used +% by the \texttt{captionbeside} environment, we suppress the warning here.)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapwidth + \csname\string\setcapwidth\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\setcapwidth}[#1]#2{% + \caption@KOMA@setcapwidth[{#1}]{#2}\caption@setcapwidth{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@setcapwidth[1]{% + \ifx\\#1\\\else + \caption@ifundefined\cap@margin{}{% + \def\@tempa{captionbeside}% + \ifx\@tempa\@currenvir\else\caption@Warning{% + Ignoring optional argument [#1] of \string\setcapwidth\MessageBreak}% + \fi}% + \fi + \captionsetup{width=\cap@width}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@tempa{\hsize}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\cap@width \else + \caption@setcapwidth{?} + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapmargin} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapmargin + \csname\string\@setcapmargin\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{% + \caption@KOMA@setcapmargin[{#1}]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin + \csname\string\@@setcapmargin\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\@@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{% + \caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin[{#1}]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@setcapmargin{% + \begingroup + \let\onelinecaptionsfalse\relax + \def\@twoside{0}% + \def\if@twoside{\def\@twoside{1}\iffalse}% + \cap@margin + \def\@tempa{\endgroup}% + \ifx\cap@left\hfill\else\ifx\cap@right\hfill\else + \def\hspace##1##{\@firstofone}% + \edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\captionsetup{% + twoside=\@twoside,slc=0,% + margin={\cap@left,\cap@right}}}% + \fi\fi + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\cap@margin\relax \else + \caption@setcapmargin + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Processing of options} +% +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Verbose option added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Verbose option removed from package} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{We do not process global options anymore} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@SetupOptions{caption}{\caption@setkeys{#1}{#2}} +\caption@ProcessOptions*{caption} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{\cs{caption}, \cs{@caption}, and \cs{@makecaption}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifflag} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{This switch added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten (and renamed) so a counter is used instead of a switch} +% Since we support continued floats and sub-figures it's not an easy task +% to manage the figure (and table) counter. (Especially since previous versions +% of the caption package has proven that correcting a counter locally is not a good idea.) +% +% These three switches hold the +% current status: |\caption@if|\-|flag{2}| is set if the caption was already +% typeset (so the counter doesn't need to be incremented for sub-figures), +% |\caption@if|\-|flag{4}| is set if there is already content which have +% incremented the counter (so the counter doesn't need to be incremented +% for the main caption, further sub-figures, and other stuff), and +% |\caption@if|\-|flag{1}| is set if |\Continued|\-|Float| was given. +% +% In the past three boolean switches were used to store the flags, but since some +% packages (like the \package{floatrow} and \package{tabu} package) try hard to keep +% counter changes locally under certain circumstances, it seems a good idea to make +% these flags a counter value, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcounter{caption@flags} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifflag[1]{% + \@tempcnta\c@caption@flags + \divide\@tempcnta #1\relax + \ifodd\@tempcnta + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clrflags} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{This macro added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clrflag} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten so a counter is used instead of a switch} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setflag} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten so a counter is used instead of a switch} +% Furthermore we introduce the macros \cs{caption@clrflag} and \cs{caption@setflag} +% for clearing resp.~setting these flags. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clrflags{% + \setcounter{caption@flags}\z@} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clrflag[1]{% + \caption@ifflag{#1}{\caption@addtoflags{-#1}}{}} +\newcommand*\caption@setflag[1]{% + \caption@ifflag{#1}{}{\caption@addtoflags{#1}}} +\newcommand*\caption@addtoflags{% + \addtocounter{caption@flags}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@caption} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/22}{Bugfix: \cs{ContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/13}{Support of \cs{caption*[]} removed} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/19}{Minimal support of \textsf{combine} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore} +% Here comes our definition of |\caption| and |\caption*|. +% Beside the support of the starred variant this code was adapted to the +% various packages we support. +% We are using |\caption@dblarg| instead of |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}| +% (with an empty arg.) will produce a list-of entry, but |\caption[]{}| +% won't. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@caption{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@checkgrouplevel\@empty\caption + \caption@star + {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\caption outside float}% + \caption@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@star} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@caption} to \cs{caption@star}} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{\cs{global} removed} +% A helper macro which processes the optional |*| after |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@star[2]{% + \@ifstar{\caption@startrue#2[]}{#1#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@caption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Bugfix: Handling of \texttt{@minipage} flag added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Support of option \opt{@minipage} added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Internal: Uses \cs{caption@prepareanchor} now} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/21}{Adapted to the \textsf{memoir} document class} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Usage of \cs{M@gettitle} moved to \cs{caption@prepareanchor}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Adapted to the \textsf{nag} package} +% As above, our version has been adapted to the packages we support. +% Additionally our code is nested by |\caption@beginex| \& +% |\caption@end| instead of |\begingroup| \& |\endgroup|. +% Furthermore we use |\caption@boxrestore| instead of |\@parboxrestore| +% so this code also works correctly inside list-based environments +% like |wide| \& |addmargin|. (This, and the fact that we use +% |\linewidth| instead of |\hsize| inside |\@makecaption|, solves +% \href{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=latex/2472}%^^A +% {\LaTeX\ PR \texttt{latex/2472}}.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@caption#1[#2]#3{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcaption@star \else + \caption@prepareanchor{#1}{#2}% + \memcaptioninfo{#1}{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#2}{#3}% + \@nameuse{nag@hascaptiontrue}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \par + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@setfloatcapt{% + \caption@boxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \caption@normalsize + \ifcaption@star + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone + \fi + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}% + {\ignorespaces\caption@makeanchor{#3}}\par + \caption@if@minipage\@minipagetrue\@minipagefalse}% + \caption@end} +% \end{macrocode} +% \textsf{memoir} document class stuff: +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\M@gettitle[1]{} +\providecommand\memcaptioninfo[4]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareanchor} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Usage of \cs{M@gettitle} moved from \cs{caption@@caption}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@prepareanchor[2]{% + \caption@makecurrent{#1}{#2}% + \caption@ifhypcap\caption@@start\relax + \M@gettitle{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecaption} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \cs{caption@rule} added} +% |\@makecaption|\marg{label}\marg{text}\par +% We do basically the same as the original code (from the standard +% \LaTeX\ document classes), but take care of the |position=| setting +% and use |\caption@@make| from the \package{caption} kernel to finally +% typeset the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@makecaption#1#2{% + \caption@make@above + \caption@@make{#1}{#2}% + \caption@make@below} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@make@above} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@make@below} +% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{This macro added} +% |\caption@make@above|\\ +% |\caption@make@below|\par +% Typesets the stuff above resp.~below the caption, depending on |\caption@iftop|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@make@above{% + \caption@iftop + \caption@belowskip + {\caption@rule\caption@aboveskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@make@below{% + \caption@iftop + {\caption@aboveskip\caption@rule}% + \caption@belowskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@aboveskip} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@belowskip} +% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{This macro added} +% |\caption@aboveskip|\\ +% |\caption@belowskip|\par +% Typesets the skip above resp.~below the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@aboveskip{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@belowskip{% + \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@redefine} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{This macro added, it contains the patching code now} +% We only redefine |\caption| and |\@caption| if the current definitions +% are well known, so documents written in the old (\package{caption} +% package \version{1.x}) days (where |\caption| \& |\@caption| were not +% redefined by us) will still compile fine. +% For example the usage of the (now obsolete) \package{captcont} package, +% which brings its own definition of |\caption*|, was quite common these days. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@redefine{} +\g@addto@macro\caption@redefine{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setbool{incompatible}{0}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % ltfloat.dtx [2002/10/01 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)] + \def\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \refstepcounter\@captype + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau + \def\caption{ + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside figure or table}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \refstepcounter\@captype + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty, Joseph Wright committed 4ac715c 2013-09-04 + \def\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside figure or table}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \refstepcounter\@captype + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % float.sty [2001/11/08 v1.3d Float enhancements (AL)] + \long\def\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \refstepcounter\@captype + \let\@tempf\@caption + \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname\relax\else + \expandafter\expandafter\let + \expandafter\@tempf\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname + \fi + \fi + \@dblarg{\@tempf\@captype}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2007/02/27 v6.75t Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2007/04/09 v6.76a Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2007/06/12 v6.76h Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \def\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \H@refstepcounter\@captype + \@ifundefined{fst@\@captype}{% + \let\Hy@tempa\@caption + }{% + \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@float@caption + }% + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\Hy@tempa\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2007/08/05 v6.76j Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \def\caption{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \H@refstepcounter\@captype + \let\Hy@tempa\@caption + \@ifundefined{float@caption}{% + }{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname\float@caption + \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@float@caption + \fi + }% + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi + {\@dblarg{\Hy@tempa\@captype}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\caption{% + % memhfixc.sty [2010/08/17 v1.15 nameref/hyperref package fixes for memoir class] + % \let\m@moldhypcaption\caption + \long\def\caption{\donemaincaptiontrue\m@moldhypcaption}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@IfCheckCommand{}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Incompatible package detected (regarding \string\caption).\MessageBreak + \string\caption\space=\space\meaning\caption}% + \caption@setbool{incompatible}{1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % ltfloat.dtx [2002/10/01 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \par + \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% + {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% second argument ignored + \par\nobreak + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \beamer@makecaption{#1}{\ignorespaces #3}\par\nobreak + \endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % memhfixc.sty [2010/08/17 v1.15 nameref/hyperref package fixes for memoir class] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \MNR@old@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \M@gettitle{#2}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % arabicore.sty [2006/01/01 v1.0 Arabi Core switching commands (may still change)] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \par + \addtocontents{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{\xstring\select@language{\main@Arabi@language}}% + \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% + {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces \if@rl{\textRL{#2}}\else\textLR{#2}\fi}}% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces \if@rl{\textRL{#3}}\else\textLR{#3}\fi}\par + \endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % rlbabel.def [2005/03/30 v2.3h Right-to-Left support from the babel system Hebrew language support from the babel system] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \par + \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% + {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}% + {\ignorespaces #2}}% + \def\@fignm{figure} + \ifx#1\@fignm\addcontentsline{fol}{#1}% + {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}% + {\ignorespaces #2}}\fi% + \def\@tblnm{table} + \ifx#1\@tblnm\addcontentsline{tol}{#1}% + {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}% + {\ignorespaces #2}}\fi% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % magyar.ldf [2005/03/30 v1.4j Magyar support from the babel system] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \csname par\endcsname + \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% + {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname.}{\ignorespaces #2}}% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}% + {\ignorespaces #3}\csname par\endcsname + \endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +% \caption@CheckCommand\float@caption{% +% % float.sty [2001/11/08 v1.3d Float enhancements (AL)] +% \long\def\float@caption#1[#2]#3{% +% \addcontentsline{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{\@nameuse{the#1}}{\ignorespaces #2}} +% \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox\bgroup\@parboxrestore +% \normalsize\@fs@capt{\@nameuse{fnum@#1}}{\ignorespaces #3}% +% \@ifnextchar[{\float@ccon}{\egroup}}% +% \long\def\float@ccon[#1]{#1\par\egroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2007/02/27 v6.75t Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}% + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{% + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}% + }% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{% + \ignorespaces + \ifHy@nesting + \hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{#3}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{\relax}}#3% + \fi + }% + \par + \endgroup + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2007/04/09 v6.76a Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2007/06/12 v6.76h Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2007/08/05 v6.76j Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref + \else + \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}% + \fi + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{% + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}% + }% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\@capstartfalse + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}% + \else + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{% + \ignorespaces + \ifHy@nesting + \hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{#3}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{\relax}}#3% + \fi + }% + \fi + \par + \endgroup + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2009/11/27 v6.79k Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref + \else + \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}% + \fi + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{% + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}% + }% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\@capstartfalse + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}% + \else + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{% + \ignorespaces + \ifHy@nesting + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#3}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{\relax}% + }% + #3% + \fi + }% + \fi + \par + \endgroup + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % hyperref.sty [2009/12/09 v6.79m Hypertext links for LaTeX] + % hyperref.sty [2009/12/28 v6.79z Hypertext links for LaTeX] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref + \else + \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}% + \fi + \@ifundefined{NR@gettitle}{% + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + }{% + \NR@gettitle{#2}% + }% + \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{% + \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}% + }% + \begingroup + \@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \normalsize + \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname + \csname iftrue\endcsname + \global\@capstartfalse + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}% + \else + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{% + \ignorespaces + \ifHy@nesting + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#3}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{% + \@currentHref + }{\relax}% + }% + #3% + \fi + }% + \fi + \par + \endgroup + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % nameref.sty [2006/12/27 v2.28 Cross-referencing by name of section] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]{% + \def\@currentlabelname{#2}% + \NR@@caption{#1}[{#2}]% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % nameref.sty [2009/11/27 v2.32 Cross-referencing by name of section] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]{% + \NR@gettitle{#2}% + \NR@@caption{#1}[{#2}]% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % subfigure.sty [2002/07/30 v2.1.4 subfigure package] + \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \@ifundefined{if#1topcap}% + {\subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}}% + {\@nameuse{if#1topcap}% + \@listsubcaptions{#1}% + \subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% + \else + \subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% + \@listsubcaptions{#1}% + \fi}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % subfig.sty [2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package] + \def\@caption{\caption@}% +% \long\def\caption@#1[#2]#3{% +% \@ifundefined{caption@setfloattype}% +% \caption@settype +% \caption@setfloattype +% \@captype +% \sf@ifpositiontop{% +% \@listsubcaptions{#1}% +% \sf@old@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% +% }{% +% \sf@old@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% +% \@listsubcaptions{#1}% +% }}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % chkfloat.sty [2012/08/19 v0.1 chkfloat: check for moved floats] + \def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\chkfloat@caption{#1}[#2]{#3}% + \addtocontents{fof}{\protect\chkfloat@{\thepage}{\chkfloat@page}{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname: #2}}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{% + % chkfloat.sty [20??/??/?? v0.? chkfloat: check for moved floats] + \def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\chkfloat@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}% + \chkfloat@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}% + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@IfCheckCommand{}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Incompatible package detected (regarding \string\@caption).\MessageBreak + \string\@caption\space=\space\meaning\@caption}% + \caption@setbool{incompatible}{1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The option |compatibility=| will override the compatibility mode. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\caption@ifcompatibility + {\let\caption@ifcompatibility\caption@ifincompatible + \let\caption@tempa\caption@WarningNoLine}% + {\let\caption@tempa\@gobble}% suppress warning +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifcompatibility{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@tempa{% + \noexpand\caption will not be redefined since it's already\MessageBreak + redefined by a document class or package which is\MessageBreak + unknown to the caption package}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\ContinuedFloat| is not supported in compatibility mode. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@ContinuedFloatX[1]{% + \caption@Error{Not available in compatibility mode}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\caption@start| is not supported in compatibility mode. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \let\caption@start\relax + \caption@ifundefined\caption@ORI@capstart{}{% + \caption@Debug{% + Restore hypcap definition of \string\capstart\@gobble}% + \let\capstart\caption@ORI@capstart}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@star} +% We redefine |\caption@star| here so it does not make any harm. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@star[2]{#1#2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifincompatible{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Forced redefinition of \noexpand\caption since the\MessageBreak + unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'\MessageBreak + was given}% + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption} +% \begin{macro}{\@caption} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{% + \let\caption\caption@caption + \let\@caption\caption@@caption}% + \caption@redefine +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \let\caption@ORI@capstart\@undefined}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xfloat} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This re-definition added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Will now be redefined in compatibility mode, too} +% We redefine |\@xfloat| so inside floating environments our +% type-specific options will be used, a \package{hyperref} +% anchor will be set etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xfloat\@xfloat + \def\@xfloat#1[#2]{% + \caption@ORI@xfloat{#1}[#2]% + \caption@settype{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Some packages (like the \package{hyperref} package for example) redefines +% |\caption| and |\@caption|, too. +% So we have to use |\AtBeginDocument| here, so we can make sure +% our definition is the one which will be valid at last. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@redefine} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\phantomcaption} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/31}{Bugfix 10-09-01b: This macro added} +% |\phantomcaption|\par +% Use this one for figures with subcaptions but without main caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\phantomcaption{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\phantomcaption outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{\cs{captionof}} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Option \opt{type=} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/25}{Option \opt{type*=} added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Option \opt{subtype} \& \opt{subtype*} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{Bugfix 10-10-17: Option \opt{type=} uses \cs{setcaptiontype} instead of \cs{caption@settype} now} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{type}{\setcaptiontype{#1}}% + \DeclareCaptionOption{type*}{\setcaptiontype*{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{subtype}{\setcaptionsubtype\relax}% + \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{subtype*}{\setcaptionsubtype*}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \emph{Important Note:} +% Like |\captionof| the option |type=| should only be used inside a +% group, box, or environment and does not check if the argument is a valid +% floating environment or not. +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptiontype} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added} +% Like |\captionsetup{type=xxx}|, but also works if \cs{captionsetup} was redefined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\setcaptiontype{% + \caption@boxrestore@mini + \caption@settype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionsubtype} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/15}{This macro added} +% Same, but sets the sub-type. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\setcaptionsubtype{% + \caption@iftype + \caption@setsubtype + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\setcaptionsubtype outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@setsubtype{% + \@ifstar + {\caption@@settype{sub}*{sub\@captype}}% + {\caption@@settype{sub}{sub\@captype}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@settype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Usage of \cs{caption@xlabel} added} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{Error message for \cs{caption@checkgrouplevel} revised} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{\cs{caption@setsubtype} added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Crappy \cs{caption@iftypewarning} replaced} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{Usage of \cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Error message moved from here to \cs{caption@refstepcounter}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Resetting of \cs{ifcaption@caption} and \cs{ifcaption@subcaption} added} +% |\caption@settype*|\marg{type}\par +% sets |\@captype| and executes the options associated with it +% (using |\caption@set|\-|options|). +% Furthermore we check |\current|\-|group|\-|level| (if avail), +% redefine |\@currentlabel| so a |\label| before |\caption| will result +% in a hint instead of a wrong reference, and +% use the macro |\caption@|(|sub|)|type|\-|hook| (which will be used by our +% \package{float} package support).\par +% The non-starred version sets a \package{hyperref} anchor additionally +% (if |hypcap=|\-|true| and the \package{hypcap} package is not loaded). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@settype{% + \caption@clrflags + \caption@set@type} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@type{% + \caption@@settype{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@settype[1]{% + \caption@teststar{\caption@@@settype{#1}}\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@settype[3]{% +% #1 = "" or "sub" +% #2 = \@firstoftwo in star form, \@secondoftwo otherwise +% #3 = <type>, e.g. "figure" or "table" + \caption@Debug{#1type=#3}% + \caption@checkgrouplevel{#1}{% + \captionsetup{#1type#2*\@empty=...}#2{ or + \@backslashchar#1captionof}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\caption@tempa{#3}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa \else + \ifcaptionsetup@star\else\@nameuse{caption@#1type@warning}\fi + \fi + \expandafter\let\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@nameuse{caption@#1typehook}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{#3}% + \ifx\caption@opt\relax + \@nameundef{caption@#1type@warning}% + \else + \@namedef{caption@#1type@warning}{\caption@Warning{% + The #1caption type was already set to + `\csname @#1captype\endcsname'\MessageBreak}}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + #2{}{% + \let\@currentlabel\caption@undefinedlabel +% \let\@currentHlabel\@undefined + \ifx\caption@x@label\@undefined + \let\caption@x@label\label + \let\label\caption@xlabel + \fi + \caption@start}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@typehook} +% Hook which will be used inside |\caption@set|\-|type|. +% It will be extended later on, e.g.~by our \package{float} package +% support. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@typehook{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{This macro and its usage added} +% Since we often need to check if |\@captype| is defined (means: we +% are inside a floating environment) this helper macro was introduced. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@iftype{% + \caption@ifundefined\@captype\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checkgrouplevel} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Error changed to warning (compatibility)} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/21}{Uses \cs{caption@ifeTeX} now} +% Checks if |\captionsetup{type=|\ldots|}| or |\caption| is done +% inside a group or not -- in the latter case a warning message will +% be issued. (needs \eTeX) +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifeTeX{% + \newcommand*\caption@checkgrouplevel[2]{% + \@ifundefined{#1caption@grouplevel}{% + \caption@ifundefined\caption@grouplevel{\let\caption@grouplevel\z@}{}% + \ifnum\currentgrouplevel>\caption@grouplevel\relax + \expandafter\edef\csname #1caption@grouplevel\endcsname{% + \the\currentgrouplevel}% + \else + \caption@Warning{\string#2\MessageBreak outside box or environment}% + \fi + }{}}% +}{% + \let\caption@checkgrouplevel\@gobbletwo +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefinedlabel} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Contents changed to \texttt{??}} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Contents changed to \cs{caption@xref}(\ldots)} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{Bugfix 08-12-08: \cs{caption@xref} is robust now} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/13}{Text changed from `before' to `without proper'} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/21}{Text changed from `without proper \cs{caption}' to `without proper reference'} +% This label will be used for |\currentlabel| inside (floating) environments +% as default. (see above) +% \iffalse\Note{All commands used have to be robust here.}\fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@undefinedlabel{% + \protect\caption@xref{\caption@labelname}{\on@line}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@xref[2]{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{\noexpand\label without proper reference#2}% + \@setref\relax\@undefined{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@labelname{??} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@xlabel} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/11}{Revised} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Bugfix: \cs{pageref} should always work now} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/19}{Works with optional arguments now, too} +% The new code of |\label| inside floating environments. +% |\label| will be redefined using |\caption@withoptargs|, so +% |#1| are the optional arguments (if any), and +% |#2| is the mandatory argument here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@xlabel{% + \caption@withoptargs\caption@@xlabel} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@xlabel[2]{% + \caption@@@xlabel + \def\caption@labelname{#2}% + \caption@x@label#1{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@xlabel{% + \global\let\caption@@@xlabel\@empty + \@bsphack + \protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@xref[2]{% + \string\@setref\string\relax\string\@undefined{\string##1}}}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionof} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Uses \cs{caption@settype} instead of \cs{def}\cs{@captype}} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/22}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt} removed} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/30}{Better compatibility: Will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} now} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{Bugfix 10-10-17: Uses \cs{setcaptiontype} instead of \cs{caption@settype} now} +% |\captionof|\marg{type}\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\\ +% |\captionof*|\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\par +% \Note{This will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} so +% \cs{usepackage}\csmarg{caption,capt-of} will still work. +% (Compatibility to \version{1.x})} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\captionof{\caption@teststar\caption@of{\caption*}\caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@of[2]{\setcaptiontype*{#2}#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{\cs{captionlistentry}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionlistentry} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\\ +% |\captionlistentry*|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionlistentry{% + \caption@teststar\@captionlistentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@captionlistentry[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@listentry{#1}}\@captype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@listentry#1[#2]#3{% + \@bsphack + #1{\caption@gettitle{#3}}% + {\caption@refstepcounter{#2}% + \caption@makecurrent{#2}{#3}}% + \caption@addcontentsline{#2}{#3}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{\cs{captionbox}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionbox} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/12/17}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/16}{\cs{captionsetup} replaces with \cs{captionbox@settype} and \cs{caption@setposition}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/04/09}{Adapted to revised version of \cs{caption@withoptargs}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2017/03/19}{When used with fixed witdh the content will not be hboxed anymore} +% \changes{v3.3c}{2019/09/01}{Adapted so it could be used by \cs{subfloat} offered by \package{subcaption}} +% A |\parbox| with contents and caption, separated by an invisible |\hrule|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionbox{% + \caption@withoptargs{\caption@ibox\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ibox[3]{% + \kernel@ifnextchar[%] + {\caption@iibox{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + {\caption@iibox@{#1}{#2}{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iibox#1#2#3[#4]{% + \@testopt{\caption@iiibox{#1}{#2}{#3}[{#4}]}\captionbox@hj@default} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iibox@#1#2#3#4{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#4}% + \caption@iiibox{#1}{#2}{#3}[\wd\@tempboxa][\captionbox@hj@default]{\unhbox\@tempboxa}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iiibox#1{% + \caption@iiiibox{#1}\vbox\vtop} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iiiibox#1#2#3#4#5[#6][#7]#8{% + \begingroup + #1*% set \caption@position + \caption@iftop{% + \endgroup + \parbox[t]{#6}{% + #1\relax + \caption@setposition t% + #2{\caption#4{#5}}% + \captionbox@hrule + \csname caption@hj@#7\endcsname + #8}% + }{% + \endgroup + \parbox[b]{#6}{% + #1\relax + \caption@setposition b% + \csname caption@hj@#7\endcsname + #8% + \captionbox@hrule + #3{\caption#4{#5}}}% + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionbox@hj@default{c} +\newcommand*\captionbox@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@hj@c{\centering} +\providecommand*\caption@hj@l{\raggedright} +\providecommand*\caption@hj@r{\raggedleft} +\providecommand*\caption@hj@s{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{\cs{ContinuedFloat}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ContinuedFloat} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/12}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v3.0g}{2005/06/28}{Bugfix: \cs{newcounter} replaced by \cs{newcount}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Format of \package{hyperref} extension changed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/07}{\cs{caption@setoptions} added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2011/12/17}{Undocumented optional argument removed} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Uses \cs{ifcaption@ContinuedFloat} now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@restorecounters} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/12/16}{Bugfix: Does not use \cs{caption@ContinuedFloat} anymore since this breaks \cs{ContinuedFloat} offered by the \package{subfig} package} +% |\ContinuedFloat|\\ +% |\ContinuedFloat*|\par +% This mainly sets the appropriate flag, increments the +% continuation counter, and executes the given options. +% Furthermore we set |\caption@reset|\-|Continued|\-|Float| to |\@gobble| so the +% continuation counter will not be reset to zero inside |\caption@ref|\-|step|\-|counter|.\par +% When the \package{hyperref} package is used we have the problem +% that the usage of |\Continued|\-|Float| will create duplicate +% hyper links -- |\@current|\-|Href| will be the same for the main float and +% the continued ones. So we have to make sure unique labels and references +% will be created each time. We do this by extending |\the|\-|H|\-|figure| and +% |\the|\-|H|\-|table|, so for continued floats the scheme +% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}|\alph{|\meta{continued \#}|}|\end{quote} +% will be used instead of +% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}\quad\quad.\end{quote} +% \par{\small(This implementation follows an idea from Steven Douglas Cochran.)} +% \Note{This does not help if the \package{hyperref} package option +% \texttt{naturalnames=true} is set.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ContinuedFloat{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@ContinuedFloatX\@captype}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\ContinuedFloat outside float}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ContinuedFloatX[1]{% + \@ifstar + {\caption@@refstepcounter\@captype + \caption@@ContinuedFloat{#1}}% + {\caption@Continued@Float{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Continued@Float[1]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@CFtype + \caption@restorecounters + \caption@@ContinuedFloat{#1}% + \else + \caption@Error{Continued `#1' after `\caption@CFtype'}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@ContinuedFloat{% + \caption@setflag1% ContinuedFloat + \caption@@@ContinuedFloat} +\newcommand*\caption@@@ContinuedFloat{% + \stepcounter{ContinuedFloat}% + \caption@@@@ContinuedFloat} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@@ContinuedFloat[1]{% + \caption@setoptions{ContinuedFloat}% + \caption@setoptions{continued#1}% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname the#1\endcsname\theContinuedFloat + \@ifundefined{theH#1}{}{% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH#1\endcsname{% + \@alph\c@ContinuedFloat}}% + \let\caption@@@@ContinuedFloat\@gobble} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@CFtype{??} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\theContinuedFloat} +% This one is preset to \cs{@empty}, so usually the continuation counter is not +% included in the caption label or references. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcounter{ContinuedFloat} +\let\theContinuedFloat\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ContinuedFloat} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/12/16}{Bugfix: Revised and defined with \cs{def} instead of \cs{newcommand}} +% |\caption@ContinuedFloat|\marg{type}\par +% This one is used by \cs{ContinuedFloat} offered by the \package{subfig} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@ContinuedFloat{% + \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble + \caption@@@ContinuedFloat} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetContinuedFloat} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2011/12/17}{Redefinition of \cs{ContinuedFloat} added} +% |\caption@resetContinuedFloat|\marg{type}\par +% If a continuation counter is defined, we reset it. +% (This one will be called inside |\@caption|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetContinuedFloat[1]{% + \xdef\caption@CFtype{#1}% + \@stpelt{ContinuedFloat}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\donemaincaptionfalse} +% Since the \class{memoir} document class resets the sub-caption +% counter at |\@float|, right after |\done|\-|main|\-|caption|\-|false|, +% we save all sub-caption counters at |\done|\-|main|\-|caption|\-|false| +% so we can restore them using |\caption@restore|\-|counters| +% inside |\Continued|\-|Float|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\donemaincaptionfalse{}{% + \g@addto@macro\donemaincaptionfalse\caption@savesubcounters} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Internal helpers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@refstepcounter} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Error message moved from \cs{caption@@@settype} to here} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/04}{Support of \cs{donemaincaptiontrue} from \textsf{memoir} document class added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Usage of \cs{ifcaption@caption}, \cs{ifcaption@subcaption}, and \cs{ifcaption@ContinuedFloat} added} +% Increments the float (i.e. |figure| or |table|) counter, +% resets the continuation counter, and redefines itself to |\@gobble|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@refstepcounter[1]{% + \@ifundefined{c@#1}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#1' defined}}% + {\caption@ref@stepcounter{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set flag if this part of the figure (or table) contains a caption now. +% (If |\caption@if|\-|top| is not set, |\caption| is at the bottom of this part, +% therefore ending this part, so we set the flag to |false| in this case.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@fixposition + \caption@iftop\caption@setflag\caption@clrflag2% caption +% \end{macrocode} +% This part does not contain content (like sub-figures) yet, +% so we set |\if|\-|caption@sub|\-|caption| to |false|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@clrflag4% subcaption +% \end{macrocode} +% Support of the \textsf{memoir} document class. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@nameuse{donemaincaptiontrue}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ref@stepcounter{% + \caption@ifflag1{% ContinuedFloat + \let\caption@tempa\caption@@refcounter + \caption@clrflag1% ContinuedFloat + }{% + \let\caption@tempa\caption@@refstepcounter + \caption@ifflag2{}{% caption + \caption@ifflag4{% subcaption +% Counter was already incremented by content, so we suppress \stepcounter{#1} here + \let\caption@tempa\caption@@refcounter + }{}% + }% + }% + \caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@refcounter[1]{% + \let\caption@stepcounter@ORI\stepcounter + \def\stepcounter##1{% + \def\caption@tempa{#1}% + \def\caption@tempb{##1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb \else + \caption@stepcounter@ORI{##1}% + \fi}% + \caption@@@refstepcounter{#1}% + \let\stepcounter\caption@stepcounter@ORI} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@refstepcounter[1]{% + \caption@prepare@stepcounter{#1}{ref}% + \caption@@@refstepcounter{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@stepcounter[1]{% + \caption@prepare@stepcounter{#1}{}% + \caption@@@stepcounter{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@prepare@stepcounter[2]{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{#2stepcounter}% + \caption@resetContinuedFloat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@refstepcounter{\refstepcounter} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@stepcounter{\stepcounter} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@dblarg} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/05}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix 07-12-06: Changed so it works without \cs{kernel@ifnextchar} +% (which was introduced in \LaTeXe\ 2004/01/23), too} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/03/25}{Support of option \opt{list-entry} added} +% A |\relax| was added compared to |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}| will be +% expanded to |\caption[\relax]{}| (and not to |\caption[]{}|). +% Furthermore support for option \opt{list-entry} was added. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{kernel@ifnextchar}{\let\kernel@ifnextchar\@ifnextchar}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@dblarg[1]{% + \kernel@ifnextchar[{\caption@ydblarg{#1}}{\caption@xdblarg{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@xdblarg[2]{% + #1[{#2\relax}]{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@ydblarg#1[#2]#3{% + \caption@iflistheading{#1[{#3}]{#3}}{#1[{#2}]{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@begin} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{caption@settype} changed to \cs{caption@setfloattype}} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/04/12}{Check for default label format added} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Usage of \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@setfloattype} \& +% \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} removed} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@fixedposition} removed} +% Our handling of |\caption| will always be surrounded by +% |\caption@begin| (or |\caption@beginex|) and |\caption@end|.\par +% |\caption@begin|\marg{type} performs these tasks: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item[1.] Override the |position=| setting, if necessary. +% (for example if set to |auto| or used inside a |supertabular|) +% \item[2.] Start a new group. +% \item[3.] Define |\fnum@|\meta{type} if the caption label format is set +% to non-default. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@begin[1]{% + \caption@fixposition + \begingroup + \caption@setfnum{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@beginex} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of \opt{listof=} added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/04}{Takes now 3 args instead of 2, check for empty heading added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/01}{Makes lst-entry now instead of redefining \cs{addcontentsline}} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 09-05-15: Setting of \cs{lst@@caption} added} +% |\caption@beginex|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\marg{heading}\par +% performs the same tasks as |\caption@begin| and additionally: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item[4.] Set |\lst@@caption|, so |\fnum@lstlisting| will include a numbering. +% \item[5.] Make an entry in the list-of-whatever. +% \item[6.] Set |\caption@ifempty| according argument \meta{heading}. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@beginex[3]{% + \caption@begin{#1}% + \let\lst@@caption\relax + \caption@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}% + \caption@ifempty{#3}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@end} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@fixedposition} removed} +% |\caption@end| closes the group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@end{% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{% +% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/06}{% +% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} removed} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfnum} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setfnum|\marg{type}\\ +% redefines |\fnum@|\meta{type} according the caption label format +% set with |labelformat=|. But if |labelformat=default| is set, +% |\fnum@|\meta{type} will not be overwritten by us. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfnum[1]{% + \@ifundefined{fnum@#1}{\iftrue}{\ifx\caption@lfmt\caption@lfmt@default\else}% + \@namedef{fnum@#1}{\caption@fnum{#1}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@boxrestore} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix: Redefinition of CR added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Support of option \opt{parboxrestore} added} +% The original code (from |latex/base/ltboxes.dtx|): +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\@parboxrestore{\@arrayparboxrestore\let\\\@normalcr} +% \def\@arrayparboxrestore{% +% \let\if@nobreak\iffalse +% \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse +% \let\par\@@par +% \let\-\@dischyph +% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii +% \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip +% \everypar{}% +% \linewidth\hsize +% \@totalleftmargin\z@ +% \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip +% \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip +% \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip +% \sloppy} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\@parboxrestore|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@boxrestore{% + \caption@parboxrestore{\@parboxrestore}{% + \let\if@nobreak\iffalse + \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse + \let\par\@@par +% \let\-\@dischyph +% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii + \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip + \everypar{}% +% \linewidth\hsize +% \@totalleftmargin\z@ + \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip + \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip + \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip + \sloppy + \let\\\@normalcr + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@boxrestore@mini} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added} +% Resets \cs{par} so the very first \cs{par} in \cs{@caption} behaves quite the same as in floating environments. +% Will be used by \cs{setcaptiontype}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@boxrestore@mini{% + \let\par\@@par + \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip + \sloppy} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@normalsize} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\normalsize|.\par +% Its code is equivalent to +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@font{normal}%| +% \end{quote} +% but executes faster (since the starred form of |\caption@font| +% does not use |\setkeys| internally). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@normalsize{% + \caption@font*{\KV@caption@fnt@normal\@unused}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfloatcapt} +% Needed for support of the \package{float} package, where the caption will +% not be typeset directly, but catched in a |\vbox| called |\@floatcapt| +% instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent} +% This one is needed for support of the \package{nameref} and \package{hyperref} package. +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@gettitle} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@makecurrent[1]{\caption@gettitle} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@start} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref} +% All these are needed for support of the \package{hyperref} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone +\let\caption@start\relax +\let\caption@@start\relax +\let\caption@freezeHref\relax +\let\caption@defrostHref\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@gettitle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This one is needed for support of the \package{nameref} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@gettitle[1]{% + \caption@ifundefined\NR@gettitle + {\def\@currentlabelname{#1}}% + {\NR@gettitle{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Support for sub-captions} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Support for sub-captions added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareSubType} +% |\caption@DeclareSub| initializes the usage of \cs{caption} +% in sub-floats. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@DeclareSubType sub#1\@nil{% + \caption@Debug{Initializing subtype for `#1'\@gobble}% + \@namedef{caption@beginsub#1}{\caption@beginsubfloat{#1}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareSubType +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Initialize the sub-captions defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionSubType}\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@For*{subtypelist}{\caption@DeclareSubType sub#1\@nil} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Initialize the sub-captions defined with \cs{newsubfloat}\cite{subfig}\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \caption@ifundefined\sf@counterlist{}{% + \@for\sf@temp:=\sf@counterlist\do{% + \expandafter\caption@DeclareSubType\sf@temp\@nil}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypehook} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@setlist} added} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-08-12b: \cs{@makecaption} will now be restored here, too} +% \changes{v3.2}{2011/06/26}{Uses \cs{caption@@addcontentsline} instead of \cs{addcontentsline} now} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Redefinition of \cs{phantomcaption} added} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Usage of \cs{caption@warmup} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/30}{Bugfix 11-09-26: Usage of \cs{if@subfloatrow} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Bugfix 11-12-16: \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} replaced by \cs{stepcounter}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/03/15}{Usage of \cs{caption@setbox} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@settype} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/06/17}{Missing redefinition of \cs{captionlistentry} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{Adapted to the \package{chkfloat} package} +% Hook, will be used inside \cs{caption@setsubtype}.\par +% (Note: If we are inside an |sub|\-|float|\-|row| environment we have to keep +% the |\@make|\-|caption| code of the \package{floatrow} package intact.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subtypehook{% + \ifx\caption\caption@subcaption \else + \caption@warmup +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifflag2{}{% caption +% no \caption in this part of the (floating) environment yet + \let\caption@add@contentsline\caption@addsubcontentsline + \let\caption@addsubcontentslines\@gobble + \caption@ifflag4{}{% subcaption +% no \subcaption in this part of the (floating) environment yet + \caption@ifflag1{% ContinuedFloat + \caption@clrflag1% + }{% + \caption@@stepcounter\@captype + }% + \caption@setflag4% subcaption + }% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \c@ContinuedFloat=0\relax + \let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone + \let\caption@chkfloat\@gobbletwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setbox{none}% + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@iflist{}{\let\caption@setlist\@gobble}% + \caption@setoptions{sub}% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% for subfig-package compatibility +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% redefine \setcaptiontype + \def\caption@settype{\caption@withoptargs\caption@sub@settype}% + \def\caption@sub@settype##1##2{% + \def\caption@tempa{##2}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@captype +%%% \caption@setsubtype##1\relax + \else + \caption@Error{##2 inside \@subcaptype}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% redefine \caption + \let\caption\caption@subcaption + \let\phantomcaption\caption@subphantom + \let\captionlistentry\caption@sublistentry +% \let\@captype\@subcaptype + \let\caption@refstepcounter\caption@@@refstepcounter +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% restore \@makecaption + \if@subfloatrow + \caption@Debug{Keeping \string\@makecaption}% + \else + \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption + \fi + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@subfloatrow} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/30}{This macro added} +% This macro tests if we are inside an |sub|\-|float|\-|row| or |sub|\-|float|\-|row*| environment. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@ifundefined\@subfloatrowtrue + {\newif\if@subfloatrow + \caption@ifundefined\subfloatrow{}% + {\caption@Debug{Patching subfloatrow environment}% + \g@addto@macro\capsubrowsettings{\@subfloatrowtrue}% + \g@addto@macro\killfloatstyle{% + \ifx\c@FRobj\c@FRsobj\@subfloatrowtrue\fi}}}% + {\caption@Debug{\string\if@subfloatrow is already defined}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subcaption} +% Makes a sub-caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subcaption{% + \caption@checkgrouplevel{sub}\subcaption + \caption@star + {\caption@refstepcounter\@subcaptype}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@subcaptype}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subphantom} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{This macro added} +% Same as |\phantomcaption|, but for sub-captions. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subphantom{% + \caption@checkgrouplevel{sub}\phantomsubcaption + \caption@refstepcounter\@subcaptype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@sublistentry} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/06/17}{This macro added} +% Same as |\captionlistentry|, but for sub-captions. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@sublistentry{% + \caption@teststar\@subcaptionlistentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@subcaptionlistentry[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@listentry{#1}}\@subcaptype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{caption@clearsubcontentslines} +% Clear pending sub-caption list entries. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearsubcontentslines{% + \global\let\caption@subcontentslines\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@clearsubcontentslines +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addsubcontentsline} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix 08-07-28: +% \cs{label}, \cs{index}, and \cs{glossary} are allowed inside the list entry now} +% \changes{v3.2}{2011/06/26}{Uses \cs{caption@@addcontentsline} instead of \cs{addcontentsline} now} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/19}{Uses \cs{caption@gobble} instead of \cs{@gobble} now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/01/15}{Debug message added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/03/10}{A single \cs{protect} replaced by \cs{noexpand}} +% Add a pending sub-caption list entry. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentsline[4]{% + \caption@Debug{\string\caption@addsubcontentsline{#1}{#2}}% + \begingroup + \let\label\caption@gobble + \let\index\caption@gobble + \let\glossary\caption@gobble + \protected@edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\caption@subcontentslines{% + \noexpand\@namedef{the#2}{\csname the#2\endcsname}% + \ifx\@currentHref\@undefined \else + \noexpand\def\noexpand\@currentHref{\@currentHref}% + \fi + \noexpand\caption@@@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\flushsubcaptionlistentries} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/01/15}{Renamed from \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} to \cs{flushsubcaptionlistentries}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/03/10}{Bugfix: Missing redefinition of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} added} +% Writes pending sub-caption list entries. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\flushsubcaptionlistentries{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{user}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand*\caption@addsubcontentslines[1]{% + \caption@Debug{\string\flushsubcaptionlistentries (#1)}% + \begingroup + \caption@subcontentslines + \endgroup + \caption@clearsubcontentslines} +% \end{macrocode} +% We need to patch \cs{chapter} otherwise a vertical gap will be inserted into +% the list prior pending sub-caption list entries. +% We do this |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document| so packages like \package{newfloat} +% will not complain about an unknown document class. +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifundefined\chapter{}{% + \let\caption@chapter@ORI\chapter + \def\chapter{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{chapter}\caption@chapter@ORI}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% Same for \cs{appendix}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifundefined\appendix{}{% + \let\caption@appendix@ORI\appendix + \def\appendix{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{appendix}\caption@appendix@ORI}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% Flush the list of pending sub-caption list entries at the end of the document. +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtEndDocument{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{AtEndDocument}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \subsection{Document class \& Babel package support} +% +% \subsubsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\smf@makecaption{}{\let\smf@makecaption\@makecaption} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The beamer class} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{beamer class support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifclassloaded{beamer}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{beamer document class}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\figure} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added} +% \changes{v3.3d}{2019/09/01}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class revised} +% We redefine |figure| so our type-specific options will be used etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@figure\figure + \def\figure{\caption@settype{figure}\caption@ORI@figure} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\table} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added} +% \changes{v3.3d}{2019/09/01}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class revised} +% We redefine |table| so our type-specific options will be used etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@table\figure + \def\table{\caption@settype{table}\caption@ORI@table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The \KOMAScript{} classes} +% +% \KOMAScript\ contains the code +% |\AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}| +% so we need to update |\scr@caption| here, too. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\scr@caption{}{% + \caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The frenchb Babel option} +% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{Adaptation to \package{frenchb} added} +% +% Suppress +% ``Package |frenchb.ldf| Warning: The definition of |\@makecaption| has been +% changed, frenchb will NOT customize it.'' +% (but only if we emulate this customization) +% \begin{macrocode} +\@nameuse{caption@frenchb}\@nameundef{caption@frenchb} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The frenchle/pro package} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{Adaptation to \package{frenchle/pro} added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifundefined\frenchTeXmods{}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{frenchle/pro package is loaded}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\captionfont@ORI\captionfont + \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\captionlabelfont + \let\@makecaption@ORI\@makecaption +% \end{macrocode} + +% If |\GOfrench| is defined as |\relax| all the re-definitions regarding +% captions have already been done, so we can do our patches immediately. +% Otherwise we must add our stuff to |\GOfrench|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\GOfrench + {\let\caption@tempa\@firstofone}% + {\def\caption@tempa{\g@addto@macro\GOfrench}}% + \caption@tempa{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\captionfont\captionfont@ORI + \let\captionfont@ORI\@undefined + \let\captionlabelfont\captionlabelfont@ORI + \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\@undefined + \let\@makecaption\@makecaption@ORI + \let\@makecaption@ORI\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@cnORI} +% We update the definition of |\@cnORI| so it actually reflects +% our definition of |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@cnORI\caption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@tablescaption} +% The \package{frenchle/pro} package sets |\caption| to |\@tablescaption| at +% |\begin{table}| for special treatment of footnotes. +% Therefore we have to patch |\@tablescaption| so |\caption*| will work +% inside the |table| environment. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@tcORI\@tablescaption + \def\@tablescaption{\caption@star\relax\caption@tcORI}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\f@ffrench} +% \begin{macro}{\f@tfrench} +% |\f@ffrench| and |\f@tfrench| reflect |\fnum@figure| and |\fnum@table| +% when used in French mode. These contain additional code which typesets +% the caption separator |\captionseparator| instead of the usual colon. +% Because this breaks with our |\@makecaption| code we have to remove +% this additional code here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@eatDP\@undefined + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + \ifx\f@ffrench\fnum@figure + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@figure\f@ffrench}% + \fi + \ifx\f@tfrench\fnum@table + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@table\f@tfrench}% + \fi + \def\f@ffrench{\ifx\listoffigures\relax\else\figurename~\thefigure\fi}% + \def\f@tfrench{\ifx\listoftables\relax\else\tablename~\thetable\fi}% + \caption@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The hungarian and magyar Babel option} +% \changes{v3.2}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} package support added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} package support revised} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@tempa#1{% + \@ifpackagewith{babel}{#1}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 babel option is loaded}% + \expandafter\addto\csname extras#1\endcsname{% + % reverse changes made by magyar.ldf + \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption + \babel@save\@makecaption + \caption@redefine + \babel@save\@caption}% + }{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@tempa{hungarian}% +\caption@tempa{magyar}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Package support} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{Package options `float', `longtable' etc. +% are not supported anymore, removed} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfPackageLoaded} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/29}{3rd argument \meta{code} added, +% so no extra check is needed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-written \& renamed from \cs{caption@ifpackage} +% to \cs{caption@IfPackageLoaded}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% |\caption@IfPackageLoaded|\marg{package}\oarg{version}\marg{true}\marg{false}\par +% Some kind of combination of |\@ifpackageloaded| and |\@ifpackagelater|. +% If the \meta{package} is not loaded yet, the check will be (re-)done +% |\AtBeginDocument|, so the \meta{package} could be loaded later on, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@IfPackageLoaded[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@@IfPackageLoaded{#1}}{}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfPackageLoaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@IfPackageLoaded#1[#2]#3#4{% + \@ifpackageloaded{#1}\@firstofone{% + \caption@Debug{#1 package is not loaded (yet)\@gobble}% + \caption@AtBeginDocument}{% + \caption@If@Package@Loaded{#1}[{#2}]{#3}{#4}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@IfPackageLoaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@If@Package@Loaded#1[#2]{% + \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 package is loaded}% + \@ifpackagelater{#1}{#2}\@firstoftwo{% + \caption@Error{% + For a successful cooperation we need at least version\MessageBreak + `#2' of package #1,\MessageBreak + but only version\MessageBreak + `\csname ver@#1.\@pkgextension\endcsname'\MessageBreak + is available}% + \@secondoftwo}% + }{\@secondoftwo}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@If@Package@Loaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clearmargin} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This macro will be used by some package support stuff where the usual +% margin setting is not welcome, e.g. in the \package{sidecap} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearmargin{% + \setcaptionmargin\z@ + \let\caption@minmargin\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{needfreeze}{0} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \caption@ifneedfreeze{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezetype} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@freezetype|\marg{type}\par +% Used by the \package{fltpage} \& \package{sidecap} package support. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@freezetype[1]{% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \captionsetup*[sub]{hypcap=true}% Note: This is just a (q&d) workaround! + \caption@freeze}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freeze} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} \& \cs{@caption} revised for enhanced compatibility} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: Made \cs{@caption} long} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variants of \cs{ContinuedFloat} and \cs{captionsetup} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 10-09-01a: Uses \cs{ignorespaces} instead of `space hack' again} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Starred variant of \cs{caption@freeze} removed} +% \changes{v3.2b}{2011/08/18}{Redefines \cs{caption@setup} instead of \cs{captionsetup} now} +% \changes{v3.2b}{2011/08/18}{Redefinition of \cs{label} revised} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{Revised} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Adapted to new switch \cs{caption@caption} etc.} +% |\caption@freeze|\par +% Used by the \package{bicaption} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@freeze{% + \let\caption@frozen@ContinuedFloat\ContinuedFloat + \def\ContinuedFloat{% + \caption@@freeze{\caption@@@@ContinuedFloat\@captype}% + \caption@frozen@ContinuedFloat}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@setup\caption@setup + \def\caption@setup##1{% + \caption@@freeze{\caption@setup{##1}}% + \caption@frozen@setup{##1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@caption\caption + \def\caption{% + \def\caption{% + \caption@Error{% + Only one \noexpand\caption can be placed in this environment}% + \caption@gobble}% + \@ifstar + {\caption@SC@caption*}% + {\let\@currentlabel\caption@SClabel + \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@caption}}% + \long\def\caption@SC@caption##1##2{% + \caption@@freeze{\caption##1{##2}}% + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@label\label + \def\label{% + \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@label}% + \def\caption@SC@label##1##2{% + \ifx\@currentlabel\caption@SClabel + \@bsphack + \caption@freeze@label{##1}{##2}% + \@esphack + \else + \caption@frozen@label##1{##2}% + \fi}% + \def\caption@SClabel{\caption@undefinedlabel}% + \def\caption@freeze@label##1##2{% + \caption@@freeze{\label##1{##2}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@frozen@content\@empty + \long\def\caption@@freeze{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@frozen@content}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@warmup{% + \let\ContinuedFloat\caption@frozen@ContinuedFloat + \let\caption@setup\caption@frozen@setup + \let\caption\caption@frozen@caption + \let\label\caption@frozen@label}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepare@defrost} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{This macro added} +% Prevent resetting the caption flags +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@prepare@defrost{% + \let\caption@settype\caption@set@type} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrost} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{\cs{caption@defrost@setup} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{Adapted to changes of \cs{caption@freeze}} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{\cs{caption@defrost@setup} removed} +% |\caption@defrost| +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@defrost{% + \ifx\caption@frozen@caption\@undefined + \caption@frozen@content + \else + \caption@Error{Internal Error:\MessageBreak + \noexpand\caption@defrost in same group as \string\caption@freeze}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% + \caption@undefbool{needfreeze}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@warmup} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{This macro added} +% |\caption@warmup| +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@warmup\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{The chkfloat package} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{Support of the \package{chkfloat} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{chkfloat}[2012/08/19 v0.1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@chkfloat} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\chkfloat@addcontentsline{% + \renewcommand\caption@chkfloat[2]{% + \caption@ifundefined\chkfloat@page{}{% + \addtocontents{fof}{\protect\chkfloat@{\thepage}{\chkfloat@page}{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname: #2}}}}% + }{% + \renewcommand\caption@chkfloat{\chkfloat@addcontentsline}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The float package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/31}{\package{float} package support rewritten and improved} +% \iffalse +% (This is a more straight-ahead implementation, but it only works with v1.3 +% now, so v1.2 is no longer supported. The old code including documentation +% can be found in caption-30f-050530.zip) +% \fi +% +% The \package{float} package usually do not use the \LaTeX\ kernel command +% |\@caption| to typeset the caption but |\float@caption| instead. +% (|\@caption| will only be used if the float is re-styled with +% |\restylefloat*|.) +% +% The main two things |\float@caption| is doing different are: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The caption will be typeset inside a |\savebox| called |\@floatcapt| +% so it can be placed above or below the float contents afterwards. +% \item |\@makecaption| will not be used to finally typeset the caption. +% Instead |\@fs@capt| will be used which definition is part of the float +% style. +% (Note that |\@fs@capt| will not typeset any vertical space above or below +% the caption; instead this space will be typeset by the float style code +% itself.) +% \end{itemize} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{float}[2001/11/08 v1.3d]{% + \@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}{% + \caption@If@Package@Loaded{floatrow}[2007/08/24 v0.2a]{}{}% + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@float@setevery} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-12-05: \cs{color@begin/endgroup} added +% to redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt}} +% |\@float@setevery|\marg{float type} is provided by the \package{float} +% package; it's called every time a floating environment defined with +% |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat| begins. +% We use this hook to do some adaptations and to setup the proper caption +% style (if defined) and additional settings declared with +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{float style}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@float@setevery\@float@setevery + \def\@float@setevery#1{% + \float@ifcaption{#1}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% First of all we set the caption position to it's proper value by +% converting |\@fs@iftopcapt| (which is part of a float style and +% controls where the caption will be typeset, above or below the float +% contents) to our |position=| setting. +% Since the spacing above and below the caption will be done by the float +% style and \emph{not} by us this sounds quite useless. But in fact it isn't, +% since some packages based on \thispackage\ (like the \package{subfig} +% package) could have an interest for this information and therefore use the +% |\caption@iftop| macro we provide in our kernel. Furthermore we need this +% information for ourself in |\captionof| which uses |\@makecaption| to +% finally typeset the caption with skips. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setposition{\@fs@iftopcapt t\else b\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Afterward we redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| (which will be used inside +% |\@caption|) so the caption will be set inside the box |\@floatcapt|, +% without extra vertical space. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\caption@setfloatcapt[1]{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@@make + \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox{% + \color@begingroup ##1\color@endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% To allow different caption styles for different float styles we also +% determine the current float style (e.g. `ruled') and select +% a caption style (and additional settings) with the same name, if defined. +% \begin{macrocode} + \float@getstyle\float@style{#1}% + \caption@setstyle*\float@style + \caption@setoptions\float@style +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% + \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \float@makebox + \caption@ORI@float@setevery{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@makebox} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Corrects wrong load order hyperref-float now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/02/03}{Correction of wrong load order hyperref-float revised} +% Redefine |\float@makebox| (only if we are not operating in compatibility mode). +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifcompatibility{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If it was redefined by the \package{hyperref} package, +% we need to build on the original definition (and not on the redefined one). +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\HyOrg@float@makebox + {\let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\float@makebox}% + {\let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\HyOrg@float@makebox}% + \renewcommand\float@makebox[1]{% + \caption@ORI@float@makebox{#1\relax \caption@defrostHref}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@typehook} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/08}{float package hook added} +% \LaTeX\ and almost every other packages use +% |\|\meta{type}|name| +% to provide a macro for the type resp.~environment name -- for example +% the command |\figurename| will usually contain the name of the floating +% environment |figure|: +% \begin{quote} +% |\newcommand\figurename{Figure}| +% \end{quote} +% But the \package{float} package doesn't follow this common naming +% convention: +% For floats defined with |\newfloat| it uses |\fname@|\meta{type} instead, +% which breaks with our code (and with |\autoref| and some other things as +% well). +% So we have to map the \package{float} package name to the common one here.\par +% \Note{If the float was not defined with \cs{newfloat} but with +% \cs{restylefloat} instead, \cs{fname@}\meta{type} is not defined.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\caption@typehook{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1name\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\let\csname #1name\expandafter\endcsname + \csname fname@#1\endcsname + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/26}{Skips of \env{plaintop} and \env{boxed} floats corrected} +% \begin{macro}{\fs@plaintop} +% \begin{macro}{\fs@boxed} +% Since the float styles |plaintop| and |boxed| don't use |\abovecaptionskip| +% which could be set with |skip=| (|plaintop| uses |\belowcaptionskip| instead of +% |\abovecaptionskip|, and |boxed| uses a fixed space of |2pt|) +% we patch the according float style macros here to change this. +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\fs@plaintop{\def\@fs@mid{\vspace\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% + \g@addto@macro\fs@boxed{\def\@fs@mid{\kern\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@getstyle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% |\float@getstyle|\marg{cmd}\marg{type}\par +% Determining the float style is not so easy because the only hint +% provided by the \package{float} package is the macro +% |\fst@|\meta{float type} which points to the macro which represents the +% float style. So for example after +% \begin{quote} +% |\floatstyle{ruled}|\\ +% |\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}| +% \end{quote} +% |\fst@Program| will be defined as +% \begin{quote} +% |\def\fst@Program{\fs@ruled}|\quad. +% \end{quote}\par +% So here is what we do: We make the first level expansion of +% |\fst@|\meta{float type} a string so we can gobble the first four tokens +% (= |\fs@|), so only the the name of the float style is left.\par +% \emph{TODO:} We need to convert the catcodes here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@getstyle[2]{% + \edef#1{% + \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gobblefour\noexpand\string + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand + \csname fst@#2\endcsname}% + \edef#1{#1}% + \caption@Debug{floatstyle{#2} = `#1'}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@ifcaption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/23}{This macro added} +% |\float@ifcaption|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par +% Here we determine if the user has used |\newfloat| resp.~|\restylefloat|, +% or |\restylefloat*|. +% This is quite easy: If |\@float@c@|\meta{captype} is the same as +% |\float@caption|, the user has used |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat|, +% otherwise we assume he has used |\restylefloat*|. +% (This test will fail if some package re-defines |\float@caption|, +% so we have to assume that there is no one.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@#1\endcsname\float@caption + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}}{% + \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{\@secondoftwo}% +% \clearcaptionsetup{boxed}% used by the floatrow package? +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The skip between `boxed' floats and their caption defaults to |2pt|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt} % do not issue a warning when not used +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/26}{\opt{strut=0} added to caption style \opt{ruled}} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/27}{Option \opt{ruled} fixed} +% To emulate the `ruled' definition of |\@fs@capt| we provide a caption style +% `ruled' with appropriate options. But if the package option |ruled| was +% specified, we setup some caption parameters to emulate the behavior +% of \thispackage\ \version{1.x} option |ruled| instead, i.e., +% the current caption settings will be used, but without margin and without +% `single-line-check'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{ruled}{% + \captionsetup[ruled]{margin=0pt,minmargin=0,slc=0}% +}{% + \DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=0}% +} +\caption@undefbool{ruled} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The floatflt package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{Support of the \package{floatflt} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{floatflt}[1996/02/27 v1.3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\floatingfigure} +% We patch |\floatingfigure| so |\caption@floatflt| will be used. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@floatingfigure\floatingfigure + \def\floatingfigure{% + \caption@floatflt{figure}% + \caption@ORI@floatingfigure}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\floatingtable} +% Same with |\floatingtable|\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@floatingtable\floatingtable + \def\floatingtable{% + \caption@floatflt{table}% +% \caption@setautoposition b% + \caption@ORI@floatingtable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@floatflt} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added} +% Here we do two things: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item We use |\caption@set|\-|options{|\-|floating|\meta{type}|}| so +% |\caption|\-|setup[|\-|floating|\meta{type}|]{|\ldots|}| is supported. +% \item |\line|\-|width| must be set correctly. +% Usually this is done by |\@par|\-|box|\-|restore| inside |\@caption|, +% but since we use |\@caption@box|\-|restore| we have to map this to +% |\@par|\-|box|\-|restore| instead. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@floatflt[1]{% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setfullparboxrestore + \caption@setoptions{floating#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The fltpage package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{Support of the \package{fltpage} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{fltpage}[1998/10/29 v.0.3]{% + \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@positionLabel} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{This redefinition added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@positionLabel}{% +% FP\@captype-\number\value{FP@\@captype C}-pos} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\FP@positionLabel{% + FP\FP@captype-\number\value{FP@\FP@captype C}-pos}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@helpNote} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@helpNote}[2]{% +% \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \pageref{#2}!}}% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\FP@helpNote[2]{% + \begingroup % save \caption@thepage + \caption@pageref{#2}% + \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \caption@thepage!}% + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatBegin} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-09-11: Missing \cs{ignorespaces} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{Adapted to current version of \cs{caption@freeze}} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/02/19}{Bugfix 12-02-16: \texttt{minipage} environment added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@freeze} replaced by \cs{caption@freezetype}} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@floatBegin}[1]{% +% \gdef\@captype{#1}% +% \global\let\FP@savedCaptionCommand\caption% +% \global\let\FP@savedLabelCommand\label% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}} +% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@figure}% +% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@table}% +% \let\FP@LabelText\@empty% +% \let\FP@CaptionText\@empty% +% \let\FP@optionalCaptionText\@empty% +% \renewcommand\label[1]{\gdef\FP@LabelText{##1}}% +% \renewcommand\caption[2][]{% +% \gdef\FP@optionalCaptionText{##1}\gdef\FP@CaptionText{##2}}% +% \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% +% }% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\FP@floatBegin[1]{% + \def\FP@captype{#1}% + \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% + \minipage\hsize % changes from LR mode to vertical mode + \caption@freezetype{#1}% + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatEnd} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{Some minor bugfixes} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{Adapted to current version of \cs{caption@freeze}} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/02/19}{Bugfix 12-02-16: \texttt{minipage} environment added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@floatEnd}{% +% \end{lrbox}% +% \global\setbox\FP@floatCorpusBOX=\box\FP@floatCorpusBOX +% \stepcounter{FP@\@captype C}% +% \FP@savedLabelCommand{\FP@positionLabel}% +% \FP@helpNote{\@captype}{\FP@positionLabel}% +% \FP@float +% {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test +% {\begin{\@captype}[p!] +% \usebox{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% +% \refstepcounter{\@captype}% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@LabelText}{\@empty}} +% {}{\FP@savedLabelCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@LabelText}}% +% \end{\@captype}} +% {\addtocounter{\@captype}{-1}} +% {\begin{\@captype}[b!]% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@guide}{\@empty}}% +% {}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}}% +% {\renewcommand{\fnum@figure}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}% +% {\renewcommand{\fnum@table}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}}% +% \setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption +% \setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption +% \FP@separatorCaption% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@optionalCaptionText}{\@empty}}% +% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}% +% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand[\expandafter\protect\FP@optionalCaptionText]% +% {\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}% +% \end{\@captype}}% +% }% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\FP@floatEnd{% + \endminipage + \end{lrbox}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \stepcounter{FP@\FP@captype C}% + \caption@label\FP@positionLabel + \FP@helpNote\FP@captype\FP@positionLabel +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \FP@float + {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test + {\caption@prepare@defrost + \begin\FP@captype[p!]% + \usebox\FP@floatCorpusBOX + \end\FP@captype}% + {\@ifundefined{theH\FP@captype}{}{% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH\FP@captype\endcsname{.FP}}}% + {\caption@prepare@defrost + \begin\FP@captype[b!]% + \let\FP@savedSetfnumCommand\caption@setfnum + \def\caption@setfnum##1{% + \FP@savedSetfnumCommand{##1}% + \ifx\FP@guide\@empty \else + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname fnum@##1\endcsname{\ {\FP@guide}}% + \fi}% + \setlength\abovecaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length above caption + \setlength\belowcaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length below caption + \caption@setoptions{FP\@captype}% + \FP@separatorCaption + \caption@defrost + \end\FP@captype}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\caption@ifFPlistcap\@undefined + \let\caption@ifFPrefcap\@undefined +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The hyperref package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Support of the \package{hyperref} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/09}{Usage of \cs{hyper@makecurrent} instead of +% \cs{theHfigure} as indicator for \package{hyperref} package} +% \changes{v3.2}{2011/07/30}{Test if \package{hyperref} has stopped early revised} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/24}{Test if \package{hyperref} has stopped early adapted to current version of \package{hyperref} package: Usage of \cs{IfHyperBoolean} added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hyperref}[2003/11/30 v6.74m]{% + % Test if hyperref has stopped early + \caption@ifundefined\IfHyperBoolean{% + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly0% + \caption@ifundefined\H@refstepcounter + {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{% + \caption@ifundefined\hyper@makecurrent + {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{% + \caption@ifundefined\measuring@true + {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{}}}% + }{% + \def\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly{\IfHyperBoolean{stoppedearly}}% + }% + \caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly{% hyperref has stopped early + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Hyperref support is turned off\MessageBreak + because hyperref has stopped early}% + }{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\measuring@true}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@refstepcounter} +% We redefine |\caption@@refstepcounter| so |\H@refstepcounter| will be used +% instead of |\refstepcounter| inside |\caption| \& |\captionlistentry|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@@@refstepcounter{\H@refstepcounter}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% We redefine |\caption@makecurrent| so a \package{hyperref} label +% will be defined inside |\@caption|. +% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@makecurrent[2]{% + \caption@makecurrentHref{#1}% + \caption@Debug{hyperref current=\@currentHref}% + \caption@gettitle{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@makecurrentHref{\hyper@makecurrent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the current hyperref package} +% We redefine |\caption@makeanchor| so a \package{hyperref} anchor +% will be set inside |\@caption|. +% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\caption@makeanchor[1]{% + \caption@Debug{hyperref anchor: \@currentHref}% + % If we cannot have nesting, the anchor is empty. + \ifHy@nesting + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#1}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{\relax}% + }#1% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \paragraph{The hypcap option} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@capstart} +% Like the \package{hypcap} package we define the switch |\if@capstart|, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newif\if@capstart +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@start} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{% +% \cs{caption@currentHref} renamed to \cs{hc@currentHref}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{% +% This macro renamed from \cs{capstart} to \cs{caption@start} and revised} +% While the \package{hypcap} package defines a macro called |\capstart| +% our variant is called |\caption@start| and is controlled by the option +% |hypcap=||false|/|true|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@start{\caption@ifhypcap\caption@start@\relax}% + \def\caption@start@{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Generate the \package{hyperref} label and set the \package{hyperref} anchor, +% usually (if |hypcap=false|) both is done inside |\@caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@makestart\@captype + \caption@startanchor\@currentHref +% \end{macrocode} +% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a new \package{hyperref} label, +% use the label we save in |\hc@currentHref| instead. +% (We also support the |@capstart| flag from the \package{hypcap} package.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\@capstarttrue + \let\hc@currentHref\@currentHref + \def\caption@makecurrentHref##1{% + \global\@capstartfalse + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a \package{hyperref} anchor since this +% has already been done. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makestart} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/30}{\cs{@currentHref} will be extended by \texttt{caption} +% instead of \texttt{xxx} now} +% |\caption@makestart|\marg{type} +% defines a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par +% Since we offer |\ContinuedFloat| the float counter can change between +% `now' and |\caption|, i.e., we simply don't know the figure or table counter +% yet and therefore we are not able to generate the `right' \package{hyperref} +% label. +% Two different solutions of this problem came into my mind: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item I could use the aux file for this purpose.\par +% -or- +% \item I set |hypertexnames=false| locally. +% Furthermore I use |#1.caption.|\meta{counter} (instead of |#1.|\meta{counter}) +% as naming scheme for |\@currentHref| to avoid conflicts with other hyper +% links which are generated with |hypertexnames=true|. +% \end{enumerate} +% The first idea has the advantage that the `right' anchor name will be +% generated, but one needs an additional \LaTeX\ run if figures or tables +% will be inserted or removed.\par +% The second idea has the advantage that it's very easy to implement, but +% has some side-effects, e.g. the anchor names don't follow the figure or +% table label names anymore.\par +% Since I'm lazy I implemented the second idea, maybe I will revise this +% later on. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@makestart[1]{% + \begingroup + \Hy@hypertexnamesfalse +% \gdef\@currentHlabel{}% + \hyper@makecurrent{#1.caption}% + \endgroup + \caption@Debug{hypcap start=\@currentHref}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@startanchor} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix 06-09-17: We use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Warning about TeX mode replaced with debug info} +% |\caption@startanchor|\marg{Href} +% sets a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par +% This code was taken from the \package{hypcap} package\cite{hypcap} and adapted. +% \Note{Since \cs{hyper@@anchor}\marg{Href}\csmarg{\string\relax} can cause +% a change from vertical mode to horizontal mode (design flaw in +% \package{hyperref} package!?), and since the workaround +% \cs{let}\cs{leavevmode}\cs{relax} which can be found in the +% \package{hypcap} package is not always sufficient +% (for example with ``Direct pdfmark support'' and \texttt{breaklinks=true}), +% we use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor} here.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@startanchor[1]{% + \ifvmode\begingroup + \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (vertical mode)}% + \@tempdima\prevdepth + \nointerlineskip + \vspace*{-\caption@hypcapspace}% + \caption@anchor{#1}% + \vspace*{\caption@hypcapspace}% + \prevdepth\@tempdima + \endgroup\else + \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (horizontal mode)}% + \caption@anchor{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@anchor} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/17}{Workaround 07-10-17: We use \cs{caption@raisedlink} instead of \cs{Hy@raisedlink} now} +% |\caption@anchor|\marg{Href} sets a \package{hyperref} anchor. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@anchor[1]{% + \ifmeasuring@ \else + \caption@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{#1}\hyper@anchorend}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \Note{Since \cs{Hy@raisedlink} change \cs{@tempdima} we surrounded it by \cs{ifvmode}, +% suppressing ``\texttt{LaTeX Warning: Float too large for page by 1.0pt}'' in \texttt{sideways} floats. +% (This is not necessary since \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}.)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\HyperRaiseLinkLength\@tempdima + \def\caption@raisedlink#1{\ifvmode#1\else\Hy@raisedlink{#1}\fi}% + \else + \let\caption@raisedlink\Hy@raisedlink + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start} +% Will be used by |\caption@freezeHref|. Apart from that we issue a warning +% if we expect a saved \package{hyperref} label coming from |\caption@start|, +% but there isn't any. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@@start{% + \caption@ifundefined\hc@currentHref{% + \caption@Warning{% + The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this\MessageBreak + particular \string\caption}}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref} +% Suppress |\caption@start| from generating a \package{hyperref} label and +% setting a \package{hyperref} anchor. Instead if |\@caption| generates a +% \package{hyperref} label, it will be stored in |\caption@currentHref|. +% Furthermore we need to redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| so no +% \package{hyperref} anchor will be placed in |\@caption|. +% \iffalse +% (Since |\caption@setfloatcapt| will be set to |\@firstofone| inside +% |\subcaption| there is no need to add its restauration to +% |\caption@subtypehook|.) +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@freezeHref{% + \let\caption@ORI@start\caption@start + \def\caption@start{\let\caption@start\caption@ORI@start}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% \let\caption@ORI@@start\caption@@start +% \l@addto@macro\caption@subtypehook{% +% \let\caption@@start\caption@ORI@@start}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined + \def\caption@@start{\global\let\caption@currentHref\@currentHref}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@setfloatcapt\caption@setfloatcapt + \renewcommand*\caption@setfloatcapt{% + \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone + \fi + \caption@ORI@setfloatcapt}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref} +% If there is a freezed |\@currentHref|, we set the \package{hyperref} +% anchor here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@defrostHref{% + \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else + \caption@startanchor\caption@currentHref + \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The hypcap package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/22}{Support of the \package{hypcap} package added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{Adapted to \package{hypcap} \version{1.6}} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/11/04}{\package{hypcap} support adapted to \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hypcap}{% v1.0 + \ifx\caption@start\relax \else % hyperref hasn't stopped early +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the \package{hypcap} package was loaded, we give up our own +% hyperlink placement algorithm and give the control over the placement +% to the \package{hypcap} package instead. +% +% \begin{macro}{\capstart} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Support of \cs{ifcapstart} (\package{hypcap} package \version{1.10}) added} +% We do this simply by mapping |\capstart| to |\caption@start@|, +% although our code does not behave exactly like the original one: +% The original |\capstart| has an effect on the next |\caption| +% only but our version affects \emph{all} |\caption|s in the same +% environment, at least unless a new |\capstart| will be placed. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@capstart\capstart % save for compatibility mode + \caption@ifundefined\capstarttrue % check for v1.10 of hypcap package + {\def\capstart{\caption@start@}}% + {\def\capstart{\ifcapstart\caption@start@\fi}}% + \let\caption@start\relax + \let\caption@@start\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hypcapspace} +% Furthermore we map our |\caption@hypcapspace| to |\hypcapspace| +% offered by the \package{hypcap} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifhypcap 1% + \renewcommand*\caption@hypcapspace{\hypcapspace}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The listings package} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of the \package{listings} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{listings}[2004/02/13 v1.2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeCaption} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix: Skips are handled correctly now} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2008/03/29}{Bugfix 08-10-16-dctt: \texttt{rule=0} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 10-07-20a: Set \cs{hsize} to \cs{linewidth}, if necessary} +% To support the \package{listings} package we need to redefine +% |\lst@MakeCaption| so the original stuff is nested with +% |\caption@begin| and |\caption@end| etc. +% \Note{This macro is always called twice (with `t' resp. `b' as +% parameter), therefore we need an extra group here.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption\lst@MakeCaption + \def\lst@MakeCaption#1{% #1 is `t' or `b' + \begingroup +% \end{macrocode} +% Workaround for bug in \package{listings} package: +% If |\hsize| seems not to be set correctly, we set it to |\linewidth|. +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/04/30}{Bugfix from Ulrike Fischer applied, see also \url{https://github.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/issues/1}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@tempdima\linewidth + \advance\@tempdima\lst@xleftmargin + \advance\@tempdima\lst@xrightmargin + \ifdim\hsize>\@tempdima + \hsize\@tempdima + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% First of all, we set |position=#1| and if it was set to `top', +% we swap the skips so the default behavior of the \package{listings} package +% will not be changed. (Note that the \package{listings} package has set its +% own |\abovecaptionskip| \& |\belowcaptionskip| values prior to calling +% \cs{lst@MakeCaption}.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setposition{#1}% + \caption@iftop{% + \@tempdima\belowcaptionskip + \belowcaptionskip\abovecaptionskip + \abovecaptionskip\@tempdima}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Workaround for issue with wrong skips (FIXME: should be examined further) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setup{rule=0}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Afterwards we set the local `lstlisting' options. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{lstlisting}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the |position=| is now set to |auto|, we take over the |captionpos=| +% setting from the \package{listings} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setautoposition{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% At the end we do similar stuff as in our \cs{@caption} code. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@begin{lstlisting}% + \caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption{#1}% + \caption@end +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lst@makecaption} +% \begin{macro}{\lst@maketitle} +% Wrapper macros for typesetting the |caption=| resp. |title=| value. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\lst@makecaption{\caption@starfalse\@makecaption}% + \def\lst@maketitle{\caption@startrue\@makecaption\@empty}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro added} +% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lstlisting| +% but we needed it when |\captionof{lstlisting}| will be done by the end user, +% we define it here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\ext@lstlisting{lol}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/07/13}{Bugfix 07-09-13: \cs{lst@@caption} will not be re-defined anymore} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The longtable package} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LTcaptype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/06}{This macro and its support added} +% |\LTcaptype| is preset to |table|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\LTcaptype{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{longtable}[1995/05/24 v3.14]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \RequirePackage{ltcaption}[=2018/08/26]% + \let\LT@@makecaption\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@array} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This redefinition added} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/14}{Bugfix 07-09-14: Redefinition of \cs{@captionabovetrue} \& \cs{@captionabovefalse} added} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/16}{Bugfix: This redefinition will always be done \cs{AtBeginDocument}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix in \cs{captionlistentry}: Table counter will not be incremented anymore, \cs{nameref} works} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Support for \cs{bicaption} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Definition of \cs{captionlistentry} fixed} +% We redefine |\LT@array| here to get |\captionsetup|\marg{options} +% working inside |longtable|s. +% \Note{Since the \package{hyperref} package patches \cs{LT@array} as well +% and since this only works with the original definition of \cs{LT@array}, +% we have to do this after the \package{hyperref} package, +% i.e.~\cs{AtBeginDocument}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\caption@ORI@LT@array\LT@array + \renewcommand*\LT@array{% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionsetup| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\@undefined + \def\captionsetup{% + \noalign\bgroup + \@ifstar\@captionsetup\@captionsetup}% gobble * + \def\@captionsetup##1{\LT@captionsetup{##1}\egroup}% + \def\LT@captionsetup##1{% + \captionsetup@startrue\caption@setup@options[@longtable]{##1}% + \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\caption@opt@@longtable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionabove| \& |\captionbelow| for longtable: (\KOMAScript\ document class) +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\@captionabovetrue{\LT@captionsetup{position=t}}% + \def\@captionabovefalse{\LT@captionsetup{position=b}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionlistentry| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\captionlistentry{% + \noalign\bgroup + \@ifstar{\egroup\LT@listentry\LTcaptype}% gobble * + {\egroup\LT@listentry\LTcaptype}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\ContinuedFloat| for longtable:\\ +% {\small(Commented out, since it's not deeply tested and quite useless anyway)} +% \Note{\package{hyperref} versions $<$ v6.76j uses $2\times$ \cs{hyper@makecurrent}} +% \begin{macrocode} +% \caption@ifhypcap{% +% \let\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent\hyper@makecurrent +% \def\hyper@makecurrent##1{% +% \let\hyper@makecurrent\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent +% \caption@makestart{##1}% +%% \let\Hy@LT@currentHlabel\@currentHlabel +% \let\Hy@LT@currentHref\@currentHref +% \def\hyper@makecurrent####1{% +%% \let\@currentHlabel\Hy@LT@currentHlabel +% \let\@currentHref\Hy@LT@currentHref}}% +% \let\caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat\ContinuedFloat +% \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{% +% \gdef\caption@setContinuedFloat{% +% \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble}% +% \def\caption@setoptions####1{% +% \g@addto@macro\caption@setContinuedFloat{% +% \caption@setoptions{####1}}}% +% \let\@captype\LTcaptype +% \caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat}}% +% }{% +% \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{% +% \caption@Error{% +% \noexpand\ContinuedFloat inside longtables\MessageBreak +% is only available with `hypcap=true'}}}% +% }% +% \global\let\caption@setContinuedFloat\@empty + \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{% + \caption@Error{\noexpand\ContinuedFloat outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\bicaption| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\bicaption\LT@bicaption +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@LT@array}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@capti@n} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{This re-definition added} +% The original implementation: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\LT@capti@n{% +% \@ifstar +% {\egroup\LT@c@ption\@gobble[]}% +% {\egroup\@xdblarg{\LT@c@ption\@firstofone}}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our implementation uses |\caption@xdblarg| instead of |\@xdblarg|: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\LT@capti@n{% + \@ifstar + {\egroup\LT@c@ption\@gobble[]}% + {\egroup\caption@xdblarg{\LT@c@ption\@firstofone}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{% +% Bugfix 04-08-04: \cs{abovecaptionskip} \& \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be used now} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{% +% Bugfix: \cs{captionsetup[longtable]} overrides \cs{LTcapwidth} now} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/07}{\cs{caption@LT@make} introduced} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{Support for \cs{bicaption} via \cs{caption@LT@setup} added} +% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{Work-around for problem with \package{floatrow} added} +% |\LT@makecaption|\marg{cmd}\marg{label}\marg{text}\par +% \smallskip +% The original definition: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{% +% \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{% +% % Based on article class "\@makecaption", "#1" is "\@gobble" in star +% % form, and "\@firstofone" otherwise. +% \sbox\@tempboxa{#1{#2: }#3}% +% \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize +% #1{#2: }#3% +% \else +% \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +% \fi +% \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}% +% \hss}}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our definition: +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{% + \caption@LT@make{% + \caption@LT@settype\LTcaptype +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\caption@LT@setup| is re-defined inside the \package{bicaption} package +% and contains the preparation of typesetting of the bilingual caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@LT@setup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +% The default |position=| setting for longtables is |top|. +% (This emulates the standard behavior of the \package{longtable} package +% which has no skip above the caption but a skip below it.) +% \fi +% +% |position=auto| is a bad idea for longtables, but we do our very best. +% This works quite well for captions inside the longtable contents, but +% not for captions inside the longtable (end)foot. +% \Note{This should be `top' if unclear!} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setautoposition{\ifcase\LT@rows t\else b\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We set |\ifcaption@star| according the 1st argument. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@startrue#1\caption@starfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@prepare@stepcounter\LTcaptype{LT}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{\cs{caption@normalsize} added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@begin\LTcaptype + \caption@normalsize +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The following skip has the purpose to correct the height of the +% |\parbox[t]|. Usually it's the height of the very first line, but +% because of our extra skips (|\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip|) +% it's always |0pt|.\par +% (A different idea would be typesetting the first skip outside the longtable +% column with |\noalign{\vskip|\ldots|}|, but this means we have to move +% |\caption@begin| to some other place because it does not work in tabular +% mode. And at the moment I have no idea on how to do this in an elegant +% way\ldots) +% \begin{macrocode} + \vskip-\ht\strutbox +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Work-around for problem with \package{floatrow}: +% The |\belowcaptionskip| disturbs the environment in which the caption is actually typeset (by creating extra, unwanted space), +% so we supress this skip if the \package{floatrow} package is loaded. +% (This fixes \issue{50}) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\FBifcaptop{}{% + \let\caption@belowskip\@empty}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The following code should look familiar. We do our skips and use +% |\caption@@make| to typeset the caption itself. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@make@above + \caption@@make{#2}{#3}\endgraf + \caption@make@below + \caption@end}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@listentry} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Bugfix: \cs{ignorespaces} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\LT@listentry[2]{% + \begingroup + \caption@LT@settype{#1}% + \caption@listentry\@firstoftwo[{#1}]{#2}% + \endgroup\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@settype} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Uses argument no. 1 instead of \cs{LTcaptype}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@LT@settype[1]{% + \caption@settype*{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If |\LTcapwidth| is not set to its default value |4in| we assume +% that it shall overwrite our own setting. +% (But |\captionsetup[longtable]{width=|\ldots|}| will overwrite |\LTcapwidth|.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\LTcapwidth=4in \else + \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{longtable}% +% \caption@setContinuedFloat +% \end{macrocode} +% Finally set options applied by |\captionsetup| inside the longtable. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{@longtable}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@setup} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{This macro added} +% Hook for stuff which prepares the typesetting of the \package{longtable} caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@LT@setup{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{The picinpar package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{Support of the \package{picinpar} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picinpar}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\figwindow} +% \begin{macro}{\tabwindow} +% The \package{picinpar} package comes with its own caption code +% (|\wincaption|, |\@wincaption|, |\@makewincaption|, \ldots) +% so we redefine |\figwindow| \& |\tabwindow| to use |\caption| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\figwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {% + \caption@window{figure}% + \caption@setoptions{figwindow}% + \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\tabwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {% + \caption@window{table}% + \caption@setoptions{tabwindow}% + \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@window} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added} +% Beside calling |\caption@settype| we redefine |\caption@boxrestore| +% (as in \package{floatflt} \& \package{picins} package support) +% and |\@makecaption| (as in \package{float} package support) here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@window[1]{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@@make + \caption@setautoposition b% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setfullparboxrestore}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@wincaption} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/25}{Missing \% added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{\cs{caption@ContinuedFloattrue} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/06}{\cs{caption@ContinuedFloattrue} replaced by \cs{caption@setflag1}} +% This one finally typesets the caption using |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@wincaption[1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% This will be done twice for every |figwindow| \& |tabwindow| caption -- +% on the first run |\picwd| is |0pt|, on the second run |\picwd| is |\hsize|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\picwd=\z@ + \let\caption@makecurrent\@gobbletwo + \let\caption@@start\relax + \caption@prepareslc + \else + \caption@setflag1% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% The argument |#1| could contain simply the caption text +% (e.g.~|A figure caption|), but it could also contain an optional argument, +% the \meta{lst\_entry} +% (e.g.~|[An| |entry| |to| |the| |LOF]||{A| |figure| |caption}|). +% Therefore we have to test if |#1| begins with~|[| or not; furthermore we +% support a starred variant -- as in |\caption*| -- so we test for~|*|, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\@car#1\@nil}% + \if\@tempa*% + \let\@tempa\@firstofone + \else\if\@tempa[%] + \let\@tempa\@firstofone + \else + \let\@tempa\@empty + \fi\fi + \expandafter\caption\@tempa{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The picins package} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/01/26}{Support of the \package{picins} package added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\piccaptiontype} +% |\piccaptiontype|\marg{type}\par +% We offer this macro for changing the \meta{type} of the caption, so the user +% doesn't have to redefine |\@captype|, as proposed in the \package{picins} +% documentation. +% \Note{We define this macro here so it can be used in the +% preamble of the document, even when \thispackage\ was loaded prior to the +% \package{picins} package.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\piccaptiontype[1]{\def\@piccaptype{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picins}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Initial set |\@piccaptype| and undefine |\@captype| which was set to +% |figure| by the \package{picins} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\@piccaptype{% + \caption@iftype{% + \let\@piccaptype\@captype + }{% + \def\@piccaptype{figure}% + }% + }{}% + \let\@captype\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\piccaption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\piccaption{\@ifnextchar [{\@piccaption}{\@piccaption[]}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our code uses |\caption@star| so |\piccaption*| works, +% and |\caption@dblarg| so |\piccaption{}| works correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\piccaption{\caption@star\relax{\caption@dblarg\@piccaption}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\make@piccaption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} will always be used now} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\make@piccaption{% +% [...] +% \setbox\@TEXT=\vbox{\hsize\hsiz@\caption[\sh@rtf@rm]{\capti@nt@xt}}% +% } +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% In our code we have to correct several things: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item |\@captype| must be defined, since we have removed the global +% definition. +% \item We use |\caption@setoptions{parpic}| so +% |\captionsetup[parpic]{|\ldots|}| is supported. +% \item |\linewidth| must be set correctly. +% Usually this is done by |\@parboxrestore| inside |\@caption|, +% but since we use |\@caption@boxrestore| we have to map this to +% |\@parboxrestore| instead. +% \item The two arguments of |\caption| (|\sh@rtf@rm| \& |\capti@nt@xt|) +% should be expanded on first level so |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| and +% |\caption[|\ldots|]{}| work correctly. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@make@piccaption\make@piccaption + \def\make@piccaption{% + \let\caption@ORI\caption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\caption[##1]##2{% + \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \ivparpic + \caption@settype\@piccaptype +% \ifnum\c@piccaptionpos>2\relax + \caption@clearmargin +% \else +% \captionwidth\z@ % do not use "width=" setting +% \fi + \caption@setfullparboxrestore + \caption@setoptions{parpic}% + \caption@setautoposition b% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@ORI + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter[% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter##1\expandafter}\expandafter]\expandafter{##2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% {\footnotesize\begin{quote} +% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A +% |\begingroup|\\ +% | \toks0\expandafter{##1}| |\toks2\expandafter{##2}|\\ +% | \edef\x{\endgroup|\\ +% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\the\toks0}]{\the\toks2}}|\\ +% | \x| +% \end{quote} +% \begin{quote} +% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A +% |\edef\x{%|\\ +% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\unexpanded\expandafter{##1}}]%|\\ +% | {\unexpanded\expandafter{##2}}}|\\ +% |\-| +% \end{quote}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@make@piccaption + \let\caption\caption@ORI}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% + +% \begin{macro}{\ivparpic} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% We need to set our \package{hyperref} anchor here. +% Not bullet-proof since we have to redefine |\noindent| here! +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@ivparpic\ivparpic + \def\ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[#5][#6]#7{% + \let\caption@ORI@noindent\noindent + \def\noindent{% + \caption@defrostHref + \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent + \noindent}% + \caption@ORI@ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[{#5}][{#6}]{#7}% + \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\piccaptiontype\@undefined +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The rotating package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{rotating}[1995/08/22 v2.10]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rotcaption} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{Rewritten, works with \package{hyperref} now} +% Make |\rotcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\rotcaption{\let\@makecaption\@makerotcaption\caption}% +% \let\@rotcaption\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rotcaptionof} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{New} +% Make |\rotcaptionof(*)| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\rotcaptionof{% + \caption@teststar\caption@of{\rotcaption*}\rotcaption}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makerotcaption} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/06}{Rewritten, should finally work proper now} +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox} now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/12/26}{Rewritten (again)} +% Original (bugfixed) code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{% +% \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1: #2}% +% \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa > .8\vsize +% \rotatebox{90}{% +% \begin{minipage}{.8\textheight}#1: #2\end{minipage}% +% }%\par % <== \par removed (AR) +% \else% +% \rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}% +% \fi +% \nobreak\hspace{12pt}% <== \nobreak added (AR) +% } +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our version emulates this behavior, but if |width=| is set, +% the rotated caption is always typeset as |\parbox|. +% (Note that |margin=| is not supported here.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{% + \rotatebox{90}{% + \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@ + \setcaptionwidth{.8\vsize}% + \l@addto@macro\caption@singleline{% + \caption@setup{parbox=none}}% + \fi + \let\caption@calcmargin\relax + \caption@@make{#1}{#2}}% + \nobreak\hspace{12pt}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The sidecap package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{sidecap}[2003/06/06 v1.6f]{% + \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SC@zfloat} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Local definition of \cs{captionsetup} added} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix 04-07-15: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} will be saved \& restored now} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@freeze} instead of \cs{caption@freeze*} now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@freeze} replaced by \cs{caption@freezetype}} +% This macro will be called at the start of the environment, here is a good +% opportunity to do some adaptations to |\caption| and |\captionsetup|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@SC@zfloat\SC@zfloat + \def\SC@zfloat#1#2#3[#4]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% First we use the original definition, but restore \cs{caption} and \cs{label} +% so \cs{caption@freeze} and \cs{caption@warmup} will work correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@SC@zfloat{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]% + \SC@RestoreCommands +% \end{macrocode} +% Since the sidecap package uses our |\caption| code outside the +% environment the regular |\captionsetup| will not work. +% So we need a special version here which saves the given argument list +% which will be executed later on. +% Furthermore we need to make |\caption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@freezetype{#2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The sidecap package uses |\ifx\label\SC@label| to test if it is just inside a +% |SC|\-|figure| or not. So we redefine |\SC@label| here so this test will still work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\SC@label\label}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\SC@RestoreCommands{% + \let\caption=\SC@orig@caption \let\label=\SC@orig@label}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\endSC@FLOAT} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/12}{\cs{@listdepth}\cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Call of \cs{caption@setoptions}\arg{SCfloat} added} +% This macro will be called at the end of the environment, here we need to +% setup our stuff before the \package{sidecap} package actually typesets +% its caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT\endSC@FLOAT + \def\endSC@FLOAT{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Before we can typeset the caption we need to set the margin to zero +% because any extra margin would only be disturbing here.\par +% (We don't need to take care about the caption position because +% the sidecap package set both |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip| +% to a skip of zero anyway.)\par +% Furthermore |\SC@justify| will override the caption justification, if set. +% The usage of |\SC@justify| differs from version to version of the +% \package{sidecap} package:\par +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% Version 1.4: & |\SC@justify| is not defined\\ +% Version 1.5: & |\SC@justify| is |\relax| when not set\\ +% Version 1.6: & |\SC@justify| is |\@empty| when not set\\ +% \end{tabular} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@setSC@justify{% + \caption@clearmargin + \ifx\SC@justify\@empty \else + \let\caption@hj\SC@justify + \let\SC@justify\@empty + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Make the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT| to use our caption +% stuff instead of its own. +% \Note{At this point the \package{sidecap} definition of \cs{caption} is valid, +% not the regular one!} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption\SC@orig@caption + \def\SC@orig@caption[##1]##2{% + \caption@setSC@justify +%%% \caption@setoptions{SC}% + \caption@setoptions{SC\@captype}% + \caption@defrost}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Finally we call the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setSC@justify % for compatibility mode + \caption@prepare@defrost + \caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The subfigure package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/06}{subfigure package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{subfigure}[2002/01/23 v2.1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\sf@ifpositiontop} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/15}{Bugfix 07-09-15: Check for \cs{@captype} added} +% If the \package{subfigure} package is loaded, we map |\sf@ifpositiontop| +% to |\iffiguretopcap| resp. |\iftabletopcap|, so the \package{subfigure} +% \version{2.1} options \opt{figbotcap} etc. will still work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\sf@ifpositiontop{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \expandafter\@gobbletwo + \else\ifx\@captype\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobbletwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\sf@if@position@top + \fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\sf@if@position@top{% + \@ifundefined{if\@captype topcap}% + {\@gobbletwo}% + {\@nameuse{if\@captype topcap}% + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The supertabular and xtab packages} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{supertabular}[2002/07/19 v4.1e]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Made \cs{topcaption*} and \cs{bottomcaption*} work} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: Star variant does not increment table counter anymore} +% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\tablecaption{% + \caption@star + {\refstepcounter{table}}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Made \cs{nameref} \& \cs{autoref} work} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption + \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{% + \caption@gettitle{#2}% + \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[{#1}]{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix: Missing \cs{par} added} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: \cs{@currentlabelname} will be set now} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% +% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{% +% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}} +% \begingroup +% \@parboxrestore +% \normalsize +% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi +% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par +% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi +% \endgroup} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{supertabular}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The |position=| setting will be overwritten by the +% \package{supertabular} package: If |\topcaption| was used, +% the position will be |top| automatically, |bottom| otherwise. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@fixposition{% + \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@boxrestore + \caption@normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \caption@end}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Support of the xtab package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{xtab}[2000/04/09 v2.3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption} +% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\tablecaption{% + \caption@star + {\refstepcounter{table}}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption + \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{% + \caption@gettitle{#2}% + \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[{#1}]{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% +% \@initisotab +% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{% +% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}% +% \begingroup +% \@parboxrestore +% \normalsize +% %% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi +% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par +% %% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi +% \endgroup +% \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht +% \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{xtabular}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@fixposition{% + \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@initisotab + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@boxrestore + \caption@normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \caption@end + \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht + \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The threeparttable package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{Support of the \package{threeparttable} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{threeparttable}[2003/06/13 v3.0]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\threeparttable} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Bugfix: \cs{@captype} will be used if already defined} +% Unfortunately |\@captype| is not set when |\TPT@common| will be used, +% so we have to redefine |\threeparttable| and |\measuredfigure| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@threeparttable\threeparttable + \renewcommand*\threeparttable{% + \caption@settype{\@ifundefined{@captype}{table}{\@captype}}% +%%% \caption@setposition a% ? + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setoptions{threeparttable}% + \caption@ORI@threeparttable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\measuredfigure} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Bugfix: \cs{@captype} will be used if already defined} +% Same here\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@measuredfigure\measuredfigure + \renewcommand*\measuredfigure{% + \caption@settype{\@ifundefined{@captype}{figure}{\@captype}}% +%%% \caption@setposition a% ? + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setoptions{measuredfigure}% + \caption@ORI@measuredfigure}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\TPT@caption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{\gdef\TPT@docapt +% {\par\global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]% +% {\strut\ignorespaces#3\ifhmode\unskip\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}}% +% \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel \abovecaptionskip\z@skip +% \else \TPT@docapt \fi \ignorespaces} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \gdef\TPT@docapt{% + \global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined + \caption@setautoposition\caption@TPT@position + \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}}% + \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty + \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel % Bug: does not work for measuredfigures + \gdef\caption@TPT@position{t}% + \g@addto@macro\TPT@docapt\caption@TPT@eatvskip + \else + \def\caption@TPT@position{b}% + \TPT@docapt + \fi + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + %\newcommand*\caption@TPT@eatvskip{\vskip-.2\baselineskip}% + \def\caption@TPT@eatvskip#1\vskip{#1\@tempdima=}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The wrapfig package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package added} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package rewritten} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}[2003/01/31 v3.6]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\wrapfloat} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Redefinition of this macro added} +% First of all we make the \package{wrapfig} package independent from the package +% load order regarding the \package{float} package. +% Since the usage of |\@float@set|\-|every| is missing in the code of the \package{wrapfig} +% package (it should be in the redefinition of |\float@re|\-|style|, right after +% |\@nameuse{fst@#1}|), we don't use it here, too, +% especially since |\wrap|\-|float| will usually not be used when used with re-styled floats. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\wrapfloat[1]{% + \def\@captype{#1}% + \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{% + \@nameuse{fst@#1}% +% \@float@setevery{#1}% + \def\WF@floatstyhook{\let\@currbox\WF@box + \global\setbox\WF@box\float@makebox{\wd\WF@box}}}% + \@ifnextchar[\WF@wr{\WF@wr[]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\WF@rapt} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Usage of \cs{WF@captionstyhook} added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, +% \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known +% \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}% +% \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else +% \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption +% \ignorespaces \fi} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our code has |\WF@captionstyhook| in addition: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, + \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known + \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}% + \expandafter\WF@captionstyhook\expandafter{\@captype}% <= new + \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else + \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption + \ignorespaces \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\WF@captionstyhook} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2e}{2011/11/10}{Bugfix 11-11-09: float package support fixed} +% We place our \package{hyperref} anchor here, apply the `wrap' options etc. +% Since the usage of |\@float@set|\-|every| is missing in the \package{wrapfig} +% package we will catch it up here for making the necessary adaptions to the +% \package{float} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\WF@captionstyhook#1{% + \let\@captype\@undefined + \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{\@float@setevery{#1}}% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin +%%% \caption@setoptions{wrap}% + \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \begin{thebibliography}{99} +% \bibitem{beamer} +% Till Tantau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/beamer}% +% {\emph{The beamer class, User Guide for version 3.25}},\\ +% December 26, 2012 +% +% \bibitem{KOMAScript} +% Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}% +% {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\ +% 2012-07-22 +% +% \bibitem{NTG} +% Victor Eijkhout:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}% +% {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\ +% 3 September 1989 +% +% \bibitem{float} +% Anselm Lingnau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}% +% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\ +% 2001/11/08 +% +% \bibitem{floatflt} +% Mats Dahlgren:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatflt}% +% {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\ +% 1998/06/05 +% +% \bibitem{floatrow} +% Olga Lapko:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}% +% {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\ +% 2009/08/02 +% +% \bibitem{fltpage} +% Sebastian Gross:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}% +% {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\ +% 1998/11/13 +% +% \bibitem{hyperref} +% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}% +% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX: a manual for hyperref}},\\ +% November 2012 +% +% \bibitem{hypcap} +% Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/oberdiek}% +% {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\ +% 2011/02/16 +% +% \bibitem{listings} +% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}% +% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\ +% 2007/02/22 +% +% \bibitem{longtable} +% David Carlisle:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}% +% {\emph{The longtable package}},\\ +% 2004/02/01 +% +% \bibitem{picinpar} +% Friedhelm Sowa:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picinpar}% +% {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\ +% July 13, 1993 +% +% \bibitem{picins} +% Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picins}% +% {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\ +% September~1992 +% +% \bibitem{rotating} +% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}% +% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\ +% 1997/09/26 +% +% \bibitem{sidecap} +% Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}% +% {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\ +% 2003/06/06 +% +% \bibitem{subfigure} +% Steven D. Cochran:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}% +% {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\ +% 2005/03/15 +% +% \bibitem{subfig} +% Steven D. Cochran:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}% +% {\emph{The subfig package}},\\ +% 2005/07/05 +% +% \bibitem{supertabular} +% Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/supertabular}% +% {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\ +% 2004/02/20 +% +% \bibitem{threeparttable} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}% +% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ +% March 5, 2010 +% +% \bibitem{wrapfig} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}% +% {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\ +% Jan 31, 2003 +% +% \bibitem{xtab} +% Peter Wilson:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xtab}% +% {\emph{The xtab package}},\\ +% 2011/07/31 +% \end{thebibliography} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.3/caption3.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.3/caption3.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bdffdcc66a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.3/caption3.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,4176 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption3.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, +% caption3.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, and newfloat.dtx, +% the derived files caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, and newfloat.sty, +% and the user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{3961} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption3.drv}[2015/09/15 v1.8 Implementation of the caption kernel] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +%\let\ORIsubsection\subsection +%\def\subsection{\clearpage\ORIsubsection} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\usepackage[debug]{caption3}[2018/05/01] +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring + {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% + {AMS}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring + {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + {KOMA-Script}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption3.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} kernel} +% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} kernel} +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption3.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \GetFileInfo{caption3.sty} +% +% \title{The Implementation of +% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A +% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A +% {the caption kernel}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel +% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|). +% +% The kernel provides all the user commands and internal macros which are +% necessary for typesetting captions and setting parameters regarding these. +% While the standard \LaTeX\ document classes provide an internal command +% called |\@makecaption| and no options to control its behavior (except the +% vertical skips above and below the caption itself), we provide similar +% commands called |\caption@make| and |\caption@@make|, but with a lot of +% options which can be selected with |\captionsetup|. +% Loading the kernel part do not change the output of a \LaTeX\ document +% -- it just provides functionality which can be used by \LaTeXe\ packages +% which typesets captions, for example the \package{caption} and +% \package{subfig} packages. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages: +% \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \let\subsubsection\subsection +% \let\subsection\section +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \subsection{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2019/09/01 v1.8d caption3 kernel (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Workaround for bug in package \package{arabtex}} +% \package{arabtex} re-defines \cs{@gobble} as not-long so the packages of the +% \package{caption} package bundle are doomed to fail. +% Since this fatal bug won't be fixed in \package{arabtex} but we are dependent on a +% proper definition of \cs{@gobble}, \cs{@firstofone}, \cs{@firstoftwo}, \cs{@secondoftwo} +% and so on we fix this here. (Sigh!) +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\caption@FixArabTeX{% + \def\caption@tempa##1{}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@gobble + \PackageInfo{caption3}{Fixing ArabTeX}% + \long\def\@gobble##1{}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% Do the fix now and at |\begin{document}|, in case \package{arabtex} will be loaded after \package{caption}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@FixArabTeX +\AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@FixArabTeX + \let\caption@FixArabTeX\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Generic helpers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@nameundef} +% This is the opposite to |\@namedef| which is offered by the \LaTeX\ kernel. +% We use it to remove the definition of some commands and keyval options after +% |\begin{document}| (to save \TeX\ memory) and to remove caption options defined +% with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@nameundef[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\l@addto@macro} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/26}{Revised} +% The \LaTeXe\ kernel offers the internal helper macro |\g@addto@macro| which +% globally adds tokens to existing macros, like in |\AtBeginDocument|. +% This is the same but it works local, not global. +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname currentgrouplevel\endcsname\relax + \PackageInfo{caption3}{TeX engine: TeX} + \let\caption@ifeTeX\@secondoftwo + \providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{% + \begingroup + \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}% + \xdef\caption@addto@temp{\the\toks@}% + \endgroup + \let#1\caption@addto@temp} +\else + \PackageInfo{caption3}{TeX engine: e-TeX} + \let\caption@ifeTeX\@firstoftwo + \providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{% + \edef#1{\unexpanded\expandafter{#1#2}}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\bothIfFirst} +% \begin{macro}{\bothIfSecond} +% |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument is not empty, |\bothIfSecond| +% tests if the second argument is not empty. If yes both arguments get +% typeset, otherwise none of them. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bothIfFirst#1#2{% + \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else + #1#2% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bothIfSecond#1#2{% + \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else + #1#2% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifundefined} +% \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.3b}{2011/08/18}{Made expandable} +% Similar to \cs{@ifundefined} offered by the \LaTeX kernel, but does +% not define the undefined macro as \cs{relax}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifundefined[1]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifinlist} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Rewritten} +% This helper macro checks if the first argument is in the comma separated +% list which is offered as second argument. So for example +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@ifinlist{frank}{axel,frank,olga,steven}{yes}{no}| +% \end{quote} +% would expand to |yes|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifinlist{% + \@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@ifinlist[2]{% + \begingroup + \def\@tempa##1,#1,##2\@nil{% + \endgroup + \ifx\relax##2\relax + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi}% + \@tempa,#2,#1,\@nil}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifin@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifin@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\marg{yes}\marg{no} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifin@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1% + {\@secondoftwo}% + {\@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist{#2}{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@addto@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@g@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@g@addto@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{\gdef#1{#2}}{\g@addto@macro#1{,#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@addto@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@l@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@addto@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{\def#1{#2}}{\l@addto@macro#1{,#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@removefrom@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@g@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@g@removefrom@list[2]{% + \caption@l@removefrom@list#1{#2}% + \global\let#1#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@removefrom@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@l@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\par +% \Note[Caveat]{\meta{cmd} will be expanded during this process since +% \cs{@removeelement} is using \cs{edef} to build the new list!} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@removefrom@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{\@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{#2}#1#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@for@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@for@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@for@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{% + \def\caption@tempb##1{#2}% + \@for\caption@tempa:=#1\do{% + \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifempty@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{true}\marg{false} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifempty@list[1]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\@empty + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi\fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setbool} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@set@bool} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/05}{\cs{caption@set@bool}\marg{cmd}\marg{value} added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbool} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefbool} +% For setting and testing boolean options we offer these three helper macros: +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@setbool|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% | |(with |value = false/true/no/yes/off/on/0/1|)\\ +% |\caption@ifbool|\marg{name}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\\ +% |\caption@undefbool|\marg{name} +% \end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setbool[1]{% + \expandafter\caption@set@bool\csname caption@if#1\endcsname} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@bool[2]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#2}{1,true,yes,on}{% + \let#1\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{% + \let#1\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined boolean value `#2'}% + }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifbool[1]{\@nameuse{caption@if#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@undefbool[1]{\@nameundef{caption@if#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@teststar} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@teststar@} added} +% |\caption@teststar|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg}\\ +% |\caption@teststar@|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@teststar[3]{\@ifstar{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@teststar@[3]{% + \@ifstar{#1{#2}}{\caption@ifatletter{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}}} +\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@teststar@\caption@teststar} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifatletter{% + \ifnum\the\catcode`\@=11 + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@ifatletter\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@withoptargs} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{This macro revised} +% |\caption@withoptargs|\marg{cmd} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@withoptargs[1]{% + \@ifstar + {\def\caption@tempa{*}\caption@@withoptargs{#1}}% + {\def\caption@tempa{}\caption@@withoptargs{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@withoptargs#1{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\caption@@@withoptargs{#1}}% + {\caption@@@@withoptargs{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@withoptargs#1[#2]{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{[{#2}]}% + \caption@@withoptargs{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@@withoptargs#1{% + \def\caption@tempb{#1}% + \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@gobble} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/19}{This macro added} +% |\caption@gobble*|\oarg{arg}\oarg{\ldots}\marg{arg}\par +% Same as |\@gobble|, but gobbles optional arguments as well. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@gobble{% + \caption@withoptargs\@gobbletwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@CheckCommand} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/10}{This macro added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfCheckCommand} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{next} is no longer used} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/08/25}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@tempa} instead of \cs{@tempa}} +% |\caption@CheckCommand|\marg{macro}\marg{definition of macro}\par +% checks if a command already exists, with the same definition. +% It can be used more-than-once to check if one of multiple definitions will +% finally match. +% (It redefines itself later on to |\@gobbletwo| if the two commands match +% fine, making further checks harmless.)\par +% |\caption@IfCheckCommand|\marg{true}\marg{false}\par +% will execute the \meta{true} code if one match was finally given, +% the \meta{false} code otherwise. +% (It simply checks if |\caption@CheckCommand| is |\@gobbletwo| and +% restores the starting definition of |\caption@CheckCommand|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@DoCheckCommand[2]{% + \begingroup + \let\caption@tempa#1% + #2% + \ifx\caption@tempa#1% + \endgroup + \let\caption@CheckCommand\@gobbletwo + \else + \endgroup + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DoCheckCommand +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@CheckCommand\caption@DoCheckCommand +\@onlypreamble\caption@CheckCommand +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@IfCheckCommand{% + \ifx\caption@CheckCommand\@gobbletwo + \let\caption@CheckCommand\caption@DoCheckCommand + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfCheckCommand +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@AtBeginDocument} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/13}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the combine document class} +% |\caption@AtBeginDocument*|\marg{code}\\ +% Same as |\AtBeginDocument| but the execution of code +% will be surrounded by two |\PackageInfo|s. +% The starred variant causes the code to be executed after all code +% specified using the non-starred variant. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@begindocumenthook\@empty +\let\caption@@begindocumenthook\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@teststar\g@addto@macro + \caption@@begindocumenthook\caption@begindocumenthook} +%\@onlypreamble\caption@AtBeginDocument +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{Begin \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifstar{\g@addto@macro\caption@@begindocumenthook}\@firstofone}% + \caption@begindocumenthook + \let\caption@begindocumenthook\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifstar\@firstofone\@firstofone}% + \caption@@begindocumenthook + \let\caption@@begindocumenthook\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@InfoNoLine{End \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Information, Warnings, and Errors} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Info} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/25}{Moved from package to kernel} +% |\caption@Info|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Info[1]{% + \PackageInfo{caption}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@InfoNoLine} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/25}{Moved from package to kernel} +% |\caption@InfoNoLine|\marg{message}\\ +% \Note{The \cs{@gobble} at the end of the 2nd argument of +% \cs{PackageInfo} suppresses the line number info. +% See TLC2\cite{TLC2}, A.4.7, p885 for details.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@InfoNoLine[1]{% + \caption@Info{#1\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Warning} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings} +% |\caption@Warning|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Warning[1]{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{#1\on@line}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@WarningNoLine} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings} +% |\caption@WarningNoLine|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@WarningNoLine[1]{% + \PackageWarning{caption}{#1.^^J\caption@wh\@gobbletwo}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@wh{% + See the caption package documentation for explanation.} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Error} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/20}{This macro added, will now be used for errors} +% \changes{v1.0o}{2007/04/11}{Renamed from \cs{caption@error} to \cs{caption@Error}} +% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed} +% |\caption@Error|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Error[1]{% + \PackageError{caption}{#1}\caption@eh} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@eh{% + If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak + at the documentation of the `caption' package, especially the\MessageBreak + section about errors.\MessageBreak\@ehc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@KV@err} +% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@KV@err\caption@Error +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Using the keyval package} +% +% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\undefine@key} +% |\undefine@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par +% This helper macro is the opposite of |\define@key|, it removes a keyval +% definition. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\undefine@key[2]{% + \@nameundef{KV@#1@#2}\@nameundef{KV@#1@#2@default}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@onlypreamble@key} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/11/01}{\cs{KV@err} will be used now instead of \cs{@notprerr}} +% |\onlypreamble@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par +% Analogous to |\@onlypreamble| from \LaTeXe. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@preamble@keys{} +\providecommand*\@onlypreamble@key[2]{\@cons\@preamble@keys{{#1}{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\@onlypreamble@key +\@onlypreamble\@preamble@keys +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@notprerr@key[1]{\KV@err{Can be used only in preamble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \def\@elt#1#2{\expandafter\let\csname KV@#1@#2\endcsname\@notprerr@key}% + \@preamble@keys + \let\@elt\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOption} +% |\DeclareCaptionOption|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionOption*|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\par +% We declare our options using these commands (instead of using +% |\DeclareOption| offered by \LaTeXe), so the keyval package is used. +% The starred form makes the option available during the lifetime of the +% current package only, so they can be used with |\usepackage|, but +% \emph{not} with |\captionsetup| later on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOption{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declareoption[2]{% + #1{\undefine@key{caption}{#2}}\caption@declare@option{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declare@option{% + \define@key{caption}} +%% no \@onlypreamble\caption@declare@option, will be used by \captionsetup +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue|\marg{option}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*|\marg{option}\marg{code}\par +% Same as \cs{DeclareCaptionOption} but issues an error if a value is given. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption@novalue\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@declareoption@novalue[3]{% + \caption@declareoption{#1}{#2}[\KV@err]{% + \caption@option@novalue{#2}{##1}{#3}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption@novalue +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@option@novalue[2]{% + \ifx\KV@err#2% + \expandafter\@firstofone + \else + \KV@err{No value allowed for #1}% + \expandafter\@gobble + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionsetup@star} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{This macro added} +% If the starred form of |\captionsetup| is used, this will be set to |true|. +% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@setkeys|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaptionsetup@star +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionsetup} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Bugfix: Missing \% added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{Starred-variant added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{\cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} will be set now} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{Support of multiple optional arguments added} +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}\ldots\marg{keyval-list of options}\\ +% |\captionsetup*|\oarg{type}\ldots\marg{keyval-list of options}\par +% If the optional argument `type' is specified, we simply save or append +% the option list, otherwise we `execute' it with |\setkeys|. +% (The non-starred variant issues a warning if \meta{keyval-list of options} +% is not used later on.) +% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionsetup{% + \caption@teststar@\@captionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@captionsetup[1]{% + \captionsetup@startrue#1\captionsetup@starfalse + \@ifnextchar[\caption@setup@options\caption@setup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setup{\caption@setkeys{caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@setup@options[#1]{% + \@ifnextchar[% + {\caption@stepthecounter + \caption@withoptargs{\@expandtwoargs + \caption@setup@options@i{#1}{@\caption@thecounter}}}% + {\caption@setup@options@{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setup@options@i[4]{% + \caption@setup@options@{#1}{#2}% + \caption@declare@option{#2}[]{\captionsetup#3{#4}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setup@options@[2]{% + \@bsphack + \ifcaptionsetup@star\captionsetup@starfalse\else\caption@addtooptlist{#1}\fi + \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname{#2}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\clearcaptionsetup} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/17}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\\ +% |\clearcaptionsetup*|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\par +% This removes the saved option list associated with \meta{type}. +% If \meta{option} is given, only this option will be removed from the list. +% (The starred variant does not issue warnings.) +% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\clearcaptionsetup{% + \caption@teststar@\@clearcaptionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@clearcaptionsetup[1]{% + \let\caption@tempa#1% + \@testopt\@@clearcaptionsetup{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@@clearcaptionsetup[#1]#2{% + \@bsphack + \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + {\caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{Option list `#2' undefined}}}% + {\ifx,#1,% + \caption@clearsetup{#2}% + \else + \caption@@removefromsetup{#1}{#2}% + \fi}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearsetup[1]{% + \caption@removefromoptlist{#1}% + \@nameundef{caption@opt@#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@removefromsetup{% + \let\caption@tempa\@gobble + \caption@@removefromsetup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@removefromsetup[2]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname\@undefined + \def\@tempb##1=##2\@nil{##1}% + \edef\@tempc{#1}% + \@for\@tempa:=\@tempa\do{% + \edef\@tempd{\expandafter\@tempb\@tempa=\@nil}% + \ifx\@tempd\@tempc + \let\caption@tempa\@gobble + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@l@addto@list + \expandafter\csname caption@opt@#2\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter{\@tempa}% + \fi}% + \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + {\caption@removefromoptlist{#2}}{}% + \caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{% + Option `#1' was not in list `#2'}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\showcaptionsetup} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/03}{Optimized for memory usage} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Bugfix: Does not expand option list anymore} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% |\showcaptionsetup|\oarg{package}\marg{type}\par +% This comes for debugging issues: It shows the saved option list which +% is associated with \meta{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\showcaptionsetup[2][\@firstofone]{% + \@bsphack + \GenericWarning{}{% + #1 Caption Info: Option list on `#2'\MessageBreak + #1 Caption Data: \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#2}{% + -none-% + }{% + {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\strip@prefix + \expandafter\meaning\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname}% + }}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/02}{Option \opt{options=} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/05}{Option \opt{options*=} added} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Option \opt{options*=} removed} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{options}{\caption@setoptions{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptions} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/01/26}{Revised} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument removed} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/11}{Usage of \cs{clearcaptionsetup} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/09}{Renamed from \cs{caption@settype} to \cs{caption@setoptions}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/05}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Starred variant removed} +% |\caption@setoptions|\marg{type or environment or\ldots}\par +% Caption options which have been saved with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type} can +% be executed by using this command. +% It simply executes the saved option list (and clears it afterwards), +% if there is any. +% \iffalse +% (The starred variant do not clear the option list.) +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setoptions[1]{% + \caption@Debug{options=#1}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@opt\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname + \ifx\caption@opt\relax \else + \caption@xsetup\caption@opt + \caption@clearsetup{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@xsetup[1]{\expandafter\caption@setup\expandafter{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtooptlist} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@removefromoptlist} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2c}{2008/08/24}{Fatal typo corrected} +% |\caption@addtooptlist|\marg{type}\\ +% |\caption@removefromoptlist|\marg{type}\par +% Adds or removes an \meta{type} to the list of unused caption options. +% Note that the catcodes of \meta{type} are sanitized here so removing +% \meta{type} from the list do not fail when the \package{float} package +% is used (since |\float@getstyle| gives a result which tokens have catcode +% 12 $=$ ``other''). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addtooptlist[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#1@lineno}{% + \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@addto@list{#1}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname{\the\inputlineno}% + }{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@removefromoptlist[1]{% + \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@removefrom@list{#1}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@dooptlist[2]{% + \begingroup + \edef\@tempa{#2}\@onelevel@sanitize\@tempa + \expandafter#1\expandafter\caption@optlist\expandafter{\@tempa}% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtEndDocument{% + \caption@for@list\caption@optlist{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Unused \string\captionsetup[#1] + on input line \csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setkeys} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/20}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@keydepth} added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/08}{\cs{caption@keydepth} is now a command instead of a counter} +% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed, we use \cs{caption@KV@err} instead} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{\cs{captionsetup@starfalse} added} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/09/30}{Bugfix 09-09-29: Missing error handler will be defined automatically} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/24}{Redefinition of \cs{XKV@err} added} +% |\caption@setkeys|\oarg{package}\marg{family}\marg{key-values}\par +% This one simply calls |\setkeys|\marg{family}\marg{key-values} +% but lets the error messages not refer to the \package{keyval} package, +% but to the \meta{package} package instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setkeys{\@dblarg\caption@@setkeys} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@setkeys[#1]#2#3{% + \@bsphack +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@err + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@errx + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@XKV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname\XKV@err + \edef\caption@keydepth{\caption@keydepth i}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname #1@KV@err\endcsname + \ifx\KV@err\relax + \def\KV@err##1{\PackageError{#1}{##1}{% + See the #1 package documentation for explanation.}}% + \fi + \def\KV@errx{\KV@err}% + \def\XKV@err{\let\@tempa\XKV@tkey\KV@err}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@Debug{\protect\setkeys{#2}{#3}}% + \setkeys{#2}{#3}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\caption@keydepth{\expandafter\@gobble\caption@keydepth}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@errx\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\XKV@err\csname ORI@XKV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\caption@keydepth\@empty \captionsetup@starfalse \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@keydepth\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ExecuteOptions} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Depends on package now} +% |\caption@ExecuteOptions|\marg{package}\marg{key-values}\par +% We execute our options using the keyval interface, so we use this one +% instead of |\ExecuteOptions| offered by \LaTeXe. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ExecuteOptions[2]{% + \expandafter\@expandtwoargs\csname caption@setkeys@#1\endcsname{#1}{#2}}% +\@onlypreamble\caption@ExecuteOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ProcessOptions} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix, see +% \purett{news:400D360C.9678329F@gmx.net} for details} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Improvement, uses \cs{caption@setkeys} +% instead of \cs{setkeys}} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{Bugfix, now processes only those global +% options which have a default value} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{\cs{ProcessOptionsWithKV} renamed to +% \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} and moved from the package to the kernel} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/17}{Star variant added} +% |\caption@ProcessOptions*|\marg{package}\par +% We process our options using the keyval package, so we use this one +% instead of |\ProcessOptions| offered by \LaTeXe. +% The starred variant do not process the global options. +% (This code was taken from the \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} +% \version{6.74} and improved.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ProcessOptions{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@ProcessOptions\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ProcessOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@ProcessOptions[2]{% + \let\@tempc\relax + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + #1{% \@firstofone -or- \@gobble + \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{% + \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption}{}{% + \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption @default}{% + \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' ignored}% + }{% + \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' processed}% + \edef\caption@tempa{\caption@tempa\CurrentOption,}% + \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement\CurrentOption + \@unusedoptionlist\@unusedoptionlist + }% + }% + }% + \let\CurrentOption\@empty + }% + \caption@ExecuteOptions{#2}{\caption@tempa\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}% + \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@ProcessOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@SetupOptions} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{This macro added} +% |\caption@SetupOptions|\marg{package}\marg{code}\par +% After calling this macro |\caption@ExecuteOptions| and +% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}\marg{package} +% will both be mapped to \meta{code} with \meta{package} and \meta{options} +% as arguments |#1| and |#2|. (This helps avoiding ``Option clash'' errors.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@packagelist{} +\@onlypreamble\caption@packagelist +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@SetupOptions[2]{% + \@namedef{caption@setkeys@#1}##1##2{#2}% + \expandafter\@onlypreamble\csname caption@setkeys@#1\endcsname + \@cons\caption@packagelist{{#1}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@SetupOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@onefilewithoptions\@onefilewithoptions +\def\@onefilewithoptions#1[#2]{% + \begingroup + \def\@tempa{% + \endgroup + \caption@onefilewithoptions{#1}[{#2}]}% + \def\@tempb{#1}% + \def\@elt##1{% + \def\@tempc{##1}% + \ifx\@tempb\@tempc + \def\@tempa{% + \endgroup + \caption@ExecuteOptions{#1}{#2}% + \caption@onefilewithoptions{#1}[]}% + \fi} + \caption@packagelist + \@tempa} +\@onlypreamble\caption@onefilewithoptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Margin resp. width} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/01}{\cs{captionmarginx} renamed to \cs{captionmargin@}} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Option `twoside' added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Options `margin*', `minmargin', and `maxmargin' added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/10}{Option `oneside' added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionmargin} +% \begin{macro}{\captionwidth} +% |\captionmargin| and |\captionwidth| contain the extra margin +% resp. the total width used for captions. Please never set these values in +% a direct way, they are just accessible in user documents to provide +% compatibility to \version{1.x}.\par +% Note that we can only set one value at a time, `margin' \emph{or} `width'. +% If |\captionwidth| is not zero we will take this value afterwards, +% otherwise |\captionmargin| and |\captionmargin@|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\captionmargin +\newdimen\captionmargin@ +\newdimen\captionwidth +\newdimen\caption@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{margin}{\setcaptionmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{margin*}{\setcaptionmargin*{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{width}{\setcaptionwidth{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{width*}{\setcaptionwidth*{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcmargin}{\caption@setcalcmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcmargin*}{\caption@setcalcmargin*{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcwidth}{\caption@setcalcwidth{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcwidth*}{\caption@setcalcwidth*{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{twoside}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{oneside}{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside0} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{minmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@minmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{maxmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@maxmargin{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionmargin} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setmargin} to \cs{setcaptionmargin}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{\cs{setcaptionmargin} enhanced so it can take +% left+right margin} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{\cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin} \& +% \cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin@} swapped so +% `\texttt{margin*=}\cs{captionmargin}' works in singleline options} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcmargin} added} +% |\setcaptionmargin|\marg{amount}\\ +% |\setcaptionmargin*|\marg{amount}\par +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptionmargin{% + \caption@resetcalcmargin + \caption@setmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setmargin{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setmargin\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setmargin[2]{% + #1{\captionwidth\z@}% + \caption@@@setmargin#2,#2,\@nil} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@setmargin#1,#2,#3\@nil{% + \setlength\captionmargin@{#2}% + \setlength\captionmargin{#1}% + \addtolength\captionmargin@{-\captionmargin}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionwidth} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setwidth} to \cs{setcaptionwidth}} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcwidth} added} +% |\setcaptionwidth|\marg{amount}\\ +% |\setcaptionwidth*|\marg{amount}\par +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptionwidth{% + \caption@resetcalcmargin + \caption@setwidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setwidth{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setwidth\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setwidth[2]{% + #1{\captionmargin\z@\captionmargin@\z@}% + \setlength\captionwidth{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetcalcmargin} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetcalcmargin{% + \let\caption@calcmargin@hook\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setcalcmargin} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setcalcmargin{% + \caption@teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@setmargin}% + \@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setcalcmargin[3]{% + #2{\caption@resetcalcmargin + \l@addto@macro\caption@calcmargin@hook{#1{#3}}}% + {\l@addto@macro\caption@calcmargin@hook{#1*{#3}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setcalcwidth} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setcalcwidth{% + \caption@teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@setwidth}% + \@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@counter} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This counter added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{Renamed to \cs{caption@thecounter}; \cs{caption@stepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{\cs{caption@stepcounter} renamed to \cs{caption@stepthecounter}} +% Internal counter. At the moment it will be used inside +% |\caption@ifoddpage| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@thecounter{0} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@stepthecounter{% + \@tempcnta\caption@thecounter + \advance\@tempcnta\@ne + \xdef\caption@thecounter{\the\@tempcnta}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@newlabel} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% This command is a modified version of |\newlabel| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be written to the \texttt{.aux} file to +% pass label information from one run to another. +% (We use it inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\caption@ragged|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@newlabel{\@newl@bel{caption@r}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@thepage} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% This command is a modified version of |\thepage| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@thepage{\the\c@page} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@label} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@newlabel} in AUX file added} +% This command is a modified version of |\label| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@label[1]{% + \caption@@label + \protected@write\@auxout{\let\caption@thepage\relax}% + {\string\caption@newlabel{#1}{\caption@thepage}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@label{% + \global\let\caption@@label\relax + \protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@newlabel[2]{}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@pageref} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Uses \cs{@latex@warning} instead of \cs{caption@Warning} now} +% This command is a modified version of |\pageref| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@pageref[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname\relax + \G@refundefinedtrue % => 'There are undefined references.' + \@latex@warning{Reference `#1' on page \thepage \space undefined}% + \else + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@thepage\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifoddpage} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{Incrementation of counter moved to \cs{caption@@make}} +% At the moment this macro uses an own label\ldots ref mechanism, +% but an alternative implementation method would be using the +% \package{refcount} package\cite{refcount} and |\ifodd\getpagerefnumber{|\ldots|}|. +% \Note{This macro re-defines itself so the \texttt{.aux} file will +% only be used once per group.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifoddpage{% + \caption@iftwoside{% + \caption@label\caption@thecounter + \caption@pageref\caption@thecounter + \ifodd\caption@thepage + \let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo + \else + \let\caption@ifoddpage\@secondoftwo + \fi + }{\let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifoddpage} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptcmd} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setoptcmd|\marg{cmd}\marg{off -or- value} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setoptcmd[2]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{\let#1\@undefined}{\def#1{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Indentions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@indent} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Renamed from \cs{captionindent} to \cs{caption@indent}} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@parindent} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hangindent} +% These are the indentions we support. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\caption@indent +\newdimen\caption@parindent +\newdimen\caption@hangindent +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Defaults added for options \opt{parindent=} +% and \opt{hangindent=}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Option \opt{parskip=}: \cs{AtBeginCaption} +% replaced by \cs{caption@@par}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Undocumented defaults for \opt{parindent=}, +% \opt{hangindent=}, and \opt{parskip=} removed} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{indent}[\leftmargini]{% obsolete! + \setlength\caption@indent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{indention}[\leftmargini]{% + \setlength\caption@indent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}{% + \setlength\caption@parindent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hangindent}{% + \setlength\caption@hangindent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@@par{\setlength\parskip{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Increased compatibility to KOMA-Script: +% A special version of options `parindent' and `parskip' added} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Bugfix 06-01-03: KOMA-Script variants of +% `parskip' and `parindent' options revised and moved into caption kernel} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and +% `parindent' are obsolete now, removed} +% \changes{v1.0m}{2007/03/30}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and +% `parindent' re-added, since they still collide with the current +% version of the subfig package (Sigh!)} +% +% There is an option clash between the \KOMAScript\ document classes +% and the \package{caption} kernel, both define the options |parindent| and +% |parskip| but with different meaning. +% Furthermore the ones defined by the \package{caption} kernel take a +% value as parameter but the \KOMAScript\ ones do not. +% So we need special versions of the options |parindent| and |parskip| here +% which determine if a value is given (and therefore should be treated as +% our option) or not (and therefore should be ignored by us).\footnote{%^^A +% This problem was completely solved due a change of \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} +% in \thispackage\ \version{1.0h}, but we still need this workaround since +% these options would otherwise still collide with the current version $1.3$ +% of the \package{subfig} package (Sigh!)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifkomaclass{% + \caption@ifundefined\scr@caption\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifkomaclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifkomaclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KV@parindent\KV@caption@parindent + \DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}[]{% + \ifx,#1,% + \caption@Debug{Option `parindent' ignored}% + \else + \caption@KV@parindent{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KV@parskip\KV@caption@parskip + \DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}[]{% + \ifx,#1,% + \caption@Debug{Option `parskip' ignored}% + \else + \caption@KV@parskip{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Styles} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionStyle} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{single-line-list-of-KV}\marg{list-of-KV} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionStyle[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@declarestyle{#1}}{}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionStyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@declarestyle#1[#2]#3{% + \global\@namedef{caption@sls@#1}{#2}% + \global\@namedef{caption@sty@#1}{#3}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarestyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/20}{Option \opt{style*=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{style}{\caption@setstyle{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{style*}{\caption@setstyle*{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setstyle} +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/06/01}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Recursive style definitions should work now} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed} +% |\caption@setstyle|\marg{name}\\ +% |\caption@setstyle*|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption style means saving the additional +% \meta{single-line-list-of-KV} (this will be done by |\caption@sls|), +% resetting the caption options to the base ones (this will be done using +% |\caption@resetstyle|) and executing the \meta{list-of-KV} options +% (this will be done using |\caption@setup|).\par +% The starred version will give no error message if the given style is not +% defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setstyle{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setstyle\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setstyle[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@sty@#2}% + {#1{\caption@Error{Undefined style `#2'}}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sty\csname caption@sty@#2\endcsname + \ifx\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined + \let\caption@setstyle@flag\relax + \caption@resetstyle + \caption@xsetup\caption@sty + \let\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined + \else + \caption@xsetup\caption@sty + \fi + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sls\csname caption@sls@#2\endcsname + \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\expandafter\caption@opt@singleline + \expandafter{\caption@sls}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetstyle} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/02/04}{% +% This macro renamed from \cs{caption@setdefault} to \cs{caption@resetstyle}} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Usage of \opt{size=} added} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \opt{rule} added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\opt{box=parbox} added} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{\opt{box=none} added, \opt{box=parbox} changed to \opt{parbox=parbox}} +% This resets (nearly) all caption options to the base ones. +% \emph{Note that this does not touch the skips and the positioning!} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetstyle{% + \caption@setup{% + box=none,boxcolor=white,parbox=parbox,% + format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,textformat=simple,% + justification=justified,font=,size=,labelfont=,textfont=,% + margin=0pt,minmargin=0,maxmargin=0,% + indent=0pt,parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,% + slc,rule,strut}% + \caption@clearsetup{singleline}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\opt{indent=0pt} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/02/04}{Caption style `default' renamed to `base', and a new `default' added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/31}{\opt{format=plain} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{\opt{format=plain} removed from caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\opt{box=default} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% Currently there are two pre-defined styles, called `base' \& `default'. +% The first one is a perfect match to the behavior of |\@makecaption| offered +% by the standard \LaTeX\ document classes (and was called `default' in +% \thispackage\ \version{1.0}), the second one matches the document +% class actually used. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{default}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{% + box=default,format=default,labelsep=default,textformat=default,% + justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,textfont=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{slc=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{singlelinecheck}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifslc{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{slc}[1]{\KV@caption@singlelinecheck{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Boxes} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionBox} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionBox|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionBox[2]{% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@box@#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionBox +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{Option \opt{box=} added} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{Option \opt{parbox=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{box}{\caption@setbox{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parbox}{\caption@set@box\caption@parbox{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setbox} +% |\caption@setbox|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption box simply means saving the code (in |\caption@box|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setbox{% + \caption@set@box\caption@box} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@box[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@box@#2}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined box `#2'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter#1\csname caption@box@#2\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% There are four pre-defined boxes, called `empty', `none', +% `parbox', and `colorbox'. +% \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{We define \cs{captionbox} instead of +% \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v1.0l}{2006/03/09}{Bugfix 07-03-09: \cs{captionbox} changed from +% \cs{parbox-t} to \cs{parbox-b}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/11}{\cs{captionbox} renamed to \cs{caption@parbox}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\cs{caption@parbox} adapted to \cs{DeclareCaptionBox}} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/02}{Option \opt{boxsep=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionBox{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionBox{none}{#2} +\DeclareCaptionBox{parbox}{\parbox[b]{#1}{#2}} +%\DeclareCaptionBox{colorbox}{% +% \colorbox{\caption@boxcolor}{\caption@box@parbox{\dimexpr #1-2\fboxsep}{#2}}} +\DeclareCaptionBox{colorbox}{\colorbox{\caption@boxcolor}{% + \setlength\caption@tempdima{#1}% + \addtolength\caption@tempdima{-2\fboxsep}% + \linewidth=\caption@tempdima\hsize=\caption@tempdima + #2}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{boxcolor}{\def\caption@boxcolor{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{boxsep}{\setlength\fboxsep{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `none`. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@box@default{\caption@box@none} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFormat} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/15}{Optional argument added} +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat*|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\par +% The starred form causes the code being typeset in vertical (instead of +% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFormat{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareformat\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declareformat[2]{% + \@dblarg{\caption@@declareformat#1{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareformat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@declareformat#1#2[#3]#4{% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@ifh@#2\endcsname#1% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@slfmt@#2}##1##2##3{#3}% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@fmt@#2}##1##2##3{#4}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declareformat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{format}{\caption@setformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setformat} +% |\caption@setformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@fmt|) +% and if the code should be used in horizontal or vertical mode (|\caption@ifh|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@fmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ifh\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@slfmt\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fmt\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat[1]{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@fmt@default\expandafter + {\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@slfmt@default\expandafter + {\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@ifh@default\expandafter + {\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{% +% Caption format \opt{default} renamed to \opt{normal}} +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/05/12}{% +% Caption format \opt{normal} renamed to \opt{@normal}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{% +% Caption format \opt{@normal} renamed to \opt{plain} and documented} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{% +% Single-line variant of caption format \opt{hang} added} +% There are two pre-defined formats, called `plain' and `hang'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{hang}[#1#2#3\par]{% + \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname + {\caption@Error{% + The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak + with `format=hang'}}% + {\@hangfrom{#1#2}% + \advance\caption@parindent\hangindent + \advance\caption@hangindent\hangindent + \caption@@par#3\par}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Caption format \opt{default} linked to \opt{plain}} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/04/28}{Bugfix 05-04-28: Missing \cs{caption@ifh@default} added} +% `default' usually maps to `plain'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{plain} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Label formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{% +% Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@lfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelformat}{\caption@setlabelformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelformat} +% |\caption@setlabelformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption label format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlabelformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined label format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lfmt\csname caption@lfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/16}{Caption label format \opt{brace} added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{Caption label format \opt{autodot} added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/05/22}{Caption label format \opt{autodot} fixed} +% \changes{v1.8}{2016/05/22}{Caption label format \opt{unnumbered} added} +% There are six pre-defined label formats, called `empty', `simple', +% `parens', `brace', `autodot', and `unnumbered'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{parens}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}(#2)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{brace}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{autodot}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2\autodot} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{unnumbered}{#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `simple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@lfmt@default{\caption@lfmt@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Label separators} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/13}{Test for CR added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Test for CR revised} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*|\marg{name}\marg{code}\par +% The starred form causes the label separator to be typeset \emph{without} using |\captionlabelfont|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declarelabelseparator\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@declarelabelseparator[3]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@iflf@#2}{#1}% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@lsep@#2}{#3}% + \caption@@declarelabelseparator{#2}#3\\\@nil} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarelabelseparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@declarelabelseparator#1#2\\#3\@nil{% + \def\@tempa{#3}\ifx\@tempa\@empty \else + \caption@g@addto@list\caption@lsepcrlist{#1}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declarelabelseparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelsep}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelseparator}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelseparator} +% |\caption@setlabelseparator|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption label separator simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lsep|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlabelseparator[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lsep@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined label separator `#1'}}% + {\edef\caption@lsepname{#1}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@iflf\csname caption@iflf@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lsep\csname caption@lsep@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/06/11}{Bugfix 05-03-23: Caption label separator +% \opt{newline} implementation changed from \cs{newline} to \cs{\textbackslash}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Caption label separator \opt{endash} added} +% There are seven pre-defined label separators, called `none', `colon', `period', `space', +% `quad', `newline', and `endash'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{none}{} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period}{. } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{space}{ } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{quad}{\quad} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{newline}{\\} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{endash}{\space\textendash\space} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlabelsep} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/03/29}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlabelsep[1]{% + \ifx\caption@lsep\caption@lsep@default + \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}% + \caption@setlabelseparator{default}% + \else + \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@default@labelsep[1]{% + \def\caption@lsep@default{\@nameuse{caption@lsep@#1}}% + \def\caption@iflf@default{\@nameuse{caption@iflf@#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% `default' usually maps to `colon'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@set@default@labelsep{colon} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Text formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionTextFormat} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionTextFormat[2]{% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@tfmt@#1}##1{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionTextFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{strut=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textformat}{\caption@settextformat{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{strut}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifstrut{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@settextformat} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} +% |\caption@settextformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption text format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@tfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@settextformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@tfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined text format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tfmt\csname caption@tfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% There are three pre-defined text formats, called `empty', `simple' and `period'. +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/05}{Pre-defined text format `empty' added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{The text format `empty' now takes care of the \cs{label}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{empty}{% + \caption@get@label#1\caption@makeanchor{}\@nil + \caption@thelabel + \global\let\caption@thelabel\relax} +\long\def\caption@get@label#1\caption@makeanchor#2#3\@nil{% + \def\caption@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty + \caption@getlabel#1\label{}\@nil + \else + \caption@getlabel#2\label{}\@nil + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{simple}{#1} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{period}{#1.} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `simple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@tfmt@default{\caption@tfmt@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@getlabel} +% \changes{v1.0}{2011/09/03}{\cs{label} can have optional arguments now} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{Moved from \package{bicaption} package to \package{caption3}} +% \changes{v1.8d}{2019/09/01}{Bugfix: Global definition of \cs{caption@thelabel} added} +% Gets the label command out of the (first) caption text and stores it to |\caption@thelabel|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@getlabel#1\label#2#3\@nil{% + \def\@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty + \let\caption@thelabel\relax + \else + \def\@tempb{*}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \def\caption@thelabel{\label*}% + \caption@@getlabel#3\@nil + \else + \def\caption@thelabel{\label}% + \caption@@getlabel{#2}#3\@nil + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@getlabel#1#2\@nil{% + \def\@tempa{#1}% + \def\@tempb{[}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \caption@@@getlabel#1#2\@nil + \else + \l@addto@macro\caption@thelabel{{#1}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@@getlabel[#1]#2\@nil{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@thelabel{[{#1}]}% + \caption@@getlabel#2\@nil} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@thelabel\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Fonts} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFont} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{% +% Bugfix: Multi token arguments are allowed now} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{% +% Internal: Uses \cs{caption@fnt} instead of \cs{caption@temp} now} +% |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFont[2]{% + \define@key{caption@fnt}{#1}[]{\l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFont +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultFont}} +% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption#1@default}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{font}{\caption@setfont{font}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{font+}{\caption@addtofont{font}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont}{\caption@setfont{labelfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont+}{\caption@addtofont{labelfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont}{\caption@setfont{textfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont+}{\caption@addtofont{textfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfont} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Usage of \cs{caption@setkeys} with optional argument} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{Support of \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} added} +% |\caption@setfont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par +% Selecting a caption font means saving all the code snippets +% in |\caption|\meta{name}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfont[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\@empty + \caption@addtofont{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtofont} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{This macro added} +% |\caption@addtofont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par +% Like |\caption@setfont|, but adds the code snippets to |\caption|\meta{name}.\par +% Because we use |\setkeys| recursive here we need to do this inside an +% extra group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addtofont[2]{% + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fnt\csname caption#1\endcsname + \define@key{caption@fnt}{default}[]{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{\csname caption#1@default\endcsname}}% + \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}{#2}% + \global\let\caption@tempa\caption@fnt + \endgroup + \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@font} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@font|\marg{keyval-list of names}\\ +% |\caption@font*|\marg{keyval-code}\par +% Sets the given font, e.g.~|\caption@font{small,it}| +% is equivalent to |\small\itshape|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@font{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@font\@firstofone + {\caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}}} +\newcommand*\caption@@font[2]{% + \begingroup + \def\caption@fnt{\endgroup}% + #1{#2}% + \caption@fnt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% These are the pre-defined font code snippets. +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Color font support added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalcolor}{\normalcolor} +\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalfont}{\normalfont} +\DeclareCaptionFont{up}{\upshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{it}{\itshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sl}{\slshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sc}{\scshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{md}{\mdseries} +\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries} +\DeclareCaptionFont{rm}{\rmfamily} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sf}{\sffamily} +\DeclareCaptionFont{tt}{\ttfamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.7}{2018/05/01}{Missing font sizes \texttt{tiny}, \texttt{LARGE}, \texttt{huge}, and \texttt{Huge} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{tiny}{\tiny} +\DeclareCaptionFont{scriptsize}{\scriptsize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{footnotesize}{\footnotesize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalsize}{\normalsize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{large}{\large} +\DeclareCaptionFont{Large}{\Large} +\DeclareCaptionFont{LARGE}{\LARGE} +\DeclareCaptionFont{huge}{\huge} +\DeclareCaptionFont{Huge}{\Huge} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/01}{Font size \texttt{smaller} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@smaller{% + \ifx\@currsize\tiny + \relax + \else\ifx\@currsize\scriptsize + \tiny + \else\ifx\@currsize\footnotesize + \scriptsize + \else\ifx\@currsize\small + \footnotesize + \else\ifx\@currsize\normalsize + \small + \else\ifx\@currsize\large + \normalsize + \else\ifx\@currsize\Large + \large + \else\ifx\@currsize\LARGE + \Large + \else\ifx\@currsize\huge + \LARGE + \else\ifx\@currsize\Huge + \huge + \else + \caption@Warning{% + Cannot determine current font size.\MessageBreak + Try setting it with `size=' explicitly}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} +\DeclareCaptionFont{smaller}{\caption@smaller} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/02}{Font size \texttt{larger} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@larger{% + \ifx\@currsize\tiny + \scriptsize + \else\ifx\@currsize\scriptsize + \footnotesize + \else\ifx\@currsize\footnotesize + \small + \else\ifx\@currsize\small + \normalsize + \else\ifx\@currsize\normalsize + \large + \else\ifx\@currsize\large + \Large + \else\ifx\@currsize\Large + \LARGE + \else\ifx\@currsize\LARGE + \huge + \else\ifx\@currsize\huge + \Huge + \else\ifx\@currsize\Huge + \relax + \else + \caption@Warning{% + Cannot determine current font size.\MessageBreak + Try setting it with `size=' explicitly}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} +\DeclareCaptionFont{larger}{\caption@larger} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/01/01}{\package{sansmath} package support added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sansmath}{\sansmath} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/02}{\package{setspace} package support added} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-05-18: \package{setspace} package support revised} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{% + \caption@ifundefined\setspace@singlespace{}{% + \setstretch\setspace@singlespace}}% normally 1 +\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont{stretch}{\setstretch{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{% +% \caption@font{normalcolor,normalfont,normalsize,singlespacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{% + \caption@font*{% + \KV@caption@fnt@normalcolor\@unused + \KV@caption@fnt@normalfont\@unused + \KV@caption@fnt@normalsize\@unused + \KV@caption@fnt@singlespacing\@unused}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Option \opt{size=} now sets \cs{captionsize} instead of \cs{captionfont}} +% The old versions \version{1.x} of \thispackage\ offered this +% command to setup the font size used for captions. We still do +% so old documents will work fine. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{size}{\caption@setfont{size}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{size}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Justifications} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionJustification} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{DeclareCaptionFont}} +% |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionJustification[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@hj@#1}{#2}% for compatibility to v1.0 + \DeclareCaptionFont{#1}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionJustification +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionJustification} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification}} +% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification|\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification[1]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@hj@default}{#1}% for compatibility to v1.0 + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{@hj}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{justification}{\caption@setjustification{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setjustification} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{caption@setfont}} +% |\caption@setjustification|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption justification simply means saving the code (in |\caption@hj|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setjustification{\caption@setfont{@hj}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% These are the pre-defined justification code snippets. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{justified}{} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centering}{\centering} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerfirst}{\centerfirst} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerlast}{\centerlast} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedleft}{\raggedleft} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\centerfirst} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerfirst} to \cs{centerfirst}} +% Please blame Frank Mittelbach for the code of |\centerfirst| |:-)| +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\centerfirst{% + \let\\\@centercr + \edef\caption@normaladjust{% + \leftskip\the\leftskip + \rightskip\the\rightskip + \parfillskip\the\parfillskip\relax}% + \leftskip\z@\@plus -1fil% + \rightskip\z@\@plus 1fil% + \parfillskip\z@skip + \noindent\hskip\z@\@plus 2fil% + \@setpar{\@@par\@restorepar\caption@normaladjust}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\centerlast} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerlast} to \cs{centerlast}} +% This is based on code from Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\centerlast{% + \let\\\@centercr + \leftskip\z@\@plus 1fil% + \rightskip\z@\@plus -1fil% + \parfillskip\z@\@plus 2fil\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{The ragged2e package} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Improved \package{ragged2e} package support} +% +% We also support the upper-case commands offered by the \package{ragged2e} +% package. +% Note that these just map to their lower-case variants if the +% \package{ragged2e} package is not available. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{Centering}{% + \caption@ragged\Centering\centering} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{RaggedLeft}{% + \caption@ragged\RaggedLeft\raggedleft} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{RaggedRight}{% + \caption@ragged\RaggedRight\raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ragged} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/07}{The `ragged2e' package will now only been +% loaded when needed} +% \changes{v1.0o}{2007/04/11}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@Info} replaced +% by \cs{caption@Debug}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/16}{A different warning will be given on first \LaTeX\ run} +% \changes{v1.4f}{2012/01/12}{Uses \cs{caption@IfPackageLoaded} now} +% |\caption@ragged|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} +% executes the \meta{yes-code} if the \package{ragged2e} package is loaded +% and \meta{no-code} if not. Additionally it tries to load the \package{ragged2e} +% package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ragged{\caption@ifpackageloaded{ragged2e}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifpackageloaded} +% \changes{v1.4f}{2012/01/12}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifpackageloaded|\marg{package}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} +% executes the \meta{yes-code} if the given package is loaded +% and \meta{no-code} if not. Additionally it tries to load the package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifpackageloaded[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@ifpkg@#1}% + {\caption@RequirePackage{#1}% + \caption@pkg@true{#1}}% + {}% + \caption@ifpkg{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand*\caption@ifpackageloaded[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@ifpkg@#1}% + {\caption@addto@pkg@list{#1}% + \caption@pkg@false{#1}% + \caption@Warning{% + `#1' support has been changed.\MessageBreak + Rerun to get captions right}}% + {}% + \caption@ifpkg{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifpkg[1]{% + \csname caption@ifpkg@#1\endcsname} +\newcommand*\caption@pkg@true[1]{% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@ifpkg@#1\endcsname\@firstoftwo} +\newcommand*\caption@pkg@false[1]{% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@ifpkg@#1\endcsname\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@pkg@list{} +\newcommand*\caption@addto@pkg@list[1]{% + \protected@write\@auxout{}{% + \string\@cons\string\caption@pkg@list{{#1}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% + \def\caption@tempa{\endgroup}% + \begingroup + \def\@elt#1{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@tempa{% + \caption@RequirePackage{#1}% + \@namedef{caption@ifpkg@#1}{% + \caption@addto@pkg@list{#1}% + \caption@pkg@true{#1}% + \caption@ifpkg{#1}}}}% + \caption@pkg@list + \caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@RequirePackage[1]{% + \caption@Info{We need package `#1'}% + \RequirePackage{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@RequirePackage +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Vertical spaces before and after captions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\abovecaptionskip} +% \begin{macro}{\belowcaptionskip} +% Usually these skips are defined within the document class, but some +% document classes don't do so. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\abovecaptionskip{% + \newlength\abovecaptionskip\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}}{} +\caption@ifundefined\belowcaptionskip{% + \newlength\belowcaptionskip\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0\p@}}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{skip=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{aboveskip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{belowskip}{\setlength\belowcaptionskip{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{skip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@rule} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{This macro added} +% |\caption@rule|\par +% Draws an invisible rule to adjust the ``skip'' setting. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@rule{\caption@ifrule\caption@hrule\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{rule=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{rule}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifrule{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Positioning} +% +% These macros handle the right position of the caption. +% Note that the position is actually \emph{not} controlled by the +% \package{caption3} kernel options, but by the user (or a specific package +% like the \package{float} package) instead. +% The user can put the |\caption| command wherever he likes! So this stuff +% is only to give us a \emph{hint} where to put the right skips, the user +% usually has to take care for himself that this hint actually matches the +% right position. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{position}{\caption@setposition{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setposition} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{Now the positions \opt{t}, \opt{above}, \opt{b}, +% \opt{below}, and \opt{a} are allowed, too} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/08/10}{Usage of \cs{caption@defaultpos} added} +% |\caption@setposition|\marg{position}\par +% Selecting the caption position means that we put |\caption@position| to +% the right value. \emph{Please do \textbf{not} use the internal macro +% \cs{caption@position} in your own package or document, but use the wrapper +% macro \cs{caption@iftop} instead.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setposition[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{d,default}{% + \let\caption@position\caption@defaultpos + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{t,top,above}{% + \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{b,bottom,below}{% + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{a,auto}{% + \let\caption@position\@undefined + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined position `#1'}% + }}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defaultpos} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Default position changed from `bottom' to `auto'} +% The default `position' is `auto', this means that \thispackage\ will try +% to guess the current position of the caption. +% (But in many cases, for example in |longtable|s, this is doomed to fail!)\par +% The setting `bottom' correspondents to the |\@makecaption| implementation +% in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes, but `auto' should give better +% results in most cases. +% \begin{macrocode} +%\caption@setdefaultpos{a}% default = auto +\let\caption@defaultpos\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftop} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Split into \cs{caption@iftop} \& \cs{caption@fixposition}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Adapted to \cs{caption@defaultpos}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Position will be fixed to `bottom' if `auto'} +% |\caption@iftop|\marg{true-code}\marg{false-code}\par +% (If the |position=| is set to |auto| we assume a |bottom| position here.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@iftop{% + \ifx\caption@position\@undefined + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo +% = \caption@setposition b% + \fi + \caption@position} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@fixposition} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{% +% Split into \cs{caption@fixposition} & \cs{caption@autoposition}} +% |\caption@fixposition|\par +% This macro checks if the `position' is set to `auto'. +% If yes, |\caption@autoposition| will be called to +% set |\caption@position| to a proper value we can actually use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@fixposition{% + \ifx\caption@position\@undefined + \caption@autoposition + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@autoposition} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{ifvmode} added} +% |\caption@autoposition|\par +% We guess the current position of the caption by checking |\prevdepth|.\par +% A different solution would be setting the |\spacefactor| to something +% not much less than 1000 (for example 994) in |\caption@start| and +% checking this value here by |\ifnum\spacefactor=994|. +% (It's implemented in the \package{threeparttable} +% package\cite{threeparttable} this way.)\par +% Another idea would be checking |\@ifminipage|, but since some packages +% typeset the caption within a simple |\vbox| this does not seem to be a +% good one. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@autoposition{% + \ifvmode + \edef\caption@tempa{\the\prevdepth}% + \caption@Debug{\protect\prevdepth=\caption@tempa}% + \ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo + \else + \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo + \fi +% = \caption@setposition{\ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ b\else t\fi}% + \else + \caption@Debug{no \protect\prevdepth}% + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo +% = \caption@setposition b% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setautoposition} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setautoposition|\marg{position}\par +% replaces the above algorithm by a different one (or a fixed position setting). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setautoposition[1]{% + \def\caption@autoposition{\caption@setposition{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Hooks} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginCaption} +% \begin{macro}{\AtEndCaption} +% |\AtBeginCaption| \marg{code}\\ +% |\AtEndCaption| \marg{code}\par +% These hooks can be used analogous to |\AtBeginDocument| and |\AtEndDocument|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@beginhook{} +\newcommand*\caption@endhook{} +\newcommand*\AtBeginCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@beginhook} +\newcommand*\AtEndCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@endhook} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Lists} +% +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Option \opt{listof=} added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{list=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{list}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listof}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlist} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/03/20}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlist|\marg{boolean} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlist{\caption@set@bool\caption@iflist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Option \opt{listtype=} added} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Option \opt{listtype+=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtype}{\caption@setlisttype{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtype+}{\caption@setlisttype@ext{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlisttype} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlisttype|\marg{type} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlisttype{% + \caption@setlisttype@ext{}% + \caption@@setlisttype\caption@listtype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setlisttype[2]{% + \edef#1{#2}% + \ifx#1\@empty \let#1\@undefined \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlisttype@ext} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlisttype@ext|\marg{type extension} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlisttype@ext{% + \caption@@setlisttype\caption@listtype@ext} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionListFormat} +% \changes{v1.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareCaptionListOfFormat} to \cs{DeclareCaptionListFormat}} +% |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionListFormat[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@lstfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionListFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/15}{Option \opt{listofformat=} added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{listofformat=} renamed to \opt{listformat=}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listformat}{\caption@setlistformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlistformat} +% \changes{v1.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setlistofformat} to \cs{caption@setlistformat}} +% |\caption@setlistformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption list format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lstfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlistformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lstfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined list format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lstfmt + \csname caption@lstfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% There are five pre-defined list formats, taken from the \package{subfig} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{simple}{#1#2} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{parens}{#1(#2)} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subsimple}{#2} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subparens}{(#2)} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlistformat} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/03/29}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlistformat[1]{% + \ifx\caption@lstfmt\caption@lstfmt@default + \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}% + \caption@setlistformat{default}% + \else + \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@default@listformat[1]{% + \def\caption@lstfmt@default{\@nameuse{caption@lstfmt@#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% `default' usually maps to `subsimple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@set@default@listformat{subsimple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Debug option} +% \changes{v1.0k}{2007/03/04}{Debug option added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{debug}[1]{% + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifdebug{#1}% + \caption@ifdebug + {\let\caption@Debug\caption@Info}% + {\let\caption@Debug\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{debug}{\setkeys{caption}{debug}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\setkeys{caption}{debug=0} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Document classes \& Babel support} +% +% \subsubsection{The standard \texorpdfstring{\LaTeX{}}{LaTeX} classes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % article|report|book [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1: #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The elsarticle classes} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/01/06}{elsarticle class support added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifelsarticleclass} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifelsarticleclass{% + \@ifclassloaded{elsarticle}\@firstofone\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifelsarticleclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifelsarticleclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % elsarticle.cls,v 1.20 2008-10-13 04:24:12 cvr Exp + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip\footnotesize + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1: #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\footnotesize} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifamsclass} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifamsclass{% + \caption@ifundefined\@captionheadfont\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifamsclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifamsclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % amsart|amsproc|amsbook [2004/08/06 v2.20] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\color@setgroup + \advance\hsize-2\captionindent\noindent + \@captionfont\@captionheadfont#1\@xp\@ifnotempty\@xp + {\@cdr#2\@nil}{.\@captionfont\upshape\enspace#2}% + \unskip\kern-2\captionindent\par + \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox\color@endgroup}% + \ifhbox\@ne % the normal case + \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\unkern}% + \fi + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ % this means caption will fit on one line + \setbox\@ne\hbox to\columnwidth{\hss\kern-2\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}% + \else % tempboxa contained more than one line + \setbox\@ne\vbox{\unvbox\@tempboxa\parskip\z@skip + \noindent\unhbox\@ne\advance\hsize-2\captionindent\par}% + \fi + \ifnum\@tempcnta<64 % if the float IS a figure... + \addvspace\abovecaptionskip + \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}% + \else % if the float IS NOT a figure... + \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}% + \nobreak + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \fi + \relax + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % smfart|smfbook [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les articles publies par la SMF] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \ifdim\captionindent>.1\hsize \captionindent.1\hsize \fi + \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\color@setgroup + \advance\hsize-2\captionindent\noindent + \@captionfont\@captionheadfont#1\@xp\@ifnotempty\@xp + {\@cdr#2\@nil}{\@addpunct{.}\@captionfont\upshape\enspace#2}% + \unskip\kern-2\captionindent\par + \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox\color@endgroup}% + \ifhbox\@ne % the normal case + \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\unkern}% + \fi + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ % this means caption will fit on one line + \setbox\@ne\hbox to\columnwidth{\hss\kern-2\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}% + \@tempdima\wd\@ne\advance\@tempdima-\captionindent + \wd\@ne\@tempdima + \else % tempboxa contained more than one line + \setbox\@ne\vbox{\rightskip=0pt plus\captionindent\relax + \unvbox\@tempboxa\parskip\z@skip + \noindent\unhbox\@ne\advance\hsize-2\captionindent\par}% + \fi + \ifnum\@tempcnta<64 % if the float IS a figure... + \addvspace\abovecaptionskip + \noindent\kern\captionindent\box\@ne + \else % if the float IS NOT a figure... + \noindent\kern\captionindent\box\@ne + \nobreak + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \fi + \relax + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\captionmargin\captionindent % set to 3pc by AMS class + \begingroup\edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\caption@g@addto@list\noexpand\caption@sty@default + {margin=\the\captionmargin + \caption@ifundefined\smf@makecaption{}{,maxmargin=.1\linewidth}}} + \@tempa + \caption@g@addto@list\caption@sls@default{margin*=.5\captionmargin} + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{.\enspace} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\@captionfont} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\@captionheadfont} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\@captionfont\upshape} + \captionsetup[figure]{position=b} + \captionsetup[table]{position=t} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The beamer class (Part one)} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/10}{\package{beamer} class support added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{\package{beamer} class support revised} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/27}{The \package{beamer} template \texttt{caption label separator} will be used now} +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/05/22}{Re-definition of label format \texttt{simpleMagyar} added to \package{beamer} class support} +% \changes{v1.7}{2018/04/15}{Re-definition of label format \texttt{simpleMagyar} revised} +% \changes{v1.7}{2018/05/01}{Definition of \package{beamer} default label font revised} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbeamerclass} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbeamerclass{% + \@ifclassloaded{beamer}\@firstofone\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifbeamerclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbeamerclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\beamer@makecaption{% + % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau + \long\def\beamer@makecaption#1#2{% + \def\insertcaptionname{\csname#1name\endcsname}% + \def\insertcaptionnumber{\csname the#1\endcsname}% + \def\insertcaption{#2}% + \nobreak\vskip\abovecaptionskip\nobreak + \sbox\@tempboxa{\usebeamertemplate**{caption}}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + \usebeamertemplate**{caption}\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \nobreak\vskip\belowcaptionskip\nobreak}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbeamertemplate} +% |\caption@ifbeamertemplate|\marg{caption template name}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% tests if the given beamer caption template was selected by the user (or not). +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@ifbeamertemplate[1]{% + \begingroup + \let\beamer@@tmpl@caption@ORI\beamer@@tmpl@caption + \@nameuse{beamer@@tmpop@caption@#1}% + \ifx\beamer@@tmpl@caption@ORI\beamer@@tmpl@caption + \endgroup\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \endgroup\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{default}{% + \caption@ifbeamertemplate{numbered}% + \caption@lfmt@simple + \caption@lfmt@unnumbered + {#1}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% The \package{magyar} babel package redefines the current label format to a one called |simple|\-|Magyar|, +% defined within |\@@magyar@caption|\-|fix| which will be executed |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{default@magyar}{% + \caption@ifbeamertemplate{numbered}% + \caption@lfmt@simple@magyar + \caption@lfmt@unnumbered + {#1}{#2}} + \@ifundefined{@@magyar@captionfix}\AtBeginDocument\@firstofone{% + \@ifundefined{@@magyar@captionfix}{}{% + \g@addto@macro\@@magyar@captionfix{% + \let\caption@lfmt@simple@magyar\caption@lfmt@simpleMagyar + \let\caption@lfmt@simpleMagyar\caption@lfmt@default@magyar}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@declarelabelseparator + {\caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}\@gobble\@firstofone} + {default} + {\caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}{\\}% + {\usebeamertemplate{caption label separator}}} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{% + \usebeamerfont*{caption}% + \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption}} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{% + \setbeamercolor*{caption}{}% avoid setting "caption" color additionally + \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption name}% + \setbeamerfont*{caption}{}% avoid setting "caption" font additionally + \usebeamerfont{caption name}} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{\raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareOption{beamerclass}{% + \renewcommand\caption@ifslc{% + \caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} + % Since the beamer class do not offer a `list of figures' we switch this support off. + \captionsetup{list=0}} + \PassOptionsToPackage{beamerclass}{caption3} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the \package{beamer} document class is used, we offer a beamer +% template called `caption3' which can be used with option `beamer' or +% |\setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]|.\par +% (Note that this is of no use when the \package{caption} package is used, too.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \defbeamertemplate{caption}{caption3}{% + \caption@make\insertcaptionname\insertcaptionnumber\insertcaption} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareOption{beamer}{% + % \usebeamertemplate**{caption} will set font + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{}% + \setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode] +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The KOMA-Script classes} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/31}{\KOMAScript\ classes support added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifkomaclass} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifkomaclass{% + \caption@ifundefined\scr@caption\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifkomaclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifkomaclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % scrartcl|scrreprt|scrbook [2007/03/07 v2.97a KOMA-Script document class] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \if@captionabove + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \else + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \fi + \@@makecaption\@firstofone{#1}{#2}% + \if@captionabove + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \else + \vskip\belowcaptionskip + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionFormat{default}[#1#2#3\par]{% + \ifdofullc@p + \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname + {\caption@Error{% + The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak + with \noexpand\setcaphanging (which is set by default)}}% + {\caption@fmt@hang{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + \else + #1#2% + \ifdim\cap@indent<\z@ + \par + \noindent\hspace*{-\cap@indent}% + \else\if@capbreak + \par + \fi\fi + #3\par + \fi} + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionformat} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\scr@fnt@caption} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\scr@fnt@captionlabel} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The \NTG{} Dutch classes} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/06}{NTG classes support added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifntgclass} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifntgclass{% + \caption@ifundefined\CaptionFonts\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ifntgclass +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifntgclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % artikel|rapport|boek [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{{\CaptionLabelFont#1:} \CaptionTextFont#2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + {\CaptionLabelFont#1:} \CaptionTextFont#2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\CaptionLabelFont} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\CaptionTextFont} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The thesis class} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{thesis class support added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2009/11/15}{Bugfix 09-11-14: thesis class support revised} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifthesisclass} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifthesisclass{% + \caption@ifundefined\cph@font + {\@gobble}% + {\caption@ifundefined\cpb@font\@gobble\@firstofone}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifthesisclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % thesis.cls 1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm). + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\cph@font #1:} {\cpb@font #2}}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + \@hangfrom{\cph@font #1: }{\cpb@font #2\par}% + \else + \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{hang} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\cph@font} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\cpb@font} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The arabic Babel option} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/20}{\package{arabic} babel package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\ArabiCoreLoaded{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@rl} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/20}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@rl\@firstofone +}{% + \newcommand\caption@rl[1]{\if@rl\textRL{#1}\else\textLR{#1}\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\fnum@figure{\figurename\nobreakspace\thefigure}% + \def\fnum@table{\tablename\nobreakspace\thetable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{arabi}{ : } + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{% + \if@rl\caption@lsep@arabi\else\caption@lsep@colon\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % arabicore.sty [2006/01/01 v1.0 Arabi Core switching commands (may still change)] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}% + \sbox\@Arabitempboxa{\textRL{#2} : #1}% + \if@rl{ + \ifdim \wd\@Arabitempboxa >\hsize + \textRL{#2} : #1\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@Arabitempboxa\hfil}% + \fi}\else{ + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1: #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi}\fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The frenchb Babel option} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchb} babel package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\FB@makecaption{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % frenchb.ldf [2005/02/06 v1.6g French support from the babel system] + % frenchb.ldf [2007/10/05 v2.0e French support from the babel system] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1\CaptionSeparator #2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1\CaptionSeparator #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@makecaption\STD@makecaption + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\CaptionSeparator} + \def\caption@frenchb{% supress frenchb warning + \let\STD@makecaption\@makecaption + \let\FB@makecaption\@makecaption} + \else + \ifx\@makecaption\@undefined\else + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + The definition of \protect\@makecaption\space + has been changed,\MessageBreak + frenchb will NOT customize it}% + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The frenchle/pro package} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\frenchTeXmods{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % french(le).sty [2006/10/03 The french(le) package /V5,9991/] + % french(le).sty [2007/06/28 The french(le) package /V5,9994/] + \def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \ifFTY% + \def\@secondofmany##1##2\void{##2}% + \def\@tempa{\@secondofmany#2\void}% + \ifx\@tempa\empty% + \let\captionseparator\empty% + \fi% + \@mcORI{#1}{\relax\captionfont{#2}}% + \else + \@mcORI{#1}{#2}% + \fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % french(le).sty [2007/02/11 The french(le) package /V5,9993/] + \def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \ifFTY% + \def\@secondofmany##1##2\void{##2}% + \protected@edef\@tempa{\@secondofmany#2\void}% + \ifx\@tempa\empty% + \let\captionseparator\empty% + \fi% + \@mcORI{#1}{\relax\captionfont{#2}}% + \else + \@mcORI{#1}{#2}% + \fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\itshape}% + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionseparator\space}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The hebrew Babel option} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/08/26}{\package{hebrew} package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % rlbabel.def [2005/03/30 v2.3h Right-to-Left support from the babel system Hebrew language support from the babel system] + \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip% + \begin{center}% + #1: #2% + \end{center} \par% + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{The hungarian and magyar Babel option} +% \changes{v1.3}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} package support added} +% \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{\package{magyar} package support revised} +% \changes{v1.8b}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} package support revised} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subperiod}{#2.} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\hunnewlabel{}{% + \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{% + % magyar.ldf [2005/03/30 v1.4j Magyar support from the babel system] + \def\@makecaption#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1. #2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + {#1. #2\csname par\endcsname} + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@tempa#1{% + \@ifpackagewith{babel}{#1}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 babel option is loaded}% + \expandafter\addto\csname extras#1\endcsname{% + % change default labelsep and listformat + \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{period}% + \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subperiod}}% + \expandafter\addto\csname noextras#1\endcsname{% + % change default labelsep and listformat + \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{colon}% + \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subsimple}}% + }{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@tempa{hungarian} +\caption@tempa{magyar} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% TODO: babel-latvian/latvian.ldf +% +% \subsubsection{Unknown document class (or package)} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/10}{Check of document class added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfCheckCommand{% + \caption@setbool{documentclass}{1}% +}{% + \caption@setbool{documentclass}{0}% + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak + standard defaults will be used}% + \caption@Debug{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption\@gobble}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Execution of options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{style=default,position=default,% + list,listformat=default,twoside=\if@twoside 1\else 0\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProcessOptions* +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Making an `List of' entry} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addcontentsline} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/26}{Error check added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/06/24}{Split into two macros} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/19}{Split into three macros} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Support for option \opt{listtype=} added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/01/15}{Usage of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/15}{Argument \#3 which holds the environment name added to \cs{caption@lstfmt}} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/20}{Unfortunately \package{subfig} defines and uses \cs{caption@lstfmt} as well, so I replaced the third argument with \cs{captionlisttype}} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/09/06}{Adapted to the \package{chkfloat} package} +% |\caption@addcontentsline|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\par +% Makes an entry in the list-of-whatever, if requested, +% i.e.~the argument \meta{list entry} is not empty and +% |listof=| was set to |true|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@addcontentsline[2]{% + \caption@ifcontentsline{#2}{% + \begingroup + \let\@tempa\@gobble + \caption@ifundefined\caption@listtype + {\edef\caption@listtype{#1}}% + {\let\@tempa\@firstofone}% + \caption@ifundefined\caption@listtype@ext + {}% + {\edef\caption@listtype{\caption@listtype\caption@listtype@ext}% + \let\@tempa\@firstofone}% + \@tempa + {\caption@Debug{addcontentsline: #1 => \caption@listtype}% +% \caption@setoptions\caption@listtype + \@namedef{the\caption@listtype}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}% + \expandafter\caption@@addcontentsline\expandafter{\caption@listtype}{#2}% + \endgroup}% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@addcontentsline[2]{% + {\let\\\space + \@ifundefined{ext@#1}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#1' defined}}% + {\def\captionlisttype{#1}% + \caption@add@contentsline + {\csname ext@#1\endcsname}% + {#1}% + {\caption@lstfmt{\@nameuse{p@#1}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}% + {\ignorespaces #2}% + \caption@chkfloat{#1}{#2}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@add@contentsline{% + \caption@@@addcontentsline} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@addcontentsline[4]{% +% \caption@ifundefined\main@Arabi@language{}% +% {\addtocontents{#1}{\xstring\select@language{\main@Arabi@language}}}% + \addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{\protect\numberline{#3}{#4}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@chkfloat\@gobbletwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifcontentsline[1]{% + \caption@iflist + {\def\@tempa{#1}}% + {\let\@tempa\@empty}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentslines[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Typesetting the caption} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaption@star} +% If the starred form of |\caption| is used, this will be set to |true|. +% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@@make|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaption@star +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@fnum} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/21}{This macro added} +% |\caption@fnum|\marg{float type}\par +% Typesets the caption label; as replacement for |\fnum@|\meta{float type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@fnum[1]{\caption@lfmt{\@nameuse{#1name}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@make} +% |\caption@make|\marg{float name}\marg{ref.\ number}\marg{text}\par +% Typesets the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@make[2]{\caption@@make{\caption@lfmt{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@make} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-05: \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionindent=}\cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-10-26: Use \cs{@tempdima} instead of +% \cs{captionmargin} resp. \cs{captionwidth}; check for \cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{hskip}\cs{captionmargin} to the end +% of caption added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{strut} moved from here to \cs{caption@@@make}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Single-line-check moved up so it can affect margins now} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Improvement: \cs{caption@ifh} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Bugfix: \cs{leavevmode} added} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Uses \cs{sbox} instead of \cs{setbox} in single-line-check} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2005/12/04}{Uses \cs{caption@slc} now} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@calcmargin} inside +% single-line-check replaced by \cs{relax}} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@startbox} will always be +% typeset in horizontal mode} +% \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/04}{Oops, bugfix 04-05-05 got lost in v1.0h, re-added} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Usage of \cs{caption@ifoddpage} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} moved below single-line-check} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@stepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{Uses \cs{caption@tempdima} instead of \cs{@tempdima}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{max-margin stuff moved to \cs{caption@calcmargin}} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@box} added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/01/31}{Adapted to the \package{bicaption} package} +% |\caption@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@make[2]{% + \begingroup + \caption@@make@{#1}{#2}% + \endgroup + \caption@@make@epilogue} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@make@[2]{% + \caption@stepthecounter + \caption@beginhook +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the outer box |\caption@box| +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@box\linewidth{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Special single-line treatment (option |singlelinecheck=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifslc{\caption@slc{#1}{#2}\caption@singleline\relax}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the left margin (option |margin=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@calcmargin + \caption@tempdima\captionmargin + \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else + \caption@ifoddpage{}{\advance\caption@tempdima\captionmargin@}% + \fi + \caption@ifh{\advance\caption@tempdima\caption@indent}% + \hspace\caption@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We actually use a |\vbox| of width |\captionwidth - \caption@indent| +% to typeset the caption. +% \Note{\cs{captionindent} is \emph{not} supported if the caption format +% was defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionFormat*}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@tempdima\captionwidth + \caption@ifh{\advance\caption@tempdima-\caption@indent}% + \caption@parbox\caption@tempdima{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the indention (option |indention=|)\\ +% {\small Bugfix 04-05-05: +% |\hskip-\caption@indent| replaced by |\ifdim\caption@indent=\z@|\ldots} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifh{% + \ifdim\caption@indent=\z@ + \leavevmode + \else + \hskip-\caption@indent + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the caption itself and close the |\caption@parbox| +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the right margin (option |margin=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@tempdima\captionmargin + \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else + \caption@ifoddpage{\advance\caption@tempdima\captionmargin@}{}% + \fi + \hspace\caption@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Close the outer box |\caption@box| +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@endhook} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@make@epilogue{% + \global\caption@starfalse} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@calcmargin} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Internal: \cs{ifcaption@width} replaced by +% \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionwidth=}\cs{z@}} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/12}{Improvement: Takes care of list environment now} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/13}{Check of \cs{@listdepth} removed (not necessary anymore), +% use \cs{linewidth} instead of \cs{hsize}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{max-margin stuff moved from \cs{caption@@make} to here} +% |\caption@calcmargin|\par +% Calculate |\captionmargin| \& |\captionwidth|, so both contain valid +% values. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@calcmargin{% + \caption@calcmargin@hook +% \end{macrocode} +% Check margin, if |\caption@minmargin| or |\caption@maxmargin| is set +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\caption@maxmargin\@undefined \else + \ifdim\captionmargin>\caption@maxmargin\relax + \captionmargin\caption@maxmargin\relax + \fi + \fi + \ifx\caption@minmargin\@undefined \else + \ifdim\captionmargin<\caption@minmargin\relax + \captionmargin\caption@minmargin\relax + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@ + \captionwidth\linewidth + \advance\captionwidth by -2\captionmargin + \advance\captionwidth by -\captionmargin@ + \else + \captionmargin\linewidth + \advance\captionmargin by -\captionwidth + \divide\captionmargin by 2 + \captionmargin@\z@ + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@Debug{% + \string\hsize=\the\hsize, + \string\linewidth=\the\linewidth,\MessageBreak + \string\leftmargin=\the\leftmargin, + \string\rightmargin=\the\rightmargin,\MessageBreak + \string\margin=\the\captionmargin, + \string\margin@=\the\captionmargin@, + \string\width=\the\captionwidth}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@slc} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@setup}\cs{caption@sls} added after \cs{begingroup}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} added} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{Support of \cs{caption@slfmt} added} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Split into \cs{caption@slc} and \cs{caption@@slc}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{Merged into a single macro again} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/14}{Definition and usage of \cs{ifsinglelinecaption} added} +% |\caption@slc|\marg{label}\marg{text}\marg{single-line-code}\marg{multi-line-code}\par +% This one does the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@slc[4]{% + \caption@Debug{Begin SLC}% + \singlelinecaptiontrue + \begingroup + \caption@singleline + \let\caption@hj\@empty + \caption@calcmargin % calculate \captionwidth + \caption@prepareslc + \sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\captionwidth + \endgroup + \singlelinecaptionfalse + #4% + \else + \endgroup + #3% + \fi + \caption@Debug{End SLC}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifsinglelinecaption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@singleline{% + \caption@xsetup\caption@opt@singleline + \let\caption@fmt\caption@slfmt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareslc} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{label} \& \cs{@footnotetext} added} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Redefine \cs{stepcounter} instead of \cs{footnote(mark)}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/07/09}{Support of \package{endnotes} package added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} moved to \cs{caption@slc}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{Redefinition of \cs{(H@)refstepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{Redefinition of \cs{label} improved} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{Definition of \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{Bugfix 11-07-06: Redefinition of \cs{footnote} and \cs{footnotemark} added, redefinition of \cs{stepcounter} and \cs{refstepcounter} dropped} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/21}{Redefinition of \cs{pagenote} from \textsf{memoir} document class added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/22}{Redefinition of \cs{footnote} revised} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/13}{Redefinition os \cs{glsunset} added} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/01/21}{Redefinition of \cs{endnote} added (thanks to Markus Kohm)} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/16}{Redefinition of \cs{acused} added} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/26}{Definition method changed so it can be pre-defined by other packages} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/27}{Redefinition of \cs{hypertarget} added} +% |\caption@prepareslc|\par +% Re-define anything which would disturb the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{caption@prepareslc}\def\g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{% + \let\label\caption@gobble + \let\hypertarget\@gobbletwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@footnotemark@ORI\footnotemark + \def\footnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnote}% + \def\footnotemark{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnotemark}% + \let\@footnotetext\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@endnotemark@ORI\endnotemark + \def\endnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@endnote}% + \def\endnotemark{\caption@withoptargs\caption@endnotemark}% + \let\@endnotetext\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\pagenote\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% Adaption to the \package{acronym} package.\par +% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/428788} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\acused\@gobble + \let\AC@placelabel\@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% Adaption to the \package{glossaries} package.\par +% Please note that while this adaption is usually sufficient +% it could give incorrect measuring results if \cs{gls} is both used +% for the very first time and more than once (for a particular acronym). +% The alternative would be using internal macros of the +% \package{glossaries} package which I would like to avoid.\par +% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/108368} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\glsunset\@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@footnote[2]{% + \caption@footnotemark{#1}} +\newcommand\caption@footnotemark[1]{% + \begingroup + \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter + \caption@footnotemark@ORI#1% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@endnote[2]{% + \caption@endnotemark{#1}} +\newcommand\caption@endnotemark[1]{% + \begingroup + \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter + \caption@endnotemark@ORI#1 + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@stepcounter[1]{% + \advance\csname c@#1\endcsname\@ne\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@applyfont} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{This macro added} +% |\caption@applyfont|\par +% This macro executes the font relevant macros, i.e. by default +% the options set by |justification=|, |font=|, and |size=|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@applyfont{% + \caption@hj\captionfont\captionsize} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@make} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-06: \cs{allowhyphens} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-12-16: Use some kind of +% \cs{@startstrut}\cs{strutbox} instead of \cs{strut}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 05-01-23: \cs{@finalstrut}\cs{strutbox} added} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Use \cs{caption@ifempty}; +% \cs{let}\cs{caption@ifstrut}\cs{@secondoftwo} added} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: Handling of \cs{ifcaption@star} changed} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Check for empty label added} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{\cs{caption@iflf} added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@tfmt} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Bugfix: \cs{ifhmode} added to \cs{@finalstrut}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Made option \opt{size=} stronger than \opt{font=}} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Uses \cs{caption@applyfont} now} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/01}{Bugfix: If the caption text is empty, the text format will be set to \opt{simple} now} +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/02/01}{Bugfix: \cs{relax} added before \cs{caption@lsep} so the label separator +% will not be gobbled if the label font command ignores spaces, e.g. by usage of \cs{color}} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/09/12}{\cs{par} replaced by \cs{captiontextend}} +% |\caption@@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}\par +% This one finally typesets the caption paragraph, without margin and indention. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@@make[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the label is empty, we use no caption label separator. +% \begin{macrocode} + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ + \let\caption@lsep\relax +% \@capbreakfalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the text is empty, we use no caption label separator, too. +% (And no text format either.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifempty{#2}{% + \let\caption@lsep\@empty + \let\caption@tfmt\@firstofone +% \@capbreakfalse +% \let\caption@ifstrut\@secondoftwo + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Take care that |\caption@parindent| and |\caption@hangindent| will be used +% to typeset the paragraph. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@setpar{\@@par\caption@@par}\caption@@par +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Finally typeset the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@applyfont + \caption@fmt + {\ifcaption@star\else + \begingroup + \captionlabelfont + #1% + \endgroup + \fi}% + {\ifcaption@star\else + \begingroup + \caption@iflf\captionlabelfont + \relax\caption@lsep + \endgroup + \fi}% + {{\captiontextfont + \captiontextstart + \caption@ifstrut + {\vrule\@height\ht\strutbox\@width\z@}% + {}% + \nobreak\hskip\z@skip % enable hyphenation + \caption@tfmt{#2}% +% \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\z@\@depth\dp\strutbox\@width\z@}{}% + \caption@ifstrut + {\ifhmode\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}% + {}% + \captiontextend}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captiontextstart{} +\newcommand*\captiontextend{\par} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-defines itself now} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2007/01/22}{Revised so \cs{label} will be detected, too} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{index} and \cs{glossary} will be detected, too} +% |\caption@ifempty|\marg{text}\marg{true} (\emph{no} \meta{false})\par +% This one tests if the \meta{text} is actually empty. +% \Note{This will be done without expanding the text, +% therefore this is far away from being bullet-proof.} +% \Note{This macro is re-defining itself so only +% the first test (in a group) will actually be done.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifempty[1]{% + \caption@if@empty{#1}% + \caption@ifempty\@unused} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@if@empty[1]{% + \def\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty + \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@tempa\expandafter{% + \caption@car#1\caption@if@empty\caption@nil}% + \def\caption@tempb{\caption@if@empty}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\ignorespaces}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobble#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\label}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\index}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\glossary}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \let\caption@ifempty\@gobbletwo + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@car#1#2\caption@nil{#1}% same as \@car, but \long +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@par} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Made this definition global} +% |\caption@@par|\par +% This command will be executed with every |\par| inside the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@par{% + \parindent\caption@parindent\hangindent\caption@hangindent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Types \& sub-types} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionType} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1a}{2007/09/07}{Three optional arguments added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/06}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} to \cs{DeclareCaptionType}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{Optional argument revised, uses key-value syntax now} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/04/13}{Uses \cs{caption@within@default} now} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Support of \cs{float@exts} and \cs{float@addtolists} added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@DeclareWithinOption} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Definition of \cs{listofXXXes} added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced as \package{newfloat} package} +% |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionType{% + \RequirePackage{newfloat}% + \DeclareFloatingEnvironment} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionType +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ForEachType} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ForEachType|\marg{code} +% will execute the given code for all (known) floating environments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ForEachType[1]{% + \caption@ifundefined\ForEachFloatingEnvironment + {\def\@elt##1{#1}% + \caption@ifundefined\c@figure\@gobble\@elt{figure}% + \caption@ifundefined\c@table\@gobble\@elt{table}% + \let\@elt\relax + \newfloat@addtohook{#1}}% + {\ForEachFloatingEnvironment{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{% + \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionSubType} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/03/11}{Bugfix: \cs{subfigurename} will be defined now} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-10-01: Usage of \cs{caption@addtoreset} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/01/01}{\cs{@dottedlofline} will be defined \& used now} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/09}{Support of the titletoc package added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2011/12/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@addtoreset} replaced by \cs{@addtoreset}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/01/10}{Bugfix: Definition of autoref string corrected} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/06/17}{Bugfix: \cs{c@tocdepth} will be set (locally) now} +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\par +% The starred variant provides the numbering format +% \meta{type}|.|\meta{subtype} while the non-starred variant simply +% uses \meta{subtype}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionSubType{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declaresubtype\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionSubType +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declaresubtype[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@@declaresubtype{#1}}{alph}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declaresubtype +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@declaresubtype#1[#2]#3{% + \@ifundefined{c@#3}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#3' defined}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + {\@ifundefined{c@sub#3}% + {\caption@Debug{New subtype `sub#3'}% + \newcounter{sub#3}% + \@addtoreset{sub#3}{#3}% + \@namedef{ext@sub#3}{\csname ext@#3\endcsname}% + \caption@declaresublistentry{#3}% + \@cons\caption@subtypelist{{#3}}}% + {\caption@Debug{Modify caption `sub#3'}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Support of \package{titletoc} package +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\contentsuse{}{% + \contentsuse{sub#3}{\csname ext@sub#3\endcsname}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@namedef{sub#3name}{}% + \@namedef{sub#3autorefname}{\csname #3autorefname\endcsname}% + #1% is \@firstoftwo in star form, and \@secondoftwo otherwise + {\@namedef{p@sub#3}{}% + \@namedef{thesub#3}{\csname the#3\endcsname.\@nameuse{#2}{sub#3}}}% + {\@namedef{p@sub#3}{\csname the#3\endcsname}% + \@namedef{thesub#3}{\@nameuse{#2}{sub#3}}}% + \@namedef{theHsub#3}{\csname theH#3\endcsname.\arabic{sub#3}}% + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declaresubtype +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declaresublistentry{% + \caption@ifundefined\l@chapter + {\caption@@declaresublistentry\l@subsubsection}% + {\caption@@declaresublistentry\l@subsection}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@declaresublistentry[2]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \caption@@@declaresublistentry\relax\@dottedtocline\caption@nil{#2}% + \else + \expandafter\caption@@@declaresublistentry#1{}{}\@dottedtocline\caption@nil{#2}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@@declaresublistentry#1\@dottedtocline#2\caption@nil#3{% + \def\@tempa{#1}% +% Does \l@(sub)subsection start with \@dottedtocline? + \ifx\@tempa\@empty +% Yes + \caption@@@@declaresublistentry{#3}#2\caption@nil + \else +% No + \caption@@@@declaresublistentry{#3}@{3.8em}{3.2em}\caption@nil + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@@declaresublistentry#1#2#3#4#5\caption@nil{% + \expandafter\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry\expandafter + {\csname @dotted\csname ext@#1\endcsname line\endcsname}{#1}{#3}{#4}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry[4]{% + \@namedef{l@sub#2}{#1{2}{#3}{#4}}% + \expandafter\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry + \expandafter#1\expandafter{\csname ext@#2\endcsname depth}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry[2]{ + \ifx#1\relax + \def#1##1{% + \def\next{\@dottedtocline{##1}}% + \@ifundefined{c@#2}{}{% + \ifnum ##1>\@nameuse{c@#2}\relax + \let\next\@gobblefour + \else + \c@tocdepth=\@nameuse{c@#2}\relax + \fi}% + \next}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypelist} +% An \cs{@elt}-list containing the subtypes defined +% with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subtypelist{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Unfortunately the \class{memoir} document class resets the +% \texttt{subfigure} resp.~\texttt{subtable} counter at the begin +% of floating environments, i.e.~at |\@float|. +% As a side-effect |\Continued|\-|Float| does not work correctly. +% For that reason we need to introduce macros to save and restore +% all sub-caption counters here. +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@restorecounters} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/05/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@restore|\-|counters| restores all counters saved with +% |\caption@save|\-|counter|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@restorecounters{% + \caption@restore@counters + \global\let\caption@restore@counters\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@restore@counters{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@savesubcounters} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/05/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@save|\-|sub|\-|counters| saves all sub-caption counters, +% so they can be restored with |\caption@restore|\-|counters| later on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@savesubcounters{% + \def\@elt##1{\caption@savecounter{sub##1}}% + \caption@subtypelist + \let\@elt\relax}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@savecounter[1]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{% + \noexpand\l@addto@macro\noexpand\caption@restore@counters + {\noexpand\setcounter{#1}{\number\value{#1}}}}% + \caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@For} +% \changes{v1.1a}{2007/09/07}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Renamed from \cs{ForFloatingEnvironments} to \cs{caption@For}} +% |\caption@For|\marg{elt-list}\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% |\caption@For*|\marg{elt-list}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@For{\caption@withoptargs\caption@@For} +%\@onlypreamble\caption@For +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@For[3]{% + \caption@AtBeginDocument#1{% + \def\@elt##1{#3}% + \@nameuse{caption@#2}% + \let\@elt\relax}}% +%\@onlypreamble\caption@@For +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{subfig package adaptions} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/07}{Several adaptions to the \package{subfig} package added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/11/01}{Bugfix 11-11-01: Test for the \package{subfig} package revised} +% +% Since the \package{subfig} package is not maintained anymore, +% we have to make several adaptions to \thispackage~\version{1.1} here. +% Please note that we only support the version $1.3$ of the \package{subfig} package here. +% So older versions do not work with this version of \thispackage, and newer +% versions are expected to be adapted. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\@tempa{2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@subfig.sty\endcsname\@tempa + \caption@InfoNoLine{subfig package v1.3 is loaded}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@setfloattype\@gobble + \let\@dottedxxxline\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline + \let\sf@subfloat\sf@NEW@subfloat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi + \let\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline\@undefined + \let\sf@NEW@subfloat\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedxxxline} +% New version of |\@dottedxxxline| +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% + \begingroup + \caption@setfloattype{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{sub#1}% + \ifnum #3>\@nameuse{c@#2depth}\else + \@dottedtocline{\z@}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}% + \fi + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\sf@subfloat} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2011/12/29}{Bugfix 11-12-23: Usage of \cs{caption@warmup} added} +% New version of |\sf@subfloat| +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sf@NEW@subfloat{% + \begingroup + \@nameuse{caption@warmup}% + \caption@setfloattype\@captype + \sf@ifpositiontop{% + \maincaptiontoptrue + }{% + \maincaptiontopfalse + }% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{sub\@captype}% + \let\sf@oldlabel=\label + \let\label=\subfloat@label + \ifmaincaptiontop\else + \advance\@nameuse{c@\@captype}\@ne + \fi + \refstepcounter{sub\@captype}% + \setcounter{sub\@captype @save}{\value{sub\@captype}}% + \@ifnextchar [% %] match left bracket + {\sf@@subfloat}% + {\sf@@subfloat[\@empty]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \begin{thebibliography}{99} +% \bibitem{TLC2} +% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\ +% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\ +% \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004. +% +% \bibitem{Anne} +% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein:\\ +% \emph{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung},\\ +% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989 +% +% \bibitem{hyperref} +% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}% +% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\ +% November 12, 2007 +% +% \bibitem{refcount} +% Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/refcount}% +% {\emph{The refcount package}},\\ +% 2006/02/20 +% +% \bibitem{threeparttable} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}% +% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ +% 2003/06/13 +% \end{thebibliography} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.4/caption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.4/caption.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2c9dc62be3b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.4/caption.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,4538 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{2986} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption.drv}[2015/09/16 v3.4 Implementation of the caption package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\usepackage[debug]{caption}[2013/01/01] +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring + {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% + {AMS}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring + {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + {KOMA-Script}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package} +% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package} +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% +% \newcommand*\issue[1]{GitLab~\##1} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption.sty} +% +% \title{The Implementation of +% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A +% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A +% {the caption package}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\filedate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel +% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|). +% +% \Thispackage\ redefines the \LaTeX\ commands +% |\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@makecaption| and maps the latter one to +% |\caption@@make|, giving the user the possibility to control the look \& feel +% of the captions from floating environments like |figure| and |table|. +% Furthermore it does similar to the caption stuff coming from other packages +% (like the \package{longtable} or \package{supertabular} package): +% Mapping the appropriate internal commands (like |\LT@makecaption| or +% |\ST@caption|) to the ones offered by the \package{caption3} kernel. +% So you can think of \thispackage\ as a layer package, it +% simply provides adaptation layers between the caption stuff coming from +% \LaTeXe\ or packages, and the caption stuff offered by the +% \package{caption3} kernel. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{User manual} +% +% This document is describing the code implementation only. +% The user documentation can be found in +% \nopagebreak\begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The English documentation \\ +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-rus.pdf}} & The Russian documentation\footnotemark \\ +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-deu.pdf}} & The German documentation \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \footnotetext{Thanks a lot to Olga Lapko for this translation} +% \end{quote} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.0}{1994/10/27}{First release} +% \changes{v1.1}{1994/11/03}{New option \texttt{centerlast}} +% \changes{v1.2}{1994/11/28}{Support of the \package{float} package} +% \changes{v1.3}{1995/01/09}{Support of \cs{captionlabelfont} in subcaptions} +% \changes{v1.4}{1995/01/30}{New option \texttt{nooneline}} +% \changes{v1.4b}{1995/04/05}{Bugfix release} +% \changes{v3.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages: \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \section{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +%\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2020/07/29 v3.4m Customizing captions (AR)] +\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2020/09/28 v3.4n Customizing captions (AR)] % Backport of commit 43567491e5b075d661c080bca298f5428f289758 from 2020/09/28 +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Loading the kernel} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{caption3}[=2020/07/29] % needs v1.13 or newer +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Check against unknown document classes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{documentclass}{}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak + standard defaults will be used}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Check against incompatible packages} +% +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/06}{Check against obsolete \package{caption2} package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{% + \caption@Error{% + You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*\MessageBreak + the (current) caption package}% + \endinput +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{ftcap} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{nonfloat} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/18}{Check against incompatible \package{topcapt} package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifpackageloaded{ftcap}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{ftcap}}{}% + \@ifpackageloaded{nonfloat}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{nonfloat}}{}% + \@ifpackageloaded{topcapt}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{topcapt}}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@DisablePositionOption} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{\texttt{position=b} added} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/03/29}{% +% Name changed from \cs{caption@IncompatiblePackage} to \cs{caption@DisablePositionOption}; +% disables the `position' option now instead of issuing a warning} +% |\caption@DisablePositionOption|\marg{package}\par +% disables the `position' option. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@DisablePositionOption[1]{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + `#1' package detected; setting `position=b' for compatibility reasons}% + \caption@setposition b% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{position}{% + \caption@Error{Usage of the `position' option is incompatible\MessageBreak + to the `#1' package}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DisablePositionOption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Declaration of options} +% +% \subsection{Miscellaneous options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{config}[caption]{% + \InputIfFileExists{#1.cfg}% + {\typeout{*** Local configuration file #1.cfg used ***}}% + {\caption@Warning{Configuration file #1.cfg not found}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@selectlistentry} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@selectlistentry|\marg{\purett{heading} or \purett{entry}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@selectlistentry[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{heading}{% + \let\caption@iflistheading\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{default,list-entry,entry}{% + \let\caption@iflistheading\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined list-entry selection `#1'}% + }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.3}{2012-03-25}{Option \opt{list-entry} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{list-entry}{\caption@selectlistentry{#1}} +\captionsetup{list-entry=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setparboxrestore} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setparboxrestore|\marg{\purett{partial} or \purett{full}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setparboxrestore[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{full}{% + \caption@setfullparboxrestore + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{default,light,partial}{% + \let\caption@parboxrestore\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined parboxrestore `#1'}% + }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfullparboxrestore} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setfullparboxrestore|\par +% This is an abbreviation for |\caption@setparboxrestore{full}|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfullparboxrestore{% + \let\caption@parboxrestore\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Option \opt{parboxrestore} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parboxrestore}{\caption@setparboxrestore{#1}} +\captionsetup{parboxrestore=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Option \opt{@minipage=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{@minipage}{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{auto,default}% + {\let\caption@if@minipage\@gobbletwo}% + {\caption@set@bool\caption@if@minipage{#1}}} +\captionsetup{@minipage=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{caption v1.x compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/21}{Option `compatibility' added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption v1.x compatibility options revised} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v1.x$ compatibility options} +% +% Currently we support |v1| and |v3| as values for the |compatibility=| option. +% But since this used to be a boolean option is the past we still support any boolean value +% for compatibility reasons. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{compatibility}[v1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{v1,1,true,yes,on}{% + \let\caption@ifcompatibility\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{v3,3,0,false,no,off}{% + \let\caption@ifcompatibility\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined compatibility value `#1'}% + }}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{compatibility} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{compatibility}{0} % default: Try not to be compatible to v1.x +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setincompatible} +% \changes{v3.4}{2019/09/09}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setincompatible|\marg{condition}\marg{message text} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setincompatible[2]{% + #1{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + #2;\MessageBreak + Setting compatibility to v1}% + \caption@setbool{compatibility}{1}% + }{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Check against incompatible packages which used to work fine with v1 of the `caption' package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifcompatibility{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% The usage of the (now obsolete) \package{captcont} package, +% which brings its own definition of |\caption*|, was quite common in the old days. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setincompatible{\@ifpackageloaded{captcont}}{captcont package is loaded}% +% \end{macrocode} +% To be continued\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} +}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normal}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{isu}{% + \caption@setformat{hang}% + \caption@setjustification{justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{hang}{% + \caption@setformat{hang}% + \caption@setjustification{justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{center}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{centering}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{centerlast}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{centerlast}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{scriptsize}{\def\captionfont{\scriptsize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{footnotesize}{\def\captionfont{\footnotesize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{small}{\def\captionfont{\small}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normalsize}{\def\captionfont{\normalsize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{large}{\def\captionfont{\large}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{Large}{\def\captionfont{\Large}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{up}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\upshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{it}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\itshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sl}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\slshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sc}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\scshape} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{md}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\mdseries} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{bf}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\bfseries} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{rm}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\rmfamily} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sf}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\sffamily} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{tt}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\ttfamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{nooneline}{\caption@setbool{slc}{0}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{ruled}{0} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ruled}{\caption@setbool{ruled}{1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{caption2 v2.x compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/07/08}{caption2 \version{2.x} compatibility options added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption2 v2.x compatibility options revised} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v2.x$ compatibility options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushleft}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{raggedright}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushright}{% + \caption@setformat{plain}% + \caption@setjustification{raggedleft}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{oneline}{\caption@setbool{slc}{1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ignoreLTcapwidth}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Obsolete caption v3.0 options} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{Package option \opt{caption} marked as obsolete, +% gives error now} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{caption}{% + \caption@setbool{temp}{#1}% + \caption@ifbool{temp}{}{% + \caption@Error{% + The package option `caption=#1' is obsolete.\MessageBreak + Please pass this option to the subfig package instead\MessageBreak + and do *not* load the caption package anymore}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{fltpage package support options} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{Options `FPlist' \& `FPref' added} +% With these options is controlled where the list-of entry and |\ref| resp. +% |\pageref| or |\autoref| will link to. +% Defaults are |FPlist=caption| and |FPref=figure| which is inconsistent, +% but compatible to the usual behaviour of the \package{fltpage} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{FPlist}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{list}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{FPref}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{ref}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPlist} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPref} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setFPoption[2]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}% + \caption@setbool{FP#1cap}{\if c\caption@tempa 1\else 0\fi}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@setFPoption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{FPlist=caption,FPref=figure} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{hyperref package support options} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{Options `hypcap' \& `hypcapspace' added} +% With |hypcap=off| one can turn the \package{hypcap} support off +% (default is |on|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcap}[1]{\caption@setbool{hypcap}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcapspace}{\def\caption@hypcapspace{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{hypcap=1,hypcapspace=.5\baselineskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{\AmS{} \& \SmF{} document classes support} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ document classes support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifclassloaded{ams}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{AMS or SMF document class}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \setlength\belowcaptionskip{0pt}% set to 12pt by AMS class +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{\KOMAScript{} document classes support} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/18}{Minimum adaptation to \KOMAScript\ added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options added} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility commands added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options removed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/05}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised \& enhanced} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifclassloaded{koma}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{KOMA-Script document class}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Here we emulate the caption related commands and take over the caption +% related settings from the \KOMAScript\ classes. +% +% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovetrue} +% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovefalse} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[table]{position=t}} + \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[table]{position=b}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@tablecaptionabove + \@tablecaptionabovetrue + \else + \@tablecaptionabovefalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@figurecaptionabovetrue} +% \begin{macro}{\@figurecaptionabovefalse} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/02/15}{Support of \cs{@figurecaptionabovetrue} added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\@figurecaptionabovetrue{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\@figurecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[figure]{position=t}} + \g@addto@macro\@figurecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[figure]{position=b}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \if@figurecaptionabove + \@figurecaptionabovetrue + \else + \@figurecaptionabovefalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionstrue} +% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionsfalse} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionstrue{\let\caption@ifslc\@firstoftwo} + \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionsfalse{\let\caption@ifslc\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifonelinecaptions + \onelinecaptionstrue + \else + \onelinecaptionsfalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovetrue} +% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovefalse} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/03/21}{Bugfix 06-03-21: +% \cs{let}\cs{caption@setposition}\cs{@gobble} added} +% \changes{v3.0n}{2006/03/09}{Accidentally this got broken in \version{3.0m}, fixed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/31}{We redefine \cs{captionabovetrue/false} now +% instead of \cs{captionabove/below}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{\opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} will issue a warning now} +% \changes{v3.4}{2019/09/11}{\opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} will now set the position anyway since it could be used by other packages} +% Please note that these are stronger than the \opt{position} setting, therefore we +% override the options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} to typeout a warning. +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\@captionabovetrue{\let\caption@position\@firstoftwo} + \g@addto@macro\@captionabovefalse{\let\caption@position\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `figureposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak + when used with a KOMA script document class}% + \captionsetup*[figure]{position=#1}} + \DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `tableposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak + when used with a KOMA script document class}% + \captionsetup*[table]{position=#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapindent} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KOMA@setcapindent\@setcapindent + \renewcommand*\@setcapindent[1]{% + \caption@KOMA@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KOMA@@setcapindent\@@setcapindent + \renewcommand*\@@setcapindent[1]{% + \caption@KOMA@@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@setcapindent{% + \captionsetup{indent=\ifdim\cap@indent<\z@\z@\else\cap@indent\fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\cap@indent{\caption@setcapindent}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapwidth} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% \Note{The optional argument of \cs{setcapwidth} if not supported (yet), +% so we issue a warning if used. +% (Since this does not seem to have an negative effect when used +% by the \texttt{captionbeside} environment, we suppress the warning here.)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapwidth + \csname\string\setcapwidth\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\setcapwidth}[#1]#2{% + \caption@KOMA@setcapwidth[{#1}]{#2}\caption@setcapwidth{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@setcapwidth[1]{% + \ifx\\#1\\\else + \caption@ifdefined\cap@margin{% + \def\@tempa{captionbeside}% + \ifx\@tempa\@currenvir\else\caption@Warning{% + Ignoring optional argument [#1] of \string\setcapwidth\MessageBreak}% + \fi}{}% + \fi + \captionsetup{width=\cap@width}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@tempa{\hsize}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\cap@width \else + \caption@setcapwidth{?} + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcapmargin} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapmargin + \csname\string\@setcapmargin\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{% + \caption@KOMA@setcapmargin[{#1}]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin + \csname\string\@@setcapmargin\endcsname + \@namedef{\string\@@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{% + \caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin[{#1}]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@setcapmargin{% + \begingroup + \let\onelinecaptionsfalse\relax + \def\@twoside{0}% + \def\if@twoside{\def\@twoside{1}\iffalse}% + \cap@margin + \def\@tempa{\endgroup}% + \ifx\cap@left\hfill\else\ifx\cap@right\hfill\else + \def\hspace##1##{\@firstofone}% + \edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\captionsetup{% + twoside=\@twoside,slc=0,% + margin={\cap@left,\cap@right}}}% + \fi\fi + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\cap@margin\relax \else + \caption@setcapmargin + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Processing of options} +% +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Verbose option added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Verbose option removed from package} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{We do not process global options anymore} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@SetupOptions{caption}{\caption@setkeys{#1}{#2}} +\caption@ProcessOptions*{caption} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{\cs{caption}, \cs{@caption}, and \cs{@makecaption}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifflag} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{This switch added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten (and renamed) so a counter is used instead of a switch} +% Since we support continued floats and sub-figures it's not an easy task +% to manage the figure (and table) counter. (Especially since previous versions +% of the caption package has proven that correcting a counter locally is not a good idea.) +% +% These three switches hold the +% current status: |\caption@if|\-|flag{2}| is set if the caption was already +% typeset (so the counter doesn't need to be incremented for sub-figures), +% |\caption@if|\-|flag{4}| is set if there is already content which have +% incremented the counter (so the counter doesn't need to be incremented +% for the main caption, further sub-figures, and other stuff), and +% |\caption@if|\-|flag{1}| is set if |\continued|\-|float| was given. +% +% In the past three boolean switches were used to store the flags, but since some +% packages (like the \package{floatrow} and \package{tabu} package) try hard to keep +% counter changes locally under certain circumstances, it seems a good idea to make +% these flags a counter value, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcounter{caption@flags} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifflag[1]{% + \@tempcnta\c@caption@flags + \divide\@tempcnta #1\relax + \ifodd\@tempcnta + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clrflags} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{This macro added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clrflag} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten so a counter is used instead of a switch} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setflag} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten so a counter is used instead of a switch} +% Furthermore we introduce the macros \cs{caption@clrflag} and \cs{caption@setflag} +% for clearing resp.~setting these flags. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clrflags{% + \setcounter{caption@flags}\z@} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clrflag[1]{% + \caption@ifflag{#1}{\caption@addtoflags{-#1}}{}} +\newcommand*\caption@setflag[1]{% + \caption@ifflag{#1}{}{\caption@addtoflags{#1}}} +\newcommand*\caption@addtoflags{% + \addtocounter{caption@flags}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@caption} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/22}{Bugfix: \cs{ContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/13}{Support of \cs{caption*[]} removed} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/19}{Minimal support of \textsf{combine} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore} +% Here comes our definition of |\caption| and |\caption*|. +% Beside the support of the starred variant this code was adapted to the +% various packages we support. +% We are using |\caption@dblarg| instead of |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}| +% (with an empty arg.) will produce a list-of entry, but |\caption[]{}| +% won't. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@caption{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@checkgrouplevel\@empty\caption + \caption@star + {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\caption outside float}% + \caption@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@star} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@caption} to \cs{caption@star}} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{\cs{global} removed} +% A helper macro which processes the optional |*| after |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@star[2]{% + \@ifstar{\caption@startrue#2[]}{#1#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@caption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Bugfix: Handling of \texttt{@minipage} flag added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Support of option \opt{@minipage} added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Internal: Uses \cs{caption@prepareanchor} now} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/21}{Adapted to the \textsf{memoir} document class} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Usage of \cs{M@gettitle} moved to \cs{caption@prepareanchor}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Adapted to the \textsf{nag} package} +% As above, our version has been adapted to the packages we support. +% Additionally our code is nested by |\caption@beginex| \& +% |\caption@end| instead of |\begingroup| \& |\endgroup|. +% Furthermore we use |\caption@boxrestore| instead of |\@parboxrestore| +% so this code also works correctly inside list-based environments +% like |wide| \& |addmargin|. (This, and the fact that we use +% |\linewidth| instead of |\hsize| inside |\@makecaption|, solves +% \href{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=latex/2472}%^^A +% {\LaTeX\ PR \texttt{latex/2472}}.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@caption#1[#2]#3{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcaption@star \else + \caption@prepareanchor{#1}{#2}% + \memcaptioninfo{#1}{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#2}{#3}% + \@nameuse{nag@hascaptiontrue}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \par + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@setfloatcapt{% + \caption@boxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \caption@normalsize + \ifcaption@star + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone + \fi + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}% + {\ignorespaces\caption@makeanchor{#3}}\par + \caption@if@minipage\@minipagetrue\@minipagefalse}% + \caption@end} +% \end{macrocode} +% \textsf{memoir} document class stuff: +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\M@gettitle[1]{} +\providecommand\memcaptioninfo[4]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareanchor} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Usage of \cs{M@gettitle} moved from \cs{caption@@caption}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@prepareanchor[2]{% + \caption@makecurrent{#1}{#2}% + \caption@ifhypcap\caption@@start\relax + \M@gettitle{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecaption} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \cs{caption@rule} added} +% |\@makecaption|\marg{label}\marg{text}\par +% We do basically the same as the original code (from the standard +% \LaTeX\ document classes), but take care of the |position=| setting +% and use |\caption@@make| from the \package{caption} kernel to finally +% typeset the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@makecaption#1#2{% + \caption@make@above + \caption@@make{#1}{#2}% + \caption@make@below} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@make@above} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@make@below} +% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{This macro added} +% |\caption@make@above|\\ +% |\caption@make@below|\par +% Typesets the stuff above resp.~below the caption, depending on |\caption@iftop|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@make@above{% + \caption@iftop + \caption@belowskip + {\caption@rule\caption@aboveskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@make@below{% + \caption@iftop + {\caption@aboveskip\caption@rule}% + \caption@belowskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@aboveskip} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@belowskip} +% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{This macro added} +% |\caption@aboveskip|\\ +% |\caption@belowskip|\par +% Typesets the skip above resp.~below the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@aboveskip{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@belowskip{% + \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@redefine} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{This macro added, it contains the patching code now} +% Prior to \version{3.4} we only redefined |\caption| and |\@caption| if the current definitions +% were well known, so documents written in the old (\package{caption} package \version{1.x}) days +% (where |\caption| \& |\@caption| were not redefined by us) still compiled fine. +% This used to make sense when introducing \version{3.0} in the year 2003 +% but is simply overcautious and especially unwanted by the user nowadays. +% So starting with \version{3.4} we only do not redefine |\caption| and |\@caption| if the +% `compatibility' option is set to `v1'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@redefine{} +\g@addto@macro\caption@redefine{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifcompatibility{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@InfoNoLine{ + \noexpand\caption will not be redefined since `compatibility' is set to v1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\continuedfloat| is not supported in compatibility mode. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@continuedfloat[1]{% + \caption@Error{Not available in compatibility mode}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\caption@start| is not supported in compatibility mode. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \let\caption@start\relax + \caption@ifdefined\caption@ORI@capstart{% + \caption@Debug{% + Restore hypcap definition of \string\capstart\@gobble}% + \let\capstart\caption@ORI@capstart}{}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@star} +% We redefine |\caption@star| here so it does not make any harm. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@star[2]{#1#2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption} +% \begin{macro}{\@caption} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{% + \let\caption\caption@caption + \let\@caption\caption@@caption}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@redefine + \caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \let\caption@ORI@capstart\@undefined}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xfloat} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This re-definition added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Will now be redefined in compatibility mode, too} +% We redefine |\@xfloat| so inside floating environments our +% type-specific options will be used, a \package{hyperref} +% anchor will be set etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xfloat\@xfloat + \def\@xfloat#1[#2]{% + \caption@ORI@xfloat{#1}[#2]% + \caption@settype{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Some packages (like the \package{hyperref} package for example) redefines +% |\caption| and |\@caption|, too. +% So we have to use |\AtBeginDocument| here, so we can make sure +% our definition is the one which will be valid at last. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@redefine} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\phantomcaption} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/31}{Bugfix 10-09-01b: This macro added} +% |\phantomcaption|\par +% Use this one for figures with subcaptions but without main caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\phantomcaption{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\phantomcaption outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{\cs{captionof}} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Option \opt{type=} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/25}{Option \opt{type*=} added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Option \opt{subtype} \& \opt{subtype*} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{Bugfix 10-10-17: Option \opt{type=} uses \cs{setcaptiontype} instead of \cs{caption@settype} now} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{type}{\setcaptiontype{#1}}% + \DeclareCaptionOption{type*}{\setcaptiontype*{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{subtype}{\setcaptionsubtype\relax}% + \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{subtype*}{\setcaptionsubtype*}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \emph{Important Note:} +% Like |\captionof| the option |type=| should only be used inside a +% group, box, or environment and does not check if the argument is a valid +% floating environment or not. +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptiontype} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.4e}{2020/01/02}{Check added if the subtype is defined} +% Like |\captionsetup{type=xxx}|, but also works if \cs{captionsetup} was redefined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\setcaptiontype{% + \caption@boxrestore@mini + \caption@settype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionsubtype} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/15}{This macro added} +% Same, but sets the sub-type. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\setcaptionsubtype{% + \caption@iftype + \caption@setsubtype + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\setcaptionsubtype outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@setsubtype{% + \@ifstar + {\caption@@settype{sub}*{sub\@captype}}% + {\caption@@settype{sub}{sub\@captype}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@settype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Usage of \cs{caption@xlabel} added} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{Error message for \cs{caption@checkgrouplevel} revised} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{\cs{caption@setsubtype} added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Crappy \cs{caption@iftypewarning} replaced} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{Usage of \cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Error message moved from here to \cs{caption@refstepcounter}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Resetting of \cs{ifcaption@caption} and \cs{ifcaption@subcaption} added} +% \changes{v3.4e}{2020/01/02}{Checks added to prevent misuse regading subtypes} +% |\caption@settype*|\marg{type}\par +% sets |\@captype| and executes the options associated with it +% (using |\caption@set|\-|options|). +% Furthermore we check |\current|\-|group|\-|level| (if avail), +% redefine |\@currentlabel| so a |\label| before |\caption| will result +% in a hint instead of a wrong reference, and +% use the macro |\caption@|(|sub|)|type|\-|hook| (which will be used by our +% \package{float} package support).\par +% The non-starred version sets a \package{hyperref} anchor additionally +% (if |hypcap=|\-|true| and the \package{hypcap} package is not loaded). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@settype{% + \caption@clrflags + \caption@set@type} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@type{% + \caption@@settype{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@settype[1]{% + \caption@teststar{\caption@@@settype{#1}}\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@settype[3]{% +% #1 = "" or "sub" +% #2 = \@firstoftwo in star form, \@secondoftwo otherwise +% #3 = <type>, e.g. "figure" or "subfigure" + \caption@Debug{#1type=#3}% + \@nameuse{caption@check#1type}{#3}% + {\caption@checkgrouplevel{#1}{% + \captionsetup{#1type#2*\@empty=...}#2{ or + \@backslashchar#1captionof}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\caption@tempa{#3}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa \else + \ifcaptionsetup@star\else\@nameuse{caption@#1type@warning}\fi + \fi + \expandafter\let\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@nameuse{caption@#1typehook}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{#3}% + \ifx\caption@opt\relax + \@nameundef{caption@#1type@warning}% + \else + \@namedef{caption@#1type@warning}{\caption@Warning{% + The #1type was already set to + `\csname @#1captype\endcsname'\MessageBreak}}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + #2{}{% + \let\@currentlabel\caption@undefinedlabel +% \let\@currentHlabel\@undefined + \ifx\caption@x@label\@undefined + \let\caption@x@label\label + \let\label\caption@xlabel + \fi + \caption@start}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{This macro and its usage added} +% Since we often need to check if |\@captype| is defined (means: we +% are inside a floating environment) this helper macro was introduced. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@iftype{\caption@ifdefined\@captype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checktype} +% \changes{v3.4g}{2020/01/02}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.4m}{2020/07/29}{Check of \cs{sf@counterlist} from \package{subfig} package added} +% |\caption@checktype|\marg{type}\marg{code}\par +% is used by |\caption@settype| and should either expand the code or issue an error +% if the given type is not a proper type, i.e. it is a sub-type instead (either defined by +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType| or |\newsubfloat|\cite{subfig}). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@checktype[1]{% + \caption@ifsubtype{#1}\@firstoftwo{\caption@ifin@list\sf@counterlist{#1}}% + {\caption@Error{Should not be used with subtype `#1'}% + \@gobble}% + \@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checksubtype} +% \changes{v3.4g}{2020/01/02}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.4m}{2020/07/29}{Check of \cs{sf@counterlist} from \package{subfig} package added} +% |\caption@checksubtype|\marg{type}\marg{code}\par +% is used by |\caption@settype| and should either expand the code or issue an error +% if the given type is not a proper sub-type, i.e. not defined by |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% Since the |sub|\-|float|\-|row| environment offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} +% is using |\caption|\-|setup{sub|\-|type}| even if the sub-type was defined by |\new|\-|sub|\-|float| +% offered by \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}, we take a more relaxed view of things here and allow +% those sub-types as well (but not without warning since we do not support this). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@checksubtype[1]{% + \caption@ifsubtype{#1}% + \@firstofone + {\caption@ifin@list\sf@counterlist{#1}% + {\caption@Warning{% + \noexpand\setcaptionsubtype without \string\DeclareCaptionSubType.\MessageBreak + This is not designed to work; you could try replacing\MessageBreak + the `subfig' package with `subcaption' to resolve\MessageBreak + this problem which occurred}% + \@firstofone}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined subtype `#1'}% + \@gobble}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checkgrouplevel} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Error changed to warning (compatibility)} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/21}{Uses \cs{caption@ifeTeX} now} +% Checks if |\captionsetup{type=|\ldots|}| or |\caption| is done +% inside a group or not -- in the latter case a warning message will +% be issued. (needs \eTeX) +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifeTeX{% + \newcommand*\caption@checkgrouplevel[2]{% + \@ifundefined{#1caption@grouplevel}{% + \caption@ifundefined\caption@grouplevel{\let\caption@grouplevel\z@}{}% + \ifnum\currentgrouplevel>\caption@grouplevel\relax + \expandafter\edef\csname #1caption@grouplevel\endcsname{% + \the\currentgrouplevel}% + \else + \caption@Warning{\string#2\MessageBreak outside box or environment}% + \fi + }{}}% +}{% + \let\caption@checkgrouplevel\@gobbletwo +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefinedlabel} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Contents changed to \texttt{??}} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Contents changed to \cs{caption@xref}(\ldots)} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{Bugfix 08-12-08: \cs{caption@xref} is robust now} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/13}{Text changed from `before' to `without proper'} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/21}{Text changed from `without proper \cs{caption}' to `without proper reference'} +% This label will be used for |\currentlabel| inside (floating) environments +% as default. (see above) +% \iffalse\Note{All commands used have to be robust here.}\fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@undefinedlabel{% + \protect\caption@xref{\caption@labelname}{\on@line}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@xref[2]{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{\noexpand\label without proper reference#2}% + \@setref\relax\@undefined{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@labelname{??} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@xlabel} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/11}{Revised} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Bugfix: \cs{pageref} should always work now} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/19}{Works with optional arguments now, too} +% The new code of |\label| inside floating environments. +% |\label| will be redefined using |\caption@withoptargs|, so +% |#1| are the optional arguments (if any), and +% |#2| is the mandatory argument here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@xlabel{% + \caption@withoptargs\caption@@xlabel} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@xlabel[2]{% + \caption@@@xlabel + \def\caption@labelname{#2}% + \caption@x@label#1{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@xlabel{% + \global\let\caption@@@xlabel\@empty + \@bsphack + \protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@xref[2]{% + \string\@setref\string\relax\string\@undefined{\string##1}}}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionof} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Uses \cs{caption@settype} instead of \cs{def}\cs{@captype}} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/22}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt} removed} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/30}{Better compatibility: Will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} now} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{Bugfix 10-10-17: Uses \cs{setcaptiontype} instead of \cs{caption@settype} now} +% |\captionof|\marg{type}\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\\ +% |\captionof*|\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\par +% \Note{This will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} so +% \cs{usepackage}\csmarg{caption,capt-of} will still work. +% (Compatibility to \version{1.x})} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\captionof{\caption@teststar\caption@of{\caption*}\caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@of[2]{\setcaptiontype*{#2}#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{\cs{captionlistentry}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionlistentry} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\\ +% |\captionlistentry*|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionlistentry{% + \caption@teststar\@captionlistentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@captionlistentry[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@listentry{#1}}\@captype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@listentry#1[#2]#3{% + \@bsphack + #1{\caption@gettitle{#3}}% + {\caption@refstepcounter{#2}% + \caption@makecurrent{#2}{#3}}% + \caption@addcontentsline{#2}{#3}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{\cs{captionbox}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionbox} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/12/17}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/16}{\cs{captionsetup} replaces with \cs{captionbox@settype} and \cs{caption@setposition}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/04/09}{Adapted to revised version of \cs{caption@withoptargs}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2017/03/19}{When used with fixed witdh the content will not be hboxed anymore} +% \changes{v3.3c}{2019/09/01}{Adapted so it could be used by \cs{subfloat} offered by \package{subcaption}} +% \changes{v3.4l}{2020/07/29}{\cs{captionbox@hj@default} renamed to \cs{captionbox@innerpos@default}} +% A |\parbox| with contents and caption, separated by an invisible |\hrule|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionbox{% + \caption@withoptargs{\caption@ibox\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ibox[3]{% + \kernel@ifnextchar[%] + {\caption@iibox{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + {\caption@iibox@{#1}{#2}{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iibox#1#2#3[#4]{% + \@testopt{\caption@iiibox{#1}{#2}{#3}[{#4}]}\captionbox@innerpos@default} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iibox@#1#2#3#4{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#4}% + \caption@iiibox{#1}{#2}{#3}[\wd\@tempboxa][\captionbox@innerpos@default]{\unhbox\@tempboxa}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iiibox#1{% + \caption@iiiibox{#1}\vbox\vtop} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iiiibox#1#2#3#4#5[#6][#7]#8{% + \begingroup + #1*% set \caption@position + \caption@iftop{% + \endgroup + \parbox[t]{#6}{% + #1\relax + \caption@setposition t% + #2{\caption#4{#5}}% + \captionbox@hrule + \csname caption@hj@#7\endcsname + #8}% + }{% + \endgroup + \parbox[b]{#6}{% + #1\relax + \caption@setposition b% + \csname caption@hj@#7\endcsname + #8% + \captionbox@hrule + #3{\caption#4{#5}}}% + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionbox@innerpos@default{c} +\newcommand*\captionbox@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@hj@c{\centering} +\providecommand*\caption@hj@l{\raggedright} +\providecommand*\caption@hj@r{\raggedleft} +\providecommand*\caption@hj@s{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{\cs{continuedfloat}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\continuedfloat} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/12}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v3.0g}{2005/06/28}{Bugfix: \cs{newcounter} replaced by \cs{newcount}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Format of \package{hyperref} extension changed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/07}{\cs{caption@setoptions} added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2011/12/17}{Undocumented optional argument removed} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Uses \cs{ifcaption@ContinuedFloat} now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@restorecounters} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/12/16}{Bugfix: Does not use \cs{caption@ContinuedFloat} anymore since this breaks \cs{ContinuedFloat} offered by the \package{subfig} package} +% \changes{v3.4}{2015/09/16}{Renamed from \cs{ContinuedFloat} to \cs{continuedfloat}} +% |\continuedfloat|\\ +% |\continuedfloat*|\par +% This mainly sets the appropriate flag, increments the +% continuation counter, and executes the given options. +% Furthermore we set |\caption@reset|\-|continued|\-|float| to |\@gobble| so the +% continuation counter will not be reset to zero inside |\caption@ref|\-|step|\-|counter|.\par +% When the \package{hyperref} package is used we have the problem +% that the usage of |\continued|\-|float| will create duplicate +% hyper links -- |\@current|\-|Href| will be the same for the main float and +% the continued ones. So we have to make sure unique labels and references +% will be created each time. We do this by extending |\the|\-|H|\-|figure| and +% |\the|\-|H|\-|table|, so for continued floats the scheme +% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}|\alph{|\meta{continued \#}|}|\end{quote} +% will be used instead of +% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}\quad\quad.\end{quote} +% \par{\small(This implementation follows an idea from Steven Douglas Cochran.)} +% \Note{This does not help if the \package{hyperref} package option +% \texttt{naturalnames=true} is set.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\continuedfloat{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@continuedfloat\@captype}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\continuedfloat outside float}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@continuedfloat[1]{% + \@ifstar + {\caption@@refstepcounter\@captype + \caption@@continuedfloat{#1}}% + {\caption@continued@float{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@continued@float[1]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@CFtype + \caption@restorecounters + \caption@@continuedfloat{#1}% + \else + \caption@Error{Continued `#1' after `\caption@CFtype'}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@continuedfloat{% + \caption@setflag1% continued float + \caption@@@continuedfloat} +\newcommand*\caption@@@continuedfloat{% + \stepcounter{continuedfloat}% + \caption@@@@continuedfloat} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@@continuedfloat[1]{% + \caption@setoptions{ContinuedFloat}% for compatibility reasons + \caption@setoptions{continuedfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{continued#1}% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname the#1\endcsname\thecontinuedfloat + \@ifundefined{theH#1}{}{% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH#1\endcsname{% + \@alph\c@continuedfloat}}% + \let\caption@@@@continuedfloat\@gobble} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@CFtype{??} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\thecontinuedfloat} +% \changes{v3.4}{2015/09/16}{Renamed from \cs{theContinuedFloat} to \cs{thecontinuedfloat}} +% This one is preset to \cs{@empty}, so usually the continuation counter is not +% included in the caption label or references. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcounter{continuedfloat} +\let\c@ContinuedFloat\c@continuedfloat % defined for compatibility reasons +\def\thecontinuedfloat{\theContinuedFloat} +\let\theContinuedFloat\@empty % defined for compatibility reasons +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@reset@continuedfloat} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2011/12/17}{Redefinition of \cs{continuedfloat} added} +% |\caption@reset@continuedfloat|\marg{type}\par +% If a continuation counter is defined, we reset it. +% (This one will be called inside |\@caption|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@reset@continuedfloat[1]{% + \xdef\caption@CFtype{#1}% + \@stpelt{continuedfloat}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ContinuedFloat} +% For compatibility reasons we still support |\Continued|\-|Float|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ContinuedFloat{\continuedfloat} % defined for compatibility reasons +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ContinuedFloat} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/12/16}{Bugfix: Revised and defined with \cs{def} instead of \cs{newcommand}} +% |\caption@ContinuedFloat|\marg{type}\par +% This one is used by \cs{ContinuedFloat} offered by the \package{subfig} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@ContinuedFloat{% + \let\caption@reset@continuedfloat\@gobble + \caption@@@continuedfloat} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\donemaincaptionfalse} +% Since the \class{memoir} document class resets the sub-caption +% counter at |\@float|, right after |\done|\-|main|\-|caption|\-|false|, +% we save all sub-caption counters at |\done|\-|main|\-|caption|\-|false| +% so we can restore them using |\caption@restore|\-|counters| +% inside |\continued|\-|float|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifdefined\donemaincaptionfalse{% + \g@addto@macro\donemaincaptionfalse\caption@savesubcounters}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Internal helpers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@refstepcounter} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Error message moved from \cs{caption@@@settype} to here} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/04}{Support of \cs{donemaincaptiontrue} from \textsf{memoir} document class added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Usage of \cs{ifcaption@caption}, \cs{ifcaption@subcaption}, and \cs{ifcaption@ContinuedFloat} added} +% Increments the float (i.e. |figure| or |table|) counter, +% resets the continuation counter, and redefines itself to |\@gobble|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@refstepcounter[1]{% + \@ifundefined{c@#1}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#1' defined}}% + {\caption@ref@stepcounter{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set flag if this part of the figure (or table) contains a caption now. +% (If |\caption@if|\-|top| is not set, |\caption| is at the bottom of this part, +% therefore ending this part, so we set the flag to |false| in this case.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@fixposition + \caption@iftop\caption@setflag\caption@clrflag2% caption +% \end{macrocode} +% This part does not contain content (like sub-figures) yet, +% so we set |\if|\-|caption@sub|\-|caption| to |false|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@clrflag4% subcaption +% \end{macrocode} +% Support of the \textsf{memoir} document class. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@nameuse{donemaincaptiontrue}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ref@stepcounter{% + \caption@ifflag1{% continued float + \let\caption@tempa\caption@@refcounter + \caption@clrflag1% continued float + }{% + \let\caption@tempa\caption@@refstepcounter + \caption@ifflag2{}{% caption + \caption@ifflag4{% subcaption +% Counter was already incremented by content, so we suppress \stepcounter{#1} here + \let\caption@tempa\caption@@refcounter + }{}% + }% + }% + \caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@refcounter[1]{% + \let\caption@stepcounter@ORI\stepcounter + \def\stepcounter##1{% + \edef\caption@tempa{#1}% Backport of commit 43567491e5b075d661c080bca298f5428f289758 from 2020/09/28: \def -> \edef + \edef\caption@tempb{##1}% Backport of commit 43567491e5b075d661c080bca298f5428f289758 from 2020/09/28: \def -> \edef + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb \else + \caption@stepcounter@ORI{##1}% + \fi}% + \caption@@@refstepcounter{#1}% + \let\stepcounter\caption@stepcounter@ORI} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@refstepcounter[1]{% + \caption@prepare@stepcounter{#1}{ref}% + \caption@@@refstepcounter{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@stepcounter[1]{% + \caption@prepare@stepcounter{#1}{}% + \caption@@@stepcounter{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@prepare@stepcounter[2]{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{#2stepcounter}% + \caption@reset@continuedfloat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@refstepcounter{\refstepcounter} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@stepcounter{\stepcounter} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@dblarg} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/05}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix 07-12-06: Changed so it works without \cs{kernel@ifnextchar} +% (which was introduced in \LaTeXe\ 2004/01/23), too} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/03/25}{Support of option \opt{list-entry} added} +% A |\relax| was added compared to |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}| will be +% expanded to |\caption[\relax]{}| (and not to |\caption[]{}|). +% Furthermore support for option \opt{list-entry} was added. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{kernel@ifnextchar}{\let\kernel@ifnextchar\@ifnextchar}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@dblarg[1]{% + \kernel@ifnextchar[{\caption@ydblarg{#1}}{\caption@xdblarg{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@xdblarg[2]{% + #1[{#2\relax}]{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@ydblarg#1[#2]#3{% + \caption@iflistheading{#1[{#3}]{#3}}{#1[{#2}]{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@begin} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{caption@settype} changed to \cs{caption@setfloattype}} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/04/12}{Check for default label format added} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Usage of \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@setfloattype} \& \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} removed} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@fixedposition} removed} +% Our handling of |\caption| will always be surrounded by +% |\caption@begin| (or |\caption@beginex|) and |\caption@end|.\par +% |\caption@begin|\marg{type} performs these tasks: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item[1.] Override the |position=| setting, if necessary. +% (for example if set to |auto| or used inside a |supertabular|) +% \item[2.] Start a new group. +% \item[3.] Define |\fnum@|\meta{type} if the caption label format is set +% to non-default. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@begin[1]{% + \caption@fixposition + \begingroup + \caption@setfnum{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@beginex} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of \opt{listof=} added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/04}{Takes now 3 args instead of 2, check for empty heading added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/01}{Makes lst-entry now instead of redefining \cs{addcontentsline}} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 09-05-15: Setting of \cs{lst@@caption} added} +% |\caption@beginex|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\marg{heading}\par +% performs the same tasks as |\caption@begin| and additionally: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item[4.] Set |\lst@@caption|, so |\fnum@lstlisting| will include a numbering. +% \item[5.] Make an entry in the list-of-whatever. +% \item[6.] Set |\caption@ifempty| according argument \meta{heading}. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@beginex[3]{% + \caption@begin{#1}% + \let\lst@@caption\relax + \caption@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}% + \caption@ifempty{#3}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@end} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@fixedposition} removed} +% |\caption@end| closes the group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@end{% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{% +% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/06}{% +% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} removed} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfnum} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setfnum|\marg{type}\\ +% redefines |\fnum@|\meta{type} according the caption label format +% set with |labelformat=|. But if |labelformat=default| is set, +% |\fnum@|\meta{type} will not be overwritten by us. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfnum[1]{% + \@ifundefined{fnum@#1}{\iftrue}{\ifx\caption@lfmt\caption@lfmt@default\else}% + \@namedef{fnum@#1}{\caption@fnum{#1}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@boxrestore} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix: Redefinition of CR added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Support of option \opt{parboxrestore} added} +% The original code (from |latex/base/ltboxes.dtx|): +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\@parboxrestore{\@arrayparboxrestore\let\\\@normalcr} +% \def\@arrayparboxrestore{% +% \let\if@nobreak\iffalse +% \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse +% \let\par\@@par +% \let\-\@dischyph +% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii +% \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip +% \everypar{}% +% \linewidth\hsize +% \@totalleftmargin\z@ +% \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip +% \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip +% \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip +% \sloppy} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\@parboxrestore|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@boxrestore{% + \caption@parboxrestore{\@parboxrestore}{% + \let\if@nobreak\iffalse + \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse + \let\par\@@par +% \let\-\@dischyph +% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii + \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip + \everypar{}% +% \linewidth\hsize +% \@totalleftmargin\z@ + \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip + \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip + \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip + \sloppy + \let\\\@normalcr + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@boxrestore@mini} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added} +% Resets \cs{par} so the very first \cs{par} in \cs{@caption} behaves quite the same as in floating environments. +% Will be used by \cs{setcaptiontype}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@boxrestore@mini{% + \let\par\@@par + \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip + \sloppy} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@normalsize} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\normalsize|.\par +% Its code is equivalent to +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@font{normal}%| +% \end{quote} +% but executes faster (since the starred form of |\caption@font| +% does not use |\setkeys| internally). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@normalsize{% + \caption@font*{\KV@caption@fnt@normal\@unused}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfloatcapt} +% Needed for support of the \package{float} package, where the caption will +% not be typeset directly, but catched in a |\vbox| called |\@floatcapt| +% instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent} +% This one is needed for support of the \package{nameref} and \package{hyperref} package. +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@gettitle} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@makecurrent[1]{\caption@gettitle} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@start} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref} +% All these are needed for support of the \package{hyperref} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone +\let\caption@start\relax +\let\caption@@start\relax +\let\caption@freezeHref\relax +\let\caption@defrostHref\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@gettitle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This one is needed for support of the \package{nameref} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@gettitle[1]{% + \caption@ifdefined\NR@gettitle + {\NR@gettitle{#1}}% + {\def\@currentlabelname{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Support for sub-captions} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Support for sub-captions added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypehook} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@setlist} added} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-08-12b: \cs{@makecaption} will now be restored here, too} +% \changes{v3.2}{2011/06/26}{Uses \cs{caption@@addcontentsline} instead of \cs{addcontentsline} now} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Redefinition of \cs{phantomcaption} added} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Usage of \cs{caption@warmup} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/30}{Bugfix 11-09-26: Usage of \cs{if@subfloatrow} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Bugfix 11-12-16: \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} replaced by \cs{stepcounter}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/03/15}{Usage of \cs{caption@setbox} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@settype} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/06/17}{Missing redefinition of \cs{captionlistentry} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{Adapted to the \package{chkfloat} package} +% \changes{v3.4f}{2020/01/03}{Redefinition of \cs{@caption} added since it was redefined by the \env{threeparttable} environment} +% Hook, will be used inside \cs{caption@setsubtype}.\par +% (Note: If we are inside an |sub|\-|float|\-|row| environment we have to keep +% the |\@make|\-|caption| code of the \package{floatrow} package intact.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subtypehook{% + \ifx\caption\caption@subcaption \else + \caption@warmup +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifflag2{}{% caption +% no \caption in this part of the (floating) environment yet + \let\caption@add@contentsline\caption@addsubcontentsline + \let\caption@addsubcontentslines\@gobble + \caption@ifflag4{}{% subcaption +% no \subcaption in this part of the (floating) environment yet + \caption@ifflag1{% continued float + \caption@clrflag1% + }{% + \caption@@stepcounter\@captype + }% + \caption@setflag4% subcaption + }% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \c@continuedfloat=0\relax + \let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone + \let\caption@chkfloat\@gobbletwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setbox{none}% + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@iflist{}{\let\caption@setlist\@gobble}% + \caption@setoptions{sub}% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% for subfig-package compatibility +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% redefine \setcaptiontype + \def\caption@settype{\caption@withoptargs\caption@sub@settype}% + \def\caption@sub@settype##1##2{% + \edef\caption@tempa{##2}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@captype +%%% \caption@setsubtype##1\relax + \else + \caption@Error{##2 inside \@subcaptype}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% redefine \caption + \let\caption\caption@subcaption + \let\@caption\caption@@caption + \let\phantomcaption\caption@subphantom + \let\captionlistentry\caption@sublistentry +% \let\@captype\@subcaptype + \let\caption@refstepcounter\caption@@@refstepcounter +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% restore \@makecaption + \if@subfloatrow + \caption@Debug{Keeping \string\@makecaption}% + \else + \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption + \fi + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@subfloatrow} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/30}{This macro added} +% This macro tests if we are inside an |sub|\-|float|\-|row| or |sub|\-|float|\-|row*| environment. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@ifundefined\@subfloatrowtrue + {\newif\if@subfloatrow + \caption@ifundefined\subfloatrow{}% + {\caption@Debug{Patching subfloatrow environment}% + \g@addto@macro\capsubrowsettings{\@subfloatrowtrue}% + \g@addto@macro\killfloatstyle{% + \ifx\c@FRobj\c@FRsobj\@subfloatrowtrue\fi}}}% + {\caption@Debug{\string\if@subfloatrow is already defined}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subcaption} +% Makes a sub-caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subcaption{% + \caption@checkgrouplevel{sub}\subcaption + \caption@star + {\caption@refstepcounter\@subcaptype}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@subcaptype}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subphantom} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{This macro added} +% Same as |\phantomcaption|, but for sub-captions. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subphantom{% + \caption@checkgrouplevel{sub}\phantomsubcaption + \caption@refstepcounter\@subcaptype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@sublistentry} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/06/17}{This macro added} +% Same as |\captionlistentry|, but for sub-captions. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@sublistentry{% + \caption@teststar\@subcaptionlistentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@subcaptionlistentry[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@listentry{#1}}\@subcaptype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{caption@clearsubcontentslines} +% Clear pending sub-caption list entries. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearsubcontentslines{% + \global\let\caption@subcontentslines\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@clearsubcontentslines +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addsubcontentsline} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix 08-07-28: +% \cs{label}, \cs{index}, and \cs{glossary} are allowed inside the list entry now} +% \changes{v3.2}{2011/06/26}{Uses \cs{caption@@addcontentsline} instead of \cs{addcontentsline} now} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/19}{Uses \cs{caption@gobble} instead of \cs{@gobble} now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/01/15}{Debug message added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/03/10}{A single \cs{protect} replaced by \cs{noexpand}} +% Add a pending sub-caption list entry. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentsline[4]{% + \caption@Debug{\string\caption@addsubcontentsline{#1}{#2}}% + \begingroup + \let\label\caption@gobble + \let\index\caption@gobble + \let\glossary\caption@gobble + \protected@edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\caption@subcontentslines{% + \noexpand\@namedef{the#2}{\csname the#2\endcsname}% + \ifx\@currentHref\@undefined \else + \noexpand\def\noexpand\@currentHref{\@currentHref}% + \fi + \noexpand\caption@@@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\flushsubcaptionlistentries} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/01/15}{Renamed from \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} to \cs{flushsubcaptionlistentries}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/03/10}{Bugfix: Missing redefinition of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} added} +% Writes pending sub-caption list entries. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\flushsubcaptionlistentries{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{user}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand*\caption@addsubcontentslines[1]{% + \caption@Debug{\string\flushsubcaptionlistentries (#1)}% + \begingroup + \caption@subcontentslines + \endgroup + \caption@clearsubcontentslines} +% \end{macrocode} +% We need to patch \cs{chapter} otherwise a vertical gap will be inserted into +% the list prior pending sub-caption list entries. +% We do this |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document| so packages like \package{newfloat} +% will not complain about an unknown document class. +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\chapter{% + \let\caption@chapter@ORI\chapter + \def\chapter{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{chapter}\caption@chapter@ORI}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Same for \cs{appendix}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\appendix{% + \let\caption@appendix@ORI\appendix + \def\appendix{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{appendix}\caption@appendix@ORI}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Flush the list of pending sub-caption list entries at the end of the document. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@addsubcontentslines{AtEndDocument}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \section{Document class \& Babel package support} +% +% \subsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifdefined\smf@makecaption{\let\smf@makecaption\@makecaption}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The beamer class} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{beamer class support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifclassloaded{beamer}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{beamer document class}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\figure} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added} +% \changes{v3.3d}{2019/09/01}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class revised} +% We redefine |figure| so our type-specific options will be used etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@figure\figure + \def\figure{\caption@settype{figure}\caption@ORI@figure} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\table} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added} +% \changes{v3.3d}{2019/09/01}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class revised} +% \changes{v3.4a}{2019/10/18}{Bug fixed which was introduced in previous revision} +% We redefine |table| so our type-specific options will be used etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@table\table + \def\table{\caption@settype{table}\caption@ORI@table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The \KOMAScript{} classes} +% +% \KOMAScript\ contains the code +% |\AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}| +% so we need to update |\scr@caption| here, too. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifdefined\scr@caption{% + \caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The frenchb Babel option} +% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{Adaptation to \package{frenchb} added} +% +% Suppress +% ``Package |frenchb.ldf| Warning: The definition of |\@makecaption| has been +% changed, frenchb will NOT customize it.'' +% (but only if we emulate this customization) +% \begin{macrocode} +\@nameuse{caption@frenchb}\@nameundef{caption@frenchb} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The frenchle/pro package} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{Adaptation to \package{frenchle/pro} added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifdefined\frenchTeXmods{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{frenchle/pro package is loaded}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\captionfont@ORI\captionfont + \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\captionlabelfont + \let\@makecaption@ORI\@makecaption +% \end{macrocode} + +% If |\GOfrench| is defined as |\relax| all the re-definitions regarding +% captions have already been done, so we can do our patches immediately. +% Otherwise we must add our stuff to |\GOfrench|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\GOfrench + {\def\caption@tempa{\g@addto@macro\GOfrench}}% + {\let\caption@tempa\@firstofone}% + \caption@tempa{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\captionfont\captionfont@ORI + \let\captionfont@ORI\@undefined + \let\captionlabelfont\captionlabelfont@ORI + \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\@undefined + \let\@makecaption\@makecaption@ORI + \let\@makecaption@ORI\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@cnORI} +% We update the definition of |\@cnORI| so it actually reflects +% our definition of |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@cnORI\caption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@tablescaption} +% The \package{frenchle/pro} package sets |\caption| to |\@tablescaption| at +% |\begin{table}| for special treatment of footnotes. +% Therefore we have to patch |\@tablescaption| so |\caption*| will work +% inside the |table| environment. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@tcORI\@tablescaption + \def\@tablescaption{\caption@star\relax\caption@tcORI}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\f@ffrench} +% \begin{macro}{\f@tfrench} +% |\f@ffrench| and |\f@tfrench| reflect |\fnum@figure| and |\fnum@table| +% when used in French mode. These contain additional code which typesets +% the caption separator |\captionseparator| instead of the usual colon. +% Because this breaks with our |\@makecaption| code we have to remove +% this additional code here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@eatDP\@undefined + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + \ifx\f@ffrench\fnum@figure + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@figure\f@ffrench}% + \fi + \ifx\f@tfrench\fnum@table + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@table\f@tfrench}% + \fi + \def\f@ffrench{\ifx\listoffigures\relax\else\figurename~\thefigure\fi}% + \def\f@tfrench{\ifx\listoftables\relax\else\tablename~\thetable\fi}% + \caption@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The hungarian and magyar Babel option} +% \changes{v3.2}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} package support added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} package support revised} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@tempa#1{% + \@ifpackagewith{babel}{#1}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 babel option is loaded}% + \expandafter\addto\csname extras#1\endcsname{% + % reverse changes made by magyar.ldf + \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption + \babel@save\@makecaption + \caption@redefine + \babel@save\@caption}% + }{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@tempa{hungarian}% +\caption@tempa{magyar}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Package support} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{Package options `float', `longtable' etc. +% are not supported anymore, removed} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfPackageLoaded} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/29}{3rd argument \meta{code} added, +% so no extra check is needed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-written \& renamed from \cs{caption@ifpackage} +% to \cs{caption@IfPackageLoaded}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% |\caption@IfPackageLoaded|\marg{package}\oarg{version}\marg{true}\marg{false}\par +% Some kind of combination of |\@ifpackageloaded| and |\@ifpackagelater|. +% If the \meta{package} is not loaded yet, the check will be (re-)done +% |\AtBeginDocument|, so the \meta{package} could be loaded later on, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@IfPackageLoaded[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@@IfPackageLoaded{#1}}{}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfPackageLoaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@IfPackageLoaded#1[#2]#3#4{% + \@ifpackageloaded{#1}\@firstofone{% + \caption@Debug{#1 package is not loaded (yet)\@gobble}% + \caption@AtBeginDocument}{% + \caption@If@Package@Loaded{#1}[{#2}]{#3}{#4}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@IfPackageLoaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@If@Package@Loaded#1[#2]{% + \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 package is loaded}% + \@ifpackagelater{#1}{#2}\@firstoftwo{% + \caption@Error{% + For a successful cooperation we need at least version\MessageBreak + `#2' of package #1,\MessageBreak + but only version\MessageBreak + `\csname ver@#1.\@pkgextension\endcsname'\MessageBreak + is available}% + \@secondoftwo}% + }{\@secondoftwo}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@If@Package@Loaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clearmargin} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This macro will be used by some package support stuff where the usual +% margin setting is not welcome, e.g. in the \package{sidecap} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearmargin{% + \setcaptionmargin\z@ + \let\caption@minmargin\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{needfreeze}{0} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \caption@ifneedfreeze{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezetype} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@freezetype|\marg{type}\par +% Used by the \package{fltpage} \& \package{sidecap} package support. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@freezetype[1]{% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \captionsetup*[sub]{hypcap=true}% Note: This is just a (q&d) workaround! + \caption@freeze}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freeze} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} \& \cs{@caption} revised for enhanced compatibility} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: Made \cs{@caption} long} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variants of \cs{ContinuedFloat} and \cs{captionsetup} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 10-09-01a: Uses \cs{ignorespaces} instead of `space hack' again} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Starred variant of \cs{caption@freeze} removed} +% \changes{v3.2b}{2011/08/18}{Redefines \cs{caption@setup} instead of \cs{captionsetup} now} +% \changes{v3.2b}{2011/08/18}{Redefinition of \cs{label} revised} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{Revised} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Adapted to new switch \cs{caption@caption} etc.} +% |\caption@freeze|\par +% Used by the \package{bicaption} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@freeze{% + \let\caption@frozen@continuedfloat\continuedfloat + \def\continuedfloat{% + \caption@@freeze{\caption@@@@continuedfloat\@captype}% + \caption@frozen@continuedfloat}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@setup\caption@setup + \def\caption@setup##1{% + \caption@@freeze{\caption@setup{##1}}% + \caption@frozen@setup{##1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@caption\caption + \def\caption{% + \def\caption{% + \caption@Error{% + Only one \noexpand\caption can be placed in this environment}% + \caption@gobble}% + \@ifstar + {\caption@SC@caption*}% + {\let\@currentlabel\caption@SClabel + \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@caption}}% + \long\def\caption@SC@caption##1##2{% + \caption@@freeze{\caption##1{##2}}% + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@label\label + \def\label{% + \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@label}% + \def\caption@SC@label##1##2{% + \ifx\@currentlabel\caption@SClabel + \@bsphack + \caption@freeze@label{##1}{##2}% + \@esphack + \else + \caption@frozen@label##1{##2}% + \fi}% + \def\caption@SClabel{\caption@undefinedlabel}% + \def\caption@freeze@label##1##2{% + \caption@@freeze{\label##1{##2}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@frozen@content\@empty + \long\def\caption@@freeze{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@frozen@content}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@warmup{% + \let\continuedfloat\caption@frozen@continuedfloat + \let\caption@setup\caption@frozen@setup + \let\caption\caption@frozen@caption + \let\label\caption@frozen@label}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepare@defrost} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{This macro added} +% Prevent resetting the caption flags +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@prepare@defrost{% + \let\caption@settype\caption@set@type} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrost} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{\cs{caption@defrost@setup} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{Adapted to changes of \cs{caption@freeze}} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{\cs{caption@defrost@setup} removed} +% |\caption@defrost| +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@defrost{% + \ifx\caption@frozen@caption\@undefined + \caption@frozen@content + \else + \caption@Error{Internal Error:\MessageBreak + \noexpand\caption@defrost in same group as \string\caption@freeze}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% + \caption@undefbool{needfreeze}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@warmup} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{This macro added} +% |\caption@warmup| +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@warmup\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{The changepage package} +% \changes{v3.4k}{2020/05/30}{Patch of the \package{changepage} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{changepage}[2008/07/23 memoir-v3.7k]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Both environments, \env{adjustwidth} and \env{adjustwidth*}, are starting a \env{list} \cs{item}. +% But \cs{hsize} isn't set properly inside a \env{list} item, and therefore \cs{@makecaption} +% (offered by document classes) doesn't work properly when used inside \env{adjustwidth}. +% Therefore we try to detect the situation ``Are we inside a adjustwidth environment?'' +% inside \cs{@makecaption} and fix this. (Sigh!) +% +% We cannot simply set and test a flag here since our adjustment to \cs{hsize} should +% not be done within a \cs{parbox} within a adjustwidth environment for example, +% and therefore we store \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth}, and test \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth} +% against the stored values instead. If they are equal we are (hopefully) quite save +% to assume that we are now inside a plain \env{adjustwidth} environment and therefore need +% to fix \cs{hsize} before typesetting the caption. (Deep sigh!) +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@adjustwidth@hsize} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@adjustwidth@linewidth} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newdimen\caption@adjustwidth@hsize + \newdimen\caption@adjustwidth@linewidth +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@set@adjustwidth} +% \changes{v3.4k}{2020/05/30}{This macro and its usage added} +% Store the values of \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\caption@set@adjustwidth{% + \caption@adjustwidth@hsize\hsize + \caption@adjustwidth@linewidth\linewidth}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\caption@patch@changepage[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname caption@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname #1\endcsname + \expandafter\renewcommand\csname #1\endcsname[2]{% + \@nameuse{caption@#1}{##1}{##2}% + \caption@set@adjustwidth}}% + \caption@patch@changepage{adjustwidth}% + \caption@patch@changepage{adjustwidth*}% + \let\caption@patch@changepage\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@test@adjustwidth} +% \changes{v3.4k}{2020/05/30}{This macro and its usage added} +% Test if the values of \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth} are identical to +% the ones stored in the \env{adjustwidth} environment. +% If yes, set \cs{hsize} to the correct value. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand\caption@test@adjustwidth{% + \ifdim\hsize=\caption@adjustwidth@hsize + \ifdim\linewidth=\caption@adjustwidth@linewidth + \hsize=\linewidth + \fi + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \AtBeginCaption{\caption@test@adjustwidth}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The chkfloat package} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{Support of the \package{chkfloat} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{chkfloat}[2012/08/19 v0.1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@chkfloat} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\chkfloat@addcontentsline{% + \renewcommand\caption@chkfloat{\chkfloat@addcontentsline}% + }{% + \renewcommand\caption@chkfloat[2]{% + \caption@ifdefined\chkfloat@page{% + \addtocontents{fof}{\protect\chkfloat@{\thepage}{\chkfloat@page}{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname: #2}}% + }{}}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The float package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/31}{\package{float} package support rewritten and improved} +% \iffalse +% (This is a more straight-ahead implementation, but it only works with v1.3 +% now, so v1.2 is no longer supported. The old code including documentation +% can be found in caption-30f-050530.zip) +% \fi +% +% The \package{float} package usually do not use the \LaTeX\ kernel command +% |\@caption| to typeset the caption but |\float@caption| instead. +% (|\@caption| will only be used if the float is re-styled with +% |\restylefloat*|.) +% +% The main two things |\float@caption| is doing different are: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The caption will be typeset inside a |\savebox| called |\@floatcapt| +% so it can be placed above or below the float contents afterwards. +% \item |\@makecaption| will not be used to finally typeset the caption. +% Instead |\@fs@capt| will be used which definition is part of the float +% style. +% (Note that |\@fs@capt| will not typeset any vertical space above or below +% the caption; instead this space will be typeset by the float style code +% itself.) +% \end{itemize} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{float}[2001/11/08 v1.3d]{% + \@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}{% + \caption@If@Package@Loaded{floatrow}[2007/08/24 v0.2a]{}{}% + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@float@setevery} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-12-05: \cs{color@begin/endgroup} added +% to redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt}} +% \changes{v3.4b}{2019/12/16}{Usage of \cs{caption@float@setname} added} +% |\@float@setevery|\marg{float type} is provided by the \package{float} +% package; it's called every time a floating environment defined with +% |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat| begins. +% We use this hook to do some adaptations and to setup the proper caption +% style (if defined) and additional settings declared with +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{float style}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@float@setevery\@float@setevery + \def\@float@setevery#1{% + \float@ifcaption{#1}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% First of all we set the caption position to it's proper value by +% converting |\@fs@iftopcapt| (which is part of a float style and +% controls where the caption will be typeset, above or below the float +% contents) to our |position=| setting. +% Since the spacing above and below the caption will be done by the float +% style and \emph{not} by us this sounds quite useless. But in fact it isn't, +% since some packages based on \thispackage\ (like the \package{subfig} +% package) could have an interest for this information and therefore use the +% |\caption@iftop| macro we provide in our kernel. Furthermore we need this +% information for ourself in |\captionof| which uses |\@makecaption| to +% finally typeset the caption with skips. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setposition{\@fs@iftopcapt t\else b\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Afterward we redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| (which will be used inside +% |\@caption|) so the caption will be set inside the box |\@floatcapt|, +% without extra vertical space. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\caption@setfloatcapt[1]{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@@make + \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox{% + \color@begingroup ##1\color@endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% To allow different caption styles for different float styles we also +% determine the current float style (e.g. `ruled') and select +% a caption style (and additional settings) with the same name, if defined. +% \begin{macrocode} + \float@getstyle\float@style{#1}% + \caption@setstyle*\float@style + \caption@setoptions\float@style +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% + \caption@float@setname{#1}% + \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \float@makebox + \caption@ORI@float@setevery{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@makebox} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Corrects wrong load order hyperref-float now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/02/03}{Correction of wrong load order hyperref-float revised} +% Redefine |\float@makebox| (only if we are not operating in compatibility mode). +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifcompatibility{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If it was redefined by the \package{hyperref} package, +% we need to build on the original definition (and not on the redefined one). +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\HyOrg@float@makebox + {\let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\HyOrg@float@makebox}% + {\let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\float@makebox}% + \renewcommand\float@makebox[1]{% + \caption@ORI@float@makebox{#1\relax \caption@defrostHref}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@float@setname} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/08}{float package hook added} +% \changes{v3.4b}{2019/12/16}{Renamed from \cs{caption@typehook} to \cs{caption@float@setname}} +% \LaTeX\ and almost every other packages use +% |\|\meta{type}|name| +% to provide a macro for the type resp.~environment name -- for example +% the command |\figurename| will usually contain the name of the floating +% environment |figure|: +% \begin{quote} +% |\newcommand\figurename{Figure}| +% \end{quote} +% But the \package{float} package doesn't follow this common naming +% convention: +% For floats defined with |\newfloat| it uses |\fname@|\meta{type} instead, +% which breaks with our code (and with |\autoref| and some other things as +% well). +% So we have to map the \package{float} package name to the common one here.\par +% \Note{If the float was not defined with \cs{newfloat} but with +% \cs{restylefloat} instead, \cs{fname@}\meta{type} is not defined.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@float@setname[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1name\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\let\csname #1name\expandafter\endcsname + \csname fname@#1\endcsname + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/26}{Skips of \env{plaintop} and \env{boxed} floats corrected} +% \begin{macro}{\fs@plaintop} +% \begin{macro}{\fs@boxed} +% Since the float styles |plaintop| and |boxed| don't use |\abovecaptionskip| +% which could be set with |skip=| (|plaintop| uses |\belowcaptionskip| instead of +% |\abovecaptionskip|, and |boxed| uses a fixed space of |2pt|) +% we patch the according float style macros here to change this. +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\fs@plaintop{\def\@fs@mid{\vspace\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% + \g@addto@macro\fs@boxed{\def\@fs@mid{\kern\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@getstyle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% |\float@getstyle|\marg{cmd}\marg{type}\par +% Determining the float style is not so easy because the only hint +% provided by the \package{float} package is the macro +% |\fst@|\meta{float type} which points to the macro which represents the +% float style. So for example after +% \begin{quote} +% |\floatstyle{ruled}|\\ +% |\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}| +% \end{quote} +% |\fst@Program| will be defined as +% \begin{quote} +% |\def\fst@Program{\fs@ruled}|\quad. +% \end{quote}\par +% So here is what we do: We make the first level expansion of +% |\fst@|\meta{float type} a string so we can gobble the first four tokens +% (= |\fs@|), so only the the name of the float style is left.\par +% \emph{TODO:} We need to convert the catcodes here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@getstyle[2]{% + \edef#1{% + \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gobblefour\noexpand\string + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand + \csname fst@#2\endcsname}% + \edef#1{#1}% + \caption@Debug{floatstyle{#2} = `#1'}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@ifcaption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/23}{This macro added} +% |\float@ifcaption|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par +% Here we determine if the user has used |\newfloat| resp.~|\restylefloat|, +% or |\restylefloat*|. +% This is quite easy: If |\@float@c@|\meta{captype} is the same as +% |\float@caption|, the user has used |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat|, +% otherwise we assume he has used |\restylefloat*|. +% (This test will fail if some package re-defines |\float@caption|, +% so we have to assume that there is no one.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@#1\endcsname\float@caption + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}}{% + \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{\@secondoftwo}% +% \clearcaptionsetup{boxed}% used by the floatrow package? +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The skip between `boxed' floats and their caption defaults to |2pt|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt} % do not issue a warning when not used +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/26}{\opt{strut=0} added to caption style \opt{ruled}} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/27}{Option \opt{ruled} fixed} +% To emulate the `ruled' definition of |\@fs@capt| we provide a caption style +% `ruled' with appropriate options. But if the package option |ruled| was +% specified, we setup some caption parameters to emulate the behavior +% of \thispackage\ \version{1.x} option |ruled| instead, i.e., +% the current caption settings will be used, but without margin and without +% `single-line-check'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{ruled}{% + \captionsetup[ruled]{margin=0pt,minmargin=0,slc=0}% +}{% + \DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=0}% +} +\caption@undefbool{ruled} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The floatflt package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{Support of the \package{floatflt} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{floatflt}[1996/02/27 v1.3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\floatingfigure} +% We patch |\floatingfigure| so |\caption@floatflt| will be used. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@floatingfigure\floatingfigure + \def\floatingfigure{% + \caption@floatflt{figure}% + \caption@ORI@floatingfigure}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\floatingtable} +% Same with |\floatingtable|\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@floatingtable\floatingtable + \def\floatingtable{% + \caption@floatflt{table}% +% \caption@setautoposition b% + \caption@ORI@floatingtable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@floatflt} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added} +% Here we do two things: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item We use |\caption@set|\-|options{|\-|floating|\meta{type}|}| so +% |\caption|\-|setup[|\-|floating|\meta{type}|]{|\ldots|}| is supported. +% \item |\line|\-|width| must be set correctly. +% Usually this is done by |\@par|\-|box|\-|restore| inside |\@caption|, +% but since we use |\@caption@box|\-|restore| we have to map this to +% |\@par|\-|box|\-|restore| instead. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@floatflt[1]{% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setfullparboxrestore + \caption@setoptions{floating#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The fltpage package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{Support of the \package{fltpage} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{fltpage}[1998/10/29 v.0.3]{% + \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@positionLabel} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{This redefinition added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@positionLabel}{% +% FP\@captype-\number\value{FP@\@captype C}-pos} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\FP@positionLabel{% + FP\FP@captype-\number\value{FP@\FP@captype C}-pos}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@helpNote} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@helpNote}[2]{% +% \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \pageref{#2}!}}% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\FP@helpNote[2]{% + \begingroup % save \caption@thepage + \caption@pageref{#2}% + \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \caption@thepage!}% + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatBegin} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-09-11: Missing \cs{ignorespaces} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{Adapted to current version of \cs{caption@freeze}} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/02/19}{Bugfix 12-02-16: \texttt{minipage} environment added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@freeze} replaced by \cs{caption@freezetype}} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@floatBegin}[1]{% +% \gdef\@captype{#1}% +% \global\let\FP@savedCaptionCommand\caption% +% \global\let\FP@savedLabelCommand\label% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}} +% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@figure}% +% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@table}% +% \let\FP@LabelText\@empty% +% \let\FP@CaptionText\@empty% +% \let\FP@optionalCaptionText\@empty% +% \renewcommand\label[1]{\gdef\FP@LabelText{##1}}% +% \renewcommand\caption[2][]{% +% \gdef\FP@optionalCaptionText{##1}\gdef\FP@CaptionText{##2}}% +% \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% +% }% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\FP@floatBegin[1]{% + \def\FP@captype{#1}% + \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% + \minipage\hsize % changes from LR mode to vertical mode + \caption@freezetype{#1}% + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatEnd} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{Some minor bugfixes} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{Adapted to current version of \cs{caption@freeze}} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/02/19}{Bugfix 12-02-16: \texttt{minipage} environment added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@floatEnd}{% +% \end{lrbox}% +% \global\setbox\FP@floatCorpusBOX=\box\FP@floatCorpusBOX +% \stepcounter{FP@\@captype C}% +% \FP@savedLabelCommand{\FP@positionLabel}% +% \FP@helpNote{\@captype}{\FP@positionLabel}% +% \FP@float +% {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test +% {\begin{\@captype}[p!] +% \usebox{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% +% \refstepcounter{\@captype}% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@LabelText}{\@empty}} +% {}{\FP@savedLabelCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@LabelText}}% +% \end{\@captype}} +% {\addtocounter{\@captype}{-1}} +% {\begin{\@captype}[b!]% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@guide}{\@empty}}% +% {}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}}% +% {\renewcommand{\fnum@figure}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}% +% {\renewcommand{\fnum@table}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}}% +% \setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption +% \setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption +% \FP@separatorCaption% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@optionalCaptionText}{\@empty}}% +% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}% +% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand[\expandafter\protect\FP@optionalCaptionText]% +% {\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}% +% \end{\@captype}}% +% }% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\FP@floatEnd{% + \endminipage + \end{lrbox}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \stepcounter{FP@\FP@captype C}% + \caption@label\FP@positionLabel + \FP@helpNote\FP@captype\FP@positionLabel +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \FP@float + {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test + {\caption@prepare@defrost + \begin\FP@captype[p!]% + \usebox\FP@floatCorpusBOX + \end\FP@captype}% + {\@ifundefined{theH\FP@captype}{}{% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH\FP@captype\endcsname{.FP}}}% + {\caption@prepare@defrost + \begin\FP@captype[b!]% + \let\FP@savedSetfnumCommand\caption@setfnum + \def\caption@setfnum##1{% + \FP@savedSetfnumCommand{##1}% + \ifx\FP@guide\@empty \else + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname fnum@##1\endcsname{\ {\FP@guide}}% + \fi}% + \setlength\abovecaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length above caption + \setlength\belowcaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length below caption + \caption@setoptions{FP\@captype}% + \FP@separatorCaption + \caption@defrost + \end\FP@captype}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\caption@ifFPlistcap\@undefined + \let\caption@ifFPrefcap\@undefined +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The hyperref package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Support of the \package{hyperref} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/09}{Usage of \cs{hyper@makecurrent} instead of +% \cs{theHfigure} as indicator for \package{hyperref} package} +% \changes{v3.2}{2011/07/30}{Test if \package{hyperref} has stopped early revised} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/24}{Test if \package{hyperref} has stopped early adapted to current version of \package{hyperref} package: Usage of \cs{IfHyperBoolean} added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hyperref}[2003/11/30 v6.74m]{% + % Test if hyperref has stopped early + \caption@ifundefined\IfHyperBoolean{% + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly0% + \caption@ifundefined\H@refstepcounter + {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{% + \caption@ifundefined\hyper@makecurrent + {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{% + \caption@ifundefined\measuring@true + {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{}}}% + }{% + \def\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly{\IfHyperBoolean{stoppedearly}}% + }% + \caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly{% hyperref has stopped early + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Hyperref support is turned off\MessageBreak + because hyperref has stopped early}% + }{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\measuring@true}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@refstepcounter} +% We redefine |\caption@@refstepcounter| so |\H@refstepcounter| will be used +% instead of |\refstepcounter| inside |\caption| \& |\captionlistentry|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@@@refstepcounter{\H@refstepcounter}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% We redefine |\caption@makecurrent| so a \package{hyperref} label +% will be defined inside |\@caption|. +% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@makecurrent[2]{% + \caption@makecurrentHref{#1}% + \caption@Debug{hyperref current=\@currentHref}% + \caption@gettitle{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@makecurrentHref{\hyper@makecurrent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the current hyperref package} +% We redefine |\caption@makeanchor| so a \package{hyperref} anchor +% will be set inside |\@caption|. +% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\caption@makeanchor[1]{% + \caption@Debug{hyperref anchor: \@currentHref}% + % If we cannot have nesting, the anchor is empty. + \ifHy@nesting + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#1}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{\relax}% + }#1% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \paragraph{The hypcap option} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@capstart} +% Like the \package{hypcap} package we define the switch |\if@capstart|, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newif\if@capstart +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@start} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{% +% \cs{caption@currentHref} renamed to \cs{hc@currentHref}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{% +% This macro renamed from \cs{capstart} to \cs{caption@start} and revised} +% While the \package{hypcap} package defines a macro called |\capstart| +% our variant is called |\caption@start| and is controlled by the option +% |hypcap=||false|/|true|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@start{\caption@ifhypcap\caption@start@\relax}% + \def\caption@start@{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Generate the \package{hyperref} label and set the \package{hyperref} anchor, +% usually (if |hypcap=false|) both is done inside |\@caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@makestart\@captype + \caption@startanchor\@currentHref +% \end{macrocode} +% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a new \package{hyperref} label, +% use the label we save in |\hc@currentHref| instead. +% (We also support the |@capstart| flag from the \package{hypcap} package.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\@capstarttrue + \let\hc@currentHref\@currentHref + \def\caption@makecurrentHref##1{% + \global\@capstartfalse + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a \package{hyperref} anchor since this +% has already been done. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makestart} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/30}{\cs{@currentHref} will be extended by \texttt{caption} +% instead of \texttt{xxx} now} +% |\caption@makestart|\marg{type} +% defines a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par +% Since we offer |\continuedfloat| the float counter can change between +% `now' and |\caption|, i.e., we simply don't know the figure or table counter +% yet and therefore we are not able to generate the `right' \package{hyperref} +% label. +% Two different solutions of this problem came into my mind: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item I could use the aux file for this purpose.\par +% -or- +% \item I set |hypertexnames=false| locally. +% Furthermore I use |#1.caption.|\meta{counter} (instead of |#1.|\meta{counter}) +% as naming scheme for |\@currentHref| to avoid conflicts with other hyper +% links which are generated with |hypertexnames=true|. +% \end{enumerate} +% The first idea has the advantage that the `right' anchor name will be +% generated, but one needs an additional \LaTeX\ run if figures or tables +% will be inserted or removed.\par +% The second idea has the advantage that it's very easy to implement, but +% has some side-effects, e.g. the anchor names don't follow the figure or +% table label names anymore.\par +% Since I'm lazy I implemented the second idea, maybe I will revise this +% later on. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@makestart[1]{% + \begingroup + \Hy@hypertexnamesfalse +% \gdef\@currentHlabel{}% + \hyper@makecurrent{#1.caption}% + \endgroup + \caption@Debug{hypcap start=\@currentHref}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@startanchor} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix 06-09-17: We use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Warning about TeX mode replaced with debug info} +% |\caption@startanchor|\marg{Href} +% sets a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par +% This code was taken from the \package{hypcap} package\cite{hypcap} and adapted. +% \Note{Since \cs{hyper@@anchor}\marg{Href}\csmarg{\string\relax} can cause +% a change from vertical mode to horizontal mode (design flaw in +% \package{hyperref} package!?), and since the workaround +% \cs{let}\cs{leavevmode}\cs{relax} which can be found in the +% \package{hypcap} package is not always sufficient +% (for example with ``Direct pdfmark support'' and \texttt{breaklinks=true}), +% we use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor} here.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@startanchor[1]{% + \ifvmode\begingroup + \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (vertical mode)}% + \@tempdima\prevdepth + \nointerlineskip + \vspace*{-\caption@hypcapspace}% + \caption@anchor{#1}% + \vspace*{\caption@hypcapspace}% + \prevdepth\@tempdima + \endgroup\else + \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (horizontal mode)}% + \caption@anchor{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@anchor} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/17}{Workaround 07-10-17: We use \cs{caption@raisedlink} instead of \cs{Hy@raisedlink} now} +% |\caption@anchor|\marg{Href} sets a \package{hyperref} anchor. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@anchor[1]{% + \ifmeasuring@ \else + \caption@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{#1}\hyper@anchorend}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \Note{Since \cs{Hy@raisedlink} change \cs{@tempdima} we surrounded it by \cs{ifvmode}, +% suppressing ``\texttt{LaTeX Warning: Float too large for page by 1.0pt}'' in \texttt{sideways} floats. +% (This is not necessary since \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}.)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\HyperRaiseLinkLength\@tempdima + \def\caption@raisedlink#1{\ifvmode#1\else\Hy@raisedlink{#1}\fi}% + \else + \let\caption@raisedlink\Hy@raisedlink + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start} +% Will be used by |\caption@freezeHref|. Apart from that we issue a warning +% if we expect a saved \package{hyperref} label coming from |\caption@start|, +% but there isn't any. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@@start{% + \caption@ifundefined\hc@currentHref{% + \caption@Warning{% + The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this\MessageBreak + particular \string\caption}}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref} +% Suppress |\caption@start| from generating a \package{hyperref} label and +% setting a \package{hyperref} anchor. Instead if |\@caption| generates a +% \package{hyperref} label, it will be stored in |\caption@currentHref|. +% Furthermore we need to redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| so no +% \package{hyperref} anchor will be placed in |\@caption|. +% \iffalse +% (Since |\caption@setfloatcapt| will be set to |\@firstofone| inside +% |\subcaption| there is no need to add its restauration to +% |\caption@subtypehook|.) +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@freezeHref{% + \let\caption@ORI@start\caption@start + \def\caption@start{\let\caption@start\caption@ORI@start}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% \let\caption@ORI@@start\caption@@start +% \l@addto@macro\caption@subtypehook{% +% \let\caption@@start\caption@ORI@@start}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined + \def\caption@@start{\global\let\caption@currentHref\@currentHref}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@setfloatcapt\caption@setfloatcapt + \renewcommand*\caption@setfloatcapt{% + \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone + \fi + \caption@ORI@setfloatcapt}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref} +% If there is a freezed |\@currentHref|, we set the \package{hyperref} +% anchor here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@defrostHref{% + \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else + \caption@startanchor\caption@currentHref + \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The hypcap package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/22}{Support of the \package{hypcap} package added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{Adapted to \package{hypcap} \version{1.6}} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/11/04}{\package{hypcap} support adapted to \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hypcap}{% v1.0 + \ifx\caption@start\relax \else % hyperref hasn't stopped early +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the \package{hypcap} package was loaded, we give up our own +% hyperlink placement algorithm and give the control over the placement +% to the \package{hypcap} package instead. +% +% \begin{macro}{\capstart} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Support of \cs{ifcapstart} (\package{hypcap} package \version{1.10}) added} +% We do this simply by mapping |\capstart| to |\caption@start@|, +% although our code does not behave exactly like the original one: +% The original |\capstart| has an effect on the next |\caption| +% only but our version affects \emph{all} |\caption|s in the same +% environment, at least unless a new |\capstart| will be placed. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@capstart\capstart % save for compatibility mode + \caption@ifundefined\capstarttrue % check for v1.10 of hypcap package + {\def\capstart{\caption@start@}}% + {\def\capstart{\ifcapstart\caption@start@\fi}}% + \let\caption@start\relax + \let\caption@@start\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hypcapspace} +% Furthermore we map our |\caption@hypcapspace| to |\hypcapspace| +% offered by the \package{hypcap} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifhypcap 1% + \renewcommand*\caption@hypcapspace{\hypcapspace}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The listings package} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of the \package{listings} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{listings}[2004/02/13 v1.2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeCaption} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix: Skips are handled correctly now} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2008/03/29}{Bugfix 08-10-16-dctt: \texttt{rule=0} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 10-07-20a: Set \cs{hsize} to \cs{linewidth}, if necessary} +% \changes{v3.4c}{2020/01/01}{Ugly workaround for usage in lists added} +% \changes{v3.4d}{2020/01/01}{Ugly workaround for usage in lists revised} +% To support the \package{listings} package we need to redefine +% |\lst@Make|\-|Caption| so the original stuff is nested with +% |\caption@begin| and |\caption@end| etc.\par +% We set a flag inside the "Init" hook of the \package{listings} package (where adaption of |\line|\-|width| etc.~takes place). +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setbool{lst@Init}{0}% + \lst@AddToHook{Init}{\caption@setbool{lst@Init}{1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption\lst@MakeCaption + \def\lst@MakeCaption#1{% #1 is `t' or `b' +% \end{macrocode} +% This macro is always called twice by the \package{listings} package (with `t' resp. `b' as parameter), +% therefore we need an extra group here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \begingroup +% \end{macrocode} +% Inside lists the \package{listings} package ignores the left margin (|\@total|\-|left|\-|margin|) for captions. +% We emulate this behaviour by adding a negative skip which will be typeset ahead of |\caption@box|.\par +% Note: We only need to do this if the ``Init'' hook of the \package{listings} package wasn't called yet. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@iflst@Init{}{% + \edef\caption@lst@leftskip{\noexpand\hskip-\the\@totalleftmargin\noexpand\relax}% + \l@addto@macro\caption@beginhook\caption@lst@leftskip}% +% \end{macrocode} +% We set |position=#1| and if it was set to `top', +% we swap the skips so the default behavior of the \package{listings} package +% will not be changed. (Note that the \package{listings} package has set its +% own |\abovecaptionskip| \& |\belowcaptionskip| values prior to calling +% \cs{lst@MakeCaption}.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setposition{#1}% + \caption@iftop{% + \@tempdima\belowcaptionskip + \belowcaptionskip\abovecaptionskip + \abovecaptionskip\@tempdima}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Workaround for issue with wrong skips (FIXME: This should be examined further) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setup{rule=0}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Afterwards we set the local `lstlisting' options. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{lstlisting}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the |position=| is now set to |auto|, we take over the |captionpos=| +% setting from the \package{listings} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setautoposition{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% At the end we do similar stuff as in our \cs{@caption} code. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@begin{lstlisting}% + \caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption{#1}% + \caption@end +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lst@makecaption} +% \begin{macro}{\lst@maketitle} +% Wrapper macros for typesetting the |caption=| resp. |title=| value. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\lst@makecaption{\caption@starfalse\@makecaption}% + \def\lst@maketitle{\caption@startrue\@makecaption\@empty}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro added} +% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lstlisting| +% but we needed it when |\captionof{lstlisting}| will be done by the end user, +% we define it here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\ext@lstlisting{lol}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/07/13}{Bugfix 07-09-13: \cs{lst@@caption} will not be re-defined anymore} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The longtable package} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LTcaptype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/06}{This macro and its support added} +% |\LTcaptype| is preset to |table|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\LTcaptype{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{longtable}[1995/05/24 v3.14]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \RequirePackage{ltcaption}[=2018/08/26]% + \let\LT@@makecaption\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@array} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This redefinition added} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/14}{Bugfix 07-09-14: Redefinition of \cs{@captionabovetrue} \& \cs{@captionabovefalse} added} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/16}{Bugfix: This redefinition will always be done \cs{AtBeginDocument}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix in \cs{captionlistentry}: Table counter will not be incremented anymore, \cs{nameref} works} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Support for \cs{bicaption} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Definition of \cs{captionlistentry} fixed} +% We redefine |\LT@array| here to get |\captionsetup|\marg{options} +% working inside |longtable|s. +% \Note{Since the \package{hyperref} package patches \cs{LT@array} as well +% and since this only works with the original definition of \cs{LT@array}, +% we have to do this after the \package{hyperref} package, +% i.e.~\cs{AtBeginDocument}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\caption@ORI@LT@array\LT@array + \renewcommand*\LT@array{% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionsetup| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\@undefined + \def\captionsetup{% + \noalign\bgroup + \@ifstar\@captionsetup\@captionsetup}% gobble * + \def\@captionsetup##1{\LT@captionsetup{##1}\egroup}% + \def\LT@captionsetup##1{% + \captionsetup@startrue\caption@setup@options[@longtable]{##1}% + \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\caption@opt@@longtable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionabove| \& |\captionbelow| for longtable: (\KOMAScript\ document class) +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\@captionabovetrue{\LT@captionsetup{position=t}}% + \def\@captionabovefalse{\LT@captionsetup{position=b}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionlistentry| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\captionlistentry{% + \noalign\bgroup + \@ifstar{\egroup\LT@listentry\LTcaptype}% gobble * + {\egroup\LT@listentry\LTcaptype}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\continuedfloat| for longtable:\\ +% {\small(Commented out, since it's not deeply tested and quite useless anyway)} +% \Note{\package{hyperref} versions $<$ v6.76j uses $2\times$ \cs{hyper@makecurrent}} +% \begin{macrocode} +% \caption@ifhypcap{% +% \let\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent\hyper@makecurrent +% \def\hyper@makecurrent##1{% +% \let\hyper@makecurrent\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent +% \caption@makestart{##1}% +%% \let\Hy@LT@currentHlabel\@currentHlabel +% \let\Hy@LT@currentHref\@currentHref +% \def\hyper@makecurrent####1{% +%% \let\@currentHlabel\Hy@LT@currentHlabel +% \let\@currentHref\Hy@LT@currentHref}}% +% \let\caption@ORI@continuedfloat\continuedfloat +% \def\continuedfloat{\noalign{% +% \gdef\caption@setContinuedFloat{% +% \let\caption@reset@continuedfloat\@gobble}% +% \def\caption@setoptions####1{% +% \g@addto@macro\caption@setContinuedFloat{% +% \caption@setoptions{####1}}}% +% \let\@captype\LTcaptype +% \caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat}}% +% }{% +% \def\continuedfloat{\noalign{% +% \caption@Error{% +% \noexpand\continuedfloat inside longtables\MessageBreak +% is only available with `hypcap=true'}}}% +% }% +% \global\let\caption@setContinuedFloat\@empty + \def\continuedfloat{\noalign{% + \caption@Error{\noexpand\continuedfloat outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\bicaption| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\bicaption\LT@bicaption +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@LT@array}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@capti@n} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{This re-definition added} +% The original implementation: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\LT@capti@n{% +% \@ifstar +% {\egroup\LT@c@ption\@gobble[]}% +% {\egroup\@xdblarg{\LT@c@ption\@firstofone}}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our implementation uses |\caption@xdblarg| instead of |\@xdblarg|: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\LT@capti@n{% + \@ifstar + {\egroup\LT@c@ption\@gobble[]}% + {\egroup\caption@xdblarg{\LT@c@ption\@firstofone}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{% +% Bugfix 04-08-04: \cs{abovecaptionskip} \& \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be used now} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{% +% Bugfix: \cs{captionsetup[longtable]} overrides \cs{LTcapwidth} now} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/07}{\cs{caption@LT@make} introduced} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{Support for \cs{bicaption} via \cs{caption@LT@setup} added} +% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{Work-around for problem with \package{floatrow} added} +% |\LT@makecaption|\marg{cmd}\marg{label}\marg{text}\par +% \smallskip +% The original definition: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{% +% \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{% +% % Based on article class "\@makecaption", "#1" is "\@gobble" in star +% % form, and "\@firstofone" otherwise. +% \sbox\@tempboxa{#1{#2: }#3}% +% \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize +% #1{#2: }#3% +% \else +% \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +% \fi +% \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}% +% \hss}}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our definition: +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{% + \caption@LT@make{% + \caption@LT@settype\LTcaptype +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\caption@LT@setup| is re-defined inside the \package{bicaption} package +% and contains the preparation of typesetting of the bilingual caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@LT@setup +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +% The default |position=| setting for longtables is |top|. +% (This emulates the standard behavior of the \package{longtable} package +% which has no skip above the caption but a skip below it.) +% \fi +% +% |position=auto| is a bad idea for longtables, but we do our very best. +% This works quite well for captions inside the longtable contents, but +% not for captions inside the longtable (end)foot. +% \Note{This should be `top' if unclear!} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setautoposition{\ifcase\LT@rows t\else b\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We set |\ifcaption@star| according the 1st argument. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@startrue#1\caption@starfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@prepare@stepcounter\LTcaptype{LT}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{\cs{caption@normalsize} added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@begin\LTcaptype + \caption@normalsize +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The following skip has the purpose to correct the height of the +% |\parbox[t]|. Usually it's the height of the very first line, but +% because of our extra skips (|\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip|) +% it's always |0pt|.\par +% (A different idea would be typesetting the first skip outside the longtable +% column with |\noalign{\vskip|\ldots|}|, but this means we have to move +% |\caption@begin| to some other place because it does not work in tabular +% mode. And at the moment I have no idea on how to do this in an elegant +% way\ldots) +% \begin{macrocode} + \vskip-\ht\strutbox +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Work-around for problem with \package{floatrow}: +% The |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| disturbs the environment in which the caption is actually typeset (by creating extra, unwanted space), +% so we supress this skip if the \package{floatrow} package is loaded. +% (This fixes \issue{50}) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\FBifcaptop{% + \let\caption@belowskip\@empty}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The following code should look familiar. We do our skips and use +% |\caption@@make| to typeset the caption itself. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@make@above + \caption@@make{#2}{#3}\endgraf + \caption@make@below + \caption@end}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@listentry} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Bugfix: \cs{ignorespaces} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\LT@listentry[2]{% + \begingroup + \caption@LT@settype{#1}% + \caption@listentry\@firstoftwo[{#1}]{#2}% + \endgroup\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@settype} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Uses argument no. 1 instead of \cs{LTcaptype}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@LT@settype[1]{% + \caption@settype*{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If |\LTcapwidth| is not set to its default value |4in| we assume +% that it shall overwrite our own setting. +% (But |\captionsetup[longtable]{width=|\ldots|}| will overwrite |\LTcapwidth|.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\LTcapwidth=4in \else + \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{longtable}% +% \caption@setContinuedFloat +% \end{macrocode} +% Finally set options applied by |\captionsetup| inside the longtable. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{@longtable}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\flrow@setlist} +% \changes{v3.4g}{2020/01/03}{Redefinition of this macro added} +% The \package{floatrow} package uses |\flrow@setlist{{table}{longtable}}| inside its redefinition of |\LT@array| without setting |\@captype| first, +% and this makes |\captionsetup[table]{name=...}| doomed to fail for longtables (``Undefined control sequence''). +% Unfortunately we cannot easily patch |\LT@array| again to fix this bug in \package{floatrow} since it will be patched |\AtBeginDocument|. +% Therefore we patch |\flrow@setlist| instead to catch and fix the bug on-the-fly. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifdefined\flrow@setlist@{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{Fixing longtable code of `floatrow' package}% + \let\caption@flrow@setlist@\flrow@setlist@ + \renewcommand\flrow@setlist@[1]{% + \def\caption@tempa{{table}{longtable}}% + \def\caption@tempb{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \def\@captype{table}% + \fi + \caption@flrow@setlist@{#1}}% + }{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@setup} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{This macro added} +% Hook for stuff which prepares the typesetting of the \package{longtable} caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@LT@setup{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{The picinpar package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{Support of the \package{picinpar} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picinpar}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\figwindow} +% \begin{macro}{\tabwindow} +% The \package{picinpar} package comes with its own caption code +% (|\wincaption|, |\@wincaption|, |\@makewincaption|, \ldots) +% so we redefine |\figwindow| \& |\tabwindow| to use |\caption| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\figwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {% + \caption@window{figure}% + \caption@setoptions{figwindow}% + \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\tabwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {% + \caption@window{table}% + \caption@setoptions{tabwindow}% + \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@window} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added} +% Beside calling |\caption@settype| we redefine |\caption@boxrestore| +% (as in \package{floatflt} \& \package{picins} package support) +% and |\@makecaption| (as in \package{float} package support) here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@window[1]{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@@make + \caption@setautoposition b% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setfullparboxrestore}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@wincaption} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/25}{Missing \% added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{\cs{caption@ContinuedFloattrue} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/06}{\cs{caption@ContinuedFloattrue} replaced by \cs{caption@setflag1}} +% This one finally typesets the caption using |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@wincaption[1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% This will be done twice for every |figwindow| \& |tabwindow| caption -- +% on the first run |\picwd| is |0pt|, on the second run |\picwd| is |\hsize|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\picwd=\z@ + \let\caption@makecurrent\@gobbletwo + \let\caption@@start\relax + \caption@prepareslc + \else + \caption@setflag1% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% The argument |#1| could contain simply the caption text +% (e.g.~|A figure caption|), but it could also contain an optional argument, +% the \meta{lst\_entry} +% (e.g.~|[An| |entry| |to| |the| |LOF]||{A| |figure| |caption}|). +% Therefore we have to test if |#1| begins with~|[| or not; furthermore we +% support a starred variant -- as in |\caption*| -- so we test for~|*|, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\@car#1\@nil}% + \if\@tempa*% + \let\@tempa\@firstofone + \else\if\@tempa[%] + \let\@tempa\@firstofone + \else + \let\@tempa\@empty + \fi\fi + \expandafter\caption\@tempa{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The picins package} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/01/26}{Support of the \package{picins} package added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\piccaptiontype} +% |\piccaptiontype|\marg{type}\par +% We offer this macro for changing the \meta{type} of the caption, so the user +% doesn't have to redefine |\@captype|, as proposed in the \package{picins} +% documentation. +% \Note{We define this macro here so it can be used in the +% preamble of the document, even when \thispackage\ was loaded prior to the +% \package{picins} package.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\piccaptiontype[1]{\def\@piccaptype{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picins}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Initial set |\@piccaptype| and undefine |\@captype| which was set to +% |figure| by the \package{picins} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\@piccaptype{% + \caption@iftype{% + \let\@piccaptype\@captype + }{% + \def\@piccaptype{figure}% + }% + }{}% + \let\@captype\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\piccaption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\piccaption{\@ifnextchar [{\@piccaption}{\@piccaption[]}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our code uses |\caption@star| so |\piccaption*| works, +% and |\caption@dblarg| so |\piccaption{}| works correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\piccaption{\caption@star\relax{\caption@dblarg\@piccaption}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\make@piccaption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} will always be used now} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\make@piccaption{% +% [...] +% \setbox\@TEXT=\vbox{\hsize\hsiz@\caption[\sh@rtf@rm]{\capti@nt@xt}}% +% } +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% In our code we have to correct several things: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item |\@captype| must be defined, since we have removed the global +% definition. +% \item We use |\caption@setoptions{parpic}| so +% |\captionsetup[parpic]{|\ldots|}| is supported. +% \item |\linewidth| must be set correctly. +% Usually this is done by |\@parboxrestore| inside |\@caption|, +% but since we use |\@caption@boxrestore| we have to map this to +% |\@parboxrestore| instead. +% \item The two arguments of |\caption| (|\sh@rtf@rm| \& |\capti@nt@xt|) +% should be expanded on first level so |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| and +% |\caption[|\ldots|]{}| work correctly. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@make@piccaption\make@piccaption + \def\make@piccaption{% + \let\caption@ORI\caption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\caption[##1]##2{% + \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \ivparpic + \caption@settype\@piccaptype +% \ifnum\c@piccaptionpos>2\relax + \caption@clearmargin +% \else +% \captionwidth\z@ % do not use "width=" setting +% \fi + \caption@setfullparboxrestore + \caption@setoptions{parpic}% + \caption@setautoposition b% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@ORI + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter[% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter##1\expandafter}\expandafter]\expandafter{##2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% {\footnotesize\begin{quote} +% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A +% |\begingroup|\\ +% | \toks0\expandafter{##1}| |\toks2\expandafter{##2}|\\ +% | \edef\x{\endgroup|\\ +% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\the\toks0}]{\the\toks2}}|\\ +% | \x| +% \end{quote} +% \begin{quote} +% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A +% |\edef\x{%|\\ +% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\unexpanded\expandafter{##1}}]%|\\ +% | {\unexpanded\expandafter{##2}}}|\\ +% |\-| +% \end{quote}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@make@piccaption + \let\caption\caption@ORI}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% + +% \begin{macro}{\ivparpic} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% We need to set our \package{hyperref} anchor here. +% Not bullet-proof since we have to redefine |\noindent| here! +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@ivparpic\ivparpic + \def\ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[#5][#6]#7{% + \let\caption@ORI@noindent\noindent + \def\noindent{% + \caption@defrostHref + \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent + \noindent}% + \caption@ORI@ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[{#5}][{#6}]{#7}% + \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\piccaptiontype\@undefined +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The rotating package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{rotating}[1995/08/22 v2.10]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rotcaption} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{Rewritten, works with \package{hyperref} now} +% Make |\rotcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\rotcaption{\let\@makecaption\@makerotcaption\caption}% +% \let\@rotcaption\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rotcaptionof} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{New} +% Make |\rotcaptionof(*)| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\rotcaptionof{% + \caption@teststar\caption@of{\rotcaption*}\rotcaption}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makerotcaption} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/06}{Rewritten, should finally work proper now} +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox} now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/12/26}{Rewritten (again)} +% Original (bugfixed) code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{% +% \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1: #2}% +% \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa > .8\vsize +% \rotatebox{90}{% +% \begin{minipage}{.8\textheight}#1: #2\end{minipage}% +% }%\par % <== \par removed (AR) +% \else% +% \rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}% +% \fi +% \nobreak\hspace{12pt}% <== \nobreak added (AR) +% } +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our version emulates this behavior, but if |width=| is set, +% the rotated caption is always typeset as |\parbox|. +% (Note that |margin=| is not supported here.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{% + \rotatebox{90}{% + \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@ + \setcaptionwidth{.8\vsize}% + \l@addto@macro\caption@singleline{% + \caption@setup{parbox=none}}% + \fi + \let\caption@calcmargin\relax + \caption@@make{#1}{#2}}% + \nobreak\hspace{12pt}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The sidecap package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{sidecap}[2003/06/06 v1.6f]{% + \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SC@zfloat} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Local definition of \cs{captionsetup} added} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix 04-07-15: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} will be saved \& restored now} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@freeze} instead of \cs{caption@freeze*} now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@freeze} replaced by \cs{caption@freezetype}} +% This macro will be called at the start of the environment, here is a good +% opportunity to do some adaptations to |\caption| and |\captionsetup|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@SC@zfloat\SC@zfloat + \def\SC@zfloat#1#2#3[#4]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% First we use the original definition, but restore \cs{caption} and \cs{label} +% so \cs{caption@freeze} and \cs{caption@warmup} will work correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@SC@zfloat{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]% + \SC@RestoreCommands +% \end{macrocode} +% Since the sidecap package uses our |\caption| code outside the +% environment the regular |\captionsetup| will not work. +% So we need a special version here which saves the given argument list +% which will be executed later on. +% Furthermore we need to make |\caption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@freezetype{#2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The sidecap package uses |\ifx\label\SC@label| to test if it is just inside a +% |SC|\-|figure| or not. So we redefine |\SC@label| here so this test will still work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\SC@label\label}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\SC@RestoreCommands{% + \let\caption=\SC@orig@caption \let\label=\SC@orig@label}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\endSC@FLOAT} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/12}{\cs{@listdepth}\cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Call of \cs{caption@setoptions}\arg{SCfloat} added} +% This macro will be called at the end of the environment, here we need to +% setup our stuff before the \package{sidecap} package actually typesets +% its caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT\endSC@FLOAT + \def\endSC@FLOAT{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Before we can typeset the caption we need to set the margin to zero +% because any extra margin would only be disturbing here.\par +% (We don't need to take care about the caption position because +% the sidecap package set both |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip| +% to a skip of zero anyway.)\par +% Furthermore |\SC@justify| will override the caption justification, if set. +% The usage of |\SC@justify| differs from version to version of the +% \package{sidecap} package:\par +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% Version 1.4: & |\SC@justify| is not defined\\ +% Version 1.5: & |\SC@justify| is |\relax| when not set\\ +% Version 1.6: & |\SC@justify| is |\@empty| when not set\\ +% \end{tabular} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@setSC@justify{% + \caption@clearmargin + \ifx\SC@justify\@empty \else + \let\caption@hj\SC@justify + \let\SC@justify\@empty + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Make the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT| to use our caption +% stuff instead of its own. +% \Note{At this point the \package{sidecap} definition of \cs{caption} is valid, +% not the regular one!} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption\SC@orig@caption + \def\SC@orig@caption[##1]##2{% + \caption@setSC@justify +%%% \caption@setoptions{SC}% + \caption@setoptions{SC\@captype}% + \caption@defrost}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Finally we call the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setSC@justify % for compatibility mode + \caption@prepare@defrost + \caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The subfigure package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/06}{subfigure package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{subfigure}[2002/01/23 v2.1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\sf@ifpositiontop} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/15}{Bugfix 07-09-15: Check for \cs{@captype} added} +% If the \package{subfigure} package is loaded, we map |\sf@ifpositiontop| +% to |\iffiguretopcap| resp. |\iftabletopcap|, so the \package{subfigure} +% \version{2.1} options \opt{figbotcap} etc. will still work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\sf@ifpositiontop{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \expandafter\@gobbletwo + \else\ifx\@captype\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobbletwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\sf@if@position@top + \fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\sf@if@position@top{% + \@ifundefined{if\@captype topcap}% + {\@gobbletwo}% + {\@nameuse{if\@captype topcap}% + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The supertabular and xtab packages} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{supertabular}[2002/07/19 v4.1e]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Made \cs{topcaption*} and \cs{bottomcaption*} work} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: Star variant does not increment table counter anymore} +% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\tablecaption{% + \caption@star + {\refstepcounter{table}}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Made \cs{nameref} \& \cs{autoref} work} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption + \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{% + \caption@gettitle{#2}% + \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[{#1}]{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix: Missing \cs{par} added} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: \cs{@currentlabelname} will be set now} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% +% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{% +% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}} +% \begingroup +% \@parboxrestore +% \normalsize +% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi +% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par +% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi +% \endgroup} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{supertabular}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The |position=| setting will be overwritten by the +% \package{supertabular} package: If |\topcaption| was used, +% the position will be |top| automatically, |bottom| otherwise. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@fixposition{% + \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@boxrestore + \caption@normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \caption@end}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Support of the xtab package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{xtab}[2000/04/09 v2.3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption} +% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\tablecaption{% + \caption@star + {\refstepcounter{table}}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption + \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{% + \caption@gettitle{#2}% + \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[{#1}]{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% +% \@initisotab +% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{% +% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}% +% \begingroup +% \@parboxrestore +% \normalsize +% %% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi +% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par +% %% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi +% \endgroup +% \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht +% \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{xtabular}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@fixposition{% + \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@initisotab + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@boxrestore + \caption@normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \caption@end + \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht + \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The threeparttable package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{Support of the \package{threeparttable} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{threeparttable}[2003/06/13 v3.0]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\threeparttable} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Bugfix: \cs{@captype} will be used if already defined} +% Unfortunately |\@captype| is not set when |\TPT@common| will be used, +% so we have to redefine |\threeparttable| and |\measuredfigure| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@threeparttable\threeparttable + \renewcommand*\threeparttable{% + \caption@settype{\@ifundefined{@captype}{table}{\@captype}}% +%%% \caption@setposition a% ? + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setoptions{threeparttable}% + \caption@ORI@threeparttable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\measuredfigure} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Bugfix: \cs{@captype} will be used if already defined} +% Same here\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@measuredfigure\measuredfigure + \renewcommand*\measuredfigure{% + \caption@settype{\@ifundefined{@captype}{figure}{\@captype}}% +%%% \caption@setposition a% ? + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setoptions{measuredfigure}% + \caption@ORI@measuredfigure}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\TPT@caption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{\gdef\TPT@docapt +% {\par\global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]% +% {\strut\ignorespaces#3\ifhmode\unskip\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}}% +% \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel \abovecaptionskip\z@skip +% \else \TPT@docapt \fi \ignorespaces} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \gdef\TPT@docapt{% + \global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined + \caption@setautoposition\caption@TPT@position + \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}}% + \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty + \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel % Bug: does not work for measuredfigures + \gdef\caption@TPT@position{t}% + \g@addto@macro\TPT@docapt\caption@TPT@eatvskip + \else + \def\caption@TPT@position{b}% + \TPT@docapt + \fi + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + %\newcommand*\caption@TPT@eatvskip{\vskip-.2\baselineskip}% + \def\caption@TPT@eatvskip#1\vskip{#1\@tempdima=}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The wrapfig package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package added} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package rewritten} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}[2003/01/31 v3.6]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\wrapfloat} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Redefinition of this macro added} +% First of all we make the \package{wrapfig} package independent from the package +% load order regarding the \package{float} package. +% Since the usage of |\@float@set|\-|every| is missing in the code of the \package{wrapfig} +% package (it should be in the redefinition of |\float@re|\-|style|, right after +% |\@nameuse{fst@#1}|), we don't use it here, too, +% especially since |\wrap|\-|float| will usually not be used when used with re-styled floats. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\wrapfloat[1]{% + \def\@captype{#1}% + \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{% + \@nameuse{fst@#1}% +% \@float@setevery{#1}% + \def\WF@floatstyhook{\let\@currbox\WF@box + \global\setbox\WF@box\float@makebox{\wd\WF@box}}}% + \@ifnextchar[\WF@wr{\WF@wr[]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\WF@rapt} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Usage of \cs{WF@captionstyhook} added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, +% \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known +% \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}% +% \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else +% \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption +% \ignorespaces \fi} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our code has |\WF@captionstyhook| in addition: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, + \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known + \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}% + \expandafter\WF@captionstyhook\expandafter{\@captype}% <= new + \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else + \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption + \ignorespaces \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\WF@captionstyhook} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2e}{2011/11/10}{Bugfix 11-11-09: float package support fixed} +% We place our \package{hyperref} anchor here, apply the `wrap' options etc. +% Since the usage of |\@float@set|\-|every| is missing in the \package{wrapfig} +% package we will catch it up here for making the necessary adaptions to the +% \package{float} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\WF@captionstyhook#1{% + \let\@captype\@undefined + \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{\@float@setevery{#1}}% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin +%%% \caption@setoptions{wrap}% + \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \begin{thebibliography}{99} +% \bibitem{beamer} +% Till Tantau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/beamer}% +% {\emph{The beamer class, User Guide for version 3.25}},\\ +% December 26, 2012 +% +% \bibitem{KOMAScript} +% Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}% +% {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\ +% 2012-07-22 +% +% \bibitem{NTG} +% Victor Eijkhout:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/ntgclass}% +% {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\ +% 3 September 1989 +% +% \bibitem{float} +% Anselm Lingnau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}% +% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\ +% 2001/11/08 +% +% \bibitem{floatflt} +% Mats Dahlgren:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatflt}% +% {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\ +% 1998/06/05 +% +% \bibitem{floatrow} +% Olga Lapko:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}% +% {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\ +% 2009/08/02 +% +% \bibitem{fltpage} +% Sebastian Gross:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}% +% {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\ +% 1998/11/13 +% +% \bibitem{hyperref} +% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}% +% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX: a manual for hyperref}},\\ +% November 2012 +% +% \bibitem{hypcap} +% Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/oberdiek}% +% {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\ +% 2011/02/16 +% +% \bibitem{listings} +% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}% +% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\ +% 2007/02/22 +% +% \bibitem{longtable} +% David Carlisle:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}% +% {\emph{The longtable package}},\\ +% 2004/02/01 +% +% \bibitem{picinpar} +% Friedhelm Sowa:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picinpar}% +% {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\ +% July 13, 1993 +% +% \bibitem{picins} +% Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picins}% +% {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\ +% September~1992 +% +% \bibitem{rotating} +% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}% +% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\ +% 1997/09/26 +% +% \bibitem{sidecap} +% Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}% +% {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\ +% 2003/06/06 +% +% \bibitem{subfigure} +% Steven D. Cochran:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}% +% {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\ +% 2005/03/15 +% +% \bibitem{subfig} +% Steven D. Cochran:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}% +% {\emph{The subfig package}},\\ +% 2005/07/05 +% +% \bibitem{supertabular} +% Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/supertabular}% +% {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\ +% 2004/02/20 +% +% \bibitem{threeparttable} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}% +% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ +% March 5, 2010 +% +% \bibitem{wrapfig} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}% +% {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\ +% Jan 31, 2003 +% +% \bibitem{xtab} +% Peter Wilson:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xtab}% +% {\emph{The xtab package}},\\ +% 2011/07/31 +% \end{thebibliography} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.4/caption3.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.4/caption3.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2843145c183 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.4/caption3.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,4231 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption3.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{3607} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption3.drv}[2019/09/10 v1.13 Implementation of the caption kernel] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\usepackage{caption3}[2020/05/30] +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring + {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}% + {AMS}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring + {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}% + {KOMA-Script}} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption3.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} kernel} +% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} kernel} +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption3.sty} +% +% \title{The Implementation of +% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A +% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A +% {the caption kernel}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\filedate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel +% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|). +% +% The kernel provides all the user commands and internal macros which are +% necessary for typesetting captions and setting parameters regarding these. +% While the standard \LaTeX\ document classes provide an internal command +% called |\@makecaption| and no options to control its behavior (except the +% vertical skips above and below the caption itself), we provide similar +% commands called |\caption@make| and |\caption@@make|, but with a lot of +% options which can be selected with |\captionsetup|. +% Loading the kernel part do not change the output of a \LaTeX\ document +% -- it just provides functionality which can be used by \LaTeXe\ packages +% which typesets captions, for example the \package{caption} and +% \package{subfig} packages. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages: +% \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \section{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2020/07/29 v1.13 caption3 kernel (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Workaround for bug in package \package{arabtex}} +% \package{arabtex} re-defines \cs{@gobble} as not-long so the packages of the +% \package{caption} package bundle are doomed to fail. +% Since this fatal bug won't be fixed in \package{arabtex} but we are dependent on a +% proper definition of \cs{@gobble}, \cs{@firstofone}, \cs{@firstoftwo}, \cs{@secondoftwo}, +% and so on we fix this here. (Sigh!) +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\caption@FixArabTeX{% + \def\caption@tempa##1{}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@gobble + \PackageInfo{caption3}{Fixing ArabTeX}% + \long\def\@gobble##1{}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% Do the fix now and at |\begin{document}|, in case \package{arabtex} will be loaded after \package{caption}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@FixArabTeX +\AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@FixArabTeX + \let\caption@FixArabTeX\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Generic helpers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@nameundef} +% This is the opposite to |\@namedef| which is offered by the \LaTeX\ kernel. +% We use it to remove the definition of some commands and keyval options after +% |\begin{document}| (to save \TeX\ memory) and to remove caption options defined +% with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@nameundef[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\l@addto@macro} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/26}{Revised} +% The \LaTeXe\ kernel offers the internal helper macro |\g@addto@macro| which +% globally adds tokens to existing macros, like in |\AtBeginDocument|. +% This is the same but it works local, not global. +% \begin{macrocode} +\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup +\expandafter\ifx\csname currentgrouplevel\endcsname\relax + \PackageInfo{caption3}{TeX engine: TeX} + \let\caption@ifeTeX\@secondoftwo + \providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{% + \begingroup + \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}% + \xdef\caption@addto@temp{\the\toks@}% + \endgroup + \let#1\caption@addto@temp} +\else + \PackageInfo{caption3}{TeX engine: e-TeX} + \let\caption@ifeTeX\@firstoftwo + \providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{% + \edef#1{\unexpanded\expandafter{#1#2}}} +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\bothIfFirst} +% \begin{macro}{\bothIfSecond} +% |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument is not empty, |\bothIfSecond| +% tests if the second argument is not empty. If yes both arguments get +% typeset, otherwise none of them. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bothIfFirst#1#2{% + \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else + #1#2% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bothIfSecond#1#2{% + \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else + #1#2% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifundefined} +% \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.3b}{2011/08/18}{Made expandable} +% Similar to \cs{@ifundefined} offered by the \LaTeX kernel, +% but takes a macro as argument instead of a macro name. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifundefined[1]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifdefined} +% \changes{v1.8e}{2018/05/11}{This macro added} +% Similar to \cs{@ifundefined} offered by the \LaTeX kernel, +% but takes a macro as argument instead of a macro name. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifdefined[1]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else\ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifinlist} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Rewritten} +% This helper macro checks if the first argument is in the comma separated +% list which is offered as second argument. So for example +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@ifinlist{frank}{axel,frank,olga,steven}{yes}{no}| +% \end{quote} +% would expand to |yes|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifinlist{% + \@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@ifinlist[2]{% + \begingroup + \def\@tempa##1,#1,##2\@nil{% + \endgroup + \ifx\relax##2\relax + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi}% + \@tempa,#2,#1,\@nil}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifin@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifin@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\marg{yes}\marg{no} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifin@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1% + {\@secondoftwo}% + {\@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist{#2}{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@addto@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@g@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@g@addto@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{\gdef#1{#2}}{\g@addto@macro#1{,#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@addto@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@l@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@addto@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{\def#1{#2}}{\l@addto@macro#1{,#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@removefrom@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@g@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@g@removefrom@list[2]{% + \caption@l@removefrom@list#1{#2}% + \global\let#1#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@removefrom@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@l@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\par +% \Note[Caveat]{\meta{cmd} will be expanded during this process since +% \cs{@removeelement} is using \cs{edef} to build the new list!} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@removefrom@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{\@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{#2}#1#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@for@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@for@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@for@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{% + \def\caption@tempb##1{#2}% + \@for\caption@tempa:=#1\do{% + \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifempty@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{true}\marg{false} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifempty@list[1]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\@empty + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi\fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setbool} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@set@bool} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/05}{\cs{caption@set@bool}\marg{cmd}\marg{value} added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbool} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefbool} +% For setting and testing boolean options we offer these three helper macros: +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@setbool|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% | |(with |value = false/true/no/yes/off/on/0/1|)\\ +% |\caption@ifbool|\marg{name}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\\ +% |\caption@undefbool|\marg{name} +% \end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setbool[1]{% + \expandafter\caption@set@bool\csname caption@if#1\endcsname} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@bool[2]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#2}{1,true,yes,on}{% + \let#1\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{% + \let#1\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined boolean value `#2'}% + }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifbool[1]{\@nameuse{caption@if#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@undefbool[1]{\@nameundef{caption@if#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@teststar} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@teststar@} added} +% |\caption@teststar|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg}\\ +% |\caption@teststar@|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@teststar[3]{\@ifstar{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@teststar@[3]{% + \@ifstar{#1{#2}}{\caption@ifatletter{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}}} +\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@teststar@\caption@teststar} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifatletter{% + \ifnum\the\catcode`\@=11 + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@ifatletter\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@withoptargs} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{This macro revised} +% |\caption@withoptargs|\marg{cmd} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@withoptargs[1]{% + \@ifstar + {\def\caption@tempa{*}\caption@@withoptargs{#1}}% + {\def\caption@tempa{}\caption@@withoptargs{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@withoptargs#1{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\caption@@@withoptargs{#1}}% + {\caption@@@@withoptargs{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@withoptargs#1[#2]{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{[{#2}]}% + \caption@@withoptargs{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@@withoptargs#1{% + \def\caption@tempb{#1}% + \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@gobble} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/19}{This macro added} +% |\caption@gobble*|\oarg{arg}\oarg{\ldots}\marg{arg}\par +% Same as |\@gobble|, but gobbles optional arguments as well. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@gobble{% + \caption@withoptargs\@gobbletwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@AtBeginDocument} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/13}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the combine document class} +% |\caption@AtBeginDocument*|\marg{code}\\ +% Same as |\AtBeginDocument| but the execution of code +% will be surrounded by two |\PackageInfo|s. +% The starred variant causes the code to be executed after all code +% specified using the non-starred variant. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@begindocumenthook\@empty +\let\caption@@begindocumenthook\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@teststar\g@addto@macro + \caption@@begindocumenthook\caption@begindocumenthook} +%\@onlypreamble\caption@AtBeginDocument +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{Begin \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifstar{\g@addto@macro\caption@@begindocumenthook}\@firstofone}% + \caption@begindocumenthook + \let\caption@begindocumenthook\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifstar\@firstofone\@firstofone}% + \caption@@begindocumenthook + \let\caption@@begindocumenthook\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@InfoNoLine{End \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Information, Warnings, and Errors} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Info} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/25}{Moved from package to kernel} +% |\caption@Info|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Info[1]{% + \PackageInfo{caption}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@InfoNoLine} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/25}{Moved from package to kernel} +% |\caption@InfoNoLine|\marg{message}\\ +% \Note{The \cs{@gobble} at the end of the 2nd argument of +% \cs{PackageInfo} suppresses the line number info. +% See TLC2\cite{TLC2}, A.4.7, p885 for details.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@InfoNoLine[1]{% + \caption@Info{#1\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Warning} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings} +% |\caption@Warning|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Warning[1]{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{#1\on@line}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@WarningNoLine} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings} +% |\caption@WarningNoLine|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@WarningNoLine[1]{% + \PackageWarning{caption}{#1.^^J\caption@wh\@gobbletwo}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@wh{% + See the caption package documentation for explanation.} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Error} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/20}{This macro added, will now be used for errors} +% \changes{v1.0o}{2007/04/11}{Renamed from \cs{caption@error} to \cs{caption@Error}} +% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed} +% |\caption@Error|\marg{message} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Error[1]{% + \PackageError{caption}{#1}\caption@eh} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@eh{% + If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak + at the documentation of the `caption' package, especially the\MessageBreak + section about errors.\MessageBreak\@ehc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@KV@err} +% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@KV@err\caption@Error +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Using the keyval package} +% +% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\undefine@key} +% |\undefine@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par +% This helper macro is the opposite of |\define@key|, it removes a keyval +% definition. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\undefine@key[2]{% + \@nameundef{KV@#1@#2}\@nameundef{KV@#1@#2@default}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@onlypreamble@key} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/11/01}{\cs{KV@err} will be used now instead of \cs{@notprerr}} +% |\onlypreamble@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par +% Analogous to |\@onlypreamble| from \LaTeXe. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@preamble@keys{} +\providecommand*\@onlypreamble@key[2]{\@cons\@preamble@keys{{#1}{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\@onlypreamble@key +\@onlypreamble\@preamble@keys +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@notprerr@key[1]{\KV@err{Can be used only in preamble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \def\@elt#1#2{\expandafter\let\csname KV@#1@#2\endcsname\@notprerr@key}% + \@preamble@keys + \let\@elt\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOption} +% |\DeclareCaptionOption|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionOption*|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\par +% We declare our options using these commands (instead of using +% |\DeclareOption| offered by \LaTeXe), so the keyval package is used. +% The starred form makes the option available during the lifetime of the +% current package only, so they can be used with |\usepackage|, but +% \emph{not} with |\captionsetup| later on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOption{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declareoption[2]{% + #1{\undefine@key{caption}{#2}}\caption@declare@option{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declare@option{% + \define@key{caption}} +%% no \@onlypreamble\caption@declare@option, will be used by \captionsetup +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue|\marg{option}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*|\marg{option}\marg{code}\par +% Same as \cs{DeclareCaptionOption} but issues an error if a value is given. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption@novalue\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@declareoption@novalue[3]{% + \caption@declareoption{#1}{#2}[\KV@err]{% + \caption@option@novalue{#2}{##1}{#3}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption@novalue +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@option@novalue[2]{% + \ifx\KV@err#2% + \expandafter\@firstofone + \else + \KV@err{No value allowed for #1}% + \expandafter\@gobble + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionsetup@star} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{This macro added} +% If the starred form of |\captionsetup| is used, this will be set to |true|. +% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@setkeys|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaptionsetup@star +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionsetup} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Bugfix: Missing \% added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{Starred-variant added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{\cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} will be set now} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{Support of multiple optional arguments added} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{Syntax check of saved options added} +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}\ldots\marg{keyval-list of options}\\ +% |\captionsetup*|\oarg{type}\ldots\marg{keyval-list of options}\par +% If the optional argument `type' is specified, we simply save or append +% the option list, otherwise we `execute' it with |\setkeys|. +% (The non-starred variant issues a warning if \meta{keyval-list of options} +% is not used later on.) +% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionsetup{% + \caption@teststar@\@captionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@captionsetup[1]{% + \captionsetup@startrue#1\captionsetup@starfalse + \@ifnextchar[%] + \caption@setup@options\caption@setup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setup{\caption@setkeys{caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@setup@options[#1]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\caption@stepthecounter + \caption@withoptargs{\@expandtwoargs + \caption@setup@options@i{#1}{@\caption@thecounter}}}% + {\caption@setup@options@{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setup@options@i[4]{% + \caption@declare@option{#2}[]{\captionsetup#3{#4}}% + \caption@setup@options@{#1}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setup@options@[2]{% + \@bsphack + \ifcaptionsetup@star\captionsetup@starfalse\else\caption@addtooptlist{#1}\fi + \caption@checkoptions{#2}% + \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname{#2}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checkoptions} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{This macro added} +% Check the syntax of the given options by executing them inside a group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@checkoptions[1]{% + \begingroup + \caption@prepare@optioncheck + \caption@setup{#1}% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@prepare@optioncheck{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\IfCaptionOptionCheck} +% \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} +% |\IfCaptionOptionCheck|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} +% executes the \meta{yes-code} if options are just checked for syntax, and \meta{no-code} if not. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\IfCaptionOptionCheck\@secondoftwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\g@addto@macro\caption@prepare@optioncheck{% + \let\IfCaptionOptionCheck\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\clearcaptionsetup} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/17}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\\ +% |\clearcaptionsetup*|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\par +% This removes the saved option list associated with \meta{type}. +% If \meta{option} is given, only this option will be removed from the list. +% (The starred variant does not issue warnings.) +% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\clearcaptionsetup{% + \caption@teststar@\@clearcaptionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@clearcaptionsetup[1]{% + \let\caption@tempa#1% + \@testopt\@@clearcaptionsetup{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@@clearcaptionsetup[#1]#2{% + \@bsphack + \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + {\caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{Option list `#2' undefined}}}% + {\ifx,#1,% + \caption@clearsetup{#2}% + \else + \caption@@removefromsetup{#1}{#2}% + \fi}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearsetup[1]{% + \caption@removefromoptlist{#1}% + \@nameundef{caption@opt@#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@removefromsetup{% + \let\caption@tempa\@gobble + \caption@@removefromsetup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@removefromsetup[2]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname\@undefined + \def\@tempb##1=##2\@nil{##1}% + \edef\@tempc{#1}% + \@for\@tempa:=\@tempa\do{% + \edef\@tempd{\expandafter\@tempb\@tempa=\@nil}% + \ifx\@tempd\@tempc + \let\caption@tempa\@gobble + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@l@addto@list + \expandafter\csname caption@opt@#2\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter{\@tempa}% + \fi}% + \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + {\caption@removefromoptlist{#2}}{}% + \caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{% + Option `#1' was not in list `#2'}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\showcaptionsetup} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/03}{Optimized for memory usage} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Bugfix: Does not expand option list anymore} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% |\showcaptionsetup|\oarg{package}\marg{type}\par +% This comes for debugging issues: It shows the saved option list which +% is associated with \meta{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\showcaptionsetup[2][\@firstofone]{% + \@bsphack + \GenericWarning{}{% + #1 Caption Info: Option list on `#2'\MessageBreak + #1 Caption Data: \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#2}{% + -none-% + }{% + {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\strip@prefix + \expandafter\meaning\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname}% + }}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/02}{Option \opt{options=} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/05}{Option \opt{options*=} added} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Option \opt{options*=} removed} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{options}{\caption@setoptions{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptions} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/01/26}{Revised} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument removed} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/11}{Usage of \cs{clearcaptionsetup} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/09}{Renamed from \cs{caption@settype} to \cs{caption@setoptions}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/05}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Starred variant removed} +% |\caption@setoptions|\marg{type or environment or\ldots}\par +% Caption options which have been saved with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type} can +% be executed by using this command. +% It simply executes the saved option list (and clears it afterwards), +% if there is any. +% \iffalse +% (The starred variant do not clear the option list.) +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setoptions[1]{% + \caption@Debug{options=#1}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@opt\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname + \ifx\caption@opt\relax \else + \caption@xsetup\caption@opt + \caption@clearsetup{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@xsetup[1]{\expandafter\caption@setup\expandafter{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtooptlist} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@removefromoptlist} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2c}{2008/08/24}{Fatal typo corrected} +% |\caption@addtooptlist|\marg{type}\\ +% |\caption@removefromoptlist|\marg{type}\par +% Adds or removes an \meta{type} to the list of unused caption options. +% Note that the catcodes of \meta{type} are sanitized here so removing +% \meta{type} from the list do not fail when the \package{float} package +% is used (since |\float@getstyle| gives a result which tokens have catcode +% 12 $=$ ``other''). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addtooptlist[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#1@lineno}{% + \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@addto@list{#1}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname{\the\inputlineno}% + }{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@removefromoptlist[1]{% + \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@removefrom@list{#1}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@dooptlist[2]{% + \begingroup + \edef\@tempa{#2}\@onelevel@sanitize\@tempa + \expandafter#1\expandafter\caption@optlist\expandafter{\@tempa}% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtEndDocument{% + \caption@for@list\caption@optlist{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Unused \string\captionsetup[#1] + on input line \csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setkeys} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/20}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@keydepth} added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/08}{\cs{caption@keydepth} is now a command instead of a counter} +% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed, we use \cs{caption@KV@err} instead} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{\cs{captionsetup@starfalse} added} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/09/30}{Bugfix 09-09-29: Missing error handler will be defined automatically} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/24}{Redefinition of \cs{XKV@err} added} +% |\caption@setkeys|\oarg{package}\marg{family}\marg{key-values}\par +% This one simply calls |\setkeys|\marg{family}\marg{key-values} +% but lets the error messages not refer to the \package{keyval} package, +% but to the \meta{package} package instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setkeys{\@dblarg\caption@@setkeys} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@setkeys[#1]#2#3{% + \@bsphack +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@err + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@errx + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@XKV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname\XKV@err + \edef\caption@keydepth{\caption@keydepth i}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname #1@KV@err\endcsname + \ifx\KV@err\relax + \def\KV@err##1{\PackageError{#1}{##1}{% + See the #1 package documentation for explanation.}}% + \fi + \def\KV@errx{\KV@err}% + \def\XKV@err{\let\@tempa\XKV@tkey\KV@err}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@Debug{\protect\setkeys{#2}{#3}}% + \setkeys{#2}{#3}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\caption@keydepth{\expandafter\@gobble\caption@keydepth}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@errx\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\XKV@err\csname ORI@XKV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\caption@keydepth\@empty \captionsetup@starfalse \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@keydepth\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ExecuteOptions} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Depends on package now} +% |\caption@ExecuteOptions|\marg{package}\marg{key-values}\par +% We execute our options using the keyval interface, so we use this one +% instead of |\ExecuteOptions| offered by \LaTeXe. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ExecuteOptions[2]{% + \expandafter\@expandtwoargs\csname caption@setkeys@#1\endcsname{#1}{#2}}% +\@onlypreamble\caption@ExecuteOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ProcessOptions} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix, see +% \purett{news:400D360C.9678329F@gmx.net} for details} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Improvement, uses \cs{caption@setkeys} +% instead of \cs{setkeys}} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{Bugfix, now processes only those global +% options which have a default value} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{\cs{ProcessOptionsWithKV} renamed to +% \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} and moved from the package to the kernel} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/17}{Star variant added} +% |\caption@ProcessOptions*|\marg{package}\par +% We process our options using the keyval package, so we use this one +% instead of |\ProcessOptions| offered by \LaTeXe. +% The starred variant do not process the global options. +% (This code was taken from the \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} +% \version{6.74} and improved.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ProcessOptions{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@ProcessOptions\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ProcessOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@ProcessOptions[2]{% + \let\@tempc\relax + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + #1{% \@firstofone -or- \@gobble + \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{% + \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption}{}{% + \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption @default}{% + \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' ignored}% + }{% + \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' processed}% + \edef\caption@tempa{\caption@tempa\CurrentOption,}% + \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement\CurrentOption + \@unusedoptionlist\@unusedoptionlist + }% + }% + }% + \let\CurrentOption\@empty + }% + \caption@ExecuteOptions{#2}{\caption@tempa\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}% + \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@ProcessOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@SetupOptions} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{This macro added} +% |\caption@SetupOptions|\marg{package}\marg{code}\par +% After calling this macro |\caption@ExecuteOptions| and +% |\usepackage|\oarg{options}\marg{package} +% will both be mapped to \meta{code} with \meta{package} and \meta{options} +% as arguments |#1| and |#2|. (This helps avoiding ``Option clash'' errors.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@SetupOptions[2]{% + \@namedef{caption@setkeys@#1}##1##2{#2}% + \expandafter\@onlypreamble\csname caption@setkeys@#1\endcsname + \@cons\caption@SetupOptions@list{{#1}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@SetupOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@SetupOptions@list{} +\@onlypreamble\caption@SetupOptions@list +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@onefilewithoptions\@onefilewithoptions +\def\@onefilewithoptions#1[#2]{% + \begingroup + \def\@tempa{% + \endgroup + \caption@onefilewithoptions{#1}[{#2}]}% + \def\@tempb{#1}% + \def\@elt##1{% + \def\@tempc{##1}% + \ifx\@tempb\@tempc + \def\@tempa{% + \endgroup + \caption@ExecuteOptions{#1}{#2}% + \caption@onefilewithoptions{#1}[]}% + \fi} + \caption@SetupOptions@list + \@tempa} +\@onlypreamble\caption@onefilewithoptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Margin resp. width} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/01}{\cs{captionmarginx} renamed to \cs{captionmargin@}} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Option `twoside' added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Options `margin*', `minmargin', and `maxmargin' added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/10}{Option `oneside' added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionmargin} +% \begin{macro}{\captionwidth} +% |\captionmargin| and |\captionwidth| contain the extra margin +% resp. the total width used for captions. Please never set these values in +% a direct way, they are just accessible in user documents to provide +% compatibility to \version{1.x}.\par +% Note that we can only set one value at a time, `margin' \emph{or} `width'. +% If |\captionwidth| is not zero we will take this value afterwards, +% otherwise |\captionmargin| and |\captionmargin@|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\captionmargin +\newdimen\captionmargin@ +\newdimen\captionwidth +\newdimen\caption@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{margin}{\setcaptionmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{margin*}{\setcaptionmargin*{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{width}{\setcaptionwidth{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{width*}{\setcaptionwidth*{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcmargin}{\caption@setcalcmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcmargin*}{\caption@setcalcmargin*{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcwidth}{\caption@setcalcwidth{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcwidth*}{\caption@setcalcwidth*{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{twoside}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{oneside}{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside0} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{minmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@minmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{maxmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@maxmargin{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionmargin} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setmargin} to \cs{setcaptionmargin}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{\cs{setcaptionmargin} enhanced so it can take +% left+right margin} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{\cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin} \& +% \cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin@} swapped so +% `\texttt{margin*=}\cs{captionmargin}' works in singleline options} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcmargin} added} +% |\setcaptionmargin|\marg{amount}\\ +% |\setcaptionmargin*|\marg{amount}\par +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptionmargin{% + \caption@resetcalcmargin + \caption@setmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setmargin{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setmargin\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setmargin[2]{% + #1{\captionwidth\z@}% + \caption@@@setmargin#2,#2,\@nil} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@setmargin#1,#2,#3\@nil{% + \setlength\captionmargin@{#2}% + \setlength\captionmargin{#1}% + \addtolength\captionmargin@{-\captionmargin}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionwidth} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setwidth} to \cs{setcaptionwidth}} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcwidth} added} +% |\setcaptionwidth|\marg{amount}\\ +% |\setcaptionwidth*|\marg{amount}\par +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptionwidth{% + \caption@resetcalcmargin + \caption@setwidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setwidth{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setwidth\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setwidth[2]{% + #1{\captionmargin\z@\captionmargin@\z@}% + \setlength\captionwidth{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetcalcmargin} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetcalcmargin{% + \let\caption@calcmargin@hook\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setcalcmargin} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setcalcmargin{% + \caption@teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@setmargin}% + \@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setcalcmargin[3]{% + #2{\caption@resetcalcmargin + \l@addto@macro\caption@calcmargin@hook{#1{#3}}}% + {\l@addto@macro\caption@calcmargin@hook{#1*{#3}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setcalcwidth} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setcalcwidth{% + \caption@teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@setwidth}% + \@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@counter} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This counter added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{Renamed to \cs{caption@thecounter}; \cs{caption@stepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{\cs{caption@stepcounter} renamed to \cs{caption@stepthecounter}} +% Internal counter. At the moment it will be used inside +% |\caption@ifoddpage| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@thecounter{0} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@stepthecounter{% + \@tempcnta\caption@thecounter + \advance\@tempcnta\@ne + \xdef\caption@thecounter{\the\@tempcnta}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@newlabel} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% This command is a modified version of |\newlabel| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be written to the \texttt{.aux} file to +% pass label information from one run to another. +% (We use it inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\caption@ragged|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@newlabel{\@newl@bel{caption@r}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@thepage} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% This command is a modified version of |\thepage| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@thepage{\the\c@page} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@label} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@newlabel} in AUX file added} +% This command is a modified version of |\label| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@label[1]{% + \caption@@label + \protected@write\@auxout{\let\caption@thepage\relax}% + {\string\caption@newlabel{#1}{\caption@thepage}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@label{% + \global\let\caption@@label\relax + \protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@newlabel[2]{}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@pageref} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Uses \cs{@latex@warning} instead of \cs{caption@Warning} now} +% This command is a modified version of |\pageref| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@pageref[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname\relax + \G@refundefinedtrue % => 'There are undefined references.' + \@latex@warning{Reference `#1' on page \thepage \space undefined}% + \else + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@thepage\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifoddpage} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{Incrementation of counter moved to \cs{caption@@make}} +% At the moment this macro uses an own label\ldots ref mechanism, +% but an alternative implementation method would be using the +% \package{refcount} package\cite{refcount} and |\ifodd\getpagerefnumber{|\ldots|}|. +% \Note{This macro re-defines itself so the \texttt{.aux} file will +% only be used once per group.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifoddpage{% + \caption@iftwoside{% + \caption@label\caption@thecounter + \caption@pageref\caption@thecounter + \ifodd\caption@thepage + \let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo + \else + \let\caption@ifoddpage\@secondoftwo + \fi + }{\let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifoddpage} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptcmd} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setoptcmd|\marg{cmd}\marg{off -or- value} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setoptcmd[2]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{\let#1\@undefined}{\def#1{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Indentions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@indent} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Renamed from \cs{captionindent} to \cs{caption@indent}} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@parindent} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hangindent} +% These are the indentions we support. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newdimen\caption@indent +\newdimen\caption@parindent +\newdimen\caption@hangindent +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Defaults added for options \opt{parindent=} +% and \opt{hangindent=}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Option \opt{parskip=}: \cs{AtBeginCaption} +% replaced by \cs{caption@@par}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Undocumented defaults for \opt{parindent=}, +% \opt{hangindent=}, and \opt{parskip=} removed} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{indent}[\leftmargini]{% obsolete! + \setlength\caption@indent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{indention}[\leftmargini]{% + \setlength\caption@indent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}{% + \setlength\caption@parindent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hangindent}{% + \setlength\caption@hangindent{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@@par{\setlength\parskip{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Styles} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionStyle} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{single-line-list-of-KV}\marg{list-of-KV} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionStyle[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@declarestyle{#1}}{}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionStyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@declarestyle#1[#2]#3{% + \global\@namedef{caption@sls@#1}{#2}% + \global\@namedef{caption@sty@#1}{#3}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarestyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/20}{Option \opt{style*=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{style}{\caption@setstyle{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{style*}{\caption@setstyle*{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setstyle} +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/06/01}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Recursive style definitions should work now} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed} +% |\caption@setstyle|\marg{name}\\ +% |\caption@setstyle*|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption style means saving the additional +% \meta{single-line-list-of-KV} (this will be done by |\caption@sls|), +% resetting the caption options to the base ones (this will be done using +% |\caption@resetstyle|) and executing the \meta{list-of-KV} options +% (this will be done using |\caption@setup|).\par +% The starred version will give no error message if the given style is not +% defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setstyle{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setstyle\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setstyle[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@sty@#2}% + {#1{\caption@Error{Undefined style `#2'}}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sty\csname caption@sty@#2\endcsname + \ifx\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined + \let\caption@setstyle@flag\relax + \caption@resetstyle + \caption@xsetup\caption@sty + \let\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined + \else + \caption@xsetup\caption@sty + \fi + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sls\csname caption@sls@#2\endcsname + \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\expandafter\caption@opt@singleline + \expandafter{\caption@sls}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetstyle} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/02/04}{% +% This macro renamed from \cs{caption@setdefault} to \cs{caption@resetstyle}} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Usage of \opt{size=} added} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \opt{rule} added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\opt{box=parbox} added} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{\opt{box=none} added, \opt{box=parbox} changed to \opt{parbox=parbox}} +% This resets (nearly) all caption options to the base ones. +% \emph{Note that this does not touch the skips and the positioning!} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetstyle{% + \caption@setup{% + box=none,boxcolor=white,parbox=parbox,% + format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,textformat=simple,% + justification=justified,font=,size=,labelfont=,textfont=,% + margin=0pt,minmargin=0,maxmargin=0,% + indent=0pt,parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,% + slc,rule,strut}% + \caption@clearsetup{singleline}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\opt{indent=0pt} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/02/04}{Caption style `default' renamed to `base', and a new `default' added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/31}{\opt{format=plain} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{\opt{format=plain} removed from caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\opt{box=default} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% Currently there are two pre-defined styles, called `base' \& `default'. +% The first one is a perfect match to the behavior of |\@makecaption| offered +% by the standard \LaTeX\ document classes (and was called `default' in +% \thispackage\ \version{1.0}), the second one matches the document +% class actually used. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{default}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{% + box=default,format=default,labelsep=default,textformat=default,% + justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,textfont=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{slc=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{singlelinecheck}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifslc{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{slc}[1]{\KV@caption@singlelinecheck{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Boxes} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionBox} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionBox|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionBox[2]{% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@box@#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionBox +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{Option \opt{box=} added} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{Option \opt{parbox=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{box}{\caption@setbox{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parbox}{\caption@set@box\caption@parbox{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setbox} +% |\caption@setbox|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption box simply means saving the code (in |\caption@box|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setbox{% + \caption@set@box\caption@box} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@box[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@box@#2}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined box `#2'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter#1\csname caption@box@#2\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% There are four pre-defined boxes, called `empty', `none', +% `parbox', and `colorbox'. +% \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{We define \cs{captionbox} instead of +% \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v1.0l}{2006/03/09}{Bugfix 07-03-09: \cs{captionbox} changed from +% \cs{parbox-t} to \cs{parbox-b}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/11}{\cs{captionbox} renamed to \cs{caption@parbox}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\cs{caption@parbox} adapted to \cs{DeclareCaptionBox}} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/02}{Option \opt{boxsep=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionBox{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionBox{none}{#2} +\DeclareCaptionBox{parbox}{\parbox[b]{#1}{#2}} +%\DeclareCaptionBox{colorbox}{% +% \colorbox{\caption@boxcolor}{\caption@box@parbox{\dimexpr #1-2\fboxsep}{#2}}} +\DeclareCaptionBox{colorbox}{\colorbox{\caption@boxcolor}{% + \setlength\caption@tempdima{#1}% + \addtolength\caption@tempdima{-2\fboxsep}% + \linewidth\caption@tempdima + \hsize\caption@tempdima + #2}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{boxcolor}{\def\caption@boxcolor{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{boxsep}{\setlength\fboxsep{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `none`. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@box@default{\caption@box@none} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFormat} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/15}{Optional argument added} +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat*|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\par +% The starred form causes the code being typeset in vertical (instead of +% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFormat{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareformat\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declareformat[2]{% + \@dblarg{\caption@@declareformat#1{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareformat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@declareformat#1#2[#3]#4{% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@ifh@#2\endcsname#1% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@slfmt@#2}##1##2##3{#3}% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@fmt@#2}##1##2##3{#4}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declareformat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{format}{\caption@setformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setformat} +% |\caption@setformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@fmt|) +% and if the code should be used in horizontal or vertical mode (|\caption@ifh|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@fmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ifh\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@slfmt\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fmt\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat[1]{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@fmt@default\expandafter + {\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@slfmt@default\expandafter + {\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname}% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@ifh@default\expandafter + {\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{% +% Caption format \opt{default} renamed to \opt{normal}} +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/05/12}{% +% Caption format \opt{normal} renamed to \opt{@normal}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{% +% Caption format \opt{@normal} renamed to \opt{plain} and documented} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{% +% Single-line variant of caption format \opt{hang} added} +% There are two pre-defined formats, called `plain' and `hang'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{hang}[#1#2#3\par]{% + \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname + {\caption@Error{% + The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak + with `format=hang'}}% + {\@hangfrom{#1#2}% + \advance\caption@parindent\hangindent + \advance\caption@hangindent\hangindent + \caption@@par#3\par}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Caption format \opt{default} linked to \opt{plain}} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/04/28}{Bugfix 05-04-28: Missing \cs{caption@ifh@default} added} +% `default' usually maps to `plain'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{plain} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Label formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{% +% Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@lfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelformat}{\caption@setlabelformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelformat} +% |\caption@setlabelformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption label format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlabelformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined label format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lfmt\csname caption@lfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/16}{Caption label format \opt{brace} added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{Caption label format \opt{autodot} added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/05/22}{Caption label format \opt{autodot} fixed} +% \changes{v1.8}{2016/05/22}{Caption label format \opt{unnumbered} added} +% There are six pre-defined label formats, called `empty', `simple', +% `parens', `brace', `autodot', and `unnumbered'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{parens}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}(#2)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{brace}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{autodot}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2\autodot} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{unnumbered}{#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `simple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@lfmt@default{\caption@lfmt@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Label separators} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/13}{Test for CR added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Test for CR revised} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*|\marg{name}\marg{code}\par +% The starred form causes the label separator to be typeset \emph{without} using |\captionlabelfont|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declarelabelseparator\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@declarelabelseparator[3]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@iflf@#2}{#1}% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@lsep@#2}{#3}% + \caption@@declarelabelseparator{#2}#3\\\@nil} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarelabelseparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@declarelabelseparator#1#2\\#3\@nil{% + \def\@tempa{#3}\ifx\@tempa\@empty \else + \caption@g@addto@list\caption@lsepcrlist{#1}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declarelabelseparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelsep}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelseparator}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelseparator} +% |\caption@setlabelseparator|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption label separator simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lsep|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlabelseparator[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lsep@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined label separator `#1'}}% + {\edef\caption@lsepname{#1}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@iflf\csname caption@iflf@#1\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lsep\csname caption@lsep@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/06/11}{Bugfix 05-03-23: Caption label separator +% \opt{newline} implementation changed from \cs{newline} to \cs{\textbackslash}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Caption label separator \opt{endash} added} +% There are seven pre-defined label separators, called `none', `colon', `period', `space', +% `quad', `newline', and `endash'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{none}{} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period}{. } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{space}{ } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{quad}{\quad} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{newline}{\captionnewline} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{endash}{\space\textendash\space} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionnewline} +% \changes{v1.12}{2020/05/30}{This macro added} +% Will be used in the caption label separator |new|\-|line|, +% and re-defined for |long|\-|table| environments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionnewline{\\} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlabelsep} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/03/29}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlabelsep[1]{% + \ifx\caption@lsep\caption@lsep@default + \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}% + \caption@setlabelseparator{default}% + \else + \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@default@labelsep[1]{% + \def\caption@lsep@default{\@nameuse{caption@lsep@#1}}% + \def\caption@iflf@default{\@nameuse{caption@iflf@#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% `default' usually maps to `colon'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@set@default@labelsep{colon} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Text formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionTextFormat} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionTextFormat[2]{% + \global\long\@namedef{caption@tfmt@#1}##1{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionTextFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{strut=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textformat}{\caption@settextformat{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{strut}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifstrut{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@settextformat} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} +% |\caption@settextformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption text format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@tfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@settextformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@tfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined text format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tfmt\csname caption@tfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% There are three pre-defined text formats, called `empty', `simple' and `period'. +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/05}{Pre-defined text format `empty' added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{The text format `empty' now takes care of the \cs{label}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{empty}{% + \caption@get@label#1\caption@makeanchor{}\@nil + \caption@thelabel + \global\let\caption@thelabel\relax} +\long\def\caption@get@label#1\caption@makeanchor#2#3\@nil{% + \def\caption@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty + \caption@getlabel#1\label{}\@nil + \else + \caption@getlabel#2\label{}\@nil + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{simple}{#1} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{period}{#1.} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `simple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@tfmt@default{\caption@tfmt@simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@getlabel} +% \changes{v1.0}{2011/09/03}{\cs{label} can have optional arguments now} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{Moved from \package{bicaption} package to \package{caption3}} +% \changes{v1.8d}{2019/09/01}{Bugfix: Global definition of \cs{caption@thelabel} added} +% Gets the label command out of the (first) caption text and stores it to |\caption@thelabel|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@getlabel#1\label#2#3\@nil{% + \def\@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty + \let\caption@thelabel\relax + \else + \def\@tempb{*}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \def\caption@thelabel{\label*}% + \caption@@getlabel#3\@nil + \else + \def\caption@thelabel{\label}% + \caption@@getlabel{#2}#3\@nil + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@getlabel#1#2\@nil{% + \def\@tempa{#1}% + \def\@tempb{[}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \caption@@@getlabel#1#2\@nil + \else + \l@addto@macro\caption@thelabel{{#1}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@@getlabel[#1]#2\@nil{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@thelabel{[{#1}]}% + \caption@@getlabel#2\@nil} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@thelabel\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Fonts} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFont} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{Bugfix: Multi token arguments are allowed now} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Internal: Uses \cs{caption@fnt} instead of \cs{caption@temp} now} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{Check for \package{ragged2e} package related options added} +% \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{Optional argument \opt{package} added} +% |\DeclareCaptionFont|\oarg{package}\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFont{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + \caption@declare@font + \caption@declarefont} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFont +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@declare@font[#1]#2{% + \global\@namedef{caption@fnt@#2@package}{#1}% + \caption@@declarefont{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declare@font +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declarefont[1]{% + \global\@nameundef{caption@fnt@#1@package}% + \caption@@declarefont{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarefont +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@declarefont[2]{% + \define@key{caption@fnt}{#1}[]{\caption@addto@fnt{#1}{#2}}% + \caption@@@declarefont{#1}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declarefont +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@declarefont[2]{}% will be used by \DeclareCaptionJustification +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@declarefont +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addto@fnt[2]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@package\csname caption@fnt@#1@package\endcsname + \caption@ifdefined\caption@package + {\caption@requirepackage\caption@package{#1}}% load package, if necessary + {}% + \l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultFont}} +% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption#1@default}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{font}{\caption@setfont{font}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{font+}{\caption@addtofont{font}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont}{\caption@setfont{labelfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont+}{\caption@addtofont{labelfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont}{\caption@setfont{textfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont+}{\caption@addtofont{textfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfont} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Usage of \cs{caption@setkeys} with optional argument} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{Support of \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} added} +% |\caption@setfont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par +% Selecting a caption font means saving all the code snippets +% in |\caption|\meta{name}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfont[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\@empty + \caption@addtofont{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtofont} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{This macro added} +% |\caption@addtofont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par +% Like |\caption@setfont|, but adds the code snippets to |\caption|\meta{name}.\par +% Because we use |\setkeys| recursive here we need to do this inside an +% extra group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addtofont[2]{% + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fnt\csname caption#1\endcsname + \define@key{caption@fnt}{default}[]{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{\csname caption#1@default\endcsname}}% + \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}{#2}% + \global\let\caption@tempa\caption@fnt + \endgroup + \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@font} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@font|\marg{keyval-list of names}\\ +% |\caption@font*|\marg{keyval-code}\par +% Sets the given font, e.g.~|\caption@font{small,it}| +% is equivalent to |\small\itshape|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@font{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@font\@firstofone + {\caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}}} +\newcommand*\caption@@font[2]{% + \begingroup + \def\caption@fnt{\endgroup}% + #1{#2}% + \caption@fnt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% These are the pre-defined font code snippets. +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Color font support added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalcolor}{\normalcolor} +\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalfont}{\normalfont} +\DeclareCaptionFont{up}{\upshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{it}{\itshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sl}{\slshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sc}{\scshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{md}{\mdseries} +\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries} +\DeclareCaptionFont{rm}{\rmfamily} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sf}{\sffamily} +\DeclareCaptionFont{tt}{\ttfamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.7}{2018/05/01}{Missing font sizes \texttt{tiny}, \texttt{LARGE}, \texttt{huge}, and \texttt{Huge} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{tiny}{\tiny} +\DeclareCaptionFont{scriptsize}{\scriptsize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{footnotesize}{\footnotesize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalsize}{\normalsize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{large}{\large} +\DeclareCaptionFont{Large}{\Large} +\DeclareCaptionFont{LARGE}{\LARGE} +\DeclareCaptionFont{huge}{\huge} +\DeclareCaptionFont{Huge}{\Huge} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/01}{Font size \texttt{smaller} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@smaller{% + \ifx\@currsize\tiny + \relax + \else\ifx\@currsize\scriptsize + \tiny + \else\ifx\@currsize\footnotesize + \scriptsize + \else\ifx\@currsize\small + \footnotesize + \else\ifx\@currsize\normalsize + \small + \else\ifx\@currsize\large + \normalsize + \else\ifx\@currsize\Large + \large + \else\ifx\@currsize\LARGE + \Large + \else\ifx\@currsize\huge + \LARGE + \else\ifx\@currsize\Huge + \huge + \else + \caption@Warning{% + Cannot determine current font size.\MessageBreak + Try setting it with `size=' explicitly}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} +\DeclareCaptionFont{smaller}{\caption@smaller} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/02}{Font size \texttt{larger} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@larger{% + \ifx\@currsize\tiny + \scriptsize + \else\ifx\@currsize\scriptsize + \footnotesize + \else\ifx\@currsize\footnotesize + \small + \else\ifx\@currsize\small + \normalsize + \else\ifx\@currsize\normalsize + \large + \else\ifx\@currsize\large + \Large + \else\ifx\@currsize\Large + \LARGE + \else\ifx\@currsize\LARGE + \huge + \else\ifx\@currsize\huge + \Huge + \else\ifx\@currsize\Huge + \relax + \else + \caption@Warning{% + Cannot determine current font size.\MessageBreak + Try setting it with `size=' explicitly}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} +\DeclareCaptionFont{larger}{\caption@larger} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{% +% \caption@font{normalcolor,normalfont,normalsize,singlespacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{% + \caption@font*{% + \KV@caption@fnt@normalcolor\@unused + \KV@caption@fnt@normalfont\@unused + \KV@caption@fnt@normalsize\@unused + \KV@caption@fnt@singlespacing\@unused}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Option \opt{size=} now sets \cs{captionsize} instead of \cs{captionfont}} +% The old versions \version{1.x} of \thispackage\ offered this +% command to setup the font size used for captions. We still do +% so old documents will work fine. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{size}{\caption@setfont{size}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{size}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Justifications} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionJustification} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces +% between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{DeclareCaptionFont}} +% |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionJustification{% + \def\caption@@@declarefont##1##2{% + \global\@namedef{caption@hj@##1}{##2}% for compatibility to v1.0, needed by floatrow package + \let\caption@@@declarefont\@gobbletwo}% + \DeclareCaptionFont} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionJustification +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionJustification} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification}} +% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification|\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification[1]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@hj@default}{#1}% for compatibility to v1.0 + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{@hj}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{justification}{\caption@setjustification{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setjustification} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{caption@setfont}} +% |\caption@setjustification|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption justification simply means saving the code (in |\caption@hj|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setjustification{\caption@setfont{@hj}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% These are the pre-defined justification code snippets. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{justified}{} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centering}{\centering} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerfirst}{\centerfirst} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerlast}{\centerlast} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedleft}{\raggedleft} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\centerfirst} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerfirst} to \cs{centerfirst}} +% Please blame Frank Mittelbach for the code of |\centerfirst| |:-)| +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\centerfirst{% + \let\\\@centercr + \edef\caption@normaladjust{% + \leftskip\the\leftskip + \rightskip\the\rightskip + \parfillskip\the\parfillskip\relax}% + \leftskip\z@\@plus -1fil% + \rightskip\z@\@plus 1fil% + \parfillskip\z@skip + \noindent\hskip\z@\@plus 2fil% + \@setpar{\@@par\@restorepar\caption@normaladjust}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\centerlast} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerlast} to \cs{centerlast}} +% This is based on code from Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\centerlast{% + \let\\\@centercr + \leftskip\z@\@plus 1fil% + \rightskip\z@\@plus -1fil% + \parfillskip\z@\@plus 2fil\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Vertical spaces before and after captions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\abovecaptionskip} +% \begin{macro}{\belowcaptionskip} +% Usually these skips are defined within the document class, but some +% document classes don't do so. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\abovecaptionskip{% + \newlength\abovecaptionskip\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}}{} +\caption@ifundefined\belowcaptionskip{% + \newlength\belowcaptionskip\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0\p@}}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{skip=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{aboveskip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{belowskip}{\setlength\belowcaptionskip{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{skip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@rule} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{This macro added} +% |\caption@rule|\par +% Draws an invisible rule to adjust the ``skip'' setting. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@rule{\caption@ifrule\caption@hrule\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{rule=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{rule}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifrule{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Positioning} +% +% These macros handle the right position of the caption. +% Note that the position is actually \emph{not} controlled by the +% \package{caption3} kernel options, but by the user (or a specific package +% like the \package{float} package) instead. +% The user can put the |\caption| command wherever he likes! So this stuff +% is only to give us a \emph{hint} where to put the right skips, the user +% usually has to take care for himself that this hint actually matches the +% right position. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{position}{\caption@setposition{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/09}{Options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{% + \captionsetup*[figure]{position=#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{figureposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{% + \captionsetup*[table]{position=#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{tableposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setposition} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{Now the positions \opt{t}, \opt{above}, \opt{b}, +% \opt{below}, and \opt{a} are allowed, too} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/08/10}{Usage of \cs{caption@defaultpos} added} +% |\caption@setposition|\marg{position}\par +% Selecting the caption position means that we put |\caption@position| to +% the right value. \emph{Please do \textbf{not} use the internal macro +% \cs{caption@position} in your own package or document, but use the wrapper +% macro \cs{caption@iftop} instead.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setposition[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{d,default}{% + \let\caption@position\caption@defaultpos + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{t,top,above}{% + \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{b,bottom,below}{% + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{a,auto}{% + \let\caption@position\@undefined + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined position `#1'}% + }}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defaultpos} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Default position changed from `bottom' to `auto'} +% The default `position' is `auto', this means that \thispackage\ will try +% to guess the current position of the caption. +% (But in many cases, for example in |longtable|s, this is doomed to fail!)\par +% The setting `bottom' correspondents to the |\@makecaption| implementation +% in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes, but `auto' should give better +% results in most cases. +% \begin{macrocode} +%\caption@setdefaultpos{a}% default = auto +\let\caption@defaultpos\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftop} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Split into \cs{caption@iftop} \& \cs{caption@fixposition}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Adapted to \cs{caption@defaultpos}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Position will be fixed to `bottom' if `auto'} +% |\caption@iftop|\marg{true-code}\marg{false-code}\par +% (If the |position=| is set to |auto| we assume a |bottom| position here.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@iftop{% + \ifx\caption@position\@undefined + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo +% = \caption@setposition b% + \fi + \caption@position} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@fixposition} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{% +% Split into \cs{caption@fixposition} & \cs{caption@autoposition}} +% |\caption@fixposition|\par +% This macro checks if the `position' is set to `auto'. +% If yes, |\caption@autoposition| will be called to +% set |\caption@position| to a proper value we can actually use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@fixposition{% + \ifx\caption@position\@undefined + \caption@autoposition + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@autoposition} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{ifvmode} added} +% |\caption@autoposition|\par +% We guess the current position of the caption by checking |\prevdepth|.\par +% A different solution would be setting the |\spacefactor| to something +% not much less than 1000 (for example 994) in |\caption@start| and +% checking this value here by |\ifnum\spacefactor=994|. +% (It's implemented in the \package{threeparttable} +% package\cite{threeparttable} this way.)\par +% Another idea would be checking |\@ifminipage|, but since some packages +% typeset the caption within a simple |\vbox| this does not seem to be a +% good one. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@autoposition{% + \ifvmode + \edef\caption@tempa{\the\prevdepth}% + \caption@Debug{\protect\prevdepth=\caption@tempa}% + \ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo + \else + \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo + \fi +% = \caption@setposition{\ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ b\else t\fi}% + \else + \caption@Debug{no \protect\prevdepth}% + \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo +% = \caption@setposition b% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setautoposition} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setautoposition|\marg{position}\par +% replaces the above algorithm by a different one (or a fixed position setting). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setautoposition[1]{% + \def\caption@autoposition{\caption@setposition{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Hooks} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginCaption} +% \begin{macro}{\AtEndCaption} +% |\AtBeginCaption| \marg{code}\\ +% |\AtEndCaption| \marg{code}\par +% These hooks can be used analogous to |\AtBeginDocument| and |\AtEndDocument|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@beginhook{} +\newcommand*\caption@endhook{} +\newcommand*\AtBeginCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@beginhook} +\newcommand*\AtEndCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@endhook} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Lists} +% +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Option \opt{listof=} added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{list=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{list}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listof}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlist} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/03/20}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlist|\marg{boolean} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlist{\caption@set@bool\caption@iflist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Option \opt{listtype=} added} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Option \opt{listtype+=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtype}{\caption@setlisttype{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtype+}{\caption@setlisttype@ext{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlisttype} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlisttype|\marg{type} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlisttype{% + \caption@setlisttype@ext{}% + \caption@@setlisttype\caption@listtype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setlisttype[2]{% + \edef#1{#2}% + \ifx#1\@empty \let#1\@undefined \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlisttype@ext} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlisttype@ext|\marg{type extension} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlisttype@ext{% + \caption@@setlisttype\caption@listtype@ext} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionListFormat} +% \changes{v1.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareCaptionListOfFormat} to \cs{DeclareCaptionListFormat}} +% |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionListFormat[2]{% + \global\@namedef{caption@lstfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionListFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/15}{Option \opt{listofformat=} added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{listofformat=} renamed to \opt{listformat=}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listformat}{\caption@setlistformat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlistformat} +% \changes{v1.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setlistofformat} to \cs{caption@setlistformat}} +% |\caption@setlistformat|\marg{name}\par +% Selecting a caption list format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lstfmt|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlistformat[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@lstfmt@#1}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined list format `#1'}}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lstfmt + \csname caption@lstfmt@#1\endcsname}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% There are five pre-defined list formats, taken from the \package{subfig} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{simple}{#1#2} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{parens}{#1(#2)} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subsimple}{#2} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subparens}{(#2)} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlistformat} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/03/29}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlistformat[1]{% + \ifx\caption@lstfmt\caption@lstfmt@default + \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}% + \caption@setlistformat{default}% + \else + \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@default@listformat[1]{% + \def\caption@lstfmt@default{\@nameuse{caption@lstfmt@#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% `default' usually maps to `subsimple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@set@default@listformat{subsimple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Debug option} +% \changes{v1.0k}{2007/03/04}{Debug option added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{debug}[1]{% + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifdebug{#1}% + \caption@ifdebug + {\let\caption@Debug\caption@Info}% + {\let\caption@Debug\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{debug}{\setkeys{caption}{debug}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\setkeys{caption}{debug=0} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Document classes \& Babel support} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifdocumentclass} +% Boolean switch which is set if the document class could be detected successfully, +% i.e. |\caption@document|\-|class| is set to a proper value. +% (If |\caption@document|\-|class| is already set, this flag will also be set.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{documentclass}{1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@documentclass} +% \changes{v1.8e}{2018/05/11}{This macro added} +% Determine document class used. +% Set |\caption@document|\-|class| by good-guessing, if not already set. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\caption@documentclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifclassloaded{beamer}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{beamer document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{beamer}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }{\@ifclassloaded{elsarticle}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{elsarticle document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{elsarticle}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }{\@ifclassloaded{memoir}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{memoir document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{memoir}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }{\caption@ifdefined\scr@caption{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{KOMA-Script document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{koma}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If |\@captionheadfont| is defined, we assume it's a AMS or SMF document class. +% \begin{macrocode} + }{\caption@ifdefined\@captionheadfont{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{AMS or SMF document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{ams}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If |\@CaptionFonts| is defined, we assume it's a NTG Dutch document class. +% \begin{macrocode} + }{\caption@ifdefined\CaptionFonts{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{NTG document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{ntg}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If |\cph@font| and |\cpb@font| are defined, we assume it's a NTG Dutch document class. +% \begin{macrocode} + }{\caption@ifdefined\cph@font{% + \caption@ifdefined\cpb@font\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo + }{% + \@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{thesis document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{thesis}% + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the definition of |\@makecaption| matches the one from the standard \LaTeX\ document classes +% |article|, |report|, or |book|, we assume it's either one of them or is compatible to them. +% \begin{macrocode} + % article|report|book [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] + \long\def\caption@tempa#1#2{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1: #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip}} + \ifx\caption@tempa\@makecaption + \caption@InfoNoLine{Standard document class detected}% + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% Otherwise we are clueless and use standard default settings for the captions anyway. +% (And we unset the |document|\-|class| flag to indicate that the content of |\caption@document|\-|class| is not correct.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak + standard defaults will be used}% + \caption@InfoNoLine{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption\@gobble}% + \caption@setbool{documentclass}{0}% + \fi + \def\caption@documentclass{base}% + }}}}}}% +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifclassloaded} +% \changes{v1.8e}{2019/09/09}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifclassloaded|\marg{name}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifclassloaded[1]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@documentclass + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{The standard \texorpdfstring{\LaTeX{}}{LaTeX} classes} +% +% Since this is the default, there is no extra work to be done here. +% +% \subsection{The elsarticle classes} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/01/06}{elsarticle class support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifclassloaded{elsarticle}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\footnotesize} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifclassloaded{ams}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\captionmargin\captionindent % set to 3pc by AMS class + \begingroup\edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\caption@g@addto@list\noexpand\caption@sty@default + {margin=\the\captionmargin + \caption@ifdefined\smf@makecaption{,maxmargin=.1\linewidth}{}}} + \@tempa + \caption@g@addto@list\caption@sls@default{margin*=.5\captionmargin} + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{.\enspace} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\@captionfont} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\@captionheadfont} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\@captionfont\upshape} + \captionsetup[figure]{position=b} + \captionsetup[table]{position=t} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The beamer class (Part one)} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/10}{\package{beamer} class support added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{\package{beamer} class support revised} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/27}{The \package{beamer} template \texttt{caption label separator} will be used now} +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/05/22}{Re-definition of label format \texttt{simpleMagyar} added to \package{beamer} class support} +% \changes{v1.7}{2018/04/15}{Re-definition of label format \texttt{simpleMagyar} revised} +% \changes{v1.7}{2018/05/01}{Definition of \package{beamer} default label font revised} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifclassloaded{beamer}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbeamertemplate} +% |\caption@ifbeamertemplate|\marg{caption template name}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% tests if the given beamer caption template was selected by the user (or not). +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@ifbeamertemplate[1]{% + \begingroup + \let\beamer@@tmpl@caption@ORI\beamer@@tmpl@caption + \@nameuse{beamer@@tmpop@caption@#1}% + \ifx\beamer@@tmpl@caption@ORI\beamer@@tmpl@caption + \endgroup\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \endgroup\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{default}{% + \caption@ifbeamertemplate{numbered}% + \caption@lfmt@simple + \caption@lfmt@unnumbered + {#1}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% The \package{magyar} babel package redefines the current label format to a one called |simple|\-|Magyar|, +% defined within |\@@magyar@caption|\-|fix| which will be executed |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{default@magyar}{% + \caption@ifbeamertemplate{numbered}% + \caption@lfmt@simple@magyar + \caption@lfmt@unnumbered + {#1}{#2}} + \@ifundefined{@@magyar@captionfix}\AtBeginDocument\@firstofone{% + \@ifundefined{@@magyar@captionfix}{}{% + \g@addto@macro\@@magyar@captionfix{% + \let\caption@lfmt@simple@magyar\caption@lfmt@simpleMagyar + \let\caption@lfmt@simpleMagyar\caption@lfmt@default@magyar}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@declarelabelseparator + {\caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}\@gobble\@firstofone} + {default} + {\caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}{\\}% + {\usebeamertemplate{caption label separator}}} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{% + \usebeamerfont*{caption}% + \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption}} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{% + \setbeamercolor*{caption}{}% avoid setting "caption" color additionally + \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption name}% + \setbeamerfont*{caption}{}% avoid setting "caption" font additionally + \usebeamerfont{caption name}} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{\raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareOption{beamerclass}{% + \renewcommand\caption@ifslc{% + \caption@ifbeamertemplate{caption name own line}\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} + % Since the beamer class do not offer a `list of figures' we switch this support off. + \captionsetup{list=0}} + \PassOptionsToPackage{beamerclass}{caption3} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the \package{beamer} document class is used, we offer a beamer +% template called `caption3' which can be used with option `beamer' or +% |\setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]|.\par +% (Note that this is of no use when the \package{caption} package is used, too.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \defbeamertemplate{caption}{caption3}{% + \caption@make\insertcaptionname\insertcaptionnumber\insertcaption} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareOption{beamer}{% + % \usebeamertemplate**{caption} will set font + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{}% + \setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode] +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The KOMA-Script classes} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/31}{\KOMAScript\ classes support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifclassloaded{koma}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionFormat{default}[#1#2#3\par]{% + \ifdofullc@p + \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname + {\caption@Error{% + The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak + with \noexpand\setcaphanging (which is set by default)}}% + {\caption@fmt@hang{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + \else + #1#2% + \ifdim\cap@indent<\z@ + \par + \noindent\hspace*{-\cap@indent}% + \else\if@capbreak + \par + \fi\fi + #3\par + \fi} + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionformat} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\scr@fnt@caption} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\scr@fnt@captionlabel} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Increased compatibility to KOMA-Script: +% A special version of options `parindent' and `parskip' added} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Bugfix 06-01-03: KOMA-Script variants of +% `parskip' and `parindent' options revised and moved into caption kernel} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and +% `parindent' are obsolete now, removed} +% \changes{v1.0m}{2007/03/30}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and +% `parindent' re-added, since they still collide with the current +% version of the subfig package (Sigh!)} +% +% There is an option clash between the \KOMAScript\ document classes +% and the \package{caption} kernel, both define the options |parindent| and +% |parskip| but with different meaning. +% Furthermore the ones defined by the \package{caption} kernel take a +% value as parameter but the \KOMAScript\ ones do not. +% So we need special versions of the options |parindent| and |parskip| here +% which determine if a value is given (and therefore should be treated as +% our option) or not (and therefore should be ignored by us).\footnote{%^^A +% This problem was completely solved due a change of \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} +% in \thispackage\ \version{1.0h}, but we still need this workaround since +% these options would otherwise still collide with the current version $1.3$ +% of the \package{subfig} package (Sigh!)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KV@parindent\KV@caption@parindent + \DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}[]{% + \ifx,#1,% + \caption@Debug{Option `parindent' ignored}% + \else + \caption@KV@parindent{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@KV@parskip\KV@caption@parskip + \DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}[]{% + \ifx,#1,% + \caption@Debug{Option `parskip' ignored}% + \else + \caption@KV@parskip{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The \NTG{} Dutch classes} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/06}{NTG classes support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifclassloaded{ntg}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\CaptionLabelFont} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\CaptionTextFont} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The thesis class} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/31}{thesis class support added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2009/11/15}{Bugfix 09-11-14: thesis class support revised} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifclassloaded{thesis}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{hang} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\cph@font} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\cpb@font} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The arabic Babel option} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/20}{\package{arabic} babel package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifdefined\ArabiCoreLoaded{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@rl} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/20}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@rl[1]{\if@rl\textRL{#1}\else\textLR{#1}\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\fnum@figure{\figurename\nobreakspace\thefigure}% + \def\fnum@table{\tablename\nobreakspace\thetable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{arabi}{ : } + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{% + \if@rl\caption@lsep@arabi\else\caption@lsep@colon\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\caption@rl\@firstofone +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The frenchb Babel option} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchb} babel package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifdefined\FB@makecaption{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@makecaption\STD@makecaption + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\CaptionSeparator} + \def\caption@frenchb{% supress frenchb warning + \let\STD@makecaption\@makecaption + \let\FB@makecaption\@makecaption} + \else + \ifx\@makecaption\@undefined\else + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + The definition of \protect\@makecaption\space + has been changed,\MessageBreak + frenchb will NOT customize it}% + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The frenchle/pro package} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifdefined\frenchTeXmods{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\itshape}% + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionseparator\space}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The hungarian and magyar Babel option} +% \changes{v1.3}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} package support added} +% \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{\package{magyar} package support revised} +% \changes{v1.8b}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} package support revised} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subperiod}{#2.} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@tempa#1{% + \@ifpackagewith{babel}{#1}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 babel option is loaded}% + \expandafter\addto\csname extras#1\endcsname{% + % change default labelsep and listformat + \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{period}% + \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subperiod}}% + \expandafter\addto\csname noextras#1\endcsname{% + % change default labelsep and listformat + \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{colon}% + \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subsimple}}% + }{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@tempa{hungarian} +\caption@tempa{magyar} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% TODO: babel-latvian/latvian.ldf +% +% \section{Package support} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@xpackage} +% \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@xpackage|\marg{macro}\marg{package}\marg{option} +% expands the given macro if the given package is not loaded. +% (Note: We cannot use |\@ifpackageloaded| here since it's not available after |\AtBeginDocument|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@xpackage[2]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#2.\caption@pkgextension\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\@firstofone + \else + \expandafter\@gobbletwo + \fi + {#1{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@pkgextension\@pkgextension +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@loadpackage} +% \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@loadpackage|\marg{package}\marg{caption option} +% loads the given package immediately. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@loadpackage{% + \caption@xpackage\caption@@loadpackage} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@loadpackage[2]{% + \caption@Info{Option `#2' requires the `#1' package}% + \RequirePackage{#1}\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@requirepackage} +% \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@requirepackage|\marg{package}\marg{caption option} +% indicates that the given package option needs a package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@requirepackage{% + \caption@xpackage\caption@@requirepackage} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@requirepackage[2]{% + \@cons\caption@packagelist{{#1}{#2}}}% load package later on +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@pkg@list} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{This macro added} +% We used this in the past as list of packages loaded |\AtBeginDocument|. +% (Note: Old |.aux| files could contain |\@cons|\-|\caption@pkg@list|\-|{{|\meta{package}|}}|, +% so this macro should always be defined, even if we change the following code in the future.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@pkg@list{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@packagelist} +% \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} +% We use this as list of packages loaded |\AtBeginDocument|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@packagelist{} +\@onlypreamble\caption@packagelist +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\caption@tempa{\endgroup}% + \begingroup + \def\@elt#1#2{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@tempa{% + \caption@loadpackage{#1}{#2}}}% + \caption@packagelist + \caption@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@@loadpackage[2]{% + \caption@Error{Option `#2' requires the `#1' package}}% + \let\caption@@requirepackage\caption@@loadpackage + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@usepackage} +% \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@usepackage|\marg{package}\marg{option}\marg{code} +% loads the given package and executes the given code. +% (Note: Since the package might use the crappy \package{keyval} +% package, too, we need to save \& restore some macros here, otherwise this +% recursion won't work properly.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@usepackage[3]{% + \IfCaptionOptionCheck + {\caption@requirepackage{#1}{#2}}% + {\let\KV@prefix@ORI\KV@prefix + \let\@tempc@ORI\@tempc + \caption@loadpackage{#1}{#2}% + #3% + \let\@tempc\@tempc@ORI + \let\KV@prefix\KV@prefix@ORI}} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{The newfloat package} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@newfloat} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{Usage of \cs{caption@ifpackageloaded} replaced by \cs{RequirePackage}} +% \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{Usage of \cs{RequirePackage} replaced by \cs{caption@usepackage}} +% |\caption@newfloat|\marg{option}\marg{code} +% loads the \package{newfloat} package and executes the given code afterwards. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@newfloat{\caption@usepackage{newfloat}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/08/03}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/04}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} re-written} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/18}{Option \opt{name} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figurename}{\caption@SetName{figure}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{figurename} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tablename}{\caption@SetName{table}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{tablename} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/02/28}{Options \opt{listfigurename} and \opt{listtablename} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listfigurename}{\caption@SetName{listfigure}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{listfigurename} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtablename}{\caption@SetName{listtable}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{listtablename} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@SetName} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/04}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/18}{After-preamble variant added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/02/28}{Renamed from \cs{caption@SetFloatName} to \cs{caption@SetName}} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix: Works now without \cs{addto}, too} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@newfloat} now} +% |\caption@SetName|\marg{float}\marg{name} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@SetName[2]{% + \caption@newfloat{#1name}{\newfloat@setname{#1}{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@SetName +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{name}{% + \IfCaptionOptionCheck{}{\caption@setname\@captype{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setname} +% |\caption@setname|\marg{float}\marg{name} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setname[2]{% + \@namedef{#1name}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{Options \opt{figurewithin} and \opt{tablewithin} added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{The \opt{within} options are now available within the document, too} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figurewithin}{\caption@within{figure}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{figurewithout}{\caption@within{figure}{none}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tablewithin}{\caption@within{table}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{tablewithout}{\caption@within{table}{none}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@within} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@newfloat} now} +% |\caption@within|\marg{float}\marg{value} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@within[2]{% + \caption@newfloat{#1within}{\newfloat@setwithin{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/04/13}{Option \opt{within} added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{The global \opt{within} option will now affect user-defined floats declared with \cs{DeclareCaptionType}, too} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{within}{% + \caption@newfloat{within}{\newfloatsetup{within=#1}}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{without}{% + \caption@newfloat{without}{\newfloatsetup{without}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The ragged2e package} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Improved \package{ragged2e} package support} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{Revised \package{ragged2e} package support} +% \changes{v1.9}{2020/05/05}{Enhanced \package{ragged2e} package support} +% \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{Revised \package{ragged2e} package support} +% +% We support the upper-case commands offered by the \package{ragged2e} +% package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionJustification[ragged2e]{Justified}{\justifying} +\DeclareCaptionJustification[ragged2e]{Centering}{\Centering} +\DeclareCaptionJustification[ragged2e]{RaggedLeft}{\RaggedLeft} +\DeclareCaptionJustification[ragged2e]{RaggedRight}{\RaggedRight} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The sansmath package} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/01/01}{\package{sansmath} package support added} +% \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{\package{sansmath} package support revised} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont[sansmath]{sansmath}{\sansmath} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The setspace package} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/02}{\package{setspace} package support added} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{\package{setspace} package support revised} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{% + \caption@ifdefined\setspace@singlespace{% + \setstretch\setspace@singlespace}{}}% normally 1 +\DeclareCaptionFont[setspace]{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont[setspace]{doublespacing}{\doublespacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont[setspace]{stretch}{\setstretch{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The subfig package} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/07}{Several adaptions to the \package{subfig} package added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/11/01}{Test for the \package{subfig} package revised} +% +% Since the \package{subfig} package is not maintained anymore, +% we have to make several adaptions to \thispackage~\version{1.1} here. +% Please note that we only support the version $1.3$ of the \package{subfig} package here. +% So older versions do not work with this version of \thispackage, and newer +% versions are expected to be adapted. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\@tempa{2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@subfig.sty\endcsname\@tempa + \caption@InfoNoLine{subfig package v1.3 is loaded}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@setfloattype\@gobble + \let\@dottedxxxline\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline + \let\sf@subfloat\sf@NEW@subfloat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi + \let\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline\@undefined + \let\sf@NEW@subfloat\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedxxxline} +% New version of |\@dottedxxxline| +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% + \begingroup + \caption@setfloattype{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{sub#1}% + \ifnum #3>\@nameuse{c@#2depth}\else + \@dottedtocline{\z@}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}% + \fi + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\sf@subfloat} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2011/12/29}{Bugfix 11-12-23: Usage of \cs{caption@warmup} added} +% New version of |\sf@subfloat| +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sf@NEW@subfloat{% + \begingroup + \@nameuse{caption@warmup}% + \caption@setfloattype\@captype + \sf@ifpositiontop{% + \maincaptiontoptrue + }{% + \maincaptiontopfalse + }% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{sub\@captype}% + \let\sf@oldlabel=\label + \let\label=\subfloat@label + \ifmaincaptiontop\else + \advance\@nameuse{c@\@captype}\@ne + \fi + \refstepcounter{sub\@captype}% + \setcounter{sub\@captype @save}{\value{sub\@captype}}% + \@ifnextchar [% %] match left bracket + {\sf@@subfloat}% + {\sf@@subfloat[\@empty]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Make the \package{subfig} package documentation compile. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%\@ifl@aded{dtx}{subfig}{\caption@loadpackage{ragged2e}{}}{} % not needed +\DeclareCaptionOption{lofdepth}[2]{\caption@ifdefined\c@lofdepth{\setcounter{lofdepth}{#1}}{}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{lotdepth}[2]{\caption@ifdefined\c@lotdepth{\setcounter{lotdepth}{#1}}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Execution of options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{style=default,position=default,% + list,listformat=default,twoside=\if@twoside 1\else 0\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProcessOptions* +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Making an `List of' entry} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addcontentsline} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/26}{Error check added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/06/24}{Split into two macros} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/19}{Split into three macros} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Support for option \opt{listtype=} added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/01/15}{Usage of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/15}{Argument \#3 which holds the environment name added to \cs{caption@lstfmt}} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/20}{Unfortunately \package{subfig} defines and uses \cs{caption@lstfmt} as well, so I replaced the third argument with \cs{captionlisttype}} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/09/06}{Adapted to the \package{chkfloat} package} +% |\caption@addcontentsline|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\par +% Makes an entry in the list-of-whatever, if requested, +% i.e.~the argument \meta{list entry} is not empty and +% |listof=| was set to |true|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@addcontentsline[2]{% + \caption@ifcontentsline{#2}{% + \begingroup + \let\@tempa\@gobble + \caption@ifdefined\caption@listtype + {\let\@tempa\@firstofone}% + {\edef\caption@listtype{#1}}% + \caption@ifdefined\caption@listtype@ext + {\edef\caption@listtype{\caption@listtype\caption@listtype@ext}% + \let\@tempa\@firstofone}% + {}% + \@tempa + {\caption@Debug{addcontentsline: #1 => \caption@listtype}% +% \caption@setoptions\caption@listtype + \@namedef{the\caption@listtype}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}% + \expandafter\caption@@addcontentsline\expandafter{\caption@listtype}{#2}% + \endgroup}% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@addcontentsline[2]{% + {\let\\\space + \@ifundefined{ext@#1}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#1' defined}}% + {\def\captionlisttype{#1}% + \caption@add@contentsline + {\csname ext@#1\endcsname}% + {#1}% + {\caption@lstfmt{\@nameuse{p@#1}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}% + {\ignorespaces #2}% + \caption@chkfloat{#1}{#2}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@add@contentsline{% + \caption@@@addcontentsline} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@addcontentsline[4]{% +% \caption@ifdefined\main@Arabi@language +% {\addtocontents{#1}{\xstring\select@language{\main@Arabi@language}}}{}% + \addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{\protect\numberline{#3}{#4}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@chkfloat\@gobbletwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifcontentsline[1]{% + \caption@iflist + {\def\@tempa{#1}}% + {\let\@tempa\@empty}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentslines[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Typesetting the caption} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaption@star} +% If the starred form of |\caption| is used, this will be set to |true|. +% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@@make|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaption@star +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@fnum} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/21}{This macro added} +% |\caption@fnum|\marg{float type}\par +% Typesets the caption label; as replacement for |\fnum@|\meta{float type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@fnum[1]{\caption@lfmt{\@nameuse{#1name}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@make} +% |\caption@make|\marg{float name}\marg{ref.\ number}\marg{text}\par +% Typesets the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@make[2]{\caption@@make{\caption@lfmt{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@make} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-05: \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionindent=}\cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-10-26: Use \cs{@tempdima} instead of +% \cs{captionmargin} resp. \cs{captionwidth}; check for \cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{hskip}\cs{captionmargin} to the end +% of caption added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{strut} moved from here to \cs{caption@@@make}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Single-line-check moved up so it can affect margins now} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Improvement: \cs{caption@ifh} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Bugfix: \cs{leavevmode} added} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Uses \cs{sbox} instead of \cs{setbox} in single-line-check} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2005/12/04}{Uses \cs{caption@slc} now} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@calcmargin} inside +% single-line-check replaced by \cs{relax}} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@startbox} will always be +% typeset in horizontal mode} +% \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/04}{Oops, bugfix 04-05-05 got lost in v1.0h, re-added} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Usage of \cs{caption@ifoddpage} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} moved below single-line-check} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@stepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{Uses \cs{caption@tempdima} instead of \cs{@tempdima}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{max-margin stuff moved to \cs{caption@calcmargin}} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@box} added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/01/31}{Adapted to the \package{bicaption} package} +% \changes{v1.8f}{2019/12/18}{Usage of \cs{linewidth} replaced by \cs{hsize}} +% |\caption@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@make[2]{% + \begingroup + \caption@@make@{#1}{#2}% + \endgroup + \caption@@make@epilogue} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@make@[2]{% + \caption@stepthecounter + \caption@beginhook +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the outer box |\caption@box| +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@box\hsize{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Special single-line treatment (option |singlelinecheck=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifslc{\caption@slc{#1}{#2}\caption@singleline\relax}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the left margin (option |margin=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@calcmargin + \caption@tempdima\captionmargin + \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else + \caption@ifoddpage{}{\advance\caption@tempdima\captionmargin@}% + \fi + \caption@ifh{\advance\caption@tempdima\caption@indent}% + \hspace\caption@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We actually use a |\vbox| of width |\captionwidth - \caption@indent| +% to typeset the caption. +% \Note{\cs{captionindent} is \emph{not} supported if the caption format +% was defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionFormat*}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@tempdima\captionwidth + \caption@ifh{\advance\caption@tempdima-\caption@indent}% + \caption@parbox\caption@tempdima{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the indention (option |indention=|)\\ +% {\small Bugfix 04-05-05: +% |\hskip-\caption@indent| replaced by |\ifdim\caption@indent=\z@|\ldots} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifh{% + \ifdim\caption@indent=\z@ + \leavevmode + \else + \hskip-\caption@indent + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the caption itself and close the |\caption@parbox| +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Typeset the right margin (option |margin=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@tempdima\captionmargin + \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else + \caption@ifoddpage{\advance\caption@tempdima\captionmargin@}{}% + \fi + \hspace\caption@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Close the outer box |\caption@box| +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@endhook} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@make@epilogue{% + \global\caption@starfalse} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@calcmargin} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Internal: \cs{ifcaption@width} replaced by \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionwidth=}\cs{z@}} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/12}{Improvement: Takes care of list environment now} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/13}{Check of \cs{@listdepth} removed (not necessary anymore), use \cs{linewidth} instead of \cs{hsize}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{max-margin stuff moved from \cs{caption@@make} to here} +% \changes{v1.8f}{2019/12/18}{Usage of \cs{linewidth} replaced by \cs{hsize}} +% |\caption@calcmargin|\par +% Calculate |\captionmargin| \& |\captionwidth|, so both contain valid +% values. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@calcmargin{% + \caption@calcmargin@hook +% \end{macrocode} +% Check margin, if |\caption@minmargin| or |\caption@maxmargin| is set +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\caption@maxmargin\@undefined \else + \ifdim\captionmargin>\caption@maxmargin\relax + \captionmargin\caption@maxmargin\relax + \fi + \fi + \ifx\caption@minmargin\@undefined \else + \ifdim\captionmargin<\caption@minmargin\relax + \captionmargin\caption@minmargin\relax + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@ + \captionwidth\hsize + \advance\captionwidth by -2\captionmargin + \advance\captionwidth by -\captionmargin@ + \else + \captionmargin\hsize + \advance\captionmargin by -\captionwidth + \divide\captionmargin by 2 + \captionmargin@\z@ + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@Debug{% + \string\hsize=\the\hsize, + \string\captionwidth=\the\captionwidth,\MessageBreak + \string\captionmargin=\the\captionmargin, + \string\captionmargin@=\the\captionmargin@}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@slc} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@setup}\cs{caption@sls} added after \cs{begingroup}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} added} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{Support of \cs{caption@slfmt} added} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Split into \cs{caption@slc} and \cs{caption@@slc}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{Merged into a single macro again} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/14}{Definition and usage of \cs{ifsinglelinecaption} added} +% |\caption@slc|\marg{label}\marg{text}\marg{single-line-code}\marg{multi-line-code}\par +% This one does the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@slc[4]{% + \caption@Debug{Begin SLC}% + \singlelinecaptiontrue + \begingroup + \caption@singleline + \let\caption@hj\@empty + \caption@calcmargin % calculate \captionwidth + \caption@prepareslc + \sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\captionwidth + \endgroup + \singlelinecaptionfalse + #4% + \else + \endgroup + #3% + \fi + \caption@Debug{End SLC}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifsinglelinecaption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@singleline{% + \caption@xsetup\caption@opt@singleline + \let\caption@fmt\caption@slfmt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareslc} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{label} \& \cs{@footnotetext} added} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Redefine \cs{stepcounter} instead of \cs{footnote(mark)}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/07/09}{Support of \package{endnotes} package added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} moved to \cs{caption@slc}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{Redefinition of \cs{(H@)refstepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{Redefinition of \cs{label} improved} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{Definition of \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{Bugfix 11-07-06: Redefinition of \cs{footnote} and \cs{footnotemark} added, redefinition of \cs{stepcounter} and \cs{refstepcounter} dropped} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/21}{Redefinition of \cs{pagenote} from \textsf{memoir} document class added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/22}{Redefinition of \cs{footnote} revised} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/13}{Redefinition os \cs{glsunset} added} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/01/21}{Redefinition of \cs{endnote} added (thanks to Markus Kohm)} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/16}{Redefinition of \cs{acused} added} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/26}{Definition method changed so it can be pre-defined by other packages} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/27}{Redefinition of \cs{hypertarget} added} +% \changes{v1.12b}{2020/07/20}{Special adaption to \class{beamer} added} +% |\caption@prepareslc|\par +% Re-define anything which would disturb the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@prepareslc{} +\g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{% + \let\label\caption@gobble + \let\hypertarget\@gobbletwo +% \end{macrocode} +% We re-define \cs{footnote} so +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item The footnote counter will not be increased twice (but still the correct footnote mark will be used within the single-line-check) +% \item The footnote text will not be evaluated twice +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@footnote@ORI\footnote + \def\footnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnote}% + \let\caption@footnotemark@ORI\footnotemark + \def\footnotemark{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnotemark}% + \let\caption@footnotetext@ORI\@footnotetext + \let\@footnotetext\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% Same for \cs{endnote} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@endnote@ORI\endnote + \def\endnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@endnote}% + \let\caption@endnotemark@ORI\endnotemark + \def\endnotemark{\caption@withoptargs\caption@endnotemark}% + \let\caption@endnotetext@ORI\@endnotetext + \let\@endnotetext\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\pagenote\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% Adaption to the \package{acronym} package\par +% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/428788} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\acused\@gobble + \let\AC@placelabel\@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% Adaption to the \package{glossaries} package.\par +% Please note that while this adaption is usually sufficient +% it could give incorrect measuring results if \cs{gls} is both used +% for the very first time and more than once (for a particular acronym). +% The alternative would be using internal macros of the +% \package{glossaries} package which I would like to avoid.\par +% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/108368} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\glsunset\@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@footnote[2]{% + \caption@footnotemark{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@footnotemark[1]{% + \begingroup + \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter + \caption@footnotemark@ORI#1\relax + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@endnote[2]{% + \caption@endnotemark{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@endnotemark[1]{% + \begingroup + \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter + \caption@endnotemark@ORI#1\relax + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@stepcounter[1]{% + \advance\csname c@#1\endcsname\@ne\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% The patch above assumes that the optional arguments of \cs{footnote} and +% \cs{footnotemark} match. Since this is not the case in \class{beamer} based documents, +% and since \class{beamer} extents the syntax of \cs{footnote} in a special way, +% we need a special patch here.\par +% \emph{Note:} For this patch we assume that \cs{footnote} will always end with the usage of +% \cs{beamer@footnotetext}. (Unfortunately \cs{footnote} is defined too monolithic +% in \class{beamer} to offer a less dirty patch.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifclassloaded{beamer}{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{% + \def\footnote{% + \begingroup + \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter + \renewcommand<>\beamer@framefootnotetext[1]{% + \endgroup}% + \let\@footnotetext\beamer@framefootnotetext + \caption@footnote@ORI}}}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@applyfont} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{This macro added} +% |\caption@applyfont|\par +% This macro executes the font relevant macros, i.e. by default +% the options set by |justification=|, |font=|, and |size=|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@applyfont{% + \caption@hj\captionfont\captionsize} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@make} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-06: \cs{allowhyphens} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-12-16: Use some kind of +% \cs{@startstrut}\cs{strutbox} instead of \cs{strut}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 05-01-23: \cs{@finalstrut}\cs{strutbox} added} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Use \cs{caption@ifempty}; +% \cs{let}\cs{caption@ifstrut}\cs{@secondoftwo} added} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: Handling of \cs{ifcaption@star} changed} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Check for empty label added} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{\cs{caption@iflf} added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@tfmt} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Bugfix: \cs{ifhmode} added to \cs{@finalstrut}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Made option \opt{size=} stronger than \opt{font=}} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Uses \cs{caption@applyfont} now} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/01}{Bugfix: If the caption text is empty, the text format will be set to \opt{simple} now} +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/02/01}{Bugfix: \cs{relax} added before \cs{caption@lsep} so the label separator +% will not be gobbled if the label font command ignores spaces, e.g. by usage of \cs{color}} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/09/12}{\cs{par} replaced by \cs{captiontextend}} +% |\caption@@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}\par +% This one finally typesets the caption paragraph, without margin and indention. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@@make[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the label is empty, we use no caption label separator. +% \begin{macrocode} + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ + \let\caption@lsep\relax +% \@capbreakfalse + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the text is empty, we use no caption label separator, too. +% (And no text format either.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifempty{#2}{% + \let\caption@lsep\@empty + \let\caption@tfmt\@firstofone +% \@capbreakfalse +% \let\caption@ifstrut\@secondoftwo + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Take care that |\caption@parindent| and |\caption@hangindent| will be used +% to typeset the paragraph. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@setpar{\@@par\caption@@par}\caption@@par +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Finally typeset the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@applyfont + \caption@fmt + {\ifcaption@star\else + \begingroup + \captionlabelfont + #1% + \endgroup + \fi}% + {\ifcaption@star\else + \begingroup + \caption@iflf\captionlabelfont + \relax\caption@lsep + \endgroup + \fi}% + {{\captiontextfont + \captiontextstart + \caption@ifstrut + {\vrule\@height\ht\strutbox\@width\z@}% + {}% + \nobreak\hskip\z@skip % enable hyphenation + \caption@tfmt{#2}% +% \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\z@\@depth\dp\strutbox\@width\z@}{}% + \caption@ifstrut + {\ifhmode\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}% + {}% + \captiontextend}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captiontextstart{} +\newcommand*\captiontextend{\par} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-defines itself now} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2007/01/22}{Revised so \cs{label} will be detected, too} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{index} and \cs{glossary} will be detected, too} +% |\caption@ifempty|\marg{text}\marg{true} (\emph{no} \meta{false})\par +% This one tests if the \meta{text} is actually empty. +% \Note{This will be done without expanding the text, +% therefore this is far away from being bullet-proof.} +% \Note{This macro is re-defining itself so only +% the first test (in a group) will actually be done.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifempty[1]{% + \caption@if@empty{#1}% + \caption@ifempty\@unused} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@if@empty[1]{% + \def\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty + \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@tempa\expandafter{% + \caption@car#1\caption@if@empty\caption@nil}% + \def\caption@tempb{\caption@if@empty}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\ignorespaces}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobble#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\label}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\index}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\glossary}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \let\caption@ifempty\@gobbletwo + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@car#1#2\caption@nil{#1}% same as \@car, but \long +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@par} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Made this definition global} +% |\caption@@par|\par +% This command will be executed with every |\par| inside the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@par{% + \parindent\caption@parindent\hangindent\caption@hangindent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Types \& sub-types} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionType} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1a}{2007/09/07}{Three optional arguments added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/06}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} to \cs{DeclareCaptionType}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{Optional argument revised, uses key-value syntax now} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/04/13}{Uses \cs{caption@within@default} now} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Support of \cs{float@exts} and \cs{float@addtolists} added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@DeclareWithinOption} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Definition of \cs{listofXXXes} added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} +% |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionType{% + \caption@loadpackage{newfloat}{}% + \DeclareFloatingEnvironment} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionType +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ForEachCaptionType} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/29}{Renamed from \cs{caption@ForEachType} to \cs{ForEachCaptionType} and starred variant added} +% |\ForEachCaptionType|\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% |\ForEachCaptionType*|\marg{code with \#1}\par +% will execute the given code for each (known) floating environment. +% The starred variant will only work for already existing environments, +% i.e.~no hook will be placed inside |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| +% (offered by the \package{newfloat} package). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\ForEachCaptionType{% + \@ifstar + {\caption@foreach@type\@gobble}% + {\caption@foreach@type\@iden}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@foreach@type[2]{% + \caption@ifdefined\ForEachFloatingEnvironment + {\ForEachFloatingEnvironment*{#2}}% + {\def\@elt##1{#2}% + \caption@ifdefined\c@figure\@elt\@gobble{figure}% + \caption@ifdefined\c@table\@elt\@gobble{table}% + \let\@elt\relax}% + #1{\newfloat@addtohook{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@addtohook} +% |\newfloat@addtohook|\marg{code with \#1}\par +% adds code to the hook called in |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|.\par +% Note: We use |\provide|\-|command| instead of |\new|\-|command| here since the +% exact same code is defined in the \package{newfloat} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{% + \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@hook} +% Hook used in |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionSubType} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/03/11}{Bugfix: \cs{subfigurename} will be defined now} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-10-01: Usage of \cs{caption@addtoreset} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/01/01}{\cs{@dottedlofline} will be defined \& used now} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/09}{Support of the titletoc package added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2011/12/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@addtoreset} replaced by \cs{@addtoreset}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/01/10}{Bugfix: Definition of autoref string corrected} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/06/17}{Bugfix: \cs{c@tocdepth} will be set (locally) now} +% \changes{v1.8g}{2020/01/02}{Check revised if the sub-type is already defined or not} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/28}{Uses \cs{caption@l@addto@list} instead of \cs{@cons} now} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@subtype@hook} added} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/29}{We don't re-use existing counters anymore (This was a bad idea anyway)} +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\par +% The starred variant provides the numbering format +% \meta{type}|.|\meta{subtype} while the non-starred variant simply +% uses \meta{subtype}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionSubType{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declaresubtype\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionSubType +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declaresubtype[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@@declaresubtype{#1}}{alph}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declaresubtype +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@declaresubtype#1[#2]#3{% + \@ifundefined{c@#3}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#3' defined}}% + {\caption@@@declaresubtype{#1}{#2}{#3}{sub#3}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declaresubtype +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@declaresubtype[4]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% Check if the sub-type was already defined by |\Declare|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% If not, define the counter and list entry. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifin@list\caption@subtypelist{#4}% + {\caption@Debug{Modify subtype `#4'}}% + {\caption@Debug{New subtype `#4'}% + \newcounter{#4}[#3]% + \@namedef{ext@#4}{\csname ext@#3\endcsname}% + \caption@declaresublistentry{#3}% + \caption@l@addto@list\caption@subtypelist{#4}% + \caption@subtype@hook{#4}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Support of \package{titletoc} package +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\contentsuse{% + \contentsuse{#4}{\csname ext@#4\endcsname}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@namedef{#4name}{}% + \@namedef{#4autorefname}{\csname #3autorefname\endcsname}% + #1% is \@firstoftwo in star form, and \@secondoftwo otherwise + {\@namedef{p@#4}{}% + \@namedef{the#4}{\csname the#3\endcsname.\@nameuse{#2}{#4}}}% + {\@namedef{p@#4}{\csname the#3\endcsname}% + \@namedef{the#4}{\@nameuse{#2}{#4}}}% + \@namedef{theH#4}{\csname theH#3\endcsname.\arabic{#4}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@declaresubtype +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declaresublistentry{% + \caption@ifdefined\l@chapter + {\caption@@declaresublistentry\l@subsection}% + {\caption@@declaresublistentry\l@subsubsection}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@declaresublistentry[2]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \caption@@@declaresublistentry\relax\@dottedtocline\caption@nil{#2}% + \else + \expandafter\caption@@@declaresublistentry#1{}{}\@dottedtocline\caption@nil{#2}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@@declaresublistentry#1\@dottedtocline#2\caption@nil#3{% + \def\@tempa{#1}% +% Does \l@(sub)subsection start with \@dottedtocline? + \ifx\@tempa\@empty +% Yes + \caption@@@@declaresublistentry{#3}#2\caption@nil + \else +% No + \caption@@@@declaresublistentry{#3}@{3.8em}{3.2em}\caption@nil + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@@declaresublistentry#1#2#3#4#5\caption@nil{% + \expandafter\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry\expandafter + {\csname @dotted\csname ext@#1\endcsname line\endcsname}{#1}{#3}{#4}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry[4]{% + \@namedef{l@sub#2}{#1{2}{#3}{#4}}% + \expandafter\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry + \expandafter#1\expandafter{\csname ext@#2\endcsname depth}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry[2]{ + \ifx#1\relax + \def#1##1{% + \def\next{\@dottedtocline{##1}}% + \@ifundefined{c@#2}{}{% + \ifnum ##1>\@nameuse{c@#2}\relax + \let\next\@gobblefour + \else + \c@tocdepth=\@nameuse{c@#2}\relax + \fi}% + \next}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypelist} +% A list containing the sub-types defined with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subtypelist{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifsubtype} +% \changes{v1.8g}{2020/01/02}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/28}{Uses \cs{caption@ifin@list} now} +% This macro checks if the given subtype was defined +% with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifsubtype{% + \caption@ifin@list\caption@subtypelist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ForEachCaptionSubType} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/29}{This macro added as replacement for \cs{caption@For}} +% |\ForEachCaptionSubType|\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% |\ForEachCaptionSubType*|\marg{code with \#1}\par +% will execute the given code for each (known) sub-type. +% The starred variant will only work for already existing sub-types, +% i.e.~no hook will be placed inside |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\ForEachCaptionSubType{% + \@ifstar + {\caption@foreach@subtype\@gobble}% + {\caption@foreach@subtype\@iden}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@foreach@subtype[2]{% + \caption@for@list\caption@subtypelist{#2}% + #1{\caption@addto@subtype@hook{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\caption@addto@subtype@hook[1]{% + \toks@=\expandafter{\caption@subtype@hook{##1}#1}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\caption@subtype@hook####1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@subtype@hook[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Unfortunately the \class{memoir} document class resets the +% \texttt{subfigure} resp.~\texttt{subtable} counter at the begin +% of floating environments, i.e.~at |\@float|. +% As a side-effect |\continued|\-|float| does not work correctly. +% For that reason we need to introduce macros to save and restore +% all sub-caption counters here. +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@savesubcounters} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/05/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/28}{Uses \cs{caption@for@list} now for iterating the list} +% |\caption@save|\-|sub|\-|counters| saves all sub-caption counters, +% so they can be restored with |\caption@restore|\-|counters| later on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@savesubcounters{% + \caption@for@list\caption@subtypelist{\caption@savecounter{##1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@savecounter} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/05/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@save|\-|counter|\marg{counter} saves the given counter, +% so it can be restored with |\caption@restore|\-|counters| later on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@savecounter[1]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{% + \noexpand\l@addto@macro\noexpand\caption@restore@counters + {\noexpand\setcounter{#1}{\number\value{#1}}}}% + \caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@restorecounters} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/05/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@restore|\-|counters| restores all counters saved with +% |\caption@save|\-|counter|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@restorecounters{% + \caption@restore@counters + \global\let\caption@restore@counters\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@restore@counters{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \begin{thebibliography}{99} +% \bibitem{TLC2} +% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\ +% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\ +% \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004. +% +% \bibitem{Anne} +% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein:\\ +% \emph{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung},\\ +% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989 +% +% \bibitem{hyperref} +% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}% +% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\ +% November 12, 2007 +% +% \bibitem{refcount} +% Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/refcount}% +% {\emph{The refcount package}},\\ +% 2006/02/20 +% +% \bibitem{threeparttable} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}% +% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ +% 2003/06/13 +% \end{thebibliography} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.5/caption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.5/caption.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c573255554c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.5/caption.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,4292 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{2692} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption.drv}[2020/10/11 v3.5 Implementation of the caption package] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\usepackage[debug]{caption}[2013/01/01] +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}{#1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{\texorpdfstring{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}{#1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package} +% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package} +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{v$#2$} +% +% \newcommand*\issue[1]{GitLab~\##1} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \let\docversion\fileversion +% \GetFileInfo{caption.sty} +% +% \title{The Implementation of +% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A +% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A +% {the caption package}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel +% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|). +% +% \Thispackage\ redefines the \LaTeX\ commands +% |\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@makecaption| and maps the latter one to +% |\caption@@make|, giving the user the possibility to control the look \& feel +% of the captions from floating environments like |figure| and |table|. +% Furthermore it does similar to the caption stuff coming from other packages +% (like the \package{longtable} or \package{supertabular} package): +% Mapping the appropriate internal commands (like |\LT@makecaption| or +% |\ST@caption|) to the ones offered by the \package{caption3} kernel. +% So you can think of \thispackage\ as a layer package, it +% simply provides adaptation layers between the caption stuff coming from +% \LaTeXe\ or packages, and the caption stuff offered by the +% \package{caption3} kernel. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{User manual} +% +% This document is describing the code implementation only. +% The user documentation can be found in +% \nopagebreak\begin{quote} +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The English documentation \\ +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-rus.pdf}} & The Russian documentation\footnotemark \\ +% \href{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf}% +% {\texttt{caption-deu.pdf}} & The German documentation \\ +% \end{tabular} +% \footnotetext{Thanks a lot to Olga Lapko for this translation} +% \end{quote} +% +% \pagebreak[4] +% \section*{Internal commands} +% +% These internal commands are save to use by other packages as well +% since their interface will not change in future releases: +% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{ll} +% Internal command & Currently used by \\ +% \hline +% |\caption@kernel@addcontentsline| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@makecaption| & \package{bidi} \\ +% |\caption@settype| & \package{newfloat} \\ +% |\caption@setsubtype| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@starfalse| & \package{bidi} \\ +% |\caption@startrue| & \package{bidi} \\ +% |\caption@xlabel| & \package{cleveref} \\ +% \end{tabular}\end{quote} +% +% If your package wants to use any other internal command of the \package{caption} package, +% please write me an e-mail so we can define a proper interface together. +% +% The \package{lwarp} package uses a lot of internal commands as well, +% but we are working on it on the Git branch \texttt{feature/lwarp}: +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/-/tree/feature/lwarp} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.0}{1994/10/27}{First release} +% \changes{v1.1}{1994/11/03}{New option \texttt{centerlast}} +% \changes{v1.2}{1994/11/28}{Support of the \package{float} package} +% \changes{v1.3}{1995/01/09}{Support of \cs{captionlabelfont} in subcaptions} +% \changes{v1.4}{1995/01/30}{New option \texttt{nooneline}} +% \changes{v1.4b}{1995/04/05}{Bugfix release} +% \changes{v3.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages: \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \section{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2020/10/26 v3.5g Customizing captions (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Loading the kernel} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{caption3}[=2020/10/06] % needs v2.2b or newer +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Check against unknown document classes} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{documentclass}{}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak + standard defaults will be used}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Check against incompatible packages} +% +% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/06}{Check against obsolete \package{caption2} package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{% + \caption@Error{% + You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*\MessageBreak + the (current) caption package}% + \endinput +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{ftcap} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{nonfloat} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/18}{Check against incompatible \package{topcapt} package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifpackageloaded{ftcap}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{ftcap}}{}% + \@ifpackageloaded{nonfloat}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{nonfloat}}{}% + \@ifpackageloaded{topcapt}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{topcapt}}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@DisablePositionOption} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{\texttt{position=b} added} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/03/29}{% +% Name changed from \cs{caption@IncompatiblePackage} to \cs{caption@DisablePositionOption}; +% disables the `position' option now instead of issuing a warning} +% |\caption@DisablePositionOption|\marg{package}\par +% disables the `position' option. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@DisablePositionOption[1]{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + `#1' package detected; setting `position=b' for compatibility reasons}% + \caption@setposition b% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{position}{% + \caption@Error{Usage of the `position' option is incompatible\MessageBreak + to the `#1' package}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@DisablePositionOption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Declaration of options} +% +% \subsection{Miscellaneous options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{config}[caption]{% + \InputIfFileExists{#1.cfg}% + {\typeout{*** Local configuration file #1.cfg used ***}}% + {\caption@Warning{Configuration file #1.cfg not found}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@selectlistentry} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@selectlistentry|\marg{\purett{heading} or \purett{entry}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@selectlistentry[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{heading}{% + \let\caption@iflistheading\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{default,list-entry,entry}{% + \let\caption@iflistheading\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined list-entry selection `#1'}% + }}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.3}{2012-03-25}{Option \opt{list-entry} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{list-entry}{\caption@selectlistentry{#1}} +\captionsetup{list-entry=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@declparboxrestore} +% \changes{v3.5g}{2020/10/26}{This macro added} +% |\caption@declparboxrestore|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +% TODO: Remove \caption@declparboxrestore +\newcommand\caption@declparboxrestore{% + \caption@decl{parboxrestore}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declparboxrestore +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setparboxrestore} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.5g}{2020/10/26}{New implementation; default changed from `partial' to `full'} +% |\caption@setparboxrestore|\marg{\purett{partial} or \purett{full}} +% \begin{macrocode} +% TODO: Remove \caption@setparboxrestore +\newcommand*\caption@setparboxrestore{% + \caption@set{parboxrestore}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@declparboxrestore{full}{% + \@parboxrestore} +% \end{macrocode} +% The original code (from |latex/base/ltboxes.dtx|): +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\@parboxrestore{\@arrayparboxrestore\let\\\@normalcr} +% \def\@arrayparboxrestore{% +% \let\if@nobreak\iffalse +% \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse +% \let\par\@@par +% \let\-\@dischyph +% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii +% \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip +% \everypar{}% +% \linewidth\hsize +% \@totalleftmargin\z@ +% \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip +% \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip +% \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip +% \sloppy} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\@parboxrestore|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@declparboxrestore{partial}{% + \let\if@nobreak\iffalse + \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse + \let\par\@@par +% \let\-\@dischyph +% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii + \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip + \everypar{}% +% \linewidth\hsize +% \@totalleftmargin\z@ + \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip + \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip + \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip + \sloppy + \let\\\@normalcr} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@parboxrestore@mini} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.5g}{2020/10/26}{Renamed from \cs{caption@boxrestore@mini} to \cs{caption@parboxrestore@mini}} +% Resets |\par| so the very first |\par| in |\@caption| behaves quite the same as in floating environments. +% Will be used by |\set|\-|caption|\-|type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@declparboxrestore{mini}{% + \let\par\@@par + \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip + \sloppy} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% `default' usually maps to `full'. +% \changes{v3.5g}{2020/10/26}{The default of \cs{caption@parboxrestore} maps to `full' instead of `partial' now} +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{parboxrestore}{full} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Option \opt{parboxrestore} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +% TODO: Remove the (undocumentated) option "parboxrestore" +\DeclareCaptionOption{parboxrestore}{\caption@setparboxrestore{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@parboxrestore} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix: Redefinition of CR added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/11/07}{Support of option \opt{parboxrestore} added} +% \changes{v3.5g}{2020/10/26}{New implementation; renamed from \cs{caption@boxrestore} to \cs{caption@parboxrestore}} +% \begin{macrocode} +% TODO: Change definition to \def\caption@parboxrestore{\@parboxrestore} +\captionsetup{parboxrestore=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Option \opt{@minipage=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{@minipage}{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{auto,default}% + {\let\caption@if@minipage\@gobbletwo}% + {\caption@set@bool\caption@if@minipage{#1}}} +\captionsetup{@minipage=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{caption v1.x compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/21}{Option `compatibility' added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption v1.x compatibility options revised} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v1.x$ compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.5a}{2020/09/02}{caption v1.x compatibility options fixed} +% +% Currently we support |v1| and |v3| as values for the |compatibility=| option. +% But since this used to be a boolean option is the past we still support any boolean value +% for compatibility reasons. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{compatibility}[v1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{v1,1,true,yes,on}{% + \let\caption@ifcompatibility\@firstoftwo + }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{v3,3,0,false,no,off}{% + \let\caption@ifcompatibility\@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@Error{Undefined compatibility value `#1'}% + }}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{compatibility} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{compatibility}{0} % default: Try not to be compatible to v1.x +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setincompatible} +% \changes{v3.4}{2019/09/09}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setincompatible|\marg{condition}\marg{message text} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setincompatible[2]{% + #1{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{% + #2;\MessageBreak + Setting compatibility to v1}% + \caption@setbool{compatibility}{1}% + }{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Check against incompatible packages which used to work fine with v1 of the `caption' package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifcompatibility{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% The usage of the (now obsolete) \package{captcont} package, +% which brings its own definition of |\caption*|, was quite common in the old days. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setincompatible{\@ifpackageloaded{captcont}}{captcont package is loaded}% +% \end{macrocode} +% To be continued\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} +}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normal}{% + \caption@setup{format=plain,justification=justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{isu}{% + \caption@setup{format=hang,justification=justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{hang}{% + \caption@setup{format=hang,justification=justified}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{center}{% + \caption@setup{format=plain,justification=centering}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{centerlast}{% + \caption@setup{format=plain,justification=centerlast}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{scriptsize}{\def\captionfont{\scriptsize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{footnotesize}{\def\captionfont{\footnotesize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{small}{\def\captionfont{\small}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normalsize}{\def\captionfont{\normalsize}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{large}{\def\captionfont{\large}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{Large}{\def\captionfont{\Large}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{up}{\caption@setup{labelfont+=up}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{it}{\caption@setup{labelfont+=it}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sl}{\caption@setup{labelfont+=sl}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sc}{\caption@setup{labelfont+=sc}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{md}{\caption@setup{labelfont+=md}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{bf}{\caption@setup{labelfont+=bf}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{rm}{\caption@setup{labelfont+=rm}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sf}{\caption@setup{labelfont+=sf}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{tt}{\caption@setup{labelfont+=tt}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{nooneline}{\caption@setup{slc=0}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{ruled}{0} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ruled}{\caption@setbool{ruled}{1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{caption2 v2.x compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/07/08}{caption2 \version{2.x} compatibility options added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption2 v2.x compatibility options revised} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v2.x$ compatibility options} +% \changes{v3.5a}{2020/09/02}{caption v2.x compatibility options fixed} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushleft}{% + \caption@setup{format=plain,justification=raggedright}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushright}{% + \caption@setup{format=plain,justification=raggedleft}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{oneline}{\caption@setup{slc=1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ignoreLTcapwidth}{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Obsolete caption v3.0 options} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{Package option \opt{caption} marked as obsolete, +% gives error now} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption*{caption}{% + \caption@setbool{temp}{#1}% + \caption@ifbool{temp}{}{% + \caption@Error{% + The package option `caption=#1' is obsolete.\MessageBreak + Please pass this option to the subfig package instead\MessageBreak + and do *not* load the caption package anymore}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{fltpage package support options} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{Options `FPlist' \& `FPref' added} +% With these options is controlled where the list-of entry and |\ref| resp. +% |\pageref| or |\autoref| will link to. +% Defaults are |FPlist=caption| and |FPref=figure| which is inconsistent, +% but compatible to the usual behaviour of the \package{fltpage} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{FPlist}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{list}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{FPref}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{ref}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPlist} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPref} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setFPoption[2]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}% + \caption@setbool{FP#1cap}{\if c\caption@tempa 1\else 0\fi}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@setFPoption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{FPlist=caption,FPref=figure} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{hyperref package support options} +% +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{Options `hypcap' \& `hypcapspace' added} +% With |hypcap=off| one can turn the \package{hypcap} support off +% (default is |on|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcap}[1]{\caption@setbool{hypcap}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcapspace}{\def\caption@hypcapspace{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{hypcap=1,hypcapspace=.5\baselineskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Document class support} +% +% Execute the code declared with |\At|\-|Caption|\-|Package|. +% We do this right before processing the options so stuff done with +% |\At|\-|Caption|\-|Package| could be overwritten by user options. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@documentclass@code +\let\caption@documentclass@code\@undefined +\let\AtCaptionPackage\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Processing of options} +% +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Verbose option added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Verbose option removed from package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{We do not process global options anymore} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@SetupOptions{caption}{\caption@setkeys{#1}{#2}} +\caption@ProcessOptions*{caption} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{\cs{caption}, \cs{@caption}, and \cs{@makecaption}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifflag} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{This switch added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten (and renamed) so a counter is used instead of a switch} +% Since we support continued floats and sub-figures it's not an easy task +% to manage the figure (and table) counter. (Especially since previous versions +% of the caption package has proven that correcting a counter locally is not a good idea.) +% +% These three switches hold the +% current status: |\caption@if|\-|flag{2}| is set if the caption was already +% typeset (so the counter doesn't need to be incremented for sub-figures), +% |\caption@if|\-|flag{4}| is set if there is already content which have +% incremented the counter (so the counter doesn't need to be incremented +% for the main caption, further sub-figures, and other stuff), and +% |\caption@if|\-|flag{1}| is set if |\continued|\-|float| was given. +% +% In the past three boolean switches were used to store the flags, but since some +% packages (like the \package{floatrow} and \package{tabu} package) try hard to keep +% counter changes locally under certain circumstances, it seems a good idea to make +% these flags a counter value, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcounter{caption@flags} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifflag[1]{% + \@tempcnta\c@caption@flags + \divide\@tempcnta #1\relax + \ifodd\@tempcnta + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clrflags} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{This macro added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clrflag} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten so a counter is used instead of a switch} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setflag} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/08}{Rewritten so a counter is used instead of a switch} +% Furthermore we introduce the macros \cs{caption@clrflag} and \cs{caption@setflag} +% for clearing resp.~setting these flags. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clrflags{% + \setcounter{caption@flags}\z@} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clrflag[1]{% + \caption@ifflag{#1}{\caption@addtoflags{-#1}}{}} +\newcommand*\caption@setflag[1]{% + \caption@ifflag{#1}{}{\caption@addtoflags{#1}}} +\newcommand*\caption@addtoflags{% + \addtocounter{caption@flags}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@caption} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/22}{Bugfix: \cs{ContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/13}{Support of \cs{caption*[]} removed} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/19}{Minimal support of \textsf{combine} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore} +% Here comes our definition of |\caption| and |\caption*|. +% Beside the support of the starred variant this code was adapted to the +% various packages we support. +% We are using |\caption@dblarg| instead of |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}| +% (with an empty arg.) will produce a list-of entry, but |\caption[]{}| +% won't. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@caption{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@checkgrouplevel\@empty\caption + \caption@star + {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\caption outside float}% + \caption@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@star} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@caption} to \cs{caption@star}} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{\cs{global} removed} +% A helper macro which processes the optional |*| after |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@star[2]{% + \@ifstar{\caption@startrue#2[]}{#1#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@caption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Bugfix: Handling of \texttt{@minipage} flag added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Support of option \opt{@minipage} added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Internal: Uses \cs{caption@prepareanchor} now} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/10/21}{Adapted to the \textsf{memoir} document class} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Usage of \cs{M@gettitle} moved to \cs{caption@prepareanchor}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Adapted to the \textsf{nag} package} +% As above, our version has been adapted to the packages we support. +% Additionally our code is nested by |\caption@begin|\-|ex| \& +% |\caption@end| instead of |\begin|\-|group| \& |\end|\-|group|. +% Furthermore we use |\caption@par|\-|box|\-|restore| instead of +% |\@parbox|\-|restore|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@caption#1[#2]#3{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifcaption@star \else + \caption@prepareanchor{#1}{#2}% + \memcaptioninfo{#1}{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#2}{#3}% + \@nameuse{nag@hascaptiontrue}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \par + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@setfloatcapt{% + \caption@parboxrestore + \if@minipage + \@setminipage + \fi + \caption@normalsize + \ifcaption@star + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone + \fi + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}% + {\ignorespaces\caption@makeanchor{#3}}\par + \caption@if@minipage\@minipagetrue\@minipagefalse}% + \caption@end} +% \end{macrocode} +% \class{memoir} document class stuff: +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\memcaptioninfo[4]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareanchor} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Usage of \cs{M@gettitle} moved from \cs{caption@@caption}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@prepareanchor[2]{% + \caption@makecurrent{#1}{#2}% + \caption@ifhypcap\caption@@start\relax + \M@gettitle{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \class{memoir} document class stuff: +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\M@gettitle[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecaption} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \cs{caption@rule} added} +% |\@makecaption|\marg{label}\marg{text}\par +% We do basically the same as the original code (from the standard +% \LaTeX\ document classes), but take care of the |position=| setting +% and use |\caption@@make| from the \package{caption} kernel to finally +% typeset the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@makecaption#1#2{% + \caption@make@above + \caption@@make{#1}{#2}% + \caption@make@below} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@make@above} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@make@below} +% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{This macro added} +% |\caption@make@above|\\ +% |\caption@make@below|\par +% Typesets the stuff above resp.~below the caption, depending on |\caption@iftop|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@make@above{% + \caption@iftop + \caption@belowskip + {\caption@rule\caption@aboveskip}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@make@below{% + \caption@iftop + {\caption@aboveskip\caption@rule}% + \caption@belowskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@redefine} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{This macro added, it contains the patching code now} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@redefine{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Prior to \version{3.4} we only redefined |\caption| and |\@caption| if the current definitions +% were well known, so documents written in the old (\package{caption} package \version{1.x}) days +% (where |\caption| \& |\@caption| were not redefined by us) still compiled fine. +% This used to make sense when introducing \version{3.0} in the year 2003 +% but is simply overcautious and especially unwanted by the user nowadays. +% So starting with \version{3.4} we only do not redefine |\caption| and |\@caption| if the +% `compatibility' option is set to `v1'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\g@addto@macro\caption@redefine{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifcompatibility{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@InfoNoLine{ + \noexpand\caption will not be redefined since `compatibility' is set to v1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\continuedfloat| is not supported in compatibility mode `v1'. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@continuedfloat[1]{% + \caption@Error{Not available with option `compatibility=v1'}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% |\caption@start| is not supported in compatibility mode `v1'. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \let\caption@start\relax + \caption@ifdefined\caption@ORI@capstart{% + \caption@Debug{% + Restore hypcap definition of \string\capstart\@gobble}% + \let\capstart\caption@ORI@capstart}{}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@star} +% We redefine |\caption@star| here so it does not make any harm. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@star[2]{#1#2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption} +% \begin{macro}{\@caption} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{% + \let\caption\caption@caption + \let\@caption\caption@@caption}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@redefine + \caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \let\caption@ORI@capstart\@undefined}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xfloat} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This re-definition added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Will now be redefined in compatibility mode, too} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/30}{Hook added} +% We redefine |\@x|\-|float| so inside floating environments our +% type-specific options will be used, a \package{hyperref} +% anchor will be set etc. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xfloat\@xfloat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\@xfloat#1[#2]{% + \caption@ORI@xfloat{#1}[#2]% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@xfloat@hook}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Hook, could be extended with |\g@addto@macro\caption@x|\-|float@hook{|\ldots|}|. +% (The caption type could be found in |\@cap|\-|type|.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@xfloat@hook{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xdblfloat} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/30}{Re-definition of \cs{xdblfloat} added} +% We redefine |\@xdbl|\-|float|, too, so special options for |figure*| +% resp.~|table*| will be applied here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xdblfloat\@xdblfloat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\@xdblfloat#1[#2]{% + \caption@ORI@xdblfloat{#1}[#2]% expands to \@xfloat{#1}[#2] + extra stuff + \caption@setoptions{#1*}% + \caption@xdblfloat@hook}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Hook, could be extended with |\g@addto@macro\caption@xdbl|\-|float@hook{|\ldots|}|. +% (The caption type could be found in |\@cap|\-|type|.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@xdblfloat@hook{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Some packages (like the \package{hyperref} package for example) redefines +% |\caption| and |\@caption|, too. +% So we have to use |\AtBeginDocument| here, so we can make sure +% our definition is the one which will be valid at last. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@redefine} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\phantomcaption} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/31}{Bugfix 10-09-01b: This macro added} +% |\phantomcaption|\par +% Use this one for figures with subcaptions but without main caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\phantomcaption{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\phantomcaption outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{\cs{setcaptiontype} and \cs{setcaptionsubtype}} +% +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Option \opt{type=} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/25}{Option \opt{type*=} added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Option \opt{subtype} \& \opt{subtype*} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{Bugfix 10-10-17: Option \opt{type=} uses \cs{setcaptiontype} instead of \cs{caption@settype} now} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOption{type}{\setcaptiontype{#1}}% + \DeclareCaptionOption{type*}{\setcaptiontype*{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{subtype}{\setcaptionsubtype\relax}% + \DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{subtype*}{\setcaptionsubtype*}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \emph{Important Note:} +% Like |\captionof| the option |type=| should only be used inside a +% group, box, or environment and does not check if the argument is a valid +% floating environment or not. +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptiontype} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.4e}{2020/01/02}{Check added if the subtype is defined} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/24}{Definition method adapted to the \package{caption-light} package} +% Like |\captionsetup{type=xxx}|, but also works if |\caption|\-|setup| was redefined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\setcaptiontype{% + \caption@parboxrestore@mini + \caption@settype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionsubtype} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.5d}{2020/09/28}{This macro revised} +% Same, but sets the sub-type. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\setcaptionsubtype{% + \caption@iftype + \caption@setsubtype + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\setcaptionsubtype outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@setsubtype{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setsubtype\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setsubtype[1]{% + \caption@@@settype{sub}{#1}{sub\@captype}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@settype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Usage of \cs{caption@xlabel} added} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{Error message for \cs{caption@checkgrouplevel} revised} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{\cs{caption@setsubtype} added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Crappy \cs{caption@iftypewarning} replaced} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{Usage of \cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Error message moved from here to \cs{caption@refstepcounter}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Resetting of \cs{ifcaption@caption} and \cs{ifcaption@subcaption} added} +% \changes{v3.4e}{2020/01/02}{Checks added to prevent misuse regading subtypes} +% \changes{v3.5d}{2020/09/28}{This macro revised} +% |\caption@settype*|\marg{type}\par +% sets |\@captype| and executes the options associated with it +% (using |\caption@set|\-|options|). +% Furthermore we check |\current|\-|group|\-|level| (if avail), +% redefine |\@currentlabel| so a |\label| before |\caption| will result +% in a hint instead of a wrong reference, and +% use the macro |\caption@|(|sub|)|type|\-|hook| (which will be used by our +% \package{float} package support).\par +% The non-starred version sets a \package{hyperref} anchor additionally +% (if |hypcap=|\-|true| and the \package{hypcap} package is not loaded). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@settype{% + \caption@clrflags + \caption@set@type} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@type{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@settype\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@settype{% + \caption@@@settype{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@settype[3]{% +% #1 = "" or "sub" +% #2 = \@firstoftwo in star form, \@secondoftwo otherwise +% #3 = <type>, e.g.: "figure" or "subfigure" + \caption@Debug{#1type=#3}% + \@nameuse{caption@check#1type}{#3}% + {\caption@checkgrouplevel{#1}{% + \captionsetup{#1type#2*\@empty=...}#2{ or + \@backslashchar#1captionof}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\caption@tempa{#3}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa \else + \ifcaptionsetup@star\else\@nameuse{caption@#1type@warning}\fi + \fi + \expandafter\let\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@nameuse{caption@#1typehook}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{#3}% + \ifx\caption@opt\relax + \@nameundef{caption@#1type@warning}% + \else + \@namedef{caption@#1type@warning}{\caption@Warning{% + The #1type was already set to + `\csname @#1captype\endcsname'\MessageBreak}}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + #2{}{% + \let\@currentlabel\caption@undefinedlabel +% \let\@currentHlabel\@undefined + \ifx\caption@x@label\@undefined + \let\caption@x@label\label + \let\label\caption@xlabel + \fi + \caption@start}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{This macro and its usage added} +% Since we often need to check if |\@captype| is defined (means: we +% are inside a floating environment) this helper macro was introduced. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@iftype{\caption@ifdefined\@captype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checktype} +% \changes{v3.4g}{2020/01/02}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.4m}{2020/07/29}{Check of \cs{sf@counterlist} from \package{subfig} package added} +% |\caption@checktype|\marg{type}\marg{code}\par +% is used by |\caption@settype| and should either expand the code or issue an error +% if the given type is not a proper type, i.e. it is a sub-type instead (either defined by +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType| or |\newsubfloat|\cite{subfig}). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@checktype[1]{% + \caption@ifsubtype{#1}\@firstoftwo{\caption@ifin@list\sf@counterlist{#1}}% + {\caption@Error{Should not be used with subtype `#1'}% + \@gobble}% + \@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checksubtype} +% \changes{v3.4g}{2020/01/02}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.4m}{2020/07/29}{Check of \cs{sf@counterlist} from \package{subfig} package added} +% |\caption@checksubtype|\marg{type}\marg{code}\par +% is used by |\caption@settype| and should either expand the code or issue an error +% if the given type is not a proper sub-type, i.e. not defined by |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% Since the |sub|\-|float|\-|row| environment offered by the \package{floatrow} package\cite{floatrow} +% is using |\caption|\-|setup{sub|\-|type}| even if the sub-type was defined by |\new|\-|sub|\-|float| +% offered by \package{subfig}\cite{subfig}, we take a more relaxed view of things here and allow +% those sub-types as well (but not without warning since we do not support this). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@checksubtype[1]{% + \caption@ifsubtype{#1}% + \@firstofone + {\caption@ifin@list\sf@counterlist{#1}% + {\caption@Warning{% + \noexpand\setcaptionsubtype without \string\DeclareCaptionSubType.\MessageBreak + This is not designed to work; you could try replacing\MessageBreak + the `subfig' package with `subcaption' to resolve\MessageBreak + this problem which occurred}% + \@firstofone}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined subtype `#1'}% + \@gobble}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checkgrouplevel} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Error changed to warning (compatibility)} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/21}{Uses \cs{caption@ifeTeX} now} +% \changes{v3.5}{2019/09/11}{Relies on \eTeX{} now} +% Checks if |\captionsetup{type=|\ldots|}| or |\caption| is done +% inside a group or not -- in the latter case a warning message will +% be issued. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@checkgrouplevel[2]{% + \@ifundefined{#1caption@grouplevel}{% + \caption@ifundefined\caption@grouplevel{\let\caption@grouplevel\z@}{}% + \ifnum\currentgrouplevel>\caption@grouplevel\relax + \expandafter\edef\csname #1caption@grouplevel\endcsname{% + \the\currentgrouplevel}% + \else + \caption@Warning{\string#2\MessageBreak outside box or environment}% + \fi + }{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefinedlabel} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Contents changed to \texttt{??}} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Contents changed to \cs{caption@xref}(\ldots)} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{Bugfix 08-12-08: \cs{caption@xref} is robust now} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/13}{Text changed from `before' to `without proper'} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/21}{Text changed from `without proper \cs{caption}' to `without proper reference'} +% This label will be used for |\currentlabel| inside (floating) environments +% as default. (see above) +% \iffalse\Note{All commands used have to be robust here.}\fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@undefinedlabel{% + \protect\caption@xref{\caption@labelname}{\on@line}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@xref[2]{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{\noexpand\label without proper reference#2}% + \@setref\relax\@undefined{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@labelname{??} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@xlabel} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/11}{Revised} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Bugfix: \cs{pageref} should always work now} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/19}{Works with optional arguments now, too} +% The new code of |\label| inside floating environments. +% |\label| will be redefined using |\caption@withoptargs|, so +% |#1| are the optional arguments (if any), and +% |#2| is the mandatory argument here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@xlabel{% + \caption@withoptargs\caption@@xlabel} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@xlabel[2]{% + \caption@@@xlabel + \def\caption@labelname{#2}% + \caption@x@label#1{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@xlabel{% + \global\let\caption@@@xlabel\@empty + \@bsphack + \protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@xref[2]{% + \string\@setref\string\relax\string\@undefined{\string##1}}}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionof} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Uses \cs{caption@settype} instead of \cs{def}\cs{@captype}} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/22}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt} removed} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/30}{Better compatibility: Will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} now} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/24}{Bugfix 10-10-17: Uses \cs{setcaptiontype} instead of \cs{caption@settype} now} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/24}{Definition method adapted to the \package{caption-light} package} +% |\captionof|\marg{type}\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\\ +% |\captionof*|\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\par +% \Note{This will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} so +% \cs{usepackage}\csmarg{caption,capt-of} will still work. +% (Compatibility to \version{1.x})} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\captionof{\caption@teststar\caption@of{\caption*}\caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@of[2]{\setcaptiontype*{#2}#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{\cs{captionlistentry}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionlistentry} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\\ +% |\captionlistentry*|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionlistentry{% + \caption@teststar\@captionlistentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@captionlistentry[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@listentry{#1}}\@captype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@listentry#1[#2]#3{% + \@bsphack + #1{\caption@gettitle{#3}}% + {\caption@refstepcounter{#2}% + \caption@makecurrent{#2}{#3}}% + \caption@addcontentsline{#2}{#3}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{\cs{captionbox}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionbox} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/12/17}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/16}{\cs{captionsetup} replaces with \cs{captionbox@settype} and \cs{caption@setposition}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/04/09}{Adapted to revised version of \cs{caption@withoptargs}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2017/03/19}{When used with fixed witdh the content will not be hboxed anymore} +% \changes{v3.3c}{2019/09/01}{Adapted so it could be used by \cs{subfloat} offered by \package{subcaption}} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/07/28}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0} +% A |\parbox| with contents and caption, separated by an invisible |\hrule|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionbox{% + \caption@withoptargs{\caption@ibox\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ibox[3]{% + \kernel@ifnextchar[%] + {\caption@iibox{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + {\caption@iibox@{#1}{#2}{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iibox#1#2#3[#4]{% + \@testopt{\caption@iiibox{#1}{#2}{#3}[{#4}]}\captionbox@innerpos@default} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iibox@#1#2#3#4{% + \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#4}% + \caption@iiibox{#1}{#2}{#3}[\wd\@tempboxa][\captionbox@innerpos@default]{\unhbox\@tempboxa}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iiibox#1{% + \caption@iiiibox{#1}\vbox\vtop} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@iiiibox#1#2#3#4#5[#6][#7]#8{% + \begingroup + #1*% set \caption@position + \caption@iftop{% + \endgroup + \parbox[t]{#6}{% + #1\relax + \caption@setposition t% + #2{\caption#4{#5}}% + \captionbox@hrule + \csname caption@justification@#7\endcsname + #8}% + }{% + \endgroup + \parbox[b]{#6}{% + #1\relax + \caption@setposition b% + \csname caption@justification@#7\endcsname + #8% + \captionbox@hrule + #3{\caption#4{#5}}}% + }} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionbox@innerpos@default{c} +\newcommand*\captionbox@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@justification@c{\centering} +\providecommand*\caption@justification@l{\raggedright} +\providecommand*\caption@justification@r{\raggedleft} +\providecommand*\caption@justification@s{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{\cs{continuedfloat}} +% +% \begin{macro}{\continuedfloat} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/12}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v3.0g}{2005/06/28}{Bugfix: \cs{newcounter} replaced by \cs{newcount}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Format of \package{hyperref} extension changed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/07}{\cs{caption@setoptions} added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2011/12/17}{Undocumented optional argument removed} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Uses \cs{ifcaption@ContinuedFloat} now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@restorecounters} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/12/16}{Bugfix: Does not use \cs{caption@ContinuedFloat} anymore since this breaks \cs{ContinuedFloat} offered by the \package{subfig} package} +% \changes{v3.4}{2015/09/16}{Renamed from \cs{ContinuedFloat} to \cs{continuedfloat}} +% \changes{v3.5f}{2020/10/06}{Usage of \cs{caption@restorecounters} removed} +% |\continuedfloat|\\ +% |\continuedfloat*|\par +% This mainly sets the appropriate flag, increments the +% continuation counter, and executes the given options. +% Furthermore we set |\caption@reset|\-|continued|\-|float| to |\@gobble| so the +% continuation counter will not be reset to zero inside |\caption@ref|\-|step|\-|counter|.\par +% When the \package{hyperref} package is used we have the problem +% that the usage of |\continued|\-|float| will create duplicate +% hyper links -- |\@current|\-|Href| will be the same for the main float and +% the continued ones. So we have to make sure unique labels and references +% will be created each time. We do this by extending |\the|\-|H|\-|figure| and +% |\the|\-|H|\-|table|, so for continued floats the scheme +% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}|\alph{|\meta{continued \#}|}|\end{quote} +% will be used instead of +% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}\quad\quad.\end{quote} +% \par{\small(This implementation follows an idea from Steven Douglas Cochran.)} +% \Note{This does not help if the \package{hyperref} package option +% \texttt{naturalnames=true} is set.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\continuedfloat{% + \caption@iftype + {\caption@continuedfloat\@captype}% + {\caption@Error{\noexpand\continuedfloat outside float}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@continuedfloat[1]{% + \@ifstar + {\caption@@refstepcounter\@captype + \caption@@continuedfloat{#1}}% + {\caption@continued@float{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@continued@float[1]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@CFtype + \caption@@continuedfloat{#1}% + \else + \caption@Error{Continued `#1' after `\caption@CFtype'}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@continuedfloat{% + \caption@setflag1% continued float + \caption@@@continuedfloat} +\newcommand*\caption@@@continuedfloat{% + \stepcounter{continuedfloat}% + \caption@@@@continuedfloat} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@@continuedfloat[1]{% + \caption@setoptions{ContinuedFloat}% for compatibility reasons + \caption@setoptions{continuedfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{continued#1}% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname the#1\endcsname\thecontinuedfloat + \@ifundefined{theH#1}{}{% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH#1\endcsname{% + \@alph\c@continuedfloat}}% + \let\caption@@@@continuedfloat\@gobble} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@CFtype{??} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\thecontinuedfloat} +% \changes{v3.4}{2015/09/16}{Renamed from \cs{theContinuedFloat} to \cs{thecontinuedfloat}} +% This one is preset to \cs{@empty}, so usually the continuation counter is not +% included in the caption label or references. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcounter{continuedfloat} +\let\c@ContinuedFloat\c@continuedfloat % defined for compatibility reasons +\def\thecontinuedfloat{\theContinuedFloat} +\let\theContinuedFloat\@empty % defined for compatibility reasons +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@reset@continuedfloat} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2011/12/17}{Redefinition of \cs{continuedfloat} added} +% |\caption@reset@continuedfloat|\marg{type}\par +% If a continuation counter is defined, we reset it. +% (This one will be called inside |\@caption|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@reset@continuedfloat[1]{% + \xdef\caption@CFtype{#1}% + \@stpelt{continuedfloat}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ContinuedFloat} +% For compatibility reasons we still support |\Continued|\-|Float|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\ContinuedFloat{\continuedfloat} % defined for compatibility reasons +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ContinuedFloat} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/12/16}{Bugfix: Revised and defined with \cs{def} instead of \cs{newcommand}} +% |\caption@ContinuedFloat|\marg{type}\par +% This one is used by \cs{ContinuedFloat} offered by the \package{subfig} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@ContinuedFloat{% + \let\caption@reset@continuedfloat\@gobble + \caption@@@continuedfloat} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Internal helpers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@refstepcounter} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Error message moved from \cs{caption@@@settype} to here} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/04}{Support of \cs{donemaincaptiontrue} from \textsf{memoir} document class added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Usage of \cs{ifcaption@caption}, \cs{ifcaption@subcaption}, and \cs{ifcaption@ContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.5e}{2020/09/28}{Bugfix in re-definition of \cs{stepcounter}; uses \cs{edef} instead of \cs{def} now} +% Increments the float (i.e. |figure| or |table|) counter, +% resets the continuation counter, and redefines itself to |\@gobble|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@refstepcounter[1]{% + \@ifundefined{c@#1}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#1' defined}}% + {\caption@ref@stepcounter{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Set flag if this part of the figure (or table) contains a caption now. +% (If |\caption@if|\-|top| is not set, |\caption| is at the bottom of this part, +% therefore ending this part, so we set the flag to |false| in this case.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@fixposition % TODO: Make this independant on the "position" setting + \caption@iftop\caption@setflag\caption@clrflag2% caption +% \end{macrocode} +% This part does not contain content (like sub-figures) yet, +% so we set |\if|\-|caption@sub|\-|caption| to |false|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@clrflag4% subcaption +% \end{macrocode} +% Support of the \textsf{memoir} document class. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@nameuse{donemaincaptiontrue}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ref@stepcounter{% + \caption@ifflag1{% continued float + \let\caption@tempa\caption@@refcounter + \caption@clrflag1% continued float + }{% + \let\caption@tempa\caption@@refstepcounter + \caption@ifflag2{}{% caption + \caption@ifflag4{% subcaption + % Counter was already incremented by content, so we suppress \stepcounter{#1} here + \let\caption@tempa\caption@@refcounter + }{}% + }% + }% + \caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@refcounter[1]{% + \let\caption@stepcounter@ORI\stepcounter + \def\stepcounter##1{% + \edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \edef\caption@tempb{##1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb \else + \caption@stepcounter@ORI{##1}% + \fi}% + \caption@@@refstepcounter{#1}% + \let\stepcounter\caption@stepcounter@ORI} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@refstepcounter[1]{% + \caption@prepare@stepcounter{#1}{ref}% + \caption@@@refstepcounter{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@stepcounter[1]{% + \caption@prepare@stepcounter{#1}{}% + \caption@@@stepcounter{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@prepare@stepcounter[2]{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{#2stepcounter}% + \caption@reset@continuedfloat{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@refstepcounter{\refstepcounter} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@stepcounter{\stepcounter} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@dblarg} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/05}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix 07-12-06: Changed so it works without \cs{kernel@ifnextchar} (which was introduced in \LaTeXe\ 2004/01/23), too} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/03/25}{Support of option \opt{list-entry} added} +% A |\relax| was added compared to |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}| will be +% expanded to |\caption[\relax]{}| (and not to |\caption[]{}|). +% Furthermore support for option \opt{list-entry} was added. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifundefined{kernel@ifnextchar}{\let\kernel@ifnextchar\@ifnextchar}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@dblarg[1]{% + \kernel@ifnextchar[{\caption@ydblarg{#1}}{\caption@xdblarg{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@xdblarg[2]{% + #1[{#2\relax}]{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@ydblarg#1[#2]#3{% + \caption@iflistheading{#1[{#3}]{#3}}{#1[{#2}]{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@begin} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{caption@settype} changed to \cs{caption@setfloattype}} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/04/12}{Check for default label format added} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Usage of \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@setfloattype} \& \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} removed} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@fixedposition} removed} +% Our handling of |\caption| will always be surrounded by +% |\caption@begin| (or |\caption@beginex|) and |\caption@end|.\par +% |\caption@begin|\marg{type} performs these tasks: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item[1.] Override the |position=| setting, if necessary. +% (for example if set to |auto| or used inside a |supertabular|) +% \item[2.] Start a new group. +% \item[3.] Define |\fnum@|\meta{type} if the caption label format is set +% to non-default. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@begin[1]{% + \caption@fixposition + \begingroup + \caption@setfnum{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@beginex} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of \opt{listof=} added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/04}{Takes now 3 args instead of 2, check for empty heading added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/01}{Makes lst-entry now instead of redefining \cs{addcontentsline}} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 09-05-15: Setting of \cs{lst@@caption} added} +% |\caption@beginex|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\marg{heading}\par +% performs the same tasks as |\caption@begin| and additionally: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item[4.] Set |\lst@@caption|, so |\fnum@lstlisting| will include a numbering. +% \item[5.] Make an entry in the list-of-whatever. +% \item[6.] Set |\caption@ifempty| according argument \meta{heading}. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@beginex[3]{% + \caption@begin{#1}% + \let\lst@@caption\relax + \caption@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}% + \caption@ifempty{#3}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@end} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@fixedposition} removed} +% |\caption@end| closes the group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@end{% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} added} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/06}{Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} removed} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfnum} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/03}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0} +% |\caption@setfnum|\marg{type}\\ +% stores the original definition of |\fnum@|\meta{type} in |\caption@fnum@|\meta{type} +% and re-defines it according the caption label format set with |label|\-|format=|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfnum[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@fnum@#1}% + {\expandafter\let\csname caption@fnum@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname fnum@#1\endcsname + \@namedef{fnum@#1}{\caption@fnum{#1}}}% + {}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@normalsize} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0} +% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\normalsize|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@normalsize{% + \caption@font@normal\@unused} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfloatcapt} +% Needed for support of the \package{float} package, where the caption will +% not be typeset directly, but catched in a |\vbox| called |\@floatcapt| +% instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent} +% This one is needed for support of the \package{nameref} and \package{hyperref} package. +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/01/14}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@gettitle} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@makecurrent[1]{\caption@gettitle} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@start} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref} +% All these are needed for support of the \package{hyperref} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone +\let\caption@start\relax +\let\caption@@start\relax +\let\caption@freezeHref\relax +\let\caption@defrostHref\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@gettitle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This one is needed for support of the \package{nameref} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@gettitle[1]{% + \caption@ifdefined\NR@gettitle + {\NR@gettitle{#1}}% + {\def\@currentlabelname{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Support for sub-captions} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Support for sub-captions added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypehook} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@setlist} added} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-08-12b: \cs{@makecaption} will now be restored here, too} +% \changes{v3.2}{2011/06/26}{Uses \cs{caption@@addcontentsline} instead of \cs{addcontentsline} now} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Redefinition of \cs{phantomcaption} added} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Usage of \cs{caption@warmup} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/30}{Bugfix 11-09-26: Usage of \cs{if@subfloatrow} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2011/12/28}{Bugfix 11-12-16: \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} replaced by \cs{stepcounter}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/03/15}{Usage of \cs{caption@setbox} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@settype} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/06/17}{Missing redefinition of \cs{captionlistentry} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{Adapted to the \package{chkfloat} package} +% \changes{v3.4f}{2020/01/03}{Redefinition of \cs{@caption} added since it was redefined by the \env{threeparttable} environment} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to \package{caption3} v2.0} +% Hook, will be used inside \cs{caption@setsubtype}.\par +% (Note: If we are inside an |sub|\-|float|\-|row| environment we have to keep +% the |\@make|\-|caption| code of the \package{floatrow} package intact.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subtypehook{% + \ifx\caption\caption@subcaption \else + \caption@warmup +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifflag2{}{% caption +% no \caption in this part of the (floating) environment yet + \let\caption@add@contentsline\caption@addsubcontentsline + \let\caption@addsubcontentslines\@gobble + \caption@ifflag4{}{% subcaption +% no \subcaption in this part of the (floating) environment yet + \caption@ifflag1{% continued float + \caption@clrflag1% + }{% + \caption@@stepcounter\@captype + }% + \caption@setflag4% subcaption + }% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \c@continuedfloat=0\relax + \let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone + \let\caption@chkfloat\@gobbletwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@set{box}{none}% + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@iflist{}{\let\caption@setlist\@gobble}% + \caption@setoptions{sub}% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% for subfig-package compatibility +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% redefine \setcaptiontype + \def\caption@settype{\caption@withoptargs\caption@sub@settype}% + \def\caption@sub@settype##1##2{% + \edef\caption@tempa{##2}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@captype +%%% \caption@setsubtype##1\relax + \else + \caption@Error{##2 inside \@subcaptype}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% redefine \caption + \let\caption\caption@subcaption + \let\@caption\caption@@caption + \let\phantomcaption\caption@subphantom + \let\captionlistentry\caption@sublistentry +% \let\@captype\@subcaptype + \let\caption@refstepcounter\caption@@@refstepcounter +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% restore \@makecaption + \if@subfloatrow + \caption@Debug{Keeping \string\@makecaption}% + \else + \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption + \fi + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@subfloatrow} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/09/30}{This macro added} +% This macro tests if we are inside an |sub|\-|float|\-|row| or |sub|\-|float|\-|row*| environment. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@ifundefined\@subfloatrowtrue + {\newif\if@subfloatrow + \caption@ifundefined\subfloatrow + {}% + {\caption@Debug{Patching subfloatrow environment}% + \g@addto@macro\capsubrowsettings{\@subfloatrowtrue}% + \g@addto@macro\killfloatstyle{% + \ifx\c@FRobj\c@FRsobj\@subfloatrowtrue\fi}}}% + {\caption@Debug{\string\if@subfloatrow is already defined}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subcaption} +% Makes a sub-caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subcaption{% + \caption@checkgrouplevel{sub}\subcaption + \caption@star + {\caption@refstepcounter\@subcaptype}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@subcaptype}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subphantom} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{This macro added} +% Same as |\phantomcaption|, but for sub-captions. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subphantom{% + \caption@checkgrouplevel{sub}\phantomsubcaption + \caption@refstepcounter\@subcaptype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@sublistentry} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/06/17}{This macro added} +% Same as |\captionlistentry|, but for sub-captions. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@sublistentry{% + \caption@teststar\@subcaptionlistentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@subcaptionlistentry[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@listentry{#1}}\@subcaptype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{caption@clearsubcontentslines} +% Clear pending sub-caption list entries. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearsubcontentslines{% + \global\let\caption@subcontentslines\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@clearsubcontentslines +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addsubcontentsline} +% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{\cs{label}, \cs{index}, and \cs{glossary} are allowed inside the list entry now} +% \changes{v3.2}{2011/06/26}{Uses \cs{caption@@addcontentsline} instead of \cs{addcontentsline} now} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/19}{Uses \cs{caption@gobble} instead of \cs{@gobble} now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/01/15}{Debug message added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/03/10}{A single \cs{protect} replaced by \cs{noexpand}} +% Add a pending sub-caption list entry. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentsline[4]{% + \caption@Debug{\string\caption@addsubcontentsline{#1}{#2}}% + \begingroup + \let\label\caption@gobble + \let\index\caption@gobble + \let\glossary\caption@gobble + \protected@edef\@tempa{\endgroup + \noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\caption@subcontentslines{% + \noexpand\@namedef{the#2}{\csname the#2\endcsname}% + \ifx\@currentHref\@undefined \else + \noexpand\def\noexpand\@currentHref{\@currentHref}% + \fi + \noexpand\caption@@@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\flushsubcaptionlistentries} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/01/15}{Renamed from \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} to \cs{flushsubcaptionlistentries}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/03/10}{Bugfix: Missing redefinition of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} added} +% Writes pending sub-caption list entries. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\flushsubcaptionlistentries{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{user}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\renewcommand*\caption@addsubcontentslines[1]{% + \caption@Debug{\string\flushsubcaptionlistentries (#1)}% + \begingroup + \caption@subcontentslines + \endgroup + \caption@clearsubcontentslines} +% \end{macrocode} +% We need to patch \cs{chapter} otherwise a vertical gap will be inserted into +% the list prior pending sub-caption list entries. +% We do this |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document| so packages like \package{newfloat} +% will not complain about an unknown document class. +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\chapter{% + \let\caption@chapter@ORI\chapter + \def\chapter{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{chapter}\caption@chapter@ORI}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Same for \cs{appendix}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\appendix{% + \let\caption@appendix@ORI\appendix + \def\appendix{% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{appendix}\caption@appendix@ORI}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Flush the list of pending sub-caption list entries at the end of the document. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@addsubcontentslines{AtEndDocument}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Babel package support} +% +% \subsection{The arabic \& farsi babel option} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/02}{\package{arabic} babel support addded} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfBabelArabi{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The \package{arabicore} package re-defines |\@make|\-|caption|, |\fnum@figure|, and |\fnum@table| +% incompatible to the \package{caption} package, therefore we have to restore our resp.~the original definitions here. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption + \def\fnum@figure{\figurename\nobreakspace\thefigure}% + \def\fnum@table{\tablename\nobreakspace\thetable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The frenchle \& frenchpro package} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support added} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/01}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support updated} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfFrenchLe{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\f@ffrench} +% \begin{macro}{\f@tfrench} +% |\f@ffrench| and |\f@tfrench| reflect |\fnum@figure| and |\fnum@table| +% when used in French mode. These contain additional code which typesets +% the caption separator |\caption|\-|separator| instead of the usual colon. +% Because this breaks with our |\@make|\-|caption| code we have to remove +% this additional code here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\f@ffrench{\ifx\listoffigures\relax\else\figurename~\thefigure\fi}% + \def\f@tfrench{\ifx\listoftables\relax\else\tablename~\thetable\fi}% + \let\@eatDP\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% Since the \package{frenchle} package overwrites |\@make|\-|caption| (within |\GO|\-|french|), +% we need to save it beforehand and restore it afterwards. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\caption@original@makecaption\@makecaption}% + \g@addto@macro\GOfrench{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@original@makecaption}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The hungarian \& magyar babel option} +% \changes{v3.2}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} babel support added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} babel support revised} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/02}{\package{magyar} babel support updated} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfBabelHungarian{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Since the \package{magyar} package tends to overwrite |\@make|\-|caption| +% we save it beforehand and restore it afterwards. +% \Note{Currently it will not be overwritten, caused by a side-effect of a +% work-around for the \package{floatrow} package within \package{caption3}.} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\caption@original@makecaption\@makecaption}% + \caption@ifdefined\extrashungarian{% + \addto\extrashungarian{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@original@makecaption}}{}% + \caption@ifdefined\extrasmagyar{% + \addto\extrasmagyar{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@original@makecaption}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The latvian babel option} +% \changes{v3.5}{2020/08/02}{\package{latvian} babel support updated} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfBabelLatvian{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The \package{latvian} package re-defines |\@make|\-|caption| incompatible to the \package{caption} package, +% therefore we have to restore our definitions here. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Package support} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{Package options `float', `longtable' etc.~are not supported anymore, removed} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfPackageLoaded} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/29}{3rd argument \meta{code} added, so no extra check is needed} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-written \& renamed from \cs{caption@ifpackage} to \cs{caption@IfPackageLoaded}} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% |\caption@IfPackageLoaded|\marg{package}\oarg{version}\marg{true}\marg{false}\par +% Some kind of combination of |\@ifpackageloaded| and |\@ifpackagelater|. +% If the \meta{package} is not loaded yet, the check will be (re-)done +% |\AtBeginDocument|, so the \meta{package} could be loaded later on, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@IfPackageLoaded[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@@IfPackageLoaded{#1}}{}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfPackageLoaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@IfPackageLoaded#1[#2]#3#4{% + \@ifpackageloaded{#1}\@firstofone{% + \caption@Debug{#1 package is not loaded (yet)\@gobble}% + \caption@AtBeginDocument}{% + \caption@If@Package@Loaded{#1}[{#2}]{#3}{#4}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@IfPackageLoaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@If@Package@Loaded#1[#2]{% + \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{#1 package is loaded}% + \@ifpackagelater{#1}{#2}\@firstoftwo{% + \caption@Error{% + For a successful cooperation we need at least version\MessageBreak + `#2' of package #1,\MessageBreak + but only version\MessageBreak + `\csname ver@#1.\@pkgextension\endcsname'\MessageBreak + is available}% + \@secondoftwo}% + }{\@secondoftwo}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@If@Package@Loaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@clearmargin} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added} +% This macro will be used by some package support stuff where the usual +% margin setting is not welcome, e.g. in the \package{sidecap} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearmargin{% + \setcaptionmargin\z@ + \let\caption@minmargin\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{needfreeze}{0} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \caption@ifneedfreeze{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezetype} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@freezetype|\marg{type}\par +% Used by the \package{fltpage} \& \package{sidecap} package support. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@freezetype[1]{% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \captionsetup*[sub]{hypcap=true}% Note: This is just a (q&d) workaround! + \caption@freeze}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freeze} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} \& \cs{@caption} revised for enhanced compatibility} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: Made \cs{@caption} long} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variants of \cs{ContinuedFloat} and \cs{captionsetup} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 10-09-01a: Uses \cs{ignorespaces} instead of `space hack' again} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Starred variant of \cs{caption@freeze} removed} +% \changes{v3.2b}{2011/08/18}{Redefines \cs{caption@setup} instead of \cs{captionsetup} now} +% \changes{v3.2b}{2011/08/18}{Redefinition of \cs{label} revised} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{Revised} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Adapted to new switch \cs{caption@caption} etc.} +% |\caption@freeze|\par +% Used by the \package{bicaption} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@freeze{% + \let\caption@frozen@continuedfloat\continuedfloat + \def\continuedfloat{% + \caption@@freeze{\caption@@@@continuedfloat\@captype}% + \caption@frozen@continuedfloat}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@setup\caption@setup + \def\caption@setup##1{% + \caption@@freeze{\caption@setup{##1}}% + \caption@frozen@setup{##1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@caption\caption + \def\caption{% + \def\caption{% + \caption@Error{% + Only one \noexpand\caption can be placed in this environment}% + \caption@gobble}% + \@ifstar + {\caption@SC@caption*}% + {\let\@currentlabel\caption@SClabel + \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@caption}}% + \long\def\caption@SC@caption##1##2{% + \caption@@freeze{\caption##1{##2}}% + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@frozen@label\label + \def\label{% + \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@label}% + \def\caption@SC@label##1##2{% + \ifx\@currentlabel\caption@SClabel + \@bsphack + \caption@freeze@label{##1}{##2}% + \@esphack + \else + \caption@frozen@label##1{##2}% + \fi}% + \def\caption@SClabel{\caption@undefinedlabel}% + \def\caption@freeze@label##1##2{% + \caption@@freeze{\label##1{##2}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@frozen@content\@empty + \long\def\caption@@freeze{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@frozen@content}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@warmup{% + \let\continuedfloat\caption@frozen@continuedfloat + \let\caption@setup\caption@frozen@setup + \let\caption\caption@frozen@caption + \let\label\caption@frozen@label}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepare@defrost} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{This macro added} +% Prevent resetting the caption flags +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@prepare@defrost{% + \let\caption@settype\caption@set@type} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrost} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{\cs{caption@defrost@setup} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{Adapted to changes of \cs{caption@freeze}} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/21}{\cs{caption@defrost@setup} removed} +% |\caption@defrost| +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@defrost{% + \ifx\caption@frozen@caption\@undefined + \caption@frozen@content + \else + \caption@Error{Internal Error:\MessageBreak + \noexpand\caption@defrost in same group as \string\caption@freeze}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% + \caption@undefbool{needfreeze}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@warmup} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{This macro added} +% |\caption@warmup| +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@warmup\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{The changepage package} +% \changes{v3.4k}{2020/05/30}{Patch of the \package{changepage} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{changepage}[2008/07/23 memoir-v3.7k]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Both environments, \env{adjustwidth} and \env{adjustwidth*}, are starting a \env{list} \cs{item}. +% But \cs{hsize} isn't set properly inside a \env{list} item, and therefore \cs{@makecaption} +% (offered by document classes) doesn't work properly when used inside \env{adjustwidth}. +% Therefore we try to detect the situation ``Are we inside a adjustwidth environment?'' +% inside \cs{@makecaption} and fix this. (Sigh!) +% +% We cannot simply set and test a flag here since our adjustment to \cs{hsize} should +% not be done within a \cs{parbox} within a adjustwidth environment for example, +% and therefore we store \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth}, and test \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth} +% against the stored values instead. If they are equal we are (hopefully) quite save +% to assume that we are now inside a plain \env{adjustwidth} environment and therefore need +% to fix \cs{hsize} before typesetting the caption. (Deep sigh!) +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@adjustwidth@hsize} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@adjustwidth@linewidth} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newdimen\caption@adjustwidth@hsize + \newdimen\caption@adjustwidth@linewidth +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@set@adjustwidth} +% \changes{v3.4k}{2020/05/30}{This macro and its usage added} +% Store the values of \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\caption@set@adjustwidth{% + \caption@adjustwidth@hsize\hsize + \caption@adjustwidth@linewidth\linewidth}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\caption@patch@changepage[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname caption@#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname #1\endcsname + \expandafter\renewcommand\csname #1\endcsname[2]{% + \@nameuse{caption@#1}{##1}{##2}% + \caption@set@adjustwidth}}% + \caption@patch@changepage{adjustwidth}% + \caption@patch@changepage{adjustwidth*}% + \let\caption@patch@changepage\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@test@adjustwidth} +% \changes{v3.4k}{2020/05/30}{This macro and its usage added} +% Test if the values of \cs{hsize} and \cs{linewidth} are identical to +% the ones stored in the \env{adjustwidth} environment. +% If yes, set \cs{hsize} to the correct value. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand\caption@test@adjustwidth{% + \ifdim\hsize=\caption@adjustwidth@hsize + \ifdim\linewidth=\caption@adjustwidth@linewidth + \hsize=\linewidth + \fi + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \AtBeginCaption{\caption@test@adjustwidth}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The chkfloat package} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{Support of the \package{chkfloat} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{chkfloat}[2012/08/19 v0.1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@chkfloat} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/09/06}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\chkfloat@addcontentsline{% + \renewcommand\caption@chkfloat{\chkfloat@addcontentsline}% + }{% + \renewcommand\caption@chkfloat[2]{% + \caption@ifdefined\chkfloat@page{% + \addtocontents{fof}{\protect\chkfloat@{\thepage}{\chkfloat@page}{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname: #2}}% + }{}}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The float package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/31}{\package{float} package support rewritten and improved} +% \iffalse +% (This is a more straight-ahead implementation, but it only works with v1.3 +% now, so v1.2 is no longer supported. The old code including documentation +% can be found in caption-30f-050530.zip) +% \fi +% +% The \package{float} package usually do not use the \LaTeX\ kernel command +% |\@caption| to typeset the caption but |\float@caption| instead. +% (|\@caption| will only be used if the float is re-styled with +% |\restylefloat*|.) +% +% The main two things |\float@caption| is doing different are: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The caption will be typeset inside a |\savebox| called |\@floatcapt| +% so it can be placed above or below the float contents afterwards. +% \item |\@makecaption| will not be used to finally typeset the caption. +% Instead |\@fs@capt| will be used which definition is part of the float +% style. +% (Note that |\@fs@capt| will not typeset any vertical space above or below +% the caption; instead this space will be typeset by the float style code +% itself.) +% \end{itemize} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{float}[2001/11/08 v1.3d]{% + \@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}{% + \caption@If@Package@Loaded{floatrow}[2007/08/24 v0.2a]{}{}% + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@float@setevery} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-12-05: \cs{color@begin/endgroup} added +% to redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt}} +% \changes{v3.4b}{2019/12/16}{Usage of \cs{caption@float@setname} added} +% |\@float@setevery|\marg{float type} is provided by the \package{float} +% package; it's called every time a floating environment defined with +% |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat| begins. +% We use this hook to do some adaptations and to setup the proper caption +% style (if defined) and additional settings declared with +% |\captionsetup|\oarg{float style}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@float@setevery\@float@setevery + \def\@float@setevery#1{% + \float@ifcaption{#1}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% First of all we set the caption position to it's proper value by +% converting |\@fs@iftopcapt| (which is part of a float style and +% controls where the caption will be typeset, above or below the float +% contents) to our |position=| setting. +% Since the spacing above and below the caption will be done by the float +% style and \emph{not} by us this sounds quite useless. But in fact it isn't, +% since some packages based on \thispackage\ (like the \package{subfig} +% package) could have an interest for this information and therefore use the +% |\caption@iftop| macro we provide in our kernel. Furthermore we need this +% information for ourself in |\captionof| which uses |\@makecaption| to +% finally typeset the caption with skips. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setposition{\@fs@iftopcapt t\else b\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Afterward we redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| (which will be used inside +% |\@caption|) so the caption will be set inside the box |\@floatcapt|, +% without extra vertical space. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\caption@setfloatcapt[1]{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@@make + \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox{% + \color@begingroup ##1\color@endgroup}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% To allow different caption styles for different float styles we also +% determine the current float style (e.g. `ruled') and select +% a caption style (and additional settings) with the same name, if defined. +% \begin{macrocode} + \float@getstyle\float@style{#1}% + \caption@setstyle*\float@style + \caption@setoptions\float@style +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }{}% + \caption@float@setname{#1}% + \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \float@makebox + \caption@ORI@float@setevery{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@makebox} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/01/06}{Corrects wrong load order hyperref-float now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/02/03}{Correction of wrong load order hyperref-float revised} +% Redefine |\float@makebox| (only if we are not operating in compatibility mode `v1'). +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifcompatibility{}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If it was redefined by the \package{hyperref} package, +% we need to build on the original definition (and not on the redefined one). +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\HyOrg@float@makebox + {\let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\HyOrg@float@makebox}% + {\let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\float@makebox}% + \renewcommand\float@makebox[1]{% + \caption@ORI@float@makebox{#1\relax \caption@defrostHref}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@float@setname} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/08}{float package hook added} +% \changes{v3.4b}{2019/12/16}{Renamed from \cs{caption@typehook} to \cs{caption@float@setname}} +% \LaTeX\ and almost every other packages use +% |\|\meta{type}|name| +% to provide a macro for the type resp.~environment name -- for example +% the command |\figurename| will usually contain the name of the floating +% environment |figure|: +% \begin{quote} +% |\newcommand\figurename{Figure}| +% \end{quote} +% But the \package{float} package doesn't follow this common naming +% convention: +% For floats defined with |\newfloat| it uses |\fname@|\meta{type} instead, +% which breaks with our code (and with |\autoref| and some other things as +% well). +% So we have to map the \package{float} package name to the common one here.\par +% \Note{If the float was not defined with \cs{newfloat} but with +% \cs{restylefloat} instead, \cs{fname@}\meta{type} is not defined.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@float@setname[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname #1name\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\let\csname #1name\expandafter\endcsname\csname fname@#1\endcsname + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/26}{Skips of \env{plaintop} and \env{boxed} floats corrected} +% \begin{macro}{\fs@plaintop} +% \begin{macro}{\fs@boxed} +% Since the float styles |plaintop| and |boxed| don't use |\abovecaptionskip| +% which could be set with |skip=| (|plaintop| uses |\belowcaptionskip| instead of +% |\abovecaptionskip|, and |boxed| uses a fixed space of |2pt|) +% we patch the according float style macros here to change this. +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\fs@plaintop{\def\@fs@mid{\vspace\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% + \g@addto@macro\fs@boxed{\def\@fs@mid{\kern\abovecaptionskip\relax}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@getstyle} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% |\float@getstyle|\marg{cmd}\marg{type}\par +% Determining the float style is not so easy because the only hint +% provided by the \package{float} package is the macro +% |\fst@|\meta{float type} which points to the macro which represents the +% float style. So for example after +% \begin{quote} +% |\floatstyle{ruled}|\\ +% |\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}| +% \end{quote} +% |\fst@Program| will be defined as +% \begin{quote} +% |\def\fst@Program{\fs@ruled}|\quad. +% \end{quote}\par +% So here is what we do: We make the first level expansion of +% |\fst@|\meta{float type} a string so we can gobble the first four tokens +% (= |\fs@|), so only the the name of the float style is left.\par +% \emph{TODO:} We need to convert the catcodes here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@getstyle[2]{% + \edef#1{% + \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gobblefour\noexpand\string + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand + \csname fst@#2\endcsname}% + \edef#1{#1}% + \caption@Debug{floatstyle{#2} = `#1'}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\float@ifcaption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/23}{This macro added} +% |\float@ifcaption|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par +% Here we determine if the user has used |\newfloat| resp.~|\restylefloat|, +% or |\restylefloat*|. +% This is quite easy: If |\@float@c@|\meta{captype} is the same as +% |\float@caption|, the user has used |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat|, +% otherwise we assume he has used |\restylefloat*|. +% (This test will fail if some package re-defines |\float@caption|, +% so we have to assume that there is no one.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@#1\endcsname\float@caption + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}}{% + \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{\@secondoftwo}% +% \clearcaptionsetup{boxed}% used by the floatrow package? +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The skip between `boxed' floats and their caption defaults to |2pt|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt} % do not issue a warning when not used +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/26}{\opt{strut=0} added to caption style \opt{ruled}} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/27}{Option \opt{ruled} fixed} +% To emulate the `ruled' definition of |\@fs@capt| we provide a caption style +% `ruled' with appropriate options. But if the package option |ruled| was +% specified, we setup some caption parameters to emulate the behavior +% of \thispackage\ \version{1.x} option |ruled| instead, i.e., +% the current caption settings will be used, but without margin and without +% `single-line-check'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifbool{ruled}{% + \captionsetup[ruled]{margin=0pt,minmargin=0,slc=0}% +}{% + \DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=0}% +} +\caption@undefbool{ruled} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The floatflt package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{Support of the \package{floatflt} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{floatflt}[1996/02/27 v1.3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\floatingfigure} +% We patch |\floatingfigure| so |\caption@floatflt| will be used. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@floatingfigure\floatingfigure + \def\floatingfigure{% + \caption@floatflt{figure}% + \caption@ORI@floatingfigure}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\floatingtable} +% Same with |\floatingtable|\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@floatingtable\floatingtable + \def\floatingtable{% + \caption@floatflt{table}% +% \caption@setautoposition b% + \caption@ORI@floatingtable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@floatflt} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added} +% Here we do two things: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item We use |\caption@set|\-|options{|\-|floating|\meta{type}|}| so +% |\caption|\-|setup[|\-|floating|\meta{type}|]{|\ldots|}| is supported. +% \item |\line|\-|width| must be set correctly. +% Usually this is done by |\@par|\-|box|\-|restore| inside |\@caption|, +% but since we use |\@caption@parbox|\-|restore| we have to map this to +% |\@par|\-|box|\-|restore| instead. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@floatflt[1]{% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setparboxrestore{full}% + \caption@setoptions{floating#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The fltpage package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{Support of the \package{fltpage} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{fltpage}[1998/10/29 v.0.3]{% + \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@positionLabel} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{This redefinition added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@positionLabel}{% +% FP\@captype-\number\value{FP@\@captype C}-pos} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\FP@positionLabel{% + FP\FP@captype-\number\value{FP@\FP@captype C}-pos}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@helpNote} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@helpNote}[2]{% +% \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \pageref{#2}!}}% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\FP@helpNote[2]{% + \begingroup % save \caption@thepage + \caption@pageref{#2}% + \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \caption@thepage!}% + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatBegin} +% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-09-11: Missing \cs{ignorespaces} added} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{Adapted to current version of \cs{caption@freeze}} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/02/19}{Bugfix 12-02-16: \texttt{minipage} environment added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@freeze} replaced by \cs{caption@freezetype}} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@floatBegin}[1]{% +% \gdef\@captype{#1}% +% \global\let\FP@savedCaptionCommand\caption% +% \global\let\FP@savedLabelCommand\label% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}} +% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@figure}% +% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@table}% +% \let\FP@LabelText\@empty% +% \let\FP@CaptionText\@empty% +% \let\FP@optionalCaptionText\@empty% +% \renewcommand\label[1]{\gdef\FP@LabelText{##1}}% +% \renewcommand\caption[2][]{% +% \gdef\FP@optionalCaptionText{##1}\gdef\FP@CaptionText{##2}}% +% \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% +% }% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\FP@floatBegin[1]{% + \def\FP@captype{#1}% + \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% + \minipage\hsize % changes from LR mode to vertical mode + \caption@freezetype{#1}% + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatEnd} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{Some minor bugfixes} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/28}{Adapted to current version of \cs{caption@freeze}} +% \changes{v3.2f}{2012/02/19}{Bugfix 12-02-16: \texttt{minipage} environment added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \newcommand{\FP@floatEnd}{% +% \end{lrbox}% +% \global\setbox\FP@floatCorpusBOX=\box\FP@floatCorpusBOX +% \stepcounter{FP@\@captype C}% +% \FP@savedLabelCommand{\FP@positionLabel}% +% \FP@helpNote{\@captype}{\FP@positionLabel}% +% \FP@float +% {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test +% {\begin{\@captype}[p!] +% \usebox{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}% +% \refstepcounter{\@captype}% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@LabelText}{\@empty}} +% {}{\FP@savedLabelCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@LabelText}}% +% \end{\@captype}} +% {\addtocounter{\@captype}{-1}} +% {\begin{\@captype}[b!]% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@guide}{\@empty}}% +% {}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}}% +% {\renewcommand{\fnum@figure}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}% +% {\renewcommand{\fnum@table}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}}% +% \setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption +% \setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption +% \FP@separatorCaption% +% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@optionalCaptionText}{\@empty}}% +% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}% +% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand[\expandafter\protect\FP@optionalCaptionText]% +% {\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}% +% \end{\@captype}}% +% }% +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\FP@floatEnd{% + \endminipage + \end{lrbox}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \stepcounter{FP@\FP@captype C}% + \caption@label\FP@positionLabel + \FP@helpNote\FP@captype\FP@positionLabel +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \FP@float + {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test + {\caption@prepare@defrost + \begin\FP@captype[p!]% + \usebox\FP@floatCorpusBOX + \end\FP@captype}% + {\@ifundefined{theH\FP@captype}{}{% + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH\FP@captype\endcsname{.FP}}}% + {\caption@prepare@defrost + \begin\FP@captype[b!]% + \let\FP@savedSetfnumCommand\caption@setfnum + \def\caption@setfnum##1{% + \FP@savedSetfnumCommand{##1}% + \ifx\FP@guide\@empty \else + \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname fnum@##1\endcsname{\ {\FP@guide}}% + \fi}% + \setlength\abovecaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length above caption + \setlength\belowcaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length below caption + \caption@setoptions{FP\@captype}% + \FP@separatorCaption + \caption@defrost + \end\FP@captype}% + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\caption@ifFPlistcap\@undefined + \let\caption@ifFPrefcap\@undefined +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The hyperref package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Support of the \package{hyperref} package added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/09}{Usage of \cs{hyper@makecurrent} instead of +% \cs{theHfigure} as indicator for \package{hyperref} package} +% \changes{v3.2}{2011/07/30}{Test if \package{hyperref} has stopped early revised} +% \changes{v3.2c}{2011/08/24}{Test if \package{hyperref} has stopped early adapted to current version of \package{hyperref} package: Usage of \cs{IfHyperBoolean} added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hyperref}[2003/11/30 v6.74m]{% + % Test if hyperref has stopped early + \caption@ifundefined\IfHyperBoolean{% + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly0% + \caption@ifundefined\H@refstepcounter + {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{% + \caption@ifundefined\hyper@makecurrent + {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{% + \caption@ifundefined\measuring@true + {\caption@set@bool\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly1}{}}}% + }{% + \def\caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly{\IfHyperBoolean{stoppedearly}}% + }% + \caption@ifhyp@stoppedearly{% hyperref has stopped early + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Hyperref support is turned off\MessageBreak + because hyperref has stopped early}% + }{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\measuring@true}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@refstepcounter} +% We redefine |\caption@@refstepcounter| so |\H@refstepcounter| will be used +% instead of |\refstepcounter| inside |\caption| \& |\captionlistentry|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@@@refstepcounter{\H@refstepcounter}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% We redefine |\caption@makecurrent| so a \package{hyperref} label +% will be defined inside |\@caption|. +% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\caption@makecurrent[2]{% + \caption@makecurrentHref{#1}% + \caption@Debug{hyperref current=\@currentHref}% + \caption@gettitle{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@makecurrentHref{\hyper@makecurrent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the current hyperref package} +% We redefine |\caption@makeanchor| so a \package{hyperref} anchor +% will be set inside |\@caption|. +% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\caption@makeanchor[1]{% + \caption@Debug{hyperref anchor: \@currentHref}% + % If we cannot have nesting, the anchor is empty. + \ifHy@nesting + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#1}% + \else + \Hy@raisedlink{% + \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{\relax}% + }#1% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \paragraph{The hypcap option} +% +% \begin{macro}{\if@capstart} +% Like the \package{hypcap} package we define the switch |\if@capstart|, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newif\if@capstart +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@start} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{% +% \cs{caption@currentHref} renamed to \cs{hc@currentHref}} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{% +% This macro renamed from \cs{capstart} to \cs{caption@start} and revised} +% While the \package{hypcap} package defines a macro called |\capstart| +% our variant is called |\caption@start| and is controlled by the option +% |hypcap=||false|/|true|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@start{\caption@ifhypcap\caption@start@\relax}% + \def\caption@start@{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Generate the \package{hyperref} label and set the \package{hyperref} anchor, +% usually (if |hypcap=false|) both is done inside |\@caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@makestart\@captype + \caption@startanchor\@currentHref +% \end{macrocode} +% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a new \package{hyperref} label, +% use the label we save in |\hc@currentHref| instead. +% (We also support the |@capstart| flag from the \package{hypcap} package.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\@capstarttrue + \let\hc@currentHref\@currentHref + \def\caption@makecurrentHref##1{% + \global\@capstartfalse + \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a \package{hyperref} anchor since this +% has already been done. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@makestart} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/30}{\cs{@currentHref} will be extended by \texttt{caption} +% instead of \texttt{xxx} now} +% |\caption@makestart|\marg{type} +% defines a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par +% Since we offer |\continuedfloat| the float counter can change between +% `now' and |\caption|, i.e., we simply don't know the figure or table counter +% yet and therefore we are not able to generate the `right' \package{hyperref} +% label. +% Two different solutions of this problem came into my mind: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item I could use the aux file for this purpose.\par +% -or- +% \item I set |hypertexnames=false| locally. +% Furthermore I use |#1.caption.|\meta{counter} (instead of |#1.|\meta{counter}) +% as naming scheme for |\@currentHref| to avoid conflicts with other hyper +% links which are generated with |hypertexnames=true|. +% \end{enumerate} +% The first idea has the advantage that the `right' anchor name will be +% generated, but one needs an additional \LaTeX\ run if figures or tables +% will be inserted or removed.\par +% The second idea has the advantage that it's very easy to implement, but +% has some side-effects, e.g. the anchor names don't follow the figure or +% table label names anymore.\par +% Since I'm lazy I implemented the second idea, maybe I will revise this +% later on. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@makestart[1]{% + \begingroup + \Hy@hypertexnamesfalse +% \gdef\@currentHlabel{}% + \hyper@makecurrent{#1.caption}% + \endgroup + \caption@Debug{hypcap start=\@currentHref}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@startanchor} +% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix 06-09-17: We use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Warning about TeX mode replaced with debug info} +% |\caption@startanchor|\marg{Href} +% sets a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par +% This code was taken from the \package{hypcap} package\cite{hypcap} and adapted. +% \Note{Since \cs{hyper@@anchor}\marg{Href}\csmarg{\string\relax} can cause +% a change from vertical mode to horizontal mode (design flaw in +% \package{hyperref} package!?), and since the workaround +% \cs{let}\cs{leavevmode}\cs{relax} which can be found in the +% \package{hypcap} package is not always sufficient +% (for example with ``Direct pdfmark support'' and \texttt{breaklinks=true}), +% we use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor} here.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@startanchor[1]{% + \ifvmode\begingroup + \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (vertical mode)}% + \@tempdima\prevdepth + \nointerlineskip + \vspace*{-\caption@hypcapspace}% + \caption@anchor{#1}% + \vspace*{\caption@hypcapspace}% + \prevdepth\@tempdima + \endgroup\else + \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (horizontal mode)}% + \caption@anchor{#1}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@anchor} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/17}{Workaround 07-10-17: We use \cs{caption@raisedlink} instead of \cs{Hy@raisedlink} now} +% |\caption@anchor|\marg{Href} sets a \package{hyperref} anchor. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@anchor[1]{% + \ifmeasuring@ \else + \caption@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{#1}\hyper@anchorend}% + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \Note{Since \cs{Hy@raisedlink} change \cs{@tempdima} we surrounded it by \cs{ifvmode}, +% suppressing ``\texttt{LaTeX Warning: Float too large for page by 1.0pt}'' in \texttt{sideways} floats. +% (This is not necessary since \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}.)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\HyperRaiseLinkLength\@tempdima + \def\caption@raisedlink#1{\ifvmode#1\else\Hy@raisedlink{#1}\fi}% + \else + \let\caption@raisedlink\Hy@raisedlink + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start} +% Will be used by |\caption@freezeHref|. Apart from that we issue a warning +% if we expect a saved \package{hyperref} label coming from |\caption@start|, +% but there isn't any. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@@start{% + \caption@ifundefined\hc@currentHref{% + \caption@Warning{% + The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this\MessageBreak + particular \string\caption}}{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref} +% Suppress |\caption@start| from generating a \package{hyperref} label and +% setting a \package{hyperref} anchor. Instead if |\@caption| generates a +% \package{hyperref} label, it will be stored in |\caption@currentHref|. +% Furthermore we need to redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| so no +% \package{hyperref} anchor will be placed in |\@caption|. +% \iffalse +% (Since |\caption@setfloatcapt| will be set to |\@firstofone| inside +% |\subcaption| there is no need to add its restauration to +% |\caption@subtypehook|.) +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@freezeHref{% + \let\caption@ORI@start\caption@start + \def\caption@start{\let\caption@start\caption@ORI@start}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% \let\caption@ORI@@start\caption@@start +% \l@addto@macro\caption@subtypehook{% +% \let\caption@@start\caption@ORI@@start}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined + \def\caption@@start{\global\let\caption@currentHref\@currentHref}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@setfloatcapt\caption@setfloatcapt + \renewcommand*\caption@setfloatcapt{% + \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else + \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone + \fi + \caption@ORI@setfloatcapt}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref} +% If there is a freezed |\@currentHref|, we set the \package{hyperref} +% anchor here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@defrostHref{% + \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else + \caption@startanchor\caption@currentHref + \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + }}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The hypcap package} +% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/22}{Support of the \package{hypcap} package added} +% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{Adapted to \package{hypcap} \version{1.6}} +% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/11/04}{\package{hypcap} support adapted to \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hypcap}{% v1.0 + \ifx\caption@start\relax \else % hyperref hasn't stopped early +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the \package{hypcap} package was loaded, we give up our own +% hyperlink placement algorithm and give the control over the placement +% to the \package{hypcap} package instead. +% +% \begin{macro}{\capstart} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Support of \cs{ifcapstart} (\package{hypcap} package \version{1.10}) added} +% We do this simply by mapping |\capstart| to |\caption@start@|, +% although our code does not behave exactly like the original one: +% The original |\capstart| has an effect on the next |\caption| +% only but our version affects \emph{all} |\caption|s in the same +% environment, at least unless a new |\capstart| will be placed. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@capstart\capstart % save for compatibility mode + \caption@ifundefined\capstarttrue % check for v1.10 of hypcap package + {\def\capstart{\caption@start@}}% + {\def\capstart{\ifcapstart\caption@start@\fi}}% + \let\caption@start\relax + \let\caption@@start\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hypcapspace} +% Furthermore we map our |\caption@hypcapspace| to |\hypcapspace| +% offered by the \package{hypcap} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifhypcap 1% + \renewcommand*\caption@hypcapspace{\hypcapspace}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The listings package} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of the \package{listings} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{listings}[2004/02/13 v1.2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeCaption} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix: Skips are handled correctly now} +% \changes{v3.1k}{2008/03/29}{Bugfix 08-10-16-dctt: \texttt{rule=0} added} +% \changes{v3.2}{2010/10/26}{Bugfix 10-07-20a: Set \cs{hsize} to \cs{linewidth}, if necessary} +% \changes{v3.4c}{2020/01/01}{Ugly workaround for usage in lists added} +% \changes{v3.4d}{2020/01/01}{Ugly workaround for usage in lists revised} +% To support the \package{listings} package we need to redefine +% |\lst@Make|\-|Caption| so the original stuff is nested with +% |\caption@begin| and |\caption@end| etc.\par +% We set a flag inside the "Init" hook of the \package{listings} package (where adaption of |\line|\-|width| etc.~takes place). +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setbool{lst@Init}{0}% + \lst@AddToHook{Init}{\caption@setbool{lst@Init}{1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption\lst@MakeCaption + \def\lst@MakeCaption#1{% #1 is `t' or `b' +% \end{macrocode} +% This macro is always called twice by the \package{listings} package (with `t' resp. `b' as parameter), +% therefore we need an extra group here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \begingroup +% \end{macrocode} +% Inside lists the \package{listings} package ignores the left margin (|\@total|\-|left|\-|margin|) for captions. +% We emulate this behaviour by adding a negative skip which will be typeset ahead of |\caption@box|.\par +% Note: We only need to do this if the ``Init'' hook of the \package{listings} package wasn't called yet. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@iflst@Init{}{% + \edef\caption@lst@leftskip{\noexpand\hskip-\the\@totalleftmargin\noexpand\relax}% + \l@addto@macro\caption@beginhook\caption@lst@leftskip}% +% \end{macrocode} +% We set |position=#1| and if it was set to `top', +% we swap the skips so the default behavior of the \package{listings} package +% will not be changed. (Note that the \package{listings} package has set its +% own |\abovecaptionskip| \& |\belowcaptionskip| values prior to calling +% \cs{lst@MakeCaption}.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setposition{#1}% + \caption@iftop{% + \@tempdima\belowcaptionskip + \belowcaptionskip\abovecaptionskip + \abovecaptionskip\@tempdima}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Workaround for issue with wrong skips (FIXME: This should be examined further) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setup{rule=0}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Afterwards we set the local `lstlisting' options. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{lstlisting}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the |position=| is now set to |auto|, we take over the |captionpos=| +% setting from the \package{listings} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setautoposition{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% At the end we do similar stuff as in our \cs{@caption} code. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@begin{lstlisting}% + \caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption{#1}% + \caption@end +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \endgroup}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\lst@makecaption} +% \begin{macro}{\lst@maketitle} +% Wrapper macros for typesetting the |caption=| resp. |title=| value. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\lst@makecaption{\caption@starfalse\@makecaption}% + \def\lst@maketitle{\caption@startrue\@makecaption\@empty}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro added} +% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lstlisting| +% but we needed it when |\captionof{lstlisting}| will be done by the end user, +% we define it here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\ext@lstlisting{lol}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/07/13}{Bugfix 07-09-13: \cs{lst@@caption} will not be re-defined anymore} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The longtable package} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LTcaptype} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/06}{This macro and its support added} +% |\LTcaptype| is preset to |table|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\LTcaptype{table} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@AtBeginLongtable} +% \changes{v3.5}{2018/04/15}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@LT@array{} +\newcommand\caption@AtBeginLongtable{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@LT@array} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{longtable}[1995/05/24 v3.14]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \RequirePackage{ltcaption}[=2018/08/26]% + \let\LT@@makecaption\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@array} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This redefinition added} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/16}{Bugfix: This redefinition will always be done \cs{AtBeginDocument}} +% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix in \cs{captionlistentry}: Table counter will not be incremented anymore, \cs{nameref} works} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Support for \cs{bicaption} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Definition of \cs{captionlistentry} fixed} +% \changes{v3.5}{2018/04/15}{Usage of \cs{caption@AtBeginLongtable} added} +% We redefine |\LT@array| here to get |\captionsetup|\marg{options} working inside |longtable|s. +% \Note{Since the \package{hyperref} package patches \cs{LT@array} as well +% and since this only works with the original definition of \cs{LT@array}, +% we have to do this after the \package{hyperref} package, i.e.~\cs{AtBeginDocument}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\caption@ORI@LT@array\LT@array + \renewcommand*\LT@array{% + \caption@LT@array + \caption@ORI@LT@array}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginLongtable{% +% |\captionsetup| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\@undefined + \def\captionsetup{% + \noalign\bgroup + \@ifstar\@captionsetup\@captionsetup}% gobble * + \def\@captionsetup#1{\LT@captionsetup{#1}\egroup}% + \def\LT@captionsetup#1{% + \captionsetup@startrue\caption@setup@options[@longtable]{#1}% + \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\caption@opt@@longtable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\captionlistentry| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\captionlistentry{% + \noalign\bgroup + \@ifstar{\egroup\LT@listentry\LTcaptype}% gobble * + {\egroup\LT@listentry\LTcaptype}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\continuedfloat| for longtable:\\ +% {\small(Commented out, since it's not deeply tested and quite useless anyway)} +% \Note{\package{hyperref} versions $<$ v6.76j uses $2\times$ \cs{hyper@makecurrent}} +% \begin{macrocode} +% \caption@ifhypcap{% +% \let\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent\hyper@makecurrent +% \def\hyper@makecurrent##1{% +% \let\hyper@makecurrent\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent +% \caption@makestart{##1}% +%% \let\Hy@LT@currentHlabel\@currentHlabel +% \let\Hy@LT@currentHref\@currentHref +% \def\hyper@makecurrent####1{% +%% \let\@currentHlabel\Hy@LT@currentHlabel +% \let\@currentHref\Hy@LT@currentHref}}% +% \let\caption@ORI@continuedfloat\continuedfloat +% \def\continuedfloat{\noalign{% +% \gdef\caption@setContinuedFloat{% +% \let\caption@reset@continuedfloat\@gobble}% +% \def\caption@setoptions##1{% +% \g@addto@macro\caption@setContinuedFloat{% +% \caption@setoptions{##1}}}% +% \let\@captype\LTcaptype +% \caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat}}% +% }{% +% \def\continuedfloat{\noalign{% +% \caption@Error{% +% \noexpand\continuedfloat inside longtables\MessageBreak +% is only available with `hypcap=true'}}}% +% }% +% \global\let\caption@setContinuedFloat\@empty + \def\continuedfloat{\noalign{% + \caption@Error{\noexpand\continuedfloat outside float}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% |\bicaption| for longtable: +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\bicaption\LT@bicaption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@capti@n} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{This re-definition added} +% The original implementation: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\LT@capti@n{% +% \@ifstar +% {\egroup\LT@c@ption\@gobble[]}% +% {\egroup\@xdblarg{\LT@c@ption\@firstofone}}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our implementation uses |\caption@xdblarg| instead of |\@xdblarg|: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\LT@capti@n{% + \@ifstar + {\egroup\LT@c@ption\@gobble[]}% + {\egroup\caption@xdblarg{\LT@c@ption\@firstofone}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption} +% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{Bugfix 04-08-04: \cs{abovecaptionskip} \& \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be used now} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: \cs{captionsetup[longtable]} overrides \cs{LTcapwidth} now} +% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/07}{\cs{caption@LT@make} introduced} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{Support for \cs{bicaption} via \cs{caption@LT@setup} added} +% \changes{v3.3a}{2019/04/02}{Work-around for problem with \package{floatrow} added} +% |\LT@makecaption|\marg{cmd}\marg{label}\marg{text}\par +% \smallskip +% The original definition: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{% +% \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{% +% % Based on article class "\@makecaption", "#1" is "\@gobble" in star +% % form, and "\@firstofone" otherwise. +% \sbox\@tempboxa{#1{#2: }#3}% +% \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize +% #1{#2: }#3% +% \else +% \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% +% \fi +% \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}% +% \hss}}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our definition: +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{% + \caption@LT@make{% + \caption@LT@settype\LTcaptype +% \end{macrocode} +% |\caption@LT@setup| is re-defined inside the \package{bicaption} package +% and contains the preparation of typesetting of the bilingual caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@LT@setup +% \end{macrocode} +% \iffalse +% The default |position=| setting for longtables is |top|. +% (This emulates the standard behavior of the \package{longtable} package +% which has no skip above the caption but a skip below it.) +% \fi +% |position=auto| is a bad idea for longtables, but we do our very best. +% This works quite well for captions inside the longtable contents, but +% not for captions inside the longtable (end)foot. +% \Note{This should be `top' if unclear!} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setautoposition{\ifcase\LT@rows t\else b\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% We set |\ifcaption@star| according the 1st argument. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@startrue#1\caption@starfalse +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@prepare@stepcounter\LTcaptype{LT}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{\cs{caption@font@normal} added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@begin\LTcaptype + \caption@normalsize +% \end{macrocode} +% The following skip has the purpose to correct the height of the +% |\parbox[t]|. Usually it's the height of the very first line, but +% because of our extra skips (|\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip|) +% it's always |0pt|.\par +% (A different idea would be typesetting the first skip outside the longtable +% column with |\noalign{\vskip|\ldots|}|, but this means we have to move +% |\caption@begin| to some other place because it does not work in tabular +% mode. And at the moment I have no idea on how to do this in an elegant +% way\ldots) +% \begin{macrocode} + \vskip-\ht\strutbox +% \end{macrocode} +% Work-around for problem with \package{floatrow}: +% The |\below|\-|caption|\-|skip| disturbs the environment in which the caption is actually typeset (by creating extra, unwanted space), +% so we supress this skip if the \package{floatrow} package is loaded. +% (This fixes \issue{50}) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\FBifcaptop{% + \let\caption@belowskip\@empty}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The following code should look familiar. We do our skips and use +% |\caption@@make| to typeset the caption itself. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@make@above + \caption@@make{#2}{#3}\endgraf + \caption@make@below + \caption@end}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\LT@listentry} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Bugfix: \cs{ignorespaces} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\LT@listentry[2]{% + \begingroup + \caption@LT@settype{#1}% + \caption@listentry\@firstoftwo[{#1}]{#2}% + \endgroup\ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@settype} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/08/26}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/05}{Uses argument no. 1 instead of \cs{LTcaptype}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@LT@settype[1]{% + \caption@settype*{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If |\LTcapwidth| is not set to its default value |4in| we assume +% that it shall overwrite our own setting. +% (But |\captionsetup[longtable]{width=|\ldots|}| will overwrite |\LTcapwidth|.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\LTcapwidth=4in \else + \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{longtable}% +% \caption@setContinuedFloat +% \end{macrocode} +% Finally set options applied by |\captionsetup| inside the longtable. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setoptions{@longtable}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\flrow@setlist} +% \changes{v3.4g}{2020/01/03}{Redefinition of this macro added} +% The \package{floatrow} package uses |\flrow@setlist{{table}{longtable}}| inside its redefinition of |\LT@array| without setting |\@captype| first, +% and this makes |\captionsetup[table]{name=...}| doomed to fail for longtables (``Undefined control sequence''). +% Unfortunately we cannot easily patch |\LT@array| again to fix this bug in \package{floatrow} since it will be patched |\AtBeginDocument|. +% Therefore we patch |\flrow@setlist| instead to catch and fix the bug on-the-fly. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@ifdefined\flrow@setlist@{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{Fixing longtable code of `floatrow' package}% + \let\caption@flrow@setlist@\flrow@setlist@ + \renewcommand\flrow@setlist@[1]{% + \def\caption@tempa{{table}{longtable}}% + \def\caption@tempb{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \def\@captype{table}% + \fi + \caption@flrow@setlist@{#1}}% + }{}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\caption@AtBeginLongtable\@gobble + \let\caption@LT@array\@undefined +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@LT@setup} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/02/01}{This macro added} +% Hook for stuff which prepares the typesetting of the \package{longtable} caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@LT@setup{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{The picinpar package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{Support of the \package{picinpar} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picinpar}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\figwindow} +% \begin{macro}{\tabwindow} +% The \package{picinpar} package comes with its own caption code +% (|\wincaption|, |\@wincaption|, |\@makewincaption|, \ldots) +% so we redefine |\figwindow| \& |\tabwindow| to use |\caption| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\figwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {% + \caption@window{figure}% + \caption@setoptions{figwindow}% + \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\tabwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {% + \caption@window{table}% + \caption@setoptions{tabwindow}% + \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@window} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added} +% Beside calling |\caption@settype| we redefine |\caption@par|\-|box|\-|restore| +% (as in \package{floatflt} \& \package{picins} package support) +% and |\@makecaption| (as in \package{float} package support) here. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand*\caption@window[1]{% + \let\@makecaption\caption@@make + \caption@setautoposition b% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setparboxrestore{full}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@wincaption} +% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/25}{Missing \% added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/04/14}{\cs{caption@ContinuedFloattrue} added} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/10/06}{\cs{caption@ContinuedFloattrue} replaced by \cs{caption@setflag1}} +% This one finally typesets the caption using |\caption|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@wincaption[1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% This will be done twice for every |figwindow| \& |tabwindow| caption -- +% on the first run |\picwd| is |0pt|, on the second run |\picwd| is |\hsize|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\picwd=\z@ + \let\caption@makecurrent\@gobbletwo + \let\caption@@start\relax + \caption@prepareslc + \else + \caption@setflag1% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% The argument |#1| could contain simply the caption text +% (e.g.~|A figure caption|), but it could also contain an optional argument, +% the \meta{lst\_entry} +% (e.g.~|[An| |entry| |to| |the| |LOF]||{A| |figure| |caption}|). +% Therefore we have to test if |#1| begins with~|[| or not; furthermore we +% support a starred variant -- as in |\caption*| -- so we test for~|*|, too. +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\@car#1\@nil}% + \if\@tempa*% + \let\@tempa\@firstofone + \else\if\@tempa[%] + \let\@tempa\@firstofone + \else + \let\@tempa\@empty + \fi\fi + \expandafter\caption\@tempa{#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The picins package} +% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/01/26}{Support of the \package{picins} package added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\piccaptiontype} +% |\piccaptiontype|\marg{type}\par +% We offer this macro for changing the \meta{type} of the caption, so the user +% doesn't have to redefine |\@captype|, as proposed in the \package{picins} +% documentation. +% \Note{We define this macro here so it can be used in the +% preamble of the document, even when \thispackage\ was loaded prior to the +% \package{picins} package.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\piccaptiontype[1]{\def\@piccaptype{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picins}{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Initial set |\@piccaptype| and undefine |\@captype| which was set to +% |figure| by the \package{picins} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifundefined\@piccaptype{% + \caption@iftype{% + \let\@piccaptype\@captype + }{% + \def\@piccaptype{figure}% + }% + }{}% + \let\@captype\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\piccaption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\piccaption{\@ifnextchar [{\@piccaption}{\@piccaption[]}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our code uses |\caption@star| so |\piccaption*| works, +% and |\caption@dblarg| so |\piccaption{}| works correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\piccaption{\caption@star\relax{\caption@dblarg\@piccaption}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\make@piccaption} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} will always be used now} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\make@piccaption{% +% [...] +% \setbox\@TEXT=\vbox{\hsize\hsiz@\caption[\sh@rtf@rm]{\capti@nt@xt}}% +% } +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% In our code we have to correct several things: +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item |\@captype| must be defined, since we have removed the global +% definition. +% \item We use |\caption@setoptions{parpic}| so +% |\captionsetup[parpic]{|\ldots|}| is supported. +% \item |\linewidth| must be set correctly. +% Usually this is done by |\@parbox|\-|restore| inside |\@caption|, +% but since we use |\@caption@parbox|\-|restore| we have to map this to +% |\@parbox|\-|restore| instead. +% \item The two arguments of |\caption| (|\sh@rtf@rm| \& |\capti@nt@xt|) +% should be expanded on first level so |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| and +% |\caption[|\ldots|]{}| work correctly. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@make@piccaption\make@piccaption + \def\make@piccaption{% + \let\caption@ORI\caption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\caption[##1]##2{% + \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \ivparpic + \caption@settype\@piccaptype +% \ifnum\c@piccaptionpos>2\relax + \caption@clearmargin +% \else +% \captionwidth\z@ % do not use "width=" setting +% \fi + \caption@setparboxrestore{full}% + \caption@setoptions{parpic}% + \caption@setautoposition b% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@ORI + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter[% + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% + \expandafter##1\expandafter}\expandafter]\expandafter{##2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% {\footnotesize\begin{quote} +% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A +% |\begingroup|\\ +% | \toks0\expandafter{##1}| |\toks2\expandafter{##2}|\\ +% | \edef\x{\endgroup|\\ +% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\the\toks0}]{\the\toks2}}|\\ +% | \x| +% \end{quote} +% \begin{quote} +% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A +% |\edef\x{%|\\ +% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\unexpanded\expandafter{##1}}]%|\\ +% | {\unexpanded\expandafter{##2}}}|\\ +% |\-| +% \end{quote}} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@make@piccaption + \let\caption\caption@ORI}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% + +% \begin{macro}{\ivparpic} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% We need to set our \package{hyperref} anchor here. +% Not bullet-proof since we have to redefine |\noindent| here! +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@ivparpic\ivparpic + \def\ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[#5][#6]#7{% + \let\caption@ORI@noindent\noindent + \def\noindent{% + \caption@defrostHref + \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent + \noindent}% + \caption@ORI@ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[{#5}][{#6}]{#7}% + \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\piccaptiontype\@undefined +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The rotating package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{rotating}[1995/08/22 v2.10]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rotcaption} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{Rewritten, works with \package{hyperref} now} +% Make |\rotcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\rotcaption{\let\@makecaption\@makerotcaption\caption}% +% \let\@rotcaption\@undefined +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\rotcaptionof} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{New} +% Make |\rotcaptionof(*)| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\rotcaptionof{% + \caption@teststar\caption@of{\rotcaption*}\rotcaption}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makerotcaption} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/06}{Rewritten, should finally work proper now} +% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox} now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2012/12/26}{Rewritten (again)} +% Original (bugfixed) code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{% +% \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1: #2}% +% \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa > .8\vsize +% \rotatebox{90}{% +% \begin{minipage}{.8\textheight}#1: #2\end{minipage}% +% }%\par % <== \par removed (AR) +% \else% +% \rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}% +% \fi +% \nobreak\hspace{12pt}% <== \nobreak added (AR) +% } +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our version emulates this behavior, but if |width=| is set, +% the rotated caption is always typeset as |\parbox|. +% (Note that |margin=| is not supported here.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{% + \rotatebox{90}{% + \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@ + \setcaptionwidth{.8\vsize}% + \l@addto@macro\caption@singleline{% + \caption@setup{parbox=none}}% + \fi + \let\caption@calcmargin\relax + \caption@@make{#1}{#2}}% + \nobreak\hspace{12pt}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The sidecap package} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{sidecap}[2003/06/06 v1.6f]{% + \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SC@zfloat} +% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Local definition of \cs{captionsetup} added} +% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix 04-07-15: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed} +% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} will be saved \& restored now} +% \changes{v3.2a}{2011/08/17}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@freeze} instead of \cs{caption@freeze*} now} +% \changes{v3.3}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@freeze} replaced by \cs{caption@freezetype}} +% This macro will be called at the start of the environment, here is a good +% opportunity to do some adaptations to |\caption| and |\captionsetup|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@SC@zfloat\SC@zfloat + \def\SC@zfloat#1#2#3[#4]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% First we use the original definition, but restore \cs{caption} and \cs{label} +% so \cs{caption@freeze} and \cs{caption@warmup} will work correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ORI@SC@zfloat{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]% + \SC@RestoreCommands +% \end{macrocode} +% Since the sidecap package uses our |\caption| code outside the +% environment the regular |\captionsetup| will not work. +% So we need a special version here which saves the given argument list +% which will be executed later on. +% Furthermore we need to make |\caption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@freezetype{#2}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The sidecap package uses |\ifx\label\SC@label| to test if it is just inside a +% |SC|\-|figure| or not. So we redefine |\SC@label| here so this test will still work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\SC@label\label}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand*\SC@RestoreCommands{% + \let\caption=\SC@orig@caption \let\label=\SC@orig@label}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\endSC@FLOAT} +% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/12}{\cs{@listdepth}\cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Call of \cs{caption@setoptions}\arg{SCfloat} added} +% This macro will be called at the end of the environment, here we need to +% setup our stuff before the \package{sidecap} package actually typesets +% its caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT\endSC@FLOAT + \def\endSC@FLOAT{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Before we can typeset the caption we need to set the margin to zero +% because any extra margin would only be disturbing here.\par +% (We don't need to take care about the caption position because +% the sidecap package set both |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip| +% to a skip of zero anyway.)\par +% Furthermore |\SC@justify| will override the caption justification, if set. +% The usage of |\SC@justify| differs from version to version of the +% \package{sidecap} package:\par +% \begin{tabular}{ll} +% Version 1.4: & |\SC@justify| is not defined\\ +% Version 1.5: & |\SC@justify| is |\relax| when not set\\ +% Version 1.6: & |\SC@justify| is |\@empty| when not set\\ +% \end{tabular} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@setSC@justify{% + \caption@clearmargin + \ifx\SC@justify\@empty \else + \let\caption@justification\SC@justify + \let\SC@justify\@empty + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Make the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT| to use our caption +% stuff instead of its own. +% \Note{At this point the \package{sidecap} definition of \cs{caption} is valid, +% not the regular one!} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption\SC@orig@caption + \def\SC@orig@caption[##1]##2{% + \caption@setSC@justify +%%% \caption@setoptions{SC}% + \caption@setoptions{SC\@captype}% + \caption@defrost}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Finally we call the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT|. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setSC@justify % for compatibility mode + \caption@prepare@defrost + \caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The subfigure package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/06}{subfigure package support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{subfigure}[2002/01/23 v2.1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\sf@ifpositiontop} +% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/15}{Bugfix 07-09-15: Check for \cs{@captype} added} +% If the \package{subfigure} package is loaded, we map |\sf@ifpositiontop| +% to |\iffiguretopcap| resp. |\iftabletopcap|, so the \package{subfigure} +% \version{2.1} options \opt{figbotcap} etc. will still work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\sf@ifpositiontop{% + \ifx\@captype\@undefined + \expandafter\@gobbletwo + \else\ifx\@captype\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobbletwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\sf@if@position@top + \fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\sf@if@position@top{% + \@ifundefined{if\@captype topcap}% + {\@gobbletwo}% + {\@nameuse{if\@captype topcap}% + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The supertabular and xtab packages} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{supertabular}[2002/07/19 v4.1e]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption} +% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Made \cs{topcaption*} and \cs{bottomcaption*} work} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: Star variant does not increment table counter anymore} +% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\tablecaption{% + \caption@star + {\refstepcounter{table}}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Made \cs{nameref} \& \cs{autoref} work} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption + \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{% + \caption@gettitle{#2}% + \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[{#1}]{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption} +% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix: Missing \cs{par} added} +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: \cs{@currentlabelname} will be set now} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% +% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{% +% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}} +% \begingroup +% \@parboxrestore +% \normalsize +% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi +% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par +% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi +% \endgroup} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{supertabular}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The |position=| setting will be overwritten by the +% \package{supertabular} package: If |\topcaption| was used, +% the position will be |top| automatically, |bottom| otherwise. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@parboxrestore + \caption@normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \caption@end}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Support of the xtab package added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{xtab}[2000/04/09 v2.3]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption} +% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\tablecaption{% + \caption@star + {\refstepcounter{table}}% + {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption} +% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package} +% \changes{v3.3}{2018/12/26}{Bugfix: Missing curly braces added} +% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption + \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{% + \caption@gettitle{#2}% + \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[{#1}]{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% +% \@initisotab +% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}% +% {\protect\numberline{% +% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}% +% \begingroup +% \@parboxrestore +% \normalsize +% %% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi +% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par +% %% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi +% \endgroup +% \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht +% \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par% + \caption@settype*{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{xtabular}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@set{position}{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@initisotab + \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \caption@parboxrestore + \caption@normalsize + \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par + \caption@end + \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht + \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The threeparttable package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{Support of the \package{threeparttable} package added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{threeparttable}[2003/06/13 v3.0]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\threeparttable} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Bugfix: \cs{@captype} will be used if already defined} +% Unfortunately |\@captype| is not set when |\TPT@common| will be used, +% so we have to redefine |\threeparttable| and |\measuredfigure| instead. +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@threeparttable\threeparttable + \renewcommand*\threeparttable{% + \caption@settype{\@ifundefined{@captype}{table}{\@captype}}% +%%% \caption@setposition{auto}% ? + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setoptions{threeparttable}% + \caption@ORI@threeparttable}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\measuredfigure} +% \changes{v3.3}{2016/01/31}{Bugfix: \cs{@captype} will be used if already defined} +% Same here\ldots +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@ORI@measuredfigure\measuredfigure + \renewcommand*\measuredfigure{% + \caption@settype{\@ifundefined{@captype}{figure}{\@captype}}% +%%% \caption@setposition{auto}% ? + \caption@clearmargin + \caption@setoptions{measuredfigure}% + \caption@ORI@measuredfigure}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\TPT@caption} +% The original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{\gdef\TPT@docapt +% {\par\global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]% +% {\strut\ignorespaces#3\ifhmode\unskip\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}}% +% \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel \abovecaptionskip\z@skip +% \else \TPT@docapt \fi \ignorespaces} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{% + \gdef\TPT@docapt{% + \global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined + \caption@setautoposition\caption@TPT@position + \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}}% + \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty + \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel % Bug: does not work for measuredfigures + \gdef\caption@TPT@position{t}% + \g@addto@macro\TPT@docapt\caption@TPT@eatvskip + \else + \def\caption@TPT@position{b}% + \TPT@docapt + \fi + \ignorespaces}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + %\newcommand*\caption@TPT@eatvskip{\vskip-.2\baselineskip}% + \def\caption@TPT@eatvskip#1\vskip{#1\@tempdima=}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The wrapfig package} +% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package added} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package rewritten} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}[2003/01/31 v3.6]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\wrapfloat} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Redefinition of this macro added} +% First of all we make the \package{wrapfig} package independent from the package +% load order regarding the \package{float} package. +% Since the usage of |\@float@set|\-|every| is missing in the code of the \package{wrapfig} +% package (it should be in the redefinition of |\float@re|\-|style|, right after +% |\@nameuse{fst@#1}|), we don't use it here, too, +% especially since |\wrap|\-|float| will usually not be used when used with re-styled floats. +% \begin{macrocode} + \renewcommand*\wrapfloat[1]{% + \def\@captype{#1}% + \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{% + \@nameuse{fst@#1}% +% \@float@setevery{#1}% + \def\WF@floatstyhook{\let\@currbox\WF@box + \global\setbox\WF@box\float@makebox{\wd\WF@box}}}% + \@ifnextchar[\WF@wr{\WF@wr[]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\WF@rapt} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{Usage of \cs{WF@captionstyhook} added} +% Original code: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, +% \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known +% \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}% +% \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else +% \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption +% \ignorespaces \fi} +% \end{verbatim}%^^A +% Our code has |\WF@captionstyhook| in addition: +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width, + \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known + \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}% + \expandafter\WF@captionstyhook\expandafter{\@captype}% <= new + \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else + \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption + \ignorespaces \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\WF@captionstyhook} +% \changes{v3.2d}{2011/11/02}{This macro added} +% \changes{v3.2e}{2011/11/10}{Bugfix 11-11-09: float package support fixed} +% We place our \package{hyperref} anchor here, apply the `wrap' options etc. +% Since the usage of |\@float@set|\-|every| is missing in the \package{wrapfig} +% package we will catch it up here for making the necessary adaptions to the +% \package{float} package. +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\WF@captionstyhook#1{% + \let\@captype\@undefined + \@ifundefined{fst@#1}{}{\@float@setevery{#1}}% + \caption@settype{#1}% + \caption@clearmargin +%%% \caption@setoptions{wrap}% + \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{That's all Folks!} +% +% Execute the code declared with |\After|\-|Caption|\-|Package|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@endtitles@code +\let\caption@endtitles@code\@undefined +\let\AfterCaptionPackage\@firstofone +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \begin{thebibliography}{99} +% \bibitem{float} +% Anselm Lingnau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/float}% +% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\ +% 2001/11/08 +% +% \bibitem{floatflt} +% Mats Dahlgren:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatflt}% +% {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\ +% 1998/06/05 +% +% \bibitem{floatrow} +% Olga Lapko:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/floatrow}% +% {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\ +% 2009/08/02 +% +% \bibitem{fltpage} +% Sebastian Gross:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/fltpage}% +% {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\ +% 1998/11/13 +% +% \bibitem{hyperref} +% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}% +% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX: a manual for hyperref}},\\ +% November 2012 +% +% \bibitem{hypcap} +% Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/oberdiek}% +% {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\ +% 2011/02/16 +% +% \bibitem{listings} +% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/listings}% +% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\ +% 2007/02/22 +% +% \bibitem{longtable} +% David Carlisle:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/longtable}% +% {\emph{The longtable package}},\\ +% 2004/02/01 +% +% \bibitem{picinpar} +% Friedhelm Sowa:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picinpar}% +% {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\ +% July 13, 1993 +% +% \bibitem{picins} +% Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/picins}% +% {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\ +% September~1992 +% +% \bibitem{rotating} +% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/rotating}% +% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\ +% 1997/09/26 +% +% \bibitem{sidecap} +% Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/sidecap}% +% {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\ +% 2003/06/06 +% +% \bibitem{subfigure} +% Steven D. Cochran:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfigure}% +% {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\ +% 2005/03/15 +% +% \bibitem{subfig} +% Steven D. Cochran:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/subfig}% +% {\emph{The subfig package}},\\ +% 2005/07/05 +% +% \bibitem{supertabular} +% Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/supertabular}% +% {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\ +% 2004/02/20 +% +% \bibitem{threeparttable} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}% +% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ +% March 5, 2010 +% +% \bibitem{wrapfig} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/wrapfig}% +% {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\ +% Jan 31, 2003 +% +% \bibitem{xtab} +% Peter Wilson:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/xtab}% +% {\emph{The xtab package}},\\ +% 2011/07/31 +% \end{thebibliography} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.5/caption3.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.5/caption3.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5918f4a540c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.5/caption3.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,4680 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% This is file `caption3.dtx'. +% +% Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Axel Sommerfeldt (axel.sommerfeldt@f-m.fm) +% +% -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +% The latest version of this license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +% version 2003/12/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". +% +% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt. +% +% This work consists of the files +% caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption-light.dtx, caption2.dtx, caption3.dtx, +% caption-ams-smf.dtx, caption-beamer.dtx, caption-elsarticle.dtx, +% caption-koma.dtx, caption-memoir.dtx, caption-ntg.dtx, +% caption-thesis.dtx, bicaption.dtx, ltcaption.dtx, subcaption.dtx, +% the derived files +% caption.sty, caption-light.sty, caption2.sty, caption3.sty, +% caption-ams-smf.sto, caption-beamer.sto, caption-elsarticle.sto, +% caption-koma.sto, caption-memoir.sto, caption-ntg.sto, +% caption-thesis.sto, bicaption.sty, ltcaption.sty, subcaption.sty, +% and the user manuals +% caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, caption-rus.tex. +% +% \fi +% \CheckSum{3674} +% +% \iffalse +%<*driver> +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesFile{caption3.drv}[2020/10/11 v2.2 Implementation of the caption kernel] +\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up. +%\errorcontextlines=3 +% +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\setlength\parindent{0pt} +\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount} +% +\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC +%\newcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}} +\makeatother +% +\usepackage{ifpdf} +\ifpdf + \usepackage{mathptmx,courier} + \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet} + \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt} +\fi +% +\usepackage{hypdoc} +\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi +\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}} +% +\usepackage{caption3}[2020/09/12] +% +\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring + {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}% + {e-TeX}} +% +\begin{document} + \DocInput{caption3.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} kernel} +% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} kernel} +% +% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}} +% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}} +% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf +% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett +% +% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}} +% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}} +% \newcommand*\version[2][]{v$#2$} +% +% \GetFileInfo{caption3.drv} +% \let\docdate\filedate +% \let\docversion\fileversion +% \GetFileInfo{caption3.sty} +% +% \title{The Implementation of +% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A +% This package has version number \docversion.}}%^^A +% {the caption kernel}} +% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\ +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption}} +% \date{\docdate} +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{abstract} +% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel +% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|). +% +% The kernel provides all the user commands and internal macros which are +% necessary for typesetting captions and setting parameters regarding these. +% While the standard \LaTeX\ document classes provide an internal command +% called |\@makecaption| and no options to control its behavior (except the +% vertical skips above and below the caption itself), we provide similar +% commands called |\caption@make| and |\caption@@make|, but with a lot of +% options which can be selected with |\captionsetup|. +% Loading the kernel part do not change the output of a \LaTeX\ document +% -- it just provides functionality which can be used by \LaTeXe\ packages +% which typesets captions, for example the \package{caption} and +% \package{subfig} packages. +% \end{abstract} +% +% \section*{Internal commands} +% +% These internal commands are save to use by other packages as well +% since their interface will not change in future releases: +% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{ll} +% Internal command & Currently used by \\ +% \hline +% |\caption@addcontentsline| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@fnun| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@ifinlist| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@iftop| & \package{keyfloat}, \package{subfig} \\ +% |\caption@make| & \package{subfig} \\ +% |\caption@@make| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@setautoposition| & \package{bidi} \\ +% |\caption@setoptions| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@setposition| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@switchdefault| & \emph{none} \\ +% \end{tabular}\end{quote} +% +% If your package wants to use any other internal command of the \package{caption3} package, +% please write me an e-mail so we can define a proper interface together. +% +% Unfortunately these internal commands are used by other packages and therefore will likely +% not change in the future, too, but I do not support them (and maybe I will change them anyway +% and patch the other package on-the-fly instead, at least if it's unmaintained): +% \begin{quote}\begin{tabular}{ll} +% Internal command & Currently used by \\ +% \hline +% |\caption@hangindent | & \package{bidi} \\ +% |\caption@@@make| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@@par| & \package{bidi} \\ +% |\caption@parindent| & \package{bidi} \\ +% |\caption@set@bool| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@setfont| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@setkeys| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@setstyle*| & \package{floatrow} \\ +% \hline +% |\caption@hj@|\meta{name} & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@lsep@|\meta{name} & \package{floatrow} \\ +% |\caption@lsep@default| & \package{babel-hungarian} \\ +% |\caption@sty@|\meta{name} & \package{floatrow} \\ +% \end{tabular}\end{quote} +% +% Furthermore the \package{floatrow} package uses the undocumented option +% |position=a| (as abbreviation of |position=auto|). +% +% The \package{lwarp} package uses a lot of internal commands as well, +% but we are working on it on the Git branch \texttt{feature/lwarp}: +% \url{https://gitlab.com/axelsommerfeldt/caption/-/tree/feature/lwarp} +% +% \StopEventually{} +% \clearpage +% \tableofcontents +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par} +% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack} +% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs} +% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo} +% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded} +% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse} +% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc} +% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow} +% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global} +% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth} +% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message} +% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox} +% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline} +% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write} +% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad} +% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape} +% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut} +% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily} +% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage} +% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip} +% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak} +% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine} +% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt} +% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par} +% +% \changes{v1.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages: \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% +% \iffalse +%<*package> +% \fi +% +% \section{Identification} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] +\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2020/10/26 v2.2f caption3 kernel (AR)] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Generic helpers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@nameundef} +% |\@nameundef|\marg{command name}\\ +% is the opposite to |\@name|\-|def| which is offered by the \LaTeX\ kernel. +% We use it to remove the definition of some commands and keyval options after +% |\begin{document}| (to save \TeX\ memory) and to remove caption options defined +% with |\caption|\-|setup|\oarg{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@nameundef[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\l@addto@macro} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/26}{Revised} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/11}{Relies on \eTeX{} now} +% |\l@addto@macro|\marg{command}\marg{code}\\ +% The \LaTeXe\ kernel offers the internal helper macro |\g@addto@macro| which +% globally adds tokens to existing macros, like in |\AtBeginDocument|. +% This one is the same but it works locally, not globally. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{% + \edef#1{\unexpanded\expandafter{#1#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\bothIfFirst} +% \changes{v2.2}{2020/09/21}{Usage of \cs{caption@prepare@bothif} added} +% \begin{macro}{\bothIfSecond} +% \changes{v2.2}{2020/09/21}{Usage of \cs{caption@prepare@bothif} added} +% |\bothIfFirst|\marg{code no. 1}\marg{code no. 2}\\ +% |\bothIfSecond|\marg{code no. 1}\marg{code no. 2}\\ +% |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument is not empty, |\bothIfSecond| +% tests if the second argument is not empty. If yes both arguments get +% typeset, otherwise none of them. +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bothIfFirst#1#2{\caption@bothif{#1}{#1#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\bothIfSecond#1#2{\caption@bothif{#2}{#1#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@bothif[2]{% + \begingroup + \caption@prepare@bothif + \protected@xdef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \endgroup + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else + #2% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepare@bothif} +% \changes{v2.2}{2020/09/21}{This macro added} +% |\caption@prepare@bothif|\\ +% re-defines anything which could disturb either |\both|\-|If|\-|First| or |\both|\-|If|\-|Second| check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@prepare@bothif{} +\g@addto@macro\caption@prepare@bothif{% + \let\inputencoding\@gobble} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifundefined} +% \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.3b}{2011/08/18}{Made expandable} +% |\caption@ifundefined|\marg{command}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% is similar to \cs{@ifundefined} offered by the \LaTeX kernel, +% but takes a command as argument instead of a command name. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifundefined[1]{% + \ifdefined#1% + \ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi + \else + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifdefined} +% \changes{v1.8e}{2018/05/11}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifdefined|\marg{command}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% is similar to \cs{@ifundefined} offered by the \LaTeX kernel, +% but takes a command as argument instead of a command name. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifdefined[1]{% + \ifdefined#1% + \ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifinlist} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Rewritten} +% |\caption@ifinlist|\marg{element}\marg{list}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% This helper command checks if the \meta{element} is in the comma separated +% \meta{list}. So for example +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@ifinlist{frank}{axel,frank,olga,steven}{yes}{no}| +% \end{quote} +% would expand to |yes|.\par +% (Note: Since this command is used by the \package{floatrow} package as well +% its syntax should not change.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifinlist{% + \@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@ifinlist[2]{% + \begingroup + \def\@tempa##1,#1,##2\@nil{% + \endgroup + \ifx\relax##2\relax + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi}% + \@tempa,#2,#1,\@nil}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifin@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifin@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{element}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% is the same as |\caption@ifinlist| but with a command (containing a list) +% instead of the list itself. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifin@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1% + {\@secondoftwo}% + {\@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist{#2}{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@addto@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@g@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{element}\\ +% adds an element to a command containing a list. +% (The command will get defined if it isn't defined yet.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@g@addto@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{\gdef#1{#2}}{\g@addto@macro#1{,#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@addto@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@l@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{element}\\ +% is the same as |\caption@g@addto@list| but works locally. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@addto@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{\def#1{#2}}{\l@addto@macro#1{,#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@removefrom@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@g@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{element}\\ +% removes an element from a command containing a list. +% \Note[Caveat]{\meta{cmd} will be expanded during this process since +% \cs{@removeelement} is using \cs{edef} to build the new list.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@g@removefrom@list[2]{% + \caption@l@removefrom@list#1{#2}% + \global\let#1#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@removefrom@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@l@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{element}\\ +% is the same as |\caption@g@removefrom@list| but works locally. +% \Note[Caveat]{\meta{cmd} will be expanded during this process since +% \cs{@removeelement} is using \cs{edef} to build the new list.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@removefrom@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{\@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{#2}#1#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@for@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@for@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% iterates all elements of the list (within \meta{cmd}) using the given +% \meta{code}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@for@list[2]{% + \caption@ifempty@list#1{}% + {\def\caption@tempb##1{#2}% + \@for\caption@tempa:=#1\do{% + \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty@list} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifempty@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% This helper command checks if the list (within \meta{cmd}) is empty. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifempty@list[1]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\relax + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else\ifx#1\@empty + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi\fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \pagebreak[3] +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setbool} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/05}{\cs{caption@set@bool}\marg{cmd}\marg{value} added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbool} +% \changes{v1.1}{2020/08/02}{\cs{caption@if@bool}\marg{value} added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefbool} +% For setting and testing boolean options we offer these three helper macros: +% \begin{quote} +% |\caption@setbool|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% | |(with |value = false/true/no/yes/off/on/0/1|)\\ +% |\caption@ifbool|\marg{name}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\\ +% |\caption@undefbool|\marg{name} +% \end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setbool[1]{% + \expandafter\caption@set@bool\csname caption@if#1\endcsname} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set@bool[2]{% + \caption@if@bool{#2}{\let#1\@firstoftwo}{\let#1\@secondoftwo}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@if@bool[1]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#1}{1,true,yes,on}% + {\@firstoftwo}% + {\caption@ifinlist{#1}{0,false,no,off}% + {}% + {\caption@Error{Undefined boolean value `#1'}}% + \@secondoftwo}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifbool[1]{\@nameuse{caption@if#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@undefbool[1]{\@nameundef{caption@if#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@teststar} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@teststar@} added} +% |\caption@teststar|\marg{cmd}\marg{star-arg}\marg{non-star-arg}\\ +% expands \meta{cmd} with either argument \marg{star-arg} or +% \meta{non-star-arg}, depending on if the next char is a star (or not).\par +% |\caption@teststar@|\marg{cmd}\marg{star-arg}\marg{non-star-arg}\\ +% will test the catcode of the character \@ additionally. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@teststar[3]{% + \@ifstar{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@teststar@[3]{% + \@ifstar{#1{#2}}{\caption@ifatletter{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}}} +\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@teststar@\caption@teststar} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifatletter} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifatletter|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% will either expand \meta{yes-code} or \meta{no-code}, +% depending on the catcode of the character \@. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifatletter{% + \ifnum\the\catcode`\@=11 + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@ifatletter\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@withoptargs} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{This macro revised} +% |\caption@withoptargs|\marg{cmd}\\ +% collects a star and all optional arguments, and expands \meta{cmd} +% afterwards with the collected stuff as first argument. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@withoptargs[1]{% + \@ifstar + {\def\caption@tempa{*}\caption@@withoptargs{#1}}% + {\def\caption@tempa{}\caption@@withoptargs{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@withoptargs#1{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\caption@@@withoptargs{#1}}% + {\caption@@@@withoptargs{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@withoptargs#1[#2]{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{[{#2}]}% + \caption@@withoptargs{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@@withoptargs#1{% + \def\caption@tempb{#1}% + \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@gobble} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/19}{This macro added} +% |\caption@gobble*|\oarg{arg}\oarg{\ldots}\marg{arg}\\ +% is similar to |\@gobble| but gobbles a star and optional arguments as well. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@gobble{% + \caption@withoptargs\@gobbletwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@AtBeginDocument} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/13}{This macro and its usage added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the combine document class} +% |\caption@AtBeginDocument*|\marg{code}\\ +% is similar to |\AtBeginDocument| but the execution of code will be +% surrounded by two |\Package|\-|Info|s. +% The starred variant causes the code to be executed after all code +% specified using the non-starred variant. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@begindocumenthook\@empty +\let\caption@@begindocumenthook\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@teststar\g@addto@macro + \caption@@begindocumenthook\caption@begindocumenthook} +%\@onlypreamble\caption@AtBeginDocument +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{Begin \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifstar{\g@addto@macro\caption@@begindocumenthook}\@firstofone}% + \caption@begindocumenthook + \let\caption@begindocumenthook\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \@ifstar\@firstofone\@firstofone}% + \caption@@begindocumenthook + \let\caption@@begindocumenthook\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@InfoNoLine{End \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Information, Warnings, and Errors} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Info} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/25}{Moved from package to kernel} +% |\caption@Info|\marg{message}\\ +% issues an info message (with code line indication). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Info[1]{% + \PackageInfo{caption}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@InfoNoLine} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/25}{Moved from package to kernel} +% |\caption@InfoNoLine|\marg{message}\\ +% issues an info message without code line indication. +% \Note{The \cs{@gobble} at the end of the 2nd argument of +% \cs{PackageInfo} suppresses the line number info. +% See TLC2\cite{TLC2}, A.4.7, p885 for details.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@InfoNoLine[1]{% + \caption@Info{#1\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Warning} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings} +% |\caption@Warning|\marg{message}\\ +% issues a warning message (with code line indication). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Warning[1]{% + \caption@WarningNoLine{#1\on@line}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@WarningNoLine} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings} +% |\caption@WarningNoLine|\marg{message}\\ +% issues a warning message without code line indication. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@WarningNoLine[1]{% + \PackageWarning{caption}{#1.^^J\caption@wh\@gobbletwo}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@wh{% + See the caption package documentation for explanation.} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@Error} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/20}{This macro added, will now be used for errors} +% \changes{v1.0o}{2007/04/11}{Renamed from \cs{caption@error} to \cs{caption@Error}} +% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed} +% \changes{v2.2a}{2020/09/28}{\cs{caption@eh} renamed to \cs{caption@@eh} and revised} +% |\caption@Error|\marg{message}\\ +% issues an error message (with code line indication). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@Error[1]{% + \PackageError{caption}{#1}{\caption@@eh{caption}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@eh[1]{% + If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak + at the documentation of the `#1' package, especially the\MessageBreak + section about errors.\MessageBreak\@ehc} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@KV@err} +% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{This macro added} +% |\caption@KV@err|\marg{message}\\ +% will be used to issue an error while parsing the key-value (package) +% options. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@KV@err\caption@Error +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Using the keyval package} +% +% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here.\par +% \emph{TODO:} Use some recent stuff instead, for example kvdefinekey and kvsetkeys. +% \begin{macrocode} +\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10] +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\undefine@key} +% |\undefine@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\\ +% is the opposite of |\define@key|, it removes a keyval definition. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\undefine@key[2]{% + \@nameundef{KV@#1@#2}\@nameundef{KV@#1@#2@default}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@onlypreamble@key} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/11/01}{\cs{KV@err} will be used now instead of \cs{@notprerr}} +% |\onlypreamble@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\\ +% marks a keyval definition only valid in the document preamble, analogous to +% |\@only|\-|preamble| from \LaTeXe. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@preamble@keys{} +\providecommand*\@onlypreamble@key[2]{\@cons\@preamble@keys{{#1}{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\@onlypreamble@key +\@onlypreamble\@preamble@keys +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\@notprerr@key[1]{\KV@err{Can be used only in preamble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument*{% + \def\@elt#1#2{\expandafter\let\csname KV@#1@#2\endcsname\@notprerr@key}% + \@preamble@keys + \let\@elt\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOption} +% |\DeclareCaptionOption*|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\\ +% We declare our options using these commands (instead of using +% |\Declare|\-|Option| offered by \LaTeXe), so the keyval package is used. +% The starred form makes the option available during the lifetime of the +% current package only, so they can be used with |\use|\-|package|, but +% \emph{not} with |\caption|\-|setup| later on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOption{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declareoption[2]{% + #1{\undefine@key{caption}{#2}}\caption@declare@option{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declare@option{% + \define@key{caption}} +%% no \@onlypreamble\caption@declare@option since it will be used by \captionsetup +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*|\marg{option}\marg{code}\\ +% is the same as |\DeclareCaptionOption| but issues an error if a value is +% given. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption@novalue\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@declareoption@novalue[3]{% + \caption@declareoption{#1}{#2}[\KV@err]{% + \caption@option@novalue{#2}{##1}{#3}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption@novalue +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@option@novalue[2]{% + \ifx\KV@err#2% + \expandafter\@firstofone + \else + \KV@err{No value allowed for #1}% + \expandafter\@gobble + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionsetup@star} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{This macro added} +% If the starred form of |\caption|\-|setup| is used, this will be set to |true|. +% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@set|\-|keys|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaptionsetup@star +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionsetup} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Bugfix: Missing \% added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{Starred-variant added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{\cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} will be set now} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{Support of multiple optional arguments added} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{Syntax check of saved options added} +% |\captionsetup*|\oarg{type}\ldots\marg{keyval-list of options}\\ +% applies the given list of options. +% If the optional argument `type' is specified, we simply save or append +% the option list, otherwise we `execute' it with |\set|\-|keys|. +% (The non-starred variant issues a warning if \meta{keyval-list of options} +% is not used later on.) +% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionsetup{% + \caption@teststar@\@captionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@captionsetup[1]{% + \captionsetup@startrue#1\captionsetup@starfalse + \@ifnextchar[%] + \caption@setup@options\caption@setup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setup{\caption@setkeys{caption}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@setup@options[#1]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\caption@stepthecounter + \caption@withoptargs{\@expandtwoargs + \caption@setup@options@i{#1}{@\caption@thecounter}}}% + {\caption@setup@options@{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setup@options@i[4]{% + \caption@declare@option{#2}[]{\captionsetup#3{#4}}% + \caption@setup@options@{#1}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setup@options@[2]{% + \@bsphack + \ifcaptionsetup@star\captionsetup@starfalse\else\caption@addtooptlist{#1}\fi + \caption@checkoptions{#2}% + \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname{#2}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checkoptions} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{This macro added} +% |\caption@checkoptions|\marg{keyval-list of options}\\ +% checks the syntax of the given options by executing them inside a group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@checkoptions[1]{% + \begingroup + \caption@prepare@optioncheck + \caption@setup{#1}% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@prepare@optioncheck{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\IfCaptionOptionCheck} +% \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} +% |\IfCaptionOptionCheck|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% executes the \meta{yes-code} if options are just checked for syntax, +% and \meta{no-code} if not. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\IfCaptionOptionCheck\@secondoftwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\g@addto@macro\caption@prepare@optioncheck{% + \let\IfCaptionOptionCheck\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\clearcaptionsetup} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/17}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% |\clearcaptionsetup*|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\\ +% removes the saved option list associated with \meta{type}. +% If \meta{option} is given, only this option will be removed from the list. +% (The starred variant does not issue warnings.) +% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\clearcaptionsetup{% + \caption@teststar@\@clearcaptionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\@clearcaptionsetup[1]{% + \let\caption@tempa#1% + \@testopt\@@clearcaptionsetup{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\@@clearcaptionsetup[#1]#2{% + \@bsphack + \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + {\caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{Option list `#2' undefined}}}% + {\ifx,#1,% + \caption@clearsetup{#2}% + \else + \caption@@removefromsetup{#1}{#2}% + \fi}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@clearsetup[1]{% + \caption@removefromoptlist{#1}% + \@nameundef{caption@opt@#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@removefromsetup{% + \let\caption@tempa\@gobble + \caption@@removefromsetup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@removefromsetup[2]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname\@undefined + \def\@tempb##1=##2\@nil{##1}% + \edef\@tempc{#1}% + \@for\@tempa:=\@tempa\do{% + \edef\@tempd{\expandafter\@tempb\@tempa=\@nil}% + \ifx\@tempd\@tempc + \let\caption@tempa\@gobble + \else + \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@l@addto@list + \expandafter\csname caption@opt@#2\expandafter\endcsname + \expandafter{\@tempa}% + \fi}% + \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname + {\caption@removefromoptlist{#2}}{}% + \caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{% + Option `#1' was not in list `#2'}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\showcaptionsetup} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/03}{Optimized for memory usage} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Bugfix: Does not expand option list anymore} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% |\showcaptionsetup|\oarg{package}\marg{type}\\ +% shows the saved option list which is associated with \meta{type} +% (as warning message). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\showcaptionsetup[2][\@firstofone]{% + \@bsphack + \GenericWarning{}{% + #1 Caption Info: Option list on `#2'\MessageBreak + #1 Caption Data: \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#2}{% + -none-% + }{% + {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\strip@prefix + \expandafter\meaning\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname}% + }}% + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/02}{Option \opt{options=} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/05}{Option \opt{options*=} added} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Option \opt{options*=} removed} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{options}{\caption@setoptions{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptions} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/01/26}{Revised} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument removed} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/11}{Usage of \cs{clearcaptionsetup} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/09}{Renamed from \cs{caption@settype} to \cs{caption@setoptions}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/05}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Starred variant removed} +% |\caption@setoptions|\marg{type or environment or\ldots}\\ +% applies caption options which have been saved with |\caption|\-|setup|\oarg{type}. +% To prevent multiple application the list will be cleared (locally) afterwards. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setoptions[1]{% + \caption@Debug{options=#1}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@opt\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname + \ifx\caption@opt\relax \else + \caption@xsetup\caption@opt + \caption@clearsetup{#1}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@xsetup[1]{\expandafter\caption@setup\expandafter{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtooptlist} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@removefromoptlist} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2c}{2008/08/24}{Fatal typo corrected} +% |\caption@addtooptlist|\marg{type}\\ +% |\caption@removefromoptlist|\marg{type}\\ +% adds or removes an \meta{type} to the list of unused caption options. +% Note that the catcodes of \meta{type} are sanitized here so removing +% \meta{type} from the list do not fail when the \package{float} package +% is used (since |\float@getstyle| gives a result which tokens have catcode +% 12 $=$ ``other''). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addtooptlist[1]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#1@lineno}% + {\caption@dooptlist\caption@g@addto@list{#1}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname{\the\inputlineno}}% + {}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@removefromoptlist[1]{% + \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@removefrom@list{#1}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@dooptlist[2]{% + \begingroup + \edef\@tempa{#2}\@onelevel@sanitize\@tempa + \expandafter#1\expandafter\caption@optlist\expandafter{\@tempa}% + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtEndDocument{% + \caption@for@list\caption@optlist + {\caption@WarningNoLine{% + Unused \string\captionsetup[#1] + on input line \csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setkeys} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/20}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@keydepth} added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/08}{\cs{caption@keydepth} is now a command instead of a counter} +% \changes{v1.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed, we use \cs{caption@KV@err} instead} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/12}{\cs{captionsetup@starfalse} added} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/09/30}{Bugfix 09-09-29: Missing error handler will be defined automatically} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/24}{Redefinition of \cs{XKV@err} added} +% |\caption@setkeys|\oarg{package}\marg{family}\marg{key-values}\\ +% expands to |\setkeys|\marg{family}\marg{key-values}, +% but lets the error messages not refer to the \package{keyval} package +% but to the \meta{package} package instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setkeys{\@dblarg\caption@@setkeys} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@setkeys[#1]#2#3{% + \@bsphack +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@err + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@errx + \expandafter\let\csname ORI@XKV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname\XKV@err + \edef\caption@keydepth{\caption@keydepth i}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname #1@KV@err\endcsname + \ifx\KV@err\relax + \def\KV@err##1{\PackageError{#1}{##1}{% + See the #1 package documentation for explanation.}}% + \fi + \def\KV@errx{\KV@err}% + \def\XKV@err{\let\@tempa\XKV@tkey\KV@err}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@Debug{\noexpand\setkeys{#2}{#3}}% + \setkeys{#2}{#3}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \edef\caption@keydepth{\expandafter\@gobble\caption@keydepth}% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@errx\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname + \expandafter\let\expandafter\XKV@err\csname ORI@XKV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\caption@keydepth\@empty \captionsetup@starfalse \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@esphack} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@keydepth\@empty +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ExecuteOptions} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Depends on package now} +% |\caption@ExecuteOptions|\marg{package}\marg{key-value options}\\ +% applies the given options using the keyval interface, so we use this one +% instead of |\Execute|\-|Options| offered by \LaTeXe. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ExecuteOptions[2]{% + \expandafter\@expandtwoargs\csname caption@setkeys@#1\endcsname{#1}{#2}}% +\@onlypreamble\caption@ExecuteOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ProcessOptions} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix, see \purett{news:400D360C.9678329F@gmx.net} for details} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/03}{Improvement, uses \cs{caption@setkeys} instead of \cs{setkeys}} +% \changes{v1.0h}{2006/02/23}{Bugfix, now processes only those global options which have a default value} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{\cs{ProcessOptionsWithKV} renamed to \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} and moved from the package to the kernel} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/04/17}{Starred variant added} +% |\caption@ProcessOptions*|\marg{package}\\ +% processes the given options using the keyval package, so we use this one +% instead of |\Process|\-|Options| offered by \LaTeXe. +% The starred variant does not process the global options. +% (This code was taken from the \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref} +% \version{6.74} and modified.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ProcessOptions{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@ProcessOptions\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\caption@ProcessOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@ProcessOptions[2]{% + \let\@tempc\relax + \let\caption@tempa\@empty + #1{% \@firstofone -or- \@gobble + \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{% + \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption}{}{% + \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption @default}{% + \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' ignored}% + }{% + \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' processed}% + \edef\caption@tempa{\caption@tempa\CurrentOption,}% + \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement\CurrentOption + \@unusedoptionlist\@unusedoptionlist + }% + }% + }% + \let\CurrentOption\@empty + }% + \caption@ExecuteOptions{#2}{\caption@tempa\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}% + \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@ProcessOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@SetupOptions} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{This macro added} +% |\caption@SetupOptions|\marg{package}\marg{code}\\ +% After application of this command |\caption@Execute|\-|Options| and +% |\use|\-|package| will both be mapped to \meta{code} with \meta{package} +% and \meta{options} as arguments |#1| and |#2|. +% (This helps avoiding ``Option clash'' errors.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@SetupOptions[2]{% + \@namedef{caption@setkeys@#1}##1##2{#2}% + \expandafter\@onlypreamble\csname caption@setkeys@#1\endcsname + \@cons\caption@SetupOptions@list{{#1}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@SetupOptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@SetupOptions@list{} +\@onlypreamble\caption@SetupOptions@list +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@onefilewithoptions\@onefilewithoptions +\def\@onefilewithoptions#1[#2]{% + \begingroup + \def\@tempa{% + \endgroup + \caption@onefilewithoptions{#1}[{#2}]}% + \def\@tempb{#1}% + \def\@elt##1{% + \def\@tempc{##1}% + \ifx\@tempb\@tempc + \def\@tempa{% + \endgroup + \caption@ExecuteOptions{#1}{#2}% + \caption@onefilewithoptions{#1}[]}% + \fi} + \caption@SetupOptions@list + \@tempa} +\@onlypreamble\caption@onefilewithoptions +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Declaring and setting key values} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@decl} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@decl|\oarg{command}\marg{option}\marg{name}\\ +% is used for declaring boxes, fonts, formats etc. +% (It defines |\caption@|\meta{option}|@|\meta{name} +% using the given \meta{command}.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@decl[3][\def]{% + \global\long\expandafter#1\csname caption@#2@#3\endcsname} +\@onlypreamble\caption@decl +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifdecl} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifdecl|\marg{option}\marg{name}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% checks if the given \meta{option} and \meta{name} combination is +% already declared. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifdecl[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@#1@#2}\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@checkdecl} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{This macro added} +% |\caption@checkdecl|\marg{option}\marg{name}\marg{yes-code}\\ +% behaves similar to |\caption@if|\-|decl| but issues an error message if the +% given \meta{option} plus \meta{name} is not defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@checkdecl[2]{% + \caption@ifdecl{#1}{#2}% + \@firstofone + {\caption@Error{Undefined #1 `#2'}% + \@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@set} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{Uses \cs{def} instead of \cs{let} internally} +% |\caption@set|\marg{option}\marg{name}\\ +% sets the declared \meta{option} to \meta{name}, for example +% |label|\-|format| to |simple|. +% Note that since version \version{2.0} future changes to \meta{name} +% (via |\caption@decl|) will effect the outcome, +% for example |\caption@decl{labelformat}{simple}\ldots| will not only change +% the definition of the label format |simple| but also effect the current +% label format if set to |simple| (via |\caption@set|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@set{% + \caption@maparg\caption@@set}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@set[3]{% + \caption@checkdecl{#1}{#3}{% +% \expandafter\edef\csname caption@@#2\endcsname{#3}% could be used for debugging + \expandafter\def\csname caption@#2\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter{\csname caption@#1@#3\endcsname}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SetCaptionDefault} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/28}{Check for `default' added to prevent infinite loop} +% |\SetCaptionDefault*|\marg{option}\marg{name}\\ +% sets the default value for the \meta{option}. +% The starred variant is only relevant for setting default values for lengths +% like |margin|. (See definition of |\caption@set|\-|default@length| for +% details.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\SetCaptionDefault{% + \caption@teststar\caption@setdefault\def\edef} +\@onlypreamble\SetCaptionDefault +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setdefault[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@setdefault@#2}% + {\caption@maparg\caption@@setdefault}% + {\@nameuse{caption@setdefault@#2}{#1}}% + {#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setdefault[3]{% + \caption@ifdefault{#3}% + {\caption@Error{Invalid argument for \string\SetCaptionDefault: `#3'}}% would cause an infinite loop otherwise + {\caption@@set{#1}{#2@default}{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifdefault} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/23}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifdefault|\marg{value}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% expands to \meta{yes-code} if the \meta{value} expands to `default', +% and to \meta{no-code} otherwise. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifdefault{\caption@ifequal{default}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifequal[2]{% + \edef\caption@tempa{#1}% + \edef\caption@tempb{#2}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setmapping} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/23}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setmapping|\marg{source option}\marg{destination option}\\ +% sets a mapping from the \meta{source option} to the +% \meta{destination option}, for example |label|\-|font| to |font| +% since |label|\-|font| does not have any own definitions but shares +% them with |font|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setmapping[2]{% + \@namedef{caption@map@#1}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@setmapping +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@maparg} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/23}{This macro added} +% |\caption@maparg|\marg{command}\marg{option}\\ +% similar to |\@dblarg| but either duplicates the given \meta{option} or +% expands it to \meta{destination option} plus \meta{option} if a mapping +% was defined for the given option (via |\caption@set|\-|mapping|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@maparg[2]{% + \@ifundefined{caption@map@#2}% + {#1{#2}}% + {#1{\csname caption@map@#2\endcsname}}% + {#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@switchdefault} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@switchdefault\marg{option}|\marg{code with \#1}\marg{name}\\ +% like |\Set|\-|Caption|\-|Default| but first expands the given code with the +% to-be-overwritten internal command as argument, so it can be stored (and +% restored later on). +% The main purpose of this command is switching default settings in +% \package{babel} language packages, e.g.: +% \begin{quote}|\caption@switchdefault{labelfont}{\babel@save #1}{sc}|\end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@switchdefault#1#2{% + \def\caption@tempa##1{#2}% + \expandafter\caption@tempa\csname caption@#1@default\endcsname + \caption@setdefault\def{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@restoredefault} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/01}{This macro added} +% |\caption@restoredefault\marg{option}|\marg{command}\\ +% restores a default setting which was stored to \meta{command} before +% (via |\caption@switch|\-|default|). +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@restoredefault#1#2{% + \caption@checkdecl{#1}{default}{% + \caption@ifdefined#2{% + \expandafter\let\csname caption@#1@default\endcsname#2% + \let#2\@undefined}{}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SetCaptionFallback} +% \changes{v2.2}{2020/09/21}{This macro added} +% |\SetCaptionFallback|\marg{option}\marg{name}\\ +% sets the fallback value for the \meta{option}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\SetCaptionFallback{% + \caption@maparg\caption@@setfallback} +\@onlypreamble\SetCaptionFallback +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setfallback[3]{% + \caption@ifequal{fallback}{#3}% + {\caption@Error{Invalid argument for \string\SetCaptionFallback: `#3'}}% would cause an infinite loop otherwise + {\caption@@set{#1}{#2@fallback}{#3}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@setfallback +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@decl@package} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{This macro added} +% |\caption@decl@package|\marg{option}\marg{cmd}\oarg{package}\marg{name}\ldots\\ +% Helper command to declare a caption package option value which is dependent +% on the existence of a specific package, for example the |font| value +% |one|\-|half|\-|spacing| which is dependent on the \package{setspace} +% package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@decl@package[2]{% + \@ifnextchar[%] + {\caption@declare@package{#1}{#2}}% + {\caption@declarepackage{#1}{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@decl@package +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@declare@package#1#2[#3]#4{% + \global\@namedef{caption@#1@#4@package}{#3}% + #2{#4}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declare@package +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declarepackage[3]{% + \global\@nameundef{caption@#1@#3@package}% + #2{#3}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarepackage +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@load@package} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{This macro added} +% |\caption@load@package|\marg{option}\marg{value}\\ +% If the given option value needs a package, it will be loaded automatically. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@load@package[2]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tempa\csname caption@#1@#2@package\endcsname + \caption@ifdefined\caption@tempa + {\caption@requirepackage\caption@tempa{#1=#2}}% + {}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Declaring and setting lengths} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLength} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/09}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionLength|\marg{name}\marg{default value}\\ +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item Defines a new length (dimension) +% \item Installes a hook for |\caption@set|\-|default| so +% |\caption@set|\-|default@length| will be used to set a default +% value for this length +% \item Sets a default value using |\Set|\-|Caption|\-|Default*|. +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLength[1]{% + \expandafter\newdimen\csname caption#1\endcsname + \@namedef{caption@setdefault@#1}##1{% + \caption@setdefault@length{##1}}% + \SetCaptionDefault*{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLength +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefault@length} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/09}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setdefault@length*|\marg{cmd}\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% sets a default value for the given \meta{length}, either using |\def| +% (if the starred variant is used) or |\edef| (if the non-starred variant is +% used). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setdefault@length[3]{% + \expandafter#1\csname caption#2@default\endcsname{#3}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlength} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/09}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlength|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% sets a length to either the given \meta{value} or to the default value if +% \meta{value} is `default'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlength[2]{% + \caption@ifdefault{#2}% + {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tempa\csname caption#1@default\endcsname}% + {\def\caption@tempa{#2}}% + \expandafter\setlength\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Margin resp. width} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/01}{\cs{captionmarginx} renamed to \cs{captionmargin@}} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Option `twoside' added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Options `margin*', `minmargin', and `maxmargin' added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/10}{Option `oneside' added} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionmargin} +% \begin{macro}{\captionwidth} +% |\captionmargin| and |\captionwidth| contain the extra margin +% resp. the total width used for captions. Please never set these values in +% a direct way, they are just accessible in user documents to provide +% compatibility to \version{1.x} of the \package{caption} package.\par +% Note that we can only set one value at a time, `margin' \emph{or} `width'. +% If |\caption|\-|width| is not zero we will take this value afterwards, +% otherwise |\caption|\-|margin| and |\caption|\-|margin@|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLength{margin}{0pt} +\DeclareCaptionLength{margin@}{\the\captionmargin} +\DeclareCaptionLength{width}{0pt} +\newdimen\caption@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{margin}{\setcaptionmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{margin*}{\setcaptionmargin*{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{width}{\setcaptionwidth{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{width*}{\setcaptionwidth*{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcmargin}{\caption@setcalcmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcmargin*}{\caption@setcalcmargin*{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcwidth}{\caption@setcalcwidth{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{calcwidth*}{\caption@setcalcwidth*{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{twoside}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{oneside}{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside0} +\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside{\if@twoside 1\else 0\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{minmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@minmargin{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{maxmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@maxmargin{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionmargin} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setmargin} to \cs{setcaptionmargin}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{\cs{setcaptionmargin} enhanced so it can take left+right margin} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{\cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin} \& \cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin@} swapped so `\texttt{margin*=}\cs{captionmargin}' works in singleline options} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcmargin} added} +% |\setcaptionmargin*|\marg{amount}\\ +% sets the caption margin to the given \meta{amount}. +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptionmargin{% + \caption@resetcalcmargin + \caption@setmargin} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setmargin{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setmargin\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setmargin[2]{% + #1{\captionwidth\z@}% + \caption@@@setmargin#2,#2,\@nil} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@setmargin#1,#2,#3\@nil{% + \caption@setlength{margin}{#1}% + \caption@setlength{margin@}{#2}% + \addtolength\captionmargin@{-\captionmargin}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionwidth} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setwidth} to \cs{setcaptionwidth}} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{Support for option \opt{calcwidth} added} +% |\setcaptionwidth*|\marg{amount}\\ +% sets the caption width to the given \meta{amount}. +% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to +% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\setcaptionwidth{% + \caption@resetcalcmargin + \caption@setwidth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setwidth{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setwidth\@gobble\@firstofone} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setwidth[2]{% + #1{\captionmargin\z@\captionmargin@\z@}% + \caption@setlength{width}{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setcalcmargin} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setcalcmargin*|\marg{amount}\\ +% sets the caption margin to the given \meta{amount} +% right before the caption will be typeset, i.e.\meta{amount} will +% not be evaluated immediately. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setcalcmargin{% + \caption@teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@setmargin}% + \@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setcalcmargin[3]{% + #2{\caption@resetcalcmargin + \l@addto@macro\caption@calcmargin@hook{#1{#3}}}% + {\l@addto@macro\caption@calcmargin@hook{#1*{#3}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetcalcmargin} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@resetcalcmargin|\\ +% clears the value which was stored in |\caption@set|\-|calc|\-|margin|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetcalcmargin{% + \let\caption@calcmargin@hook\@empty} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setcalcwidth} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/07}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setcalcwidth*|\marg{amount}\\ +% sets the caption width to the given \meta{amount} +% right before the caption will be typeset, i.e.\meta{amount} will +% not be evaluated immediately. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setcalcwidth{% + \caption@teststar{\caption@@setcalcmargin\caption@setwidth}% + \@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@thecounter} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This counter added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{Renamed from \cs{caption@counter} to \cs{caption@thecounter}; \cs{caption@stepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/04/09}{\cs{caption@stepcounter} renamed to \cs{caption@stepthecounter}} +% Internal counter. +% At the moment it will be used inside |\caption@if|\-|odd|\-|page| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@thecounter{0} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@stepthecounter{% + \@tempcnta\caption@thecounter + \advance\@tempcnta\@ne\relax + \xdef\caption@thecounter{\the\@tempcnta}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@newlabel} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% |\caption@newlabel|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\ +% This command is a modified version of |\new|\-|label| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be written to the \texttt{.aux} file to +% pass label information from one run to another. +% (We use it inside |\caption@if|\-|odd|\-|page|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@newlabel{\@newl@bel{caption@r}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@thepage} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% This command is a modified version of |\the|\-|page| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@if|\-|odd|\-|page| only. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@thepage{\the\c@page} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@label} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@newlabel} in aux file added} +% |\caption@label|\marg{name}\\ +% This command is a modified version of |\label| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@if|\-|odd|\-|page| and |\FP@help|\-|Note|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@label[1]{% + \caption@@label + \protected@write\@auxout{\let\caption@thepage\relax}% + {\string\caption@newlabel{#1}{\caption@thepage}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@label{% + \global\let\caption@@label\relax + \protected@write\@auxout{}% + {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@newlabel[2]{}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@pageref} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Uses \cs{@latex@warning} instead of \cs{caption@Warning} now} +% |\caption@pageref|\marg{name}\\ +% This command is a modified version of |\page|\-|ref| from \LaTeX2e. +% It will be used inside |\caption@if|\-|odd|\-|page| and |\FP@help|\-|Note|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@pageref[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname\relax + \G@refundefinedtrue % => 'There are undefined references.' + \@latex@warning{Reference `#1' on page \thepage \space undefined}% + \else + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@thepage\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifoddpage} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{Incrementation of counter moved to \cs{caption@@make}} +% Currently this macro uses an own label\ldots ref mechanism, +% but an alternative implementation method would use the +% \package{refcount} package\cite{refcount} and +% |\ifodd\get|\-|page|\-|ref|\-|number{|\ldots|}|. +% Maybe we will change that in a later release. +% \Note{This macro re-defines itself so the \texttt{.aux} file will +% only be used once per group.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifoddpage{% + \caption@iftwoside{% + \caption@label\caption@thecounter + \caption@pageref\caption@thecounter + \ifodd\caption@thepage + \let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo + \else + \let\caption@ifoddpage\@secondoftwo + \fi + }{\let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifoddpage} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptcmd} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/11}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setoptcmd|\marg{command}\marg{off -or- value}\\ +% defines the given \meta{command} to \meta{value}, +% but if \meta{value} if `off' the given \meta{command} is undefined instead. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setoptcmd[2]{% + \caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{\let#1\@undefined}{\def#1{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Indentions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@indent} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Renamed from \cs{captionindent} to \cs{caption@indent}} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@parindent} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hangindent} +% These are the indentions we support. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLength{@indent}{0pt} +\DeclareCaptionLength{@parindent}{0pt} +\DeclareCaptionLength{@hangindent}{0pt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Defaults added for options \opt{parindent=} and \opt{hangindent=}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Option \opt{parskip=}: \cs{AtBeginCaption} replaced by \cs{caption@@par}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Undocumented defaults for \opt{parindent=}, \opt{hangindent=}, and \opt{parskip=} removed} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{indent}[\leftmargini]{% obsolete + \caption@setlength{@indent}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{indention}[\leftmargini]{% + \caption@setlength{@indent}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}{% + \caption@setlength{@parindent}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hangindent}{% + \caption@setlength{@hangindent}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@@par{\setlength\parskip{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Styles} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionStyle} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\cs{caption@sls} renamed to \cs{caption@slsty}} +% |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{single-line-list-of-KV}\marg{list-of-KV} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionStyle[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@declarestyle{#1}}{}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionStyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@declarestyle#1[#2]#3{% + \caption@decl{style}{#1}% + {\def\caption@slsty{#2}% + \def\caption@sty{#3}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% The \package{floatrow} package uses |\@if|\-|undefined{caption@sty@#1}| to +% determine in |\flrow@set|\-|style| if a caption style is defined or not. +% Since the \package{floatrow} package is unmaintained we fake the definition +% so the test will still work. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@namedef{caption@sty@#1}{\@unused}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarestyle +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/01/20}{Option \opt{style*=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{style}{\caption@setstyle{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{style*}{\caption@setstyle*{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setstyle} +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/06/01}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{Recursive style definitions should work now} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@ifdecl} and \cs{caption@checkdecl} now} +% |\caption@setstyle*|\marg{name}\\ +% Selecting a caption style means saving the additional +% \meta{single-line-list-of-KV} (this will be done by |\caption@sl|\-|sty|), +% resetting the caption options to the base ones (this will be done using +% |\caption@reset|\-|style|) and executing the \meta{list-of-KV} options +% (this will be done using |\caption@setup|).\par +% The starred version will give no error message if the given style is not +% defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setstyle{% + \caption@teststar\caption@@setstyle\caption@ifdecl\caption@checkdecl} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setstyle[2]{% + #1{style}{#2}% + {\caption@set{style}{#2}% + \caption@style % defines \caption@sty & \caption@slsty + \ifx\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined + \let\caption@setstyle@flag\relax % prevent \caption@resetstyle if called recursively + \caption@resetstyle + \caption@xsetup\caption@sty + \let\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined + \else + \caption@xsetup\caption@sty + \fi}% + {}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetstyle} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/02/04}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@setdefault} to \cs{caption@resetstyle}} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Usage of \opt{size=} added} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \opt{rule} added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\opt{box=parbox} added} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{\opt{box=none} added, \opt{box=parbox} changed to \opt{parbox=parbox}} +% |\caption@resetstyle|\\ +% This resets (nearly) all caption options to the base ones. +% \emph{Note that this does not touch the skips and the positioning.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@resetstyle{% + \caption@setup{% + box=none,boxcolor=white,parbox=parbox,% + format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,textformat=simple,% + font=,labelfont=,textfont=,size=,% + justification=justified,slc,rule,strut,% + margin=0pt,minmargin=0,maxmargin=0,% + indent=0pt,parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\opt{indent=0pt} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/02/04}{Caption style `default' renamed to `base', and a new `default' added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/03/31}{\opt{format=plain} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{\opt{format=plain} removed from caption style \opt{default}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\opt{box=default} added to caption style \opt{default}} +% Currently there are two pre-defined styles, called `base' \& `default'. +% The first one is a perfect match to the behavior of |\@make|\-|caption| +% offered by the standard \LaTeX\ document classes (and was called `default' +% in \thispackage\ \version{1.0}), the second one matches the document +% class actually used. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{} +\DeclareCaptionStyle{default}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{% + box=default,% + format=default,labelformat=default,labelsep=default,textformat=default,% + font=default,labelfont=default,textfont=default,size=default,% + justification=default,slc=default,margin=default,% + indent=default,parindent=default,hangindent=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{This macro added} +% |\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck|\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck[2]{% + \caption@decl{singlelinecheck}{#1}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{slc=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{singlelinecheck}[1]{\caption@setsinglelinecheck{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{slc}[1]{\KV@caption@singlelinecheck{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% These are the pre-defined single-line-check code snippets. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck{on}{\@firstoftwo} +\DeclareCaptionSinglelinecheck{off}{\@secondoftwo} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `on'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{singlelinecheck}{on} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setsinglelinecheck} +% \changes{v2.0}{2018/03/13}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setsinglelinecheck|\marg{value}\\ +% sets the single-line-check either on or off, +% where \meta{value} could be either a \meta{name} or boolean value. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setsinglelinecheck[1]{% + \caption@ifdecl{singlelinecheck}{#1}% + {\caption@set{singlelinecheck}{#1}}% + {\caption@set@bool\caption@singlelinecheck{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Boxes} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionBox} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% \changes{v2.2f}{2020/10/26}{\cs{par} is now allowed as part of the \meta{code} argument} +% |\DeclareCaptionBox|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionBox[2]{% + \caption@decl{box}{#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionBox +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{Option \opt{box=} added} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{Option \opt{parbox=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{box}{\caption@set{box}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{parbox}{\caption@set{parbox}{#1}} +\caption@setmapping{parbox}{box} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% There are four pre-defined boxes, called `empty', `none', +% `parbox', and `colorbox'. +% \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{We define \cs{captionbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v1.0l}{2006/03/09}{Bugfix 07-03-09: \cs{captionbox} changed from \cs{parbox-t} to \cs{parbox-b}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/11}{\cs{captionbox} renamed to \cs{caption@parbox}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{\cs{caption@parbox} adapted to \cs{DeclareCaptionBox}} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/02}{Option \opt{boxsep=} added} +% \changes{v2.1b}{2020/09/17}{Missing braces re-added to \opt{colorbox} option code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionBox{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionBox{none}{#2} +\DeclareCaptionBox{parbox}{\parbox[b]{#1}{#2}} +\DeclareCaptionBox{colorbox}{% + \colorbox{\caption@boxcolor}{% + \setlength\caption@tempdima{#1}% + \addtolength\caption@tempdima{-2\fboxsep}% + \linewidth\caption@tempdima\relax + \hsize\caption@tempdima\relax + #2}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{boxcolor}{\def\caption@boxcolor{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{boxsep}{\setlength\fboxsep{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `none' resp.~`parbox'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{box}{none} +%\SetCaptionDefault{parbox}{parbox} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFormat} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/15}{Optional argument added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\cs{caption@ifh} renamed to \cs{caption@ifhmode}} +% |\DeclareCaptionFormat*|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\\ +% The starred form causes the code being typeset in vertical (instead of +% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFormat{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declareformat\@gobble\@firstofone} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declareformat[2]{% + \@dblarg{\caption@@declareformat#1{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declareformat +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@declareformat#1#2[#3]#4{% + \caption@decl[\edef]{format}{#2}{% + \unexpanded{\let\caption@ifhmode#1}% + \unexpanded{\long\def\caption@slfmt}####1####2####3\unexpanded{{#3}}% + \unexpanded{\long\def\caption@fmt}####1####2####3\unexpanded{{#4}}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declareformat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@useformat} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/31}{This macro added} +% |\caption@useformat|\marg{name}\\ +% expands |\caption@fmt| based on the given format \meta{name}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@useformat[1]{% used by caption-koma.sto + \caption@checkdecl{format}{#1}{% + \begingroup + \@nameuse{caption@format@#1}\global\let\caption@tempa\caption@fmt + \endgroup\caption@tempa}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{format}{\caption@set{format}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Caption format \opt{default} renamed to \opt{normal}} +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/05/12}{Caption format \opt{normal} renamed to \opt{@normal}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{Caption format \opt{@normal} renamed to \opt{plain} and documented} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{Single-line variant of caption format \opt{hang} added} +% There are two pre-defined formats, called `plain' and `hang'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFormat{hang}[#1#2#3\par]{% + \caption@iflabelseparatorwithnewline + {\caption@Error{% + The option `labelsep=\caption@labelsep@name' does not work\MessageBreak + with `format=hang'}}% + {\@hangfrom{#1#2}% + \advance\caption@parindent\hangindent\relax + \advance\caption@hangindent\hangindent\relax + \caption@@par#3\par}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `plain'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{format}{plain} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Label formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat[2]{% + \caption@decl{labelformat}{#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelformat}{\caption@set{labelformat}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/16}{Caption label format \opt{brace} added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{Caption label format \opt{autodot} added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/05/22}{Caption label format \opt{autodot} fixed} +% \changes{v1.8}{2016/05/22}{Caption label format \opt{unnumbered} added} +% There are six pre-defined label formats, called `empty', `simple', +% `parens', `brace', `autodot', and `unnumbered'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{parens}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}(#2)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{brace}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2)} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{autodot}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2\autodot} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{unnumbered}{#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/03}{Caption label format \opt{original} added} +% The label format `original' tries to preserve the original definition +% of the label format which was defined by |\fnum@|\meta{environment}. +% If no original definition is available, use the label format `simple' +% as fallback. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{original}{% + \caption@ifdefined\caption@original@fnum + {\caption@original@fnum}% + {\caption@labelformat@fallback{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `original' resp. `simple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{labelformat}{original} +\SetCaptionFallback{labelformat}{simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Label separators} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{Starred variant added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/13}{Test for CR added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Test for CR revised} +% \changes{v2.0}{2018/05/15}{Variant with two stars added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\cs{caption@iflf} renamed to \cs{caption@iflabelfont}} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{\cs{caption@lsep} renamed to \cs{caption@labelsep}} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Definition of \cs{caption@labelsep@name} added} +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\ +% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator**|\marg{name}\marg{condition}\marg{code}\\ +% The starred form causes the label separator to be typeset \emph{without} +% using |\caption|\-|label|\-|font|. +% The two-starred form uses \meta{condition} to decide if the label separator +% should be typeset with or without using |\caption|\-|label|\-|font|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{% + \@ifstar + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator@ + {\caption@declarelabelseparator\@firstofone}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator@{% + \@ifstar + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator@@ + {\caption@declarelabelseparator\@gobble}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator@@[2]{% + \caption@declarelabelseparator + {#2\@gobble\@firstofone}% + {#1}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator@@ +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@declarelabelseparator[3]{% + \caption@decl{labelseparator}{#2}% + {\def\caption@iflabelfont{#1}% + \def\caption@labelsep@name{#2}% + \def\caption@labelsep{#3}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Unfortunately |\Declare|\-|Float|\-|Separators| of the \package{floatrow} +% package mis-uses |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator| instead of +% storing the definition on its own. Since the \package{floatrow} package is +% unmaintained we have to store the separator definition inside +% |\caption@lsep@|\meta{name} for \package{floatrow}, too. (Sigh!) +% \begin{macrocode} + \@namedef{caption@lsep@#2}{#3}} +% \end{macrocode} +% Since the `default' caption label separator will usually not be defined +% with |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Label|\-|Separator|, we need to define +% |\caption@lsep@default| manually. +% \Note{This definition is used by \package{magyar.ldf} but only needs to be different +% than \cs{caption@lsep} (which is usually undefined).} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@lsep@default{\caption@labelseparator@default\caption@labelsep}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declarelabelseparator +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@LabelSeparatorWithNewline} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{This macro added} +% |\caption@LabelSeparatorWithNewline|\marg{name}\\ +% adds the given label separator to a list of label separators which uses +% |\\| internally. (They are incompatible to the `hang' caption format.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@LabelSeparatorWithNewline[1]{% + \caption@g@addto@list\caption@labelsep@crlist{#1}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@LabelSeparatorWithNewline +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iflabelseparatorwithnewline} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/31}{This macro added} +% |\caption@iflabelseparatorwithnewline|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% tests if the current label separator uses |\\| internally. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@iflabelseparatorwithnewline{% + \caption@ifin@list\caption@labelsep@crlist\caption@labelsep@name} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelsep}{\caption@set{labelseparator}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelseparator}{\caption@set{labelseparator}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.0e}{2005/06/11}{Caption label separator \opt{newline} implementation changed from \cs{newline} to \cs{textbackslash}} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Caption label separator \opt{endash} added} +% \changes{v1.12}{2020/05/30}{Caption label separator \opt{newline} implementation changed from \cs{textbackslash} to \cs{captionnewline}} +% There are seven pre-defined label separators, called `none', `colon', `period', `space', +% `quad', `newline', and `endash'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{none}{} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period}{. } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{space}{ } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{quad}{\quad} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{newline}{\captionnewline} +% TODO: \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator should detect on its own if it contains \captionnewline or not +\caption@LabelSeparatorWithNewline{newline} % does not work with "format=hang" +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{endash}{\space\textendash\space} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v2.2c}{2020/10/10}{Caption label separators \opt{gobble} and \opt{gobbletwo} added} +% +% It's a common hack to mis-use |\fnum@figure| and |\fnum@table| to replace the caption +% label separator, for example changing the separator to a period plus space with +% \begin{quote} +% |\renewcommand\fnum@figure[1]{\figurename~\thefigure.}| +% \end{quote} +% or dropping the label and separator completely with +% \begin{quote} +% |\renewcommand\fnum@figure[1]{\ignorespaces}|\quad +% \end{quote} +% (taken from \url{http://compgroups.net/comp.text.tex/figure-without-caption/1915079}). +% +% We emulate the behaviour of |\@make|\-|caption| of the base document classes +% \class{article}, \class{report}, and \class{book} in this regard (in |\caption@@@make|) +% so these hacks still work if the \package{caption} package is loaded. +% +% These are the label separators used when one or two tokens after the label format +% should be dropped, called `gobble' and `gobbletwo': +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{gobble}{ } +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{gobbletwo}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\captionnewline} +% \changes{v1.12}{2020/05/30}{This macro added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/31}{\cs{relax} added to definition} +% |\captionnewline|\\ +% will be used in the caption label separator |new|\-|line|, +% and re-defined for |long|\-|table| environments +% (in package \package{ltcaption}). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\captionnewline{\\\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% `default' usually maps to `colon'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{labelseparator}{colon} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Text formats} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionTextFormat} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{This macro added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2019/09/10}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% \changes{v2.2f}{2020/10/26}{\cs{par} is now allowed as part of the \meta{code} argument} +% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\DeclareCaptionTextFormat[2]{% + \caption@decl{textformat}{#1}##1{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionTextFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textformat}{\caption@set{textformat}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% There are three pre-defined text formats, called `empty', `simple' and `period'. +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/05}{Pre-defined text format `empty' added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{The text format `empty' now takes care of the \cs{label}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{empty}{% + \caption@get@label#1\caption@makeanchor{}\@nil + \caption@thelabel + \global\let\caption@thelabel\relax} +\long\def\caption@get@label#1\caption@makeanchor#2#3\@nil{% + \def\caption@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty + \caption@getlabel{#1}% + \else + \caption@getlabel{#2}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{simple}{#1} +\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{period}{#1.} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `simple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{textformat}{simple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@getlabel} +% \changes{v1.0}{2011/09/03}{\cs{label} can have optional arguments now} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/16}{Moved from \package{bicaption} package to \package{caption3}} +% \changes{v1.8d}{2019/09/01}{Bugfix: Global definition of \cs{caption@thelabel} added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/23}{Syntax changed} +% |\caption@getlabel|\marg{text}\\ +% gets the label command out of the given caption text and stores it to +% |\caption@the|\-|label|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@getlabel[1]{% + \caption@@getlabel#1\label{}\@nil} +\long\def\caption@@getlabel#1\label#2#3\@nil{% + \def\@tempa{#2}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty + \let\caption@thelabel\relax + \else + \def\@tempb{*}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \def\caption@thelabel{\label*}% + \caption@@@getlabel#3\@nil + \else + \def\caption@thelabel{\label}% + \caption@@@getlabel{#2}#3\@nil + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@@getlabel#1#2\@nil{% + \def\@tempa{#1}% + \def\@tempb{[}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \caption@@@@getlabel#1#2\@nil + \else + \l@addto@macro\caption@thelabel{{#1}}% + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@@@getlabel[#1]#2\@nil{% + \l@addto@macro\caption@thelabel{[{#1}]}% + \caption@@@getlabel#2\@nil} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@thelabel\relax +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{strut=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{strut}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifstrut{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Fonts} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFont} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{Bugfix: Multi token arguments are allowed now} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Internal: Uses \cs{caption@fnt} instead of \cs{caption@temp} now} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{Check for \package{ragged2e} package related options added} +% \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{Optional argument \opt{package} added} +% |\DeclareCaptionFont|\oarg{package}\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFont{% + \caption@decl@package{font}{\caption@declarefont}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFont +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declarefont[2]{% + \caption@decl{font}{#1}##1{#2}% + \define@key{caption@font}{#1}[]{\caption@addto@font{#1}{##1}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declarefont +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addto@font[1]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% Load package first, if necessary + \caption@load@package{font}{#1}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Add the content to \cs{caption@fnt} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@add@to@font{font}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@add@to@font[3]{% + \expandafter\g@addto@macro\expandafter\caption@fnt\expandafter{\csname caption@#1@#2\endcsname{#3}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{font}{\caption@setfont{font}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{font+}{\caption@addtofont{font}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont}{\caption@setfont{labelfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont+}{\caption@addtofont{labelfont}{#1}} +\caption@setmapping{labelfont}{font} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont}{\caption@setfont{textfont}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont+}{\caption@addtofont{textfont}{#1}} +\caption@setmapping{textfont}{font} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfont} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/30}{Usage of \cs{caption@setkeys} with optional argument} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{Support of \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} added} +% |\caption@setfont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\\ +% Selecting a caption font means saving all the code snippets +% in |\caption|\meta{name}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setfont[1]{% + \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\@empty + \caption@addtofont{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtofont} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{This macro added} +% |\caption@addtofont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\\ +% Like |\caption@set|\-|font|, but adds the code snippets to |\caption|\meta{name}. +% Because we use |\set|\-|keys| recursive here we need to do this inside an +% extra group. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addtofont[2]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fnt\csname caption#1\endcsname + \begingroup + \define@key{caption@font}{default}[]{\caption@add@to@font{#1}{default}{##1}}% + \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@font}{#2}% + \endgroup + \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption@fnt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% These are the pre-defined font code snippets. +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Color font support added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalcolor}{\normalcolor} +\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalfont}{\normalfont} +\DeclareCaptionFont{up}{\upshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{it}{\itshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sl}{\slshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sc}{\scshape} +\DeclareCaptionFont{md}{\mdseries} +\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries} +\DeclareCaptionFont{rm}{\rmfamily} +\DeclareCaptionFont{sf}{\sffamily} +\DeclareCaptionFont{tt}{\ttfamily} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.7}{2018/05/01}{Missing font sizes \texttt{tiny}, \texttt{LARGE}, \texttt{huge}, and \texttt{Huge} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{tiny}{\tiny} +\DeclareCaptionFont{scriptsize}{\scriptsize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{footnotesize}{\footnotesize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normalsize}{\normalsize} +\DeclareCaptionFont{large}{\large} +\DeclareCaptionFont{Large}{\Large} +\DeclareCaptionFont{LARGE}{\LARGE} +\DeclareCaptionFont{huge}{\huge} +\DeclareCaptionFont{Huge}{\Huge} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/01}{Font sizes \texttt{smaller} and \texttt{larger} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{smaller}{\caption@smaller} +\DeclareCaptionFont{larger}{\caption@larger} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{none}{} +\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{% + \caption@font@normalcolor\@unused + \caption@font@normalfont\@unused + \caption@font@normalsize\@unused + \caption@font@singlespacing\@unused} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `none'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{font}{none} +\SetCaptionDefault{labelfont}{none} +\SetCaptionDefault{textfont}{none} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The \package{floatrow} package uses the fonts `footfont` and `@tempa` additionally, +% so we need to map and define the default value for them, too. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setmapping{footfont}{font} +\SetCaptionDefault{footfont}{none} +\caption@setmapping{@tempa}{font} +\SetCaptionDefault{@tempa}{none} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@smaller} +% |\caption@smaller|\\ +% selects a font size which is smaller than the current one. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@smaller{% + \ifx\@currsize\tiny + \relax + \else\ifx\@currsize\scriptsize + \tiny + \else\ifx\@currsize\footnotesize + \scriptsize + \else\ifx\@currsize\small + \footnotesize + \else\ifx\@currsize\normalsize + \small + \else\ifx\@currsize\large + \normalsize + \else\ifx\@currsize\Large + \large + \else\ifx\@currsize\LARGE + \Large + \else\ifx\@currsize\huge + \LARGE + \else\ifx\@currsize\Huge + \huge + \else + \caption@Warning{% + Cannot determine current font size.\MessageBreak + Try setting it with `size=' explicitly}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@larger} +% |\caption@larger|\\ +% selects a font size which is larger than the current one. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@larger{% + \ifx\@currsize\tiny + \scriptsize + \else\ifx\@currsize\scriptsize + \footnotesize + \else\ifx\@currsize\footnotesize + \small + \else\ifx\@currsize\small + \normalsize + \else\ifx\@currsize\normalsize + \large + \else\ifx\@currsize\large + \Large + \else\ifx\@currsize\Large + \LARGE + \else\ifx\@currsize\LARGE + \huge + \else\ifx\@currsize\huge + \Huge + \else\ifx\@currsize\Huge + \relax + \else + \caption@Warning{% + Cannot determine current font size.\MessageBreak + Try setting it with `size=' explicitly}% + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@hypersetup} +% |\caption@hypersetup|\marg{options}\\ +% expands to |\hypersetup|\marg{options} if defined, to nothing otherwise. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@hypersetup{\caption@ifdefined\hypersetup\hypersetup\@gobble} +\DeclareCaptionFont{hypersetup}{\caption@hypersetup{#1}} % for usage in \captionsetup{font={hypersetup=...}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{hypersetup}{\caption@hypersetup{#1}} % for usage in \captionsetup[<env>]{hypersetup=...} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Sizes} +% +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Option \opt{size=} now sets \cs{captionsize} instead of \cs{captionfont}} +% The old versions \version{1.x} of \thispackage\ offered this +% command to setup the font size used for captions. We still do +% so old documents will work fine. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{size}{\caption@setfont{size}{#1}} +\caption@setmapping{size}{font} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `none'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{size}{none} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Justifications} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionJustification} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{DeclareCaptionFont}} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\oarg{package}\marg{name}\marg{code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionJustification{% +% \caption@decl@package{justification}{\caption@decl{justification}}} % Because of floatrow it isn't so easy... +% \end{macrocode} +% Unfortunately the (unmaintained) \package{floatrow} uses the old storage scheme +% of the \package{caption} package and therefore expects the justification code +% in |\caption@hj@|\meta{name} instead of |\caption@justification@|\meta{name}. +% For this reason we have to store the code for the \package{floatrow} package +% additionally, so |\flrow@FBo|\-|Align| will still work fine. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@withoptargs\caption@declare@justification} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declare@justification[3]{% + \caption@decl@package{justification}{\caption@decl{justification}}#1{#2}{#3}% + \expandafter\let\csname caption@hj@#2\expandafter\endcsname\csname caption@justification@#2\endcsname} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionJustification +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{justification}{% + \caption@load@package{justification}{#1}% + \caption@set{justification}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% These are the pre-defined justification code snippets. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{justified}{} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centering}{\centering} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerfirst}{\centerfirst} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerlast}{\centerlast} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedleft}{\raggedleft} +\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `justified'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{justification}{justified} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\centerfirst} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerfirst} to \cs{centerfirst}} +% Please blame Frank Mittelbach for the code of |\center|\-|first| |:-)| +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\centerfirst{% + \let\\\@centercr + \edef\caption@normaladjust{% + \leftskip\the\leftskip + \rightskip\the\rightskip + \parfillskip\the\parfillskip\relax}% + \leftskip\z@\@plus -1fil% + \rightskip\z@\@plus 1fil% + \parfillskip\z@skip + \noindent\hskip\z@\@plus 2fil% + \@setpar{\@@par\@restorepar\caption@normaladjust}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\centerlast} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerlast} to \cs{centerlast}} +% This one is based on code from Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\centerlast{% + \let\\\@centercr + \leftskip\z@\@plus 1fil% + \rightskip\z@\@plus -1fil% + \parfillskip\z@\@plus 2fil\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Vertical spaces before and after captions} +% +% \begin{macro}{\abovecaptionskip} +% \begin{macro}{\belowcaptionskip} +% Usually these skips are defined within the document class, but some +% document classes don't. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\abovecaptionskip{% + \newlength\abovecaptionskip\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}}{} +\caption@ifundefined\belowcaptionskip{% + \newlength\belowcaptionskip\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0\p@}}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{skip=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{aboveskip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{belowskip}{\setlength\belowcaptionskip{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{skip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@rule} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{This macro added} +% |\caption@rule|\\ +% Draws an invisible rule to adjust the ``skip'' setting. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@rule{\caption@ifrule\caption@hrule\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{rule=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{rule}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifrule{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Positioning} +% +% These macros handle the right position of the caption. +% Note that the position is actually \emph{not} controlled by the +% \package{caption3} kernel options, but by the user (or a specific package +% like the \package{float} package) instead. +% The user can put the |\caption| command wherever he likes! So this stuff +% is only to give us a \emph{hint} where to put the right skips, the user +% usually has to take care for himself that this hint actually matches the +% right position. +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@declare@position} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{This macro added} +% |\caption@declare@position|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\ +% declares a captionposition setting of the given \meta{name}, +% \meta{code} must either expand to |\@first|\-|of|\-|two| (top) or +% |\@second|\-|of|\-|two| (below). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declare@position[2]{% + \caption@decl{position}{#1}{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declare@position +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{position}{\caption@setposition{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/09}{Options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{\captionsetup*[figure]{position=#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{figureposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{\captionsetup*[table]{position=#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{tableposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setposition} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/22}{Now the positions \opt{t}, \opt{above}, \opt{b}, \opt{below}, and \opt{a} are allowed, too} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/08/10}{Usage of \cs{caption@defaultpos} added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Uses \cs{caption@set} now} +% |\caption@setposition|\marg{position}\\ +% puts |\caption@position| to the right value. +% (Note: Since this command is used by the \package{floatrow} package as well +% its syntax should not change.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setposition{\caption@set{position}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% These are the pre-defined position code snippets. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@declare@position{t}{\@firstoftwo} +\caption@declare@position{top}{\@firstoftwo} +\caption@declare@position{above}{\@firstoftwo} +\caption@declare@position{b}{\@secondoftwo} +\caption@declare@position{bottom}{\@secondoftwo} +\caption@declare@position{below}{\@secondoftwo} +\caption@declare@position{a}{\caption@autoposition}% needed by floatrow package, \flrow@cappos +\caption@declare@position{auto}{\caption@autoposition} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Default position changed from `bottom' to `auto'} +% `default' usually maps to `auto'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{position}{auto} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@autoposition} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{This macro added} +% If in doubt, `position=auto' maps to `position=below'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@autoposition\@secondoftwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftop} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{Split into \cs{caption@iftop} \& \cs{caption@fixposition}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Adapted to \cs{caption@defaultpos}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/08}{Position will be fixed to `bottom' if `auto'} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'} +% |\caption@iftop|\marg{true-code}\marg{false-code}\\ +% Since version \version{2.0} this command is identical to |\caption@position|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@iftop{\caption@position} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@fixposition} +% \changes{v1.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{ifvmode} added} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Split into \cs{caption@fixposition} & \cs{caption@autoposition}} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'} +% |\caption@fixposition|\\ +% We try to guess the current position of the caption by checking |\prev|\-|depth|.\par +% A different solution would be setting the |\space|\-|factor| to something +% not much less than 1000 (for example 994) in |\caption@start| and +% checking this value here by |\ifnum\space|\-|factor=994|. +% (It's implemented in the \package{threeparttable} package\cite{threeparttable} this way.)\par +% Another idea would be checking |\@if|\-|mini|\-|page|, but since some packages +% typeset the caption within a simple |\vbox| this does not seem to be a good one. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@fixposition{% + \ifvmode + \edef\caption@tempa{\the\prevdepth}% + \caption@Debug{\protect\prevdepth=\caption@tempa}% + \ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ + \let\caption@autoposition\@secondoftwo % position=below + \else + \let\caption@autoposition\@firstoftwo % position=above + \fi + \else + \caption@Debug{no \protect\prevdepth}% + \let\caption@autoposition\@secondoftwo % position=below + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setautoposition} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{Adapted to current implementation of `auto'} +% |\caption@setautoposition|\marg{position}\\ +% replaces the above algorithm by a different one (or a fixed position setting). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setautoposition[1]{% + \def\caption@fixposition{\caption@@set{position}{autoposition}{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Hooks} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginCaption} +% \begin{macro}{\AtEndCaption} +% |\AtBeginCaption|\marg{code}\\ +% |\AtEndCaption|\marg{code}\\ +% These hooks can be used analogous to |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document| and +% |\At|\-|End|\-|Document|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@beginhook{} +\newcommand*\caption@endhook{} +\newcommand*\AtBeginCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@beginhook} +\newcommand*\AtEndCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@endhook} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Lists} +% +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Option \opt{listof=} added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{list=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{list}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listof}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlist} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/03/20}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlist|\marg{boolean value}\\ +% sets the `list' option to either `off' or `on'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlist{\caption@set@bool\caption@iflist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setlist{on} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Option \opt{listtype=} added} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Option \opt{listtype+=} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtype}{\caption@setlisttype{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtype+}{\caption@setlisttype@ext{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlisttype} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlisttype|\marg{type}\\ +% sets the `listtype' option to the given \meta{type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlisttype{% + \caption@setlisttype@ext{}% + \caption@@setlisttype\caption@listtype} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@setlisttype[2]{% + \edef#1{#2}% + \ifx#1\@empty \let#1\@undefined \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlisttype@ext} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{This macro added} +% |\caption@setlisttype@ext|\marg{type extension}\\ +% sets the `listtype' option to the given \meta{type extension}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setlisttype@ext{% + \caption@@setlisttype\caption@listtype@ext} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionListFormat} +% \changes{v1.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareCaptionListOfFormat} to \cs{DeclareCaptionListFormat}} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{Uses \cs{caption@decl} now} +% |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionListFormat[2]{% + \caption@decl{listformat}{#1}##1##2{#2}} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionListFormat +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/15}{Option \opt{listofformat=} added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{listofformat=} renamed to \opt{listformat=}} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listformat}{\caption@set{listformat}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% There are seven pre-defined list formats. (The first five were taken from the \package{subfig} package.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{empty}{} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{simple}{#1#2} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subsimple}{#2} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{parens}{#1(#2)} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subparens}{(#2)} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{period}{#1#2.} +\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subperiod}{#2.} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% `default' usually maps to `subsimple'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\SetCaptionDefault{listformat}{subsimple} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@lstfmt} +% \changes{v2.0}{This macro added} +% To provide backward compatibility we still offer \cs{caption@lstfmt}. +% (\cs{caption@lstfmt} is used in the \package{dgruyter} package.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@lstfmt{\caption@listformat} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Debug option} +% \changes{v1.0k}{2007/03/04}{Debug option added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{debug}[1]{% + \caption@set@bool\caption@ifdebug{#1}% + \caption@ifdebug + {\let\caption@Debug\caption@Info}% + {\let\caption@Debug\@gobble}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption{debug}{\setkeys{caption}{debug}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\setkeys{caption}{debug=0} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Document class support} +% \changes{v2.0}{2018/05/11}{Document class support re-written} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption@standard} +% \begin{macrocode} +% article|report|book.sty [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class] +\newcommand\@makecaption@standard[2]{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}% + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1: #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +\@onlypreamble\@makecaption@standard +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption@arabic} +% \begin{macrocode} +% arabicore.sty [2006/01/01 v1.0 Arabi Core switching commands (may still change)] +\newcommand\@makecaption@arabic[2]{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}% + \sbox\@Arabitempboxa{\textRL{#2} : #1}% + \if@rl{ + \ifdim \wd\@Arabitempboxa >\hsize + \textRL{#2} : #1\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@Arabitempboxa\hfil}% + \fi}\else{ + \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize + #1: #2\par + \else + \global \@minipagefalse + \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi}\fi + \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +\@onlypreamble\@makecaption@arabic +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption@latvian} +% \begin{macrocode} +% latvian.ldf [2018/02/19 v2.0b Latvian support from the babel system] +\newcommand\@makecaption@latvian[2]{% + \vskip10\p@ + \sbox\@tempboxa{#1\if\empty#2\else: #2\fi}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize + #1: #2\par + \else + \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\@makecaption@latvian +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifdocumentclass} +% Boolean switch which is set if the document class could be detected +% successfully, i.e. |\caption@document|\-|class| is set to a proper value. +% (If |\caption@document|\-|class| is already set, this flag will also be set.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@setbool{documentclass}{1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@documentclass} +% \changes{v1.8e}{2018/05/11}{This macro added} +% Determine document class used. +% Set |\caption@document|\-|class| by good-guessing, if not already set. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifundefined\caption@documentclass{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@ifclassloaded{beamer}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{beamer document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{beamer}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }{\@ifclassloaded{elsarticle}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{elsarticle document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{elsarticle}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }{\@ifclassloaded{memoir}{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{memoir document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{memoir}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + }{\caption@ifdefined\scr@caption{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{KOMA-Script document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{koma}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If |\@captionheadfont| is defined, we assume it's a AMS or SMF document class. +% \begin{macrocode} + }{\caption@ifdefined\@captionheadfont{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{AMS or SMF document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{ams-smf}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If |\CaptionFonts| is defined, we assume it's a NTG Dutch document class. +% \begin{macrocode} + }{\caption@ifdefined\CaptionFonts{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{NTG document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{ntg}% +% \end{macrocode} +% If |\cph@font| and |\cpb@font| are defined, we assume it's the thesis document class. +% \begin{macrocode} + }{\caption@ifdefined\cph@font{% + \caption@ifdefined\cpb@font\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo + }{% + \@secondoftwo + }{% + \caption@InfoNoLine{thesis document class detected}% + \def\caption@documentclass{thesis}% + }{% +% \end{macrocode} +% If the definition of |\@make|\-|caption| matches the one from the standard +% \LaTeX\ document classes |article|, |report|, or |book|, we assume it's +% either one of them or is compatible to them. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\@makecaption\@undefined + \caption@InfoNoLine{Document class w/o caption stuff detected}% + \else + \ifx\@makecaption\@makecaption@standard + \caption@InfoNoLine{Standard document class detected}% + \else + \ifx\@makecaption\@makecaption@arabic + \caption@InfoNoLine{arabic babel option detected}% + \else + \ifx\@makecaption\@makecaption@latvian + \caption@InfoNoLine{latvian babel option detected}% + \else +% \end{macrocode} +% Otherwise we are clueless and use standard default settings for the captions. +% (And we unset the |document|\-|class| flag to indicate that the content of +% |\caption@document|\-|class| is not correct.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@InfoNoLine{% + Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak + standard defaults will be used}% + \caption@InfoNoLine{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption\@gobble}% + \caption@setbool{documentclass}{0}% unknown document class + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@documentclass\@empty % don't load adaption code later on + }}}}}}}% +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AtCaptionPackage} +% \changes{v2.0}{2018/05/14}{This macro added} +% |\AtCaptionPackage|\marg{code}\\ +% can be used by the document class adaption packages to execute extra code +% if the \package{caption} package is loaded (later on). +% This code will by applied right before the package options are evaluated. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\AtCaptionPackage{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@documentclass@code} +\@onlypreamble\AtCaptionPackage +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@documentclass@code{} +\@onlypreamble\caption@documentclass@code +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AfterCaptionPackage} +% \changes{v2.1}{2020/09/12}{This macro added} +% |\AfterCaptionPackage|\marg{code}\\ +% can be used by the document class adaption packages to execute extra code +% if the \package{caption} package is loaded (later on). +% This code will by applied at the very end. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\AfterCaptionPackage{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@endtitles@code} +\@onlypreamble\AfterCaptionPackage +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@endtitles@code{} +\@onlypreamble\caption@endtitles@code +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Babel support} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded} +% |\caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded|\marg{option}\marg{cmd}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% expands the given \meta{yes-code} if |\caption@if|\-|babel@|\meta{option} +% is set and \meta{cmd} is defined. +% Otherwise the \meta{no-code} is expanded.\par +% This way the adaption could be prevented by defining +% \begin{quote}|\def\caption@ifbabel@|\meta{option}|{false}|\end{quote} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded[4]{% + \caption@ifdefined#2\@firstofone\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \caption@if@bool{\@nameuse{caption@ifbabel@#1}}% + {\def\caption@tempa{\caption@ifdefined#2}}% + {\let\caption@tempa\@secondoftwo}% + \caption@tempa + {\caption@InfoNoLine{#1 babel package is loaded}#3}% + {#4}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{The arabic \& farsi babel option} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/20}{\package{arabic} babel support added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/02}{\package{arabic} babel support updated} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/02}{\package{farsi} babel support added} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{arabi}{\if@rl\space\fi: } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfBabelArabi} +% |\caption@IfBabelArabic|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@IfBabelArabi{% + \caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded{arabi}{\ArabiCoreLoaded}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfBabelArabi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbabel@arabi{true} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfBabelArabi{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@rl} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/20}{This macro added} +% \begin{macrocode} + \newcommand\caption@rl[1]{\if@rl\textRL{#1}\else\textLR{#1}\fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% If the language `arabic' or `farsi' is selected, we switch the default label separator to `arabi'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\extrasarabic{% + \addto\extrasarabic{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel@save #1}{arabi}}}{}% + \caption@ifdefined\extrasfarsi{% + \addto\extrasfarsi{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel@save #1}{arabi}}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{% + \let\caption@rl\@firstofone +} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The babel-french package} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchb} babel support added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/01}{\package{french} babel support updated} +% +% We provide a `french' caption label separator. +% |\caption@french@label|\-|separator| will be defined later on, +% dependent on the `french' package used later on. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{french}{\caption@french@labelseparator} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfBabelFrench} +% |\caption@IfBabelFrench|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@IfBabelFrench{% + \caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded{french}{\FB@makecaption}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfBabelFrench +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbabel@french{true} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfBabelFrench{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The \package{babel-french} package uses |\Caption|\-|Separator| as label separator. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand\caption@french@labelseparator{\CaptionSeparator}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Add a space before the label separator `colon' in French +% in order to avoid problems when |Auto|\-|Space|\-|Punctuation| is set to |false|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifFB@active@punct + \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{% + \ifFBfrench\penalty\@M\FBcolonspace\fi : }% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We switch the default label separator to `french', dependant on the switches +% |Customise|\-|Fig|\-|Tab|\-|Captions| and |Old|\-|Fig|\-|Tab|\-|Captions|. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifFBOldFigTabCaptions + \caption@ifdefined\extrasfrench{% + \addto\extrasfrench{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel@save #1}{french}}}{}% + \caption@ifdefined\extrasacadian{% + \addto\extrasacadian{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel@save #1}{french}}}{}% + \else + \ifFBCustomiseFigTabCaptions + \caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \ifFB@mainlanguage@FR + \SetCaptionDefault{labelseparator}{french}% + \fi}% + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The frenchle \& frenchpro package} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/01}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support updated} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfFrenchLe} +% |\caption@IfFrenchLe|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@IfFrenchLe{% + \caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded{frenchle}{\frenchTeXmods}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfBabelFrenchLe +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbabel@frenchle{true} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfFrenchLe{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The \package{frenchle} package uses |\caption|\-|separator| plus |\space| as label separator. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \providecommand\caption@french@labelseparator{\captionseparator\space}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the language `french' is selected, we switch the default label separator to `french', +% and switch the default font to `it' and the default label font to `up'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \g@addto@macro\extrasfrench{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\let\caption@original@labelseparator#1}{french}% + \caption@switchdefault{font}{\let\caption@original@font#1}{it}% + \caption@switchdefault{labelfont}{\let\caption@original@labelfont#1}{up}}% + \g@addto@macro\extrasenglish{% + \caption@restoredefault{labelseparator}{\caption@original@labelseparator}% + \caption@restoredefault{font}{\caption@original@font}% + \caption@restoredefault{labelfont}{\caption@original@labelfont}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Since the \package{frenchle} package overwrites |\caption|\-|font| and |\caption|\-|label|\-|font| +% (within |\GOfrench|) we need to save them beforehand and restore them afterwards. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\captionfont@original\captionfont + \let\captionlabelfont@original\captionlabelfont}% + \g@addto@macro\GOfrench{% + \let\captionfont\captionfont@original + \let\captionlabelfont\captionlabelfont@original}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The babel-hungarian package} +% \changes{v1.3}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} babel support added} +% \changes{v1.3a}{2011/08/12}{\package{magyar} babel support revised} +% \changes{v1.8b}{2018/08/26}{\package{magyar} babel support revised} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/03}{\package{magyar} babel support updated} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{magyar}{#2\bothIfSecond{.~}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfBabelHungarian} +% |\caption@IfBabelHungarian|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@IfBabelHungarian{% + \caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded{hungarian}{\magyar@opt@defaults}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfBabelHungarian +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbabel@hungarian{true} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfBabelHungarian{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the language `hungarian' or `magyar' is selected, +% we switch the default label format to `magyar', the default separator to `period', +% and the default list format to `subperiod'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\extrashungarian{% + \addto\extrashungarian{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelformat}{\babel@save #1}{magyar}% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel@save #1}{period}% + \caption@switchdefault{listformat}{\babel@save #1}{subperiod}}}{}% + \caption@ifdefined\extrasmagyar{% + \addto\extrasmagyar{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelformat}{\babel@save #1}{magyar}% + \caption@switchdefault{labelseparator}{\babel@save #1}{period}% + \caption@switchdefault{listformat}{\babel@save #1}{subperiod}}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The latvian babel option} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{latvian}{#2\bothIfSecond{~}{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfBabelLatvian} +% |\caption@IfBabelLatvian|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@IfBabelLatvian{% + \caption@IfBabelPackageLoaded{latvian}{\bbl@latvianindent}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@IfBabelLatvian +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@ifbabel@latvian{true} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@IfBabelLatvian{% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% If the language `latvian' is selected, we switch the default label format to `latvian'. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\extraslatvian{% + \addto\extraslatvian{% + \caption@switchdefault{labelformat}{\babel@save #1}{latvian}}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +}{} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Package support} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifpackageloaded} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{This macro added} +% |\caption@ifpackageloaded|\marg{package}\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% expands the given code if the given package is (not) loaded. +% (Note: We cannot use |\@if|\-|package|\-|loaded| here since it's not +% available after |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifpackageloaded[1]{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@#1.\caption@pkgextension\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\@firstoftwo + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@pkgextension\@pkgextension +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@pkg@list} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{This macro added} +% We used this in the past as list of packages loaded +% |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document|. +% (Note: Old |.aux| files could contain +% |\@cons|\-|\caption@pkg@list|\-|{{|\meta{package}|}}|, +% so this macro should always be defined, even if we don't use it anymore.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@pkg@list{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@requirepackage} +% \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{This macro revised} +% |\caption@requirepackage|\marg{package}\marg{option}\marg{value}\\ +% indicates that the given package option needs a package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@requirepackage[2]{% + \caption@ifpackageloaded{#1}{}{\caption@@requirepackage{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@requirepackage[2]{% + \@cons\caption@packagelist{{#1}{#2}}} % load package later on +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \renewcommand*\caption@@requirepackage[2]{% + \caption@Error{Option `#2' requires the `#1' package}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@packagelist} +% \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} +% We use this as list of packages loaded |\At|\-|Begin|\-|Document|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@packagelist{} +\@onlypreamble\caption@packagelist +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\caption@tempa{\endgroup}% + \begingroup + \def\@elt#1#2{% + \g@addto@macro\caption@tempa{% + \caption@loadpackage{#1}{#2}}}% + \caption@packagelist + \caption@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@loadpackage} +% \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{This macro added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/26}{This macro revised} +% |\caption@loadpackage|\marg{package}\marg{option}\marg{value}\\ +% loads the given package immediately. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@loadpackage[2]{% + \caption@ifpackageloaded{#1}{}{\caption@@loadpackage{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@loadpackage[2]{% + \caption@Info{Option `#2' requires the `#1' package}% + \RequirePackage{#1}\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \let\caption@@loadpackage\caption@@requirepackage} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{The newfloat package} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@newfloat} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{Usage of \cs{caption@ifpackageloaded} replaced by \cs{RequirePackage}} +% \changes{v1.11}{2020/05/10}{Usage of \cs{RequirePackage} replaced by \cs{caption@usepackage}} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/27}{This macro revised} +% |\caption@newfloat|\marg{option}\marg{value}\marg{code}\\ +% loads the \package{newfloat} package and executes the given code afterwards. +% (Note: Since the package might use the crappy \package{keyval} +% package, too, we need to save \& restore some macros here, otherwise this +% recursion won't work properly.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@newfloat[2]{% + \IfCaptionOptionCheck + {\caption@requirepackage{newfloat}{#1}}% + {\let\KV@prefix@ORI\KV@prefix + \let\@tempc@ORI\@tempc + \caption@loadpackage{newfloat}{#1}% + #2% + \let\@tempc\@tempc@ORI + \let\KV@prefix\KV@prefix@ORI}} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.0c}{2004/08/03}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/04}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} re-written} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/18}{Option \opt{name} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figurename}{\caption@SetName{figure}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{figurename} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tablename}{\caption@SetName{table}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{tablename} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/02/28}{Options \opt{listfigurename} and \opt{listtablename} added} +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listfigurename}{\caption@SetName{listfigure}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{listfigurename} +\DeclareCaptionOption{listtablename}{\caption@SetName{listtable}{#1}} +\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{listtablename} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@SetName} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/04}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/18}{After-preamble variant added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/02/28}{Renamed from \cs{caption@SetFloatName} to \cs{caption@SetName}} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix: Works now without \cs{addto}, too} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@newfloat} now} +% |\caption@SetName|\marg{float}\marg{name}\\ +% loads the \package{newfloat} package and uses |\newfloat@set|\-|name|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@SetName[2]{% + \caption@newfloat{#1name}{\newfloat@setname{#1}{#2}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@SetName +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{name}{% + \IfCaptionOptionCheck{}{\caption@setname\@captype{#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@setname} +% |\caption@setname|\marg{float}\marg{name}\\ +% sets the given float name, e.g.: `Figure` for `figure`. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@setname[2]{% + \@namedef{#1name}{#2}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{Options \opt{figurewithin} and \opt{tablewithin} added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{The \opt{within} options are now available within the document, too} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{figurewithin}{\caption@within{figure}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{figurewithout}{\caption@within{figure}{none}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{tablewithin}{\caption@within{table}{#1}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{tablewithout}{\caption@within{table}{none}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@within} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2012/01/12}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@newfloat} now} +% |\caption@within|\marg{float}\marg{value}\\ +% loads the \package{newfloat} package and uses |\newfloat@set|\-|within|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@within[2]{% + \caption@newfloat{#1within=#2}{\newfloat@setwithin{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/04/13}{Option \opt{within} added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{The global \opt{within} option will now affect user-defined floats declared with \cs{DeclareCaptionType}, too} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{within}{% + \caption@newfloat{within=#1}{\newfloatsetup{within=#1}}} +\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{without}{% + \caption@newfloat{without}{\newfloatsetup{without}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The ragged2e package} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Improved \package{ragged2e} package support} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2020/01/03}{Revised \package{ragged2e} package support} +% \changes{v1.9}{2020/05/05}{Enhanced \package{ragged2e} package support} +% \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{Revised \package{ragged2e} package support} +% +% We support the upper-case commands offered by the \package{ragged2e} +% package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionJustification[ragged2e]{Justified}{\justifying} +\DeclareCaptionJustification[ragged2e]{Centering}{\Centering} +\DeclareCaptionJustification[ragged2e]{RaggedLeft}{\RaggedLeft} +\DeclareCaptionJustification[ragged2e]{RaggedRight}{\RaggedRight} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The sansmath package} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/01/01}{\package{sansmath} package support added} +% \changes{v1.10}{2020/05/10}{\package{sansmath} package support revised} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont[sansmath]{sansmath}{\sansmath} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The setspace package} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/02}{\package{setspace} package support added} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{\package{setspace} package support revised} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{% + \caption@ifdefined\setspace@singlespace{% + \setstretch\setspace@singlespace}{}}% normally 1 +\DeclareCaptionFont[setspace]{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont[setspace]{doublespacing}{\doublespacing} +\DeclareCaptionFont[setspace]{stretch}{\setstretch{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The subfig package} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/07}{Adaptions to the \package{subfig} package added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/11/01}{Test for the \package{subfig} package revised} +% \changes{v2.0a}{2020/09/07}{Re-definition of \cs{sf@ifpositiontop} added} +% +% Since the \package{subfig} package is not maintained anymore, +% we have to make adaptions to \thispackage~\version{1.1} here. +% Please note that we only support the version $1.3$ of the \package{subfig} package, +% so older versions do not work with this version of \thispackage, and newer +% versions are expected to be adapted. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@AtBeginDocument{% + \def\@tempa{2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package}% + \expandafter\ifx\csname ver@subfig.sty\endcsname\@tempa + \caption@InfoNoLine{subfig package v1.3 is loaded}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \def\caption@eh{\caption@@eh{subfig}}% + \let\caption@setfloattype\@gobble + \let\@dottedxxxline\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline + \let\sf@subfloat\sf@NEW@subfloat + \let\sf@ifpositiontop\caption@iftop +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \fi + \let\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline\@undefined + \let\sf@NEW@subfloat\@undefined} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@dottedxxxline} +% New version of |\@dottedxxxline| +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{% + \begingroup + \caption@setfloattype{#1}% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{sub#1}% + \ifnum #3>\@nameuse{c@#2depth}\else + \@dottedtocline{\z@}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}% + \fi + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\sf@subfloat} +% \changes{v1.4b}{2011/12/29}{Bugfix 11-12-23: Usage of \cs{caption@warmup} added} +% New version of |\sf@subfloat| +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\sf@NEW@subfloat{% + \begingroup + \@nameuse{caption@warmup}% + \caption@setfloattype\@captype + \sf@ifpositiontop{% + \maincaptiontoptrue + }{% + \maincaptiontopfalse + }% + \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% + \caption@setoptions{sub\@captype}% + \let\sf@oldlabel=\label + \let\label=\subfloat@label + \ifmaincaptiontop\else + \advance\@nameuse{c@\@captype}\@ne\relax + \fi + \refstepcounter{sub\@captype}% + \setcounter{sub\@captype @save}{\value{sub\@captype}}% + \@ifnextchar [% %] match left bracket + {\sf@@subfloat}% + {\sf@@subfloat[\@empty]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% Make the \package{subfig} package documentation compile. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCaptionOption{lofdepth}[2]{\caption@ifdefined\c@lofdepth{\setcounter{lofdepth}{#1}}{}} +\DeclareCaptionOption{lotdepth}[2]{\caption@ifdefined\c@lotdepth{\setcounter{lotdepth}{#1}}{}} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \section{Making an `List of' entry} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@addcontentsline} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/01}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/10/26}{Error check added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/06/24}{Split into two macros} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/19}{Split into three macros} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/08/30}{Support for option \opt{listtype=} added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/01/15}{Usage of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/15}{Argument \#3 which holds the environment name added to \cs{caption@lstfmt}} +% \changes{v1.7}{2015/09/20}{Unfortunately \package{subfig} defines and uses \cs{caption@lstfmt} as well, so I replaced the third argument with \cs{captionlisttype}} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/09/06}{Adapted to the \package{chkfloat} package} +% |\caption@addcontentsline|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\\ +% makes an entry in the list-of-whatever, if requested, i.e.~the argument +% \meta{list entry} is not empty and |list|\-|of=| was set to |true|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@addcontentsline[2]{% + \caption@ifcontentsline{#2}{% + \begingroup + \let\@tempa\@gobble + \caption@ifdefined\caption@listtype + {\let\@tempa\@firstofone}% + {\edef\caption@listtype{#1}}% + \caption@ifdefined\caption@listtype@ext + {\edef\caption@listtype{\caption@listtype\caption@listtype@ext}% + \let\@tempa\@firstofone}% + {}% + \@tempa + {\caption@Debug{addcontentsline: #1 => \caption@listtype}% +% \caption@setoptions\caption@listtype + \@namedef{the\caption@listtype}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}% + \expandafter\caption@@addcontentsline\expandafter{\caption@listtype}{#2}% + \endgroup}% + \caption@addsubcontentslines{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@addcontentsline[2]{% + {\let\\\space + \@ifundefined{ext@#1}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#1' defined}}% + {\def\captionlisttype{#1}% + \caption@add@contentsline + {\csname ext@#1\endcsname}% + {#1}% + {\caption@listformat{\@nameuse{p@#1}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}% + {\ignorespaces #2}% + \caption@chkfloat{#1}{#2}}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@add@contentsline{% + \caption@@@addcontentsline} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@addcontentsline[4]{% +% \caption@ifdefined\main@Arabi@language +% {\addtocontents{#1}{\xstring\select@language{\main@Arabi@language}}}{}% + \addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{\protect\numberline{#3}{#4}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\let\caption@chkfloat\@gobbletwo +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifcontentsline[1]{% + \caption@iflist + {\def\@tempa{#1}}% + {\let\@tempa\@empty}% + \ifx\@tempa\@empty + \expandafter\@gobble + \else + \expandafter\@firstofone + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentslines[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Typesetting the caption} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifcaption@star} +% If the starred form of |\caption| is used, this will be set to |true|. +% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@@make|.) +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifcaption@star +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@aboveskip} +% \begin{macro}{\caption@belowskip} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/23}{This macro moved from package to kernel} +% |\caption@aboveskip| and |\caption@belowskip|\\ +% typeset the skip above resp.~below the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@aboveskip{% + \vskip\abovecaptionskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@belowskip{% + \vskip\belowcaptionskip} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@fnum} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/21}{This macro added} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/08/03}{The original definition will be stored in \cs{caption@original@fnum}} +% |\caption@fnum|\marg{float type}\\ +% typesets the caption label; this acts as replacement for |\fnum@|\meta{float type}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@fnum[1]{% + \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@original@fnum\csname caption@fnum@#1\endcsname % for label format `original' + \caption@labelformat{\@nameuse{#1name}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@make} +% |\caption@make|\marg{float name}\marg{ref.\ number}\marg{text}\\ +% typesets the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@make[2]{\caption@@make{\caption@labelformat{#1}{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@make} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-05: \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionindent=}\cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-10-26: Use \cs{@tempdima} instead of \cs{captionmargin} resp. \cs{captionwidth}; check for \cs{z@} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{hskip}\cs{captionmargin} to the end of caption added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{strut} moved from here to \cs{caption@@@make}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Single-line-check moved up so it can affect margins now} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Improvement: \cs{caption@ifhmode} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/09}{Bugfix: \cs{leavevmode} added} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Uses \cs{sbox} instead of \cs{setbox} in single-line-check} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2005/12/04}{Uses \cs{caption@slc} now} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@calcmargin} inside single-line-check replaced by \cs{relax}} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@startbox} will always be typeset in horizontal mode} +% \changes{v1.0i}{2006/05/13}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox}} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/01/04}{Oops, bugfix 04-05-05 got lost in v1.0h, re-added} +% \changes{v1.0n}{2007/04/03}{Usage of \cs{caption@ifoddpage} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} moved below single-line-check} +% \changes{v1.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@stepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/03/15}{Uses \cs{caption@tempdima} instead of \cs{@tempdima}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{max-margin stuff moved to \cs{caption@calcmargin}} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/05/01}{Usage of \cs{caption@box} added} +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/01/31}{Adapted to the \package{bicaption} package} +% \changes{v1.8f}{2019/12/18}{Usage of \cs{linewidth} replaced by \cs{hsize}} +% |\caption@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@make[2]{% + \begingroup + \caption@@make@{#1}{#2}% + \endgroup + \caption@@make@epilogue} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@make@[2]{% + \caption@stepthecounter + \caption@beginhook +% \end{macrocode} +% Typeset the outer box |\caption@box| +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@box\hsize{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Special single-line treatment (option |singlelinecheck=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@singlelinecheck{\caption@slc{#1}{#2}\caption@singleline\caption@multiline}{\caption@multiline}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Typeset the left margin (option |margin=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@calcmargin + \caption@tempdima\captionmargin + \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else + \caption@ifoddpage{}{\advance\caption@tempdima\captionmargin@\relax}% + \fi + \caption@ifhmode{\advance\caption@tempdima\caption@indent\relax}% + \hspace\caption@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% We actually use a |\vbox| of width |\captionwidth - \caption@indent| +% to typeset the caption. +% \Note{\cs{captionindent} is \emph{not} supported if the caption format +% was defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionFormat*}.} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@tempdima\captionwidth + \caption@ifhmode{\advance\caption@tempdima-\caption@indent\relax}% + \caption@parbox\caption@tempdima{% +% \end{macrocode} +% Typeset the indention (option |indention=|)\\ +% {\small Bugfix 04-05-05: +% |\hskip-\caption@indent| replaced by |\ifdim\caption@indent=\z@|\ldots} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifhmode{% + \ifdim\caption@indent=\z@ + \leavevmode + \else + \hskip-\caption@indent + \fi}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Typeset the caption itself and close the |\caption@parbox| +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Typeset the right margin (option |margin=|) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@tempdima\captionmargin + \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else + \caption@ifoddpage{\advance\caption@tempdima\captionmargin@\relax}{}% + \fi + \hspace\caption@tempdima +% \end{macrocode} +% Close the outer box |\caption@box| +% \begin{macrocode} + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@endhook} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@make@epilogue{% + \global\caption@starfalse} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@calcmargin} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/10/24}{Internal: \cs{ifcaption@width} replaced by \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionwidth=}\cs{z@}} +% \changes{v1.0g}{2006/01/12}{Improvement: Takes care of list environment now} +% \changes{v1.1}{2006/05/13}{Check of \cs{@listdepth} removed (not necessary anymore), use \cs{linewidth} instead of \cs{hsize}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{max-margin stuff moved from \cs{caption@@make} to here} +% \changes{v1.8f}{2019/12/18}{Usage of \cs{linewidth} replaced by \cs{hsize}} +% |\caption@calcmargin|\\ +% calculates |\caption|\-|margin| and |\caption|\-|width|, so both contain +% valid values. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@calcmargin{% + \caption@calcmargin@hook +% \end{macrocode} +% Check margin, if |\caption@min|\-|margin| or |\caption@max|\-|margin| is set +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\caption@maxmargin\@undefined \else + \ifdim\captionmargin>\caption@maxmargin\relax + \captionmargin\caption@maxmargin\relax + \fi + \fi + \ifx\caption@minmargin\@undefined \else + \ifdim\captionmargin<\caption@minmargin\relax + \captionmargin\caption@minmargin\relax + \fi + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@ + \captionwidth\hsize\relax + \advance\captionwidth by -2\captionmargin\relax + \advance\captionwidth by -\captionmargin@\relax + \else + \captionmargin\hsize\relax + \advance\captionmargin by -\captionwidth\relax + \divide\captionmargin by 2\relax + \captionmargin@\z@\relax + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@Debug{% + \string\hsize=\the\hsize, + \string\captionwidth=\the\captionwidth,\MessageBreak + \string\captionmargin=\the\captionmargin, + \string\captionmargin@=\the\captionmargin@}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@slc} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@justification}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@setup}\cs{caption@sls} added after \cs{begingroup}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} added} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{\cs{caption@setup}\cs{caption@opt@SingleLine} outsourced to \cs{caption@SingleLine}} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Split into \cs{caption@slc} and \cs{caption@@slc}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2012/12/26}{Merged into a single macro again} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/14}{Usage of \cs{ifsinglelinecaption} added} +% |\caption@slc|\marg{label}\marg{text}\marg{single-line-code}\marg{multi-line-code}\\ +% This one does the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@slc[4]{% + \caption@Debug{Begin SLC}% + \singlelinecaptiontrue + \begingroup + \caption@singleline + \let\caption@justification\relax + \caption@calcmargin % calculate \captionwidth + \caption@prepareslc + \sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\captionwidth + \endgroup + \singlelinecaptionfalse + #4% + \else + \endgroup + #3% + \fi + \caption@Debug{End SLC}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ifsinglelinecaption} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/14}{This definition added} +% |\ifsinglelinecaption|\\ +% could be used inside own caption formats to test if the caption is +% currently typeset as single-line caption (or not). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newif\ifsinglelinecaption +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@singleline} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro extracted from \cs{caption@slc}} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/14}{Support of \cs{caption@slfmt} added} +% \changes{v1.1d}{2007/10/23}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@SingleLine} to \cs{caption@singleline} for consistency} +% |\caption@singleline|\\ +% prepares the typesetting of a single-line caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@singleline{% + \caption@xsetup\caption@slsty % Note: This could change \caption@format + \caption@format % defines \caption@ifhmode, \caption@slfmt, and \caption@fmt + \let\caption@fmt\caption@slfmt} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@multiline} +% \changes{v2.0}{2020/07/28}{This macro added} +% |\caption@multiline|\\ +% prepares the typesetting of a multi-line caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@multiline{% + \caption@format} % defines \caption@ifhmode, \caption@slfmt, and \caption@fmt +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareslc} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{label} \& \cs{@footnotetext} added} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Redefine \cs{stepcounter} instead of \cs{footnote(mark)}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@justification}\cs{relax} added} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/07/09}{Support of \package{endnotes} package added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@justification}\cs{relax} moved to \cs{caption@slc}} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/06/13}{Redefinition of \cs{(H@)refstepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{Redefinition of \cs{label} improved} +% \changes{v1.1c}{2007/10/06}{Definition of \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/07/07}{Bugfix 11-07-06: Redefinition of \cs{footnote} and \cs{footnotemark} added, redefinition of \cs{stepcounter} and \cs{refstepcounter} dropped} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/22}{Redefinition of \cs{footnote} revised} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/04/13}{Redefinition os \cs{glsunset} added} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/01/21}{Redefinition of \cs{endnote} added (thanks to Markus Kohm)} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/16}{Redefinition of \cs{acused} added} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/26}{Definition method changed so it can be pre-defined by other packages} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/05/27}{Redefinition of \cs{hypertarget} added} +% |\caption@prepareslc|\\ +% re-defines anything which could disturb the single-line-check. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@prepareslc{} +\g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{% + \let\label\caption@gobble + \let\hypertarget\@gobbletwo +% \end{macrocode} +% We re-define \cs{footnote} so +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item The footnote counter will not be increased twice (but still the +% correct footnote mark will be used within the single-line-check) +% \item The footnote text will not be evaluated twice +% \end{enumerate} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@footnote@ORI\footnote + \def\footnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnote}% + \let\caption@footnotemark@ORI\footnotemark + \def\footnotemark{\caption@withoptargs\caption@footnotemark}% + \let\caption@footnotetext@ORI\@footnotetext + \let\@footnotetext\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% Same for \cs{endnote} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\caption@endnote@ORI\endnote + \def\endnote{\caption@withoptargs\caption@endnote}% + \let\caption@endnotemark@ORI\endnotemark + \def\endnotemark{\caption@withoptargs\caption@endnotemark}% + \let\caption@endnotetext@ORI\@endnotetext + \let\@endnotetext\caption@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% Adaption to the \package{acronym} package\par +% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/428788} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\acused\@gobble + \let\AC@placelabel\@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% Adaption to the \package{glossaries} package.\par +% Please note that while this adaption is usually sufficient +% it could give incorrect measuring results if \cs{gls} is both used +% for the very first time and more than once (for a particular acronym). +% The alternative would be using internal macros of the +% \package{glossaries} package which I would like to avoid.\par +% See also \url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/108368} +% \begin{macrocode} + \let\glsunset\@gobble +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@footnote[2]{% + \caption@footnotemark{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@footnotemark[1]{% + \begingroup + \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter + \caption@footnotemark@ORI#1\relax + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@endnote[2]{% + \caption@endnotemark{#1}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@endnotemark[1]{% + \begingroup + \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter + \caption@endnotemark@ORI#1\relax + \endgroup} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@l@stepcounter[1]{% + \advance\csname c@#1\endcsname\@ne\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@applyfont} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{This macro added} +% |\caption@applyfont|\\ +% applies the relevant font settings, i.e. by default +% the options set by |justification=|, |font=|, and |size=|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@applyfont{% + \caption@justification\captionfont\captionsize} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@make} +% \changes{v1.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-06: \cs{allowhyphens} added} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-12-16: Use some kind of \cs{@startstrut}\cs{strutbox} instead of \cs{strut}} +% \changes{v1.0c}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 05-01-23: \cs{@finalstrut}\cs{strutbox} added} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Use \cs{caption@ifempty}; \cs{let}\cs{caption@ifstrut}\cs{@secondoftwo} added} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: Handling of \cs{ifcaption@star} changed} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/24}{Check for empty label added} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/25}{\cs{caption@iflf} added} +% \changes{v1.0j}{2007/02/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@textformat} added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/05/07}{Bugfix: \cs{ifhmode} added to \cs{@finalstrut}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/17}{Made option \opt{size=} stronger than \opt{font=}} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/09/04}{Uses \cs{caption@applyfont} now} +% \changes{v1.3}{2010/11/01}{Bugfix: If the caption text is empty, the text format will be set to \opt{simple} now} +% \changes{v1.7}{2016/02/01}{Bugfix: \cs{relax} added before \cs{caption@lsep} so the label separator will not be gobbled if the label font command ignores spaces, e.g. by usage of \cs{color}} +% \changes{v1.8}{2018/09/12}{\cs{par} replaced by \cs{caption@textend}} +% \changes{v2.2c}{2020/10/10}{Usage of the label separators \opt{gobble} and \opt{gobbletwo} added} +% \changes{v2.2e}{2020/10/21}{Adaptions to \package{floatrow} package added} +% |\caption@@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}\\ +% This one finally typesets the caption paragraph, without margin and indention. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@@@make[2]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% The \package{floatrow} package uses |\caption@@@make|, too, +% but without using |\caption@single|\-|line| or |\caption@multi|\-|line|. +% For this reason we must expand |\caption@format| if |\caption@fmt| isn't defined yet. +% Furthermore it uses |\caption@lfmt| as argument which was renamed to +% |\caption@label|\-|format| in \package{caption3}\version{2.0}. +% \begin{macrocode} + \ifx\caption@fmt\@undefined\caption@format\fi + \let\caption@lfmt\caption@labelformat +% \end{macrocode} +% If the label is empty, we use the label separator `none'. +% Futhermore we use this check to determine if |#1| ends with either +% |\@gobble|, |\@gobble|\-|two|, and/or |\ignore|\-|spaces|. +% If yes, we use the corresponding label separator. +% \begin{macrocode} + \global\def\caption@tempa{gobbletwo}% + \global\def\caption@tempb{}% + \sbox\@tempboxa{% + \let\caption@ignorespaces\ignorespaces + \def\ignorespaces{% + \global\def\caption@tempb{two}% "gobble" -> "gobbletwo" if \ignorespaces is used addtionally + \caption@ignorespaces}% + #1% + {\global\let\caption@tempa\@undefined\aftergroup\@gobble}% + {\global\def\caption@tempa{gobble\caption@tempb}}}% + \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ + \gdef\caption@tempa{none}% +% \@capbreakfalse + \fi + \ifx\caption@tempa\@undefined \else + \@expandtwoargs\caption@set{labelseparator}{\caption@tempa}% + \fi +% \end{macrocode} +% If the text is empty, we use no caption label separator, too. +% (And no text format either.) +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifempty{#2}{% + \caption@set{labelseparator}{none}% + \caption@set{textformat}{simple}% +% \@capbreakfalse +% \let\caption@ifstrut\@secondoftwo + }% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@labelseparator % defines \caption@iflabelfont, \caption@labelsep and \caption@labelsep@name (the latter is needed by \caption@fmt) +% \end{macrocode} +% Take care that |\caption@par|\-|indent| and |\caption@hang|\-|indent| +% will be used to typeset the paragraph. +% \begin{macrocode} + \@setpar{\@@par\caption@@par}\caption@@par +% \end{macrocode} +% Finally typeset the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@applyfont + \caption@fmt + {\ifcaption@star\else + \begingroup + \captionlabelfont + #1\relax\relax + \endgroup + \fi}% + {\ifcaption@star\else + \begingroup + \caption@iflabelfont\captionlabelfont + \relax\caption@labelsep + \endgroup + \fi}% + {{\captiontextfont + \caption@textstart + \caption@ifstrut + {\vrule\@height\ht\strutbox\@width\z@}% + {}% + \nobreak\hskip\z@skip % enable hyphenation + \caption@textformat{#2}% +% \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\z@\@depth\dp\strutbox\@width\z@}{}% + \caption@ifstrut + {\ifhmode\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}% + {}% + \caption@textend}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@textstart{} +\newcommand*\caption@textend{\par} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty} +% \changes{v1.0d}{2005/05/05}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-defines itself now} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2007/01/22}{Revised so \cs{label} will be detected, too} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{index} and \cs{glossary} will be detected, too} +% |\caption@ifempty|\marg{text}\marg{yes-code}\\ +% tests if the \meta{text} is actually empty. +% \Note{This will be done without expanding the text, +% therefore this is far away from being bullet-proof.} +% \Note{This macro is re-defining itself so only +% the first test (in a group) will actually be done.} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@ifempty[1]{% + \caption@if@empty{#1}% + \caption@ifempty\@unused} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@if@empty[1]{% + \def\caption@tempa{#1}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty + \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo + \else + \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@tempa\expandafter{% + \caption@car#1\caption@if@empty\caption@nil}% + \def\caption@tempb{\caption@if@empty}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\ignorespaces}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobble#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\label}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\index}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \def\caption@tempb{\glossary}% + \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb + \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}% + \else + \let\caption@ifempty\@gobbletwo + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@car#1#2\caption@nil{#1}% same as \@car, but \long +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@@par} +% \changes{v1.0f}{2005/08/22}{Made this definition global} +% |\caption@@par|\\ +% will be expanded with every |\par| inside the caption. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@par{% + \parindent\caption@parindent\hangindent\caption@hangindent}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Types \& sub-types} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionType} +% \changes{v1.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.1a}{2007/09/07}{Three optional arguments added} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/06}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} to \cs{DeclareCaptionType}} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/12/21}{Optional argument revised, uses key-value syntax now} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/04/13}{Uses \cs{caption@within@default} now} +% \changes{v1.2b}{2008/08/02}{Support of \cs{float@exts} and \cs{float@addtolists} added} +% \changes{v1.2e}{2010/01/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@DeclareWithinOption} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/08/06}{Definition of \cs{listofXXXes} added} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{Outsourced to \package{newfloat} package} +% |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name}\\ +% loads the \package{newfloat} package and uses |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionType{% + \caption@loadpackage{newfloat}{declare type}% + \DeclareFloatingEnvironment} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionType +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ForEachCaptionType} +% \changes{v1.4a}{2011/10/29}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/29}{Renamed from \cs{caption@ForEachType} to \cs{ForEachCaptionType} and starred variant added} +% |\ForEachCaptionType*|\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% will execute the given code for each (known) floating environment. +% The starred variant will only work for already existing environments, +% i.e.~no hook will be placed inside |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment| +% (offered by the \package{newfloat} package). +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\ForEachCaptionType{% + \@ifstar + {\caption@foreach@type\@gobble}% + {\caption@foreach@type\@iden}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@foreach@type[2]{% + \caption@ifdefined\ForEachFloatingEnvironment + {\ForEachFloatingEnvironment*{#2}}% + {\def\@elt##1{#2}% + \caption@ifdefined\c@figure\@elt\@gobble{figure}% + \caption@ifdefined\c@table\@elt\@gobble{table}% + \let\@elt\relax}% + #1{\newfloat@addtohook{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@addtohook} +% |\newfloat@addtohook|\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% adds code to the hook called in |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|.\par +% Note: We use |\provide|\-|command| instead of |\new|\-|command| here since the +% exact same code is defined in the \package{newfloat} package. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\newfloat@addtohook[1]{% + \toks@=\expandafter{\newfloat@hook{##1}#1}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\newfloat@hook####1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\newfloat@hook} +% Hook used in |\Declare|\-|Floating|\-|Environment|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\newfloat@hook[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionSubType} +% \changes{v1.2}{2007/11/16}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.2a}{2008/03/11}{Bugfix: \cs{subfigurename} will be defined now} +% \changes{v1.2d}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-10-01: Usage of \cs{caption@addtoreset} added} +% \changes{v1.3}{2011/01/01}{\cs{@dottedlofline} will be defined \& used now} +% \changes{v1.4}{2011/10/09}{Support of the titletoc package added} +% \changes{v1.5}{2011/12/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@addtoreset} replaced by \cs{@addtoreset}} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/01/10}{Bugfix: Definition of autoref string corrected} +% \changes{v1.6}{2013/06/17}{Bugfix: \cs{c@tocdepth} will be set (locally) now} +% \changes{v1.8g}{2020/01/02}{Check revised if the sub-type is already defined or not} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/28}{Uses \cs{caption@l@addto@list} instead of \cs{@cons} now} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/29}{Usage of \cs{caption@subtype@hook} added} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/29}{We don't re-use existing counters anymore (This was a bad idea anyway)} +% |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\\ +% The starred variant provides the numbering format +% \meta{type}|.|\meta{subtype} while the non-starred variant simply uses +% \meta{subtype}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionSubType{% + \caption@teststar\caption@declaresubtype\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo} +\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionSubType +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declaresubtype[1]{% + \@testopt{\caption@@declaresubtype{#1}}{alph}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declaresubtype +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@declaresubtype#1[#2]#3{% + \@ifundefined{c@#3}% + {\caption@Error{No float type '#3' defined}}% + {\caption@@@declaresubtype{#1}{#2}{#3}{sub#3}}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declaresubtype +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@declaresubtype[4]{% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +% Check if the sub-type was already defined by |\Declare|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% If not, define the counter and list entry. +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifsubtype{#4}% + {\caption@Debug{Modify subtype `#4'}}% + {\caption@Debug{New subtype `#4'}% + \newcounter{#4}[{#3}]% + \@namedef{ext@#4}{\csname ext@#3\endcsname}% + \caption@declaresublistentry{#3}% + \caption@l@addto@list\caption@subtypelist{#4}% + \caption@subtype@hook{#4}}% +% \end{macrocode} +% Support of \package{titletoc} package +% \begin{macrocode} + \caption@ifdefined\contentsuse{% + \contentsuse{#4}{\csname ext@#4\endcsname}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} + \@namedef{#4name}{}% + \@namedef{#4autorefname}{\csname #3autorefname\endcsname}% + #1% is \@firstoftwo in star form, and \@secondoftwo otherwise + {\@namedef{p@#4}{}% + \@namedef{the#4}{\csname the#3\endcsname.\@nameuse{#2}{#4}}}% + {\@namedef{p@#4}{\csname the#3\endcsname}% + \@namedef{the#4}{\@nameuse{#2}{#4}}}% + \@namedef{theH#4}{\csname theH#3\endcsname.\arabic{#4}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@declaresubtype +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@declaresublistentry{% + \caption@ifdefined\l@chapter + {\caption@@declaresublistentry\l@subsection}% + {\caption@@declaresublistentry\l@subsubsection}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@declaresublistentry[2]{% + \ifx#1\@undefined + \caption@@@declaresublistentry\relax\@dottedtocline\caption@nil{#2}% + \else + \expandafter\caption@@@declaresublistentry#1{}{}\@dottedtocline\caption@nil{#2}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\long\def\caption@@@declaresublistentry#1\@dottedtocline#2\caption@nil#3{% + \def\@tempa{#1}% +% Does \l@(sub)subsection start with \@dottedtocline? + \ifx\@tempa\@empty +% Yes + \caption@@@@declaresublistentry{#3}#2\caption@nil + \else +% No + \caption@@@@declaresublistentry{#3}@{3.8em}{3.2em}\caption@nil + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\caption@@@@declaresublistentry#1#2#3#4#5\caption@nil{% + \expandafter\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry\expandafter + {\csname @dotted\csname ext@#1\endcsname line\endcsname}{#1}{#3}{#4}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry[4]{% + \@namedef{l@sub#2}{#1{2}{#3}{#4}}% + \expandafter\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry + \expandafter#1\expandafter{\csname ext@#2\endcsname depth}} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry[2]{ + \ifx#1\relax + \def#1##1{% + \def\next{\@dottedtocline{##1}}% + \@ifundefined{c@#2}{}{% + \ifnum ##1>\@nameuse{c@#2}\relax + \let\next\@gobblefour + \else + \c@tocdepth=\@nameuse{c@#2}\relax + \fi}% + \next}% + \fi} +\@onlypreamble\caption@@@@@@declaresublistentry +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypelist} +% A list containing the sub-types defined with +% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@subtypelist{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifsubtype} +% \changes{v1.8g}{2020/01/02}{This macro added} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/28}{Uses \cs{caption@ifin@list} now} +% |\caption@ifsubtype|\marg{yes-code}\marg{no-code}\\ +% checks if the given subtype was defined with +% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\caption@ifsubtype{% + \caption@ifin@list\caption@subtypelist} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ForEachCaptionSubType} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/29}{This macro added as replacement for \cs{caption@For}} +% |\ForEachCaptionSubType*|\marg{code with \#1}\\ +% will execute the given code for each (known) sub-type. +% The starred variant will only work for already existing sub-types, +% i.e.~no hook will be placed inside |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*\ForEachCaptionSubType{% + \@ifstar + {\caption@foreach@subtype\@gobble}% + {\caption@foreach@subtype\@iden}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand\caption@foreach@subtype[2]{% + \caption@for@list\caption@subtypelist{#2}% + #1{\caption@addto@subtype@hook{#2}}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand\caption@addto@subtype@hook[1]{% + \toks@=\expandafter{\caption@subtype@hook{##1}#1}% + \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\caption@subtype@hook####1{\the\toks@}}% + \@tempa} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\providecommand*\caption@subtype@hook[1]{} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\@memresetsubcounter} +% \changes{v1.5}{2013/05/01}{The macro \cs{caption@savesubcounters} added} +% \changes{v1.13}{2020/07/28}{Uses \cs{caption@for@list} now for iterating the list} +% \changes{v2.2b}{2020/10/06}{This stuff replaced by a patch of \cs{@memresetsubcounter}} +% The \class{memoir} document class resets the \texttt{subfigure} +% resp.~\texttt{subtable} counter at the begin of floating environments using +% |\@mem|\-|reset|\-|sub|\-|counter|. +% As a side-effect |\continued|\-|float| does not work correctly. +% For that reason we need to patch |\@mem|\-|reset|\-|sub|\-|counter| here, +% suppressing the counter reset if the counter was defined with +% |\Declare|\-|Caption|\-|Sub|\-|Type|. +% \begin{macrocode} +\caption@ifdefined\@memresetsubcounter + {\let\caption@memresetsubcounter\@memresetsubcounter + \renewcommand*\@memresetsubcounter[1]{% + \caption@ifsubtype{sub#1}\@gobble\caption@memresetsubcounter{#1}}}% + {} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \section{Execution of options} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ifx\caption@documentclass\@empty\else + \@pushfilename + \edef\@currname{caption-\caption@documentclass} + \edef\@currext{sto} + \InputIfFileExists + {\@currname.\@currext}% + {}% + {\@missingfileerror\@currname\@currext}% + \@popfilename +\fi +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\captionsetup{style=default,position=default,listformat=default} +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProcessOptions* +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \iffalse +%</package> +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \begin{thebibliography}{99} +% \bibitem{TLC2} +% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\ +% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\ +% \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004. +% +% \bibitem{Anne} +% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein:\\ +% \emph{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung},\\ +% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989 +% +% \bibitem{hyperref} +% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref}% +% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\ +% November 12, 2007 +% +% \bibitem{refcount} +% Heiko Oberdiek:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/refcount}% +% {\emph{The refcount package}},\\ +% 2006/02/20 +% +% \bibitem{threeparttable} +% Donald Arseneau:\\ +% \href{http://www.ctan.org/pkg/threeparttable}% +% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\ +% 2003/06/13 +% \end{thebibliography} +% +% \iffalse +% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- % +% \fi +% +% \clearpage +% \Finale +% +\endinput |